, :^:'.<
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2010 with funding from
Lyrasis IVIembers and Sloan Foundation
http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecat1974tenn
at College
Park
Undergraduate
Catalog 1974-75
i
*^y
niversityo.
Maryland
Park
oiiege
Catalog 1974-75
V,,
*«
4
Contents
Board of Regents / v
Calendar, Academic / v
Campus/University Officers / v
Catalogs Available / ix
Chancellor's Message / Ix
Plan of Academic Organization / viii
Special Announcement / ix
University Policy Statement / ix
I — General Information / 1
The University / 2
Admission and Orientation / 3
Expenses. Financial Aid and Scholarships / 8
Academic Programs, Honors and Awards / 15
Academic Regulations / 20
Student and Special Services / 25
General Regulations / 28
II — Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 39
Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences / 40
College of Agriculture / 40
Division of Arts and Humanities / 42
School of Architecture / 44
College of Journalism / 45
Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences / 46
College of Business and Management / 46
Division of Human and Community Resources / 47
College of Education / 47
College of Human Ecology / 49
College of Library and Information Services / 51
College of Physical Education, Recreation
and Health / 51
Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences
and Engineering / 54
College of Engineering / 54
Professional Schools / 58
III — Departments, Programs and Curricula / 61
Administration, Supervision and Curriculum / 62
Aerospace Engineering / 62
Afro-American Studies Program / 62
Agriculture-General Curriculum / 63
Agricultural and Extension Education / 63
Agricultural and Resource Economics / 64
Agricultural Chemistry / 64
Agricultural Engineering / 64
Agronomy / 65
Air Science Program / 65
American Studies Program / 66
Animal Sciences / 66
Anthropology Program / 67
Architecture / 67
Art/ 68
Astronomy Program / 68
Biochemistry / 74
Biological Sciences Program / 69
Botany / 69
Business and Management / 70
Business and Economic Research / 73
Chemical Engineering / 73
Chemistry / 74
Child Study / 75
Chinese Program / 75
Civil Engineering /75
Classical Languages and Literatures / 76
Comparative Literature Program / 76
Computer Science / 76
Conservation and Resource Development
Programs / 77
Counseling and Personnel Services / 77
Criminal Justice and Criminology / 77
Dance / 78
Early Childhood Elementary Education / 78
Economics / 80
Electrical Engineering / 81
Engineering Materials Program / 82
Engineering Sciences Program / 82
English Language and Literature / 82
Entomology / 82
Family and Community Development / 83
Fire Protection Engineering Program / 84
Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics / 85
Foods, Nutrition and Institution Administration / 85
Food Science Program / 87
French and Italian Languages and Literatures / 88
General Honors / 88
Geography / 88
Geology / 89
Germanic and Slavic Languages and
Literatures / 89
Governmental Research, Bureau of / 90
Government and Politics / 90
Health Education / 91
Hearing and Speech Sciences / 91
Hebrew Program / 92
History / 92
Horticulture / 92
Housing and Applied Design / 93
Industrial Education / 95
Information Systems Management / 96
Japanese Program / 97
Journalism / 97
Kinesiological Sciences / 104
Library Science Education Curriculum / 97
Linguistics Program / 98
Materials Research / 98
Mathematics / 98
Measurement and Statistics / 99
Mechanical Engineering / 99
Meteorology Program / 100
Microbiology / 101
Molecular Physics, Institute for / 101
Music / 101
Nuclear Engineering Program / 102
Philosophy / 102
Physical Education / 103
Physical Sciences Program / 104
Physics and Astronomy / 105
Pre-Professional Curricula / 105
Pre-Dental Hygiene / 106
Pre-Dentistry / 106
Pre-Forestry / 106
Pre-Law / 107
Pre-Medical Technology / 107
Pre-Medicine / 107
Pre-Nursing / 108
Pre-Pharmacy / 108
Pre-Physical Therapy / 108
Pre-Radiologic Technology / 108
Pre-Theology / 109
Pre-Veterinary Medicine Program / 109
Other Pre-Professional Areas / 109
Psychology / 109
Recreation / 110
Russian Area Program /111
Secondary Education /111
Social Foundations of Education / 118
Sociology / 118
Spanish and Portuguese Languages
and Literatures / 118
Special Education / 119
Speech and Dramatic Art / 119
Textiles and Consumer Economics / 120
Urban Studies, Institute for / 121
Zoology / 121
IV — Course Offerings (Alphabetical Order
by Course Code) / 123
V— Faculty / 197
Index / 221
C jmpus and University Officers
Academic Calendar, 1974-1975
College Park Camput Administration
Chancellor
Charles E Bishop
Vice Chancollor (or Academic Affairs
George H Callcott
Vice Chancellor tor Academic Planning
and Policy
Thomas B. Day
Vice Chancellor (or Administrative Affairs
John W. Dorsey
Vice Chancellor (or Student A((airs
William L. Thomas. Jr. (Acting)
1974 Summer Seitiont
First Summer Settlon, 1974:
K/liiy 20, 21
May 22
(«1ay 27
Juno 28
Monday-Tuesday
Wednesday
Monday
Friday
Second Summer Session, 1974:
July 1, 2
July 3
July 4
August 9
Monday-Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Registration
Classes t>egln
Memorial Day holiday
Last day of classes
Registration
Classes t>egin
Independence Day holiday
Last day of classes
Board of Regents
Chairman
Dr. Louis L. Kaplan
Vice Chairman
Richard W. Case
Secretary
8. Herbert Brown
Treasurer
F. Grove Miller, Jr.
Assistant Treasurer
L. Mercer Smith
Mrs. Michael J. Deegan, Jr.
George C. Fry
Young D. Hance, ex oflicio
Samuel H. Hoover, D.D.S.
Edward V. Hurley
Hugh A. McMullen
Joseph D. Tydings
Emerson C. Walden. M.D.
1974-75 Academic Year
Fall Semester, 1974:
August 26-27
August 28
August 28-30
September 2
September 3-11
November 28-29
December 11
December 12 and 15
December 13-20
December 20
Spring Semester, 1975:
January 13-14
January 15
January 15-17
March 24-28
April 30
May 1
May 2-9
May 11
Monday-Tuesday
Wednesday
Wednesday-Friday
Monday
Tuesday- Wednesday
Thursday-Friday
Wednesday
Thursday and Sunday
Friday-Friday
Friday, 2:00 p.m.
Monday, Tuesday
Wednesday
Wednesday-Friday
Monday-Friday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday-Friday
Sunday, 2:00 p.m.
Registration
Classes tiegin
Registration continues
Labor Day holiday
Late Registration
Thanksgiving recess
Last day of classes
Exam study days
Fall semester examination period
Commencement
Registration
Classes begin
Registration continues
Spring recess
Last day of classes
Exam study day
Fall semester examination penod
Commencement
Central Administration of the University
President
Wilson H. Elkins
Vice President (or General Administration
Donald W. OConnell
Vice President (or Academic Affairs
R. Lee Hornbake
Vice President (or Graduate Studies
and Research
Michael J. Pelczar, Jr.
Vice President (or Agricultural A((airs
and Legislative Relations
Frank L. Bentz, Jr.
^B?^
Plan of Academic Organization
Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences:
College o( Agriculture:
Agricultural and Extension Education
Agricultural and Resource Economics
Agricultural Engineering
Agronomy
Animal Science
Dairy Science
Horticulture
Institute of Applied Agriculture
Poultry Science
Veterinary Science
Other Units within the Division:
Botany
Chemistry
Entomology
Geology
Microbiology
Zoology
Division of Arts and Humanities:
School of Architecture
College of Journalism
Other Units within the Division:
American Studies Program
Art
Classics
Dance
English
French and Italian
Germanic and Slavic
History
Music
Oriental and Hebrew Program
Philosophy
Spanish and Portuguese
Speech and Dramatic Art
Division of Befiavioral and Social Sciences:
College of Business and Management
Other Units within the Division:
Afro-American Studies
Anthropology Program
Bureau of Business and Economic Research
Bureau of Governmental Research
Economics
Geography
Government and Politics
Hearing and Speech Sciences
Information Systems Management
Institute for Urban Studies
Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology
Linguistics Program
Psychology
Sociology
Division of Human and Community Resources:
College of Education:
Administration, Supervision and Curriculum
Counseling and Personnel Services
Early Childhood Elementary Education
Industrial Education
Institute for Child Study
Measurement and Statistics
Secondary Education
Special Education
College of Human Ecology:
Family and Community Development
Foods. Nutrition and Institution Administration
Housing and Applied Design
Textiles and Consumer Economics
College of Library and Information Services
College of Physical Education, Recreation
and Health:
Health Education
Physical Education
Recreation
Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences
and Engineering:
College of Engineering:
Aero-Space Engineering
Chemical Engineering
Civil Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Fire Protection Curriculum
Mechanical Engineering
Other Units within the Division:
Applied Mathematics Program
Center for Materials Research
Computer Science
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics
Meteorology Program
Institute for Molecular Physics
Mathematics
Physics and Astronomy
ChanceJkx s Message
University Polcy Statement
Catalogs Available to You
The taculty and slatf of our Campus know their
commitment to serve students. But our task is to
develop turlher our tradition of excellonce on this
Campus, while keeping pace with innovation.
In doing so. we must respond to the changing ex-
pectations of students, faculty and society.
It IS my hope that our concept of excellence will
emphasize the dedication and scholarship of the
lr>dividual student and professor. If excellence Is
measured by our commitment to discover
knowledge, we should reflect it in a spirit of inquiry,
with a concern for humanity, so obviously neces-
sary today. It IS our resolve that this Campus be
a center where people come together for the
common purpose of releasing their creative energies
towards solving today's problems, a place where
expectations are matched by performance.
The diversity of course opportunities available
will try the measure of each student's potential,
and we anticipate that your participation in the
many educational programs and cultural and social
pursuits will make for well-informed citizens. We
have tried to create an atmosphere that permits
students a sense of individual identity and pride in
self-accomplishment.
I welcome you to a year of challenge.
CHARLES E. BISHOP, Chancellor.
College Park Campus
The provisions of this publication are not to be
regarded as an irrevocable contract between the
student and the University of Maryland. Changes
are effected from time to time in the general
regulations and in the academic requirements
There are established procedures for making
changes, procedures which protect the Institution's
integrity and the individual student's interest and
welfare. A curriculum or graduation requirement,
when altered, is not made retroactive unless the
alteration is to the student's advantage and can be
accommodated within the span of years normally
required for graduation. When the actions of a stu-
dent are judged by competent authority, using
established procedure, to be detrimental to the inter-
ests of the University community, that person may
be required to withdraw from the University.
The University of Maryland, in all its branches
and divisions, subscribes to a policy of equal edu-
cational and employment opportunity for people
of every race, creed, ethnic origin, and sex.
It is University policy that smoking in classrooms
is prohibited unless all participants agree to the
contrary. Any student has the right to remind the
instructor of this policy throughout the duration of
the class.
Special Announcement
The General University Requirements. The Board of
Regents has approved a major revision of the
undergraduate requirements. What has been known
as "General Education Requirements." referred to
in academic programs in previous editions of this
Catalog, is henceforth replaced by "General
University Requirements."
Any student who entered the University prior to
August. 1973. has the option of completing either
the General Education Requirements or the
General University Requirements. Students first
entering the University in August, 1973. or after
must comply with the new General University
Requirements.
Fr*« Inlormatlon Book:
College Park publishes a free booklet. Maryland.
lor prospective undergraduate students For a
copy of this booklet, call 301/454-3924 or write to:
Catalog Mailing. 4910 Calven Road College Park.
Maryland 20742
Catalog* for College Park
College Park has three catalogs the Undergraduate
Catalog, the Graduate Catalog and the Summer
Sessions Catalog.
Undergraduate Catalog
The Undergraduate Catalog is lor College Park
students and faculty. Students can obtain a copy
in the Student Union at the beginning of the fall
semester 1974. Bring your I.D. Copies are
sent to each department on Campus for faculty.
Newly admitted students receive copies at orienta-
tion. Copies of the catalog are sent to all high
school counselors in Maryland. DC. and Northern
Virginia and to all public libraries and higher
educational institutions m these three lurisdictions.
Graduate Catalog, Graduate Bulletin
For information about the Graduate Catalog or
the Graduate Bulletin, call (301) 454-3141 ; or write
the Graduate Offices. South Administration
Building. College Park, Maryland 20742.
Summer Sessions Catalog
For information call 454-3347 or write to: Summer
Sessions Offices. Turner Lab. College Park,
Maryland 20742.
College Park Campus Publications
June 1974
^!Wl^««Hj^^»,
'^t"**
4
f
•HK^ptos.
The University
Goals For College Park
Our objectives are simply stated: to enrich our
students; to encourage lliem to develop those har-
monious ideals and fine relationships which
characterize cultured individuals; to provide an
atmosphere lor self-enlightenment in its w/idest
sense, a complement to systematic learning in the
arts, the humanities, the basic and applied sciences
and the professional curricula; and to promote
beneficial research and scholarship as a contri-
bution to the welfare of the State, of the nation,
and of the community of knowledge everywhere.
Universities In General
The contemporary university is a comprehensive
educational institution offering a multiplicity of
undergraduate programs that are closely related to
the graduate and professional programs.
Comprehensive universities as we know them in
the United States have existed for less than a
century, but their roots can be traced back to
medieval history. The English college system served
as the model for earliest American efforts at higher
education. The ancient German university tradi-
tion was joined with this in the 1870's to form
the basic outlines of our present institutions. Practi-
cal studies were grafted onto these more
classically and theoretically oriented traditions by
the agricultural emphasis of the land grant
movement.
With the explosion of scientific and technological
knowledge in the early twentieth century, the role
of the university in American society attained
increased importance, and today almost all aspects
of national life — social, economic, scientific, and
cultural — benefit from its educational, research
and service functions.
College Park and the University of Maryland
The College Park Campus of the University was
opened in 1859 as the Maryland Agricultural
College under a charter secured by a group of
Maryland planters. After a disastrous fire in 1912,
the State acquired control of the College and bore
the cost of rebuilding. In 1920 the State took over
the faculty-owned University in Baltimore founded
in 1807. merging it with the State-owned institu-
tion at College Park to form the present-day
University of fvlaryland.
In 1886 the Delaware Conference Academy was
founded by the Methodist Church in Princess Anne,
Maryland. Title to the institution was acquired by
the State of Maryland in 1926, and it became a
division of the University of Maryland in 1948.
It was made an integral part of the University
system with the name. University of Maryland
Eastern Shore (UMES), in 1970.
A new undergraduate branch campus known as
University of Maryland Baltimore County (UMBC),
was opened at Catonsville in 1966.
2 / General Information
Libraries at College Park
The Theodore R. McKeldin Library is the general
library of the University, containing reference
works, periodicals, circulating books, and other
materials in all fields of research and instruction.
Branch libraries include the Undergraduate Library,
the Engineering and Physical Sciences Library,
the Architecture Library, and the Chemistry Library.
The libraries on the College Park Campus
include approximately 1,400,000 volumes, nearly
750,000 microfilm units, and approximately 15,200
subscriptions to periodicals and newspapers, as
well as many government documents, phonorecords,
films, slides, prints, and music scores.
The new Undergraduate Library, opened in 1973,
seats 4,000 students and has a book capacity of
200,000 volumes. It features a recreational reading
collection of 5,000 paperbacks, a quadrophonic
concert room, color video tape players and playback
units, enclosed rooms equipped with instructor's
consoles for the use of nonprint media materials,
and wireless stereo headsets for tapes of lectures,
plays, speeches, and music. The McKeldin Library
mainly supports the graduate and research pro-
grams of the University, but is also open to
undergraduates.
Special collections in the library system include
those of Richard Van Mises in mathematics and
applied mechanics; Max Born in the physical
sciences; Thomas I. Cook in political science;
Romeo Mansueti in the biological sciences;
Katherine Anne Porter; Maryland; U.S. government
publications (for which the University is a regional
depository); documents of the United Nations,
the League of Nations, and other international
organizations; agricultural experiment station and
extension service publications; maps from the
U.S. Army Map Service; the files of the Industrial
Union of Marine and Shipbuilding Workers of
America; the Wallenstein collection of musical
scores; the Andre Kostelanetz Music Library; and
research collections of the American Bandmasters
Association, the National Association of Wind
and Percussion Instructors and the Music Educators
National Conference. In addition, the collections
include microfilm productions of government
documents, rare books, early journals, and
newspapers.
Other Area Resources. The College Park Campus
area is in a region rich in research collections. In
the Washington area are the Library of Congress,
the National Archives, the Folger Library, the
National Library of Medicine, the National Agricul-
tural Library, and various academic and special
libraries. In the Baltimore area, in addition to the
University's own libraries at UMBC, and on the
professional campus are the Enoch Pratt Free
Library and the Maryland Historical Association
Library. The Maryland Hall of Records is located
in Annapolis.
Campus Research Facilities
The research programs at the University derive
their existence and vigor from a faculty comprised
of internationally recognized scholars and scien-
tists. It is an advantage for undergraduate students
to be aware of the University's research facilities
as they plan their programs.
Among the exceptional research facilities are:
a 140 MeV cyclotron: a nuclear reactor; scanning
electron microscopes: subsonic and hypersonic
wind tunnels: an electron ring accelerator: a pre-
cision encoder and pattern recognition device:
a gravitational radiation detection system includ-
ing a gravimeter on the moon; a quiescent plasma
device (Q machine); a psychopharmacology lab-
oratory; three retro-reflector arrays on the moon;
rotating tanks for laboratory studies of meteorologi-
cal phenomena; Van de Graaff accelerators; a
laboratory for basic behavioral research; an assort-
ment of computers; and the Astronomy
Observatory.
The College Park Campus also owns and operates
one of the largest and most sophisticated long-
wavelength radio telescopes (located in Clark
Lake, Calif.) and a cosmic ray laboratory (located
in New Mexico).
In addition to these research opportunities in
the biological, mathematical and physical sciences,
research programs in the behavioral sciences,
social sciences and education exist in many
bureaus and institutes including: the Bureau of
Business and Economic Research, Bureau of
Educational Research and Field Services, Bureau
of Governmental Research, Institute for Child
Study, Institute for Criminal Justice and Crimi-
nology, and the Institute for Urban Studies.
Investigation in agriculture is an important aspect
of University research. University farms total more
than 2,000 acres. Breeding, selection in farm
crops, and soil research are a part of the program,
Work in these areas is augmented by X-ray equip-
ment and an electron microscope.
Summer Sessions
The College Park Campus offers two summer
sessions of six weeks each. The first session begins
May 20 and ends June 28. The second session
runs from July 1 to August 9. New freshmen ap-
plicants who have met the regular University admis-
sion requirements for fall enrollment may begin
their studies during the summer rather than await
the nexi (all term. By taking advantage ol this
opportunity and continuing to attend summer ses-
sions the time required tor completion ol a
baccalaureate degree can be shortened by a year
or more, depending upon the requirements ol the
chosen curriculum and the rate ol progress.
Many new students have lound that attendance
during the summer sessions lacllltates the
transition Irom secondary school to college. Courses
ollered during the summer are the same in content
and instruction as those ollered during the lall
and spring semesters.
The Summer Cultural and Recreational Program
IS an important part of "Summer at Maryland." A
Fine Arts Festival oKers a series of programs In
art, dance, drama, film, and music, and outstanding
perlormers in these media appear on the College
Park Campus. Facilities for most sports and an
intramural program in several team and individual
sports are available to the students.
For additional inlormation write lor a Summer
Sessions Catalog which may be obtained from the
Administrative Dean lor Summer Programs,
College Park, Md. 20742.
Admission and Orientation
Undergraduate Admission
The University of tvlaryland, in all its branches and
divisions, subscribes to a policy of equal educa-
tional and employment opportunity for people of
every race, creed, ethnic origin and sex.
Admissions Requirements
The University of Maryland is a publicly-supported
land grant institution dedicated primarily to the
educational needs of Maryland residents. Within its
responsibilities as a State facility, the University
attracts a cosmopolitan student body, and each
year oilers admission to a number of promis-
ing men and women from other states and
jurisdictions. All of the fifty states and ninety-
three loreign nations are currently represented in
the undergraduate population.
4,614 new freshmen entered the College Park
Campus ol the University of Maryland in Fall 1973.
The typical freshman had a Verbal SAT score ol 480
and Math SAT score ol 520. More than hall ol the
entering freshman class ranked in the top 25% ol
their high school graduating class.
Freshmen — Maryland Residents
In order to be admitted, Ireshmen applicants who
are Maryland residents must meet ONE ol the lollow-
ing THREE criteria lor admission: A. Have a "C"
average in academic subjects in the 10th and 11th
Grades and rank in the top hall of the high school
graduation class, OR, B. Satisly the requirements
outlined in the chart below. The chart indicates the
combination ol academic grade point average
and total SAT scores required to be eligible lor
admission.
II the applicant has taken the SAT several times,
the University will use the highest set ol scores lor
a single test date.
To determine your eligibility lor admission based
on the chart below:
1. Calculate your academic grade point average
in the 10th and 11th grades. A list ol the courses
which the College Park Campus uses in computing
the high school academic grade point average
is provided below.
2. Locate the line on the chart which indicates
your highest total SAT scores for a single test dale.
For example, if you took the Scholastic Aptitude
Test twice and earned the following scores:
1st test date Verbal 50
Math 51
2nd test date Verbal 53
Math 50
you would use the test scores for the second
test date.
3. If your academic grade point average is equal
to or higher than the grade point average listed
on the chart beside your highest total SAT score,
you will be admitted to the College Park Campus.
Minimum Requirements For Maryland Freshmen
Applicants Using Total SAT Scores and Academic
Grade Point Average as Criteria
Total
SAT
Score
40 ..
41 ..
42 ..
43 ..
44 ..
45 ..
46 ..
47 ..
48 ..
49 ..
50 ..
51 ..
52 ..
53 ..
54 ..
55 ..
56 ..
57 ..
58 ..
Academic
Grade
Point
Average
2.48
2.47
2.45
2.44
2.43
2.42
2.40
2.39
2.38
2.37
2.35
2.34
2.33
2.32
2.30
2.29
2.28
2.27
2.25
Total
SAT
Score
59 . .
60 ..
61 ..
62 . .
63 . .
64 ..
65 ..
66 ..
67 . .
68 . .
69 . .
70 . .
71 . .
72 ..
73 ..
74 ..
75 . .
76 ..
77 ..
Academic
Grade
Point
Average
2.24
2.23
2.22
2.20
2.19
2.18
2.17
2.15
2.14
2.13
2.12
2.10
2.09
2.08
2.07
2.05
2.04
2.03
2.02
Total
SAT
Score
78 ..
79 ..
80 ..
81 ..
82 ..
83 ..
84 ..
85 ..
86 ..
87 ..
88 ..
89 ..
90 ..
91 ..
92 ..
93 ..
94 ..
95 ..
96 ..
97 ..
98 ..
99 ..
100 ..
101 ..
102 ..
103 ..
104 ..
105 ..
106 ..
107 ..
108 ..
109 ..
110 ..
111 ..
112 ..
113 ..
114 ..
115 ..
116 ..
117 ..
118 ..
Academic
Grade
Point
Average
2.01
1.99
1.98
1.97
1.96
1.94
1.93
1.92
1.91
1 ,89
1.88
1.87
1,86
1.84
1.83
1.82
1.81
1.79
1.78
1.77
1.76
1.74
1.73
1.72
1.71
1.69
1.68
1 .67
1.66
1.64
1.63
1.62
1.61
1.59
1.58
1.57
1.56
1.54
1.53
1.52
1.51
Total
SAT
Score
119
120
121
122
123
124 .
125 .
126 ..
127 ..
128 . .
129 ..
130 .
131 ..
132 . .
133 ..
134 ..
135 .
136 ..
137 ..
138 ..
139 ..
140 .
141 . .
142 ..
143 ..
144 ..
145 ..
146 . .
147 ..
148 ..
149 ..
150 ..
151 . .
152 . .
153 ..
154 . .
155 ,.
156 . .
157 ..
158 ..
159 ..
Academic
Grade
Point
Average
1.49
1 48
1.47
146
1.44
1.43
1.42
1.41
1.39
1.38
1.37
1.36
1.34
1.33
1.32
1.31
1.29
1.28
1.27
1.26
1.24
1.23
1.22
1.21
1.20
1.18
1.17
1.16
1.15
1.13
1.12
1.11
1.10
1.08
1.07
1.06
1.05
1.03
1.02
1.01
1.00
OR 0. Satisfy the requirements outlined in the chart
below. The chart indicates the combination ol
academic grade point average and high school
class rank required to be eligible lor admission.
To determine your eligibility lor admission based
on the chart below:
1. Calculate your academic grade point average
in the 10th and 11th grades. A list ol the courses
which the College Park Campus utilizes in com-
puting the academic grade point average is
provided below.
General Inlormation / 3
2. Compute your class rank. Class rank is ex-
pressed as a percentile in the chart. To determine
your percentile, divide the number of students in
your graduating class into your class rank and
subtract the result from 100. For example, a
student who ranks 80 in a class of 110 would rank
at the 28th percentile (110 divided into 80 equals
72. 100 less 72 equals 28th percentile).
3. Locate the line on the chart which indicates
your class rank percentile.
4. If your academic grade point average is equal
to or higher than the grade point average listed
on the chart beside your class rank percentile,
you will be admitted to the College Park Campus.
Minimum Requirements (or Maryland Freshmen
Applicants Using High School Class Rank and
Academic Grade Point Average as Criteria
Academic Academic
Class Grade Ciass Grade
Ranl( Point Ranl< Point
Percentile Average Percentile Average
1 2.58 31 2.28
2 2.57 32 2.27
3 2.56 33 2.26
4 2.55 34 2.25
5 2.54 35 2.24
6 2.53 36 2.23
7 2.52 37 2.22
8 2.51 38 2.21
9 2.50 39 2.20
10 2.49 40 2.19
11 2.48 41 2.18
12 2.47 42 2.17
13 2.46 43 2.16
14 2.45 44 2.15
15 2.44 45 2.14
16 2.43 46 2.13
17 2.42 47 2.12
18 2.41 48 2.11
19 2.40 49 2.10
20 2.39 50 2.09
21 2.38 51 2.08
22 2.37 52 2.07
23 2.36 53 2.06
24 2.35 54 2.05
25 2.34 55 2.04
26 2.33 56 2.03
27 2.32 57 2.02
28 2.31 58 2.01
29 2.30 59 2.00
30 2.29 60 1.99
Use of Mid-Year Grades. The University will reserve
a decision on the applications of (vlaryland resi-
dents who do not meet the criteria outlined above
until mid-year grades are available for the senior
year in high school. The College Park Campus
is unable to utilize the final high school marks in
rendering decisions for applicants who are apply-
ing for admission directly from high school.
If your mid-year grades for the senior year in
high school are available when your application
is initially considered by the College Park admis-
sions staff, they will be used in determining your
eligibility for admission.
Subjects Used for Computation of the High
School Academic Grade Point Average. Because of
variations in course titles in the secondary
school systems, this listing is not inclusive. It does,
however, provide you with examples of the types
of courses the College Park Campus utilizes in
computing the high school academic grade
point average.
English. Composition, Communications, Creative
Writing, Conversational Language, Debate,
Expressive Writing, Journalism, Language Arts,
Literature, Public Speaking, Speech, World Litera-
ture.
Foreign Languages. French, German, Greek,
Hebrew, Italian, Latin, Russian, Spanish.
Mathematics. Advanced Topics, Algebra I, Algebra II,
Analysis (or Elementary Analysis), Analytic
Geometry, Calculus, Computer Math, Functions,
Geometry, Mathematics II, Mathematics III, Mathe-
matics IV, Matrices Probabilities, Modern Geometry,
Probability and Statistics, E.A.M (Rev. Acad. Math),
S.M.S.G., Modern Math, Trigonometry.
Science. Advanced Biology, Advanced Chemistry,
Biology, Chemistry, Earth Science, General
Science, Genetics, Geology, Laboratory Science,
Physical Science, Physics, Space Science,
Zoology.
Social Studies. Afro-American Studies, American
History, Ancient History, Anthropology, Child De-
velopment, Civics-Citizenship, Contemporary
Issues (C.I.S.S.), Cultural Areas, Cultural Heritage,
Economics, Economic Citizenship, Ethics (if con-
sidered to be Religion, not counted), European
History, European History and Survey, Family Liv-
ing, Far East, Pan American, Geography, Govern-
ment, Humanities, International Affairs, Medieval
History, Modern History, Modern Problems,
National Government, Philosophy, Political Science,
Problems of Democracy, Problems of 20th
Century, Psychology, Sociology, State History,
U.S. History, World Civilization, World Cultures.
Other Requirements For Freshmen Applicants. The
University requires freshmen to have earned a
high school diploma prior to their first registration
at the University.
The SAT examination is required of all fresh-
man applicants. Test results must be submitted
directly to the College Park Campus by the Educa-
tional Testing Service. You are strongly urged to
include your social security number when register-
ing for the SAT. This will expedite processing of
your application for admission by the College Park
Campus. The reporting code for the College Park
Campus is 5814. Further information on the SAT
may be obtained from high school guidance offices
or directly from the Educational Testing Service,
Princeton, New Jersey 08540.
School of Architecture. Admission to the School
of Architecture is competitive with selection based
on previous academic achievement.
Because of space limitations, all architecture
applicants are encouraged to file an application by
March 1. The School of Architecture does not
accept entering students for the spring semester.
Special Situations. The above admissions criteria
have been developed primarily for the applicant who
has recently been graduated from high school. The
University recognizes that the above criteria may not
be entirely relevant for applicants from the State
of Maryland who have had military experience and/
or have worked for two or more years. If this
situation applies to you, we call your attention to
the following:
High School Equivalence Examination. Maryland
residents who are at least 19 years at age and have
not received a high school diploma can be con-
sidered for admission by presenting the high school
General Educational Equivalency certificate. In
order to be admitted to the College Park Campus,
the applicant must present an average score of 50
with no score below 40 on any of the five parts
of the test or a minimum score of 45 on each of the
five parts of the test.
Maryland Residents Who Have Graduated from
High School. Maryland residents who do not meet
the admissions requirements outlined above for
freshmen applicants should contact a counselor
from the Office of Admissions. The counselor will
assist you in evaluating the possibility of admission
at College Park and will offer suggestions regard-
ing your plans to attend college.
Transfer Student Admission
Undergraduate Students Transferring
from Outside the University System
A student who has attended any institution of higher
learning following graduation from high school and
attempted nine or more credits must be consid-
ered for admission as a transfer student.
General Statement. Students who were eligible for
admission as high school seniors and who are
4 / General Information
in good academic and disciplinary standing at their
previous institutions are eligible to be considered
tor transfer. Maryland residents must have a C
average in all previous college-level work to be
admitted. Non-resident transfers are considered
on the basts of competitive criteria.
TIWM not Admltsibia as High School Senior*.
Maryland residents who are not admissible as high
school seniois must complete at least 28 semester
semester hour^ with a C average at another
institution before applying lor transfer admission.
Transfer Students from Maryland Public
Community Colleges. Maiyiand residents who at-
tended Maryland public community colleges will be
admitted after they have received the Associate of
Arts degree or completed 56 semester hours
with a C average. The University will use the
average stated on the transcript by the sending in-
stitution. In cases where there is more than one
previous institution, the averages at all institutions
attended will be cumulative. Where the number of
students desiring admission exceeds the number
that can be accommodated in a particular profes-
sional or specialized program, admission will
be based on criteria developed by the University to
select the best qualified students.
Exception to the 56 hour rule will be made for a
student attempting to transfer into a program which
Is not available at the student's community college
in a full two-year program. In order to be admitted
to the College Park Campus as an exception to
the two-year rule, the applicant must obtain a
letter from the transfer advisor at his/her com-
munity college recommending that the University
waive the two-year requirement in his/her case be-
cause of problems with obtaining sufficient major
program courses.
School of Architecture. Admission to the School of
Architecture in the Division of Arts and Humani-
ties IS competitive with selection based on the
transfer student's previous academic achievement.
Because of space limitations, all architecture
applicants are encouraged to file an application by
March 1. The School of Architecture does not ac-
cept entering students for the spring semester.
Undergraduate Students Transferring
from Within the University System
A student seeking to move from one campus of the
University to another must have been a regular
degree-seeking student eligible to return to his
original campus.
Students who were special or non-degree stu-
dents or students who have been academically dis-
missed by one campus must contact the Admissions
Office of the receiving campus.
Students must apply within the normal deadlines
and. where space is limited, admission to the now
campus will be based on criteria designed to
select the best qualified students.
The Out-ol-State Applicant
The University is very pleased to consider applica-
tions from students who are not residents of the
State of Maryland. Because the primary obligation
of the University is to Maryland residents, admission
for out-ol-State students is competitive.
Non-Degree (Special) Student Admission
Applicants who qualify for admission but do not
desire to work toward a baccalaureate degree may
be admitted as non-degree seeking (special)
students.
Special students who have received a bacca-
laureate degree are advised that no credit earned
while enrolled as special students may be applied
at a later date to a graduate program. These post-
baccalaureate students may enroll in undergraduate
courses for which they possess the necessary
prerequisites, but may not enroll in courses re-
stricted to graduate students only.
Non-degree seeking (special) students who do not
have a baccalaureate degree or an R.N. must
submit transcripts and meet regular admission
standards. Transcripts are not required from stu-
dents with baccalaureate degrees or an R.N.
Because of space limitation, several departments
require permission in advance to enroll as a non-
degree student. Please contact the Office of
Admissions for further information.
Transfer of Credits
Maryland Council for Higher Education Articulation
Agreement. The University of Maryland fully
ascribes to the Maryland Council for Higher Educa-
tion Articulation Agreement. The complete text of
the agreement follows:
Preamble. The initial over-reaching objective of this
committee has been to relate in operational ways
the undergraduate programs offered in the public
sector of higher education in Maryland including
the Community Colleges, the State Colleges, and
the campuses of the University.
The intended principal benefactor is the student
who is best served by current information about
programs and protected by firm arrangements
among the public segments of higher education in
Maryland which permit him to plan a total degree
program from the outset. With successful academic
performance, he or she can make uninterrupted
progress even though transfer is involved. The
measure of the plan is maximum transferability of
college level credits. Essentially, the transfer and
native students are to be governed by the same
academic rules and regulations. It is recognized that
the guidance data essential to the Implementation
of transfer arrangements go well t>eyond the scope
of the present report
In a complementary way tt>e State's Interests are
served by having its highter education resources
used optimally by reducing the time taken to com-
plete a degree through the avoidance of repeated
class experiences.
The institutional interests are protected also by
the systematic approach; they are relieved of the un-
certainties of unplanned articulation without
becoming production lir^ enterprises.
The dynamics of higfier education preclude one-
and-tor-all time curricula and perpetual grad-
ing and retention systems as cases in point.
However, within the general structure of this plan
there is opportunity for continual updating of life
details.
In more specific ways the Committee has pro-
ceeded (1) to recommend specific areas of agree-
ment among the public Community Colleges, tfie
State Colleges, and the State University pertaining
to facilitating the transfer of students within tf>e
segments of public higher education in the State:
(2) to provide for a continuous evaluation and review
of programs, policies, procedures, and relation-
ships affecting transfer of students; and (3) to rec-
ommend such revisions as are needed to promote
the academic success and general well-being of
the transfer student.
Policies: 1. Public four-year colleges and the
campuses of the University shall require attainment
of an overall "C" average by Maryland resident
transfer students as defined by the sending institu-
tions as one standard for admission. If the student
has two or more institutions, the overall "C " (2.0)
will be computed on grades received in courses
earned at all institutions attended, unless ttie stu-
dent presents an Associate in Arts degree.
a. Efforts shall be intensified among the sending in-
stitutions to counsel students on the basis of their
likelihood of success in various programs and at
various institutions based on shared information
(See par. 1 (b) and par. 9).
b. Procedures for reporting the progress of students
who transfer within the State shall t>e regularized as
one means of improving the counseling of prospec-
tive transfer students. In addition, each public in-
stitution of higher education shall establish a
position of student transfer to assist in accomplish-
ing the policies and procedures outlined in this
plan.
2. Admissions requirements and curriculum
prerequisites shall t>e stated explicitly,
a. Course and semester hour requirements which
students must meet in order to transfer with upper
division standing shall be clearly stated.
General Information / 5
b. The establishment of articulated programs is
required in professional and specialized curricula.
c. Students shall be strongly encouraged to com-
plete the requirements for the award of an Associate
in Arts Degree or to complete successfully 56
semester hours of credit before transfer.
3. Information about transfer students who are
capable of honors work or independent study shall
be transmitted to the receiving institution.
4. Transfer students from newly established pub-
lic colleges which are functioning with the approval
of the State Department of Education shall be
admitted on the same basis as applicants from re-
gionally accredited colleges.
5. a. Students from Maryland Community Colleges
who have been awarded the Associate in Arts de-
gree or who have successfully completed 56
semester hours of credit, in either case in college
and university-parallel courses (see par. 6), and
who attained an overall "C" (2.0) average, shall be
eligible for transfer. Normally they will transfer
without loss of credits and with junior standing pro-
vided they have met the requirements and prerequi-
sites established by the receiving institution within
the major. Parenthetically, junior standing does
not assure graduation within a two-year period of
full-time study by a native student or by a transfer
student.
b. The Associate in Arts degree shall serve as the
equivalent of the lower division general education
requirements at the receiving institution where the
total number of credits required in the general
education program in the sending institution is
equal to or more than that required in the receiving
institution and where the credits are distributed
among the arts and sciences disciplines.
c. The determination of the major program require-
ments for a baccalaureate degree, including
courses in the major taken in the lower division,
shall be the responsibility of the institution award-
ing the degree.
6. Credit earned at any public institution shall be
transferable to any other public institution as long
as that credit was designed specifically for a
college or university-parallel program, and providing
its acceptance is consistent with the policies of
the receiving institution governing native students
following the same program. Transfer of credits
from terminal (career) programs shall be evaluated
by the receiving institution on a course by course
basis. Credits applied towards a specific major
and minor shall be determined by the receiving
institution in these cases.
7. Credit earned in or transferred from a com-
munity college shall normally be limited to approxi-
mately half the baccalaureate degree program re-
quirement and to the first two years of the under-
graduate educational experience.
8. Transfer students shall be given the option of
satisfying graduation requirements which were in
effect at the receiving institution at the time they
enrolled as freshmen at the sending institution,
subject to conditions or qualifications which apply
to native students.
9. Institutions shall notify each other as soon as
possible of impending curriculum changes which
may affect transferring students. When a change
made by one institution necessitates some type
of change at another institution, sufficient lead time
shall be provided to effect the change with
minimum disruption. The exchange of data con-
cerning such academic matters as grading systems,
student profiles, grading profiles, etc., is required.
10. Community college students shall be encour-
aged to choose as early as possible the institution
and program into which they expect to transfer.
11. Innovative programs in all institutions are en-
couraged. Proposed programs which would have
system-wide implications or which would affect
student transfers to more than one institution must
be reported to the Maryland Council for Higher
Education.
12. The Maryland Council for Higher Education
Articulation Committee shall continue to review
and evaluate current articulation policies and shall
set additional policies as needed. In addition, the
Maryland Council will publish a brochure annually
listing the prerequisites within the major and pro-
fessional programs of all public four-year colleges
and universities in the State.
13. In the event a transfer student believes he or
she has not been accorded the consideration
presented in this policy statement, he shall have
the opportunity to have the situation explained or
reconciled.
Initially, differences of interpretation regarding
the award of transfer credit shall be resolved
between the student and the institution to which he
is transferring. If a difference remains unresolved,
the student shall present his evaluation of the
situation to the institution from which he is trans-
ferring. Representatives from the two institutions
shall then have the opportunity to resolve the
differences.
The sending institution has the right to present an
unresolved case to the Committee on Articulation
by addressing the Maryland Council for Higher
Education. The Committee on Articulation shall,
through an appointed subcommittee, receive
relevant documentation, opinions, and interpreta-
tions in written form from the sending and receiving
institution and from the student. Subcommittee
deliberations will be confined to this written docu-
mentation. The full committee shall act on the
subcommittee recommendation.
Copies of the committee recommendation shall be
forwarded to the institutions involved through the
Maryland Council for Higher Education. The Coun-
cil shall then be advised of the institutional action
within a ten-day period.
A complaint on transfer status must be initiated
by the student within the first semester of his enroll-
ment in the receiving institution.
14. While it is recognized that certain circum-
stances may require a limitation on the size of
junior classes, the State of Maryland should support
four-year institutions so that all students in a trans-
fer program who are awarded an Associate in Arts
degree from a public community college shall
have the opportunity to be admitted with full junior
standing to a public four-year institution. Where
the number of students desiring admission ex-
ceeds the number that can be accommodated in
a particular professional or specialized program, ad-
mission will be based on criteria developed by the
receiving institution to select the best qualified
students.
General Statement. In general, credit from academic
courses taken at an accredited institution in areas
that can be considered part of the students'
University program and in which the student earned
a grade of "C" or better will transfer.
Credits Taken at Community Colleges. Credits
earned in or transferred from a community college
shall normally be limited to approximately half
of the four-year baccalaureate degree requirement.
Community college students who have previously
earned credit at a four-year institution must in-
clude those in the maximum academic credits
transferable.
Courses taken at a community college that have
the same title as junior or senior level courses at
the University may not generally be applied.
A student with junior standing normally may not
take any further credits at a community college
regardless of the number of credits earned at a
community college. In exceptional circumstances,
however, the dean or division chairman may permit
the student to take required courses at a community
college.
Credits Taken at a Maryland Public Community
College. Students from Maryland Community
Colleges who have been awarded the Associate in
Arts Degree or who have successfully completed 56
semester hours of credit, in either case in college
and university-parallel courses, and who attained
an overall "C" average shall normally transfer
without loss of credits and with junior standing pro-
vided they have met the requirements and
6 / General Information
prerequisites established by the receiving Institu-
tion within the maior.
Credit earned at any public institution shall be
transferable to any other public institution as long
as that credit was designed specifically for a college
or university-parallel program, and provided its
acceptance is consistent with the policies of the
University governing native students following the
same program.
Transfer of credits from terminal (career)
programs shall be evaluated by the receiving insti-
tution on a course by course basis provided in the
Maryland Council for Higher Education Articulation
Agreement.
Foreign Language Credit. Transfer foreign language
credit IS usually acceptable in meeting require-
ments Prospective students should consult the
appropriate sections of this catalog to determine
the specific requirements of various colleges and
curricula
Credit by Examination
Advanced Placement Program. Students entering
the University from secondary schools may obtain
advanced placement and college credit on the
basis of their performance on the College
Entrance Examination Board Advanced Placement
Program examinations. These examinations are
normally given to eligible high school seniors dur-
ing the May preceding matriculation in college.
The University will award advanced placement in
accordance with the score requirements noted
below for the following examinations: Biology.
Chemistry. English. French, German, History, Latin,
Mathematics, Physics, and Spanish.
For achievement of a score of five or four on
an approved examination, the student will be
granted advanced placement and credit equivalent
to two semester courses in that field: for achieve-
ment of a score of three, advanced placement and
credit equivalent of either one or two semester
courses, depending on the field of the examination,
will be granted. A student earning a score of 2
on the English advanced placement examination
will not need to take English Composition, but no
credit will be given.
Questions about University policy concerning the
Advanced Placement Program may be addressed
to the Administrative Dean for Undergraduate
Studies or to the Director of Admissions and Regis-
trations. Detailed information about the examinations
and registration procedures may be obtained
from the Director of Advanced Placement Program,
College Entrance Examination Board, 888 Seventh
Avenue. New York. New York 10018.
Determination of In-State Status For Admission,
Tuition and Charge-Differential Purposes. The Board
of Regents of the University of Maryland approved
new regulations for the determination of in-«late
status tor admission, tuition and charge-differential
purposes at its meeting on September 21, 1973.
The new regulations will be effective for the
January 1974 term.
Persons who are interested in obtaining a copy
of the regulations or who wish assistance with
their classification should contact: Office of Admis-
sions, North Administration Building, University
of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742— Phone
(301) 454-4137.
Equal Opportunity Recruitment Program
The Equal Opportunity Recruitment Program is the
minority recruitment unit within the Office of
Minority Student Education. Through E.O R.P. the
University seeks to achieve a more representative
minority student population among Blacks,
Spanish-speaking, American Indians, and Asian
Americans.
E.O.R.P. also coordinates housing and financial
aid assistance for incoming minority students. The
director and the Admissions Counselor staff can
provide application information to interested parents
and potential students. For more information con-
tact: Equal Opportunity Recruitment Program,
Director, Room 0107 North Administration BIdg.,
phone 454-4009.
Foreign Student Admission
The foreign student applying for admission to the
undergraduate schools of the University of Maryland
should make application at least six months in ad-
vance of the term for which he is applying. He
will be required to submit (1) an application for
admission on a form furnished by the Admissions
Office of the University upon request, (2) official
copies of his secondary school preparation, (3) cer-
tificates of completion of state secondary school
examinations, and (4) records of college or uni-
versity studies completed in schools in the United
States or elsewhere (documents indicated in
(2), (3), and (4) must be accompanied by certified
English translations when original documents are in
languages other than English). He will also be
required to furnish proof of adequate finances
(students on F visas are not permitted to work).
Further he will need to furnish proof of his ability
to read, write, speak, and understand English
sufficiently well to pursue satisfactorily an approved
course of study in one of the colleges/divisions
of the University. Information can be obtained from
the Office of the Director of International Education
Services regarding the administration of the Test
of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) both
in the United States and abroad. TOEFL is the
standard test used by the University to determine
English proficiency.
Because the University of Maryland is a state
university, it is limited in the numt>er of foreign
students whom it can admit each year Consequent-
ly, admission is extremely competitive and offered
only to those applicants who are most highly
qualified.
The foreign student accepted for admission to
the University will receive from the Director of
International Education Services the appropriate
immigration form needed to secure a student
visa from the American consul.
Every foreign student is expected to notify the
Director of Foreign Student Affairs as to the
approximate date of his arrival at the University
and arrange to arrive in time lor the special orienta-
tion program that precedes registration. The Office
of the Director is located in the North Administra-
iion Building, Room 222-A.
Application Procedures
Application Forms. Application forms may be ob-
tained by writing to:
Office of Admissions
North Administration Building
University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland 20742
Application forms are available in high school
guidance offices and college counseling centers.
All applicants must comply fully with the direc-
tions printed on the application form. Incomplete
forms cannot be processed.
Application Fee. A non-refundable SI 5 00 applica-
tion fee is required with each application.
Application deadlines. The University strongly
urges an early application lor all applicants.
Summer and Fall 1974 Semesters:
October 1, 1973
Applications accepted for 6/74 and 8/74.
November 15, 1973
Deadline for receipt of applications, transcripts,
and SAT results (freshman only) for freshmen and
transfer students, who wish to be considered for an
early decision for 8/74. Students who meet this
deadline and are eligible for admission will receive
their application for on-Campus housing in the first
mailing from the Office of Resident Life. This mail-
ing will occur approximately February 15, 1974.
March 1. 1974
Deadline for foreign student applications.
May 1, 1974
Deadline for all undergraduate applications for
8/74.
June 14, 1974
Deadline for transcripts and SAT results for
freshmen applicants for 8/74.
July 1, 1974
Deadline for transcripts for transfer applicants
for 8/74.
General Infonnation / 7
Expenses, Financial Aid and Scholarships
Spring 1975 Semester:
June 3, 1974
Applications accepted for 1/75.
August 1, 1974
Deadline for foreign student applications.
November 1, 1974
Deadline for all undergraduate applications.
Novennber 15, 19774
Deadline for receipt for all transcripts.
The University reserves the right to return the
unprocessed application of non-resident freshmen
and transfer students when our quotas for these
students have been filled. Because of space
limitations tfie University cannot offer admission to
all qualified out-of-state applicants. An early
application is. therefore, essential.
Exceptions. Applications for the School of Archi-
tecture including supporting documents must be
received not later than March 1.
Foreign students are required to submit their
applications not later than February 1 for the fall
semester and not later than August 1 for the spring
semester.
Readmission and Reinstatement
Students who do not maintain continuous registra-
tion must apply for readmission or reinstatement
when they desire to return to the University. See
sections below on Withdrawals from the University
and Minimum Requirements for Retention and
Graduation.
Readmission. A student who has interrupted his
registration for one or more semesters and who was
in good academic standing or on scholastic pro-
bation at the conclusion of his last semester must
apply for readmission.
Reinstatement. A student must apply for reinstate-
ment if he has been academically dismissed, is
ineligible for readmission, or has withdrawn from
all courses in his last previous semester.
Deadlines. To be considered for immediate rein-
statement following dismissal at the end of the fall
or spring terms, a currently enrolled student must
apply no later than seven days before the first day
of registration of the spring or second summer term.
If dismissed at the end of the spring semester, a
student may not apply for the first summer term.
All other students must apply in accordance
with the following deadlines:
Fall term — July 1
Spring term — November 1
Summer term — May 1
Applications. Application forms for readmission
and reinstatement may be obtained from the
Office of Admissions.
Additional Information
For additional information contact the Admissions
Office, North Administration Building, University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742;
(301)454-5550.
8 / General Information
Graduate Student Admission
Admission to graduate study at the University of
Maryland is the responsibility of the Graduate
School. Correspondence concerning application
for admission to The Graduate School should be
addressed to The Graduate School. University of
Maryland. College Park, Maryland 20742.
Orientation Programs
Freshmen Orientation. Upon final admission to the
University, the student will receive materials
about the Freshman Orientation and Registration
Program offered by the University of Maryland.
All entering freshmen are urged to attend this
program which is administered by the Orientation
Office. The primary goals of the program are to
inform the student about the University and help
him register for the first semester. The program
is conducted on the College Park Campus during
the summer months and at other times during
the year. Each freshman will attend with a group
of his future classmates. The new student will
engage in:
1. Formal and informal discussions about
University life and the standards of performance
the University will expect of him.
2. A conference with an academic advisor who
will assist him in selecting and registering for
courses.
Through this program, the entering student
receives a personalized and individual introduction
to the University.
Transfer Student Orientation. A special program is
offered for transfer students. This program in-
cludes a conference with advisors to explain
academic requirements, registration for classes,
and a general orientation to the Campus itself. The
program is particularly geared to the needs of
upper class students and their special concerns.
Parent Orientation. Running concurrently with the
summer programs for freshmen and transfer
students is an orientation program for the parents
of new students. Here, parents have an opportunity
to learn about the academic, cultural, and social
aspects of University life, from administrators and
staff as well as from the student advisors who lead
the studeiit groups.
Expenses
Registration is not completed or official until all
financial obligations are satisfied. Returning stu-
dents will not be permitted to complete registration
until all financial obligations to the University
including library fines, parking violation assess-
ments and other penalty fees and service charges
are paid in full.
Although the University regularly mails bills to
students, starting with an estimated bill approxi-
mately one month prior to registration, it cannot
assume responsibility for their receipt. If any stu-
dent does not receive a bill before or shortly after
the start of each semester, it is his/her responsibility
to obtain a copy of the bill by coming to Room 1103,
South Administration Building, between the hours
of 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday.
All checks or money orders should be made
payable to the University of Maryland for the exact
amount due. In cases where the University has
awarded a grant, scholarship, or workship, the
appropriate amount will be deducted on the first
actual bill mailed approximately one month after
the start of the semester. However, the first esti-
mated bill mailed at the start of each semester
may not include these deductions. '
Students may be severed from University services
for delinquent indebtedness to the University
which occurs or is discovered during a semester.
In the event that severance occurs, the individual
may make payment during the semester in which
services were severed and these services will be
restored. Students who are severed from University
services and who fail to pay the indebtedness
during the semester in which severance occurs
will be ineligible to pre-register or register for sub-
sequent semesters until the debt is cleared. In the
event of actual registration in a subsequent
semester by a severed student who has not settled
his student account prior to that semester, such
registration will be cancelled and no credit will
be earned for the semester.
No degree will be conferred, no grade issued,
nor any diploma, certificate, or transcript of
record issued to a student who has not made
satisfactory settlement of his account.
An Important Fee Notice:
Although changes in fees and charges ordinarily
will be announced in advance, the University re-
serves the right to make such changes without
prior announcement. The Board of Regents at the
time of this printing in May 1974 is considering
changes in the room and board for 1974-75. It is ex-
pected that action on these fees will be finalized
in late June.
Fees for Full-Time Undergraduate Resident and
Non-Resident Students, 1974-75 Academic Year.
(As of May 1974):
fall
Spring
Semester
Semester
TofI
Maryland Residents;
General Foe';
% 349.00
i 34900
$ 6»e.00
Board Contract";
325.00
325.00
eso.oo
Lodging;
235.00
235.00
470.00
Health Service Fee;
S.OO
5.0O
10.00
S 914.00
S 914.00
St. 828.00
2. Residenls of Ihe District of Columbia,
Other States and Other Countries:
General Fee*: $ 924.00 $ 924.00 $1,846.00
Board Contract**: 325.00 325.00 650.00
Lodging: 285.00 285.00 570.00
Health Service Fee: 5.00 5.00 10.00
$1,539.00 $1,539.00 $3,078.00
'General Fee includes Fixed Fee of $560.00 for Maryland Resldants
or $1710.00 tor residents of the District ol Columbia, other stales and
toreign countries plus mandatory fees lor the following: Instrucltonal
maierials. athletics, student activities, recreational tacililies. aux-
iliary facilities and reo>slration.
" (see next page)
'•ojitf ConUMI Iha amounl
4t>0«<
lor
y««
•I S»5 00 • ••
10 m«il plan al
•ai eoaid chaiua
vaar aia undar contldarallon by
I 1*1 i« ptinting
■an an undargiaduala
Studanta carrying 9
and muti pay tha
Eiplanallon ol Feet. The application fee for the
undergraduate programs and the summer sessions
partially defrays the cost of processing applications
tor admission to the University If a student en-
rolls for the term tor which he applied, the fee is
accepted m heu of the matriculation lee Applicants
who have enrolled with the University of Maryland
in Its Evening Division at College Park or
Baltimore, or at one of its off-campus centers are
not required to pay the fee since they have al-
ready paid a matriculation fee.
The Fixed Charges Fee is charged to help defray
th« cost of operating the University's program at
College Park.
The Instructional Materials Fee represents a
charge for instructional materials and/or laboratory
supplies furnished to students.
The Athletic Fee Is charged for the support of
the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics. All
students are encouraged to participate In all ol
the activities of this department or to attend the
contests if they do not participate.
The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee
included at the request of the Student Government
Association It is used in sponsoring various
student activities, student publications and cultural
programs.
The Recreational Facilities Fee is paid into a
fund which will be used to expand the recreational
facilities on the College Park Campus, especially
the Student Union Building.
The Auxiliary Facilities Fee is paid Into a fund
which is used for expansion and operation of vari-
ous facilities such as roads, walks, campus lighting
and other campus facilities. These facilities are
not funded or are funded only in part from other
sources.
Other Fees
Application Fee: $15.00
Pre-College Orientation Program Registration
Fee: $21.00 (two day program). $12.00 (one day
program)
Registration Fee: $5.00 (Charged as a separate
lee for all registrants except full-time undergradu-
ates)
Late Application Fee: $25.00
Matriculation Fee: SI 5.00
Graduation Fee for Bachelor's degree: $15.00
Room Deposit Fee payable upon application for
dormitory room: $50.00 (To bo doduclod from Iho
lirsl somestor room charges al rt'gislration)
Student Health Fee (each semester): $5.00
(Charged to all registrants each semester. Full-
time employees and slall may not use Health
Service Facilities and are not charged the Student
Health Fee. Graduate Assistants are not full time
employees.)
Vehicle Registration Fee: $12.00 ($12.00 for first
vehicle and $3 00 for each additional vehicle in ac-
cordance with published regulations. Payable
each academic year by all students registered
for classes on the College Park Campus and who
drive on the Campus. For cars registered for the
spring semester only the fee is $6.00 on the first car
and $1,50 for each additional vehicle.)
Special Fee for students requiring additional
preparation in Mathematics (MATH 001) per
semester: $75.00 (Required of students whose cur-
riculum calls for MATH 010 or 018 and who fall in
qualifying examination for these courses. Students
enrolled In this course and concurrently enrolled
for 6 or more credit hours will be considered as
full-time students for purposes of assessing
fees.) (The $75.00 will be added to normal full-time
charges lor these students).
Fees for Auditors and courses taken for audit
are the same as those charged for courses taken
for credit at both the undergraduate and graduate
levels. Audited credit hours will be added to hours
taken for credit to determine whether or not an
undergraduate student is full-time or part-time
for fee assessment purposes.
Special students are assessed fees In accord-
ance with the schedule for the comparable under-
graduate or graduate classification.
Late Registration Fee: $20.00 (All students are
expected to complete their registration, including
the filing of Schedule Adjustment Forms on the
regular registration days. Those who do not com-
plete their registration during the prescribed
days must pay this fee.) Registration is not complete
until all fees, including outstanding SAR (Student
Accounts Receivable) balances have been paid
in full. Any payment which Is Insufficient to dis-
charge the existing balance plus new fees leaves
tuition unpaid and registration Incomplete. The
$20 late fee will therefore be applied to all students
who register and who have an outstanding
indebtedness to the University.
Change of Registration Fee: $2.00 (lor each
course dropped or added after the Schedule
Adjustment period)
Special Examination Fee: $30.00 per course for
full-time students: the part-time credit hour charge
for part-time students: see part-time credit hour
charges on prior schedule (above)
Transcript of Record Fee: $2.00 (each copy)
Property Damage Charge: Students will be
charged for damage to property or equipment.
Where responsibility for the damage can be fixed,
the individual student will be billed lor it; where
responsibility cannot be fixed, the cost of repairing
the damage or replacing equipment will be pro-
rated, among the individuals involved
Service Charges for Dishonored Checks: Payable
for each check which is returned unpaid by the
drawee bank on initial presentation because of in-
sufficient funds, payment stopped, post-dating
drawn against uncollected items, etc.
For checks up to $50.00: $5.00
For checks from $50.01 to $100.00: $10.00
For checks over $100.00: $20.00
Library Charges: $.25 — Fine (or failure to return
book from General Library before expiration of
loan period per day
Fine for failure to return book from Reserve SheH
before expiration of loan period
First hour overdue on first day: $1.00
After first hour on first day: S2.00
Each additional day: $2.00
In case ol loss or mutilation ol a book, satisfac-
tory restitution must be made.
Motor Vehicle Penalties — See page 37.
Textbooks and Supplies
Textbook and classroom supplies — These costs
vary with the course pursued, but will average
$85.00 per semester.
Payment of Fees: All checks, money orders, or
postal notes should be made payable to the
University of Maryland.
Withdrawal or Refund of Fees
Any student compelled to leave the University at
any time dunng the academic year should file an
application for withdrawal, bearing the proper
signature. In the Office of Registrations. If this is
not done, the student will forfeit his right to any re-
fund to which he would otherwise be entitled.
The date used in computing refunds Is the date
the application for withdrawal is filed In the Office
of Registrations.
In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be per-
mitted only with the written consent of the student's
parent or guardian.
Full time students withdrawing from the University
will be credited for all academic fees charged to
them in accordance with the following schedule:
Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable
Two weeks or less 80%
Between two and three weeks 60%
Between three and four weeks 40%
Between four and five weeks 20%
Over five weeks 00%
General Information / 9
No part of the charges for room and board is re-
fundable except when the student officially with-
draws from the University or when he is given
permission by the appropriate officials of the Uni-
versity to move from the residence halls and/or to
discontinue dining hall privileges. In these cases,
the room refund will be computed by multiplying the
number of periods remaining times the pro rata
weekly rate. Refunds to students having full board
contracts will be calculated in a similar manner.
No room and/or board refunds will be made
after the fourteenth week of the semester.
The Food Service identification cards (FSID) must
be surrendered to the Office of Registrations
before any refund will be processed.
In computing refunds to students who have
received the benefit of scholarships and loans from
University Funds, the computation will be made in
such a way as to return the maximum amount to
the scholarship and loan accounts without loss to
the University.
A student who registers as a full-time undergradu-
ate will receive no refund of the General Fee when
courses are dropped (irrespective of the number of
credit hours dropped) unless the student with-
draws from the University. Hence, a student chang-
ing from full-time to part-time after the first day
of classes receives no refund.
A student who registers as a part-time under-
graduate student will be given a refund of the credit
hour fee for courses dropped during the first week
of classes. No refund will be made for courses
dropped thereafter.
A special refund schedule applies to full-time
students who are drafted into the Armed Services
or called up as Reservists.
Transcript of Records
Students and alumni may secure transcripts of
their scholastic records from the Registrations
Office. There is a charge of $2.00 for each transcript.
Checks should be made payable to the University
of (vtaryland. Transcripts of records should nor-
mally be requested in writing at least two weeks in
advance of the date when the records are actually
needed. No transcript of a student's record will
be furnished any student or alumnus whose
financial obligations to the University have not been
satisfied. Except where required by law, no
transcripts are released without written authoriza-
tion of the student.
Funds to Meet Personal Expenses
In the past new students have sometimes arrived
on Campus with a check payable to the University
for an amount larger than that required to meet
tuition costs and related expenses. They often
expect to pay their University bill and receive a
refund to meet personal expenses. However, the
University is unable to accept such checks or to
make refunds to students.
Any students arriving early should have adequate
personal funds to meet expenses.
We recommend that those students arriving
early and receiving financial aid from various
sources request that their check be made payable
to them instead of the University. This will allow
the establishment of a personal bank account
which can be used to pay for personal expenses
and for University fees.
Financial Aid
The Office of Student Aid provides advice and
assistance in the formulation of student financial
plans and, in cooperation with other University
offices, participates in the awarding of scholarships,
loans, and part-time employment to deserving stu-
dents. Scholarships, grants and loans are awarded
on the basis of evident academic ability and
financial need. In making awards, consideration is
also given to character, achievement, participation
in student activities, and to other attributes which
may indicate success in college. It is the intent of
the committee to make awards to those qualified
who might not otherwise be able to pursue college
studies. Part-time employment opportunities on
campus are open to all students, but are dependent
upon the availability of jobs and the student's
particular skills and abilities.
Additional information is available from the
Director, Office of Student Aid, Room 2130, North
Administration Building, University of Ivlaryland,
College Park, Maryland 20742.
Scholarships and Grants
Most scholarships are awarded to students before
they enter the University. However, students who
have completed one or more terms, and have not
received such an award, are eligible to apply. Most
of these scholarships are awarded to students who
have earned a cumulative grade point average of
3.0 (B) or better. Entering freshmen must submit
applications before March 1; students already en-
rolled in the University may submit applications
between February 1 and May 1 in order to receive
consideration for scholarship assistance for the
ensuing year. Scholarship award letters are
normally mailed between March 15 and June 15.
Any applicant who does not receive an award
letter during this period should assume that
he has not been selected for a scholarship.
Full Scholarships. The University awards 56 full
scholarships covering board, lodging, fixed charges,
and fees. Not more than twenty of these scholar-
ships may be held by out-of-state students.
Scholastic achievement and participation in student
activities are given primary consideration.
University Grants. The University awards to de-
serving and qualified secondary school graduates a
limited number of grants covering fixed charges
only.
Special Academic Scholarships. A limited number
of scholarships are awarded each year to students
of exceptional ability out of funds derived from
Campus enterprises. The amount of these scholar-
ships varies, depending upon the extent of need.
Endowed Scholarships and Grants. The University
has a number of endowed scholarships and special
grants. These range in value from $100 to $1,000.
Recipients are chosen by the University in ac-
cordance with terms established by the donor. It
is usually inadvisable for a student to apply for a
specific scholarship. Each applicant will receive
consideration for all scholarships for which he is
eligible.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant. Un-
der the provisions of the Education Amendments of
1972, grants are available to encourage youth of ex-
ceptional financial needs to continue their post
secondary school education. A recipient must be a
United States citizen enrolled as a full-time under-
graduate. The amount of the grant must be
matched by an equal amount of some other type
of aid provided through the University.
Basic Educational Opportunity Grants. The federal
government provides grants to approved students
who need it to attend post high school educational
institutions. The maximum award is $1400 minus
the expected family contribution. In those years
when Congressional appropriations are less
than needed, eligible students will receive a percent-
age of their entitlement. Applications are avail-
able in senior high schools.
Maryland State Scholarships. The General As-
sembly of Maryland has created several programs of
scholarships for Maryland residents who need
financial help to obtain a college education. The
undergraduate programs are (1) General State
scholarships, (2) Senatorial scholarships, and
(3) House of Delegates scholarships. Students wish-
ing to apply for these scholarships should contact
their guidance counselor if a high school senior
or the Office of Student Aid if presently attending
the University of Maryland. Students who are enter-
ing college for the first time must take the
Scholastic Aptitude Test in November or December
of their senior year. The test is not required of
college students who have completed at least one
academic year. A general application and a Par-
ent's Confidential Statement should be filed with
College Scholarship Service in Princeton, N.J.
and a senatorial application with the student's
state senator by December 1 for the following
academic year. For additional information, contact
the Maryland State Scholarship Board, 2100
Guilford Avenue, Baltimore, Maryland 21218.
10 / General Information
Local and National Scholarships. In addition to
th« scholarships provided by Ihe University ot
Maryland, a student should give careful considera-
tion to scholarship aid provided by local and
national scholarship programs. Ordinarily, the high
school principal or counselor will be w^ell informed
as to these opportunities.
Loans
Loan funds to meet educational expenses are
available for students enrolled in the University. The
extent of financial need must be clearly estab-
lished by providing a complete statement ot Ihe
applicant's financial resources and estimated ex-
penses for the academic year.
Loan awards are normally granted on a yearly
basis, although short-term and emergency loans are
granted lor shorter periods.
To apply lor a long-term loan, an application
should normally be filed before May 1 (or the en-
suing year If funds are available, applications may
be considered at other times, but the student should
b«ar m mind that it generally takes about six weeks
to process a loan.
Students applying (or a loan must have a 2.0 (C)
average for courses taken the preceding semester.
New students need a 2.5 average in academic
subjects for the previous two years of school.
Loans are not available for non-educational ex-
penses nor are they available (or repayment of
previously incurred indebtedness.
National Direct Student Loan Program. This loan
fund was established by the federal government in
agreement with the University of Maryland to
make low-interest loans available to students with
clearly established financial need. Applicants must
be United Stales nationals (citizens and permanent
resident status) and must be enrolled for eight or
more credit hours at day school on the College
Park Campus.
The average approved loan is about $700 per
year. The borrower must sign a note. Repayment
begins nine months after the borrower leaves school
and must be completed within ten years there-
after. No interest is charged until the beginning of
the repayment schedule. Interest after that date
is charged at the rate of three percent per annum.
Cancellation provisions are available for qualided
service as a teacher o( the handicapped and in
low income schools.
Institutional Student Loans. Institutional loan funds
have been established through the generosity of
University organizations, alumni, (acuity, staff, and
friends. These loans are normally available at low
interest rates to upperclassmen only. For specific
information, the student should inquire at the
Office of Student Aid.
Nursing Student Loans and Scholarships. Under
provisions o( the (ederal Nurses Training Act o( 1971,
(inancial aid in the (orm o( loans or scholarships is
available to qualided students. The recipient must
be a full-time student in pursuit of a baccalaureate
or graduate degree in nursing, and able to estab-
lish financial need. Students submitting applications
lor financial aid will automatically be considered
for both scholarship and loan.
On loans, repayment begins one year alter the
borrower ceases to be a lull-lime student and must
be completed within ten years. No interest is
charged until the beginning of the repayment
schedule. Interest alter that date accrues at the
rate of three percent per annum. Cancellation pro-
visions are available il Ihe borrower is employed
as a nurse in a public or non-profit institution or
agency; or in the event of permanent disability or
death of Ihe borrower.
Law Enforcement Education Program Loan and
Grant. Loans: Qualified full-time pre-service stu-
dents in approved fields may apply for loan
assistance up to $2,200 per academic year. The loan
IS cancelled at the rale of 25 percent per year of
(ull-lime employment in criminal justice or repaid
at the rale o( 7 percent simple interest, commencing
six months alter termination of full-time study.
Grants: In-service employees of police, courts and
corrections agencies enrolled in courses related
to law enforcement can receive up to $400 per
semester (not to exceed cost of tuition and fees).
Grant recipients must agree to remain in the service
of their employing law enforcement agency for at
least two years following completion of their
courses. Any student who meets the eligibility re-
quirements for both a loan and a grant may receive
both concurrently. Interested students should con-
tact either the Dean. University College, or
Director, Institute ol Criminal Justice and Crimi-
nology, Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences.
Bank Loans. Loan programs have been established
through the Maryland Higher Education Loan
Corporation and the United Student Aid Fund
which permit students to borrow money from their
hometown banks. The programs enable undergradu-
ates in good standing to borrow up to $1,500 per
year, and notes may not bear more than seven
percent simple interest. Monthly repayments begin
ten months after graduation or withdrawal from
school. The federal government will pay the in-
terest lor eligible students, while Ihe student
IS in school. Further details and a listing ol
participating banks may be secured from the OKice
of Student Aid.
Part-time Employment
More than one-half of the students at the University
of Maryland earn a portion of their expenses. The
Office of Student Aid serves without charge as
a clearinghouse lor students seeking part-time
work and employers seeking help. Many jobs are
available in the residence halls, dmmg halls,
libraries, laboratories and elsewhere on and off
campus.
Working during college years may olfer ad-
vantages in addition to the obvious one ol financing
a college education. The employed student has a
special opportunity to learn new skills, to develop
good work habits, and to learn how to get along
with people. Sometimes part-time employment
experience helps a student choose his vocation or
IS helplul to him later in lollowing his vocation.
Freshman students who do not need financial aid
probably should not attempt to work during the
lirst year at the University. However, students who
need to work in order to attend the University are
advised to consider employment in one of our
dining halls. A student may earn approximately
one-hall of his board and room by working nine
hours per week. Alter one successful semester the
work load may be increased to lull room and board
at the request ol the student.
For positions other than lood service, a student
normally cannot make arrangements for employment
until he is on Campus at the beginning ol a school
session. Application must be made in person and
the applicant should have a schedule ol his classes
and study hours so that he can seek employment
best suited to his tree time.
The Office of Student Aid welcomes Ihe oppor-
tunity to counsel a student about Ihe best type ol
employment lor him. However, securing a position
through intelligent application and retaining that
position through good work is the responsibility
of the individual.
College Work-Study Program
Under provisions ol the Educational Amendments
ol 1972, employment may be awarded as a means of
financial aid to students who, (1) are in need ol
Ihe earnings from such employment in order to
pursue a course ol study at a college or university,
and (2) are capable of maintaining good standing
in Ihe course of study while employed. Under Ihe
work-study program, students may work up to
llfteen hours per week during the school year and a
maximum ol 40 hours during Ihe summer.
It is the intent of Ihe Student Aid Committee to
combine this type ol assistance with scholarships
and loans so that students Irom low income families
will be able to attend the University.
Scholarships
Regulations and procedures lor Ihe awarding ol
scholarships are formulated by Ihe Committee on
Financial Aids. The Board of Regents ol Ihe Uni-
versity authorizes the award of a limited numljer of
scholarships each year to deserving students. Ap-
plicants are subject to the approval ol Ihe Director
ol Admissions, insofar as qualifications for admis-
sion to Ihe University are concerned. All recipients
General Inlormation / 11
are subject to the academic and non-academic
regulations and requirements of the University.
The recipient of the scholarship or grant is
expected to make at least normal progress toward
a degree, as defined by the Academic Regulations.
The Committee reserves the right to review the
scholarship program annually and to make adjust-
ments in the amount and recipients of awards in
accordance with the funds available and scholastic
attainment.
The general types of scholarships and grants are
listed on pages 10 and 12. Specific endowed pro-
grams are:
Endowed and Annual Scholarships and Grants
AFROTC College Scholarship Program. Four-year
AFROTC scholarships are available to incoming
freshmen who qualify. One thousand scholarships
are awarded annually to qualified freshmen on a
nationwide basis. Application for the Four-Year
scholarship is normally accomplished during the
senior year of high school. The AFROTC program
also provides Two-Year, and Three-Year scholar-
ships for selected cadets in the AFROTC program.
Those selected receive money for full tuition,
laboratory expenses, incidental fees, and an allow-
dnce for books during the period of the scholarship.
In addition, they receive nontaxable pay of $100
per month. Any student accepted by the University
of Maryland may apply for these scholarships.
AFROTC membership is required if one receives an
AFROTC scholarship.
Air Force Warrant Officers Association Student
Aid Program — Scholarship aid has been made avail-
able by the Air Force Warrant Officers Association
for worthy male or female undergraduate or
graduate students in good standing, with preference
given to children of Air Force Warrant Officers or
other military personnel.
Albright Scholarship — The Victor E. Albright
Scholarship is open to graduates of Garrett County
high schools who were born and reared in that
county.
Agricultural Development Foundation — A number
of awards are made to agricultural students from
a fund contributed by donors for general agricultural
development.
ALCOA Foundation Scholarship Awards of $750
are given to outstanding students majoring in
transportation, mechanical engineering, and fire
protection engineering.
Alumni Scholarships — A limited number of
scholarships are made possible through the gifts
of alumni and friends to the Alumni Annual Giving
Program of the Office of Endowment and Gifts.
Alumni Association of The School of Pharmacy
Scholarships — The Alumni Association of the
School of Pharmacy of the University of Maryland
makes available annually scholarships to qualified
prepharmacy students on the basis of character,
achievement and need. These scholarships are
open only to residents of the State of Maryland.
Each scholarship not exceeding $500 per academic
year is applied to expenses at College Park.
Alumni Band Scholarship — A limited number of
awards to freshmen are sponsored by the University
of Maryland Band Alumni Organization. Recipients
are recommended by the Music Department after
a competitive audition held in the spring.
Ethel R. Arthur Memorial Scholarship — This
memorial scholarship fund has been established
by Irving J. Cohen, M.D. At least one $250 award
is made each year by the Scholarship Committee.
A preference is given to students from Baltimore.
Alvin L. Aubinoe Student Aid Program — Scholar-
ship grants up to $500 per school year to students
in engineering, preferably those studying for careers
in civil engineering, architecture or light construc-
tion.
Baltimore Panhellenic Association Scholarship —
A scholarship is awarded annually by the Baltimore
Panhellenic Association to a student entering the
junior or senior class, who is an active member of
a sorority, who is outstanding in leadership and
scholarship and who needs financial assistance.
Baltimore Sunpapers Scholarship in Journalism —
The Board of Trustees of the A. S. Abell Founda-
tion, Inc., contributes funds to provide one or more
$500 scholarships to students majoring in editorial
journalism.
Bayshore Foods, Inc. Scholarship — A grant of
$500 is made available annually to sons and
daughters of employees of Bayshore Foods, Inc.,
of Easton, Md.
Black and Decker Manufacturing Company
Scholarship — A scholarship of $500 per year is pro-
vided for a Maryland resident who promises to
teach Industrial Arts or Vocational-Industrial
Education in Maryland for two years after graduation.
A preference is given to children of Black and
Decker employees.
Campus and Newcomers Scholarship — Awards
are made from a fund created by the Campus and
Newcomers Club of the University.
Capitol Milk Producers Cooperative, Inc. Scholar-
ship— A scholarship of $500 is awarded annually
in the College of Agriculture, preferably to a
student preparing for a career in the dairy industry.
George C. Cook Scholarship — A full scholarship
is made available by the Maryland Educational
Foundation in memory of the late George C. Cook.
Preference shall be given to students interested
in a career in business administration or marketing.
Dr. Ernest N. Cory Scholarship — This award is
made annually to an outstanding junior or senior
recommended by the College of Agriculture,
preferably one majoring in Entomology.
Da{ry Technology Scholarship and Grants — The
Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and the
District of Columbia provides a limited number of
scholarships and grants-in-aid for students majoring
in dairy products technology.
Delaware-Maryland Plant Food Association
Scholarship — A $200 annual award is made to an
undergraduate who has an interest in agronomy and
soil fertility work.
Delmarva Traffic Club Scholarship — An annual
award of $250 is made to a transportation student
from the Delmarva Peninsula.
Exel Scholarship — A substantial grant for en-
dowed scholarships was made by Deborah B. Exel.
James R. Ferguson Memorial Fund — A scholarship
award is made annually to a student enrolled in
Animal Science on the basis of academic achieve-
ment and financial need.
FMC Corporation Scholarship — An annual award
of $500 is made available for a senior in chemical
engineering.
Anne Arundel County Volunteer Firemen's
Association Grant — This tuition and fees grant is
awarded to a high school graduate who will enroll
in the fire protection curriculum in the College of
Engineering. The award is normally for four years.
Baltimore County Volunteer Fireman's Associa-
tion Grant — This tuition and fees grant is awarded
to a student who will enroll in the fire protection
curriculum in the College of Engineering. The
award is normally for four years.
Ladies Auxiliary to The Maryland State Firemen's
Association Grant — This $750 grant is awarded
to an outstanding high school graduate who will en-
roll in the fire protection curriculum in the College
of Engineering. The award is normally available for
four years.
Maryland State Firemen's Association Grant — A
tuition and fees scholarship is awarded annually
to an outstanding high school student who enrolls
in the fire protection curriculum of the College
of Engineering. This scholarship is for four years.
Prince Georges County Volunteer Firemen's
Association Grant — An annual tuition and fees
scholarship is awarded to an outstanding high
school student who enrolls in the fire protection
curriculum of the College of Engineering.
Food Fair Stores Foundation Scholarships —
Several scholarships are available for $250 per
academic year.
Frederick County Holstein Association Scholar-
ship— A scholarship of $200 is awarded annually to
a resident of Frederick County enrolled in the
College of Agriculture.
Victor Frenkil Scholarship — A scholarship of $250
is granted annually by Mr. Victor Frenkil of Balti-
more to a student from Baltimore City in the
freshman class of the University.
12 / General Information
General Foods Scholarships — Three scholarships
of $400 each are available to students in the
College ol Agriculture majoring in Animal Science,
Food Science or Dairy Science. Two awards are
to be granted to students majoring in Food Science
and the remaining one awarded to a student in
the other areas.
General Motors Scholarship. This scholarship is
granted to an outstanding individual entering the
freshman year.
John D. Gilmore Scholarship has been established
for the purpose of assisting deserving student
athletes to obtain an education and participate in
varsity athletics at the University of Maryland.
The recipients should possess, as does John 0.
Gilmore, outstanding dedication, determination and
an undeniable will to win in athletic competition
and to succeed in life.
Goddard Memorial Scholarship — Several scholar-
ships are available annually under the terms of
the James and Sarah E. R. Goddard Memorial Fund
established through the wills of Morgan E.
Goddard and Mary Y. Goddard.
Rose L. Grant Scholarship — At least $500 each
year is made available to be awarded by the
Scholarship Committee.
John William Guckeyson Memorial Scholarship —
A scholarship of $100 is granted annually by Mrs.
Hudson Dunlap as a memorial to John William
Guckeyson, an honored Maryland alumnus.
Gudelsky Memorial Scholarship — The Gudelsky
Foundation, Inc.. has established a scholarship in
memory of Harry Gudelsky and Isadore M. Gudelsky.
Staley and Eugene Hahn Memorial Scholarship
Fund — Annual awards of $500 are made by Mr.
and Mrs. Walter J. Hahn in memory of their sons
to aid outstanding agricultural students from
Frederick County.
James Hartin Engineering Scholarship and Donald
Peter Shaw Memorial Scholarship — These two
scholarships of $300 each are made available
annually by Mr. and Mrs. David C. Hartin. The first
is awarded to a male student in the College of
Engineering and the second to a male student
in any college other than Education, or to a female
student in nursing. These awards will be made to
worthy students who are helping to earn their
own college expenses.
William Randolph Hearst Foundation Scholar-
ships— These scholarships are made available
through a gift of the Baltimore News American, one
of the Hearst newspapers, in honor of William
Randolph Hearst. Scholarships up to $1,000 are
awarded annually to undergraduates pursuing a
program of study in journalism. Scholarships up to
$1,000 are awarded annually for graduate study in
history.
Robert Michael HIgginbolham Memorial Award
Fund — This Fund has been endowed by Mr. and
Mrs. Charles A. Higginbotham in memory of their
son who was killed in Vietnam. Annual awards
are made to promising junior students majoring In
mathematics.
A. M. Hollman Memorial Grant — This gift of $250
per year is normally awarded as a supplement to
some other type of student aid to a student with
exceptional need. A preference is given to students
from Montgomery County. The gift is made
available by Mr. and Mrs. David B. Schwartz.
Hyattsville Horticultural Society Scholarship — A
scholarship of $200 is awarded to a student en-
rolled in Horticulture.
Inter-State Milk Producers' Cooperative, Inc.
Scholarship — A scholarship of $300 is made avail-
able to a student in agriculture in honor of Raymond
Marvel, past-president o( the cooperative.
lota Lambda Sigma (Nu Chapter) Scholarship —
This $200 scholarship is awarded annually to a
male student in the industrial education curriculum.
The student must be a resident of the State of
Maryland and signify his intention of teaching in
Maryland.
Paul H. Kea Memorial Scholarship Fund — This
fund was established by the Potomac Valley Chapter
of the American Institute ol Architects in memory
of Paul H. Kea, a highly respected member of
the chapter.
Venia M. Keller Grant — The Maryland State
Council of Homemakers' Club makes available this
grant of $100 which is open to a Maryland young
man or woman of promise who is recommended
by the College ol Human Ecology.
Kinghorne Fund Scholarship — A scholarship in
honor of Mr. Joseph W. Kinghorne of the Class of
1911 of the College of Agriculture shall be awarded
to the student specializing in poultry science hav-
ing the highest general average at the end of his
or her sophomore year. The amount of the
scholarship shall equal the tuition on the College
Park Campus.
Kiwanis Scholarship — The J. S. Ray Memorial
Scholarship covering tuition is awarded by the
Prince George's Kiwanis Club to a male resident
of Prince George's County, Maryland, who, in
addition to possessing the necessary qualifications
for maintaining a satisfactory scholarship record
must have a reputation of high character and attain-
ment in general all-around citizenship.
Kiwanis Club ol Laurel Scholarship — An annual
award of $400 is made available to be awarded by
the Scholarship Committee to needy students,
preferably from the Laurel area.
Laurel Race Course, Inc. Scholarship — This fund
has been established to provide scholarships for
students who are participating in the University
Band.
Leidy Chemical Foundation Scholarship — A
scholarship of $500 is granted annually to a gradu-
ate or undergraduate student preparing (or a
career in the general field of chemistry.
Christian R. and Mary F. Lindback Foundation
Scholarship — The Trustees of the Christian R. and
Mary F. Lindback Foundation provide an annual
gift to the University, one-half of which is given
for scholarships in agriculture and one-half for
awards to the faculty for distinguished teaching.
Helen Alelta Linthicum Scholarship — These
scholarships, several in number, were established
through the benefaction of the late Mrs. Aletta
Linthicum, widow of the late Congressman Charles
J. Linthicum, who served in Congress from the
Fourth District of Maryland for many years.
L/or7s International Scholarship — An award of $500
is available to a freshman who competes in the
Lions Club (District 22-C) Annual Band Festival. A
recipient is recommended by the Music Department
after a competitive audition in the spring.
Loughborough Lions Club Scholarship — A
scholarship providing tuition and fees is awarded
to a graduate of Bethesda-Chevy Chase, Walt
Whitman or Walter Johnson High Schools. The re-
cipient is selected by the University on the basis of
character and financial need.
Lum's Restaurant Scholarship — An annual gift of
$1000 is made to the University by Lum's Restaurant,
8136 Baltimore Avenue, College Park to provide
a scholarship to a student in the College of
Business and Management.
M Club Grants — The M Club of the University of
Maryland provides each year a limited number o(
awards.
Maryland Cooperative Milk Producers, Inc.
Scholarship — A scholarship of $500 is awarded an-
nually in the College of Agriculture, preferably to
a student preparing for a career in the dairy industry.
Maryland-District ol Columbia Association ot
Physical Plant Administrators Scholarship — A schol-
arship for fixed charges and fees is made available
to a junior or senior who is interested in making
the administration of a physical plant his career.
The recipient must be a resident of Maryland or
the District of Columbia.
Maryland Educational Foundation Grants — This
fund has been established to provide assistance
to worthy students.
Maryland Electrilication Council Scholarship —
This scholarship of $300 is awarded annually to an
entering freshman or junior college transfer student
enrolled in the agricultural engineering curriculum
in either the College of Agriculture or the College
of Engineering.
Maryland Holstein Association Scholarship — The
scholarship will be awarded to a deserving student
in the College of Agriculture who has had a
General Information / 13
holstein project in 4-H or FFA. The award will be
based on financial need, scholastic ability and
leadership.
Maryland and Virginia Milk Producers Association
Scholarship — A scholarship of $500 is awarded
annually in the College of Agriculture, preferably
to a student preparing for a career in the dairy
industry.
Maryland Pharmaceutical Association Scholar-
ship— The Maryland Pharmaceutical Association
makes available annually scholarships to pre-
pharmacy students on the basis of character,
achievement and need. Each scholarship not ex-
ceeding $500 per academic year is used in partial
defrayment of fees and expenses at College
Park. These scholarships are open only to residents
of the State of Maryland.
Maryland State Golf Association Scholarships — A
limited number of $500 scholarships are available
to undergraduates in the Agronomy Department
who have an interest in golf turf work.
Maryland Turfgrass Association Scholarship — A
$250 annual award is made to an undergraduate
who has an interest in agronomy and commercial
sod production.
George R. Merrill, Jr. Memorial Scholarship —
Friends of former professor George R. Merrill, Jr.
have established this endowed scholarship fund to
benefit students in Industrial Education.
Loren L. Murray and Associates Scholarships —
This fund has been created to provide scholarships
for Maryland residents who are admitted to the
College of Education.
Dr. Ray A. Murray Scholarship — This award,
sponsored by Maryland Chapter No. 32 of the
National Institute of Farm and Land Brokers, is to
be made to a worthy sophomore in the Department
of Agricultural and Resource Economics, College
of Agriculture.
Noxell Foundation Scholarships — Two scholar-
ships are awarded to senior chemistry majors nomi-
nated by the Department of Chemistry.
Peninsula Horticultural Society Scholarship — The
Peninsula Horticultural Society provides annually
a $200 scholarship to the most deserving junior
or senior student, a resident of Maryland from the
Eastern Shore counties, who Is majoring in horti-
culture or related subjects.
Phi Eta Sigma Scholarship — A limited number of
$100 scholarships are available to young men
entering the sophomore class who have achieved
an academic average of 3.5 or higher during the
freshman year.
Douglas Howard Phillips Memorial Scholarship —
This scholarship fund has been endowed by Mr.
and Mrs. Albanus Phillips, Jr. in honor of their son
who met his untimely death in the spring before
he was scheduled to attend the University, in order
that worthy young male graduates of Cambridge,
Maryland High School may have the opportunity
he missed.
William H. Price Scholarship — -This award is
made annually to a worthy student who is already
working to defray part of his college expenses.
Presser Foundation Scholarship — Awards are
made to undergraduate students who are pursuing
their studies with the intention of becoming music
teachers.
Purchasing Management Association of Baltimore,
Inc., Scholarship — An annual award of $500 is
given annually to a junior or senior student in the
College of Business and Management preparing for
a career in business administration or business
management.
Ralston Purina Scholarship — A scholarship of $500
is awarded annually to an incoming senior or
junior of the College of Agriculture.
Ensign Richard Turner Rea Memorial Scholar-
ship— This scholarship fund has been established by
Captain and Mrs. Richard F. Rea in honor of their
late son who gave his life while on active duty
in the U.S. Coast Guard. Two scholarships up to
$500 each are awarded annually to students in
engineering.
Read's Drug Stores Foundation Scholarships — The
Read's Drug Stores Foundation contributes annual-
ly several scholarships to prepharmacy students
on the basis of achievement, character and need.
Each scholarship not exceeding $500 per academic
year is applied to the fees and expenses at
College Park. Recipients must be residents of the
State of Maryland.
Mary Elizabeth Roby Memorial Scholarship — An
endowed scholarship has been established by the
University Park Republican Women's Club. Limited
awards are made to women entering the junior or
senior years who are studying in the field of
political science. A preference is given to residents
of Prince George's County.
Vivian F. Roby Scholarships — This endowed
fund was established through a bequest to the
University of Maryland by Evalyn S. Roby in
memory of her husband, class of 1912, to provide
undergraduate scholarships to needy boys from
Baltimore City and Charles County.
Jack B. Sacks Foundation Scholarship — A schol-
arship is available on behalf of the Women's
Advertising Club of Washington, D.C. for a senior
student majoring in the area of marketing with
specific interests in advertising.
Schluderberg Foundation Scholarship Grant —
This grant of $500 is awarded in the College of
Agriculture to a student enrolled in the animal
science or food science curriculum.
Dr. Fern Duey Schneider Grant — A $100 grant is
available to a foreign woman student enrolled in
the College of Education, who has completed at
least one semester in residence at the University.
Funds for the grant are contributed by the
Montgomery and Prince George's County Chapters
of the Delta Kappa Gamma Society.
F. Douglass Sears Insurance Scholarship — Schol-
arships for Maryland students preparing for
careers in the insurance industry are made avail-
able annually from a fund established by friends
and associates of former State Insurance Commis-
sioner F. Douglass Sears.
Arthur H. Seidenspinner Scholarship — An en-
dowed memorial scholarship fund has been
established by Mrs. Seidenspinner to assist deserv-
ing student athletes to obtain an education at the
University. Both Mr. and Mrs. Seidenspinner have
been long-time contributors to numerous student
aid programs at the University.
Southern States Cooperative Scholarships — Two
scholarships are awarded each year to sons of
Southern States members — one for outstanding
work in 4-H Club and the other for outstanding
work in FFA. The amount of each scholarship is $300
per year and will continue for four years.
Dr. Mabel S. Spencer Scholarship — This scholar-
ship is awarded in honor of Dr. Spencer, dis-
tinguished former Professor in the College of
Education. A preference shall be given to students
in Home Economics Education.
T. B. Symons Memorial Fund — A scholarship
award is made annually to a student enrolled in
agriculture on the basis of academic achievement
and financial need.
Thomas H. Taliaferro Scholarship — Under the
terms of the will of the late Jane G. S. Taliaferro a
bequest has been made to the University of
Maryland to provide scholarship aid to worthy
students.
Tau Beta Pi Scholarship Fund — A limited number
of scholarships are made available each year to
worthy engineering students by members and
alumni of Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta PI
Association, Inc., national engineering honor
society.
University Women's Club, Inc. Memorial Scholar-
ship Fund — A scholarship of $150 is awarded each
year to a junior or senior woman student on the
basis of academic record, financial need and
qualities of leadership and character. The funds are
contributed by the Memorial Fund Committee of
the University Women's Club of Washington, D.C.
Veterinary Science Scholarship — A scholarship
of $300, provided by the veterinarians of Maryland,
will be awarded to a student enrolled in Veterinary
Science, selected on the basis of leadership,
academic competence and financial need.
Joseph M. Vial Memorial Scholarship in Agricul-
ture— Scholarships totaling $600 per year are made
14 / General Information
available by Mr. and Mrs. A. H. Seidonspinner to
be awarded upon the recommendation ol the
College ol Agriculture.
Western Electric Scholarship — Two scholarships
are awarded to students in the College ol Engineer-
ing. The amount ol the scholarship covers cost ol
tuition, books and lees not to exceed $800 nor to
be less than $400.
Westinghouse Aerospace Division Scholarship—
The Westinghouse Electric Corporation has estab-
lished a scholarship to encourage outstanding
students ol engineering and the physical sciences.
The scholarship is awarded to a sophomore student
and IS over a period ol three years in six install-
ments ol $250. Students in electrical or mechanical
engineering, engineering physics or applied mathe-
matics are eligible lor the award.
Women's Advertising Club of Baltimore Work/
Experience Scholarship — This award is available to
an outstanding sophomore or junior interested in
an advertising career.
Women's Architectural League Scholarship — This
lund has been established to aid worthy students
in the School ol Architecture.
Women's Club ot Bethesda Scholarship — Several
scholarships are available to young women
residents ol Montgomery County. Recipients must be
accepted in the College ol Education or the School
ol Nursing.
Nicholas Brice Worthington Scholarship — A $500
memorial scholarship is made available to a student
in the College ol Agriculture by the descendants
ol Nicholas Brice Worthington. one ol the lounders
ol the Agricultural College.
Accreditation
The University ol Maryland is accredited by the
Middle States Association ol Colleges and Secon-
dary Schools and is a member ol the Association
ol American Universities. In addition, individual
schools and departments are accredited by such
groups as the American Association ol Collegiate
Schools ol Business, the American Chemical
Society, the National Association ol Schools ol
Music, the Section ol Legal Education and Admis-
sions to the Bar ol the American Bar Association,
the American Council ol Education lor Journalism,
the American Council on Pharmaceutical Education,
the Council on Dental Education ol the American
Dental Association, the Committee on Accreditation
ol the American Library Association, the American
Psychological Association, the Commission on
Accreditation ol the Council on Social Work
Education, the Council on Medical Education ol
the American Medical Association, the Engineers'
Council lor Prolessional Development, the National
Council lor Accreditation ol Teacher Education.
and the National League lor Nursing
Office of Ihe Administrative Dean for
Undergraduate Studies
In addition to student services provided by the
academic departments, the deans and the divisional
ollices, the Ollice ol the Administrative Dean lor
Undergraduate Studies is a source ol lurther assist-
ance. This ollice coordinates all student advising,
supervises the Bachelor ol General Studies Degree
Program. General University Requirements, Uni-
versity Honors Programs, assists in the development
and coordination ol interdepartmental and inter-
divisional studies and is responsible lor a number
ol other student academic interests. Students
with special academic problems or students who
have not declared a major will be advised through
the Oflice ol the Administrative Dean lor Under-
graduate Studies, Room 1115, Undergraduate
Library.
Bachelor of General Studies Degree Program
The Bachelor ol General Studies degree dillers
Irom other current degrees in that it is a degree
without a concentration in a specilic discipline or
department.
The BGS program permits the student to obtain
c.n education in as broad a set ol disciplines or
thought patterns as are ollered at the College Park
Campus without insisting that he adhere to a
previously delined curriculum with a departmental
or divisional orientation.
In this BGS program, the burden for motivation
and direction is on the student. Good advice will
guide him, but institutional commands will not
compel him. Although this program is clearly a
signilicant departure Irom current practices at this
Campus, it does not depart Irom the high quality
academic standards required ol other programs.
Students who elect this program should specili-
cally be aware that it is not designed to satisly
graduate school admission requirements or pro-
lessional employment requirements. The very
concept ol the BGS is predicated on a broad rang-
ing educational objective and not on the more
specilic requirements ol graduate school and
prolessional employment. It will be some time belore
the attitude ol employers and graduate schools
become clear toward the graduate ol the BGS pro-
gram. Students electing it must be aware ol the
uncertainties and accept the responsibilities.
Additional inlormation may be obtained Irom
Dr. Margaret Carthy in the Ollice ol the Dean lor
Undergraduate Studies (telephone: 454-2530).
Requirements
To receive a Bachelor ol General Studies degree, a
student must satisly the lollowing requirements:
1. A minimum ol 120 credits must be accumulated
with a grade point average ol at least 2.0 in
all courses.
2. No more than 30 credits in any one department
may be applied toward the required 120 credits.
3. The courses taken must be distributed over at
least three divisions with a maximum ol 60
credits in any one division counted toward Ihe
required 120 credits.
4. At least 45 credits must be taken at the upper
level (courses numbered 300 or higher): a 2.0
average must be obtained in all upper level
courses.
5. The student must be registered as only a
Bachelor ol General Studies major lor at least
the last 30 credits immediately preceding the
awarding ol Ihe degree. A student who wishes to
earn a second baccalaureate must satisly all
University requirements lor the earning ol two
degrees.
6. The student pursuing the BGS program shall be
advised by a laculty member either appointed by
or acceptable to the Dean ol Undergraduate
Studies.
Academic Advisors
Each student is assigned a faculty advisor whose
lunction IS to aid the student in designing his
program ol study.
Special advisors are assigned to students in the
preprofessional curricula.
Undergraduate Degree Programs
One major advantage ol attending a university
campus is the broad range ol programs available.
This diversity allows the student to change Irom one
major to another without leaving the institution,
to choose Irom a wide spectrum ol elective courses,
and to benelit Irom daily contact with students ol
diverse academic interests and backgrounds.
The undergraduate majors available at College
Park are as lollows:
Aerospace Engineering
Alro-American Studies
Agricultural Chemistry
Agricultural and Resource Economics
Agricultural Engineering
Agricultural and Extension Education
Agriculture, General
Agronomy
American Studies
Animal Science
Anthropology
Architecture
Art
Astronomy
Biochemistry
Biological Sciences
Botany
General Inlormation /IS
Business Administration
Chemical Engineering
Chemistry and Biochemistry
Civil Engineering
Comparative Literature
Computer Science
Conservation and Resource Development
Cooperative Engineering Program
Dance
Early Childhood and Elementary Education
Economics
Education
Education for Industry
Electrical Engineering
Engineering, Undesignated
English
Entomology
Family and Community Development
Fire Protection
Food, Nutrition and Institutional Administration
Food Science
French
General Studies
Geography
Geology
German
Government and Politics
Health Education
Hearing and Speech Sciences
History
Home Economics Education
Horticulture
Housing and Applied Design
Industrial Education
Information Systems Ivlanagement
Journalism
Kinesiological Sciences
Latin
Library Science Education
Law Enforcement and Criminology
Mathematics
Mechanical Engineering
Microbiology
Music
Philosophy
Psychology
Physical Education
Physical Sciences
Physics
Recreation
Russian
Russian Area Studies
Secondary Education
Sociology
Spanish
Special Education
Speech and Dramatic Art
Textiles and Consumer Economics
Urban Studies
Zoology
General Undergraduate Advisement
The Office of General Undergraduate Advisement is
responsible for advising students who are com-
pletely undecided as to their choice of major.
This office also serves as a clearing house for
information about all curricula and provides students
with the opportunity of receiving advisement for
curriculum choice.
The Office of General Undergraduate Advisement
is located in Room 3149 of the Undergraduate
Library. The telephone number is 454-2733.
Classification of Students
No baccalaureate curriculum requires less than
120 semester hours. Actual classifications run as
follows: freshman, 1-27 semester hours; sophomore,
28-55; junior, 56-85; and senior. 86 to at least 120.
A student may register for upper division courses
when granted junior standing by his college or
division. This shall be based upon earning a
minimum of 56 academic hours toward his degree,
completing such course requirements as the college
or division may direct, and possessing the minimum
required grade point average to remain in the
University.
A senior at the University of Maryland who is
within seven hours of completing the requirements
for the undergraduate degree may, with the approval
of his division chairman, the chairman of the de-
partment concerned, and the Graduate School,
register in the undergraduate division for graduate
courses, which may later be counted for graduate
credit toward an advanced degree at this Uni-
versity. The total of undergraduate and graduate
courses must not exceed fifteen credits for the
semester. Excess credits in the senior year cannot
be used for graduate credit unless proper pre-
arrangement is made. Seniors who wish to register
for graduate credit should apply to the Graduate
School.
Special Opportunities
Advanced Placement
Students entering the University from secondary
school may obtain advanced placement and college
credit on the basis of their performance on the
College Board Advanced Placement examinations.
These examinations are normally given to eligible
high school seniors during the May preceding
matriculation in college.
For achievement of a score of five or four on a
given examination, the student will be granted
Advanced Placement and the credit equivalent of
two semester courses in that field; for achievement
of a score of three. Advanced Placement and the
credit equivalent of either one or two semester
courses, depending upon the field of the examina-
tion, will be granted. A student earning a score of
2 on the English Advanced Placement Examination
will not need to take English Composition, but no
credit will be given.
The program allows students a maximum of
thirty hours credit, which may be used to meet
major, minor, or elective requirements; or, where
appropriate. General University Requirements. The
University's program includes the Advanced Place-
ment Examinations in the following areas: biology,
chemistry, English, French, German, history, Latin,
mathematics, physics and Spanish.
Questions about the program may be addressed
to the Director of Admissions and Registrations,
or the Dean for Undergraduate Studies. For detailed
information about examinations and procedures
in taking them, write to Director of Advanced
Placement Program, College Entrance Examination
Board, 475 Riverside Drive, New York, New York
10027.
Honors Program
A number of unusual opportunities are available to
the superior student through the establishment of
Honors Programs. Under the Office of the Dean for
Undergraduate Studies, a General Honors Program
is available to qualified students throughout the
Campus. In addition, departmental honors programs
are offered for qualified majors by a number of
the academic departments.
General Honors, as its name suggests, enlarges
the breadth of the student's generalized knowledge;
the Departmental Honors increases the depth of
his knowledge in his major discipline. Both offer
the student challenging academic experiences
characterized by small sections, active student par-
ticipation, and an Honors faculty that encourages
dialogue. Individually guided research and inde-
pendent study are important features of Honors
work.
Each year a selected group of entering freshmen
is invited into the General Honors Program on the
basis of their high school records and standardized
test scores.
The more than 20 Departmental Honors Programs
ordinarily begin in the junior year, although a few
programs begin as early as the freshman year.
By agreement, students in Secondary Education In
the College of Education may participate in the
departmental Honors Programs of the Division of
Arts and Humanities and the Division of Mathe-
matical and Physical Sciences and Engineering.
The student who completes his Honors curriculum
successfully is graduated with a citation in General
or Departmental Honors, or with both.
Interested high school students should write to
the Director of Honors, 1102 Francis Scott Key Hall,
16 / General Information
University of Maryland. College Park. Maryland
20742.
Agriculture
The College ot Agriculture has instituted a Depart-
mental Honors Program in Agricultural Economics.
Honor Societies
Students who excel in scholarship and leadership
may be invited to join the appropriate honor society.
These include:
'Alpha Kappa Delta (Sociology)
'Alpha Lambda Delta
(Scholarship — Freshmen Women)
Alpha Sigma Lambda
(Adult Education)
Alpha Zeta (Agriculture)
Beta Alpha Psi (Accounting)
Beta Gamma Sigma (Business and Management)
"Chi Epsilon (Civil Engineering)
'Eta Kappa Nu (Electrical Engineering)
Gamma Theta Upsilon (Geography)
lota Lambda Sigma (Industrial Education)
Kappa Delta Pi (Education)
'Morlar Board (Women's Scholarship
and Leadership)
Omicron Delta Epsilon (Economics)
'Omicron Delta Kappa (Men's
Scholarship and Leadership)
Omicron Nu (Home Economics)
Phi Alpha Epsilon (Physical Education)
'Phi Alpha Theta (History)
Phi Beta Kappa (Liberal Arts)
Phi Delta Kappa (Educational)
'Phi Eta Sigma
(Scholarship — Freshmen Men)
'Phi Kappa Phi (Senior and Graduate
Scholarship)
'Phi Sigma (Biology)
Pi Alpha Xi (Floriculture)
Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics)
'Phi Sigma Alpha (Political Science)
■Pi Tau Sigma (Mechanical Engineering)
'Psi Chi (Psychology)
Sigma Alpha lota (Women's Music)
Sigma Alpha Omicron (Bacteriology)
'Sigma Pi Sigma (Physics)
'Tau Beta Pi (Engineering)
'Members of Association of College Honor
Societies.
Honors
Scholarship Honors — Final honors for excellence
in scholarship are awarded to one-fifth of the
graduating class in each College. "High Honors"
are awarded to the upper half of this group:
"Honors ' to the lower half. To be eligible for honors,
a student must complete at least two years of
resident work (60 semester hours) at the University
with an average ot B (3.0) or higher.
The computation does not include grades for
courses taken during the last semester o(
registration before graduation.
Milton Abramowitz Memorial Prize in Mathe-
n^alics — A prize is awarded annually to a junior
or senior student majoring in mathematics who has
demonstrated superior competence and promise for
future development in the field ot mathematics and
its applications.
Agricultural Alumni Award — Presented to a senior
who during his collegiate career contributed most
toward the advancement of the College of Agricul-
ture.
Alpha Chi Sigma Award — The Alpha Rho Chapter
of the Alpha Chi Sigma Honorary Fraternity offers
annually a years membership in the American
Chemical Society to a senior majoring in Chemistry
or Chemical Engineering whose average has been
above 3.0 for three and one-half years.
Alpha Lamba Delta Award — Presented to the
senior member of the group who has maintained
the highest average for three and a half years. She
must have been in attendance in the institution for
the entire time.
Alpha Lamba Delta Senior Certilicate Award —
Senior members of Alpha Lambda Delta, honorary
scholastic society for women, who have maintained
an average of 3.5. receive this certificate.
Alpha Zeta Medal — The Professional Agricultural
Fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually a medal
to the agricultural student in the freshman class
who maintains the highest average in academic
work.
Alumni Hamilton Award, This award is offered by
the Engineering Alumni Chapter to the graduating
senior in the College of Engineering who has most
successfully combined proficiency in his major
field of study with achievements — either academic,
extra-curricular, or both — in the social sciences
or humanities.
American Association ot University Women
Annual Graduate Prize.
American Institute ot Aeronautics and Astro-
nautics Award — Free memberships in the Institute
for one year and cash prizes for the best paper
presented at a Student Branch meeting and for the
graduating aeronautical senior with the highest
academic standing.
American Institute ot Chemical Engineers Award —
A certificate, pin and magazine subscription are
awarded to the junior member of the Student
Chapter who attained the highest overall scholastic
average during his freshman and sophomore years.
American Institute ot Chemists Award — Pre-
sented for outstanding scholarship in chemistry and
for high character.
American Society ot Civil Enginoen Award — The
Maryland Section of the American Society of Civil
Engineers awards annually the first year's duet of
an associate membership in the Society to a
senior member of the Student Chapter on recom-
mendation of the (acuity of the Deparlmenl of Civil
Engineering.
American Society ot Mechanical Engineer!
Award — Presented to the Senior member who
contributed most to the local chapter.
American Society For Testing Mafer/als. — A stu-
dent membership prize is awarded to an engineering
senior in recognition of superior scholastic ability
and demonstrated interest in engineering materials
and their evaluation.
Appleman-Norton Award in Botany — The Depart-
ment of Botany offers a scholarship award of $100
in honor of Emeritus Professors C. O. Appleman
and J. 8. S. Norton to a senior major in Botany
who IS considered worthy on the basis of demon-
strated ability and excellence in scholarship. The
scholarship is awarded by the committee on scholar,
ships upon the recommendation of a committee
of the faculty of the Department of Botany.
Associated Women Students Awards — Presented
for outstanding achievement, character, and
service to the University.
Dinah Berman Memorial Medal — The Dinah
Berman Memorial Medal is awarded annually to the
sophomore who has attained the highest scholastic
average of his class in the College of Engineering.
This medal is given by Mr. Benjamin Berman.
8'r7a/ B'rith Award — The B'nai B'rith Women of
Prince George's County present a Book Award for
excellence in Hebrew Studies.
Business Education Award ol Merit — To a student
in Business Education in recognition of outstanding
achievement as a student.
Citizenship Prize For Men — President Emeritus
H. C. Byrd of the Class of 1908. annually presents
this award to the member of the senior class who,
during his collegiate career, has most nearly typified
the model citizen and who has done most for the
general advancement of the interests of the
University.
Citizenship Prize For Women — This prize is pre-
sented annually as a memorial to Sally Sterling
Boyd, by her children, to that member of the senior
class who best exemplifies the enduring qualities
of the pioneer woman. These qualities typify self
dependence, courtesy, aggressiveness, modesty, ca-
pacity to achieve objectives, willingness to sacrifice
fo.- others, strength of character, and those other
qualities that enabled the pioneer woman to play
such a fundamental part in the building of the nation.
The Carroll E. Cox Graduate Scholarship Award
in Botany — To the outstanding graduate student in
the Department of Botany during the last year.
General Information / 17
Bernard L. Crozier Award — The Maryland
Association of Engineers awards a cash prize of
twenty-five dollars to the senior in the College of
Engineering who, in the opinion of the faculty,
has made the greatest improvement in scholarship
during his stay at the University.
Virginia Dare Award — The Virginia Dare Extract
Company awards annually a plaque and S25.00 to
the outstanding student in ice cream manufacturing
with an overall good standing in dairy science.
The Dantorth Foundation and The Ralston Purina
Awards — The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston
Purina Company of St. Louis offer two summer
awards to outstanding men students in the College
of Agriculture, one for a student who has suc-
cessfully completed his junior year, the other for
a student who has successfully completed his
freshman year. The purpose of these awards is to
bring together outstanding young men for leadership
training.
The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina
Company of St. Louis offer two summer awards to
outstanding Home Economics women students,
one to a junior and one to a freshman. The purpose
of these is to bring together outstanding young
women for leadership training.
Delta Delta Delta Medal — This sorority awards
a medal annually to the woman who attains the
highest average In academic work during the
sophomore year.
Delta Gamma Scholarship Award — This award is
offered to the woman member of the graduating
class who has maintained the highest average
during three and one-half years at the University.
Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key — This award is
offered to a member of the graduating class who
has maintained the highest scholastic average
for the entire four-year course in the College of
Business and K/lanagement.
Nathan L. Drake Award — Presented by the Alpha
Rho Chapter of Alpha Chi Sigma to the most
promising student who Is majoring in chemistry and
has completed the sophomore year.
Education Alumni Award — Presented to the out-
standing senior man and senior woman in the
College of Education.
General Electric Company prize to the outstand-
ing first year graduate student in physics and to the
outstanding first year graduate student in astronomy.
Goddard Medal — The James Douglass Goddard
Memorial Medal is awarded annually to the male
resident of Prince George's County born therein,
who makes the highest average in his studies and
who at the same time embodies the most manly
attributes. The medal is given by Mrs. Anne G.
Goddard James of Washington, D.C.
Charles B. Hale Dramatic Awards — The University
Theatre recognizes annually the man and woman
members of the senior class who have oone most
for the advancement of dramatics at the University.
The Haskins and Sells Foundations, Inc. Award to
the senior student in the College of Business and
Management concentrating in accounting
who has demonstrated excellent ability in this field
of study.
Home Economics Alumni Award — Presented to
the female student outstanding in application of
home economics in her present living and who
shows promise of carrying these into her future
home and community.
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Award — The Washington Section of the Institute
of Electrical and Electronics Engineers defrays the
expenses of a year's membership as an associate
in the institute for the senior doing the most to
promote student branch activities.
Joe Elbert James Memorial Award^Goid watch
annually awarded to the graduating senior in horti-
culture on basis of scholarship and promise of
future achievement.
Leidy Chemical Company Award to an outstanding
student majoring in chemistry.
Maryland Bankers Association Scholarship to the
Virginia-Maryland Bankers Schools, University of
Virginia. Awarded annually to a student majoring
in finance In the College of Business and
Management.
Maryland-Delaware Press Association Annual
Citation — Presented to the outstanding senior In
journalism.
Maryland Recreation and Parks Society Award
to outstanding senior majoring in recreation.
The Men's League Award to the male senior who
gave the most to sports.
Men's League Certificates — Offered for out-
standing achievement, character and service to the
University.
Men's League Cup — This award is offered by the
Men's League to the graduating male senior who
has done the most for the male student body.
Motor Fleet Supervisors Award to a student
majoring in transportation In the College of Business
and Management.
National Society ol Fire Protection Engineers
Awards — Presented to the most outstanding senior
and sophomore in the fire protection curriculum.
Noxzema Chemical Company Scholarship Award
to an undergraduate student in chemistry.
Omicron Nu Sorority Medal — This honorary
sorority awards a medal annually to the freshman
woman in the College of Home Economics who
attains the highest scholastic average during the
first semester.
Phi Beta Kappa Junior Award — An award to be
presented to the junior initiate into Phi Beta Kappa
who has attained the highest academic average.
Phi Beta Kappa — Leon P. Smith Award — The
award of the Gamma of Maryland Chapter of Phi
Beta Kappa is presented to the graduating senior
with the highest cumulative scholastic average
whose basic course program has been in the liberal
studies.
Phi Chi Theta Key— The Phi Chi Theta Key is
awarded to the outstanding graduating senior
woman in the College of Business and Manage-
ment on the basis of scholarship, activities
and leadership.
Phi Sigma Awards for outstanding achievement
in the biological sciences to an undergraduate
student and a graduate student.
Pi Delta Epsilon National Medal ol Merit Awards —
Offered by the National Council of Pi Delta Epsilon
to the outstanding senior woman and the outstanding
senior man In journalism activities.
Pi Delta Epsilon Award for outstanding service to
communications In the field of broadcasting.
Pi Delta Epsilon Award for outstanding service
to communications in the field of business.
Pi Delta Epsilon Award to the outstanding fresh-
man in the field of communications.
Pi Delta Epsilon Award for outstanding service to
communications in the field of editorial journalism.
Pi Tau Sigma Award — An annual handbook award
to the most outstanding sophomore in mechanical
engineering on the basis of scholastic average and
instructors' ratings.
Pilot Freight Carriers, Inc. Award to the senior
student in the College of Business and Manage-
ment who has majored In transportation and
who has demonstrated competence in this field of
study.
Public Relations Society of America — The Balti-
more Chapter of PRSRA presents an annual citation
to the outstanding senior majoring in public re-
lations.
Sigma Alpha Omicron Award — This award is
presented to a senior student majoring in micro-
biology for high scholarship, character and leader-
ship.
The Sigma Chapter, Phi Delta Gamma Award to
an outstanding woman who has completed require-
ments for the doctoral degree.
Dr. Leo and Rita Sklar General Honors Awards —
Dr. Leo Sklar, A&S '37, and his wife, Rita Sklar, an-
nually fund four awards for excellence In the General
Honors Program. These awards are given to the
Outstanding Student in the General Honors
Program (S400), the Outstanding General Honors
senior ($300). the Outstanding General Honors
junior ($300), and the Outstanding General Honors
sophomore ($300).
Algernon Sydney Sullivan Award — The New York
Southern Society, In memory of Its first president,
awards annually medallions and certificates to
18 / General Information
one man and one woman in the graduatmg class
and one non-student who evince in their daily life a
spirit of lovo lor and helplulness to other men and
women.
7au Beta Pi Awerd—The Maryland Beta Chapter
of Tau Beta Pi Association, national engineering
honor society, awards an engineer's handbook
to the junior in the College of Engineering who
during his sophomore year has made the greatest
improvement in scholarship over that of his
freshman year.
The Homer Ulrich Award — The Homer Ulrich
Honors Awards in Performance are presented each
spring in honor of Homer Ulrich, Professor Emeritus
and former Chairman of the Music Department.
Three undergraduate and three graduate perform-
ers are selected in a departmental competition to
appear in a specially designated honors recital and
to receive an honorarium.
Wall Street Journal Student Achievement Award —
Awarded annually to the graduating senior who has
maintained the highest scholastic achievement in
the field of financial administration. The award
consists of a silver medal embedded in clear
plastic and one year's subscription to the Wall Street
Journal.
Air Force ROTO Awards
Aerospace Education Foundation. W. Randolph
Lovelace Memorial Award recognizes the most out-
standing Air Force Association Award winner
from each of the nine geographical areas.
Air Force Association Award to the outstanding
senior cadet who has excelled in Field Training,
possesses individual leadership characteristics,
ranks in the upper 10% of his class in the University
and the upper 5% of his ROTC class, and has out-
standing promotion potential.
Air Force Times Award to the senior cadet who
has demonstrated outstanding ability, initiative.
and distinguished himself in bringing constructive
attention to the AFROTC.
Alumni Cup presented to the second semester Air
Science senior cadet who has achieved the highest
cumulative grade point average within the Corps
of Cadets.
American Fighter Aces Award recognizes the
outstanding graduating cadet pilot in each geo-
graphical area based on his performance and
achievements as an AFROTC cadet and his per-
formance in the Flight Instruction Program.
American Legion ROTC General Military Excel-
lence Awards to a senior (Gold Award) and a
junior (Sliver Award) in the upper 25% of his
AFROTC class demonstrating outstanding qualities
in military leadership, discipline, and character.
American Legion ROTC Scholastic Award to an
outstanding senior (Gold Award) and junior (Silver
Award) who are in the upper 10% of their class
in the University and upper 25% of their AFROTC
class, and who have demonstrated high qualities in
military leadership.
Angel Flight Freshman Award to the distinctive
freshman cadet in the General Military Course.
Armed Forces Communications and Electronics
Association Award to the outstanding senior cadet
who IS preparing for a career in this technical area
and has demonstrated outstanding qualities of
military leadership, high moral character, and
definite aptitude for military service.
Armed Forces Communications and Electronics
Association Scholarship Award of one $500 scholar-
ship annually to a sophomore AFROTC cadet for
undergraduate or University study in electrical
engineering, communications engineering and/or
technical photography.
Arnold Air Society CMC Cadet Award to the fresh,
man or sophomore cadet who has demonstrated
outstanding quality in areas of attitude, personal
appearance, and military knowledge.
Captain Lee S. Altpeter Memorial Scholarship
Award to an outstanding sophomore or junior cadet
in Category IP (pilot) who is a member of the Arnold
Air Society.
Coblentz Memorial Cup to the best drilled Flight
within the Corps of Cadets.
Commandant ol Cadets Award to the senior cadet
whose increased officership potential has been
significantly reflected in a Cadet Corps activity
under his management.
Daughters ot Founders and Patriots ol America
Award to a qualified sophomore cadet who has
demonstrated qualities of dependability, good char-
acter, adherence to military discipline, leadership
potential, patriotism, and an understanding of
the importance of the American Heritage.
Daughters ot The American Revolution Award to
the senior cadet who has demonstrated high
qualities of dependability, good character, adher-
ence to military discipline, and leadership ability.
Disabled American Veterans Cup to the senior
cadet who has displayed outstanding leadership,
scholarship, and citizenship.
General Dynamics AFROTC Cadet Award to the
sophomore cadet who has demonstrated outstanding
leadership qualities and who possesses a positive
attitude, good personal appearance, high
personal attributes, military courtesy, and high
officer potential.
George M. Reiley Award to the member of the
Flight Instruction Program showing the highest
aptitude for flying as demonstrated by his perform-
ance in the program.
Governor's Cup to the most outstanding Squadron
within the Corps of Cadets.
Legion ot Valor Bronze Cross ol Achievement
Award recognizes one cadet from each geographi-
cal area tor his performance and achievements as
an AFROTC cadet.
Military Order ol World Wars Award to the
Aerospace Studies cadet(s) recognized as the most
improved within his year category (freshman,
sophomore, junior or senior).
National Delense Transportation Association
Award to the outstanding senior cadet majoring in
transportation.
National So/ourners Award to an outstanding
sophomore or junior cadet who has contributed the
most to encourage and demonstrate Americanism
within the Corps of Cadets and on the Campus.
Prolessor ol Aerospace Studies Award to the
senior cadet who has distinguished himself through
excellence of leadership in the Corps of Cadets.
Reserve Officers Association Awards to the senior
cadet (Gold Award) and junior cadet (Silver Award),
demonstrating outstanding academic achievement
in AFROTC subject matter and highest officer
potential. Ribbons of merit are presented to mem-
bers of the freshman and sophomore classes.
Society ot American Military Engineers Award to
recognize 20 junior or senior cadets nationally
displaying outstanding scholastic achievement and
leadership and majoring in the field ot engineering.
Sons ot The American Revolution Award to a
junior cadet in the Two-Year Program or a freshman
cadet in the Four-Year Program who has shown
a high degree of merit in his leadership qualities,
soldierly bearing and all around excellence in the
AFROTC program studies and activities.
Sun Newspaper Award to the best drilled sopho-
more cadet in the Corps of Cadets.
Athletic Awards
Atlantic Coast Conference Award — A plaque is
awarded each year to a senior in each conference
school for excellence in scholarship and athletics.
The Alvin L. Aubinoe Basketball Trophy — This
trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for the senior
who has contributed most to the squad.
The Alvin L. Aubinoe Football Trophy — This
trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for the unsung
hero of the current season.
The Alvin L. Aubinoe Track Trophy — This trophy
IS offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for the senior who
has contributed most to the squad during the time
he was on the squad.
Bob Beall-Tommy Marcos Trophy — This trophy is
awarded to the best football lineman of the year.
John T. Bell Swimming Award — To the year's
outstanding swimmer or diver.
Louis W. Berger Trophy — Presented to the out-
standing senior baseball player.
Andrew M. Cohen Tennis Trophy — This trophy is
awarded to the member of the tennis team who,
judged by his teammates, contributed the most to
tennis.
General Information / 19
William P. Cole, III, Memorial Lacrosse Award—
This award, offered by the teammates of William P.
Cole, III, and the coaches of the 1940 National
Champion team, is presented to the outstanding
midfielder.
The George C. Cook Memorial Scholarship
Trophy — Awarded annually to a member of the
football team with the highest scholastic average.
Joe Deckman-Sam Silver Trophy— This trophy is
offered by Joseph H. Deckman and Samuel L. Silver
to the most improved defense lacrosse player.
Geary F. Eppley Award — Offered by Benny and
Hotsy Alperstein to the graduating male senior
athlete who, during his three years of varsity com-
petition, lettered at least once and attained the
highest over-all scholastic average.
Halbert K. Evans Memorial Track Award — This
award, given in memory of "Hermie" Evans, of the
Class of 1940, by his friends, is presented to a
graduating senior trackman.
Jack Faber-AI Heagy Unsung Hero Award — Pre-
sented to the player who best exemplifies
determination, will to win, and pride in accomplish-
ment.
Herbert H. Goodman Memorial Trophy — This
trophy is awarded to the most outstanding wrestler
of the year.
Jim Kehoe Ring Award — A Maryland Ring is
awarded to the member of the track team whose
dedication to excellence most closely exemplifies
that of Jim Kehoe, one of t^aryland's greatest
trackmen.
Charles Leroy Mackert Trophy — This trophy is
offered by William K. Krouse to the Maryland stu-
dent who has contributed most to wrestling while
at the University.
Maryland Ring — The Maryland Ring is offered as
a memorial to Charles L. Linhardt, of the Class of
1912, to the Maryland man who is adjudged the
best athlete of the year.
Charles P. McCormick Trophy — This trophy is
offered by Charles P. McCormick to the senior let-
terman who has contributed most to swimming
during his collegiate career.
Edwin Powell Trophy — This trophy is offered by
the Class of 1913 to the player who has rendered
the greatest service to lacrosse during the year.
Silvester Watch For Excellence in Athletics — A
gold watch, given in honor of former President of
the University, R. W. Silvester, is offered annually
to "the man who typifies the best in college
athletics."
TEKE Trophy — This trophy is offered by the
Maryland Chapter of Tau Kappa Epsilon Fraternity
to the student who during his four years at the
University has rendered the greatest service to foot-
ball.
Robert E. Theoteld Memorial — This trophy is pre-
sented by Dr. and Mrs. Harry S. Hoffman and is
awarded to the golfer who most nearly exemplifies
the competitive spirit and strong character of Robert
E. Theofeld, a former member of the boxing team.
The Dr. Reginald Van Trump Truitt Award — This
award is given to a senior attackman in lacrosse
(midfield or attack) for scholastic attainments and
team performance.
University of Maryland Alumni Swimming Associa-
tion Scholar Athlete Award — This award is given
to the swimmer who has compiled the best combina-
tion academic and aquatic record.
Music Awards
Assistant Director's Award to the outstanding
member of the Symphonic Band.
Director's Award to the concert band member who
demonstrated the most improvement in musician-
ship during the year.
Kappa Kappa Psi Award to the most outstanding
band member of the year.
Sigma Alpha lota Alumnae Award for outstanding
musical performance.
Sigma Alpha lota Dean's Honor Award for
service and dedication.
Sigma Alpha lota Honor Certificate to the senior
with the highest scholastic average.
Sigma Alpha lota Leadership Award based on
personality, student activities, fraternity service, and
scholarship.
Tau Beta Sigma Award to the outstanding band
sorority member of the year.
Awards are presented to the members of the Uni-
versity Bands, the University Orchestras, and the
Men's and Women's Glee Clubs who serve faithfully
throughout the year.
Student Government Awards
Keys are awarded to the members of the SGA
Legislature and Certificates of Appreciation to the
members of the Cabinet.
General University Requirements
In order to provide educational breadth for all
students, there have been established the General
University Requirements. These requirements con-
sist of 30 semester hours of credit distributed among
the three areas listed below. (For an exception to
this regulation, see the Bachelor of General Studies
Program.) At least 6 hours must be taken in each
area. At least 9 of the 30 hours must be taken
at the 300 level or above. None of the 30 hours
may be counted toward published departmental,
college or divisional requirements for a degree.
Area A. 6-12 hours elected in the Divisions of
Agricultural and Life Sciences; Mathematical and
Physical Sciences and Engmeering.
Area B. 6-12 hours in the Divisions of Behavioral
and Social Sciences; Human and Community Re-
sources.
Area C. 6-12 hours in the Division of Arts and
Humanities.
In meeting these area requirements, students
may choose from among any undergraduate courses
for which they are qualified. Students are urged
to consult with academic advisors for guidance
in determining which courses in each area best
fit individual needs and interests.
Demonstration of competency in English com-
position: unless the student has been exempted
from English composition, at least one course in
this subject will be required. Exemption is granted
if the student earns an acceptable score on the
Illinois Rhetoric Test administered by the Depart-
ment of English (score announced annually), or a
score of 2 on the English Advanced Placement Test,
or by satisfactory completion of a similar course
at another institution. Students taking a course to
satisfy this requirement may apply the credits
toward the 30-hour General University Require-
ment but may not count these credits toward the
satisfaction of the minimum 6-hour requirement in
any of the three designated areas. Credit for
such a course may be in addition to the 12-hour
maximum in any area.
Students who entered the University prior to
June, 1973 have the option of completing require-
ments under the former General Education Program
rather than the new General University Require-
ments. Each student is responsible for making
certain that the various categories of either set of
requirements have been satisfied prior to certifica-
tion for the degree. Assistance and advice may be
obtained from the academic advisor, the Offices of
position: unless the student has been exempted
the Administrative Dean for Undergraduate Studies,
or the Administrative Dean for Summer Programs.
In meeting these area requirements students
may choose from among any undergraduate courses
for which they are qualified. The student may
select either the pass-fail or letter grading option
for these courses as outlined on pages 22 and 23.
Special note lor foreign students
The foreign student is required to take a special
classification test in English before registering
for the required English courses. He may be re-
quired to take Foreign Language 001 and 002 —
English for Foreign Students— be/ore registering
for English 101.
Registration
1 . To attend classes at the University of Maryland
it IS necessary to process an official registration.
Registration is final and official when all fees are
paid. Instructions concerning registration are given
20 / General Information
in the Schedule of Classes Issued at the beginning
oteach new semester.
2. The schedule adjustment period shall be the
tirst 10 days o( classes. During that period, the
student may drop or add courses and sections with
no charge. Courses dropped during this period
will be made available to other students desiring to
add. Courses so dropped during this registration
period will nor appear on the student's permanent
record. Courses may be added, where space is
available, during this period and will appear on the
student's permanent record along with other
courses previously listed. Alter this schedule ad-
justment period, courses may not be added without
special permission ol the instructor and the Dean
or Divisional Officer of the academic unit in which
the student is enrolled.
3. After this schedule adjustment period, all
courses for which the student is enrolled (or sub-
sequently adds) shall remain as a part of the
student's permanent record. The student's status
shall be considered as lull-time if the number of
credit hours enrolled at this time is 9 or more.
Courses may be dropped with no academic penalty
for a total period of 10 weeks in which there are
classes, starting from the first day of classes. The
permanent record will be marked W to indicate this.
(See Marking System below.) After this initial sched-
ule adjustment period a charge shall be made for
each course dropped or added. (See Schedule ol
Fees above.)
4. An official class list lor each course being
offered is issued each semester to the appropriate
department by the Office of Registrations. No student
is permitted to attend a class if his name does
not appear on the class list. Instructors must report
discrepancies to the Office of Registrations. At
the end o' the semester, the Office of Registrations
Issues to each department official grade cards. The
instructors mark the final grades on the grade
cards, sign the cards and return them to the Office
of Registrations.
5. Courses taken at another campus of the Uni-
versity or at another institution concurrent with
regular registration on the College Park Campus
may not be credited without approval in advance by
the Divisional Officer of the Division from which
the student expects a degree. The same rule applies
to off-Campus registration or registrations in the
summer school of another institution.
6. A student who is eligible to remain at the College
Park Campus may transfer among curricula, col-
leges, divisions, or other academic units except
where limitations on enrollments have been ap-
proved by the Board of Regents.
7. In all cases ol transfer from one division to
another on the College Park Campus, the Divisional
Officer of the receiving division, with the approval
of the student, shall indicate which courses, if any,
in the student's previous academic program are
not applicable to his new program, and shall notify
the Office of Registrations of the adjustments which
are to be made in determining the student's
progress toward a degree. Deletions may occur
both in credits attempted and correspondingly In
credits earned. This evaluation shall be made upon
the student's initial entry into a new program, not
thereafter. If a student transfers within one division
from one program to another, his record evaluation
shall be made by the Divisional Officer in the same
way as if he were transferring divisions. II the
student subsequently transfers to a third division,
the Divisional Officer of the third division shall
make a similar initial adjustment; courses marked
"nonapplicable" by the second Divisional Officer
may become applicable in the third program.
8. In the cases of non-divisional students, the
Dean lor Undergraduate Studies shall assume the
responsibilities normally delegated to Divisional
Officers.
Degrees and Ceilificates
The University confers the following degrees:
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of General Studies,
Bachelor of f^usic. Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of
Science in Nursing, Bachelor of Science in
Pharmacy, Bachelor of Architecture, fkflaster of Arts,
Master of Arts in American Civilization, f^^aster of
Business Administration, Master of Education,
Master of Music, Master of Science, Master of
Library Science, Master of Social Work, Doctor of
Dental Surgery, Doctor of Education, Doctor of
Medicine, Doctor of Philosophy, Doctor of Musical
Arts, Doctor of Business Administration, and
Juris Doctor.
Students in specified two-year curricula may be
awarded certificates.
No baccalaureate degree will be awarded to a
student who has had less than one year of resident
work in this University. The last thirty semester
credits in any curricula leading to a baccalaureate
degree must be taken in residence at the University.
Candidates for the baccalaureate degree in curricula
which combine work at College Park and Baltimore
must complete a minimum of thirty semester
credits at College Park.
The requirements for graduation vary according
to the character of work in the different colleges,
divisions and schools. Full information regarding
specific college and division requirements for
graduation will be found in Section II of this catalog.
Each candidate for a degree or certificate must
file a formal application for it with the Registrations
Office. This must be done by the end of the third
week of the semester or the second week of the
summer session at the end of which he expects
to graduate.
Credit Unit and Load
The somoslor hour, which Is the unit of credit, is
the equivalent ol a subject pursued one period a
week for one semester. Two or three periods of
laboratory or field work are equivalent to one lecture
or recitation period. The student is expected to
devote three hours a week In classroom or lab-
oratory or in outside preparation for each credit
hour in any course.
In order for an undergraduate student to complete
most curricula in the designated amount of time,
his semester credit load must range from 12 to
19 hours, so that he would complete from 30 to 36
hours each year toward his degree. A student
registering for less than 12 hours or more than
19 hours per semester must have the special
approval of his Dean or Divisional Officer.*
Examinations
1. A final examination shall be given in every
undergraduate course. Exceptions may be made with
the approval of the chairman of the department
and the dean or division chairman. In order to
avoid basing too much of the semester grade upon
the final examination, additional tests, quizzes,
term papers, reports and the like should be used
to determine a student's comprehension of a course.
The order of procedure in these matters Is left to
the discretion of departments or professors and
should be announced to a class at the beginning
of a course. All final examinations must be held on
the examination days of the Official Final Examina-
tion Schedule. No final examination shall be given
at a time other than that scheduled in the Official
Examination Schedule without written permission
of the department chairman.
2. To expedite arrangements for commencement,
final grades of undergraduate candidates for de-
grees are based on evaluations available at the
time grades are required to be submitted.
3. A file of all final examination questions must be
kept by the chairman ol each department.
4. The chairman of each department is respons-
ible for the adequate administration of examinations
in courses under his jurisdiction. The deans and
division chairmen should present for consideration
the matter of examinations in staff conferences from
time to time and investigate examination pro-
cedures in their respective colleges and divisions.
5. Every examination shall be designed to require
for its completion not more than the regularly
scheduled period.
6. A typewritten, mimeographed or printed set of
questions shall be placed in the hands of every
examinee In every test or examination requiring
'The following svmtBtar course load* ere considered rull-llfn*
meir respective sieas: Tuition and Fee Asseumeni. 9 s h.
HousinQ. 9 s.n.. Plan of Uinimum nequiramenis For Graduatio
12 s.li.; Foreign Students. 12 s n.; and alMeles need 24 sn. a y«
General Information / 21
at least one period, unless the dean of the college
or the division chairman has authorized some
other procedure.
7. Each instructor must safeguard his examination
questions and all trial sheets, drafts and stencils.
8. Each instructor should avoid the use of exam-
ination questions which have been included in
recently given examinations and should prepare
examinations that will make dishonesty difficult.
9. Only clerical help approved by the department
chairman shall be employed in the preparation or
reproduction of tests or examination questions.
10. Proctors must be in the examination room at
least ten minutes before the hour of a final
examination. Provisions should be made for proper
ventilation, lighting and a seating plan. At least
one of the proctors present must be sufficiently
cognizant of the subject matter of the examination
to deal authoritatively with inquiries arising from
the examination.
11. Books, papers, etc., belonging to the student,
must be left in a place designated by the instructor
before the student takes his seat, except in such
cases where books or work sheets are permitted.
12. Students should be seated at least every
other seat apart, or its equivalent, i.e., about three
feet. Where this arrangement is not possible
some means must be provided to protect the
integrity of the examination.
13. "Blue books" only must be used in periodic
or final examinations, unless special forms are
furnished by the department concerned.
14. If mathematical tables are required in an
examination, they shall be furnished by the instruc-
tor. If textbooks are used, this rule does not apply.
15. Proctors must exercise all diligence to pre-
vent dishonesty and to enforce proper examination
decorum, including abstention from smoking.
16. Where an instructor must proctor more than
40 students, he should consult the chairman of
his department concerning proctorial assistance. An
instructor should consult his department chairman
if in his opinion a smaller number of students for
an examination requires the help of another
instructor.
17. No student who leaves an examination room
will be permitted to return, except in unusual
circumstances, in which case permission to do so
must be granted by the proclor prior to the student's
departure.
18. All conversation will cease prior to the pass-
ing out of examination papers, and silence will be
maintained in the room during the entire examina-
tion period.
19. Examination papers will be placed face down
on the writing surface until the examination is
officially begun by the proctor.
20. Examination papers will be kept flat on the
writing surface at all times.
Irregularities in Examinations
1. In cases involving charges of academic irregu-
larities or dishonesty in an examination, class work
or course requirements by an undergraduate stu-
dent, the instructor in the course shall report to
his instructional department chairman any informa-
tion received and the facts within his knowledge.
If the chairman of the instructional department
determines that there is any sound reason for be-
lieving that academic dishonesty may be involved,
he shall refer the matter to the dean of the college
or school. The dean will then confer with the dean
of the student's college or school and will check
the Judiciary Office records to determine if the
student has any record of prior offenses involving
academic dishonesty. The dean will then consult
with the student involved, and if the afleged
academic dishonesty is admitted by the student
and is his first offense of this nature, the dean
may authorize the department chairman to dispose
of the charges, limiting the maximum penalty to
disciplinary probation and a grade of F in the
course, provided the penalty is accepted by the
student in writing. In such case the department
chairman will make a written report of the matter,
mcluding the action taken, to the dean of the stu-
dent's college or school and to the Judiciary Office.
If the case is not disposed of in the above
manner, the dean of the instructional department
will appoint an ad hoc Committee on Academic
Dishonesty consisting of one member from the
faculty of the college or school administered by the
dean as chairman, one undergraduate student,
and one member from the faculty of the student's
college or school appointed by the dean of that
college or school. If the student's dean and the dean
administering the instructional department are the
same, a second member of the faculty of the
college or school concerned is appointed.
The dean of the instructional department will refer
the specific report of alleged academic dishonesty
to this ad hoc committee and the committee will
hear the case. The hearing procedures before this
committee will in general conform to those required
for student judicial boards. The committee may
impose the normal disciplinary actions and/or
impose a grade of F in the course.
The chairman of the committee will report its
actions to the dean of the student's college or
school and to the Judiciary Office. The dean of the
instructional department will advise the student
in writing of the disciplinary action of the committee,
and also advise him of his right to file an appeal
to the Adjunct Committee on Student Conduct.
The student may file his appeal in accordance
with the normal procedures to the Adjunct Com-
mittee with the dean of the instructional department
and the latter will forward it to the chairman of
the Adjunct Committee. The chairman of the
Adjunct Committee will notify the student in writing
of the time, date, and place of the hearing.
2. In cases involving charges of academic irregu-
larities or dishonesty in an examination, class
work or course requirements by a graduate student,
the above procedure will be followed except that:
a. The chairman of the instructional department
will refer the matter to the Dean for Graduate
Studies.
b. The ad hoc Committee on Academic Dis-
honesty will be appointed by the Dean for Graduate
Studies and will consist of two members of the
Graduate School faculty, one serving as chairman,
and one graduate student.
Marking System
1 . The following symbols are used on the student's
permanent record for all courses in which he is
enrolled after the initial registration and schedule
adjustment period: A, B, C, D, F, I, P, S, and W.
These marks remain as part of the student's perma-
nent record and may only be changed by the
original instructor on certification, approved by the
department chairman and Divisional Officer, that
an actual mistake was made in determining or
recording the grade.
2. The mark of A denotes excellent mastery of the
subject. It denotes outstanding scholarship. In
computations of cumulative or semester averages,
a mark of A will be assigned a value of 4 quality
points per credit hour. (See Minimum Requirments
For Retention and Graduation below.)
3. The mar/( of B denotes good mastery of the
subject. It denotes good scholarship. In com-
putation of cumulative or semester averages a mark
of B will be assigned 3 quality points per credit
hour.
4. The marl< of C denotes acceptable mastery. It
denotes the usual achievement expected. In com-
putation of cumulative or semester averages a
mark of C will be assigned a value of 2 quality
points per credit hour.
5. The mark of D denotes borderline understand-
ing of the subject. It denotes marginal performance,
and it does not represent satisfactory progress
toward a degree. In computations of cumulative or
semester averages a mark of D will be assigned
a value of 1 quality point per credit hour.
6. The mark of F denotes failure to understand the
subject. It denotes unsatisfactory performance. In
computations of cumulative or semester averages a
mark of F will be assigned a value of 0 quality
points per credit hour.
7. The mark of P \s a student option mark,
equivalent to A, B, C, or D. (See Pass-Fail option
below.) The student must inform the Office of
Registrations of his selection of this option by the
22 / General Information
end o( the schedule ad|ustmenl period. In com-
pulation of cumulative averages a mark of P will
not be included. In compulation of quality points
achieved tor a semestor, a mark of P will be as-
signed a value of 2 quality points per credit hour.
(See Minimum Requirements For Retention and
Graduation below.)
8. The mark ot S is a department option mark
which may be used to denote satisfactory participa-
tion by a student In progressing thesis projects,
orientation courses, practice teaching and the like.
In computation of cumulative averages a mark of
S will not be included. In computation of quality
points achieved lor a semester, a mark of S will be
assigned a value of 2 quality points per credit hour.
9. The mark I is an exceptional mark which is an
instructor option. It is given only to a student whose
work in a course has been qualitatively satisfactory,
when, because of illness or other circumstances be-
yond his control, he has been unable to complete
some small portion of the work of the course. In no
case will the mark I be recorded for a student who
has not completed the major portion of the work of
the course. The student will remove the I by com-
pleting work assigned by the instructor; it is the
student's responsibility to request arrangements
tor completion of the work. The work must be
completed by the end of the next semester in which
the course is again offered and in which the student
is in attendance at the College Park Campus;
otherwise the I becomes terminal (equivalent to
W). Exceptions to the time period cited above may
be granted by the student's Dean or Divisional
Officer upon the written request of the student if
circumstances warrant further delay. If the instructor
is unavailable, the department chairman will, upon
request of the student make appropriate arrange-
ments for the student to complete the course re-
quirements. It is the responsibility of the instructor
or department chairman concerned to return the
appropriate supplementary grade report to the
Office of Registrations promptly upon completion
of the work. The I cannot be removed through
re-registration lor the course or through the tech-
nique of "credit by examination. " In any event this
mark shall not be used in any computations.
10. The mark W is used to denote that the student
withdrew from a course in which he was enrolled
at the end of the schedule adjustment period. This
mark shall not be used in any computation, but tor
information and completeness is placed on the
permanent record by the Office of Registrations.
The Office of Registrations will promptly notify the
instructor that the student has withdrawn from the
course.
11. Audit. A student may register to audit a course
or courses in which space is available. The notation
AUD will be place on his transcript for each course
audited. A notation to the effect that this symbol
does not imply attendance or any other elfort in
the course will be included on the transcript in the
explanation of the grading system.
Pass-Fail Option
1. An undergraduate who has completed 15 or
more credit hours at the College Park Campus and
has a cumulative average ot at least 2.00 may
register for courses on the Pass-Fail option during
any semester or summer session.
2. Certain divisional requirements, major require-
ments or field of concentration requirements do
not allow the use of the Pass-Fail option. Certain
courses within a department may be designated by
that department as not available under the Pass-Fail
option. It IS the responsibility of each student elect-
ing this option to ascertain in conjunction with his
Divisional Officer, Dean, department or major
advisor, whether the particular courses will be
applicable to his degree requirements under the
Pass-Fail option.
3. No more than 20 percent of the credits offered
toward the degree may be taken on the Pass-Fail
option basis.
4. Students registering for a course under the
Pass-Fail option are required to complete all regular
course requirements. Their work will be evaluated
by the instructor by the normal procedure for
letter grades. The instructor will submit the normal
grade. The grades A, B, C. or D will be automatically
converted by the Office of Registrations to the
grade P on the student's permanent record. The
grade F will remain as given. The choice of grading
option may be changed only during the schedule
adjustment period for courses in which the student
is currently registered.
Credit by Examination for Undergraduate
Studies
1 . Credit may earned by examination for any
undergraduate course, for which a suitable
examination has been adopted or prepared by
the department granting the credit. When standard-
ized CLEP (College Level Examination Program)
examinations are available they may be used.
The list of courses for which credit may be earned
by examination will be made available through
the office of the Administrative Dean for Under-
graduate Studies.
2. Any student may take a course by examination
by obtaining an application form from the Ad-
ministrative Dean for Undergraduate Studies, paying
the requisite fees, and taking the examination
at a time mutually agreeable to the student and
the department offering the course.
3. The applicant must be formally admitted to the
University of Ivlaryland, and be in good academic
standing. Posting of credit, however, will be
delayed until the student is registered.
4. Application lor credit by examination Is
equivalent to registration for a course: however,
the following conditions apply;
A. A student may cancel his application at any
lime prior to completion of the examination
with no entry on his permanent record.
(Equivalent to the registration adjustment
period.)
B. The instructor makes the results ot the examina-
tion available to the student prior to formal
submission of the grade. Before formal
submission of the grade, a student may elect
not to have this grade recorded. In this case
a symbol of "W" is recorded. (Equivalent to the
drop procedure.)
C. No course may be attempted more than twice.
D. The instructor must certify on the report of
the examination submitted to the Registrations
Office that copies of the examination questions
or identifying information in the caseot
standardized examinations, and the student's
answers have been filed with the chairman ot
the department offering the course.
5. Letter grades earned on examinations to
establish credit (if accepted by the student) are
entered on the students transcript and used in
computing his cumulative grade point average. A
student may elect to take an examination for credit
on a "Pass-Fail" basis under the normal "Pass-
Fail" regulations.
6. Undergraduate students may earn by examina-
tion no more than half the credits required for
the degree.
7. Fees for Credit by Examination are as follows:
A. Fees for CLEP and other standardized exami-
nations are determined externally and are not
altered by the University. These credits are
treated as transfer credits.
B. Full-time students are charged S30.00 for each
course examination regardless of the numtjer
of credits. This fee is paid upon application
for the examination and is not refundable
regardless of whether or not the student com-
pletes the examination.
C. Part-time students are charged in the same
cost-per-credit-hour basis as though they were
taking the course in the regular manner.
Junior Standing
1. A student is permitted to register for upper
division courses when granted Junior Standing by
his college. This permission shall be based upon
earning a minimum of 56 academic hours toward
his degree, completing such course requirements as
the college may direct, and possessing the
minimum required grade point average to remain in
the University.
General Information / 23
2. Exceptional students having completed forty-
eight (48) semester hours of academic credits and
having the approval of the department involved will
be permitted to enroll for sufficient upper division
courses to complete a normal program. That is,
such students must carry low/er division courses
to total fifty-six (56) semester hours of academic
credits and the remainder may be in courses num-
bered in the 300-499 range.
Degree Requirements
1. It is the responsibility of departments, colleges,
divisions, or appropriate academic units to estab-
lish and publish clearly defined degree require-
ments. Responsibility for knowing and meeting all
degree requirements for graduation in any
curriculum rests with the student. Not later than
the close of his junior year, the student should
check with the proper authorities to ascertain his
standing in this respect. For this purpose the student
should be sure to preserve the copy of the semester
grade report issued by the Office of Registrations
at the close of each semester.
2. In order to earn a baccalaureate degree the
last 30 semester credits of any curriculum must
be taken in residence at the College Park Campus.
Candidates for degrees in pre-professional com-
bined programs must complete at least 30 semester
credits at College Park. The minimum residence
required for a baccalaureate degree is 30 semester
hours; nothing stated below modifies in any way
this basic requirement. Included in these 30 semes-
ter hours will be a minimum of 15 semester hours
in courses numbered 300 or above, including at
least 12 semester hours required in the major field
(in curricula requiring such concentration). All
candidates for degrees should plan to take their
senior year in residence since the advanced work
of the major study normally occurs in the last
year of the undergraduate course. At least 24 of the
last 30 credits must be done in residence at the
College Park Campus; i.e., a student who at the
time of his graduation will have completed 30
semester hours in residence may be permitted to
do not more than 6 semester hours of his final
30 credits of record in another institution, provided
that he secures in advance written permission
from his dean or divisional chairman. The student
must be enrolled in the program from which he
plans to graduate when registering for the last 15
credits of his program. These requirements apply
also to the third year of pre-professional combined
degree programs.
3. While many University curricula require more
semester hours than 120, no baccalaureate curricu-
lum requires less than 120 credit hours. It is the
student's responsibility to familiarize himself with
the requirements of his curriculum. The student is
urged to avail himself of the advice on these matters
in the departments, colleges, divisions, or Office of
Academic Affairs. A student who wishes to earn a
second baccalaureate degree in the University is
required to complete the additional studies regularly
prescribed for that degree, involving at least one
year's additional residence and the earning of
at least 30 additional credits.
4. A general C (2.00) average is required for
graduation in all curricula. (See Minimum Require-
ments For Retention and Graduation.)
5. Applications for diplomas must be filed with the
Office of Registrations during the registration
period or not later than the end of the second week
of classes of the regular semester or at the end
of the second week of the summer session, at the
end of which the candidate expects to receive
his degree. Applications filed after the third week
of classes of a regular semester or Friday of the
second week of a summer session will be retained
until the next semester (session) when degrees will
be awarded.
Attendance
1. The University expects each student to take
full responsibility for his academic work and
academic progress. The student, to progress satis-
factorily, must meet the quantitative and qualitative
requirements of each course for which he is
registered. Students are expected to attend classes
regularly, for consistent attendance offers the
most effective opportunity open to all students to
gain a developing command of the concepts and
materials of their course of study. However, attend-
ance in class, in and of itself, is not a criterion
for the evaluation of the student's degree of suc-
cess or failure. Furthermore, absences (whether
excused or unexcused) do not alter what is ex-
pected of the student qualitatively and quantitative-
ly. Except as provided below, absences will not be
used in the computation of grades, and the record-
ing of student absences will not be required
of the faculty.
2. In certain courses in-class participation is an
integral part of the work of the course. A few
examples would be courses in public speaking and
group discussion, courses emphasizing conversation
in foreign languages, certain courses in physical
education, and certain laboratory sessions. Each
department shall determine which of its courses
fall in this category. It shall be the responsibility
of the instructor in such courses to inform each
class at the beginning of the semester that in-class
participation is an integral part of the work of the
course and that his absences will be taken into
account in the evaluation of his work in the course.
3. Laboratory meetings required special prepara-
tion of equipment and materials by the staff. A
student who is not present for a laboratory exercise
has missed that part of the course and cannot
expect that he will be given an opportunity to make
up this work later in the term.
4. Special provision for freshmen: the freshman
year is a transitional year. Absences of freshmen in
the basic freshman courses will be reported to the
student's dean or division officer when the student
has accumulated more than three unexcused
absences.
5. Excuses for absences (in basic freshman
courses and in courses where in-class participation
Is a significant part of the work of the course)
will be handled by the instructor in the course in
accordance with the general policy of his depart-
ment and college.
6. Examinations and tests: it is responsibility
of the student to keep himself informed concerning
the dates of announced quizzes, tests and exami-
nations. An instructor is not under obligation to
give a student a make-up examination unless the
student can present evidence that his absence
was caused by illness or by participating in Uni-
versity activities at the request of University
authorities. A make-up examination, when permitted,
is given at the convenience of the instructor, but
must not interfere with the student's regularly
scheduled classes.
Deficiency Reports
1. Reports of unsatisfactory work (less than C)
will be made only for freshmen in the basic freshman
courses. It will be the obligation of all students to
assume full responsibility for their academic
progress without depending upon receiving official
warning of unsatisfactory work.
2. Reports of unsatisfactory work for freshmen
in the basic freshman courses will be submitted to
the student's dean or division officer at the end
of the seventh week of the semester.
Dismissal of Delinquent Students
The University reserves the right to request at any
time the withdrawal of a student who cannot or
does not maintain the required standard of scholar-
ship, or whose continuance in the University would
be detrimental to his or her health, or to the health
of others, or whose conduct is not satisfactory to
the authorities of the University. Specific scholastic
requirements are set forth in the Minimum Require-
ments for Retention and Graduation.
Withdrawals From The University
1 . Should a student desire or be compelled to
withdraw from the University at any time, he must
secure a notice of withdrawal from his divisional
officer, obtain the proper signatures, and submit
the notice along with his University identification
cards to the Office of the Vice Chancellor for
24 / General Information
student and Special Services
student Allairs. This ollico will tile ttie withdrawal
wilti Itie Oltice of Registrations wtiicti will record
a mark of W (or all courses and notify the instructors
ol the withdrawal.
2. The edective date o( withdrawal as (ar as
refunds are concerned is the dale that the notice is
received by the Office of the Vice Chancellor for
Student Affairs. The Office of Registrations will
record the effective date of withdrawal on the
students permanent record
Readmission and Reinstatement
Readmission
1 A student whose continuous attendance at the
University has been interrupted, but who was in
good academic standing, or on academic probation,
at the end of the last regular semester for which
he was registered, must apply to the Office of
Admissions for readmission. He will be readmitted
to the program in which he was last registered.
Reinstatement
1. A student who withdraws from the University
must apply (or reinstatement to the Secretary of
the Petition Board. Office of Admissions.
2. A student who has been dropped (or scholastic
reasons may appeal in writing to the Secretary of
the Admissions Petition Board, Office of Admissions,
for reinstatement. The committee is empowered
to grant relief m unusual cases, if the circum-
stances warrant such action.
3. A student who has been dropped from the
University (or scholastic reasons, and whose
petition for reinstatement is denied, may again
petition after a lapse of at least one semester.
Minimum Requirements (or Retention
and Graduation
1. A minimum of 120 credits of successfully com-
pleted (not I, F, or W) course credits are required
for graduation in any degree curriculum. (See
Degree Requirements and Credit By Examination
above.) Credits transferred, or earned during prior
admissions terminating in academic dismissal or
withdrawal and followed by readmission, will be
applicable toward meeting credit requirements for
a degree. (See Readmission and Reinstatement
above.)
2. A full-time student will be placed on academic
probation at the end of any semester in which he
does not achieve a total of 24 quality points for
that semester, except that he will not be placed
on academic probation (or this reason if he earns
at least a 2.0 average on a registration (at the end
of the schedule adjustment period) of 9-1 1 credits.
Exceptions are also allowed for all full-time students
in their first semester of registration on the College
Park Campus, who must earn at least 18 quality
points for that semester. This exception does not
apply to students who have earned more than
8 credits through previous registration in the
University.
3. Any student, full- or part-time, who fails to
maintain a minimum cumulative average of 1.95 at
the end of any semester following that in which
the total of credits completed at the College Park
Campus (with grades of A, B, C, D, P, S, or F), plus
any credits transferred, is 45 credits, will be placed
on academic probation. Credits completed with
grades of A, B, C, D, and F, but not S, P, or I will
be used in the computation of the cumulative
average. The 1.95 requirement applies to first
semester transter students who transter 45 or more
credits.
4. A student who does not meet the academic
standards (or any given semester will be placed on
probation and must display acceptable pertorm-
ance in quality points and cumulative average (i(
applicable) during the next semester in order to
regain good academic standing. A student will be
dismissed at the end o( the second consecutive,
or (ourth total, semester o( unacceptable pertorm-
ance. Courses (or which the mark W is recorded are
excluded (rom all such computations or credit
requirements.
5. A student who has been academically dis-
missed and who is reinstated, will be academically
dismissed again i( he does not meet the academic
standards for any two additional semesters after
his return. In the computation of his cumulative
average after return, all credits earned at the
University of Maryland will be used.
6. When a student is placed on academic pro-
bation or is academically dismissed, the action shall
be entered on the student's official and permanent
record.
7. Any course may be repeated, but if a student
repeats a course in which he has already earned
a mark of A, B, C, D. P or S, the subsequent attempt
shall not increase the total hours earned toward
the degree. Only the higher mark will be used in
computation of the students cumulative average.
However, the student's quality points in a given
semester shall be determined by that semester's
grades.
8. Any appeal from the regulations governing
academic probation or academic dismissal shall
be directed to the Petition Board, which shall be
empowered to grant relief in unusual cases, if the
circumstances warrant such action.
OFFICE OF THE CHANCELLOR
Health Center
The Health Center provides immediate outpatient
and short-term inpatient medical care for illnesses
and injuries not requiring hospitalization but pre-
venting students from attending classes. In addition
to general medical and psychiatric services, other
services include allergy treatment, physical therapy
and rehabilitation, environme/ital health and safety,
and preventive medicine. Emergency services are
available to part-time students and all services are
available to full-time students. Office location:
Health Center (across from Student Union). Tele-
phone: 454-3444.
Athletics
The University of Maryland Athletic Department
fields varsity teams in football, soccer, and cross
country in the fall: basketball, fencing, swimming,
wrestling, and indoor track during the winter: and
baseball, golf, tennis, lacrosse, and outdoor track
in the spring. Freshman schedules also prevail in
football and basketball. Maryland is a member of the
Atlantic Coast Conference, which also includes
Clemson, Duke, North Carolina, North Carolina
State. Virginia, and Wake Forest. The University
has won the Carmichael Cup, symbolic of top
overall athletic performance in the ACC, in all
except three of the first ten years the trophy has
been in existence.
Women's teams in the following six sports repre-
sent the University of Maryland in intercollegiate
competition: field hockey, volleyball, swimming,
basketball, tennis, and lacrosse. The schedules in-
clude teams from Washington, D.C.. Maryland,
Virginia, and Pennsylvania; the teams also compete
in appropriate local, state and regional tournaments.
OFFICE OF ADMINISTRATIVE AFFAIRS
Food Service
The goal of the University Food Service is to
provide nutritionally balanced and tastefully pre-
pared meals, served in an atmosphere that is
esthetically pleasant and relaxing. Office location:
Hill Area Dining Hall. Telephone: 454-2901.
OFFICE OF ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Career Development Center
The Career Development Center encourages and
assists all students in contacting prospective em-
ployers and in determining economic and
occupational trends for career determination.
Career cdvisors, programs, services and facilities
are geared toward broadening students' knowledge
of graduate school, government, education, busi-
ness, and industrial opportunities. An excellent
resource is the Career Library (Room 26 of the
Career Development Center).
General Information / 25
Seniors within two semesters of graduation are
encouraged to participate in the on-Campus inter-
view program with employers from late October to
early April. Further details on this program are
available in the Career Development Center.
All seniors graduating in the College of Education
(except Education for Industry majors) are required
to file credentials with the Career Development
Center. Office location: Cumberland Hall basement.
Telephone: 454-2813.
Minority Student Education
The Office of Ivlinority Student Education was offi-
cially created on July 1, 1972 as a result of proposals
and recommendations submitted to the Chancellor
from the Campus Black Community and the Study
Commission on Student Life. It is responsible for
addressing the needs of minority students during
their experience at the University of f^aryland.
This responsibility takes the Office of r\/linority
Student Education through a broad range of
concerns, from the introduction of minority students
to the University to special supportive programs,
with special emphasis on the areas o\ recruitment,
retention and graduation.
OlvlSE seeks to develop a comprehensive
academic articulation program that will facilitate
better utilization of, and linkages with existing
University resources. This includes providing
minority students with meaningful career advise-
ment in areas that offer both good job opportuni-
ties and good salaries. For general program informa-
tion, contact: Director, Office of l^inority Student
Education, Room 3151 Undergraduate Library,
Phone: 454-5385/5495.
The Office is directly responsible for the admin-
istration of the Intensive Educational Development
Program and Upward Bound, the Cultural Study
Center, the Equal Opportunity Recruitment Program,
and the Nyumburu Community Cultural Center.
The following is a brief description of the pro-
grams administered by the Office of l^mority Student
Affairs.
Intensive Educational Development
The I.E.D. program developed from a 1968 pilot
project for twenty students and has expanded into a
broad-based support program enrolling over 400
students each year.
The program is designed to serve the student who
is handicapped by poverty, environment problems,
racism, and previously unrewarding educational
experiences. I.E.D. focuses on providing programs
and services — including tutoring, reading, study
skills development, and specially designed curricula
and courses that enhance the retention potential
for minority students on the College Park Campus.
During the summer program, I.E.D. students who
will enter school in the fall take courses in mathe-
matics and English as part of their preparation for
the fall semester.
Counseling and tutorial assistance is also avail-
able throughout the academic year to minority
students who are not enrolled in the program.
Intensive Educational Development, Room 217,
North Administration Building, Phone 454-4646/4647.
Upward Bound Program
The University of l^aryland Upward Bound Program
is designed to provide academic and counseling
assistance to capable but underachieving high
school students with the purpose of preparing them
to pursue some form of post-secondary education.
Upward Bound seeks to provide the opportunity
for each student to learn skills that will widen
his educational and cultural perspectives and to
discover his potential to achieve.
Upward Bound students are selected from high
schools in Prince George's and (Montgomery
counties, and are recommended to the program
through high school principals, teachers, counselors,
talent search, social service agencies, and individ-
uals knowledgeable about the program. The
academic skills development and counseling
services are available to students throughout the
school year and during the six-week summer pro-
gram.
Persons interested in further information regard-
ing Upward Bound Program should contact Director,
Room 200, West Education Annex, University of
IVIaryland, College Park, Maryland 20742, Phone:
454-2116.
Cultural Study Center
The purpose of the Cultural Study Center is to
study minority and other student-cultural subgroups
at the University of l\/laryland. The Center is headed
by a minority faculty member, and its research
areas include the socioeconomic and psychological
development and background of minority students,
their Campus experiences, academic and social
adjustments, and problems of student life. This
information assists the Office of ivlinority Student
Education in planning curriculum and program de-
velopment for the minority student population.
The Cultural Study Center seeks to produce
positive change by distribution of its research find-
ings to the administration, faculty, students and
other groups. The Cultural Study Center hopes to
produce "data that make a difference" in how
students from various cultural groups are viewed,
and will take the responsibility of following up its
research findings by pointing out and encouraging
appropriate action to initiate positive changes when-
ever the findings clearly indicate that such changes
could and should be made.
The Cultural Center is located in Shoemaker
Hall, Room 17, University of (Maryland, College Park,
(Maryland 20742. Office number: 454-4698.
Equal Opportunity Recruitment Program
The Equal Opportunity Recruitment Program is the
minority recruitment unit within the Office of
ivlinority Student Education. Through E.O.R.P. the
University seeks to achieve a more representative
minority student population among black,
Spanish-speaking, American Indians, and Asian
Americans.
Minority students interested in applying to the
University of Maryland should request information
and application materials from this Office.
For more information contact:
Equal Opportunity Recruitment Program
Room 0107, North Administration BIdg.
Phone — 454-4844
Nyumburu Community Center
Nyumburu (Swahili word meaning "freedom house")
Center functions throughout the year to present a
wide range of cultural events through a variety
of art forms, and the humanities. Programs and
activities presented by Nyumburu focus on the
black experience as it exists in the United States,
the Caribbean and and Africa.
Cultural offerings at Nyumburu include
symposia and workshops conducted by visiting
artists and scholars in the areas of creative writing
and literature, art, music, drama and dance. A
Festival of Black Arts, and a Writer's Conference,
held annually, highlight specific areas of cul-
tural achievement and contribution by minority
peoples.
In cooperation with the Department of Afro-
American Studies. Nyumburu is engaged in
research projects, such as examining the sources
of black creativity and historical contributions, and
the artist's conception of his role in the life of the
community.
In addition to these activities, Nyumburu Center
serves as the host/sponsor of several student clubs
and activities.
For information concerning scheduled activities
and events contact Nyumburu Community Center,
Building CC, University of Maryland, College Park,
Maryland 20742, Phone: 454-5648.
Student Aid
The Office of Student Aid administers a variety of
financial assistance and student employment oppor-
tunities, primarily based on the need of the applicant.
The staff of the office is available for individual
26 / General Information
counseling on mallors porlinoni lo the (inancJal
planning o( the student body
Internalional Education Services
The Ollico ot Inlernational Education Services pro-
vides a wide variety of services designed to assist
foreign students lo make the necessary adjustment
to American university and community lile and to
help them derive the maximum benefit from their
experience in the United States. Services include ad-
vising on admission to the University, issuance of
immigration documents, special orientation pro-
grams, emergency loans, assistance with securing
housing, information about educational, cultural,
and social opportunities, and personal advising.
Some of these services are available also for visiting
foreign faculty. For American students, the Office
provides information about opportunities for travel
and study abroad.
Information, forms and assistance in making
necessary arrangements for complying with im-
migration regulations are available at the Office of
International Education Services. Information re-
garding the filing of income tax returns may
also be secured from the same office.
Foreign students are subject to the same regula-
tions that govern the academic lite and personal
conduct of American students enrolled in the
University. Office location: 2nd floor. North Admin-
istration Building. Telephone: 454-2936,
Student Affairs
OFFICE OF STUDENT AFFAIRS
The Division of Student Affairs is responsible for
programs and services which enhance the life
and welfare of students.
Commuter Affairs, Resident Life. Orientation.
Greek Affairs. Counseling Center, Judiciary Office,
Student Activities, and the Student Union are
organized to facilitate individual student develop-
ment by meeting specific student needs. In addition,
the offices within Student Affairs are striving to
develop a Campus environment which fosters
positive learning experiences and individual growth.
Orientation
Upon final admission to the University the new
student will receive materials about the Orientation
and Registration Program. All entering students
are encouraged to attend. The primary goals of
the program are to inform the student about the
University, and to help him register for the first
semester. Through this program the entering student
receives a personalized and individual introduction
to the University.
Parents also have an opportunity to learn about
University life through the Parent Orientation
Program.
Resident Life
This office administers, supervises, and coordinates
all aspects of the University residence facilities,
including both management operation and
educational-social-recreational programming. The
residence accommodations are divided into semi-
autonomous residential communities, each headed
by a (ull-time professional director with a staff of
full and part-time professional and para-profes-
sional personnel.
Each community enjoys considerable freedom to
develop in a way which reflects the personalities,
interests and needs of the residents.
Office location: 3rd floor, North Administration
Building. Telephone: 454-2711,
Greek Affairs Office
This office serves as the liaison between fularyland's
twenty-one national sororities and twenty-four
national fraternities, and the University administra-
tion. The Director of Greek Life assists in the
development of programs and operations for the
Panhellenic and Intertraternity Councils. Through
the utilization of total University resources, the
staff assists the students with leadership and man-
agement training, the coordination of philanthropic
projects, membership recruitment, public relations,
and the participation of the Greek system within
the total education of the University community.
The Commuter Affairs Office
TtTe Commuter Affairs Office has been established
to assist, advocate, and assess commuter
students' desires, needs and problems while attend-
ing the University of l^aryland.
The office has established services which pro-
vide assistance in helping the commuter become
more a part of the University community.
Off-Campus Housing — aids the student, faculty
or staff who is seeking off-campus housing, with
listings, information, free phone service and
counsel on landlord-tenant problems.
Car pools — a car pool program has been estab-
lished as a low cost alternative to each student
driving his own car. The students can sign up
for the program at the beginning of each semester.
If the car pool has three or more participants the
students are eligible for preferred parking spaces.
The car pool can help to provide financial gains
for the communter and also provides the oppor-
tunity for social contact with other commuters.
University Commuters Association — The Commuter
Affairs Office serves as the advisor to the
University Commuters Association which occupies
a unique position in the structure of the University
as the official undergraduate student organization
which represents the commuters' interests. UCA
has the responsibility of providing social, athletic,
and experimental programs for the commuters.
Peer Commuter Countelors — This is a program to
help new commuter students work through the
problems and alienation often inherent in commut-
ing. Upper class student volunteers have t>een
trained as trouble shooters and helpers (or the
commuting student. Peer counselors are always
present to assist other students with any concern.
StiuMIe Bus — The evening Campus Shuttle Bus
system is operated by the Office of Commuter
Affairs (or the security and convenience of all
students. The service operates between 5 p.m. and
1 a.m. seven days a week except holiday and
vacation periods. The Office of Commuter Affairs
is located in Room 121 1-H, in the Student Union.
For further information call extension 5274 or 5275.
Student Development
The Office of Student Development provides a
wide variety of educational experiences o( interest
to students. These include: small group seminars
on topics such as sex, drugs, racism, women's
roles in society and human relations, principles
and techniques o( organizational leadership, con-
sulting help to student organizations including the
Commuter Association, Student Government
Association, Black Student Union, Greeks, Free
University and a broad range of political, social,
academic and religious associations. Office
location: Student Union, Room 1211. Telephone:
454-2827.
Counseling Center
Psychologists provide protessional counseling
services for students with educational-vocational
and emotional-social adjustment problems. Educa-
tional specialists provide individual and group work
for improving reading and study skills. No appoint-
ment is needed for initial conferences.
Available in the reception lobby are occupational
and educational intormation, plus tape recorded
conversations with academic department chairmen
about their disciplines.
National testing programs (CLEP, GRE, Miller
Analogies, etc.) are administered by the Counseling
Center as well as testing for counseling purposes.
Office location: Shoemaker Building. Telephone:
454-2931.
Entertainment and Cultural Activities
An extensive schedule of entertainment is available
throughout the year on Campus. Concerts, dances,
drama, and speakers representing all tastes and
points of view are arranged for the enjoyment of
the Campus community, f^any o( these are (unded
by the Student Government Association and are (ree
to University students. For some there is a minimal
charge. The Otfice o( Entertainment and Cultural
Activities is the coordinating oftice (or these
occasions.
General intormation / 27
Religious Programs
A broad range of religious traditions is represented
by the several chaplains and religious advisors at
the University. Individually and cooperatively, they
offer many services including counseling, worship,
study opportunities here and abroad, personal
growfth groups, and opportunities for service and
involvement. Office location: University IVIemorial
Chapel. Telephone: 454-2925.
Student Union Services and Facilities
The Union is open daily:
IVIonday-Thursday — 7 a.m.-IVIidnight
Friday —7 a.m. -2 a.m.
Saturday — 8 a.m.-2 a.m.
Sunday — 12 noon-IVIidnight
Services include:
Bookstore
Bulletin Boards
Check Cashing
Display Showcases
Financial banking facilities provided by a
branch of a local bank
Food Service
Snack Bar
Cafeteria
Dining Room
Pizza Shop
Vending Room
Coffee House Lounge
Pub
Banquets and Catering
Information Center
Lounges
Ivleeting Rooms
Size from 8-1000 people
Movies (Movie Theater)
Notary Public(s)
Recreation Center
Bowling Lanes
Billiards Room
Table Games Rooms
Pin Ball Machines
Sign Shop
Signs — plastic, letterpress, embossograf
Duplicating — ditto, mimeograph, offset
Copy Machine
Student Offices
TV Room
Ticket Office
Campus Concerts
Selected off-Campus events
Youth Fare Cards
Tobacco Shop
U.S. Postal Service Automated Facility
Directory
Information and Reservations 454-2801
Administrative Offices 454-2807
Food Service 454-2805
Ticket Office 454-2803
Bowling and Billiards 454-2804
UMporium (bookstore) 454-3222
Judiciary Office
The Campus Judiciary Office effects discipline of
the undergraduate students. Under the framework
of a judiciary program, which emphasizes personal
growth and development, the aims of judicial
actions are largely educative and preventive.
Judiciary Office staff members review all reports of
alleged misconduct, contact those individuals in-
volved and in most instances schedule the case
for hearing. Office location: 2nd floor, North
Administration Building. Telephone: 454-2927.
General Regulations
(The following provisions and procedures are
subject to change. The University reserves the
right to make modifications following reasonable
notice to the University community. For the most
current revisions, consult the Judiciary Office
staff.)
General Policy
By reason of its responsibility to promote its edu-
cational purposes, the University of Maryland has
the inherent right to preserve order and maintain
stability through the setting of standards of conduct
and the prescribing of procedures for the enforce-
ment of such standards. The University of
Maryland embraces the tenet that the exercise of
individual rights must be accompanied by an
equal amount of individual responsibility. By ac-
cepting membership in the University community,
a student acquires rights in, as well as responsibili-
ties to, the whole University community.
University students are recognized as being
both citizens in the larger community and members
of an academic community. In his role as citizen,
the student is free to exercise his fundamental
constitutional rights. Rights and responsibilities
under local, state and national laws are neither
abridged nor extended by status as a student at
the University of Maryland. However, as a member
of an academic community, he is expected
particularly to fulfill those behavioral responsibili-
ties which attend his membership and which are
necessitated by the University's pursuit of its stated
objectives. Within this context, the appropriate-
ness and acceptability of student behavior will
be evaluated by its relation to the recognized edu-
cational purposes of the Institution.
Broadly stated, the missions of the University of
Maryland are to extend the boundaries of
knowledge, to provide educational opportunities
to those who seek and need them, and to Instruct
the community, state, and nation in the uses to
which knowledge and education may be put. The
pursuit of these objectives can be carried on only
in an atmosphere of personal and academic
freedom, one in which the rights and responsibilities
of all members of the academic community are
fully protected. The maintenance and/or restoration
of such an atmosphere is the basis for a disciplinary
structure within the University.
Official University sanctions will be imposed or
other appropriate action taken only when a student's
observable behavior distinctly and significantly in-
terferes with the University's (1) primary educational
objectives and/or (2) subsidiary responsibilities of
protecting the safety, welfare, rights, and property
of all members of the University community, persons
coming onto University property and of the Uni-
versity itself.
Students charged with a violation of University
regulations or policies are guaranteed fundamental
fairness in the handling of the charges, the conduct
of hearings, the imposition of sanctions, and the
right of appeal.
Tfie University Judiciary Program
It is assumed that discipline is properly the concern
of the entire University community — the student
body, the faculty, the staff, and the administration.
Particular provision is made in the Judiciary pro-
gram for students to adjudicate cases of student
misconduct.
Administration of discipline of the University of
Maryland is the primary responsibility of the
Judiciary Office. Its staff attempts to provide lead-
ership for the overall program by advising and
directing the efforts of students, faculty and ad-
ministration in disciplinary concerns. Specifically,
their main functions are (1) processing reports and
correspondence which deal with disciplinary mat-
ters. (2) interviewing and counseling and coordi-
nating the activities of the various student judicial
boards, (4) reviewing and/or approving the
recommendations of these boards, and (5) main-
taining a central file of student disciplinary records.
In addition, the Judiciary Office lends assistance
to and promotes intercommunication among other
individuals and University offices concerned with
student misconduct.
The functionally substantive segment of the pro-
gram contains the various student judicial boards.
At each level they serve to encourage adherence
to University policies and regulations, to adjudicate
cases of student misconduct, and to provide for the
offender opportunity to benefit from peer group
judgment. Members of the boards are chosen from
28 / General Information
among (he most academically capable and per-
sonally responsible students at the University.
There are approximately 75 students participating
on the lollowing student boards: Area Judicial
Boards, one in each ol the six maior residential
areas: Student Trafdc Board and Traldc Appeals
Board: Campus Judicial Board: and Central Student
Judicial Board Matters that have come before
these boards range Irom parking tickets to major
University disruptions
General Statement
Student Responsibility
Students are expected to conduct themselves at all
times in a manner consistent with the University's
responsibility of ensuring to all members of the
University community the opportunity to pursue
their educational objectives, and of protecting the
safety, welfare, rights, and property of all members
ol the University itself.
Suspension of a Student from Class
Discipline m the classroom is the responsibility of
the faculty member in charge of the class. Mis-
behavior of a type that interferes with the educa-
tional efficiency of a class will be considered
sufficient cause for suspending a student from the
class. II a student is suspended from class for
disciplinary reasons, he should report immediately
to the department chairman. The department chair-
man will investigate the incident and will report it
to the academic dean or division chairman and
to the Judiciary Office, in order to determine
whether or not past disciplinary action has been
taken against the student. The department head
will then write a letter to the student indicating the
disposition of the case. The student will be required
to present this letter to his instructor before he
can be readmitted to class. A copy of this letter
will be sent to the Judiciary Office.
Disruption of a class by a student not enrolled in
that class can be referred to the Judiciary Office.
Disruption by a non-student can be referred to the
Campus police.
Suspension of a Student from Activities
or University Facilities
The individual or group of individuals in charge of
any department, division, organization, building,
facility or any other unit of the University, (e.g.. Din-
ing Hall, Student Union, etc.) shall be responsible
for student discipline within such units. The person
responsible for each unit may suspend the student
or student organization from the unit. The
suspended student or representative of the student
organization will be referred immediately to the
Judiciary Office. The Judiciary Office will investi-
gate the incident and notify the student of further
disposition of the case. The individual responsible
for the suspension will be notified before the
student or his organization can be readmitted. A
file of such actions shall be kept in the Judiciary
Office
Identification Cards
Official University ol Maryland student identification
cards and transaction plates are issued to all reg-
istered undergraduate and graduate students. The
identification card and the transaction plate are
for use only by the student to whom issued and
may not be transferred or loaned to another in-
dividual for any reason. Violators will be referred
to the Judiciary Office. Loss of either the I.D. card
or the transaction plate, or both, should be reported
at once to the ID. card section. Office of Admissions
and Records. A replacement fee of $3.00 for each
Item IS required prior to the creation of authorized
duplicates.
General University Regulations Which
Apply to all Students
The lollowing behavior may result in referral to the
Judiciary Office for appropriate action. Typically,
disciplinary sanctions will be imposed not only for
individual misconduct which demonstrates a disre-
gard for institutional behavioral standards, but also
for conduct which indicates disregard for the
rights and welfare of others as members of an
academic community. Such conduct may ultimately
call into question the student's membership in the
University community, either because he has vio-
lated elementary standards of behavior necessary
for the maintenance of an educational milieu or
because his continued presence at the University
adversely affect the ability of others to pursue
their educational goals.
Violation of Fire Regulations. This includes failure
to comply with evacuation procedures, tampering
with fire-protection apparatus, use or possession
of fireworks or firearms, or use of open-flame
devices or combustible materials which endangers
the safety or well-being of the University community:
or unauthorized use of electrical equipment.
Behavior Which Jeopardizes the Safety or Well-
Being of Other Members of the University Com-
munity or Persons Coming onto University Property.
This includes, but is not limited to, physical
harassment of, or interference with firemen,
policemen or other persons engaged in the per-
formance of their official duties: physical abuse
or threatening physical abuse of any person on
University property; forcible detention of any
person on University property.
Unauthorized Possession, Use, or Distribution of
Alcoholic Beverages on or in University Property.
University policy, consistent with State and County
laws, restricts on-Campu« use of alcoholic t>evar-
ages in specified areas.
Pottession, U»e, Sale or Ditlribution on or in
Unlverdty Property of Illegal Drug* or ol Drugs for
Which the Required Pretcriptlon Hat Not Been
Obtained. This includes possession, uso. distribu-
tion, sale, manufacture or processing of illegal or
unprescribed narcotics, drugs, and/or hallucino-
genic substances.
Destruction, Theft, Attempted Theft, or Impairment
of Personal or University Property. This includes
both intentional and negligent acts. Disciplinary
action may include a requirement of restitution.
Unauthorized Possession or Use of University
Keys. Keys to rooms or buildings on the University
Campus may be obtained only through official
channels and may not be duplicated for any purpose.
Unauthorized Entry into or Presence in a Uni-
versity Building or Facility. Except for properly
scheduled use, classroom, administration and rec-
reation buildings are closed to general student use
on holidays. Saturday afternoon. Sundays and
after 12 midnight during the week. Students may
use a building or facility for a specified purpose
upon written permission from a member of the
faculty with approval of the academic or administra-
tive officer normally having control over such
building or facility, which permission may l>e re-
voked or withdrawn.
Falsification, Forgery, or Modification of any
Official University Record. This includes, but is not
limited to. identification and transaction cards,
absence excuses, parking stickers, transcripts,
examinations, grade cards, admission applica-
tions, etc.
Plagiarism, Cheating and Other Academic Irregu-
larities. A student who violates accepted academic
procedure may be referred to the dean of his college
or chairman of his division or to an Ad Hoc Com-
mittee on Academic Dishonesty. (See irregularities
in Examinations for specifics)
Failure to Meet Financial Obligations to the
University. This includes failure to pay delinquent
accounts and use of worthless checks or money
orders in payment to the University for tuition,
board, fees, library fines, traffic penalties, etc.
Obstruction of, Disruption of, or Interference
With Any University Activity of an Academic Nature;
Actions on the Part of Students Which Sub-
stantially Obstruct, Disrupt, or Interfere with
Non-Academic Activities on University Premises
by Members or Authorized Non-Members of the
University Community.
Violations ol University Resident Life Regulations.
While incidents involving violations of Housing
regulations may be referred to the Judiciary
General Information / 29
Office, other administrative action, having the
same effect as disciplinary action, is possible
under the terms of the Housing Contract.
Violations of University Campus Traffic Rules
and Regulations.
Enforcement Procedures
It is the general expectation that individuals and
groups will abide by the behavioral guidelines
established by this policy statement. Compliance
with these minimal standards for responsible con-
duct is a necessary condition for maintaining an
educational environment.
Reports of alleged student misconduct may be
submitted to the Judiciary Office in writing by any
member of the University community. Reports of
alleged academic dishonesty shall be submitted
to the pertinent academic department.
Action taken will follow procedures establishes.!
by the University.
Should violations continue beyond the enforce-
ment capabilities of the University staff, such
outside assistance as is necessary will be requested.
Proceedings Before Hearings
Matters referred to the Judiciary Office shall be
investigated as appropriate. It is the responsibility
of this office to interpret the alleged misconduct
in terms of the published regulations of the Uni-
versity and to identify those specific charges that
will be brought against the student{s) involved.
Disciplinary proceedings will be instituted only for
behavior alleged to have been a violation of a
University regulation. This office is responsible for
instituting the proper proceedings. In all such
instances, the welfare and development of the in-
dividual student and the interests of the University
are the primary concerns.
After reviewing the report of misconduct, specify-
ing the applicable charges, and obtaining any
additional information deemed desirable, the
Judiciary Office may make disposition of the case
in one of the following ways:
1. Discuss the case with the student(s) in-
volved and advisor, if any; inform the accused stu-
dent(s) of the nature and source of the charges;
outline the hearing procedures and possible
consequences. In cases in which the student admits
involvement (guilt) and in which he expressly
requests an administrative hearing, the Judiciary
Office may impose the appropriate disciplinary
sanction(s).
2. Defer disciplinary action pending review by
psychological or medical authorities.
3. Refer the report of alleged misconduct, a
statement of specific charges, and all other relevant
information/material to the appropriate student
judicial body.
Disciplinary Actions
Following are those sanctions which may be im-
posed on a student as a result of an administrative
or judicial board hearing;
Disciplinary Reprimand. A disciplinary reprimand is
written notification from a University official to a
student containing a warning that repeated infrac-
tions of regulations may result in more severe
disciplinary action. A record of the letter will be
filed in the Judiciary Office. The student's parents
may be notified.
Conduct Probation. This action involves a period
of time, not to exceed one year, in which a student
is expected to show a positive change in behavior.
In addition, conditions and restrictions as deemed
appropriate may be imposed, including revocation
of specific privileges and recommendations for
counseling interviews with the Judiciary Office.
The student's parents may be notified. A violation
of conduct probation may be the basis for more
severe disciplinary action.
Dismissal From University Housing. In the case of
a serious violation of house rules, residence
hall probation, or housing regulations, a student
may be dismissed from University housing for a
specified period of time. Such dismissal results
in a percentage room and board refund, according
to the regular University refund policy. (This
sanction is distinct from the administrative pro-
visions for contract termination contained in the
Resident Life contract.)
Disciplinary Probation. This action involves a
period of time not to exceed one year during which
a student who has been involved in a disciplinary
situation (or repeated violations) is given an op-
portunity to prove that he can become a responsible
and effective member of the University community.
Unless waived by the judicial board or admin-
istrative officer, the following conditions are im-
posed on the student during disciplinary probation:
1. A student may not represent the University
in any extracurricular activity, such as intercollegiate
athletics, debate teams. University Theatre, or
band; however, he may participate in informal
activities of a recreational nature sponsored by
the University.
2. A student may not run for or hold office in the
Student Government Association or the Graduate
Student Federation or in any organization that
is recognized by the University.
Any additional conditions or restrictions as
deemed appropriate may be imposed on the student
on disciplinary probation.
If a student is found guilty of any infraction of
University regulations or policies while on
disciplinary probation or violation of the conditions
and restrictions of the disciplinary probation, the
student will be subject to further disciplinary
action, including suspension or expulsion from the
University.
When a student is placed on disciplinary proba-
tion the Judiciary Office will notify the appropriate
University authorities of the disciplinary action
and may notify the student's parents.
At the end of the probationary period, the stu-
dent's case will be reviewed by the Judiciary Office.
If all conditions of the disciplinary action have
been met satisfactorily, the student will be consid-
ered to be in good standing with respect to conduct.
Suspension from the University. A student's
suspension from the University shall be for an in-
definite period of time. However, the judicial board
recommending this action must specify the date
at which he subsequently may apply to the Judiciary
Office for readmission, and in no case will this
date be later than one year after the effective
date of the suspension. The academic record of
the student will not in any way affect this application
for readmission after the suspension for disciplinary
reasons. All recommendations for suspension from
appropriate judicial bodies must be approved by
the Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs. Parents
are notified in all cases. Notation of this action
is made on the student's official transcript.
During the period of suspension, the student is
excluded from classes and from all other rights and
privileges which are accorded to students in
good standing. The student may not participate in
any University-sponsored activity, or the activities of
any recognized University organization. During
the period of suspension, the student is not per-
mitted on University property without express written
permission from the Director of Security. If a
suspended student violates these provisions or
violates a University regulation or policy while on
University property or in relation to a University
activity, as determined after the opportunity for a
hearing, he shall be subject to further disciplinary
action in the form of explusion.
a. Suspended Suspension by Vice Chancellor
for Students Affairs.
Suspension is withheld pending careful evalua-
tion of a student's behavior during a probationary
period not to exceed one year. If the student is
involved in any further offense, this suspension
of disciplinary action may be summarily revoked
by the Vice Chancellor and the original decision
of suspension from the University enforced.
b. Deferred Suspension by Vice Chancellor for
Student Affairs.
This IS a suspension which becomes effective
after a specific future date. It is normally used
near the end of a semester to avoid financial
penalty that would be entailed by an immediate
suspension. Probationary status will exist during
this period identical to suspended suspension
above.
30 / General Information
Expulsion from lh« University. This Is the most
sonous penally and results rn a complete separa-
tion ol the relations l>etweon the University and
the student. Parents are informed and permanent
notification appears on the student's official
transcript Expulsion must be approved by the
Chancollor.
Appeals
Any disciplinary action may be appealed to the
next higher judicial body. In all cases, the request
tor appeal must be submitted in writing to the
Judiciary Office within 10 calendar days from the
date of the letter notifying the student of the
decision. If the tenth day falls on a weekend or
holiday, the time is extended to the next regular
work day.
If no appeal Is taken within 10 calendar days
alter notice of the decision, the decision shall be
final and conclusive.
A written brief stating contentions concerning
the case may tie presented by the appellate at
the time of filing the appeal. The appellate body
will review the request for appeal and written briefs
or other supporting documentation to determine
if it presents a substantial question within the scope
of review. The scope of review shall be limited to
consideration of the following questions: (1) whether
the adjudicatory process of the Initial hearing was
conducted fairly and In conformity with properly
prescribed procedures; (2) whether there Is new
evidence or relevant facts not brought out in the
original hearing because it was not known to the
party at that time: (3) whether the adjudication
was supported by substantial evidence: (4) whether
the regulations Involved were properly acquired
in the particular case: (5) whether the sanction
imposed was in due proportion to the gravity of
the conduct. All appeals (except those from area
judicial boards) shall be taken upon the record made
before the original panel. The appellate body may
only allirm, modify or remand the original decision.
Pending the outcome of the appeal hearing, the
disciplinary sanctions stipulated in the original
decision shall not be imposed.
Part III
Disciplinary Rules and Procedures
(Adopted by the Board of Regents March 19, 1971.
These rules and procedures are those used In
extraordinary or emergency situations as deter-
mined by the chancellor.)
A. General
The following rules and procedures are hereby de-
clared to be In addition to and supplementary of
any and all rules and regulations which are now or
hereafter may be applicable to any campus under the
jurisdiction of the Board of Regents of the Uni-
versity (the Regents). The lunsdictlon conferred in
the plans tor the Undergraduate Judicial System
and the Graduate Judicial System adopted in 1969,
as from lime to time amended, is hereby preserved,
provided, however, that when the procedures speci-
fied in this Part III shall have been iniliated, in
accordance with the terms hereof, this Part III shall
control, and all such jurisdiction shall be transferred
to and shall be governed by the procedural and
substantive context of this Part III. Any prior action
ol the Board which might be construed to be in-
consistent with the delegation of power hereby
made is rescinded to the extent of such Inconsist-
ency.
8. Procedure
1 This Part III shall apply to all cases where, in
the judgment of the president or his delegate, the
chancellor, a student has violated any one or more
of the rules established by Section C hereof, and
where the president or his delegate, the chancellor,
has followed the requirements ol this Section B. If
a determination has been made as provided in
this Paragraph 1, and notice has been served in
accordance with Paragraph 3 hereof, then, and in
such event, the provisions of this Part III shall
control the case to the exclusion of any other gen-
eral and academic regulations applicable to any
campus of the University.
2. If the president, or the chancellor, has con-
cluded, upon prima lacie evidence, that a student
has violated one or more of the rules established by
Section C hereof, then the president or the
chancellor may serve such student with notice that
he may be subject to disciplinary action Including
suspension or expulsion and that a hearing will be
held to determine the matter, such notice to be in
the form and containing the Information required
by Paragraph 3 hereof. The chancellor, or, in his
absence, his designee, may temporarily suspend a
student for an Interim period pending a disciplinary
hearing, such temporary suspension to become
Immediately effective without prior notice, when-
ever In his judgement there Is evidence of severe
misconduct Indicating that the continued presence
of the student on the University campus poses a
threat to University property, to members of
the University community, to himself, or to the
stability and continuance of normal University
functions. A student suspended on an Interim basis
shall be given the opportunity to promptly appear
personally before the chancellor or in his absence
his designee and to have a hearing on the following
Issues only:
(a) the reliability of the information on the stu-
dents misconduct, including the matter of his
Identity;
(b) whether the misconduct and surrounding cir-
cumstances reasonably indicate that the removal of
the student from the University campus is required
to safeguard himself, members of the University
community. University property, or the continuance
of normal University functions.
This Part III shall become applicable only upon
the condition that the president, or his delegate, the
chancellor, has invoked the procedures contained
in this Part III within ten (10) days after the receipt
by the president or his delegate, the chancellor,
of the prima facie evidence required by this para-
graph. Unless or until the student has been served
with notice in accordance with this Part III, the
discipline of any student shall be controlled by
plans for the Undergraduate Judicial System and
Graduate Judicial System adopted in 1969, as from
time to time amended, or by any other system which
has been established m accordance with legally
approved standards that may have l>een or may be
adopted for any campus ol the University.
3. The procedures and substance of this Part III
shall be initiated only upon written notice being
served on the student personally or sent to the
student involved at his address appearing on the
records of the University, by certified mail, advising
him of the following (personal service or the receipt
by the University of a return receipt of mailing
being hereby defined as "service with notice."):
(a) a specific description of the misconduct with
which he is charged and a list of those rules in
Section C hereof which he has allegedly violated
by such misconduct, together with a copy of any
written complaint relating to the case;
(b) that he shall be provided a hearing as pro-
vided in this Part III not less than lour (4) nor more
than fourteen (14) calendar days after the effective
date of service of notice, such hearing to be held
even If he chooses not to appear, and such notice
shall specify a date, time and place for the hearing;
(c) that the hearing will be open to the public
and press unless he requests that it be closed and
Its proceedings and decisions considered con-
fidential;
(d) that he shall be permitted to inspect at the
office of the chancellor or In some other designated
office on Campus In advance of the hearing any
affidavits, exhibits, or written evidence which the
University intends to submit at the hearing;
(e) that he may be accompanied and represented
at the hearing by an advisor of his choice, who
may be an attorney;
(f) that he shall be permitted to hear the evi-
dence presented against him and that he shall be
permitted to question at the hearing any witness
who gives evidence against him;
(g) that he shall have the opportunity to present
his version at the hearing by way of affidavits,
exhibits, and witnesses:
(h) that he has been temporarily suspended
from the University, if that be the case; and
General Information / 31
(i) if relevant, notice of the possible denial of
financial aid pursuant to Section 497 of the
Education Amendments of 1972 (P.L. 90-575).
4, A. All Part III cases shall be heard, in the first
instance, by a University Judicial Board (the
Board).
B. An accused student or the person presenting
the case for the University may request of the chan-
cellor the disqualification of any member of the
Board selected to serve thereon for the hearing by
submitting a letter to the chancellor showing that
such member is related or has had a business
or close personal association with the accused
student, with the complaintant, or with any person
who has been substantially and adversely affected
by the student's alleged conduct. The chancellor
may conduct such investigation of the ground
for disqualification as he sees fit. The previous
participation as a Board member in a hearing
involving the accused student shall not be grounds
for disqualification. The decision of the chancellor
as to whether or not there are sufficient grounds
for disqualification is final. If an accused student
chooses to invoke the rights conferred by this sub-
paragraph, his hearing before the Board shall be
postponed for such period of time (not to exceed
seven [7] calendar days) which will enable the
chancellor to determine whether the disqualification
of any member of the Board is warranted.
C. The Board shall be appointed for each of the
i;ampuses of the University by the president or by
his delegate, the chancellor. The Board shall be
composed of either five (5) or seven (7) members,
at the discretion of the appointing authority. One
of the members of the Board shall be a member
of the administration of the University. The remain-
mg members of the Board shall be equally divided
between students and members of the University
faculty. Both undergraduates and graduate students
shall be represented on the Board at all times.
The student members of the Board shall be chosen
(if undergraduates) by lot from the members of
all existing judicial boards and (if graduate students)
by lot from a panel to be maintained by the student
members of the Graduate Student Association.
The faculty members of the Board shall be chosen
by lot from a panel of not less than thirty (30) to be
maintained by the senate of the appropriate campus,
and in the absence of such list by the chancellor.
The members of the Board shall select the chair-
man, f^ore than one Board may be established
from time to time at the discretion of the appoint-
ing authority. A majority vote of the Board shall
be sufficient to decide any case that may come
before it.
5. The following rules shall apply to any hearing
conducted by the Board:
(a) A student shall file with the Board his address
to which notice of its decision may be mailed,
and the mailing of such decision to such address
shall be conclusively presumed to comply with the
notification required by the first sentence of
Paragraph 10 hereof. All hearings shall be open
to the public, but the Board may restrict the number
of observers to that which the hearing room may
comfortably accommodate. A student appearing
before the Board may request that the hearing
shall be closed to the public, and this request shall
be honored by the Board. Sequestration of witnesses
may be ordered. The Board may exclude from
the hearing any person, other than the student
charged, whose conduct disrupts, disturbs or de-
lays the proceedings. Should the student charged
engage in conduct that impedes the progress of
the hearing, or makes a fair hearing impossible,
the Board may pass an order suspending such
student from the University, and such suspension
shall thereafter continue until after the hearing, or
any adjournment thereof, shall have been concluded
and the appeal therefrom, if any, shall have been
heard and decided. In addition, the Board may
adjourn the proceeding, and in such a case the
suspension of such student (whether made by the
chancellor in accordance with Paragraph 2 hereof
or by the Board in accordance with this subpara-
graph 5(a) shall continue until after the conclusion
of the adjourned hearing and the time for appeal
therefrom has expired.
(b) a pending criminal or civil trial involving the
accused student will not be considered grounds
for postponement of the disciplinary hearing, unless
the date of the judicial trial conflicts with the date
of the University hearing.
(c) A student may be represented at a hearing
before the Board by an advisor, who may be an
attorney. The Board may be assisted in the conduct
of the hearing by a legal advisor (either the director
of the Judiciary Office or some other qualified
individual).
(d) The student or his advisor shall have the
opportunity to question all witnesses, to present
witnesses m his own behalf, to present any other
evidence, and to make an opening and closing
statement.
(e) The person who shall bring the charges
under these rules shall be the chancellor or the act-
ing chancellor. Evidence against a student shall be
presented by a person designated by the chancellor.
The person presenting the case for the University,
the University's attorney, and the Board shall have
the opportunity to question all witnesses and to
present witnesses and evidence relating to the
charge specified in the notice.
(f) Formal rules of evidence shall not be appli-
cable to disciplinary hearings, and any evidence
or testimony which the Board believes to be relevant
to a fair determination of the charges specified
in the notice may be admitted. Hearsay evidence or
documents not verified may be admitted for the
purpose of explaining or corroborating other
evidence but shall not be sufficient to support a
determination of the truth of the charges unless
such hearsay or documentary evidence would be ad-
missible in judicial proceedings.
(g) A student charged under this Part III shall
be presumed innocent, and the burden of proof
shall be the responsibility of the University. A stu-
dent charged under this Part III shall not be required
to testify before the Board, and his failure or
refusal to so testify shall not be construed as an
admission against interest.
(h) A full and complete record shall be made of
the proceedings before the Board. A recording or
other suitable device shall be used. A copy of this
record shall be supplied to the student. A student
may arrange to have a court stenographer present
at his own expense.
(i) Rulings on evidence and all other matters
relating to the hearing shall be made by the Board,
and such ruling shall be binding upon all parties.
(j) If a student fails to appear for a hearing after
having been duly served with notice thereof as
required by Paragraph 3 hereof, the hearing shall
be adjourned, and in such case the suspension of
such student (if the student has been suspended)
shall continue until after the conclusion of the
adjourned hearing and the appeal therefrom, if any,
shall have been heard and decided. If the Board
determines, upon clear and convincing evidence,
that the accused student has willfully failed to
appear for the hearing, the Board may order the
immediate suspension of such student from the
University.
(k) If a student leaves the hearing before its
conclusion without the permission of the Board,
the hearing shall be adjourned, and in such case
the suspension of such student (if the student has
been suspended) shall continue until after the con-
clusion of the adjourned hearing and the appeal
therefrom, if any, shall have been heard and
decided. Withdrawal by a student from the hearing
shall be grounds for his temporary suspension
from the University by the Board.
(I) Students charged with misconduct arising
from a single incident or occurrence may have
their hearings joined either at the request of the
students involved or at the request of the chan-
cellor. Requests for joint hearings shall be decided
by the Board. The Board may sever a student's
case from others involved in a joint hearing at any
stage in the proceedings, and without affecting the
progress of other cases involved, where it appears
necessary to insure a fair hearing for all.
32 / General Information
6. It a hearing has been adjourned tor cause. It
shall be rescheduled within ten (10) calendar days
Irom Its originally scheduled date. No notice ol
such ad|ourned hearing must be given to the stu-
dent involved, but a reasonable effort to so notify
him shall be made. At any adiourned hearing, the
rules established in paragraph 4 hereof shall
control.
7. The Board shall make Its findings based upon
substantial evidence produced before it. Such find-
ings shall be contained in a written report, which
shall be submitted to the chancellor of the campus,
within five (5) days of the close of the hearing.
The report shall contain:
(a) A finding that the student did or did not
commit the acts charged;
(b) II the finding is that the student did commit
the acts charged, a further finding that the acts
committed did or did not constitute a violation of
the rules established in Section C of this Pan III;
(c) If the finding is that the student did commit
the act charged, and if the student Is the recipient
of funds under a program enumerated In Section
497 of the Education Amendments of 1972 (Public
Law 90-575), a further finding as to whether the act
was of a serious nature and contributed to a sub-
stantial disruption of the administration of the
University so as to warrant discontinuance for a
period ol two years, any further payment to, or for
the direct benefit of the student under any of the
programs specified In the aforesaid Section 497
of the Education Amendments of 1972; and
(d) A penalty, if any, to be imposed.
8. If the Board finds that a penalty should be
imposed as provided by paragraph 7(d) hereof, it
may invoke the following sanctions:
(a) disciplinary reprimand, or
(b) conduction probation, or
(c) dismissal from University housing, or
(d) disciplinary probation, or
(e) suspension from the University, or
(f) expulsion from the University.
If the Board imposes the sanctions provided by
sub-paragraphs (a) to (d) of this paragraph, then
the prior suspension of the accused student. If any,
shall be lifted, and the continued discipline of the
student shall be as provided In the order of the
Board. If the Board finds the accused student Inno-
cent of the offense with which he was charged,
his temporary suspension, if any, shall be lifted. In
all cases where a temporary suspension has been
lifted, the student shall be given an opportunity to
complete interrupted academic work. In invoking
the power to sanction a student as provided hereby,
the Board may consider any prior disciplinary action
taken against the student involved.
9. In the event that the Board shall fail to submit
a report to the chancellor of its findings and recom-
mendations within seven (7) calendar days after
the close of the hearing, then the chancellor
shall promptly give notice to the accused student
and appoint another University Judicial Board as
required by these rules, and thereafter a new
heanng shall be held by such successor Board, all
in accordance with the rules contained in this
Part III.
10. Within ten (10) calendar days after notice of
the Board's decision the student may appeal that
decision. If no such appeal is taken, the order of the
Board shall be final and conclusive. Such appeal
shall be noted by filing a written request therefore
with the chancellor which shall state the grounds
upon which the appeal is taken and shall also
state the address of the appellant, which address
shall be used by the appellate agency for the service
of notice as required by Paragraph 11 hereof.
If the student shall have been suspended, any
such appeal shall continue that suspension, not-
withstanding the sanctions, if any. Imposed by the
Board as provided by Paragraph 8 hereof. The
student charged shall have the option to appeal
either to:
(a) the chancellor of the Campus, or
(b) the president of the University, or
(c) an arbitrator as provided for by Paragraph
12 hereof.
11. All appeals, as provided by Paragraph 10
hereof, shall be taken upon the record made before
the Board. No testimony or other evidence shall
be Introduced before the appellate officer. How-
ever, the parties may submit written briefs stating
their contentions concerning the case and may
be represented before the appellate officer by a
representative or legal counsel who may present
oral arguments on their behalf. The appeal shall be
heard within fourteen (14) days after It has been
noted In accordance with Paragraph 10 hereof. The
student-appellant shall be sent a notice of the time
and place for the hearing of the appeal; the require-
ment of notification contained in this paragraph
shall be satisfied by the mailing thereof to the
student-appellant at his address shown on his notice
of appeal as required by Paragraph 10 hereof.
The appellate officer may affirm, modify, revise or
reverse the decision of the Board, or he may
remand the case to the Board for further proceed-
ings not inconsistent with Its findings, but he may
not increase the sanctions imposed by the Board.
The decision of the appellate officer shall be made
In writing; It shall be made within ten (10) days
after he has heard the case; his decision shall be
final and binding upon the parlies; the decision shall
be communicated In writing to the accused student
by the appellate officer and to the parents or legal
guardians of the student if he is under the age of
twenty-one (21) years.
12. The accused student may appeal the decision
of the Board to an impartial arbitrator appointed
directly by the National Center for Dispute
Settlement of the American Arbitration Association
(NCOS). Such appointment may be challenged by
either party for good cause. The NCOS shall decide
the question of good cause. In addition to the re-
quirements of Paragraph 10 hereof, the student
shall initiate the arbitration by mailing or delivering
in person two copies of a notice of a desire to
arbitrate to the National Center tor Dispute Settle-
ment. 1815 H Street. NW, Washington, DC. 20006,
which notice shall constitute a contract on behalf of
the student that he shall be bound thereafter
by the decision of the National Center for Dispute
Settlement. The arbitration shall be conducted
in accordance with the Community Dispute Settle-
ment Rules of the National Center for Dispute Settle-
ment to the extent such rules are not Inconsistent
with the provisions of these rules. Where any
such inconsistency may exist, these rules shall
be controlling. Questions of such inconsistency
shall be decided by the arbitrator. The costs of the
arbitration proceeding shall be borne equally by
the student and the University. A student who is
unable to pay his share of these costs may petition
the University to bear the whole cost of the arbitra-
tion, provided that the petition plus supporting
documents Is submitted to the chancellor for his
decision prior to the filing of a notice of a desire to
arbitrate.
C. Ojscipllnary Rules
1, The disciplinary rules contained in this section
C are the rules which may invoke the procedures
stated In section B hereof.
(a) Violation of fire regulations, failure to comply
with evacuation procedures, tampering with fire-
protection apparatus, use of fireworks, or use of
open-flame devices or combustible materials which
endanger the safety or well-being of the University
community; or unauthorized use of electrical
equipment.
(b) Unauthorized entry into or presence in a
University building or facility. Except for properly
scheduled use, classroom, administration and
recreation buildings are closed to general student
use on holidays, Saturday afternoon, Sundays and
after 12 midnight during the week. Students may
use a building or facility for a specified purpose
upon written permission from a member of the
faculty with approval of the academic or admin-
istrative officer normally having control over such
building or facility, which permission may be
revoked or withdrawn.
(c) Obstruction of. disruption of, or interference
with any University activity ol an academic nature;
General Information / 33
actions on the part of students which substantially
obstruct, disrupt or interfere with non-academic
activities on University premises by members or
authorized non-members of the University com-
munity.
(d) Destruction, theft, attempted theft, or impair-
ment of University property.
(e) Behavior which jeopardizes the safety or
well-being of other members of the University
community, or persons coming onto University
property; physical harassment of, or interference
with firemen, policemen or other persons engaged
in the performance of their official duties; physical
abuse or threatening physical abuse of any person
on University property; forcible detention of any
person on University property.
(f) Possession, use, sale or distribution on or
in University property of illegal drugs or of drugs
for which the required prescription has not been
obtained.
(g) The possession or use of bombs or explosive
devices of any character; the threat, either made
orally or in writing, that any bomb or explosive
device has been or may be implanted in or upon
any property or building of the University.
Part IV
Selected Policy Statements
The following is not intended to be an exhaustive
statement of all University policies and regulations.
The appropriate University office should be con-
tacted for information regarding specific activities
or use of specific facilities.
Policy On Amplifying Equipment
(As adopted by University Senate, June 2, 1970)
1. Public address systems, loudspeakers and other
forms of sound amplifying equipment may be used
in any of the following outdoor areas of the
campus:
a. Physical education and intramural field
between University Boulevard and parking
area 1.
b. North Ivlall between Campus Drive and
Washington-Baltimore Boulevard.
c. South IVIall between Regents Drive and
Washington-Baltimore Boulevard.
d. Athletic practice fields east of Byrd Stadium.
2. The use of public address systems, loudspeak-
ers and other forms of sound amplifying equipment
must be restricted in the Central Mall area between
8 a.m. and 6 p.m. on class days in order to
minimize the likelihood of disturbing classes and
other academic activities. However, such equipment
may be used in the Central l^all during these hours
if the procedures outlined below are followed. All
equipment used in Central Mall must be secured
through the Office of the Director of the Physical
Plant or through the S.G.A. office.
a. Public address systems, loudspeakers and
other forms of sound amplifying equipment (except
in "b" below), must be secured from the Office of
the Director of Physical Plant, South Administration
Building, by requesting such equipment in writing
at least twelve (12) hours in advance. Any Uni-
versity student or organization which fulfills the
following requirements will be permitted to use the
amplifying equipment.
(1) An individual must be currently enrolled as
a student, part-time or full-time, at the
University or currently employed by the Uni-
versity.
(2) Any organization or activity must have been
recognized by the SGA Legislature and must
at the time of the request have official
recognition as a University organization or
activity.
b. Bullhorns will be available upon surrender
of the I.D. card in the SGA office and in the Office
of the Director of the Physical Plant. Bullhorns
secured in this manner may be used on the Central
Mall without prior permission. Any individual may
use only one bullhorn at a time.
3. Public address systems, loudspeakers and other
forms of sound amplifying equipment may be used
in outdoor areas of the campus other than those
listed above (sections 1 and 2) by securing ap-
proval in writing at least 5 days in advance from
the Facilities Use Committee by application to
the Office of the Director of the Physical Plant.
Approval will be granted for use of amplifying
equipment in these areas only if there is a high
probability that the planned activity will not dis-
rupt or disturb other University activities or if the
area has not been previously reserved. Permission
will be granted to use amplifying equipment in
the vicinity of residence halls only upon specific
written request of the student government of
the residence halls affected.
4. Individual students or organizational representa-
tives using amplifying equipment must accept
responsibility for any complaints or disturbances
or disruption received from persons in University
academic and/or residence buildings.
Policy On Demonstrations
(As adopted by University Senate, June 2, 1970)
I. General Slatement
a. The University of Maryland cherishes the right
of individual students or student groups to dissent
and to demonstrate, provided such demonstrations
do not disrupt normal campus activities, or infringe
upon the rights of others.
b. On the other hand, the University will not
condone behavior which violates the freedom of
speech, choice, assembly, or movement of other
individuals or groups. In short, responsible dissent
carries with it a sensitivity for the civil rights of
others.
c. Accordingly, the University will take what-
ever steps it deems necessary to (1 ) protect the right
of any individual or group to demonstrate and
publicly proclaim any view, however unpopular;
(2) protect the freedom of speech, assembly and
movement of any individual or group which is the
object of demonstrations.
To achieve the foregoing objectives the following
guidelines have been developed for operation at
College Park:
II. Guidelines For General Demonstrations
a. Unscheduled demonstrations, "teach-ins,"
rallies, or equivalent activities may be held by
recognized university organizations and activities,
full or part-time students, and current employees of
the University in the areas defined below provided
that the activity does not interfere with any function
for which that space has been reserved in advance.
1. The Central Mall
2. Physical education and intramural field be-
tween University Boulevard and parking area 1.
3. Athletic practice fields east of Byrd Stadium
4. North Mall between Campus Drive and
Washington-Baltimore Boulevard.
5. South Mall between Regents Drive and
Washington-Baltimore Boulevard.
All activities in these areas must be conducted
so as to avoid interference with the regularly
scheduled functions of the library and/or class-
rooms adjacent to the area and in compliance with
the provisions contained in llg, 1-8.
Failure to reserve space will not invalidate the
privilege of conducting the appropriate activity.
However, in the event of two or more groups desir-
ing to use a given space, an approved space
reservation will take precedence over an unsched-
uled activity. If two or more groups desire a space
when no reservation has been made, the first come,
first served principle will apply.
b. Recognized University organizations and activi-
ties, full or part-time students, and current em-
ployees of the University who wish to schedule a
demonstration, "teach-in," rally, or equivalent
activity, may request the space through the facilities
reservation procedure up to 24 hours in advance.
Demonstrations will be permitted in the locations
outlined in lla, above, unless the space has previ-
ously been reserved or is in use for academic
activities or intercollegiate athletic team practices.
Demonstrations may be held at other locations on
the campus subject to approval by the Vice
Chancellor for Student Affairs. Students who par-
ticipate in demonstrations which have not been
approved may be considered in violation of Uni-
versity policy. (Except as provided in lla, above.)
34 / General Information
c. Demonstrations, rallies or "leach-ins" may be
conducted in or adjacent to any residential building
with the specific written concurrence ol the student
government ol the unit or area concerned. Any
such rallies, demonstrations or "teach-ins" which
may be authorized by the appropriate student
government must conform to the general procedures
contained in llg. 1-8.
d. Demonstrations in the lorm ol parades on
streets may be conducted with the specific approval
ol route and time secured 48 hours in advance
Irom the University Public Safety and Security
Olfice.
e. Although groups may sponsor or organize
demonstrations, rallies, "teach-ins," or picketing
activities, the tact of group sponsorship or organi-
zation in no way relieves individuals of the
responsibility for their own conduct, and each
individual participating in such activities is account-
able tor compliance with the provisions ol this
policy.
f. Persons not members ol the University student
body, faculty or stall may participate in demonstra-
tions, rallies, picketing, leach-ins or equivalent
activities only upon invitation by a bona tide stu-
dent, laculty or stall member. All non-students are
obligated to the terms ol this policy during
participation in such activities. Since persons not
students, laculty or staff members are not subject
to University discipline procedures, failure to comply
with terms ol this policy may result in action under
terms ol appropriate Maryland law.
g. In addition to the above provisions, the lollowing
guidelines will apply to all demonstrations.
1. Reasonable access to and exit Irom any
office or building must be maintained. The right-of-
way on public streets and sidewalks will be main-
tained.
2. Demonstrators will not attempt to lorce the
cancellation or interruption ol any event spon-
sored by a University ollice or by a laculty or
student group or by any group authorized to use
University lacilities.
3. Classes or other educational activities in
classroom buildings and the library will not be dis-
rupted.
4. The use ol public address systems, loud-
speakers, etc., in the vicinity ol academic and
residence buildings will follow procedures set forth
above.
5. Demonstrations may be carried on inside ol
ol University buildings only as provided in Sections
lie and 4 or with approval ol the Facilities Use
Committee as outlined in the University General
and Academic Regulations.
6. Where an invited speaker is the object ol
protest, students and laculty may demonstrate
outside the building where the lecture will take
place. Demonstrators who wish to enter the building
must do so as members ol the audience and must
give the speaker a respectlul hearing. Signs,
placards or other paraphernalia associated with a
demonstration will not be carried into the building.
7. University property must be protected at all
times.
8. The safety and well-being ol members of
the University community collectively and individual-
ly must be protected at all times,
h. Complaints received Irom users ol the Library
or classrooms adjacent to the delined areas (lla.)
will be grounds lor disciplinary action against
individuals and/or groups sponsoring or participat-
ing in rallies, "teach-ins" or demonstrations in
these areas.
III. Guidelines For Demonstrations In Connection
With Placement Programs
a. Anyone wishing to question or protest the on-
Campus presence ol any recruiting organization
should contact the Director ol the Career Develop-
ment Center or his representative in advance.
b. Should any member ol the University Com-
munity wish to discuss or protest the internal
policies ol any recruiting organization, the Director
ol the Career Development Center must be con-
tacted lor assistance in communicating directly
with the appropriate representatives of said
organization.
c. Demonstration guidelines outlined in Section
llg. 1-8 are applicable.
d. Demonstrations in conjunction with placement
programs conducted in the Career Development
Centers Cumberland Hall facility or other facility
shall be considered not to infringe upon the rights
ol others and the normal lunctioning ol placement
programs provided that demonstrations are con-
ducted outside ol the lacility and do not interlere
with tree and open access to the Career Develop-
ment Center lacilities by those students, laculty,
staff, and visitors who wish to conduct business
within the framework ol established placement
programs.
IV. Special Guideline Pertaining to the
Student Union
a. No demonstrations, rallies, "teach-ins" or
equivalent activities may be held in the lobbies or
corridors of the Student Union.
b. Demonstrations may be held in assigned rooms
of the Student Union by recognized student
organizations lollowing procedures lor reserving
space which have been outlined by the Student
Union Board.
V. Guidelines For Picketing
a. Legal Rights and Limitations.
Orderly picketing is a legally established lorm ol
expression which recognizes the Individual's right
ol tree expression subject only to such reasonable
limitations as are imposed by State legislation and
University regulations. These limitations are in-
tended to protect the rights ol the picketer, the
student body and the public with particular concern
lor salety, preservation ol normal academic life
and order, and the protection of persons and
property,
b. Conduct of Picketers.
1. Picketers are subject to those regulations
listed above m Section II, g, 1-8.
2. Picketers will not disrupt any University
activity by making excessive noise in the vicinity ol
any University building.
3. The University Health Service is off-limits to
picketers because special silence and other wel-
fare and safety factors are involved.
Alcoholic Beverage Policy and Procedures
Policy
Regulations forbid unauthorized possession, use
or distribution of alcoholic beverages on or in
University property. University policy is consistent
with State and County laws and restricts on-Campus
use of alcoholic tjeverages in specified areas.
interpretation
1. Age — Students under 18 years of age may not
possess, consume or distribute alcoholic beverages,
of any type.
2. Licensing — Temporary licenses are available
through the Board ol License Commissioners lor
Prince George's County, Maryland, consistent
with existing County and State law.
3. Restricted Areas — Alcoholic beverages may not
be possessed, consumed or distributed in any
academic facility, except where specific, written
approval has been obtained for the event from
the individual or department responsible for the
operation of that facility. This restriction applies to
all dining halls, cafeterias, classroom and office
buildings, libraries, laboratories, administrative
buildings, and athletic facilities.
When planning an event where alcoholic bever-
ages will be brought in by the individual consumers,
or will be given away, or where donations will be
invited, the following procedures should be
followed:
1. Receive written approval lor the use ol your
lacility — in the residence areas check lor any
local restrictions established by unit governments.
2. Secure and complete the Registration 01 A
Student Social Event lorm in the Olfice ol Student
Development. (Suite 1211, Student Union.)
3. Secure and complete the Alcoholic Beverage
Registration lorm which names the person
responsible lor the event.
General information / 35
Part V
Motor Vehicles
Parking facilities at the University are extremely
limited and are primarily intended for use by com-
muting students, f^ost parking areas are located on
the periphery of the Campus and are usually five
or six blocks away from residence halls and class-
room buildings.
Freshman and sophomore resident students are
not permitted to register motor vehicles on Campus;
however, they may obtain on-campus weekend
parking privileges. Any freshman or sophomore
(i.e., a student who has earned fewer than 56
academic credits) who needs a motor vehicle for
work, or for any other purpose, should consider
making off-Campus living arrangements.
Motor scooters, motorcycles, motor-bikes, or
bicycles are not permitted inside any residence hall.
They must be parked in those outside areas
specifically marked for them.
Campus Traffic Rules and Regulations
(Academic Year 1974-1975)
These regulations apply to all who drive motor
vehicles on any part of the Campus at College Park.
1. Purpose of Traffic Regulations
a. To facilitate the work of the University by
providing parking space for those who need it most.
b. To provide parking space for University
visitors and guests.
c. To protect pedestrian traffic.
d. To assure access at all times for ambulance
and fire-fighting apparatus.
e. To control vehicular traffic on the Campus.
2. Registration of Veliicles:
a. All motor vehicles, including motorcycles and
scooters, operated on campus by a person associ-
ated with the University, must be registered with
the Vehicle Registration Office regardless of
ownership, except as noted in Regulation 2c.
All student vehicles must be registered in the name
of the student who is the legal operator of the
vehicle.
b. Student vehicles must be registered for the
current academic year during the applicable
registration period. A registration charge will be
made for each vehicle. This Fee Cannot Be
Refunded.
1. FALL SEIVIESTER beginning in August
for first vehicle $12.00
Each additional vehicle 3.00
2. SPRING SEfvlESTER beginning in January
for first vehicle 6.00
Each additional vehicle 3.00
3. SUMMER SEMESTER 3.00
Each additional vehicle 3.00
All Registrations will expire on the next following
Auc =! P ■ Proof of ownership or legal control will
be required for multiple registrations. Students
applying tor registration ol additional vehicles
must present the State vehicle license number and
the University ol Maryland registration number ol
their initially registered vehicle tor the current
academic year. No charge will be made for
replacement of registration sticker required due
to damaged bumper of a registered vehicle or
because of a replacement for a registered vehicle.
Remnants of stickers to be replaced MUST be
turned in at the Motor Vehicle Registration Desk.
c. Resident students who have earned less than
56 semester credits shall be prohibited from
operating a motor vehicle on the College Park
Campus, and from registering a vehicle under pro-
visions of these regulations, except for special
weekend privileges as provided in regulation 2d.
This prohibition applies to any freshman or sopho-
more student residing within one (1) mile radius
of the Library, providing said residence is other
than that shown as student's legal residence at time
of registration.
d. Resident students who have earned less than
56 semester credits are permitted to operate a
motor vehicle on the College Park Campus during
the hours from 5:00 P.M. Friday to 12 midnight
Sunday only. Vehicles operated on the campus
under provisions of this regulation must be regis-
tered in accordance with regulations 2a and 2b.
Special "weekend" registration stickers will be
issued. Vehicles displaying weekend stickers will be
considered not registered if observed on the
campus at any time other than the specified week-
end period.
e. Parking permits for faculty and staff are issued
initially at the time of employment. Subsequent
renewals will be scheduled at times designated.
f. Only one set of parking permits for each
vehicle is authorized.
g. Vehicles are not considered officially registered
until permits are affixed on front and rear bumpers
or on metal plates affixed to license plates,
plainly visible.
h. Temporary parking permits for visiting groups
and for special reasons and conditions are available.
Requests should be made to the Motor Vehicle
Administration Section — Telephone Ext. 4242. Medi-
cal and handicapped permits are available
upon request.
i. Parking permits must not be transferred to any
vehicle other than the one for which they were
originally issued.
j. Parking permits must not be defaced or altered
in any manner.
3. Traffic Regulations:
a. All motor vehicles are subject to the University
traffic regulations while on the University Campus.
The University assumes no responsibility for loss or
damage to private property.
b. All traffic and parking signs must be obeyed.
c. It is impossible to mark with signs all areas of
University property where parking is prohibited.
Parking or driving is definitely prohibited on grass
plots, tree plots, construction areas, or any place
which will mar the landscaping of the Campus.
create a safety hazard or interfere with the use of
University facilities.
d. All regulations must be observed during registra-
tion and examination periods, except as may be
otherwise indicated by official signs. During final
examination periods and the Summer School
session, registered vehicles may park in any num-
bered parking area except Areas 5, 6, and 9.
e. Operation of any motor vehicle in such a man-
ner as to create excessive noise or smoke, or
operation of any vehicle which is in an unsafe
condition, will result in revocation of parking
permit and issuance of a Maryland State Summons
for violation of Article 6616 Annotated Code of
Maryland.
f. Pedestrians shall have the right-of-way at all
times.
g. The maximum speed on campus roads is 20
miles per hour. During changes of classes and in
areas of pedestrian traffic cars must be driven more
slowly.
h. Vehicles operated by faculty/staff and students,
including motorcycles and scooters, must be parked
in assigned areas only. Certain parking areas are
restricted to Faculty and Academic Staff at all
times. This restriction is indicated on the official
sign at the entrance to the area. In all other parking
areas, unrestricted parking is permitted from
5:00 P.M. to 7:00 A.M. Monday thru Thursday, and
from 5:00 P.M. Friday to 7:00 A.M. Monday,
i. Any motor vehicle parked in violation of Uni-
versity traffic regulations or abandoned on campus
IS subject to removal and impounding at the ex-
pense of the owner or operator. (See Regulation 4c.)
J. Specific spaces in parking areas shall not be
reserved or marked for any department or individual,
k. If an unregistered vehicle is used as an emerg-
ency substitute for a registered vehicle, it must
be parked in the regularly assigned area and an
immediate report made to the Motor Vehicle
Administration Section — Ext. 4242.
I. In parking areas which have marked spaces and
lanes, a vehicle must be parked in one space only,
leaving clear access to adjacent spaces, and
without blocking driving lanes or creating a hazard
for other drivers,
m. Parking is not permitted at crosswalks.
36 / General Information
n. Parking or standing is prohibited on all campus
roads and lire lanes at ail limes,
o. In cases where individuals are permitted to
register more than one vehicle (or parking on the
campus, only one ol these vehicles may be parked
In the assigned area at any time.
p. Metered parking spaces must be used in ac-
cordance with requirements as stated on oMicial
signs. Non-registered student vehicles parked In
metered spaces will be in violation o) Section 2A.
q. The (act that a vehicle is parked in violation o(
any regulation and does not receive a violation
notice does not mean that the regulation is no
longer in ellect.
4. Traffic Information:
a. The Ofdce o( the Campus Police is located in
the Service Building and may be reached on
University Campus telephone Ext. 3555.
b. The Cashier's OKice and the Motor Vehicle
Administration Section are In the Service Building.
Campus telephone Ext. 4242.
c. The term abandonment, as it relates to auto-
mobiles parked on properly owned or leased by the
University o( Maryland, shall mean any one or
more o( the (ollowing conditions:
(1) Any vehicle which has not been moved for
thirty (30) days and whose owner or other claimant
the University Is unable to locate.
(2) Any vehicle which has not been moved
(or thirty (30) days and whose identitied owner or
other claimant reluses to move it.
(3) Any vehicle on which current license plates
are not displayed and which has not been moved
(or ten (10) days.
(4) Any vehicle which has not been moved in
seven (7) days due to an inoperative condition
caused by the removal of necessary parts or a
wrecked condition.
(5) A special Board composed of designed mem-
bers of the traffic committee will consider and act
upon requests for exceptions to any traffic regula-
tion. All actions of this Board will be final.
5. Penalties:
a. Any person connected with the University who
operates an unregistered vehicle on the Campus,
or who registers such a vehicle in any way contrary
to the provisions of these regulations, will be
subject to payment of a fifteen ($15.00) dollar
penalty in addition to the penalty (or any other
regulation violation connected therewith.
b. Violations of any campus traffic regulation other
than improper registration or overtime meter
parking will result in penalty as listed below:
(a) Penalty for parking a registered vehicle
in a parking area other than properly
assigned area $5.00
(b) Parking a registered vehicle on a road-
way. In a posted lire lane or posted no
parking area $5.00
(c) Parking any vehicle. Including cycles, on
walks, grass area, plazas, and any other
places not designated as areas for park-
ing or driving without special permit
signed by head ol Grounds Division $5.00
Violator will be additionally liable (or
amount o( any specific damage caused
by such action.
c. Overtime parking in any metered space will
result in penalty o( one ($1.00) dollar (or each
maximum time period on meter.
d. Violations are payable within ten (10) calendar
days from date of issue at the oftice of the Cashier
in the General Services Building and an additional
penalty of $2.00 will be imposed (or failure to settle
violations on time.
e. Visitors and guests notices issued to University
visitors must be signed and returned either in
person or by mail to the Vehicle Registration
Cashier, University of Maryland, College Park, Md.
20742, or to the University Official visited. Viola-
tion notices must be returned 10 days alter
date ol issue. The violation may be voided at
the discretion of the Vehicle Registration Office,
and if not voidable will be returned for payment.
(. Violations Involving an unregistered vehicle
owned by a member o( the Immediate (amily of a
student may be charged to the students account
unless settled by the individual receiving the ticket.
In accordance with stated privileges granted to
visitors and guests.
g. Persistent violators of tradic regulations will be
referred to the Judiciary Office for appropriate
action.
h. Vehicles parked in roadways, fire lanes and
other areas as described in Section 3c are subject
to being towed at owners expense.
6, Appeals:
An Appeals Board composed of a minimum of three
students who are members of the Student Tra(fic
Board meets regularly to consider appeals (rom
students charged with violations. Students wishing
to appeal a violation must register at the appeals
table outside the Judiciary Otfice, 2nd floor. North
Administration Building, where the date and time
for the appeal will be furnished the appellant.
Traffic tickets must be appealed within ten (10)
calendar days from the date of Issuance. Overtime
parking meter violations are not subject to appeal.
7. Parking Areas For Students:
Area 1 — West of Cole Activities Building, between
Stadium Drive and Campus Drive
Area 2 — North of Denton Hall Dorm Complex
Area 3 — Southwest Corner of Campus
Area 4 — North of Heavy Research Laboratory
Area 7— East of US No. 1, at North Gate
Area 11 — Northeast of Asphalt Institute Building
8. Parking Areas For Faculty, Staff and
Assigned Resident Students Only:
Area 5 — Student Housing Area East Side Campus,
Leonardtown Modular Units
Area '6 — North o( Dining Hall No. 5 and East
o( Elklon Dorm
Area '9 — Vicinity o( Cambridge Hall Dorm Complex
Area 10— East o( U.S. No. 1, North o(
Fraternity Row
Area 12— South o( Allegany Hall
Area 14 — Loop Roads Front and Rear o( Houses
on Fraternity Row
Area 15 — Rear 7402 Princeton Avenue
Area 17 — Special Parking (or use o( Center (or
Adult Education
Area "A — West End of BPA Building
Area AA — West of Fine Arts and Education
Classroom Building
Area "B — Adjacent to Computer Science Center
Area BB — West of Chemistry Building
Area C — Adjacent to Turner Laboratory (Dairy)
Area CC — Barn area
Area "D — Rear of Journalism Building
Area DD — East of Space Sciences Building
Area 'E — Adjacent to Engineering Buildings
Area EE — North of Engineering Laboratory
Building
Area "F — Adjacent to Fire Service Extension
Building
Area FF — East of Animal Science Building
Area "G — Between Silvester Hall and Skinner
Building
Area GG— North of Adult Education Center
Building
Area "H — Adjacent to Symons Hall and
Holzaplel Hall
Area HH — Adjacent to H. J. Patterson Hall — Botany
Area I — Rear of Molecular Physics Building
Area J — West of Annapolis Hall
Area K — Adjacent to General Service Building
Area KK — West of New Physical Education
Building
Area L — Administration-Armory Loop
Area "M — Adjacent to Infirmary
Area N — Rear of J. M. Patterson Hall — Industrial
Education
Area O — East and West of School of Architecture
Area OO — Adjacent to Zoology-Psychology
Building and Undergraduate Library
Area P — East of Wind Tunnel
Area "PP — Between Math Building and Cyclotron
Area 0 — Rear of Jull Hall
Area *R — Circle in front of Byrd Stadium Field
House, Stadium Garage and adjacent to
Prelnkert Field House
Area RR — East of Asphalt Institute
General Information / 37
Area "S — Special Food Service
Area T — North of Engineering Laboratory
Building
Area TT— Service Area West of Physics Building
Area U — Rear of McKeldin Library
Area UU— North end 3 Lot
Area V — Open area between Building DD and
Building EE
Area 'W — Between Skinner Building and
Taliaferro Hall
Area 'XX— West— New Chemistry Wing
Area Y— West of Chapel
Area 'YY — West of Cumberland Hall
Area Z — Adjacent to Cole Field House, West Side
Area "Z — Rear Cole Field House
Area LC — Lord Calvert Apartments
Area UH — University Hills Apartments
38 / General Information
Divisions, Coleges and Schools
Prior to development of the academic
reorganization, the departments, programs,
institutes and the like were grouped within colleges
and schools which, traditionally, were the
largest academic units. In the new structure,
colleges and schools are grouped within larger
Divisions as may be seen by referring to the
plan at the front of the Catalog. In addition, some
academic departments and programs exist
within the Divisions independently of colleges
and schools. This section describes the new
organization, its purposes and functions in detail.
A knowledge of Divisions and their interrelation-
ships will help you in planning your education.
Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences
The Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences
offers educational opportunities for students in
subject matter relating to living organisms
and their interaction with one another and with
the environment. Education in all aspects of
agriculture is included. Programs of study
include those involving the most fundamental
concepts of biological science and chemistry and
the use of knowledge in daily life as well as
the application of economic and engineering
principles in planning the improvement of life.
In addition to pursuing the baccalaureate degree,
a number of students in this Division engage in
Pre-professional education in such fields as Pre-
l^edicine, Pre-Dentistry. and Pre-Veterinary
Medicine.
The student may obtain a Bachelor of Science
Degree with a major in any of the departments
and curricula listed. Students in pre-professional
programs may, in certain circumstances, obtain
a B.S. degree following three years on Campus
and one successful year in a professional school.
Structure of Ifie Division. The Division of
Agricultural and Life Sciences includes the
following departments and programs:
1. Within the College of Agriculture.
a. Departments: Agricultural Engineering,
Agricultural and Extension Education, Agricul-
tural and Resource Economics, Agronomy,
Animal Science, Dairy Science, Horticulture,
Poultry Science, and Veterinary Science.
b. Programs or Curricula: Agricultural
Chemistry, Conservation and Resource Develop-
ment, Food Science, Pre-Forestry, and Pre-
Veterinary Medicine.
c. Institute of Applied Agriculture.
2. Divisional Units — Non-College.
a. Departments: Botany, Chemistry, Entomology,
Geology, Microbiology, Zoology.
b. Programs or Curricula: Biological Sciences,
Pre-Dentistry, and Pre-Medicine.
Admission. Requirements for admission to the
Division are the same as those for admission to
the other units of the University. Application must
be made to the Director of Admissions, University
of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
The student who intends to pursue a program
of study in the Division of Agricultural and
Life Sciences should include the following subjects
in his high school program: English, four units;
college preparatory mathematics (algebra, plane
geometry), three or four units; biology, chemistry, or
physics, two units; history and social sciences,
one or more units.
Students who wish to major in chemistry,
botany, microbiology, or zoology, or who wish
to follow a pre-medical or pre-dental program,
should include four units of college preparatory
mathematics (algebra, plane geometry,
trigonometry, and more advanced mathematics,
if available). They should also include chemistry
and physics.
Each entering student in this Division will be
assigned a faculty advisor who will help him/her
select a course program designed to meet
his/her goals and objectives. As soon as a student
selects a major field of study an advisor repre-
senting that department or program will be
assigned.
Students following pre-professional programs
will be advised by individuals knowledgeable
about them.
In addition to the educational resources on the
Campus, students with specific interests have an
opportunity to utilize libraries and other resources
of the several government agencies located close
to the Campus. Laboratories where research
related to agriculture and marine biology is
conducted throughout the State are available to
students with special interests.
Degree Requirements: Students graduating from
the Division must complete at least 120 credits with
an average of 2.0 in all courses applicable
towards the degree. Included in the 120 credits
must be:
1. General University Requirements (30 credits)
2. Division Requirements:
a. Chemistry: Any one course in chemistry
numbered 102 or higher; b. Mathematics: Any one
course in mathematics numbered 100 or higher;
c. Biological Sciences: Any one course carrying
three or more credits selected from offerings of
the Departments of Botany, Entomology,
Microbiology or Zoology, or any interdepartmental
course approved for this purpose by the Division
(e.g.. Biology 101).
3. Requirements of the major and supporting
areas, which are listed under individual program
headings.
Agriculture
The College of Agriculture offers educational
programs with a broad cultural and scientific base.
Students are prepared for careers in agriculturally
related sciences, technology and business.
The application of knowledge to the solution
of some of man's most critical problems concerning
adequate amounts and quality of food, and the
quality of the environment in which he lives, are
important missions of the College.
This original College of the University of Maryland
at College Park was chartered in 1856. The College
of Agriculture has a continuous record of leader-
ship in education since that date. It became the
beneficiary of the Land-Grant Act of 1862.
The College of Agriculture continues to grow and
develop as part of the greater University, providing
education and research activities enabling man
to use his environment and natural resources to
best advantage while conserving basic resources
for future generations.
Advantages of Location and Facilities. Educational
opportunities in the College of Agriculture are
enhanced by the nearby location of several research
units of the federal government. Of particular
interest is the Agricultural Research Center at
Beltsville and the U. S. Department of Agriculture
Headquarters in Washington, D.C. The National
Agricultural Library is an important resource for
information at the Beltsville location.
Related research laboratories of the National
Institutes of Health, military hospitals. National
Aeronautics and Space Agency, and the National
Bureau of Standards are in the vicinity. Interaction
of faculty and students with personnel from
these agencies is encouraged. Teaching and
research activities are conducted with the coopera-
tion of scientists and professional people in
government positions.
Instruction in the basic biological and physical
sciences, social sciences and engineering principles
is conducted in well-designed classrooms and
laboratories. The application of basic principles to
practical situations is demonstrated for the student
in numerous ways.
Modern greenhouses are available for breeding
and propagation of a wide variety of plants, work
on the control of weeds and improved cultural
practices.
Herds of dairy and beef cattle and flocks of
poultry are kept on the Campus for teaching and
research purposes.
Several operating farms, located in central
Maryland, southern Maryland and on the Eastern
Shore, support the educational programs in
Agriculture by providing locations where important
crops, animals and poultry can be grown and
40 / Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools
mainialned under practical and research conditions.
These farms add an important dimension to the
courses olfcred in Agriculture. Data from these
operations and Irom cooperating producers and
processors ol agricultural products are utilized
by students interested in economics, teaching,
engineering, and conservation, as they relate
to Agriculture, as well as by those concerned with
biology or management ol agricultural crops
and animals
General Inlormalion. The College ol Agriculture
oilers a variety ol lour year programs leading to the
Bachelor ol Science degree .
Today's agriculture is a highly complex and
extremely eflicient industry which includes supplies
and services used in agricultural production, the
production process, and the marketing, processing
and distribution ol products to meet the consumers'
needs and wants.
Instruction in the College ol Agriculture includes
the lundamental sciences and emphasizes the
precise course information that its graduates must
employ in the industrialized agriculture of today,
and helps develop the foundation for their role
in the future. Course programs in specialized areas
may be tailored to fit the particular needs ol the
individual student.
Previous training in agriculture is not a
prerequisite lor study in the College of Agriculture.
Careers for men and women with rural, suburban
or urban backgrounds are available in agriculture
and its allied industries.
Graduates of the College of Agriculture have
an adequate educational background for careers
and continued learning after college in business.
production, teaching, research, extension, and
many other professional fields.
Requirements For Admission. Admission
requirements to the College of Agriculture are the
same as those of the University.
For students entering the College ol Agriculture
It IS recommended that their high school preparatory
courses should include English, 4 units: mathe-
matics. 3 units: biological and physical sciences,
3 units: and history or social sciences, 2 units.
Four units ol mathematics should be elected by
students entering agricultural engineering or agri-
cultural chemistry.
Junior Standing. To earn Junior standing a student
must complete 56 credit hours ol academic
work and attain the required grade point average.
Requirements For Graduation. Each student must
complete at least 120 credit hours in academic
subjects with a minimum grade point average
ol 2.0 (C).
Honors Program. The Honors Program is approved
lor ma/ors in Agricultural and Resource Economics.
The objective ol the Honors Program is to
recognize superior scholarship and to provide
opportunity lor the excellent student to broaden his
perspective and to increase the depth ol his
studies.
The programs in Honors are administered by
Departmental Honors Committees and supervised by
the College Committee on Honors. Students in the
College ol Agriculture, who are in the top 20
percent ol their class at the end ol their lirst year
may be considered lor admission into the Honors
Program. 01 this group up to 50 percent may be
admitted.
Sophomores or lirst semester Juniors will be
considered upon application Irom those students
in the upper 20 percent ol their class. While
application may be made until the student enters
his sixth semester, early entrance into the program
is recommended. Students admitted to the
program enjoy certain academic privileges.
On the basis ol the student's performance during
his participation in the Honors Program, the
department may recommend the candidate for the
appropriate degree with (departmental) honors,
or for the appropriate degree with (departmental)
high honors. Successful completion ol the Honors
Program will be recognized by a citation in the
Commencement Program and by an appropriate
entry on the student's record and diploma.
Faculty Advisement. Each student in the College
of Agriculture is assigned to a lacully advisor.
Advisors normally work with a limited number of
students and are able to give individual guidance.
Students entering the Ireshman year with a
definite choice ol curriculum are assigned to
departmental advisors for counsel and planning of
all academic programs. Students entering the
freshman year, who have not selected a definite
curriculum, are assigned to a general advisor
who assists with the choice of freshman electives
and, during the course of the year, acquaints
students with opportunities in the curriculums in
the College ol Agriculture and in other divisions ol
the University. II by the close of the freshman
year a student makes no definite choice of a
specialized curriculum, he continues under the
guidance ol his advisor in the General Agriculture
curriculum.
Scholarships. A number of scholarships are
available lor students enrolled in the College of
Agriculture. These include awards by the
Agricultural Development Fund, Bayshore Foods,
Inc., Capitol Milk Producers Cooperative, Inc.,
Dairy Technology Society ol Maryland and the
District ol Columbia, Delaware-Maryland Plant
Food Association, Inc., Dr. Ernest N. Cory Trust
Fund, Danlorth Foundation, Frederick County
Holstein Association, General Foods Fund, The
Staley and Eugene Hahn Memorial Scholarship
Fund, Hyattsville Horticultural Society, Inter-Slate
Milk Producers, The Kinghorne Fund Scholarship,
Lindback Foundation, Maryland Cooperative Milk
Producers, Inc., Maryland Electrilication Council,
Maryland Turlgrass Association, Maryland Stale
Goll Association, Maryland and Virginia Milk
Producers, Inc., Maryland Veterinarians, Dr. Ray A.
Murray Scholarship Fund. NOPCO, Ralston
Purina Company, The Schluderberg Foundation,
Southern States Cooperative, Inc., The Leander F.
Stuart Memorial Fund, the Joseph M. Vial Memorial
Scholarship Program in Agriculture and the
Nicholas Brice Worlhington Scholarship.
Student Organizations. Students lind opportunity
for varied expression and growth in the several
voluntary organizations sponsored by the College of
Agriculture. These organizations are: Agricultural
Economics Club, Block and Bridle. Dairy Science
Club, Collegiate 4-H Club, Future Farmers ol
America, Agronomy Club, and the Veterinary
Science Club.
Alpha Zeta is a national agricultural honor
Iraternily. Members are chosen Irom students in
the College of Agriculture who have attained the
scholastic requirements and displayed leadership
in agriculture.
The Agricultural Student Council is made up ol
representatives Irom the various student
organizations in the College ol Agriculture. Its
purpose is to coordinate activities ol these
organizations and to promote work which is
benelicial to the College.
Required Courses. Courses required for students in
the College ol Agriculture are listed in each
curriculum. The program ol the Ireshman year is
similar lor all curriculums. Variations in programs
will be suggested based on students' interests
and test scores.
Typical Freshman Program — College ol Agriculture
I
ENGL 101 3
BOTN 101 *
MATH 3
ANSC 101 3
ZOOL 101
AGRO 100 2
AGRO 101
AGRI 101 '
SPCH 107
General University Requirement
Total Credits 16 1
Two-Year Program — Institute o( Applied
Agriculture. The programs of study olfered by the
Institute ol Applied Agriculture will assist men
Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 41
and women interested in preparing for specific
jobs in the broad fields of applied science and
business in agriculture.
Tfiree major programs are currently offered:
1. Business Farming — technical training for
farm operation, or a career in businesses providing
supplies and services to those in production
agriculture.
2. Turtgrass and Golf Course Management —
concentrates on the technical and management
skills required for commercial turf production and
for occupations in the rapidly expanding field
of turf management associated with parks,
highways, utility companies, golf courses and other
recreational facilities.
3. Ornamental Horticulture and Nursery
Management — a program leading toward several
occupational choices including greenhouse
management, nursery management, landscape
management, and floral design and sales.
Courses taken in these programs are not
transferable for degree credits at the University
of (Maryland. Students satisfactorily completing
two years of study are awarded an appropriate
certificate. For additional information write: Director,
Institute of Applied Agriculture, University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742.
Cooperative Extension Service. Cooperative
Extension work, established by State and federal
laws in 1914, extends practical information beyond
the classrooms of the University of Maryland to
young people and adults — both rural and urban —
throughout the State of Maryland. Major
program areas include agriculture and environment,
family living, youth development, and community
development.
The educational endeavors of the Cooperative
Extension Service are financed jointly by federal.
State and county governments. In each county
and in Baltimore City there is a competent staff of
extension agents assigned to conduct educational
work in program areas consistent with the
needs of the people of the county and as funds
permit. The county staff is supported by a staff of
specialists located at the University, and, through
their mutual efforts, they assist local people in
seeking solutions to their problems.
The Cooperative Extension Service works in
close harmony and association with many groups
and organizations. In addition to work on farms
and with agri-businesses, extension programs
are aimed at many rural non-farm and urban
family consumers. Thousands of boys and girls
gain leadership knowledge and experience and are
provided practical educational instruction in
4-H clubs and other youth groups.
To accomplish its mission, the Cooperative
Extension Service works closely with other
agricultural divisions of the University and units of
the University outside of agriculture, as well as
State and federal agencies and private groups.
It arranges and conducts thousands of short courses,
workshops and conferences in various fields of
interest held both on the College Park Campus
and at other locations throughout the State.
A wide variety of publications and radio and
television are used extensively to reach the
people of Maryland.
The Agricultural Experiment Station. The Maryland
Agricultural Experiment Station is currently
conducting more than 200 research projects. These
are conducted by faculty who supervise and
direct research assistants, graduate and under-
graduate students and technicians. The research
may be conducted in laboratories or at one of
the nine field locations throughout Maryland
operated by the Experiment Station or even in fields,
herds or flocks of cooperating farmers.
The overall objective of the Experiment Station
is to enhance all aspects of Maryland agriculture
for the benefit of farmers, agribusiness and
consumers through optimal utilization, conservation
and protection of soil and water resources.
Genetic principles are studied and applied in the
improvement of turf and ornamentals, vegetable
crops, field crops, poultry, dairy and other animals.
Similarly, pathological principles are of concern
in improvement of methods of identification,
prevention and/or control of plant and animal
diseases. Biochemistry plays an important role
in evaluating the nutritional quality of crops
produced, the efficiency of feed conversion by
poultry and animals or the quality of plant and
animal products for human consumption. Research
in progress is concerned with improvement of
processing systems to enhance food quality on
one hand and the impact of nutritional deficiencies
and means of remedying these on the other.
Also directly in the consumer area is the study of
clothing quality.
Improved production techniques including waste
utilization or disposal require studies involving
soil-moisture-plant relationships and plant, bird
or animal-environment relationships and also
studies of the applications of engineering for
producing or maintaining the optimal environment
for biological systems.
Studies of biological and mechanical methods as
well as improved chemical control of insects in
the field, forests, food processing chain and the
home are continuous.
The socio-economics of changing agricultural
systems are a major research area and increasing
attention Is being oriented towards rural
development, including resource utilization for
non-farm residents and recreation.
The Maryland Agricultu-al Experiment Station
was established in 1888 to comply with the
Hatch Act of 1887 authorizing the establishment
of an agricultural experiment station at the Land
Grant Colleges. Actually, the charter of the
Maryland Agricultural College in 1856 specifically
authorized establishment of a demonstration farm.
The Station is supported by federal funds under
the Hatch Act as amended. State appropriations,
grants and contracts with State and federal
agencies and by gifts or other support from
individuals and agribusinesses.
The Division of Arts and Humanities
The Division of Arts and Humanities offers its
students a variety of educational opportunities. In
addition to the traditional liberal education
associated with humanistic studies, the student is
offered the opportunity of majoring in a chosen
discipline. This element of depth serves both as
an integral part of the student's education and
as a foundation for further professional training
or pursuits.
Students majoring in the arts may elect either a
humanistically oriented program or a
professionally oriented program in one of the
creative and/or performing areas. The creative and
performing artist holds a key role in the cultural
studies and development of a university. Therefore,
special consideration for these varied needs and
interests is essential.
The Division of Arts and Humanities offers
possibilities for the development of a variety of
multi-or interdisciplinary studies, independent and
general study programs and special intensive
programs designed for individual student needs;
the latter possibly certificated by individual
academic departments, schools or the Division. This
diversity, enhanced by the divisional structure, is
essential to the growth of a modern university.
In addition to its major programs, the Division
serves students from the entire Campus who wish
to take courses in the arts and humanities.
The units in the Division are: School of
Architecture, College of Journalism, American
Studies Program. Department of Art, Depart-
ment of Classical Languages and Literatures,
Department of Dance. Department of English,
Department of French and Italian Languages
and Literatures, Department of Germanic and Slavic
Languages and Literatures, Department of History,
Department of Music, Oriental and Hebrew
Program, Department of Philosophy, Department
of Spanish and Portuguese Languages and
42 / Academic Divisions, Colleges and Softools
Literaturos, and Oopartmont of Speech and
Oramalic Art.
Enlranc* R«qulr*m«nU. The student who intends to
pursue a program ol study in the Division of Arts and
Humanities should include the lollowmg subjects in
a high school program: English, lour units; College
Preparatory Mathematics (Algebra. Plane
Geometry), three or (our units; Foreign Language,
two or more units; Biology, Chemistry or Physics,
two units; History and Social Sciences, one or
more units. However, students who lack such
preparation should not be discouraged automatically
from investigating the possibility ol enrolling in
the Division. Its goals include continuing education
toward enhancement ol the quality ol intellectual
and cultural lite lor all who have the capacity and
motivation to participate. Since knowledge
IS gained in many ways, every ellort will be made
to give due recognition lor independent
accomplishment. Students who wish to pursue
study in the creative and perlormmg arts must seek
to develop necessary skills to the greatest extent
possible belore application. The special skills
and materials associated with the arts make
considerable training and experience prior to
college absolutely essential il the student wishes
to enroll in the professional degree programs
oKered in the arts. Students applying lor entrance
to these programs may be required to audition,
present slides or a portlollo as a part of the
admission requirements. Entrance requirements
lor the School of Architecture and the College of
Journalism are given below.
Degrees. Students of this Division who satisfactorily
complete curricula with majors In departments ol
the humanities and arts are awarded the
degree of Bachelor of Arts. Those who complete
satisfactorily a special professional program In
the Department of Music are awarded the degree ol
Bachelor ol Music. The School ol Architecture
awards the B. Arch, degree; the B.S. is awarded
by the College of Journalism.
General and Divisional Requirements for Degrees.
Until such time as divisional requirements are an-
nounced the requirements (or foreign language
and speech of the former College of Arts and
Sciences will remain In effect, excluding the School
o( Architecture and College ol Journalism. For con-
venience, these requirements are given below. If
the divisional requirements change, all students
enrolled In the Division ol Arts and Humanities
will have the option ol either continuing under
requirements which existed at the time of entrance
or changing to the new requirements. Students who
were registered in the College of Arts and
Sciences prior to August 1973 will be able to
complete degree programs offered by the College.
The baccalaureate degree from the College ol
Arts and Sciences, or the Division ol Arts and
Humanities at the present lime, may be conlerred
upon a student who has satisfied the following
requirements:
1. General Education or General University
Requirements.
2. College ol Arts and Sciences requirements.
(See below)
3. Major Department, College or School
Requirements.
4. Completion ol a minimum ol 120 academic
credits (not including, under the old General
Education Program, required physical education
and Health 105) with at least a C average.
Note: The School of Architecture requires 161 credit
hours for graduation.
College of Arts and Sciences Requirements. These
requirements as Indicated above are to apply
until new policies of the Division of Arts and
Humanities are published.
I. Foreign Language. The College requires a
certain degree of exposure to, and hopefully
proliciency in, the knowledge ol a language and
culture of some country other than Anglo-American.
This may be met in several ways:
A.
1. A student who has successfully completed at
least through "level 3" of one foreign language at
the high school level, or
2. A student who has successfully completed at
least two years "level 2" of two different foreign
languages at the high school level need not take
additional foreign languages at the college level
to satisfy the requirements of the College.
B. A student who does not meet the require-
ments under paragraph A, must show proficiency
through the Intermediate level of college
language. This may be done as follows:
1. Take the placement examination in the
language In which he has background — two years
In high school — and begin at the college level
Indicated by the test and continue through the
intermediate level; or
2. Pass the proficiency test for intermediate level
given by the respective language departments.
Referring to paragraph A, the following should be
noted:
a) Certain departments still require language at
the college level to fulfill major requirements.
Also, certain honor societies still require language
at the college level among the requirements for
selection to membership; In many graduate
programs, proficiency In foreign languages Is still
required, while the requirement for professional
schools varies, and it becomes the responsibility
ol the student to meet the requirements of the
school ol his choice.
b) In interpreting this paragraph, the College
accepts the information that appears on the stu-
dent's high school transcript at the time he
registers tor his first semester at the University.
At the present lime, the languages which may
be offered to meet this requirement are Chinese.
French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Italian, Japanese
Latin, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, and
Swahili.
Foreign students may satisly this requirement by
ottering twelve hours ol English In addition to
the regular English composition requirement. A
lorelgn student may not meet the foreign language
requirement by taking freshman or sophomore
courses In his native language.
Normally a student shall not be (jermitled to
repeat a foreign language course t>elow Course 200
for credit if he has successfully completed a
higher numbered course than the one he wishes
to repeat.
II. Speech. If a student has had one full unit of
public speaking in high school covenng an entire
academic year, he is not required to take a
speech course at the college level, though he
may elect to do so.
Those students who need to take speech at the
college level to complete the one-semester
requirement may choose one course trom the
following: SPCH 100. 107, 125, or 220. In certain
situations other courses may be substituted:
e.g.. pre-law students may take SPCH 230.
Major Requirements. Each student chooses a
field of concentration (major). He may make this
choice as early as he wishes; however, once he
has earned 56 hours of acceptable credit he must
choose a major before his next registration.
In programs leading to the baccalaureate
degree, the student must also have a secondary
field of concentration (supporting courses). The
courses constituting the major and the supporting
courses must conlorm to the requirements of the
department in which the work is done.
The student must have an average of not less
than C in the Introductory courses in the lield
in which he intends to major .
A major shall consist, in addition to the lower
division departmental prerequisites, ol 24-40 hours,
at least twelve ol which must be in courses num-
bered 300 or 400 and at least twelve ol which must
be taken in the University ol Maryland.
Each major program Includes a group ol
supporting courses," lormerly called minors,
that are designed to contribute to a better
understanding ol the major. The nature and
number ol these courses are under the control of
the major department.
Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 43
The average grade of the work laken for the
major must be at least C; some departments will
count toward satisfaction of the major
requirement no course completed with a grade
of less than C. The average grade of the work
taken in the major and supporting courses
combined must be at least C. A general average
of C in courses taken at the University of
Maryland is required for graduation.
Courses taken to fulfill General University Re-
quirements may not be used toward divisional,
major, or supporting courses requirements.
Junior Requirements. To attain junior standing,
a student must acquire a minimum of 56 academic
semester hours and be eligible to re-register
in the University.
Advisors. Each freshman in the Division will be
assigned to a faculty advisor who will help the
student, during his first year, to select his courses
and to determine what his field of major concentra-
tion should be.
The student at the sophomore level and above
will be advised by a faculty member in his major
department.
Students in the School of Architecture and
College of Journalism should consult their deans.
Certification of High School Teachers. If courses
are properly chosen in the field of education,
a prospective high school teacher can prepare
for high school positions, with a major and
supporting courses in certain of the departments
of this Division. A student who wishes to work
for a teacher's certificate must consult the
College of Education in the second semester of
his sophomore year and apply for admission
to the "Teacher Education" program.
Honors. The aim of the General Honors Programs
is to recognize and encourage superior scholarship.
To this end, Honors work offers the gifted student
challenging opportunities to work in small groups
with carefully chosen instructors and to move
at a speed appropriate to his capacities in an
atmosphere conducive both to independent
study and to growth in intellectual maturity. The
Division conducts both General and Departmental
Honors Programs spanning the four undergraduate
years. The General Honors Program is discussed
in the Department Section under "Honors
Program."
For information concerning the Departmental
Honors Programs, consult the various depart-
mental entries in this catalog. It may, however,
be remarked that the Departmental Honors
Programs are administered by an Honors Committee
within each department. Admission to a Depart-
mental Honors Program ordinarily occurs at the
beginning of the first or second semester of the
student's junior year. As a rule, only students
with a cumulative grade point average of at least
3.0 are admitted. A comprehensive examination
over the field of his major program is given to
a candidate near the end of his senior year. On
the basis of the student's performance on the
Honors Comprehensive Examination and in meeting
such other requirements as may be set by the
Departmental Honors Committee, the faculty
may vote to recommend the candidate for the
appropriate degree with (departmental) honors
or for the appropriate degree with (departmental)
high honors. Successful candidacy will be
symbolized by appropriate announcement in the
commencement program and by citation on the
student's academic record and diploma.
Students in the General and Departmental
Honors Programs enjoy some academic privileges
similar to those of graduate students.
Kappa Tau Alpha. The IVIaryland chapter of Kappa
Tau Alpha was chartered in 1961. Founded in 1910,
this national honorary society has 39 chapters at
universities offering graduate or undergraduate
preparation for careers in professional journalism.
It is dedicated to recognition and promotion of
scholarship in journalism. Among its activities is
an annual award for an outstanding piece of
published research in journalism and mass com-
munications. (Also see College of Journalism)
Phi Beta Kappa. Phi Beta Kappa is the oldest
and most widely respected honorary fraternity in
'he United States. Invitation to membership is
based not only on outstanding scholastic achieve-
ment, but also on breadth of liberal arts studies
completed while enrolled at the University of
IVIaryland. Gamma of IVIaryland chapter has
liaison faculty members in the various depart-
ments in the Division of Arts and Humanities with
whom students may discuss membership selection.
It should be kept in mind that requirements for
national honorary societies, such as completion
of language and mathematics courses, often differ
from the local college, division or university
requirements.
Schools and Colleges of The Division
School of Architecture
School of Architecture. The School of Architecture
offers a five-year undergraduate professional
program leading to the degree. Bachelor of
Architecture. Future plans include development
of other environmental design programs at the
graduate and undergraduate level.
The School was awarded accreditation by the
National Architectural Accreditation Board,
June 1972, insuring that past, present, and future
students will be eligible for registration in all
50 states upon meeting experience requirements
and passing the standard examination. The School
IS an associate member of the Association of
Collegiate Schools of Architecture, and is assigned
to that organization's Northeastern Region.
The curriculum presents the basic requisite
skills and the opportunity to develop the knowledge
to begin professional work. The School's goal is
to prepare students for professional service in
helping solve the nation's environmental problems.
Opportunities in Architecture. A rapidly growing
population, together with expanding industrial
development, has taxed the resources of cities
throughout the world. Large segments of these
urban populations are overcrowded, under-
serviced and deprived of many of the amenities
which city life has provided in the past, fulany
cities find themselves on the edge of economic,
political and social disaster. Whole ethnic, racial
and economic groups live in a continuing situation
of frustration. This urban crisis, which has come
into being over the last generation, promises to
dominate our domestic life in the United States for
at least the generation to come.
The complexity of these problems, precluding
easy attribution of causes and simple
solutions, has generated great change in the
environmental design professions and in the other
social disciplines. Where they once stood apart,
they are now committed to a common purpose.
Each of them has had to broaden its vision of
service and concern and has come to recognize
the worth and value of the techniques and insights
of the others.
In architecture, these exchanges have influenced
procedures, services and goals of the profession.
Recent years have seen the introduction of the
ideas of urban sociology and the behavioral
sciences into the area of professional concern,
and the inclusion into professional procedures of
linear programming, computer technology,
operations research, mathematical and gaming
simulation, and the use of analog models. The
scope of architectural services, once confined to
the design, supervision and construction of
buildings, has been broadened to include
programming, developmental planning operations
research, project feasibility studies, and other
new professional activities. Finally, the role of
the architect is expanding from a narrow concern
with building design to a broad concern for develop-
mental change, and his goal has developed from
a preoccupation with beauty to a commitment
to contribute to the enhancement of the
quality of life.
44 / Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools
' t>se observations indicate both ttie great need
t'ducaled and trained professionals, and the
relevancy and excitement which characterize
the prolession today. Perhaps at no lime in history
has architecture posed as great a challenge,
or ottered so great a promise ol personal
lultillmeni to its successful practitioners. There are
many opportunities for employment and careers in
architectural practice. Additional education and
experience also quality a graduate for a career
in city or regional planning.
Moreover, the general nature of an architectural
education is such that some graduates elect
and achieve successful careers in related fields
in civil service, commerce or industry.
The Curriculum. The program permits students to
enter the School of Architecture either directly
from high school or after one year of general
college work without extending the time required
tor completion of degree requirements.
Students in the first year may take an introduc-
tory course in architecture as well as general
courses. In the second year, the student begins his
professional education in basic design and building
construction as well as continuing his general
education. The basic environmental design studio
explores specific architectural problems
as well as the general problems inherent
in making objects and spaces. In the third year,
coordinated courses in building design and
technology introduce the student to the ecological,
physiographic, physiological, social, and physical
generators of architectural design. In the fourth
year, this process is continued, but the emphasis is
on urban design: the environmental context,
the historical and situational context, urban sys-
tems, and theoretical, aesthetic and sociological
considerations. In the fifth year of design, the
student is offered an opportunity to choose a com-
prehensive topical problem from several
offered each year, or to work independently. Special
studies in technical areas as well as building
design and case studies in urban planning may
be included.
All of the design studio courses emphasize
environmental design problem-solving experiences,
as well as lectures, reading assignments, and field
trips that advance the students skills. In
addition to the design and technical courses, the
student is required to take two semesters of
architectural history, physics, mathematics, and a
distribution of elective courses.
The general requirements of the University apply
to the architecture program. In addition, students
are specifically required to complete a mathematics
series terminating with IvIATH 221. Ivlost students
find it necessary to begin college math with
IVIATH 115. followed by MATH 220 and 221. In
addition, architecture students are required to
complete PHYS 121.
Location. The School is housed in a contemporary
air-conditioned building on the Campus about
10 miles from Washington. D.C.. and 30 miles from
Baltimore. Maryland. This location, in the center
of a large urban concentration, offers many
opportunities for the Schools program and the
student's growth.
The School of Architecture building provides
studio space, a library, exhibit space, a shop, a
photo lab. classrooms, and lecture hall facilities.
Library. The Architectural School Library at present
comprises some 13,000 volumes. It is expected
that the library will number 15,000 volumes by
1974. This will make it one of the major architectural
school libraries in the nation. The library subscribes
to about 120 foreign and domestic periodicals
providing resources in urban sociology, building
technology and urban planning as well as in
architecture.
Visual Aids. The visual aids library comprises
about 55.000 35-mm color slides in architecture,
landscape architecture, and urban planning.
A goal for 1977 is 100,000 slides. The collection
also includes films and photographs. Visual aid
equipment is available (or classroom use.
Admission. Because there is a fixed limit to the
number of candidates who can be admitted
each year, it is important that the following
instructions be carefully followed:
1 . Students applying from high school: write
the Director of Admissions. University of Maryland.
College Park. Md. 20742 for application instructions;
2. Students who have completed work at other
universities: write the Director of Admissions,
University of Maryland. College Park. Md. 20742
for application instructions:
3. Students transferring from other colleges or
divisions of the University of Maryland: pick up
an application form at the School of Architecture
and return it to the assistant dean of the School,
together with a record of all work taken at the
University of Maryland.
Deadlines: all application procedures should be
completed and materials in hand at the University
by March 1. Applications received after this date,
but before the University deadline dates for
new students and for transfer students, will be
considered only on a space-available basis.
Financial Assistance. For promising young men
and women who might not otherwise be able to
attend the University's School of Architecture,
a number of grants and scholarships are available,
some earmarked specifically for architectural
studentB. New students must apply before
March 15. Students already enrolled may apply
before May 1 All requests for information con-
corning these awards should be directed to
Director. Student Aid. University of Maryland.
Colleqe Park Md 20742
College of Journalism
College of Journalism. The College of Journalism,
at the University of Maryland, stands at the
doorstep of the Nations Capital and the world's
news center. It is an ideal location for the study o(
journalism, public relations, and mass communi-
cations because many of the world's important
journalists, great news events, and significant
communications activities are near at hand.
The College is within easy reach of five of the
nation's top 20 newspapers the Baltimore Sun,
the Baltimore News-American, the Washington
Post, the Washington Star-News, and the production
offices of the Wall Street Journal. The College
also has easy access to the Washington press
corps — the large bureaus ol the Associated Press.
United Press International, New York Times, and
many other American and foreign newspapers: also
major networks and broadcasting news bureaus
such as NBC. CBS. and ABC; also news, business,
and special-interest magazines, and representatives
of the book publishing industry.
The College is close to the sources of news,
including the White House, executive departments
and agencies. Supreme Court, and Congress.
It is near many major non-governmental representa-
tive bodies such as associations, scientific and
professional organizations, foreign representatives,
2nd international agencies.
The College has six primary objectives: 1) to
insure a liberal education for journalists and mass
communicators; 2) to provide professional
development, including training in skills and
techniques necessary for effective communication;
3) to increase public understanding of journalism
and mass communication; 4) to advance knowledge
through research and publication; 5) to raise the
quality of journalism through critical examination
and study; and 6) to provide continuing relation-
ship with professional journalists and their
societies.
The College curriculum in news editorial
journalism is accredited by The American Council
on Education for Journalism. The College is a
member of The American Association of Schools
and Departments of Journalism. The Association for
Education in Journalism, and The American Society
of Journalism School Administrators.
Student journalism organization chapters include
Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 45
Sigma Delta Chi. Women in Communication,
Pi Delta Epsilon. Kappa Tau Alpha, Kappa Alpha
Mu, and a charter chapter of the Public Relations
Student Society of America.
The College offers specialized work in news
reporting and editing, public relations, advertising,
news broadcasting, news photography, and
communication theory and research.
The College maintains close liaison with student
publications and communications, including the
student daily newspaper, yearbook, feature
magazine, course guide, literary magazine, Campus
radio station, and Campus television workshop.
The College also provides summer internships
in professional work and part-time on-the-job
training opportunities.
Advanced students in news reporting may work
in Washington as correspondents for participating
newspapers in the fvlaryland-Delaware-D.C. Press
Association. Students in this advanced program
cover the White House, Congress, government
agencies and departments for publication.
Students may declare their intention to major
in journalism at the beginning of any semester,
but normally this is done before their junior
year. Students select and work with one faculty
member as their advisor during the course of their
study at the University.
Typing ability and English proficiency are
required of all students. Majors must maintain a C
average in courses taken in the College. Students
must receive at least a C in Journalism 200 and
201 before they will be allowed to major in
Journalism.
The Division of Behavorial and Social Sciences
The Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences
consists of faculty and students who are involved
in research and teaching relating to the analysis and
solution of behavioral and social problems. The
Division, organized in 1972. contains academic
departments which were formerly administered by
the College of Arts and Sciences and the College
of Business and Public Administration, in addition
to a new College of Business and Management.
The Division is designed to extend and support
learning in the traditional disciplines while
creating conditions for the development of inter-
disciplinary approaches to recurring social
problems. Divisional students might choose to
concentrate their studies in the traditional fields,
or may be interested in focusing on interdisciplinary
study. As part of its response to society's need
for resolution of the ever more complex problems
of modern civilization, the University must promote
the utilization of knowledge generated by a
cross fertilization of disciplines. The Division will
facilitate the grouping and regrouping of faculty
across disciplinary lines for problem-oriented
research and teaching. The interaction of faculty
and students in overlapping fields will be
encouraged and supported.
In order to promote the exchange of ideas,
education, and knowledge, each unit of the Division,
including the College of Business and Manage-
ment, will be concerned with both applied and
theoretical aspects of the resolution of social
problems. Practicums and internships will be
utilized increasingly for the purpose of relating
theoretical and empirical concepts in pursuit
of the Division's concern with conditions in
society.
The units in the Division are: The College of
Business and Management, Department of Afro-
American Studies, Anthropology Program,
Department of Economics, Department of
Geography, Department of Government and Politics,
Department of Information Systems Management,
Department of Hearing and Speech Sciences,
Department of Sociology, Department of
Psychology, Institute of Criminal Justice and
Criminology, Institute of Urban Studies, and the
Linguistics Program.
In addition to these departments, programs and
institutes, the Division includes the Bureau of
Business and Economic Research and the Bureau
of Governmental Research.
For the present year (1974-1975) the Academic
Council of the Division has decided that in order
to complete the degree requirements for the
Division the student must successfully complete
120 hours of course work with an average of C as
required by the University Academic Regulations
which must include:
1) the courses required by the General University
Requirements and
2) the major and supporting courses with an average
of C that are required by each Academic Unit
in the Division.
Students who matriculated in departments
originally in the College of Business and Public
Administration or in departments in the College of
Arts and Sciences shall have the option of
completing their degrees and requirements as
stated under the old college requirements,
including the previous General Education Require-
ments or under the new divisional requirements.
Entrance Requirements. Requirements for admission
to the Division are the same as the requirements
for admission to the University.
Degrees. The University confers the following
degrees, as appropriate, on students completing
programs of study in the academic units in the
Divisions: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science,
Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master of
Business Administration, Doctor of Business
Administration, Doctor of Philosophy. Each
candidate for a degree must file in the Office of
Admissions and Registrations, prior to a date
announced for each semester, a formal application
for the appropriate degree.
Graduation Requirements. A minimum of 120 hours
of credit with an average of C. which must include
the 30 hours specified by the General University
Requirements and the specific major and support-
ing course requirements of the College of Business
and Management or of the programs in the
academic units of the Division, are required for
graduation.
Senior Residence Requirement. All candidates for
degrees should plan to take their senior year
in residence since the advanced work of the major
study normally occurs in the last year of the
undergraduate course sequence. At least 24 of the
last 30 credits must be done in residence. For
example, a student, who at the time of his gradua-
tion, will have completed 30 semester hours in
residence may be permitted to do no more than
6 semester hours of final 30 credits of record
in another institution, provided he secures permis-
sion in advance from his dean or the Division
Chairman. The student must be enrolled in the
division from which he plans to graduate when
registering for the last 15 credits of his program.
Honors: The Chairman's List of Distinguished
Students. Any student who has passed at least
12 hours of academic work in the preceding
semester, without failure of any course, and with
an average grade on all courses of at least 3.5 will
be placed on the Chairman's List of Distinguished
Students.
College of Business and Management
The College of Business and Management is ideally
located to serve students interested in economics,
geography, information systems management, and
political science. Downtown Washington is only
25 minutes away in one direction, while the
Baltimore business district is less than an hour
in the other. There is frequent transportation
service from College Park to each city. Qualified
students may obtain a first-hand view of the
far-flung economic and political activities of the
national government and may utilize the libraries
and other facilities available in Washington.
The College's five instructional units offer
a broad range of curricula in professional fields
and in social science disciplines. The separate
programs of study frequently draw upon courses
46 / Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools
jmplomeniary fields wilhin the college The
iivo sections and the major sections offerings are:
Business Administration: The General Curriculum
in Business Administration, Accounting. Finance.
Marketing. Personnel and Industrial Relations.
Production Management. Management Science —
Statistics. Transportation, and Combined Business
Administration and Law.
Entrance Requirements. Requirements for admis-
sion to ttie college are those of the University.
To assure a likelihood of success in the college.
It IS recommended that the student have four
units of English, three or more units of college
preparatory mathematics — including a minimum
of two units of algebra and one unit of geometry,
one or more units of history and social science.
two or more units of natural science, and two
or more units of foreign language. Students
expecting to enroll in the College of Business and
Management should pursue the precollege program
in high school.
Statement of Policy on the Transfer of Credit
from Other Institutions. The College of Business
and Management subscribes to the policy that a
student's undergraduate program, below his
junior year.* should include no advanced,
professional-level courses. This policy is based
on the conviction that the value derived from
these advanced courses is materially enhanced
when based upon a sound foundation in the liberal
arts.
In adhering to the above policy it is the practice
of the College of Business and Management to
accept in transfer from another accredited
institution no more than 12 semester hours of
work in Business Administration courses when they
have been taken as part of a curricular program
below the junior year. Similar limitations may
be placed upon the transfer of credit in other
professional areas.
The 12 semester hours of Business Administration
acceptable m transfer are specifically Identified
as three (3) semester hours in an introductory
business course, three (3) semester hours in
business statistics, and six (6) semester hours of
elementary accounting. In addition, a single course
in data processing may be considered for transfer.
but only for elective credit. Thus, it is anticipated
that the student transferring from another
institution will have devoted the majoi share of
his academic effort, below the junior year, to the
completion of basic requirements in the liberal arts.
Degrees. The University confers the following
degrees on students completing programs of study
•Th« l«rm ■ t>«low Ihe junior ye«r" is dfllined as thai penod of col-
■afiiat* •nrollmant wherein a student has accumulated sixty, or lewer.
semester hours of transferable academic credit.
in the College: Bachelor of Science. Master of Arts,
Master of Business Administration, Doctor of
Business Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy.
Each candidate for a degree must file in the
Registrations Office, prior to a date announced for
each semester, a formal application for a degree.
Junior Standing. A student is permitted to register
tor upper division courses when granted Junior
standing by his college. The permission will be
based upon earning a minimum of 56 academic
hours toward his degree, completing such course
requirements as the college may direct, and
possessing the minimum required grade point
average to remain in Ihe University.
Graduation Requirements. A minimum of 120
semester hours of credit with an average of C is re-
quired for graduation. A minimum of 57 hours of
the required 120 hours must be in upper division
courses, with the exception that the student may,
with the consent of the dean, offer certain lower
division courses in mathematics, natural science
and foreign language in partial fulfillment of the
requirement. Usually the programs within Ihe College
will require that Ihe student have, in addition to an
overall C average, an average of C or better in
those courses comprising Ihe student's depart-
mental area of study. The lime normally required to
complete Ihe requirements for Ihe bachelor's
degree is eight semesters.
Division of Human and Community Resources
The Division of Human and Community Resources
includes Ihe faculties and programs of Ihe College
of Education. Ihe College of Human Ecology, the
College of Physical Education, Recreation and
Health, and Ihe College of Library and Information
Services. The programs of the Division are
essentially professional. They are designed to
prepare teachers and school service personnel;
professionals Interested in Ihe quality of life of the
individual, groups and Ihe community factors
which influence Ihe interaction of people; those
who are responsible for community health, recrea-
tion programs and activities; technical, public
and school librarians, and information scientists.
The Division offers bachelor's, master's, and
doctorate degrees in most of its programs in addi-
tion to various professional certificates. The
professional programs are accredited by the
National Council lor Accreditation of Teacher
Education, the Maryland Stale Department of
Education, the American Library Association Com-
mittee on Accreditation, and the American Home
Economics Association. Unless otherwise stated the
regulations and degree requirements of the present
colleges constituting the new Division shall
remain in effect until revised policies of Ihe Division
are published.
In addition to emphasis on teaching and research
the Division aspires to a broader contribution of its
special knowledge and expertise to the University
and community at large. Specifically, the following
Colleges and their respective departments are
included in the Division:
College of Education: Department of Administra-
tion, Supervision and Curriculum, Department of
Counseling and Personnel Services, Department of
Early Childhood-Elementary Education, Depart-
ment of Industrial Education, Department of
Measurement and Statistics, Department of
Secondary Education, Department of Special
Education, Institute For Child Study, Social and
Foundations Area.
College of Human Ecology: Department of Family
and Community Development, Department of
Foods. Nutrition and Institution Administration,
Department of Housing and Applied Design,
Department of Textiles and Consumer Economics.
College of Physical Education, Recreation
and Health: Department of Health Education.
Department of Physical Education, and Department
of Recreation.
College of Library and Information Services.
This College, a separate professional College
committed solely to graduate study and research.
IS administered by a dean who is directly responsible
to the Chancellor of the College Park Campus
through the Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs.
College of Education
The College of Education offers programs for
persons preparing lor Ihe following educational
endeavors: 1) teaching in colleges, secondary
schools, middle schools, elementary schools,
kindergarten and nursery schools; 2) teaching in
special education programs; 3) school librarians
and resource specialists: 4) educational work in
trades and industries; 5) pupil personnel, counsel-
ing and guidance services; 6) supervision and
administration; 7) curriculum development; 8) re-
habilitation programs; 9) evaluation and research.
Because of the location of the University in the
suburbs of the Nation's Capital, unusual facilities
for the study of education are available to its
students and faculty. The Library of Congress,
the library of the United States Office of Education,
and special libraries of other government agencies
are accessible, as well as the information services
of the National Education Association, American
Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 47
Council on Education. United States Office of
Education, and other organizations, public and
private. The school systems of the District of
Columbia. Baltimore and the counties of tvlaryland
offer generous cooperation.
The teacher education programs preparing early
childhood, elementary school and secondary
school teachers at the bachelor's degree and
masters degree levels, and the programs preparing
school service personnel (elementary and sec-
ondary school principals, general school administra-
tors, supervisors, curriculum coordinators, guid-
ance counselors, student personnel administrators,
and vocational rehabilitation counselors) at the
master's, advanced graduate specialist and doctoral
degree levels are all fully accredited by the
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher
Education.
Requirements for Admission. All students desiring
to enroll in the College of Education must apply
to the Director of Admissions of the University of
Maryland at College Park and meet the admissions
requirements detailed in Section I of this dialog.
There are no specific secondary school course
requirements for admission, but a foreign language
is desirable in some of the programs, and courses
in fine arts, trades, and vocational subjects are
also desirable for some programs.
Candidates for admission whose high school or
college records are consistently \0'm are strongly
advised not to seek admission to the College of
Education.
Students with baccalaureate degrees who have
applied for admission as special students must
have received prior permission from the appropriate
department.
Guidance in Registration. Students who intend to
leach (except agriculture and physical education)
should register in the College of Education in order
that they may have the continuous counsel and
guidance of the faculty directly responsible for
teacher education at the University of Maryland.
At the time of matriculation each student is as-
signed to a member of the faculty who acts as the
student's advisor. The choice of subject areas
within which the student will prepare to teach will
be made under faculty guidance during the
freshman year. The student will confer regularly
with the faculty advisor in the College of Education
responsible for his teaching major.
While It may be possible to make satisfactory
adjustments as late as the junior year for students
from other colleges who have not already entered
upon the sequence of professional courses, it is
highly desirable that the student enter the particular
program in Education in the freshman year.
General Requirements of the College. Minimum
requirements for graduation are 120 semester
hours. Specific program requirements for more than
the minimum must be fulfilled.
In addition to the General University Require-
ments and the specific requirements for each
curriculum, the College requires a minimum of 20
semester hours of education courses and 3
semester hours of speech.
Marks in all required upper division courses in
education and in subjects in major and minor
fields must be C or higher, except in the case of
student teaching where a grade of S is required. A
general average of C or higher must be main-
tained. (See Admission to Teacher Education.)
Exceptions to curricular requirements and rules
of the College of Education must be recommended
by the student's advisor, department chairperson,
and approved by the dean.
Students who are not enrolled in the College of
Education but who. through an established
cooperative program with another college, are
preparing to teach and wish to register in profes-
sional education courses required for certification
must meet all curricular and scholastic require-
ments of the College of Education.
Majors and Minors. There is no College requirement
for a minor although various programs
provide course sequence options and minors can
be developed in most programs. Specific program
plans should be consulted. In the Early Childhood-
Elementary Education curriculum students must
complete at least 80 semester hours of academic
content in courses other than Education, which
includes an area of concentration of at least
18 semester hours.
Admission to Teacher Education. All students, full
or part-time, who are in a teacher education cur-
riculum, must apply to the Admission to Teacher
Education Committee for admission to teacher
education at the beginning of the semester im-
mediately after earning 42 hours. Transfer students
with 42 or more hours of acceptable transfer
credit must apply at time of transfer. Transfer
students must complete a minimum of 12 hours at
Maryland before their applications will be processed.
Post-graduate certification students and those
working for certification only must apply at the
beginning of their program. Application forms may
be obtained from the College of Education Records
Office.
In considering applications, the following guide-
lines have been established by the committee:
1 . No student will be allowed to enroll in EDHD
300 and methods classes until he has received
full approval.
2. Full approval is always granted with the under-
standing that the student will have a successful
field experience in EDHD 300 and that any
case may be reconsidered by the committee if
subsequent academic performance declines.
3. Secondary education applicants must show
evidence of ability to achieve on an above aver-
age level in courses directly related to their
major field.
4. Applicants must be of good moral and ethical
character. This will be determined as fairly
as possible from such evidence as advisors'
recommendations and records of serious
Campus delinquencies.
5. Applicants must be physically and emotionally
capable of functioning as teachers. This will
mean freedom from serious chronic illness, emo-
tional instability and communicable disease,
as determined in cooperation with the Health
Service and the Counseling Center.
6. Applicants must be free of serious speech
handicaps.
The purpose of the screening procedure associ-
ated with admission to teacher education is to
insure that graduates of the teacher education
program will be well prepared for teaching and can
be recommended for certification with confidence.
Student Teaching. In order to be admitted to a
course in student teaching, a student must have
been admitted to the Teacher Education Program
(see above), have a physician's certificate indicating
that the applicant is free of communicable
diseases, and the consent of the department.
Application must be made with the Director of
Laboratory Experiences by the middle of the
semester which precedes the one in which student
teaching will be done. Any applicant for student
teaching must have been enrolled previously at the
University of Maryland for at least one semester.
Certification of Teachers. The Maryland State De-
partment of Education certifies to teach in the
approved public schools of the State only graduates
of approved colleges who have satisfactorily
fulfilled subject-matter and professional require-
ments. The curricula of the College of Education
fulfill State Department requirements for certifica-
tion.
Degrees. The degrees of Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science are conferred by the College of
Education. The determination of which degree is
conferred is dependent upon the amount of liberal
arts study included in a particular degree program.
Organization. The College of Education is
organized into seven departments and an institute
as listed under the Division of Human and Com-
munity Resources. The non-departmental area of
Social Foundations offers courses in history,
philosophy, and sociology of education.
48 / Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools
Unique specialized services tor students, faculty,
leactiers and schools are ottered ttirough Itie
lollowing centers:
Arlthmalic Center. The Arithmetic Center provides
a Mathematics Laboratory tor undergraduate and
graduate students, and a program ol clinical
diagnostic and corrective/ remedial services tor
children Clinic services are a part ot a program in
elementary school mathematics at the graduate
level
Bureau ol Educational Research and Field
Sarvicas. The Bureau ol Educational Research and
Field Services has been established to (1) encour-
age and stimulate basic research bearing on
different aspects ol the educative process: (2) pro-
vide assistance in designing, implementing and
evaluating research protects initiated by local
school systems: (3) coordinate school systems'
requests tor consultants with the rich and varied
professional competencies that are available on
the University faculty.
Curriculum Laboratory. The Curriculum Laboratory
provides students, faculty and teachers in the field
with materials and assistance in the area of
curriculum. An up-to-date collection of curriculum
materials includes texts, simulations, learning
packages, programs, resource kits, charts, study
guides, curriculum studies, and bibliographies.
Educational Technology Center. The center is
designed as a multi-media facility for students and
faculty of the College. It distributes closed-circuit
television throughout the building, provides audio-
visual equipment and service, a computer terminal, a
learning lab. and instruction in all aspects of
instructional materials, aids, and new media. Pro-
duction and distribution rooms and a studio are
available for closed-circuit television and a video
tape system. Laboratories are available for graphic
and photographic production with facilities for
faculty research and development in the use of
instructional media. Supporting the professional
faculty in the operation of the center are media
specialists.
Onice ol Laboratory Experiences. The Office of
Laboratory Experiences is designed to accom-
modate the laboratory experiences ol students
preparing to teach by arranging for all field experi-
ences. In this capacity it administers the Teacher
Education Centers and serves as liaison between
the University programs and the public schools.
Student applications for all levels of field experi-
ences, including student teaching, are processed
through this office.
Music Educators National Conference Historical
Center. The University of fwlaryland and the Music
Educators National Conference established the
MENC Historical Center in 1965 lor the purpose of
building and maintaining a research collection
which would reflect the development and current
practices in music education Located in McKeldin
Library, the center includes study space and is
prepared to assist scholars in the field. Materials
in the following categories are collected: archival
documents of MENC: instructional materials; pro-
fessional publications: curricular, administrative,
and philosophical materials; manuscripts, personal
letters and other historical materials.
Center lor Young Children. Housed in the College
of Education, the demonstration nursery-
kindergarten program services the University in
the following ways: (1 ) acts as a center in which
individual professors or students may conduct
research: (2) serves as a unit for undergraduate
students to have selected experiences with young
children, such as student teaching, child study,
and other forms of participation in a program lor
young children: (3) provides a setting in which
educators from within and without the University
can come for sources of ideas relative to the
education ol young children.
Reading Center. The Reading Center provides clini-
cal diagnostic and corrective services to a limited
number of children. These services are a part
of the program in corrective/remedial reading
offered to teachers on the graduate level.
Science Teaching Center. The Science Teaching
Center has been designed to serve as a representa-
tive facility of its type to fulfill its functions of
undergraduate and graduate science teacher educa-
tion, science supervisor training, basic research
in science education, aid to inservice teachers
and supervisors, and consultative services, on
all levels, kindergarten through community college.
Its reference library features relevant periodicals,
science and mathematics textbooks, new curricu-
lum materials, and works on science subjects
and their operational aspects. Its fully equipped re-
search laboratory, in addition to its teaching
laboratories for science methods courses, pro-
vides project space for both faculty and students.
Since 1962 the Science Teaching Center has
served as the headquarters for the activities of the
Science Teaching Materials Review Committee
of the National Science Teachers Association.
The Information Clearinghouse on Science and
Mathematics Curricular Developments, started here
that year also, is the International Clearinghouse
for A.A.A.S., N.S.F. and UNESCO. Within the center
IS gathered the software" and "hardware " of
science education in what is considered to be one
of the most comprehensive collections of such
materials in the world.
Student and Prolestional Organizations. The College
sponsors a chapter ol the Student National Edu-
cation Association, which is open to undergradu-
ate students on the College Park Campus.
A student chapter of the Council lor Exceptional
Children is open to undergraduate and graduate
students interested in working with exceptional
children. A student chapter ol the Music Edu-
cators National Conlerence (MENC) is sponsored
by the Department ol Music, and the Industrial
Education Department has a chapter ol the
American Society ol Tool and Manulactunng
Engineers and a chapter ol the American Industrial
Arts Association.
In several departments there are inlormal
organizations ol students.
Career OevelopmenI Center University Credentials
Service. All seniors graduating in the College of
Education (except Education for Industry majors)
are required to file credentials with the Career
Development Center. Credentials consist ol the
permanent record ol a student's academic prepara-
tion and recommendations from academic and
professional sources. An initial registration lee
enables the Career Development Center to send a
student's credentials to interested educational
employers, as indicated by the student.
Students who are completing teacher certification
requirements, advanced degrees and are
interested in a teaching, administrative or research
position in education, or who are completing
advanced degrees in library science, may also
file credentials.
Other services include vacancy listing in sec-
ondary schools and institutions of higher learning,
notifications of interest-related positions, on-Campus
interviews with State and out-of-State school
systems, and descriptive information on school
systems throughout the country.
This service is also available to alumni. For
further information contact Mrs. Anna Tackett,
assistant director, Career Development Center,
Cumberland Hall basement; or phone 454-2813.
On-Campus Courses. Through the University
College, a number ol courses in education are
offered in Baltimore, in other centers in Maryland
and overseas. These courses are chosen to meet
the needs of groups of students in various centers.
In these centers, on a part-time basis, a student
may complete a part of the work required lor
an undergraduate or a graduate degree. Announce-
ments of such courses may be obtained by ad-
dressing requests to the Dean. University College,
College Park, Maryland.
College of Human Ecology
The College of Human Ecology reflects the progress
and growth made by Home Economics in recent
Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 49
years in directing its focus toward the needs of
individuals and society. Tfie College shares in the
obligation of all higher education to provide a broad
based education for every individual as preparation
for living in close harmony with the environment in
both the immediate and long-range future.
Human Ecology is an applied field of study,
interdisciplinary in nature, which studies the indi-
vidual and/or living unit' and the interactive
nature of those factors in communities which
impinge upon them. It draws upon the basic disci-
plines of the natural, social, and behavioral
sciences and the arts for application and utilization.
The curricula afford the opportunity for improving
the quality of life in man's near environment.
The College seeks to provide the proper balance
of educational experiences which prepares an
individual in the professional context as well as
those experiences which benefit him personally as
a fully functioning and contributing member of
society. This includes grounding in basic and
applied skills, as well as providing an atmosphere
where creativity may flourish to enhance our
potential for developing innovative solutions to
human societal problems of living.
The faculty utilizes existing knowledge and gen-
erates new knowledge, techniques and methods
based on research, while providing opportunities
through laboratory, practical and field experiences
for making knowledge and innovative discovery
more meaningful to the individual. Through these
experiences the faculty experiments with varying
relevant techniques and methods by which the
individual can transfer to the society-at-large new
ideas and techniques for more effective interaction
within the social and physical ecosystems in
which we function.
Through teaching, research and service the
College provides appropriate, comprehensive,
quality education programs that prepare students
for professional positions directed toward the
improvement of conditions contributing to:
1. The individual's psycho-social development.
2. The quality and availability of community
resources which enrich family life (in all its
various forms).
3. Effective resource utilization including consumer
competence.
4. The individual's physiological health and
development.
5. The physical and aesthetic components of man's
environment,
6. Effective use of leisure time.
In accordance with the philosophy of this College
all four departments are interrelated and co-
operate in the achievement of these goals. The
activities of the Department of Family and
Community Development emphasize goals
1 through 3; the Department of Food, Nutrition and
Institution Administration, 2 through 4; and with
different foci and priorities, the activities of the
Departments of Textiles and Consumer Economics,
and Housing and Applied Design emphasize goals
2, 3 and 5. Goal 3 requires consumer competence
in food, clothing, shelter, transportation, insurance,
medical, recreation, etc., and is an integrative,
interdisciplinary, educational concept which
necessitates major input from all four departments.
Goal 6 is becoming increasingly important with a
reduced work week and increases in the over-65
population, and also suggests interdepartmental
and interdisciplinary programs.
Objectives
1. Offer appropriate comprehensive bachelor,
master and doctoral programs that address the
six goals stated above.
2. Maximize resources and resource utilization in
order to accomplish the six goals stated above.
3. Act as a resource to the University community
to stimulate awareness and interest in the
problems of applying knowledge for improving
the quality of life.
Special Facilities and Activities. The College of
Human Ecology building follows the Campus
tradition in style, and a construction program has
been initiated to provide expanded facilities. A
management center is maintained on the Campus
for resident experiences in management activities
of family life.
Located between two large cities, the College
provides unusual opportunities for both faculty
and students. In addition to the University's
general and specialized libraries, Baltimore and
Washington furnish added library facilities. The art
galleries and museums, the government bureaus
and city institutions stimulate study and provide
enriching experiences for students.
Student Organizations
AATT— Student Chapter. The Student Chapter of
the American Association for Textile Technology
provides students with an early opportunity to
become associated with the professional organiza-
tion of AATT, and to advance at the local level the
aims and goals of the parent National Association.
Through speakers from the textiles and apparel
industry, members are kept abreast of the latest
techniques and ideas in textiles, as well as coming
m contact with prospective future employers.
The chapter hopes to establish several intern
programs to provide its members with an oppor-
tunity to gain some vocational experience before
graduation.
All undergraduate students, including freshmen,
are eligible to join AATT if their curriculum
includes at least one major course in the field of
textiles.
A.I.D. — Student Chapter. The University of
Maryland Student Chapter of the American
Institute of Interior Designers is sponsored by the
professional chapter of A.I.D., Washington, D.C.
Interior Design majors from the sophomore class
upwards may become members. Contacts and
exchanges with professionals and fellow students
at meetings sponsored by both groups orient the
student to the job market and keep him informed
of new directions in the profession. The A.I.D.
professional chapter sponsors "A Day with a
Designer' and assists in locating summer jobs for
upperclass interior design majors.
Collegiate Home Economics Organization. The
University of Maryland Collegiate Home Economics
Organization is the student affiliate of the
American Home Economics Association and the
Maryland Home Economics Association. Welcoming
any Human Ecology major into its membership,
the organization meets once a month, and links
the professional world to the college student
through different programs.
The Collegiate Home Economics Organization
is the student's opportunity to join a professional
group prior to graduation and to participate on a
student level in the national association.
Each speaker or demonstrator provides the
Collegiate Home Economics Organization member
with ideas and suggestions for professional
preparation by introducing the member to the many
facets of Human Ecology.
The Organization gives both students and
faculty a chance to work together and meet on an
informal basis and to open up better channels of
communication among themselves as well as the
outside professional world.
N.S.I.D. — Student Chapter. The student chapter
of the National Society of Interior Designers pro-
motes interchange of ideas between students and
professionals through jointly sponsored meetings.
Student members are kept advised by the national
office of N.S.I.D. as to developments within the
organization and a national job referral service
is provided for design graduates.
Omicron Nu. A national honor society whose ob-
jectives are to recognize superior scholarship, to
promote leadership and to stimulate an appreciation
for graduate study and research in the field of
home economics and related areas. Graduate
students, seniors and second semester juniors are
eligible for election to membership.
Student Senate. This elected, advisory group of
students promotes the interests of the College of
Human Ecology. Student representatives to the
College Assembly, College Council and Standing
Committees of the College Assembly are named
from this group.
Financial Aid. A Loan Fund, composed of contri-
butions by the District of Columbia Home
50 / Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools
Economics Association. Maryland Chapter o(
Omicron Nu, and personal gitts, Is available through
the University Oflice of Student Aid.
Admission. All students desiring to enroll in the
College of Human Ecology must apply to the
Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland
at College Park.
Degrees. The degree of Bachelor of Science is
conferred for the satisfactory completion, with an
average of C or better, of a prescribed curriculum
of 120 academic semester hour credits. No grade
below C is acceptable in the departmental
courses which are required for a departmental
major.
Student Load. The student load in the College of
Human Ecology varies from 15-18 credits. A stu-
dent wishing to carry more than 18 credits must
have a "B" grade average and permission of
the dean.
A minimum of 120 academic credits is required
for graduation. However, for certification in
some professional organizations, additional credits
are required. Consult your advisor.
General Inlormatlon. Specific inquiries concerning
undergraduate or graduate programs in the
College of Human Ecology may be directed to the
chairmen of the various departments or the Dean,
College of Human Ecology, University of Maryland,
College Park, Maryland 20742.
Curricula. A student may elect one of the following
curricula, or a combination of curricula: food.
nutrition, dietetics, or institution administration
(food service): family, community, or management
and consumer studies; home economics education;
housing, advertising design, interior design.
costume design, or crafts; textile science, textile
marketing, textiles and apparel or consumer
economics. A student who wishes to teach home
economics may register in home economics edu-
cation in the College of Human Ecology under
the Department of Family and Community
Development or in the College of Education.
Required Courses. The curricula leading to a major
in the College of Human Ecology are organized
into four broad professional categories: (1) scientific
and technical areas. (2) educational, community
and family life areas, (3) consumer service areas,
and (4) design areas. These represent the broad
professional fields which graduates are eligible
to enter and pursue their chosen work. The posi-
tions vary in nature, scope and title, but require
similar general studies background and funda-
mentals for specialization.
Individual programs of study are developed
cooperatively with faculty advisors to provide a
balanced and sequential arrangement of studies In
preparation for the chosen field. University, College
and departmental requirements are identified for
curricula in each of the departments.
All students in the College of Human Ecology,
in addition to meeting the General University Re-
quirements, are required to complete a series or
sequence of courses to satisfy University, College
and departmental requirements. The remaining
courses needed to complete a program of study are
elected by the student with the approval of his
advisor.
The final responsibility of meeting all the require-
ments or a specific major rest with each
individual student
College of Human Ecology Requirements. (For
every student depending on the Major).
APDS 101 — Fundamentals ol Design OR
Human Ecology Elective* 3
TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living OR
Human Ecology Elective" 3
FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals and
Families or NUTR 100 — Elements of Nutrition OR
Human Ecology Elective* 3
FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living OR
Human Ecology Elective' 3
Root Discipline Requirements Outside the College
SOCY or ANTH Course 3
PSYC Course 3
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics or 201 . . . 3
SPCH Course 2-3
*Human Ecology Elective to be taken in depanmenis other than Major
Department
College of Library and Information Services
The College ol Library and Information Services is a
graduate program which draws its students from
many undergraduate disciplines. Although many
of the College of Library and Information Services
students have degrees in the social sciences and
humanities, there is an increasing interest in
people with diverse backgrounds — in the sciences,
for example. The continued influence of
scientific advances, the variations in clientele and
service patterns, and the constantly shifting char-
acter of the societal scene are among the factors
which have significantly influenced and will doubt-
less influence all the more in the future the
scope and character of library functions and
responsibilities. The library and information profes-
sional in the 1970's must have competence in
many disciplines if he is to serve well in the infor-
mation centers, urban areas, public libraries, and
school libraries. The College of Library and
Information Services is a visionary school, attempt-
ing to produce people to fill contemporary needs.
The undergraduate program was established for
the purpose of preparing school librarians at the
initial certification level, but the program is in
a transitional state. In the library field there Is
currently an emphasis on diversified staffing pat-
terns and career ladder opportunities, because of
the need for persons with varying levels of skills
to work in diversified library environments. Tfiere
IS an attempt to broaden the undergraduate pro-
gram to fulfill these needs. The revised program
will provide opportunities for students in under-
graduate disciplines other than education to enroll
in undergraduate courses in librarianship. The goal
ol this revised program will be to combine broad
undergraduate subject matter competence with
courses in librarianship with the intent of produc-
ing personnel to fill special roles in the library
field where special needs are increasing, such as in
federal libraries, public libraries, and information
centers. While the undergraduate program fulfills
a great need in training school library personnel
and persons to fill special roles. tf>e master's
degree program in the College of Library and
Information Services is the recognized avenue
for preparing fully qualified professionals In the
library field.
For information regarding the undergraduate
library science education program, refer to the
Index listing for: "Departments. Programs and
Curricula, Library Science Education Curriculum."
College of Physical Education, Recreation and
Health
The College of Physical Education, Recreation
and Health provides preparation leading to the
Bachelor of Science degree in the following pro-
fessional areas: physical education, (two options),
health education and recreation. The College also
offers curricula in safety education, elementary
physical education and kinesiological sciences.
The College provides a research laboratory
for faculty members and students who are
interested in investigating the effects of exercise
and various physical education activities upon
the body, as well as determining methods and
techniques of teaching various sports.
The service section of each department offers a
wide variety of courses for all University students.
These courses may not only be used to fulfill the
new General University Requirements, but may
also be used as electives.
In addition to its various on-Campus offerings,
this College regularly conducts courses in physical
education, health education and recreation in
various parts of the State of Maryland and con-
ducts v/orkshops wherever requested by proper
officials.
Facilities. Five separate buildings are used for the
Intramural Sports Program for men, the WRA
Program for women, the Professional Physical
Education Program, the Health Education Program,
and the Recreation Program.
Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 51
Indoor Activities. STUDENT ACTIVITIES BULIDING.
This building houses the offices of the Department
of Intercollegiate Athletics and the College of
Physical Education, Recreation and Health. It
contains six activity teaching stations: the main
arena, the swimming pool, the small gym, the
weight training room, the wrestling room, and the
judo room. In addition, there are ten classrooms, a
research laboratory, a safety and driver education
center, and a conference room.
The main arena of this building has 19,796 sq. ft.
of floor space. This arena provides facilities for
class work in basketball, volleyball, badminton,
and fencing.
The swimming pool is divided into two areas by
a permanent bulkhead. The shallow end is 42 x 24
feet and the large area is 42 x 75 feet with a depth
ranging from 4 to 13 feet.
The small gymnasium is used for gymnastics,
including tumbling, trampolining and all types of
apparatus work. The total floor space is 9,462
sq. ft.
The weight-training classroom is equipped with
sufficient weights for 1 1 stations of three men each.
There is a wrestling room containing 8,056
sq. ft.
PREINKERT FIELD HOUSE. Preinkert Field House
contains offices for faculty in physical education
and health education. There is a regulation size
swimming pool, 75 x 35 feet, equipped with
two one-meter diving boards. In the gymnasium,
90 X 50 feet, classes are held in badminton, volley-
ball, and basketball. An adjacent classroom is
used for professional classes. The dance studio,
used for dance and fundamentals of movement
classes, is 40 x 60 feet.
In addition to the above areas, there are locker
and shower rooms used by women enrolled in
physical education and those participating in rec-
reational activities and a small lounge for major
students.
ARMORY. The Armory is used primarily for the
intramural program. It houses the offices of the
director of intramurals and an athletic equipment
room from which students may secure equipment
for recreational purposes. The 28,880 sq. ft.
of floor space has four basketball courts, with bad-
minton and volleyball courts superimposed on them.
This facility is also used as an indoor track,
with indoor vaulting, high and broad jump pits,
a one-tenth mile track, and a 70 yard straightaway.
COLISEUM. The Coliseum is used as a supple-
mentary facility for intramurals and physical
education classes for men and women. Included in
the facilities are an equipment issue room, shower
and lock rooms for men and women, a
classroom, an adapted physical education labora-
tory, and office space for several of the men's
and women's physical education staff.
The 6,555 square feet of floor space is used
primarily for co-educational classes in square and
social dance and as an intramural basketball court.
However, there are five badminton and two
volleyball courts available for co-ed class instruc-
tion.
NEW PHYSICAL EDUCATION BUILDING. The first
phase of a projected three-phase, multimillion dollar
facility has been completed on the north Campus
near the Cambridge dorm complex. This initial
building has tv;o regulation basketball courts, ten
badminton courts, three volleyball courts, eight
handball courts, men's and women's locker rooms
and the first portion of the research laboratory. It in-
cludes some 40,000 square feet and cost approxi-
mately 1.5 million dollars. Eight new lighted tennis
courts are located near this building.
HEALTH EDUCATION DEPARTMENT/EAST
EDUCATION ANNEX. This building provides offices
for faculty and graduate assistants of the
Department of Health Education.
Outdoor Activities. THE STADIUM. The stadium,
with a seating capacity of 33,536 has a one-quarter
mile cinder track with a 220-yard straightaway. Pits
are available for pole vaulting and high and
broad jumping. Immediately east of the stadium
are facilities for the shot put, discus and javelin
throw. The College of Physical Education, Recrea-
tion and Health uses these facilities for classes in
track and field. Also east of the stadium are three
practice football fields, the baseball stadium, and
a practice baseball, lacrosse, and soccer field.
The College uses some of these facilities for major
skill classes in football, soccer, and baseball. West
of the stadium are four combination soccer-touch
football play fields, complete with goal posts, and
four Softball fields with wire backstops for physical
education classes and recreational use.
Surrounding the Armory are four touch football
fields and eight softball fields, encompassing 18.4
acres. These fields, and the four in the Fraternity
Row are used for intramurals.
Immediately west of the Cole Activities Building
are 14 all-weather tennis courts. A modern 18-hole
golf course was opened in 1957. This 204-acre
course includes two lakes, and an additional
5.8-acre golf driving range for instructional pur-
poses. The golf driving range, equipped with lights,
and the golf course greatly add to present
recreational facilities. An outdoor playing field
300 feet by 600 feet is also provided for touch
football, soccer, speedball and softball.
The outdoor facilities adjacent to the Preinkert
Field House include four hard-surfaced tennis
courts, and a combination hockey and lacrosse
field.
Research Laboratory. One of the important aspects
of advanced study at the University of Maryland
is research. To encourage research, the College
of Physical Education, Recreation and Health
makes available to the student a well-equipped
research laboratory. Students and faculty alike are
encouraged to make use of the laboratory and its
facilities for the purpose of conducting their special
research projects.
General Information — Entrance Requirements. All
students desiring to enroll in the College of
Physical Education, Recreation and Health must
apply to the Director of Admissions of the University
of Maryland at College Park.
Sixteen units of high school credits are required
for admittance to this College. Required high
school subjects are: four units of English, one unit
of social science and one unit of natural science.
Desirable high school subjects include: algebra,
plane geometry and additional natural and physical
sciences, such as chemistry and physics.
Satisfactory health and physical vigor are es-
sential for persons pursuing a career in the areas
of this College.
Guidance. At the time of matriculation and first
registration, each student is assigned to a member
of the faculty of the College who acts as the stu-
dent's academic advisor. This faculty member
will be in physical education, recreation or health
education, depending on the student's choice of
curriculum. The student should confer regularly
with his advisor prior to each registration.
Normal Load. The normal University load for stu-
dents is 12-21 credit hours per semester. No
student may register for more than 19 hours unless
he has a "B" average for the preceding semester
and approval of the dean of the college.
Eleclives. Electives should be planned carefully,
and well in advance, preferably during the orienta-
tion course the first semester, or with the student's
academic advisor during the second semester. It
is important to begin certain sequences as soon
as possible to prevent later conflict. Electives may
be selected from any department of the University
in accordance with a student's professional needs.
Those selected must meet with the approval of
the advisor and the dean of the College.
Freshman and Sophomore Program. The work of
the first two years in this College is designed to
accomplish the following purposes: (1) provide
a general basic or core education and prepare for
later specialization by giving a foundation in
certain basic sciences; (2) develop competency in
those basic techniques necessary for successful
participation in the professional courses of the last
two years.
52 / Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools
While much ot thd academic courta work will
be alike, the technique courses will vary con-
siderably in the dilleront curriculums The technique
courses must be satislactorily completed, or com-
petencies demonstrated before the student can be
accepted lor the advanced courses in methods
arKl in student teaching. II is very important that
each roquiromoni be met as it occurs.
Student Teaching. Opportunity is provided lor stu-
dent teaching experience in physical education
and health education. The student devotes eight
weeks during the last semester ol his senior year to
observation, participation, and teaching under a
qualilied supervising teacher in an approved ele-
mentary, lunior or senior high school or in a
combined program at the elementary and secondary
levels. A University supervisor Irom the College ol
Physical Education, Recreation and Health visits
the student periodically and conlers with both the
student teacher and the cooperating teacher,
giving assistance when needed.
To be eligible lor student teaching, the student
must (1) have the recommendation ot the
University supervising teacher, and (2) must have
lullilled all required courses lor the B.S. degree
except those in the Block Student Teaching
Semester, excluding those exceptions approved
by each department. The student must obtain a
grade ol C or better in all professional courses in
his curriculum and he must register for all courses
in the "Block" concurrently. Those desiring to
teach at the elementary level must have sucess-
fully completed PHED 420 and must split their
teaching experience into 4 hours of EDSE 374 and
4 hours ol EDEL 336. Those desiring an elementary
minor in physical education must also complete
PHED 155. 157 and 495.
Field Work. Recreation major students are expected
to carry out a number ol field experiences during
their University career; volunteer or part-time
recreation employment during the school year,
summer employment in camps or at playgrounds,
etc. These experiences culminate in a senior
semester ol field work lor which a student receives
credit and during which the student works as a
stall member (for 20 hours per week) in the field
ol recreation in which he or she hopes to be
employed, such as public recreation, recreation
lor the exceptional, agencies (Y's, Scouts, etc.),
military recreation, etc.
Degrees. The degree ol Bachelor of Science is
conferred upon students who have met the condi-
tions ol their curricula as herein prescribed
by the College of Physical Education, Recreation
and Health.
Each candidate lor a degree must file a formal
application with the Registrations Office during the
registration period, or not later than the end ol
the third week ol classes ol the regular semester,
or at the end ol the second week ol the summer
session, prior to the date ol graduation.
Certllicalion. The Maryland State Department ol
Education certifies lor teaching only when an
applicant has a tentative ap|>oinlment to teach in
a Maryland county school No certilicate may be
secured by application of the student on graduation.
Course content requirements for certification are
indicated with each curriculum. Certilicalion Is
specilically limited to graduates who "rank
academically in the upper lour-lilths ol the class
and who make a grade ol C or better in student
teaching. In order to insure the meeting ol these
requirements, students will not be approved lor
student teaching except as indicated above. A stu-
dent intending to quality as a teacher in Baltimore,
Washington or other specilic situations should
secure a statement ol certification requirements
before starting work in the junior year and discuss
them with his academic advisor.
Student Organizations
fvlAJGRS' CLUB: All students enrolled in the Col-
lege are eligible lor membership in this organiza-
tion. It conducts various professional meetings,
brings in speakers and promotes various co-
recreational activities. It has sponsored trips to
district and national conventions of the American
Association lor Health, Physical Education and
Recreation, and is chartered as a student major
club of that organization.
AOUALINERS: This synchronized swimming club
is open to all men and women registered in the
University. Through weekly meetings the group
concentrates on additional stroke perfection,
individual and group stunts, diving, and experi-
mentation with various types ol accompaniment
and choreographic techniques. An original water
show is presented each spring and several
demonstrations are given each year. Tryouts are
held twice a year — once at the beginning ol the
lall semester, and again after the water show during
the spring semester.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND RECREATION AND
PARKS SOCIETY: In the fall of 1959 the University
of Maryland Recreation and Parks Society was
formed by the undergraduate and graduate major
and minor students ol the College. The society,
an alliliate of the State and national recreation
organizations, provides opportunities for University
and community service, for rich practical experi-
ence, and tor social experiences lor those students
having a mutual prolessional recreation interest.
GYMKANA TROUPE: The Gymkana Troupe in-
cludes men and women students Irom all Colleges
who wish to express themselves through the medium
ol gymnastics These individuals coordinate tlMir
talents in order to produce an exhibitional perform-
anco that has been seen in many places including
Bermuda, Iceland, the Azores, Idaho, Montana,
and the eastern seat>oard ol the United States.
The organization has three principal objectives:
(1) to provide heallhlul, co-recreational activities
that provide lun lor the students during their
leisure hours: (2) to promote gymnastics in this
locality; and (3) to entertain our students and people
in other communities.
This organization is co-sponsored by the
Physical Education Department and the Student
Government Association, and it welcomes any
student, regardless ol the amount ol experience,
to ioin.
INTRAMURALS FOR MEN: The Intramural Depart-
ment oilers an extensive opportunity lor all men
to participate in a recreational program ol either
individual or team sports. A variety ol activities are
available to lill the student's leisure time and
develop skills which may be earned over into later
life. Also, many desirable attributes, such as lair
play, leadership, teamwork, and sportsmanship,
are encouraged and developed by the student
participating in the program.
Leagues and tournaments are conducted in the
following sports: touch football, horseshoe pitching,
tennis, cross country, track and field, basketball,
table tennis, badminton, boxing, wrestling,
bowling, volleyball, swimming, foul shooting,
and Softball.
Management and officiating in intramural sports
are conducted by students maioring in physical
education under the supervision of the director ol
intramurals and under policies and regulations
established by the Intramural Council.
WEIGHT LIFTING CLUB: The University of Mary-
land Weight Lifting Club is open to all students and
faculty for exercise with the weights throughout
the week during specified hours.
The University of Maryland Olympic Bart>ell Club
IS a more highly organized group of the original
club. It is recognized by the Student Government
Association. Bi-monthly meetings are held which
assist in leadership, oiler clinics and demonstra-
tions, etc.; participate in competition, and earn
awards ol recognition.
WOMEN'S RECREATION ASSOCIATION: All
women students ol the University are members
ol the Women's Recreation Association, an affiliate
of the Athletic and Recreational Federation of
College Women. Under the leadership of its elected
student officers and representatives and appointed
sports managers, the WRA sponsors a program
of intramural, extramural and interest group
activities. These activities seek to develop new in-
terests and skills tor leisure-time enjoyment,
provide opportunities tor continuing both old and
Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 53
new interests, and provide a democratic atmosphere
for educational leadership experiences. Included
are free and tournament play in archery, badmin-
ton, basketball, bowling, fencing, field hockey,
golf, Softball, swimming, table tennis, and volley-
ball: social events, and co-recreational activities
in bowling, badminton, and volleyball. Intramural
tournaments are organized through the dormitory,
sorority, and day commuter groups of the Uni-
versity. Opportunities are also provided for
officiating experience and for the earning of official
WNORC ratings in basketball, field hockey, swim-
ming and volleyball.
Various special groups and clubs interested in
recreation exist on Campus outside the Women's
Recreation Association program and offer rich
opportunities for the development of their recrea-
tional interest. Some of these are the Terrapin Trail
Club, Chess Club, Sailing Club, Ski Club, and
musical and dramatic groups.
PHI ALPHA EPSILON: Honorory Society of the
College of Physical Education, Recreation and
Health.
The purpose of this organization is to recognize
academic achievement and to promote professional
growth by sponsoring activities in the fields
of physical education, recreation, health and
related areas.
Students shall qualify for membership at such
time as they shall have attained junior standing
in physical education, health or recreation, and have
a minimum overall average of 2.7 and a minimum
professional average of 3.1. Graduate students
are invited to join after 10 hours of work with
a 3.3 average. The organization is open to both
men and women.
SIGMA TAU EPSILON: This society, founded in
1940, selects those women who have attained an
overall 2.5 average and demonstrated outstanding
leadership, service and sportsmanlike qualities
in the organization and activities of the Women's
Recreation Association and its affiliated groups.
ETA SIGI^A GAMIvlA. Epsilon chapter was estab-
lished at the University of fv/laryland in fvlay of
1969. This professional honorary organization for
health educators was established to promote
scholarship and community service for health
majors at both the graduate and undergraduate
levels. Students may apply after two consecutive
semesters with a 2.75 cumulative average.
The Division of Mathematical and
Physical Sciences and Engineering
The role of the University in society has three
closely interrelated parts: education, the search for
new knowledge, and specialized service to the
community and the nation.
The Division of Mathematical and Physical
Sciences and Engineering contributes to all of
these functions.
The Division recognizes teaching as its central
mission. This includes the teaching of under-
graduates, both those within the Division seeking
a scientific career and those in other specialities
who desire an introduction to the realm of science:
the teaching of graduate students, who will
become the next generation of teachers and
professional scientists and engineers; and teaching
at the post-doctoral and research level, for those
advanced specialists on their way to assuming
major responsibilities at the senior level. The
Division provides an intellectual environment that
enables each student to realize his potential
and that offers flexible educational programs to
meet a variety of needs. Research into the
improvement of teaching and the development of
new curricula will be a continuing activity in
the Division.
The search for new knowledge is one of the
most challenging activities of mankind. The
university is one of the key institutions in society
where fundamental research is emphasized.
Within the Division of Mathematical and Physical
Sciences and Engineering, research, teaching of
the use of research tools, and teaching of the
meaning of research in our modern society plays
a vital role in programs of higher education.
Structure of the Division. The Division of
Mathematical and Physical Sciences and Engineer-
ing encompasses the following departments and
programs:
1) Within the College of Engineering: Department
of Aerospace Engineering, Department of Chemical
Engineering. Department of Civil Engineering.
Department of Electrical Engineering, Fire
Protection Engineering Program, Department of
Mechanical Engineering, Nuclear Engineering
Program, Engineering Materials Program, Engineer-
ing Sciences Program. Fire Service Extension
Department. Wind Tunnel Operations Department,
and Cooperative Engineering Education Program.
2) Other departments and programs: Department
of Computer Science. Department of Mathematics,
Department of Physics and Astronomy. Institute
for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics,
Institute for Molecular Physics, Applied
Mathematics Program. Astronomy Program. Center
for Materials Research, Chemical Physics Program,
Meteorology Program, and Physical Sciences
Program.
Divisional Requirements. There are no divisional
requirements beyond program requirements and
General University Requirements for undergraduate
degree programs.
Science Communication. The University of Maryland
offers several interdisciplinary approaches to
the training of science communicators, ranging
from specialization in one science or engineering
with background in communication to specializing
m lournalistic communication with background
coursework in the sciences. Each of the several
program options can be tailored to the needs of
individual students.
Undergraduate students interested in science
communications can choose from a wide range
of possibilities. For example, some may want a
career writing about the general happenings of the
day in the physical and life sciences. Or, some
students may prefer writing about the span from
a pure science to its applied technology. Others
may prefer writing about one field — such as
agronomy, astronomy, geology — and its impact on
society — in ecological problems, space exploration,
and plate tectonics.
The following are several approaches:
Writing about the physical sciences: A recommended
approach would be to take the Physical
Sciences Program with a minor in Journalism.
The Physical Sciences Program consists of a
basic set of courses in physics, chemistry and
mathematics, followed by a variety of courses
chosen from these and related disciplines:
astronomy, geology, meteorology, and computer
science.
Writing about the life sciences: A recommended
approach would be to take the Biological Sciences
Program with a minor in Journalism. The Biological
Sciences Program includes work in botany,
entomology, microbiology, and zoology, and
introduces the student to the general principles
and methods of each of these biological sciences.
Writing about engineering: A recommended
approach would be to take the BS-Engineering
Program with a minor in Journalism. The BS-
Engineering Program blends two or three fields of
engineering or applied science.
Writing about a specific field: A recommended
approach would be to take a departmental major
in any of the sciences, agriculture, or engineering
and a minor in Journalism.
Journalism combined with an overview of the
sciences:A Journalism major could take selected
science courses that provide a familiarity with
scientific thought and application.
Engineering
The College of Engineering offers four-year
programs leading either to the degree of Bachelor
of Science with curriculum designation in Aero-
space Engineering. Agricultural Engineering,
Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical
Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, or Fire
Protection, or to the degree of Bachelor of
54 / Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools
Science in Engineering with an Engineering option
or an Applied Science option. In addition, each
of the foregoing degree programs may be pursued
through the five-year Maryland Plan lor Cooperative
Engineering Education The engineering programs
integrate those oloments; (1) basic sciences,
including mathematics, physics, chemistry;
(2) engineering sciences including mechanics of
solids and fluids, engineering materials, thermo-
dynamics, electricity, and magnetism: (3) profes-
sional studies in ma|or fields of engineering
specialization; and (4) general studies including
liberal arts and social studies as part of the General
University Requirements.
General Information. Increasingly, the boundary
between engineers and applied scientists or
applied mathematicians becomes less distinct. The
various branches of engineering similarly interact
with each other, as technical problems become
more sophisticated, and require a combined
attack from several disciplines. The engineer
occupies an intermediate position between science
and the public, because, in addition to understand-
ing the scientific principles of a situation, he Is
concerned with the timing, economics and values
that define the useful application of those
principles.
Each program lays a broad base for continued
learning after college in professional practice,
in business or industry, in public service, or in
graduate study and research.
College Regulations. 1. The responsibility for proper
registration and for satisfying stated prerequisites
for any course must rest with the student — as
does the responsibility for proper achievement in
courses in which he is enrolled. Each student
should be familiar with the provisions of this
catalog. Including the Academic Regulations,
contained in Section I, General Information, and
other pertinent regulations.
2. Required courses In mathematics, physics and
chemistry have highest priority: and It Is strongly
recommended that every engineering student
register for mathematics and chemistry — or
mathematics and physics — each semester until he
has fully satisfied requirements of the College of
Engineering in these subjects.
3. To be eligible for a bachelor's degree in the
College of Engineering, a student must have an
average of at least C — 2.0 — (a) in all subjects
applicable to his degree, and (b) In all junior-
senior courses in his major department. Responsi-
bility for knowing and meeting all degree
requirements for graduation in any curriculum
rests with the student
4. A student In the College of Engineering may
audit a course only with the understanding that
the course may not be taken for credit subsequent
to his registration as audit He must also have
the consent of the department offering the course.
Forms requesting permission to audit courses are
available in the Engineenng Student Affairs
Office, J 1107.
5. The College of Engineering requires that a
minimum of eighteen (18) semester credit hours
out of the 30 hour General University Requirement
be taken in the general area of humanities and
social sciences (H&SS). The program selected
should be planned to reflect a rationale or to
fulfill an objective appropriate to the engineering
profession and to increase the engineer's awareness
of his social responsibilities and Improve his
abilities to consider related factors in the decision-
making process. Skill, or professionally oriented
courses treating such subjects as accounting,
industrial management, finance, personnel
administration, the performing arts, certain
education courses, and introductory foreign
languages normally do not fulfil this objective and
may not be included in the eighteen (18) semester
hour requirement of the College. In general,
course prefixes that would satisfy this require-
ment include: AASP, Afk^ST, ANTH, ARTH, CMLT,
DANC, DART, ECON, ENGL (except composition
orwriting), GEOG, GNED, GVPT, HIFN, HIST,
HIUS, HONR, PHIL, PSYC, SOCY, URBS. In addition,
some specific courses which satisfy College
requirements Include: AGRO 103, AREC 240,
RATV 124, MUSC 130, ARCH 270, and upper
division literature courses in foreign languages.
Structure of Engineering Curricula. Courses In the
normal curriculum or program and prescribed
credit hours leading to the degree of Bachelor of
Science (with curriculum designation) are outlined
in the sections pertaining to each department in
the College of Engineering. No student may
modify the prescribed number of hours without
special permission from the dean of his college.
The courses in each curriculum may be classified
in the following categories:
1. Courses In the General University Require-
ments— An engineering student must include
eighteen credits of humanities and social sciences
in his program of general studies.
2. Courses in the physical sciences — mathe-
matics, chemistry, physics.
3. Collateral engineering courses— engineering
sciences, and other courses approved for one
curriculum but offered by another department.
4. Courses in the major department.
A student should obtain written approval for any
substitution of courses from the department
chairman and the dean of his college.
The courses in each engineering curriculum,
as classified above, form a sequential and develop-
mental pattern in subject matter. In this respect,
curricula in engineering may differ from curricula
in other colleges. Some regulations which are
generally applicable to all students (see the
Academic Regulations) may need clarification for
purposes of orderly administration among engirteer-
ing students. Moreover, the College of Engineering
establishes policies which supplement the
University regulations.
Basic Format of the Freshman-Sophomore
Years in Engineering. The freshman and sophomore
years in engineering are designed to lay a strong
foundation in mathematics, physical sciences
and the engineering sciences upon which the
student will later develop his professional program
during the upper division (junior and senior) years.
The College course requirements lor the fresfi-
man year are the same for all students, regardless
of their intended professional career, and at>out
75% of the sophomore year course requirements
are common, thus affording the student a maximum
flexibility in choosing his specific area of engi-
neering specialization. Although the engineering
student selects his major field at the start of his
sophomore year, this intramural program
commonality affords the student the maximum
flexibility of choice or interdepartmental transfer up
to the end ol his sophomore year
General College Requirements for th«
Freshman and Sophomore Years
Credit Hrt.
A General University Requirements . 15
B. Mathematics IS
Four courses In mathematics are r«<)ulrad
to be selected from MATH 140, 141, 240.
241. and 246.
C. Physical Sciences 19
A minimum of 19 credit hours in Physics
and Chemistry must be completed, with not
loss than seven (7) in either field.
0 Engineering Sciences 9
Nine (9) credit hours must t>e completed in
the Engineering Sciences, to be selected
from ENES 101. ENES 110. ENES 220 and
ENES 221. Each is a three (3) credit hour
course.
E Engineering Sciences. Mathematics. Physical
Sciences or Major Field Engineering 8
Eight (8) credit hours to complete the
Ireshman-sophomore year requirements
may be in any ol the fields indicated, but
no more than six (6) credit hours may have
a major field designation.
Total Minimum Academic Credits in freshman-
sophomore years 66
Basic Freshman Curriculum in Engineering. All
freshmen in the College of Engineering are required
to complete the following basic curriculum for
freshmen regardless of whether the student plans
to proceed through one of the major field desig-
nated baccalaureate degree programs or follow
Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 55
any of the multidisciplinary, non-designated degree
curricula that are sponsored by the College.
Semester
Course No. and Title I II
CHEM 103, 104 — General Chemistry" .4 4
PHYS 161— General Ptiysics I 3
MATH 140. 141— Analysis I. 11 4 4
ENES 101 — Intro. Engr. Science 3
ENES 110 — Mectianics 3
General University Requirements 6 3
Total Credits 17 17
Students who are not prepared to schedule MA,1H 140
are advised to register (or a preparatory course — MATH
115 — as part of their General University Requirement.
These students are also advised to attend summer school
following their freshman year to complete MATH 141 and
PHYS 161 prior to entrance into the sophomore year of
study. MATH 141 and PHYS 161 are prerequisites for
many courses required in the sophomore year.
••QuahI.ed students may elect lo lake CHEM 105 and 106 (4 cr, hrs,
each) instead ol CHEM 103 and 104
The Sophomore Year in Engineering. With the
beginning of his sophomore year the student
selects his sponsoring academic department
(Aerospace, Agricultural, Chemical, Civil, Electrical,
Fire Protection, or IVIechanical Engineering), and
this department assumes the responsibility for
the student's academic guidance, counseling
and program planning from that point until the
completion of the degree requirements of that
department as well as the College.
Sophomore Curriculum in Engineering
Semester
I II
General University Requirements .... 3 3
MATH 241— Analysis III 4
MATH 246— Differential Equations , . 3
PHYS 262, 263 — General Physics 4 4
ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials . , 3'
ENES 221— Dynamics 3*
Major field or related courses 2 or 4 2 or 5"
Total Credits 16 or 18 15 or 18
•For spectlic requirements, see tiie curriculum listing in each engi-
neering department.
Bachelor of Science Degree in Engineering. The
"B.S. -Engineering" program is designed to serve
three primary functions: (1) to prepare those
students who wish to use the breadth and depth of
their engineering education as a preparatory
vehicle for entry into post-baccalaureate study in
such fields as medicine, law. or business administra-
tion; (2) to continue their engineering training in
the graduate area of some of the newer inter-
disciplinary fields of engineering such as environ-
mental engineering, bio-medical engineering,
systems engineering, and many others: and finally
(3) those students who do not plan the normal
professional practice of a designated engineering
field upon graduation but wish to use a broader
engineering training to serve in auxiliary and sup-
porting aspects of engineering related industries.
The program is designed to give the maximum
flexibility for tailoring a program to the specific
future career plans of the student. To accomplish
these objectives, the program has two optional
paths: an engineering option and an applied science
option.
The "Engineering" option should be particularly
attractive to those students contemplating graduate
study or professional employment in the interdiscipli-
nary engineering fields such as environmental engi-
neering, bio-engineering, bio-medical engineering,
and systems and control engineering, or for
preparatory entry into graduate work in materials
engineering or nuclear engineering, which are
currently offered only at the graduate level at
IVlaryland. For example, a student contemplating
graduate work in environmental engineering might
combine chemical and civil engineering for his
program: a student interested in systems and con-
trol engineering graduate work might combine
electrical engineering with aerospace, chemical, or
mechanical engineering.
The "Applied Science" option should be particu-
larly attractive to those students who do not plan
on professional engineering careers, but wish
to use the intellectual and developmental abilities
of an engineering education as a means of
furthering career objectives. Graduates of the
Applied Science Option may aspire to graduate
work or an ultimate career in a field of science, law,
medicine, business, or a variety of other attractive
opportunities which build upon a combination of
engineering and a field of science. Entrance
requirements for Law and Medical Schools can be
met readily under the format of this program. In the
applied science program, any field in the University
in which the student may earn a B.S. degree is
an acceptable secondary science field, thus
affording the student a maximum flexibility of
choice for his personal career planning.
Listed below are the minimum requirements for
B.S. -Engineering degree with either an Engineering
option or an Applied Science option. The 66
semester credit hours required for the completion
of the junior and senior years is superimposed
upon the freshman and sophomore curriculum of
the chosen primary field of engineering. The
student, thus, does not make a decision whether
to take the designated or the undesignated degree
in an engineering field until the beginning of his
junior year. In fact, he can probably delay the
decision until the spring term of his junior year
with little or no sacrifice, thus affording the student
ample time for decision. Either program may be
taken on the regular 4-year format or under the
Maryland Plan for Cooperative Engineering
Education.
Junior-Senior Requirements for the Degree of
B.S. — Engineering
Requirements
General Univ. Req.
Mathematics,
Physical Sciences,
required ^
Engineering
Sciences '• '
Primary Field ■*
Secondary Field
Approved
Electives ^- "
Sr. Research/Project •'
Engineering Applied
Option Science Option
15 sh. 15 sh.
3 sh.
3 sh.
6 sh. 2 6 sh.
24 sh. (Engr.) 18 sh. (Engr.)
12 sh. (Engr.) 12 sh. (Sci-
ence)
6 sh. (Tech-
nical)
9 or 10 sh.
Engineering Fields of Concentration available
under the B.S. -Engineering program as primary
fields within either the Engineering option or the
Applied Science option are as follows:
Aerospace Engineering Electrical Engineering
Agricultural Engineering Engineering Materials
Chemical Engineering Mechanical Engineering
Civil Engineering Nuclear Engineering
In addition, the field of Fire Protection is avail-
able within the applied science option as a primary
field. All engineering fields of concentration may
be used as a secondary field within the engineering
option.
(1) Engineer sciences, lor the purpose ot this degree, are IhOM
courses in the Engineering College prelixed by ENES. or. are in an
engineering lield not his primary or secondary tield ot engineering
(2) Students following
|4| All
jineering" option may use up to six
and below in his primary or his sec-
e course work in the mathemallcs,
gineering sciences or elective areas must be
el (number) and above.
> used to fulfill the fields of concentration re-
quirements (36 sh. in the engineering option and 30 in the Applied
Science option) must be at the 300 course level (number) and above.
(5) For the applied science option each student is required — unless
specifically excused, and if excused. 15 sh. of approved electives
will be required — to satisfactorily complete a senior level project or
research assignment relating his engineering and science fields ol
(6) In the Engineering option, the 6 sh. of electives must be technical
(math, physical sciences, or engineering sciences but may not be In
ihe primary or secondary fields of concentration). In the Applied
Science option, the approved electives should be selected to
strengthen the students program, consistent with his career objec-
tives Courses in the primary or secondary fields of concentration
may be used to satisfy the approved electives requirement.
General Requirements for the B.S.-Engineering
Degree. All undergraduate students in engineering
will select their major field sponsoring depart-
ment at the beginning of their second year
regardless of whether they plan to proceed to a
designated or an undesignated degree. A student
wishing to elect the undesignated degree program
may do so at any time following the completion
of his sophomore year, or a minimum of 50 earned
credits towards any engineering degree, and at
least one semester prior to the time he expects
to receive the baccalaureate degree. As soon as
56 / Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools
trie student elects to seek an undesignated
baccalaureate degree in engineering, his cur-
riculum planning, guidance and counseling will be
the responsibility of the "Undesignated Degree
Program Advisor" in his primary field depart-
ment. At least one semester before the expected
degree is to be granted, the student must file an
"Application (or Admission to Candidacy (or the
Degree of Bachelor o( Science in Engineering"
with the Dean's 0((ice o( the College of Engineering.
The candidacy (orm must be approved by the
chairman o( the primary (leld department, the
primary engineering and the secondary (ield
advisors and the college (acuity committee on
"Undesignated Degree Programs." This com-
mittee has the responsibility (or implementing all
approved policies pertaining to this program and
reviewing and acting on the candidacy (orms
died by the student.
Specidc University and College academic regu-
lations apply to this undesignated degree program
in the same manner as they apply to the
conventional designated degree programs. For
example, the academic regulations o( the University
apply as stated in the College Park Catalog of
the University o( Maryland, and the College require-
ment o( 2.00 (actor in his major (ield during the
funior and senior years apply. For the purpose of
implementation of such academic rules, the credits
in the primary engineering field and the credits
in the secondary field are considered to count as
"the Major" for such academic purposes.
Environmental Engineering. Environmental engi-
neering is the application o( basic engineering
and science to the problems o( our
environment to ensure optimum environmental
quality. In recent years, man has suffered a
continually deteriorating environment. A truly profes-
sional engineer involved in the study o(
environmental engineering must see the total
picture and relate it to his particular mission
whether this be air pollution, water quality control,
environmental health or solid and liquid waste
disposal. The total picture includes urban systems
design, socio-economic (actors, regional planning,
transportation, recreation, water resource develop-
ment, and land and resource conservation.
A student who selects the B.S. -Engineering
degree program can specialize in environmental
engineering by proper selection o( primary and
secondary fields (rom the wide selection o( courses
related to environmental engineering given by the
various departments in the College.
Engineering-Medicine. Engineering has become an
integral part of the medical profession. Heart
pumps, synthetic kidneys, heart-lung machines, and
artificial organs are a (ew o( the advancements
in medical technology developed by teams o(
engineers and physicians. Diagnostic procedures
have been greatly enhanced by the use o( com-
puters and electronic testing machines. The
physican who has an engineering background is
in a better position to communicate and work
with engineers on medical technological develop-
ment.
The Bachelor o( Science in Engineering degree
provides an excellent opportunity (or a student
to meet the entrance requirements (or medical
school while earning an engineering degree.
The above examples o( environmental engineer-
ing and engineering-medicine are only two
applications o( the Bachelor o( Science in Engineer-
ing degree program. Many other examples could
be listed. Students interested in a (lexible
curriculum in engineering should give consideration
to this program.
Dual Degree Program. The Dual Degree Program
IS a cooperative arrangement between the College
of Engineering and Frostburg State College
which allows students to earn undergraduate
degrees (rom both institutions in a (ive-year pro-
gram. A student in the Dual Degree Program will
attend Frostburg State College (or approximately
three (3) academic years (minimum 90 hours)
and the University o( Maryland, College o(
Engineering for approximately two (2) academic
years (minimum hours required — determined
individually, approximately 60 hours).
After completing the academic requirements
of Frostburg State College (usually at the end
of the first year at the University of Maryland),
the student shall be awarded a bachelors degree
from Frostburg State College.
Dual degree candidates may participate in any
of the baccalaureate degree programs in the
College of Engineering.
Frostburg State College offers a full range of
studies in the liberal arts and sciences. Students
in the program will complete general studies
requirements, a specified ma|or program and
certain pre-engmeering courses while at Frostburg.
Complete information regarding the requirements
of the (irst three years may be obtained by
contacting Dr. Paul Trichel, Associate Dean,
Frostburg State College, Frostburg, Md. 21532.
Cognate Activities. Departments in the College o(
Engineering which contribute signidcantly to
activities in education, research and professional
service include the Department of Wind Tunnel
Operations and the Fire Service Extension
Department. These departments work closely
with academic departments of the University in
areas of common interest. The scope of work in
each department area is outlined briefly in
paragraphs which follow.
Fellowship grants and contracts (or fundamental
research contribute to the overall protessional-
scientidc activity of the •ta((o( the Collage, Th«
sta(( o( the CoKege o( Enginaenng availabta for
research studies will be glad to discuss proposed
problems o( importance to industry and o( public
interest where means can be found (or the
cooperative researches: such studies may be
undertaken with the approval of the administration
o( the University.
Wind Tunnel Operations Department. The Wind
1 unnel Operations Department conducts a
program o( experimental research and develop-
ment in cooperation with the aircraft industry,
agencies of government and other industries with
problems concerning aerodynamics. Testing
programs cover a vinety of subjects including all
ty(>es of aircraft, ships, parachutes, radar antennas,
trucks, automobiles, structures, and exterior
equipment sub/ect to high winds.
The Department has a 7 75x1 1-foot wind tunnel
that can be operated at speeds from 0 to 240 mph.
This facility has powered model drive equipment,
and auxiliary vacuum and high pressure air sup-
plies (or boundary layer control studies. Supporting
shops include complete woodworking, machine
shop, photographic, and instrumentation (acilities.
The (ull-time staff of the department includes
engineering, computing, shop, and technical
operations personnel. This staff cooperates with
other faculty and students m the College of
Engineering on problems o( mutual interest.
Fire Service Extension Department. The Fire
Service Extension Department provides in-service
training (or volunteer, municipal and industrial
fire fighters, officers, rescue and ambulance per-
sonnel and serves in an advisory capacity in
matters of fire prevention, fire protection, (ire
safety regulations, and emergency care. Classes
are conducted throughout Maryland by local
instructors who work under the guidance of senior
instructors of the department. Basic training is
given In the fundamentals of dremanship. An
advanced course covers the technical (ield of fire
prevention, control and extinguishment. Specialized
courses are ottered for fire officers in tactics,
strategy of fire suppression and in fire department
administration. A training course of 42 clock
hours (or heavy duty rescue operations is also
available. An increasingly important program is
that o( establishing and improving fire prevention
and fire protection in Maryland industry, institutions
and mercantile establishments.
Emergency care courses incorporating the
latest techniques in the treatment of the sick and
injured are now made available through the depart-
ment. Short courses in specialized subject areas.
Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 57
such as instructor training, hydraulics, fire pumps,
aerial apparatus, and industrial fire protection
are conducted at the University at different times
throughout the year.
Additional information may be obtamed from the
Director, Fire Service Extension Department,
University of Maryland, College Park. Md. 20742.
Co-operative Engineering Education Program. The
Maryland Plan for Co-operative Engineering Edu-
cation at the University of Maryland, offered by
the College of Engineering, presents a five-year
program leading to a Bachelor of Science degree.
The academic requirements for students following
the Co-op Plan of Education are identical to the
academic requirements for those students follovi/ing
the regular four-year program. In addition to the
normal academic requirements, the Co-op student
has scheduled periods of professional internship
which must be satisfactorily completed to
qualify for the baccalaureate degree under the
Co-op Plan.
The Co-op Plan begins after the student has
completed the freshman and sophomore require-
ments of his major field. This Co-op Plan involves
only the last half of the student's baccalaureate
program, the junior and senior years. The
alternating plan of study and professional intern-
ship lengthens this normal two-year period to
three calendar years. Delaying entry into the
Co-op Plan until the junior year offers considerable
educational advantages to the student. The student
retains the normal freshman-sophomore program
years to afford time for the selection of his
major field of engineering ... or even whether
he wishes to continue in engineering . . . without
committing himself to either the regular four-year
or the Co-op Plan of education. A more mature
and meaningful series of professional internship
assignments are possible, to benefit both the
student and his professional partner. Also, the
plan is readily adaptable to the needs of the student
transferring to the University from the engineering
transfer programs of the community colleges.
Students are selected for the Co-op Plan from
applications filed with the Co-operative Education
Office of the College of Engineering. While the
student applies during his sophomore year, he must
have completed the sophomore year requirements
before formal entry into the program. A student must
have a minimum 2.0 grade point average at the
University of Maryland in order to qualify for the
program.
The Maryland Plan for Co-operative Engineering
Education is shown in the tabulation below.
Briefly, in Plans I and II, the Co-op student spends
three semesters and two summers in resident
study and three semesters and one summer in
professional internship (70 weeks) to complete his
baccalaureate degree requirements; all students
complete the program with student-residence at
the University. In these two plans students begin
interning during the spring and fall semesters
respectively. In Plan III the Co-op student begins
interning in the summer and spends three
semesters and one summer in resident study and
two semesters and two summers in professional
internship (60 weeks). The study-residence periods
are the normal semester or eight-week summer ses-
sions at the University; the internship periods are
of twenty-weeks duration during the fall and
spring semesters and ten weeks during the
summer. It should be emphasized that these plans
are guides, and some variation is permissible.
Note: The student must have completed all
freshman and sophomore requirements of his
major field before entry into the Co-op Plan.
Plan 1
Plan II
Plan III
SUMMER
Intern (1)
FALL
SPRING
SUMMER
Study
Intern (1,2)
Study
Intern (1,2)
Study
Intern (3)
Study
Intern (2.3)
Study
FALL
SPRING
SUMMER
Intern (3,4)
Study
Intern (5)
Study
Intern (4,5)
Study
Intern (4.5)
Study
Intern (6)
FALL
SPRING
SUMMER
Study
Intern (6.7)
Study
Intern (6.7)
Study
Study
Study
Students make their own arrangements for
board and lodging while on their periods of intern-
ship. Frequently the participating industrial
company or governmental agency will assist the
student in locating good, inexpensive lodging.
The internship wages are paid directly to the
student by his employer.
During the semesters or summer sessions in
which the student attends school, he pays the
regular tuition and fees assessed by the University.
A $30.00 fee is charged for each 10-week period
of professional internship. There is one 10-week
period when a student interns during the summer
and three double periods (20 weeks each) when
he interns during the fall or spring semesters.
The professional intern fee is payable at the
beginning of each intern period and is not refund-
able.
Professional Schools
Dental Hygiene. The primary responsibility of the
dental hygiene profession is to promote optimal
oral health through the provision of preventive and
educational services complementary to those within
the purview of the dental profession.
In clinical office practice the dental hygienist's
services are provided under the supervision of a
dentist and are defined and governed by State
dental practice acts. Although minor differences
exist between state laws, in general, those services
which constitute permissible dental hygiene
practice include; obtaining the patient's medical
and dental history; conducting a preliminary clini-
cal oral examination of the teeth and surrounding
tissues for diagnosis by the dentist; performing
diagnostic procedures (x-rays, impressions for
study casts, saliva tests, oral cytologic smears,
etc.) for use by the dentist; providing a complete
oral prophylaxis (removal of all hard and soft
deposits and stains and polishing of natural and re-
stored surfaces of the teeth); applying topical
medicaments and preventive agents; and assisting
with office duties as assigned by the dentist. The
dental hygienist also assumes a major role in patient
education and counseling and supervision of
oral hygiene practices.
Although the majority of dental hygienists are
employed in dental offices, there are numerous
opportunities and a growing need for those with
baccalaureate and graduate degrees in dental
hygiene education, community or public health,
private and public institutions, commissioned
service in the Armed Forces, research, and other
special areas of practice. The dental hygienist's
activities in these areas are dependent in varying
degrees upon dental knowledge and skills in pro-
viding clinical services. However, additional study
beyond the basic dental hygiene curriculum is es-
sential preparation for advanced professional
career opportunities.
Program Description. Dental hygiene offers only a
four-year baccalaureate degree program. The
curriculum includes two years of preprofessional
courses, a third year of intensive dental and dental
hygiene study with clinical application and a fourth
year of advanced clinical practice and upper di-
vision electives in a recommended area of study,
which will constitute a minor related to a specialized
area of dental hygiene practice. The first two
years of the preprofessional curriculum include
humanities and social science requirements of the
University of Maryland, dental hygiene education
accreditation requirements and elective lower
division courses. Completion of the preprofessional
curriculum at the University of Maryland or an-
other campus will be required for eligibility to
apply for enrollment in dental hygiene as a junior.
Admissions and Applications Procedures
High School Students. High school students who
wish to enroll in the Pre-Dental Hygiene curriculum
should request applications directly from the
Admissions Office of the University of Maryland,
College Park, Maryland 20742.
Young women or men who wish to prepare for
a baccalaureate degree program in dental hygiene
should pursue an academic program in high school
including the following recommended subjects:
biology, chemistry, math, and physics.
58 / Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools
Pre-Dental Hygieno Students. Pre-Denlal Hygiene
students who have completed three semesters of the
prolessional curriculum should request an ap-
plication at the end of the third semester from the
Department of Dental Hygiene, University of
Maryland School of Dentistry. Baltimore. Md. 21201.
Applications lor the Baltimore campus should t>e
received no later than June 1 prior to ttie tall
semester lor which the student wishes to enroll.
Only those students who have successfully
completed the two year preprotessional curriculum
at the University of Maryland or another college
or university will be eligible for admission to the
department. Because enrollment must be extremely
limited, registration in the preprotessional cur-
riculum does not assure the student of acceptance
in the dental hygiene program. All applicants will
be required to submit Dental Hygiene Aptitude Test
scores (DHAT information is available from the
Department of Dental Hygiene) and to appear for
a personal interview at the discretion of the Dental
Hygiene Committee on Admissions. A minimum
of C average in the preprotessional curriculum
will be required, and preference will be given to
those students who have maintained high scholastic
records.
Registered Dental Hygienists. Registered dental
hygienists who have completed a two year accred-
ited dental hygiene program at another college or
university, should apply to enroll in the pre-
protessional curriculum at one of the three
University of Maryland campuses. Upon completion
of general education, basic and social science,
advanced dental hygiene courses and elective re-
quirements at the University of Maryland, dental
hygiene credits will be evaluated for transferability
by the Department of Dental Hygiene and the
Baltimore Campus Director of Admissions. Regis-
tered dental hygienists should write directly to
the Department of Dental Hygiene for additional
information.
Further Information. Information about the pre-
protessional curriculum or the transfer program for
registered dental hygienists may be obtained from
Room 203, Turner Laboratory, on the College Park
Campus.
Medical Technology. The University of Maryland
Medical Technology program is four years in
length, leading to a Bachelor of Science degree.
The first three years are devoted to basic studies
at the College Park Campus. The last year (12 full
months) is spent in clinical studies at University
Hospital on the Baltimore City campus of the
University of Maryland.
This program is administered by the School of
Medicine. The curriculum in medical technology
complies with the requirements and recommenda-
tions of the Board of Schools of the American
Society of Clinical Pathologists (and the American
Medical Association Council on Medical Education).
Graduates of the program will be eligible to take
the examination for certification given by the Board
of Registry of the American Society of Clinical
Pathologists.
Applicants must have a high school degree and
should have at least three years of college
preparatory mathematics and throe years of
science, which involves chemistry and physics.
The School of Nursing. The program in professional
nursing leading to the degree of Bachelor of
Science in Nursing, is available to women and
men students without regard to race, color or
creed. The School of Nursing is approved by the
Maryland State Board of Examiners of Nurses and
accredited by the National League for Nursing.
Admission and Progression
High School Preparation
Students should enroll in the college preparatory
program in high school. The following subjects are
specifically required by the School of Nursing in
addition to other academic subjects required for
high school graduation.
Subjects Required Units
Mathematics (college preparatory) 2
Biology 1
Chemistry 1
Students who do not meet the above require-
ments at admission to the University must make up
deficiencies prior to classification as pre-profes-
sional nursing students.
Further Information. Information about the lower
division program may be obtained from Room 209.
Turner Laboratory, on the College Park Campus.
Upper division program information may be obtained
from the School of Nursing, 655 West Lombard
Street, Baltimore, Md. 21201.
The School of Pharmacy. The purposes of the
School of Pharmacy are to train students for the
efficient, ethical practice of all branches of
pharmacy; to instruct students in general scientific
and cultural subjects so they can read critically,
express themselves clearly and think logically as
members of a profession and citizens of a democ-
racy; and to guide students into productive
scholarship and research for the increase of
knowledge and techniques in the healing arts of
pharmacy.
The School of Pharmacy is accredited by the
American Council on Pharmaceutical Education.
The School holds membership in the American
Association of Colleges of Pharmacy.
Correspondence. AM correspondence prior to
entrance in the Preprotessional Program of the Five-
Year Curriculum at College Park should be
addressed to the Director of Admissions, University
of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742.
All correspondence relative to entrance in tha
Professional Program of the Five- Year Curriculum
should be addressed to the School of Pharmacy.
University of Maryland. 636 W. Lombard Street.
Baltimore, Md. 21201.
On the College Park Campus the Pharmacy
student advisor's office is in the Turner Laboratory,
Room 202. telephone number. 454-2540.
Five-Year Program. A minimum of the five aca-
demic years of satisfactory college work is required
for the completion of the present pharmacy cur-
riculum of the University of Maryland. This live-year
curriculum meets the minimum requirements estab-
lished by the American Association of Colleges
of Pharmacy and the American Council on
Pharmaceutical Education.
At the University of Maryland the five-year pro-
gram consists of two years of a preprotessional
and a three-year pharmacy program. The preprotes-
sional program is not available in Baltimore, but
may be obtained at the College Park. Baltimore
County (UMBO, or Eastern Shore (UMES) cam-
puses of the University of Maryland or at any other
accredited university or junior or senior college
where appropriate courses are offered.
Interested secondary school students are invited
to write to the Dean of the School of Pharmacy
in Baltimore for a catalog concerning the School
and for literature about the opportunities in the
pharmacy profession.
Recommended High School Preparation. The com-
pletion of an academic program containing the
following courses is required for enrollment in
the School of Pharmacy:
Recommended Required
Subjects Units Units
English 4 4
College Preparatory Mathematics —
Including algebra (1). plane geometry
(1) and additional unrts in advanced
algebra, solid geometry, trigonometry.
or advanced mathematics 4 2
Physical Sciences (Chemistry and
Physics) 2 1
History and Social Sciences 2 1
Eioiogical Sciences 1 0
Foreign l_anguage — German or
French 2 0
Unspecified academic subjects . t 8
Total 16 16
Admission to the Professionaf Program at
Baltimore. Only the three-year professional program
is offered in Baltimore.
Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 59
students of all races, colors and creeds are
equally admissible. It is the objective of the Uni-
versity of (Vlaryland Baltimore City campus to
enroll students with diversified bacl<grounds in
order to make the educational experience more
meaningful for each student.
From College Park Campus
Students w/ho have completed the prescribed
preprofessional program at College Park with a
scholastic average of not less than C (2.0), and who
are in good standing will be considered for ad-
vancement to the pharmacy program in Baltimore,
subject to the decision of the Admissions Commit-
tee of the School of Pharmacy.
In the semester preceding enrollment in the
Baltimore division of the School of Pharmacy, each
student will be required to file an application with the
Baltimore Office of Admissions and Registrations.
Physical Therapy. The Department of Physical
Therapy offers a four-year program divided into
a preprofessional division and professional division.
The preprofessional requirements may be com-
pleted on any of the University of f^/laryland
campuses, or any regionally accredited University
or College. The professional division courses are
offered only on the Baltimore City campus. The
physical therapy curriculum is approved by the
Council of Ivledical Education of the American
Medical Association in collaboration with the
American Physical Therapy Association.
The professional services of the physical therapist
are offered to people who are disabled by illness
or accident or were born with a handicap. Clinical
practitioners are responsible for the evaluation
of each patient's ability, disability and potential
for recovery. The most common areas of disorder
include neuromuscular, musculo-skeletal, sensory
motor, and related cardio-vascular and respiratory
functions.
On the basis of test findings a treatment program
is planned and implemented within the referral
of the licensed physician or dentist with whom
contact is maintained regarding patient care and
progress. Treatment techniques include the
therapeutic use of heat, cold, water, electricity,
light, ultra-sound, massage, exercise and functional
training. Instruction is given to the patient, the
family and others who might help during the treat-
ment and convalescent period.
Most physical therapists are employed in hospital
clinics, rehabilitation centers, private practice,
schools for handicapped children and nursing
homes.
Advanced degree programs are available in a
few universities and colleges across the country. A
Master's and Ph.D. degree enable physical
therapists to hold positions in education, research,
administration and as consultants.
Admission Information
High school students who are interested in physical
therapy should enroll in the college preparatory
program. The subjects specifically recommended
for adequate background are biology, chemistry,
physics and three units of mathematics. Completion
of a year of high school public speaking will pro-
vide exemption from the college speech
requirement.
For an application for admission to the
University of Maryland's College Park Campus,
write to: Admissions Office, University of Maryland,
College Park, Maryland 20742.
Pre-Prolessional. Admission to the lower division
is open to all students meeting the University re-
quirements. Enrollment as a freshman or sophomore
does not guarantee admission to the junior year
of the professional program.
Profession. Admission to the upper division is
limited to approximately 50 students. Selection of
applicants is based on academic achievement and a
personal interview.
Students are accepted into the junior class only
in the fall semester.
Beginning October 1st of the year preceding
enrollment in the Baltimore division, each student Is
required to file an application with the Baltimore
Office of Admissions.
Further Information. Information may be obtained
on the College Park Campus in the Turner Labora-
tory, Room 203.
Information concerning the upper division may be
obtained by contacting the Department of Physical
Therapy, Allied Health Professions Building,
32 S. Green Street, Baltimore, Md. 21201.
Radiologic Technology. The University of Maryland
Radiologic Technology Program is four years in
duration, leading to a Bachelor of Science degree
and the prerequisites to take the Examination of the
American Registry of Radiologic Technologists to
become a Registered Technologist (ARRT). The
initial two years are devoted to fulfilling the pre-
professional requirements at the College Park
Campus. (See pre-radiological requirements listed
elsewhere in this catalog.) The junior year is
completed at the University of Maryland Baltimore
City campus. The senior year is conducted at
the Baltimore City campus and either the College
Park Campus or the University of Maryland campus
at Baltimore (UMBO). Clinical practice (practicum
at the University of Maryland Hospital) is obtained
in both the junior and senior years and the
summer between the junior and senior years.
Admission of students to the Baltimore City
campus is extremely selective. Students must
closely adhere to the pre-professional requirements
listed elsewhere in this catalog, and they must
maintain a cumulative grade point average of 2.0
or better to be considered for acceptance to the
Baltimore campus.
For additional information on the Radiologic Tech-
nology Program, write the Division of Radiologic
Technology, Allied Health Professions Building,
32 S. Greene Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201.
60 / Academic Divisions, Colleges and Schools
i
Departmerls, Programs and Orrictia
Administration. Supervision and Curriculum
Professor and Chairman: Stephens.
Professors: Anderson. Berman, Carbone, Dudley,
McClure. Newell, Van Zwoll. Wiggin, Wedberg.
Associate Professors: Goldman, Kelsey, McLoone,
Perrin.
Assistant Professors: Bennett, Goodrlcti, Hemp-
stead, Statom. Splaine.
Instructors: Coplan. Gibson. Lyons.
The programs in this department are all at the
graduate level and include preparation of school
superintendents, principals, supervisors, curriculum
directors, and administrative specialists in the
areas of finance and business administration, per-
sonnel administration, public relations, and educa-
tional facilities. In addition, there are programs for
the preparation of professors and research workers
in all of the above areas. Preparation programs
leading to administrative positions in junior colleges
and other institutions of higher learning are avail-
able through a joint major in administration-higher
education.
Aerospace Engineering
Professor and Chairman: Anderson.
Professors: Corning, Ivlelnik. Pai, Rivello, Sherwood.
Associate Professors: Donaldson, Jones, Plotkin,
Schaeffer.
Assistant Professor: Barlow.
Instructor: Greenwood.
Lecturers: Billig, Fleig. Jr., Wilson.
Aerospace engineering is focused on the physical
understanding and design considerations of air-
craft and space vehicles of all kinds. For example,
consider the high-speed flight of an Air Force F-111,
or the blast off and flight of NASA's future Space
Shuttle. The airflow over the wings, fuselage and
tail surfaces create lift, drag and moment on the
aircraft. If the velocity is high enough, such as
during re-entry of the Apollo into the Earth's
atmosphere, then the temperature of the airflow
becomes extremely high, the air becomes chemical-
ly reacting, and heating of the vehicle's surface
becomes a major problem. The study of how and
why the airflow produces these forces, moments
and healing is called Aerodynamics. In turn, the
motion of the aircraft or space vehicle will respond
to, indeed will be determined by. the aerodynamic
forces and moments. The study of the motion and
flight path of such vehicles is called Flight
Mechanics. Of course, while executing this motion,
the vehicle must be structurally sound, that is, its
surface and internal structure must be able to with-
stand the severe forces and loads associated with
flight. The study of the mechanical behavior of
materials, stresses and strains, deflections and
vibrations that are associated with the structure of
the vehicle itself is called Flight Structures. In the
same vein, the motion of any aircraft or space
vehicle must be initiated and maintained by a pro-
pulsive mechanism such as the classic combination
of a reciprocating engine with a propeller, or the
more modern turbojets, ramjets and rockets. The
study of the physical fundamentals of how these
engines work is called Flight Propulsion. Finally, all
of the above are synthesized into one system with
a specific application — such as a complete DC-10
or a Skylab — through a discipline called Aerospace
Vehicle Design.
The Department of Aerospace Engineering at the
University of r\/laryland offers a rigorous and bal-
anced education which includes all of the above
disciplines. The goal of this program is to create
professionally oriented aerospace engineers with
an understanding of the physical fundamentals
underlying atmospheric and space flight, and with
the capability of applying this knowledge for useful
and exciting purposes. Moreover, the physical back-
ground and design synthesis that marks aerospace
engineering education also prepares a student to
work productively in other fields. For example, at
this moment aerospace engineers are actively
working on the solution of environmental and
societal problems, on the energy crisis, and in the
field of medicine.
Aerospace Engineering Curriculum
Basic Freshman Year
Semester
Course No. and Title i II
CHEM 103. 104 — General Chemistry" • .4 4
PHYS 161— General Physics I 3
MATH 140. 141— Analysis I, II 4 4
ENES 101 — Intro. Engr. Science 3
ENES 110— l^echanics 3
General Univ. Requirements 6 3
Total Credits 17 17
Students who are not prepared to schedule
MATH 140 are advised to register for a preparatory
course — MATH 115 — as part of their General
University Requirement. These students are also ad-
vised to attend summer school following their
freshman year to complete MATH 141 and PHYS 161
prior to entrance into the sophomore year of study.
MATH 141 and PHYS 161 are prerequisites for many
courses required in the sophomore year.
Semester
Sophomore Year I II
General Univ. Requirements 3 3
MATH 240— Linear Algebra 4
MATH 241— Analysis III 4
PHYS 262, 263— General Physics 4 4
ENES 240 — Algorithmic Analysis &
Computer Programming 2
ENES 243 — Digital Computer Laboratory .1
ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials 3
ENAE 201. 202 — Introduction to Aerospace
Engineering I. II 2 2
ENAE 203 — Technical Report Writing ... 1
Total Credits 17 16
Semester
Junior Year I II
General Univ. Requirements 3 3
MATH 246— Differential Equations 3
ENES 221 — Dynamics 3
ENME 216 — Thermodynamics • 3
ENEE 300— Principles of Electrical
Engineering 3
ENAE 305 — Aerospace Laboratory I 2
ENAE 345 — Introduction to Dynamics of
Aerospace Systems 3
ENAE 351. 352— Flight Structures I. II ' . . 4 3
ENAE 371— Aerodynamics I • 3
Total Credits 16 17
'*Qualitied students may elect to take CHEM t05 and 106 (4 cr ht».
each) instead of CHEM 103 and 104.
Senior Year Credits
ENAE 471 — Aerodynamics II 3
ENAE 475 — Viscous Flow & Aerodynamic Heating 3
ENAE 401 — Aerospace Laboratory II 2
ENAE 402 — Aerospace Laboratory III 1
ENAE 461— Flight Propulsion I 3
General Univ. Requirements 9
Design Elective '-' 3
Applied Dynamics Elective ■' 3
Aerospace Elective ■• 3
Technical Elective ^ 3
Total Credits 33
' students planning to take ENAE 462 Flight Ptopulsion II as a senior
olective should take ENME 216. ENAE 371. and ENAE 471 one se-
mester earlier than shown In the above curriculum and delay ENAE
351 and ENAE 352 by one semester.
-The student shall take one of the following design courses.
ENAE 411 Aircraft Design
ENAE 412 Design of Aerospace Vehicles
' The student shall take one course which utilizes dynamics in a
system analysis The following courses are offered:
ENAE 445 Stability and Control of Aerospace Vehicles
ENAE 455 Aircraft Vibrations
' Three credits must be taken from elective courses offered by tlie
Aerospace Engineering Department. Currently offered courses are:
ENAE 457 Flight Structures III
ENAE 462 Flight Propulsion II
ENAE 472 Aerodynamics III
ENAE 473 Aerodynamics of High Speed Flight
ENAE 488 Topics in Aerospace Engineering
ENAE 499 Elective Research
Courses listed under 2 and 3 above and not used to meet the re-
quirements of 2 and 3 may also be elected to lulfill requirement 4.
■■ Any 3 credit technical course with a course number of 300 or above
may be taken as a technical elective Courses available as Aerospace
Electives may be used as Ihe technical elective
Course Code Prefi«— ENAE
Afro-American Studies Program
Professor and Acting Director: Taylor.
Assistant Director: Nzuwah.
Assistant Professor: Landry.
Lecturers: Nasibi. Ndissi.
Instructor: Smyley.
Visiting Associate Professor: Coleman.
The Afro-American Studies Program offers a
Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Sciences degree
to students who declare a major in Afro-American
Studies and who fulfill the academic requirements
of this degree program.
Students who want to take a major in another
department, as well as follow a concentration
outside his major of 18 hours of upper division
course work, with an emphasis on black life and
experiences, can receive a Certificate in Afro-
American Studies. This work includes courses in
art. African languages, economics, English,
62 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
geography, history, music, political scioncos.
sociology and speech.
Undergraduates In good standing may enroll In
the program by contacting an advisor in the Afro-
American Studies Program. Students pursuing a
major or certificate must meet the general university
and division requirements.
Students who plan to major in Afro-American
Studies must complete a total of 36 hours of Afro-
American Studies courses. At least 24 of the 36
hours must be in upper division courses (300-400
numbers). Twelve hours of basic courses are
required. To fulfill this requirement, all majors
should select the twelve hours of basic courses out
of the following courses: AASP 100, AASP 200,
AASP 202, AASP 300. AASP 311, AASP 312,
AASP 403, AASP 410 and AASP 411.
To receive a Certificate in Afro-American Studies,
the student must enroll and receive a satisfactory
grade in at least three (3) of the required courses
which must include AASP 401, Seminar in Afro-
American Studies. In addition, the student may also
choose a number of approved courses from a list
of recommended electives to meet the minimum re-
quirements of 18 credit hours.
Students wishing to enter the program should
consult with the director of Afro-American Studies
regarding prerequisites, approved electives and
introductory courses.
Agriculture — General Curriculum
The General Agriculture curriculum provides for
the development of a broad understanding in
agriculture.
The flexibility of this curriculum permits selection
of electives that will meet individual vocational
plans in agriculture and agriculturally related busi-
ness and industry.
General Agriculture He<iuiremenls Semester
Credit Hours
General Universily Requiremenis 30
BOTN 101— General Botany" *
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology . 4
CHEM 103 — College Ctiemistry I • 4
CHEM 104 — College Chemistry II 4
MATH — • 3
AGEN 100 — Intro, to Ag Eng 3
AGEN 20O— Intro 10 Farm. Mech 2
AGRO 100 — Crop Prod. Lab 2
AGRO 202— General Soils 4
ANSC 101 — Princ of Animal Sci 3
ANSC 203 — Feeds and Feeding 3
ANSC — • • 3
AREC 250 — Elements of Ag. & Res. Econ. . . 3
AREC — • • 3
BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4
ENTH/I 252— Insect Pest of Ag. Crops 3
HORT — • • 3
RLED 464— Rural Life in Mod Soc 3
Community Development related. Life
Science related, or Accounting 6
Electives (15 credit liours 300 or above) 26
•S«tiiN OivifOOil RMu'rxTMittt
**Slud«nt m«v S0l*ct any cour««{l) having fQwrmi hour* in tn»
<]*parlm«nt indicalad.
Agricultural and Extension Education
Protossor and Acting Chairman Pollonborgor
Protessors Longest, Rydon.
Associate Professor: Nelson.
Assistant Protessors: Klement, Seibel, Sorter.
Instructors: Glee, Klavon, Tonnant.
Faculty Research Assistant: Owen.
Programs are offered in education and other applied
behavioral sciences needed by persons preparing
to teach agriculture or to enter extension work,
community development, and other continuing
education careers.
Three undergraduate curriculum options are avail-
able. The agricultural education curriculum is de-
signed primarily for persons who wish to prepare
for teaching agriculture in the secondary schools.
The extension education options are designed for
those preparing to enter the Cooperative Extension
Service or other agencies engaged in educational
and development programs. Any option may lead
to a variety of other career opportunities in public
service, business and industry, communications,
research, and college teaching.
Students preparing to become teachers of agricul-
ture— including horticulture, agribusiness or other
agricultural related subjects — should have had ap-
propriate experience with the kind of agriculture
they plan to teach or should arrange to secure
that experience during summers while in college.
In order to be able to serve as advisors of high
school chapters of the FFA upon graduation,
students in the agricultural education curriculum
are expected to participate in the Collegiate Chapter
of the Future Farmers of America.
Departmental Requirements: All Options
BOTN 101 — General Botany lor Agriculture
Students
CHEM 103. 104 — College Chemistry I, II
MATH 105 — Fundamentals of Mathematics
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology
EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning"
RLED 464 — Rural Lite in Modern Society
RLED 303 — Teaching Materials and
Demonstrations
Agricultural Education Option
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education
RLED 302 — Introduction to Agricultural Education
RLED 305 — Teaching Young and Adult Farmer
Groups
RLED 311 — Teaching Secondary Vocational
Agriculture
RLED 313— Student Teaching
RLED 315 — Student Teaching
RLED 398 — Seminar in Agricultural Education
AGEN 100 — Introduction to Agricultural
Engineering
AGEN 200 — Introduction to Farm Mechanics ....
AGEN 305 — Farm Mechanics
AGRO 100 — Crop Production laboratory
4.4
AGRO 102 — Crop Piodoclioo
or
AGRO 406 — Forage Crop Produclioo 2
AGRO 202— Oerteral Soilt *
ANSC 101— Principle* ol Aninul Scl«nc« 3
ANSC 203 — Feeds and Fe«ding 3
AREC 400 — Farm Managemanl
or
AREC 407— Financial Analy*it of Farm BufirtMa 3
BOTN 221— Oneawt of Plant! 4
ENTM 252— Agricultural InMCU artd PmU 3
HORT 222— Vegetable Production
or
HORT 231 — GreentiouM Managairwnl
or
HORT 271- Plant Propagation 3
Extension Education: Agricultural Science and
Youth Devetopmanl Options
PSY 221— Social Psychology 3
RLED 323 — Developing Youth Programs 3
RLED 325 — Directed E«p«rlence in Extension
Education ' 5
RLED 327 — Program Planning in Extension
Education 3
RLED 422 — Extension Education 3
RLED 423 — Extension Communications 3
•PSVC lOO— Inlfodocllon 10 PtycnolOffy O cr»<I.lt, and tOMO «<*—
Educational Paychology (3 crodilf) may t>« awOaMulod by Crta«»»on
Education aludanlt
Extension Education: Agricultural Science Option
AGEN 100 — Introduction to Agricultural
Engmeering . - . 3
AGRO 100 — Crop Production Laboratory 2
AGRO 102 — Crop Production ... 2
AGRO 202 — General Soils *
ANSC 101 — Principles of Animal Science 3
ANSC 203 — Feeds and Feeding 3
AREC 406 — Farm Management
or
AREC 407— Financial Analysts ol the
Farm Business 3
AREC 452 — Economics of Resource Development 3
BOTN 221— Diseases ol Planu *
ENTM 252— Agricultural Insects and Po»U 3
HORT 222 — Vegetable Production
or
HORT 231 — Greenhouse Management
or
HORT 271— Plant Propagation 3
Extension Education: Youth Development Option
RLED 426 — Development and Management ol
EKlension Youth Programs 3
EDHD 411 — Child Growth and Development 3
EDHD 413 — Adolescent Development 3
FMCD 105 — Introduction to Family Living 3
HLTH 450 — Health Problems ol Children
and Youth 3
PSYC 333 — Child Psychology 3
CRIM 450 — Juvenile Delinquency 3
RECR 460 — Leadership Techniques and
Practices 3
RECR 490 — Organization and Administration
ol Recreation 3
RECR 420 — Program Planning 3
Departments, Programs and Currteula / 63
Agricultural and Resource Economics
Professor and Chairman: Curtis.
Professors: Beal, Bender, Bishop, Foster, Ishee,
Lessley, Moore, Murray, Poffenberger, Smith,
Stevens, Tuthill, and Wysong.
Associate Professors: Belter, Cain, Hardle,
Hoecker, Lawrence, Via.
Assistant Professors: Crothers, Marasco.
Facuity Research Associate: Bellows.
Visiting Professor: Abrahamsen.
Visiting Assistant Professors: Carlson, Nash,
Noetzel, Vondruska.
Visiting Faculty Research Associates: KInoshlta,
Miller.
This curriculum combines training In the business,
economics and International aspects of agricultural
production and marketing with the biological and
physical sciences basic to agriculture. Programs
are available for students In agricultural economics,
agricultural business. International agriculture, and
resource economics. Students desiring to enter
agricultural marketing or business affiliated with
agriculture may elect the agricultural business
option; and those interested In foreign service may
elect the International agriculture option. Students
primarily interested In the broad aspects of pro-
duction and management as it is related to the
operation of a farm business may elect the agri-
cultural economics option. Those Interested In
training In the broad area of resource management
and evaluation may elect the resource economics
option.
In these programs, students are trained for
employment In agricultural business firms; for posi-
tions in sales or management; for local, state, or
federal agencies; for extension work; for high school
and college teaching; for research, and for farm
operation or management.
Courses for the freshman and sophomore years
are essentially the same for all students. In the
junior year the student selects the option of his
choice. Courses In this department are designed to
provide training In the application of economic
principles to the production, processing, distribu-
tion, and merchandising of agricultural products
and the effective management of our natural
and human resources, as well as the inter-
relationship of business &nd industry associated
with agricultural products. The curriculum Includes
courses in general agricultural economics, market-
ing, farm management, prices, resource economics,
agricultural policy, and internatlor 1 agricultural
economics.
Required of All Students *
Credit Hours
General University Requirements 30
Biological Sciences" ' 3
Chemistry' * 3
AREC 404 — Prices of Agricultural Products . . 3
BSAD 220 — Principles of Accounting 3
BSAD 230 — Business Statistics I
or
AGRI 301 — Introduction to Agricultural
Biometrics 3
ECON 201 — Principles of Economics I 3
ECON 203 — Principles of Economics II 3
ECON 401 — National Income Analysis 3
ECON 403 — Intermediate Price Ttieory 3
MATH 110 — Introduction to Matfiematics" . 3
MATH 111 — Introduction to Mathematics ... 3
MATH 220— Elementary Calculus 3
Technical Agriculture" " " 9
45
•The students total program must contain a minimum of ts Cfedit
hours of courses in Agricultural and Resource Economics.
••Satisfies a Division I requirement.
•••A minimum ol nine hours of technical agriculture must be selected
in consultation with the students advisor
Agribusiness Option
Each student must take the following;
AREC 406 — Farm Management 3
AREC 427 — The Economics of Marketing
Systems for Agricultural Commodities ... 3
AREC 432 — Introduction to National Resource
Policy 3
Otfier courses in Agricultural and Resource
Economics 3
Electives 33
Agricultural Economics Option
Each student must take the following:
AREC 406 — Farm Management 3
ECON 425 — Mathematical Economics
or
ENGL 291 — Expository Writing 3
MATH 221— Elementary Calculus 3
Statistics 3
Other courses in Agricultural and Resource
Economics 9
Electives , 24
International Agriculture Option
Each student must take the following:
AREC 445 — World Agricultural Development
and the Quality of Life 3
ECON 415 — Introduction to Economic
Development of Underdeveloped Areas ... 3
ECON 440 — International Economics 3
Other courses in Agricultural and Resource
Economics 9
Electives 27
Resource Economics Option
Each student must take the following:
AREC 240 — Environment and Human Ecology 3
AREC 452 — Economics of Resource
Development 3
ECON 450 — Introduction to Public Finance . . 3
Other Courses in Agricultural and Resource
Economics 6
Electives 30
Course Code Prefix— AREC
Agricultural Chemistry Curriculum
This curriculum insures adequate Instruction In the
fundamentals of both the physical and biological
sciences. It may be adjusted through the selection
of electives to fit the student for work In agricultural
experiment stations, soil bureaus, geological
surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer industries, and
those handling food products.
Credit Hours
General University Requirements 30
Required of All Students:
CHEM 103— College Chemistry 1 or
CHEM 105" 4
CHEM 104 — College Chemistry II or
CHEM 106 4
CHEM 201— College Chemistry III or
CHEM 211 3
CHEM 202 — College Chemistry 111 Laboratory
or CHEM 212 2
CHEM 203— College Chemistry IV or
CHEM 213 3
CHEM 204— College Chemistry IV Laboratory
or CHEM 214 2
CHEM 321 — Quantitative Analysis 4
AGRO 202 — General Soils 4
GEOL 100 — Geology 3
MATH 141— Analysis II • 4
PHYS 141— Principles of Physics 4
PHYS 142 — Principles of Physics 4
Electives in Biology" 6
Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 10
Electives 33
•Satisfies Divisional Requirements
Agricultural Engineering
Professor and Acting Chairman: Harris.
Professors: Green, Winn, Jr.
Associate Professors: Cowan, Felton, Hummel,
Merkel, Wheaton.
Assistant Professors: Grant, Rebuck, Ross,
Stewart.
Lecturer: Holton.
Instructor: Carr.
Visiting Research Associate: Wlllson.
Agricultural engineering utilizes both the physical
and biological sciences to help meet the needs of
our Increasing world population for food, natural
fiber and improvement or maintenance of the
environment. Scientific and engineering principles
are applied to the conservation and utilization of
soil and water resources for food production and
recreation; to the utilization of energy to improve
labor efficiency and to reduce laborious and menial
tasks; to the design of structures and equipment
for housing or handling of plants and animals to
optimize growth potential; to the design of resi-
dences to Improve the standard of living for the rural
population; to the development of methods and
equipment to maintain or increase the quality of
food and natural fiber; to the flow of supplies
and equipment to the agricultural and aquacultural
production units; and to the flow of products from
the production units and the processing plants to
the consumer. The agricultural engineer places
emphasis on maintaining a high quality environment
as they work toward developing efficient and
economical engineering solutions.
64 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
The undergraduate curriculum provides oppor-
tunity to prepare (or many interesting and challeng-
ing careers in design, management, research,
education, sales, consulting, or international service.
The program of study includes a broad base ol
mathematical, physical and engineering sciences
combined with basic biological sciences. Twenty
hours ol electives give flexibility so that a student
may plan a program according to his major interest.
Departmental Requirements
Semester
Credit Hours
AGEN 324— Enginoeiing Dynamics o(
Biological Materials 3
AGEN 424 — Functional and Environmental
Design ol Agricultural Structures 3
AGEN 343 — Functional Design ol Machinery
and Equipment 3
AGEN 421 — Power Systems . 3
AGEN 422 — Soil and Water Engineering . 3
ENCE 350— Structural Analysis 3
ENES 101 — Intro Engineering Science . . 3
ENES 1 10— Mechanics 3
ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials 3
ENES 221— Dynamics 3
ENME 300 — Materials Science and Engineering
or
ENCE 300 — Fund ol Engineering Materials 3
ENME 216 — Thermodynamics 3
ENME 342 or ENCE 330— Fluid Mechanics 3
ENEE 300 — Prin. o( Electrical Engineering . . 3
MATH 140 141— Analysis I. II 4,4
MATH 241— Analysis III 4
MATH 246 — Oillerenlial Equations
or
ENCE 381 — Applied Math in Engineering
or
ENME 380 — Applied Math in Engineering 3
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology
Of
BOTN 101 — General Botany 4
CHEM 103. 104— College Chemistry I. II 4, 4
PHYS 161 262. 263— General Physics 3.4.4
Technical Electives" 14
General University Requirements'* 30
Electives 6
'Tvcbnical vlectiv** ralattd to litid of conunlration. must b« M-
■•cted Irom i d«panm«nlally •pprov*d lit!. Eight credit! must b«
300 i«v«i and atwve
"Students must consull with departmental advisors to ensure tl>e
selection ot eppropriate courses for irteir particular program of study.
Agronomy
Chairman and Professor: Miller.
Professors: Axley. Clark. Decker, Foss, Hoyert,
McKee. Strlckling.
Associate Professors: Aycock. Bandel. Fanning,
Miller, Parochetti.
Assistant Professors: Burt, Hall. Hawes. Hofmann,
Mulchi. Newcomer. Wolf.
Visiting Associate Professor: Caldwell.
Visiting Assistant Professor: Weber.
Faculty Research Assistants: Armbruster, Mulford,
Smith, Varano.
Instructor: Rivard.
Instruction is otiorod in crop science and soil
science. A turl and urban agronomy option Is
ollered under crop science and a conservation o(
soil, water and environment option is ollered under
soil science. These options appeal to students who
are interested in urban problems or environmental
science. The agronomy curricula are flexible and
allow the student either to concentrate on basic
science courses that are needed (or graduate work
or to select courses that prepare him for employ-
ment at the bachelor's degree level as specialists
with park and planning commissions, road comis-
sions. extension service, soil conservation service,
and other governmental agencies. Many graduates
with the bachelors degree are also employed by
private corporations such as goll courses and seed,
fertilizer, chemical, and farm equipment companies.
Agronomy students who follow the Journalism-
Science Communication option are prepared to
enter the field o( science communication. Opportuni-
ties in this area are challenging and diverse. Stu-
dents who are interested in public relations may
find employment with industry or governmental
agencies. Others may become writers and. in some
cases, science editors for newspapers, publishing
houses, radio, and television. Technical and pro-
fessional journals hire students trained in this field
as editors and writers. Also, this training is valuable
to students who (ind employment in university
extension programs, as a large part o( their work
involves written communication with the public.
Students completing graduate programs are pre-
pared (or college teaching and research, or research
and management positions with industry and
governmental agencies.
Additional inlormation on opportunities in agron-
omy may be obtained by writing to the Department
o( Agronomy.
Department Requirements. (22-23 semester hours)
Semester
Credit Hours
CHEM 103 — College Chemistry f 4
CHEM 104 — College Chemistry II 4
MATH — • 3-4
BOTN 101— General Botany* 4
AGRO 100 — Crops Laboratory 2
AGRO 202— General Soils 4
AGRO 398 — Senior Seminar 1
'Satisfies Division ol Agricultural and Life Sciences
requirements.
Crop Science Curriculum. (68 semester hours)
Semesfer
Credit Hours
AGRO — Advanced Crops Courses 6
AGRO — Advanced Soils Courses 6
BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 3
BOTN 221 — Diseases ol Plants 4
BOTN 441 — Plant Physiology 4
Electives 45
Crop Science options are listed under Crop and Soil
Sciertce Options.
Soil Science Curriculum. (68 temetler hours)
Semester
Credit Houn
AGRO — Advanced Crops Courses 4
AQRO 414 — Soil Classification and
Geography 4
AGRO 417— Soil Physics 3
AGRO 421— Soil Chemitlry 3
Elective! 54
Soil Science optioni are itiiad und«r Crop tnd Soil
Semnce Optio/it
Crop and Soil Science Option*
Tur( and Urban Agronomy Option
A student following this option m the Crop Science
curriculum must include the following courMS
among his electives:
Semester
Credit Hours
AGRO 405 — Tuft Management 3
AGRO 415 — Soil Survey and Land Use 3
HORT 160 — Introduction to the Art of
Landscaping 3
HORT 453 — Woody Plant Materials 3
RECR 495 — Planning, Design, and
Maintenance of Parl< and Recreational
Areas and Facilities 3
Conservation of Soil, Water, and
Environment Option
A student following this option in the Soil Science
curriculum must include the following courses
among his electives:
Semester
Credit Hour*
AGRO 412— Soil and Water Conservation . 3
AGRO 423 — Soil-Water Pollution 3
AGRO 415 — Soil Survey and Land Use 3
AGEN 432 — General Hydrology 3
AGRI 489 — Air Pollution Biology 3
BOTN 211 — Principles ot Conservation 3
GEOG 445 — Climatology .3
Journalism-Science Communication Option
A student following this option in the Crop Science
or Soil Science curriculum must elect journalism
and basic science and math courses in addition to
the required curriculum courses. Many combinations
will be acceptable. The advisor can aid in helping
the student plan an appropriate program.
Course Code Prefn— AGHO
Air Force Aerospace Studies Program
The Air Force ROTC program provides pre-
professional education for future Air Force com-
missioned o(ficers. Courses are o((ered as electives,
and enable college men and women to earn a
commission in the United States Air Force while
completing their University degree requirements.
Two Programs Offered
Four-Year Program. The Four-Year Program is sub-
divided into two separate programs. The General
Military Course (CMC) is normally for freshmen and
sophomores. Those who successfully complete the
GMC may apply (or the Protessional 0(ficer Course
Departments. Programs and Curricula / 65
(POC) which is the final two years of AFROTC.
Progression into the POC is not automatic but is
limited to selected students only. Students in the
four-year program must attend four weeks of field
training at a designated Air Force base during the
summer after completing the sophomore year of
college. To enter the AFROTC program, one should
inform his advisor and register for classes in the
same manner as for other courses.
Two-Year Program. The Professional Officer Course
(POC) IS normally offered m the junior and senior
years, but may be taken by graduate students other-
wise qualified. This program is especially attrac-
tive for those unable to take the four-year program,
particularly transfer students. Evaluation of candi-
dates is normally begun during the first semester
of the sophomore year, since each student must
meet physical and mental standards set by the
Air Force. Interested students should contact the
Chairman, Air Force Aerospace Studies Program as
early in the sophomore year as possible. Students
in the two-year program must attend six weeks
of field training at a designated Air Force base
during the summer preceding entry into the two-
year academic program. The academic program for
the last two years (POC) is identical with the final
two years of the four-year program.
The Curriculum:
General Military Course — freshman year, ARSC 100
and ARSC 101 ; sophomore year, ARSC 200 and
ARSC 201. The courses for the freshman and sopho-
more years are "U.S. Military Forces in the Con-
temporary World" and "Growth and Development of
Aerospace Power" respectively. In the first two
years, cadets attend academic classes once each
week. In addition, they receive one hour of Leader-
ship and Management Laboratory each week.
Professional Officer Course — junior year, ARSC 300
and ARSC 301 ; senior year, ARSC 302 and ARSC
303. The courses for the junior and senior years are
"National Security Forces in Contemporary
American Society" and "Air Force Leadership and
Management" respectively. They require three class
hours, plus one hour of Leadership and Manage-
ment Laboratory per week.
The AFROTC College Scholarship Program pro-
vides scholarships for selected cadets each year
in the AFROTC program. Those selected receive
money for tuition, laboratory expenses, incidental
fees, and books for up to eight semesters. In addi-
tion, they receive nontaxable monthly allowance
of $100.
Students in the Two-Year and Four- Year program
enrolled in the Professional Officer Course receive
nontaxable monthly pay of $100 for the two-year
period regardless of their scholarship status. Stu-
dents also receive monetary compensation (plus
quarters and subsistence) while attending either the
66 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
four-week or the six-week Field Training Session.
To be accepted into the Professional Officer
Course the student must: complete the General
Military Course and a four-week Field Training
Session, or the six-week Field Training Session;
pass the Air Force Officer Qualification Test; be
physically qualified; enlist in the Air Force Reserve;
be in good academic standing; meet age require-
ments; and possess the necessary qualities of
leadership and citizenship. Successful completion
of the Professional Officer Course and a bachelor's
degree are the prerequisites for a commission as
a Second Lieutenant in the United States Air Force.
Students who have prior military service or
ROTC training with the Army, Navy, Marine Corps,
Coast Guard, or Air Force will be evaluated and
allowed appropriate credit toward meeting the re-
quirements for the General Military Course.
Professional Officer Course (Advanced) credits are
transferable.
Attendance at Aerospace Studies classes is
mandatory. Unexcused absences will reduce the
term grade. Excessive absences and/or misconduct
will be cause for dismissal.
Seniors who qualify to become Air Force pilots
receive a free sevi-hour flight instruction program.
Cadets are instructed by competent civilian in-
structors. This training enables them to earn their
private pilot's license before graduating from
college.
American Studies Program
Associate Professor and Chairman: Lounsbury.
Professor: Beall.
Assistant Professor: Mintz.
The program offers a comprehensive, interdiscipli-
nary investigation of American culture as defined
in historical and contemporary sources. Majoring
in a curriculum of generous breadth — ranging
from creative self-expression to environmental
studies and the mass media — the undergraduate
student may benefit from the perspectives empha-
sized by specialists in both the humanities and the
social sciences. In addition to gaining a general
awareness of the multiple dimensions of American
civilization, each major is expected to select an
area of concentration in either American literature
or American history. The program's faculty provide
integrative courses, designed to offer a conceptual
framework for the diversified materials of the tra-
ditional disciplines, in the student's junior and
senior years.
Prerequisites; six hours of American history or
American literature or three hours of each. The
undergraduate major requires 42 semester hours
(24 hours minimum at the 300-400 level), consisting
of courses in American Studies and various
related disciplines. Courses applicable to American
Studies are offered in the following departments,
programs and colleges;
English, History, Government and Politics, Sociol-
ogy, Afro-American Studies, Anthropology, Archi-
tecture, Art, Comparative Literature, Dramatic Arts,
Economics, Education, Geography, Journalism,
Music, Philosophy, Psychology, Radio-Television-
Film, and Speech Communication.
No course with a grade lower than "C" may be
counted towards the major.
A major in American Studies will follow this cur-
riculum;
1. American Studies 426, 427 (Culture and the
Arts in America) or American Studies 436, 437
(Readings in American Studies) in the junior year
and American Studies 446, 447 (Popular Culture in
America) in the senior year.
2. Twelve hours of either American literature or
history.
3. Nine hours in each of two of the remaining
above listed departments.
Note; To meet one of the nine hour require-
ments, a student, with the approval of his advisor,
may substitute related courses from one of the
following sequences;
Afro-American Studies. Courses in art,
English, government, history and sociology.
Area Studies and Comparative Culture. The
study of one foreign culture. Courses must be drawn
from at least two of the following fields; art, com-
parative literature, English, history, and a foreign
language.
Creative and Performing Arts. Production, studio
or technical courses in art, English, music, radio
and television.
Personality and Culture. Courses in anthropology,
education, and psychology.
Philosophy and Fine Arts. Courses in art, music
and philosophy.
Popular Arts and Mass Communications. Courses
in dramatic arts, journalism, radio-television-film.
Urban and Environmental Studies. Courses in
architecture, economics, government, sociology.
Course Code Preli«— AMST
Animal Sciences
Department of Animal Science
Professor and Chairman: Young.
Professors: Green, Leffel.
Associate Professors: Buric, DeBarthe, Goodwin
(Extension).
Assistant Professor: McCall.
instructors: Curry.
Department of Dairy Science
Professor and Acting Chairman: Mattick.
Professors: Cairns, Keeney, King, Vandersall,
Williams.
Assistant Professors: Bull, Douglass, Holdaway,
Westhoff.
Instructor: Seely.
Faculty Research Assistant: Kennett.
Oapartment of Poultry Scltnca
Associate Professor and Chairman Thomas.
Professor: Shaltner,
Associate Professor: Bigbee.
Faculty Research Associate: Rubin
Assistant Professors: Carter. Coon, Heath. Pollard,
Soares, Wabeck.
Extension Assistant Professor: Nicholson (Senior
Agent).
Department of Veterinary Science
Professor and Chairman: Hammond.
Associate Professors: Mohanty, Outta, Albert,
Marquardt. Johnson.
Assistant Professors: Campbell. Gorgacz. Ingling.
The curriculum m animal science offers a broad
background in general education, basic sciences,
and agricultural sciences, and the opportunity for a
student to emphasize that phase of animal agri-
culture In which he is specifically interested. Each
student will be assigned to an advisor according
to the program he plans to pursue.
Curriculum requirements in Animal Sciences can
be completed through the Departments of Animal
Science. Dairy Science or Poultry Science. Pro-
grams of elective courses can be developed which
provide major emphasis on beef, cattle, sheep, swine
or horses, dairy or poultry. Each student is expected
to develop a program of electives In consultation
with an adviser by the beginning of the junior year.
Covrv* Code Pf«tn— ANSC
Objectives. The following specific objectives have
been established for the program in animal
sciences.
1. To acquaint students with the role of animal
agriculture in our cultural heritage.
2. To prepare students for careers in the field of
animal agriculture. These include positions of
management and technology associated with ani-
mal, dairy, or poultry production enterprises;
positions with marketing and processing organiza-
tions: and positions in other allied fields, such as
feed, agricultural chemicals and equipment firms.
3. To prepare students for entrance to veterinary
schools.
4. To prepare students for graduate study and
Subsequent careers in teaching, research and ex-
tension, both public and private.
5. To provide essential courses for the support
of other academic programs of the University.
Required of All Students:
Semester
Credit Hours
General University Requirements 30
Required of All Studertis:
ANSC 101 — Principles of Animal Science 3
FDSC 111 — Inlroduclion to Food Science . 3
ANSC 201 — Basic Principles of Animal
Genetics 3
ANSC ?1l — Anatomy of Oometlic Animals
ANSC 212— Applied Animal Physiology
ANSC 401— Fundamentals of Nutrition
ANSC 412 — Introduction to Diiaasat ol
Animals
CHEM 103— College Chemistry r
CHEM 104 — College Chemistry 11
MICB 200 — General Microbiology
ZOOL 101— General Zoology'
SPCH 107— Public Speaking .
MATH — •
Electives
46
Anthropology Program
Professor and Director: Kerley.
Professor: Williams.
Associate Professors: Anderson. Hoffman. Rosen.
Assistant Professors: Dessamt. MIgliazza. Schacht,
Stewart. Thurman.
Visiting Assistant Professor: Remy.
Visiting Lecturer: Ortner.
The Anthropology Program offers beginning and
advanced course work in the four principal sub-
divisions of the discipline: physical anthropology,
linguistics, archaeology and ethnology. Courses in
these subdivisions may be used to fulfill the minor
or "supporting courses" requirement in some pro-
grams leading to the B.A. degree. They also may,
at the discretion of the Department of Sociology,
be counted toward a major in Sociology.
Anthropology Major: The fulfillment of the re-
quirements for a major in anthropology leads to
the B.A. degree. All majors are required to take
30 hours in anthropology. 18 of which must be
selected from the following courses: ANTH 101, 102,
401, 441. or 451. 371 or 461. and 397. It should be
noted, however, that if ANTH 101 is used to satisfy
the General University requirement in Social
Science, it may not be counted as a part of the
30 required semester hours for the major. The 18
hours of required courses insures that the major
becomes familiar with all areas of anthropology. No
one area therefore, receives special emphasis, for
It Is believed that such specialization should occur
during graduate study, preferably at the Ph.D.
level. Thus the student is broadly prepared in the
ways man has evolved culturally and physically.
A statement of course requirements and recom-
mended sequences of courses is available in the
departmental office.
No course with a grade of less than C may be
used to satisfy major requirements.
ANTH 101 or its equivalent, or permission of the
instructor, is prerequisite to all other courses in
Anthropology.
Couru CoO* Pulii— ANTH
Archlteclura
Proleaaor and Dean Hill.
Assistant Dean: Fogle.
Professors Cochran (part-time), Schleainger,
Skiadaressis (visiting). D. Wiebenson.
Associate Professors: Oegeiman, Mutton, Potts,
Shaefler.
Assistant Professors. Bechhoeter, Biasdel,
Chabrowe, Fullenwider, Jadin, Kaskey, Uazaris,
Lewis, Senkevitch.
Lecturers: Adams, Bell, Feild, Fogle. Kramer,
Sanders. Thomas. J. Wiet>enson. Wilkes.
Admin. Assl.: Ratcliff.
Curator of Visual Aids: Alley.
Librarian: Neal.
Students in architecture are required to complete
a minimum ol 161 credits of work for the Bachelor
of Architecture degree. In addition to prescribed
courses in the School of Architecture, students are
required to complete a number of credits in elec-
tives offered elsewhere in the University. The
requirements tor graduation are tabulated below:
FALL SEMESTER
Isl Year
Arch 170 Int. to BIL
GUR -
GUR -
GUR -•
Elective
GUR-' .
3 GUR =
3 GUR-
3 GUR-
3 Elective
15
2nd Year
Arch 200 Basic Env.
Design
Arch 220 Hist of
Arch I
Arch 214 BIdg.
Const. I
Phys 121
Math 221
3rd Year
Arch 300 Arch Studio I
Arch 310 Arch Scl.
and Tech I '
Arch 360 Site
Analysis'
Arch Hist or
Theory Opt
Arch 314 or
CMSC 103'
4ih Year
Arch 400 Arch Studio
Arch 201 Basic Env.
Design . .
Arch 221 Hist, ol
Arch II
Arch 215 BIdg.
Constr. II
Elective
Elective
Arch 301 Arch Studio
II
III
Arch 410 Arch Sci.
and Tech III
Arch 350 Theories of
Urb. Fm.'
GUR =
Elective
Arch 311 Arch Sci.
and Tech II
Arch 342 Studies in
Vis Design'
Arch Hist or Theory
Opt
GUR -
Arch 401 Arch Studio
IV
Arch 411 Arch Sci.
and Tech IV . . .
GUR=
Elective
Elective
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 67
5th Year
Arch 500 Adv, Top.
Prob
Arch 570 Prof. Mgmt.
Elective
Elective
Elective
Arch 501 Adv. Top.
Prob
Elective
Elective
Elective
15
17 Total Credits: 161
NOTE; At least 12 of the 39 elective credits must be
taken outside the School of Architecture and 12 taken
from elective courses offered in the School of
Architecture (not counting courses taken to meet the
Arch History or Theory option).
' Physics 121 and Main 221 are prerequisites 10 Atch 310', Malh 221
■ GUR— General Un
'indrcales that this
Course Code Prelix— ARCH
Art
Professor and Chairman: Levitine.
Professors: Bunts, deLeiris, Detiny, Jamieson,
Lembach, Lynch, t^aril.
Associate Professors: Campbell, DiFederico,
Pemberton, Rearick, Stites.
Assistant Professors: Bickley, Dilllnger, Farquhar,
Forbes, Gelman, Green, Klank, Niese, Schwartz,
Withers.
Lecturers: deMonte, Ferraioli, Green, Griffin,
fHommel, Landgren, Lapinski, Spiro, Valtchev.
Instructors: deLeiris, Raid, Samuels.
Two majors are offered in art: art history and
studio. The student who majors in art history is
committed to the study and scholarly interpretation
of existing works of art, from the prehistoric era to
our times, while the studio major stresses the stu-
dent's direct participation in the creation of works
of art.
In spite of this difference, both majors are rooted
in the concept of art as a humanistic experience,
and share an essential common aim: the develop-
ment of aesthetic sensitivity, understanding, and
knowledge. For this reason, students in both majors
are required to progress through a "common
curriculum," which will ensure a broad grounding in
both aspects of art; then each student will move into
a "specialized curriculum" with advanced courses
in his own major.
A curriculum leading to a degree in art education
is offered in the College of Education with the co-
operation of the Department of Art.
Common Curriculum
(Courses required in major unless taken as part
of supporting area as listed below.)
ARTH 100. Introduction to Art. (3)
ARTH 260. History of Art (3)
ARTH 261. History of Art. (3)
ARTS 100. Design I. (3)
ARTS 110. Drawing I. (3)
Specialized Curricula
Art History Major A
5 junior-senior level History of Art courses (one each
from 3 of the following areas: Ancient-lvledieval,
Renaissance-Baroque, 19th-20th century, non-
Western.) (15)
1 additional Studio Art course.
Supporting Area
12 coherently related non-art credits approved by an
advisor. Six of these credits must be taken
in one department, and must be at junior-senior
level. (12)
Art History Major B
5 junior-senior level History of Art courses (one
each from 3 of the following areas: Ancient-
IVIedieval, Renaissance-Baroque, 19th-20th
century, non-Western.) (15)
3 additional courses in any level History of Art. (9)
Supporting Area
ARTS 100. Design I (from common curriculum).
ARTS 110. Drawing I (from common curriculum).
2 Studio Art courses at junior-senior level. (6)
Total required credit hours, combined Major and
Supporting Area — 45. Additional History of Art or
Studio courses may be applied. Total combined Art
hours may not exceed 42 in Major A; total in
combined Major and Supporting Area may not
exceed 54 in Major B.
Studio Art Major A
ARTS 200. Intermediate Design. (3); or alternative
ARTS 210. Drawing II. (3)
ARTS 220. Painting I. (3)
ARTS 310. Drawing III. (3)
ARTS 330. Sculpture I. (3)
ARTS 340. Printmaking I or ARTS 344. Print-
making II. (3)
1 additional junior-senior level Studio course. (3)
1 advanced History of Art course. (3)
Supporting Area
12 coherently related non-Art credits approved by
an advisor. Six of these credits must be
taken in one department and must be at a junior-
senior level. (12)
Studio Art Major B
ARTS 200. Intermediate Design. (3); or alternative
ARTS 210. Drawing II. (3)
ARTS 220. Painting I. (3)
ARTS 310. Drawing III. (3)
ARTS 330. Sculpture I. (3)
ARTS 340. Printmaking I or ARTS 344. Print-
making II. (3)
1 additional junior-senior level Studio Art course. (3)
Supporting Area in History of Art
ARTH 260. History of Art (from common curricu-
lum). (3)
ARTH 261. History of Art (from common curricu-
lum). (3)
2 History of Art courses at junior-senior level. (6)
Total required credit hours, combined Major and
Supporting Area — 51 in Major A, 45 in Major B.
Additional History of Art or Studio courses may be
applied. Total combined Art hours may not exceed
42 in Major A; total in combined Major and Sup-
porting Area may not exceed 54 in Major B.
No course with a grade less than C may be used
to satisfy major requirements.
Course Cods Preli»e5— ARTE ARTH, ARTS
Astronomy Program
Professor and Chairman of Physics and Astronomy:
Laster.
Professor and Director of Astronomy: Ken.
Professors: Brandt (P.T.), Erickson. Kundu,
Opik (P.T.), Westerhout.
Associate Professors: A'Hearn, Bell, Harrington,
Matthews, Rose, V.P. Smith, Wentzel, Zipoy,
Zuckerman.
Assistant Professors: Simonson, Trimble.
Faculty Research Associate: Scott.
Visiting Research Associate: de la Noe.
The Department of Physics and Astronomy offers a
major in Astronomy. The Astronomy Program office
IS located in the Space Sciences Building. Astron-
omy students are given a strong undergraduate
preparation in astronomy, physics and mathematics,
as well as encouragement to take a wide range of
other liberal arts courses. The Astronomy Program
is designed to be quite flexible, in order to take
advantage of students' special talents or interests
after the basic requirements for a sound astronomy
education have been met. Students preparing for
graduate studies will have an opportunity to choose
from among many advanced courses available in
astronomy, mathematics and physics. The pro-
gram is designed to prepare students both for
graduate work and for positions in governmental and
industrial laboratories and observatories.
Students intending to major in astronomy who
have a high school course in physics and who have
adequate preparation in mathematics to qualify
for admission to MATH 140 will ordinarily take the
introductory physics courses PHYS 181, 182, 283
and 284, or their equivalent during their freshman
and sophomore years. Those students who do
not decide to major in astronomy or physics until
after their freshman or sophomore year or enter as
transfer students will often have taken other
introductory courses in physics (i.e. PHYS 161,
262, 263). Students will find further details in the
pamphlet entitled Department Requirements tor a
B.S. degree m Astronomy, which is available from
68 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
Iho Astronomy Program Office. Tfiis pamphlet
outlines many different approacfies for an astronomy
major.
ASTR 180 (Descriptive and Analytical Astronomy)
IS the introductory astronomy course required of
astronomy majors. It may be taken in the freshman
or sophomore year. It is followed by another
required course, ASTR 210 (Practical Astronomy).
Some students may not decide to maior in astronomy
until they have already taken ASTR 100 and 105
(Introduction to Astronomy and Modern Astron-
omy). Such students should, as a rule, still fulfill
the ASTR 180 requirement: only students with a
grade of B or better in ASTR 100 and 105 will be
encouraged to major in astronomy. The astronomy
faculty IS currently considering expanding ASTR
180 into a two semester course. A new introductory
one semester course, ASTR 350, may be offered
lor junior level students with appropriate physics
background.
Astronomy majors are required to take the
following physics courses: PHYS 181, 182. 283.
284 (161, 262, 263 plus 404, 405 or equivalent may
be substituted) 285, 286. and PHYS 421-422 or
410-411. Required supporting courses are MATH 140,
141, and 240. or 246. or 241. The introductory
astronomy courses. ASTR 180 and 210. plus any
two 400-level ASTR courses (6 credits) complete the
requirements. The program requires that the stu-
dent maintain an average grade of C in all astron-
omy courses: moreover, the average grade of all
the required physics and mathematics courses must
also be C or better. Any student who wishes to be
recommended for graduate work in astronomy
must maintain a B average. He (she) should also
consider including several additional advanced
courses, beyond the minimum required, to be
selected from astronomy, physics and mathematics.
Honors in Astronomy. The Honors Program offers
students ot exceptional ability and interest in
astronomy an educational program with a number of
special opportunities for learning. Honors sections
are offered in several courses, and there are many
opportunities for part-time research participation
which may develop into full-time summer projects.
An honors seminar is offered for advanced students:
credit may be given for independent work or study:
and certain graduate courses are open for credit
toward the bachelor's degree.
Students for the Honors Program are accepted by
the Department's Honors Committee on the basis
of recommendations from their advisors and other
faculty members. Most honors candidates submit
a written report on their research project, which,
together with an oral comprehensive examination in
the senior year, concludes the program which may
lead to graduation "with Honors (or High Honors)
in Astronomy."
Courses For Non-Science Majort. There are a
variety of Astronomy courses offered for those who
are interested in learning about the subject but do
not wish to major in it. These courses do not require
any background in mathematics or physics and are
geared especially to the non-science major. ASTR
100 IS a general survey course that briefly covers
all of the major parts of Astronomy. ASTR 110
IS the lab that can be taken with or after ASTR 100.
ASTR 105 IS at the same level as ASTR 100 except
It covers a few topics in depth rather than many
briefly. It has ASTR 100 as a prerequisite. ASTR 398
IS offered to non-scientists who want to learn
about a particular field in depth: the subject matter
will change each semester and will cover topics
like: the solar system, our Galaxy, the Universe,
etc. ASTR 398 has no prerequisite beyond junior
standing.
Coufso Good Pfehx— ASTR
Biological Sciences Program
This program is designed for the student who is in-
terested in a broader education In the biological
sciences than is available in the programs for majors
in the various departments of the Division of
Agricultural and Life Sciences. It Is appropriate for
the entering student who wishes to explore the
various areas of biology before specializing In the
program offered by a single department, or students
desiring to specialize In a discipline constituted
by courses from the various departments in the
biological sciences. With the proper selection of
courses beyond the basic requirements, this pro-
gram is suitable for the pre-dental, pre-medical or
pre-veterinary student who plans to earn a B.S.
degree before entering professional school.
Preparation for graduate study in a specialized
area of biology is readily accomplished under this
program by the judicious selection of junior-senior
level courses supporting the proposed area of
graduate concentration. Where the proposed area
of graduate specialization lies within a single
departmental discipline, it may be desirable for the
student to transfer to the program for majors in
that department.
The student in this program may emphasize work
in botany, entomology, microbiology or zoology
and will be advised by the department or curriculum
in which most of the work is taken. Alternatively,
the student may concentrate in a specialized area of
biology (i.e., ecology, genetics, and physiology)
which cuts across department boundaries. In this
case, an advisor competent in the area of emphasis
will be selected. Students in the pre-professional
programs should also seek advice from advisors
for the respective programs. Students in the program
who wish to prepare for secondary school science
teaching should contact the staff of the Science
Teaching Center ot the College of 6ducation for in-
formation concerning requirements for certification.
Curriculum. All students in the Biological Sciences
Program must satisfy the requirements of the
University of Maryland at College Park and the re-
quirements of the Division of Agricultural and Life
Sciences.
Required introductory courses in the biological
sciences: BOTN 101, ENTM 200. MICB 200. 200L
101. These courses must be passed with an aver-
age grade of at least C. The pre-professional student
should lake ZOOL 293 as well.
Required supporting courses in mathematics and
physical sciences: MATH 110, 111: CHEM 103. 104;
PHYS 121, 122. The student working in most areas
of biology will also need the second year of
Chemistry (CHEM 201-204; or 211-214). Additional
work in chemistry may also be required by the
student's advisor, in accordance with the needs of
the student's field of emphasis. The pre-professional
student must include CHEM 201-204 or 211-214
in his program.
Advanced courses in the biological sciences:
The student must complete at least 30 semester
hours of advanced work selected from the fields of
botany, entomology, microbiology, and zoology. Of
these credits at least 18 must be at the 300 and
400-level and be taken in at least two of the four
departments. The following courses in psychology
may be counted as part of the required 30 semester
hours, but may not be used to satisfy the require-
ment of 18 semester hours at the advanced level:
PSYC 402. 403. 410, 462, 479.
Botany
Professor and Chairman: Sisler.
Prolessors: Corbett, Galloway, Kantzes, Klarman,
Krusberg. D. T. Morgan. Patterson. Stern, Weaver.
Research Prolessor: Sorokin.
Associate Professors: Bean, Curtis, Karlander,
Lockard. O. D. Morgan. Rappleye.
Assistant Professors: Barnett. Bottino. Broome,
Harrison. Motta, Reveal, Stevenson, Van Valkenburg.
Research Associate: Queen.
Faculty Research Assistant: Cockrell, Ragsdale.
Instructors: Grigg, Higgins.
The Department offers work in the major fields of
physiology, pathology, ecology, taxonomy, anatomy-
morphology, and genetics.
The required courses for the freshman and
sophomore years are the same for all students. In
the junior and senior years, the student elects
botany courses to suit his particular interest.
Courses are required in other subjects to satisfy
General University Requirements which contribute
toward a broad cultural education, and to support
the courses selected in the chosen field of txstany.
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 69
The curriculum provides a complete survey of
the field of botany, and lays a good foundation
for graduate work in botany in preparation for teach,
ing and for research in experiment stations or
private research laboratories.
Students who wish to meet the requirements for
certificates in secondary education may elect
basic courses in education. An additional semester
will usually be necessary to take certain courses
in education, including the required practice
teaching. As long as the demand continues, a
series of advanced courses will be offered in rota-
tion in the summer session, especially for teachers
working toward the degree of Master of Education
in science teaching.
The Department of Botany has instituted an
Honors Program which a student may enter if he
desires and if he meets the requirements of the
program.
Department of Botany Requirements
Semester
Credit Hours
BOTN 101— General Botany 4
eOTN 202— Ttie Plant Kingdom 4
BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 3
BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4
BOTN 414— Plant Genetics 3
BOTN 416— Plant Anatomy 4
BOTN 441 — Plant Ptiysiology 4
BOTN 462— Plant Ecology 2
CHEM 103— College Chemistry 1" 4
CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 4
(i/IATH 110. Ill — Introduction to Mathematics
or MATH 140, 141' 6
MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4
RHYS 121— Fundamentals of Physics I 4
PHYS 122— Fundamentals of Physics II 4
ZOOL 101— General Zoology* 4
Botany electives or related courses 10
Electives 24
General University Requirements 30
'Satisfy Di^fision requiremenls
Course Code Preli»— BOTN
Business and Management
Dean: Lamone; Haslem, Asst. Dean;
Edelson, Asst. Dean.
Professors: H. Anderson, Carroll, Dawson, Fisher,
Greer, Hille, Levine, Locke, Marvin, Taff, Wright.
Associate Professors: Ashmen, Fromovitz. Gannon,
Hynes, Leete, Loeb, Nash, Nickels, Olson, Paine,
Spivey, Thieblot, Widhelm.
Assistant Professors: C. Anderson, R. Anderson,
Bedingfield, Corwin, Falthzik, Ford, Handorf,
Hargrove, Holmberg, Jolson, Kuehl, Lynagh, May,
Neuman, Pegnetter, Poist, Solomon.
Lecturers: Taylor, Treichel.
Instructors: Baker, Buckingham, Dalton, Doilney,
Edelman, Fulks, Grazer, Hicks, Kovach, Levine,
Max, Lindsay, Lubell, Matthews, Matlingly,
McConnell, Morash, Patton, Raffield, Rice,
Rymer, Silberg, Stewart, Thomas.
70 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
Business organizations are set up primarily for the
purpose of producing and distributing goods and
services. Modern business administration requires
a knowledge and understanding of organizational
structures, operations and environments. The
curricula of the College of Business and Manage-
ment emphasize the principles and problems
involved in the development of organizations and in
the formulation and implementation of their policies.
Study Programs in the College. The programs of
study in the College of Business and Management
are so arranged as to facilitate concentrations
according to the major functions of business man-
agement. This plan is not, however, based on the
view that these major divisions are independent
units, but rather that each is closely related to and
dependent on the others. Every student in business
and management is required to complete satis-
factorily a minimum number of required basic
subjects in the arts, sciences and humanities as
prerequisites to work in the major management
fields.
At least 45 hours of the 120 semester hours of
academic work required for graduation must be
in business administration subjects. A minimum of
57 hours of tfie required 120 hours must be in upper
division courses, with the exception that the
student may, with the consent of the dean, offer
certain lower division courses in mathematics,
natural science and foreign language in partial ful-
fillment of the requirement. In addition to the
requirement of an overall average of C in academic
subjects, and average of C in business administra-
tion subjects is required for graduation. Electives
in the curricula of the department may, with the
consent of the advisor, be taken in any department
of the University if the student has the necessary
prerequisites.
A business and management honors program is
open to business and management majors entering
their junior year. Students must have an academic
average of at least 3.0 to be eligible for admittance
to this program.
Honor Societies
Beta Gamma Sigma. The Alpha of Maryland Chapter
of Beta Gamma Sigma was chartered in 1940. The
purpose of this honorary society is to encourage
and reward scholarship and accomplishment
among students of commerce and business admin-
istration; to promote the advancement of education
in the art and science of business; and to foster
integrity in the conduct of business operations.
Chapters of Beta Gamma Sigma are chartered
only in schools holding membership in the American
Association of Collegiate Schools of Business.
Third and fourth year students in business admin-
istration are eligible; in his third year, a student
must rank in the highest four percent of his class,
and in his fourth year, he must rank in the highest
ten percent in order to be considered for selec-
tion.
Tlie Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key. This is awarded
annually to the student who has maintained the
highest scholastic standing during the entire
course of study in business administration or eco-
nomics. Delta Sigma Pi was founded at New York
University on November 7, 1907. The Gamma Sigma
of Maryland chapter was chartered at the Uni-
versity in 1950. Delta Sigma Pi is a professional
fraternity organized to foster the study of business
in universities; to encourage scholarship, social
activity, and the association of students for their
mutual advancement by research and practice;
to promote closer affiliation between the commercial
world and students of commerce; and to further
a higher standard of commercial ethics and
culture, as well as the civic and commercial wel-
fare of the community. Members are selected from
the College of Business Management on the basis
of leadership, scholastic standing and promise of
future business success.
Beta Alpha PsI, Tau Chapter. Founded in 1919,
Beta Alpha Psi, the National Accounting Honorary
Fraternity, has continuously strived to create a
mutually beneficial and informative relationship with
the professional community. A semester's pro-
gram includes such activities as social functions,
guest speakers from the profession, community
services, such as free income tax advice to low
income families, and the culmination of the semes-
ter with the Pledge Initiation Banquet. Membership
is open to both men and women who are majoring
in accounting and have achieved a 3.00 average
in their accounting courses and a 2.75 overall
average.
Freshman and Sophomore Requirements
GU Requirements
MATH 110. Ill and 220 or (140" and 141)
SPCH 100
BSAD 110
BSAD 220A and 221A (220 and 221") ..
ECON 201 and 203
BSAD 230 {231* •■)
Hours
30
9 (8)
3
3
•For ManageiT
6
3
SCI-STATS « STAT-IFSM Ma|ocs; optional lor
A Typical Program for First Two Years
Required Courses in Addition to General
University Requirements:
Freshman Year
GUR 9 GUR
BSAD 110 or SPCH 100 or
SPCH 100 3 BSAD 110 .
MATH 110 (or MATH 111 (or
140) 3 (4) 141)
3
3 (4)
Total 15-16
Total 15-16
Sopnoniott Year
OUR 6 9* GUR 8
BSAD 220 t220A( 3 ECON 203 3
ECON 201 3 BSAD 221 (221A( 3
MATH 220- 3 BSAD 230 (231) 3
Total 15 Toial 15
•3 houii Oun tubllilut»d lo< M*TM ?» o. M«NAaEMeNT-»CI-»TAT»
t STAT IFSM m.i.iri
Junior and Senior Requirements
BSAO 340 — Business Finiincc 3
BSAD 350 — Marketing Pnnciples and Oiganlzatton 3
BSAD 364— Management and Organization Theory 3
BSAD 380 — Business Law 3
BSAD 495 — Business Policies 3
Total ^5
In addition to the above, two 300 or 400 level
courses must be taken in economics, at least one o(
which must be: ECON 401. National Income
Analysis; ECON 403, Intermediate Price Theory:
ECON 430. Money and Banking; or ECON 440.
International Economics. (Note: Finance Majors see
Finance economics requirement.)
At least 45 hours of the 120 semester hours of
academic work required for graduation must be
in business and management subjects. In addition
to the requirement of an overall average of C in
academic subjects, an average of C in business and
management subjects is required for graduation.
Eleclives in the curricula of the college may.
with the consent of the advisor, be taken in any
department of the University if the student has the
necessary prerequisites.
General Curriculum in Business Administration. The
General Curriculum in Business Administration is
designed for those who desire a broad program
in management. The curriculum contains a relatively
large number of elective courses. Selection is
subject to approval by an advisor and must con-
tribute to a program of courses closely balanced
between (1) a functional field, (2) the various
basic areas of management and (3) non-business
fields.
Students selecting this curriculum will take the
basic courses required for all students in the
College of Business and Management. In addition,
students will take:
(1) The (ollowing required courses: Semester
Hours
BSAD 351 — Marketing Management or
BSAO 450— Marketing Research Methods ... 3
BSAD 360 — Personnel Management I or
BSAD 362 — Labor Relations 3
BSAD 370 — Principles ol Transportation or
BSAD 371 — Traffic and Physical Distribution
Management 3
BSAD 301— Electronic Data Processing or
BSAD 332 — Operations Research I or
BSAO 385 — Production Management 3
BSAD 482 — Business and Government 3
15
(2) Three semester hours from the loHowing.
BSAO 321 — Cost Accounting
BSAD 431— Design ol Statistical Eipeiimenu
In Business
BSAO 440 — Financial Management
BSAO 481— Public Utilities 3
Total 18
Thus, the upper division requirements are
Junior-senior roquiremenis lor all
College ol Business and Management
students IS
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 16
Eleclives in 300 or 400 level economics
courses at least one of which must
be ECON 401. 403. 430. or 440 6
Upper division eleclives to complete 120
s h. required lor graduation 21
Total junior-senior year requirements 60
Accounting. Accounting, in a limited sense, is the
analysis, classification and recording of financial
events and the reporting of the results of such
events for an organization. In a broader sense, ac-
counting consists of all financial devices for
planning, controlling and appraising performance
of an organization. In this broader sense, accounting
includes among its many facets financial planning,
budgeting, accounting systems, financial manage-
ment controls, financial analysis of performance,
financial reporting, internal and external auditing,
and taxation of business.
The accounting curriculum provides an educa-
tional foundation for careers in accounting and a
foundation for future advancement in other manage-
ment areas whether in private business organiza-
tions, government agencies, or public accounting
firms. Students who select this curriculum will
complete the freshman and sophomore require-
ments for all students in the College of Business and
Management.
Course requirements for the junior and senior
years are:
(1) The junior-senior requirements for all stu-
dents in the College of Business and Management,
(2) the following courses:
Semester
Hours
IFSM 401— Electronic Data Processing 3
BSAD 310. 311 — Intermediate Accounting ... 6
BSAD 320 — Accounting Systems
BSAD 321 — Cost Accounting 3
BSAD 323 — Income Tax Accounting 3
and 9 semester hours Irom the following:
BSAD 420. 421 — Undergraduate Accounting
Seminar
BSAD 422 — Auditing Theory and Practice
BSAD 424 — Advanced Accounting
BSAD 425 — CPA Problems
BSAD 427— Advanced Auditing Theory and
Practice
BSAO 426 — Advanced Cost Accounting
Thus, the upper division ol requirement* for
accounting majors are:
Junior-eenior requirements lor all Busirwss-
Managemant itudenit 15
Junior-senior accounting requiremenu
(minimum) 21
IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing 3
Eleclives in 300 or 4(M level economics
courses at least one ol which must be
ECON 401. 403 430. or 440 8
Eleclives (to complete 120 semester hours
required for graduation) 15
Total Junior-Senior Year Requirements 60
For graduates ol the University ol Maryland, the
educational requirement ol the Maryland State
Board ol Public Accountancy lor taking the C.P.A.
examination without practical experience totals
thirty semester hours ol accounting courses plus
SIX semester hours ol business law. Students wish-
ing to satisfy the Board's requirements must include
BSAO 422 in their undergraduate program.
Students not wishing to satisfy the Board's require-
ments to sit for the C.P.A. examination without
experience are eligible to take the examination
after obtaining two years of practical experience
satisfactory to the Board.
A student planning to take the C.P.A. examination
in a state other than Maryland should determine
the course requirements, if any, for that state and
arrange his program accordingly.
Finance. The finance curriculum is designed to
familiarize the student with the institutions, theory
and practice involved in the allocation of financial
resources within the private sector, especially
the firm. It is also designed to incorporate lounda-
tion study in such related disciplines as economics
and the quantitative areas.
The finance curriculum provides an educational
foundation for careers involving financial analysts
and management, investment analysis and portfolio
management, investment banking, banking and
international finance; it also provides a foundation
for graduate study in business administration,
quantitative areas, economics, and law.
Course requirements for the junior-senior curricu-
lum concentration in finance are:
Semester
Hours
(1) The following required courses
IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing . 3
ECON 430 — Money and Banking 3
BSAC 332 — Operations Research lor
Management Decisions 3
BSAD 343 — Investnoenis 3
plus
(2) 'Two ol the following courses
BSAD 440 — Financial Management
BSAO 443 — Security Analysis and Valuation
BSAO 445 — Commercial Bank Management
BSAD 481 — Public Utilities 6
and
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 71
(3) Ore o( the following courses (check
prerequisites):
IFSM 402 — Electronic Data Processing
Applications
BSAD 430 — Linear Statistical Models in
Business
BSAD 431 — Design of Statistical Experiments
in Business
BSAD 433 — Statistical Decision Theory in
Business
BSAD 434 — Operations Research I
MATH — Three semester hours of mathematics
beyond the college requirement 3
Total 21
The upper division requirements are summarized
as follows:
Junior-senior requirements for all
college students 15
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 21
One course in economics selected from
ECON 401. 403, 431, 450, 402, and 440 3
Electives to complete the 120 semester hours
required for graduation 21
Total Junior-Senior year requirements 60
Insurance and Real Estate. Students interested in
insurance or real estate may concentrate either in
general business or finance and plan witti their
advisors a group of electives to meet their special-
ized needs. Courses offered in insurance and real
estate include risk management, principles of
risk and insurance, real estate principles and urban
land management.
Marketing. Marketing involves the functions per-
formed in getting goods and services from producers
to users. Career opportunities exist in manufactur-
ing, wholesaling and retailing and include sales
administration, marketing research, advertising and
merchandising.
Students preparing for work in marketing re-
search are advised to elect additional courses in
Management Science — statistics.
In addition to the courses taken by all students
in the College of Business and Management, the
marketing program consists of:
(1) The following required courses:
BSAD 332 — Operations Research for
Management Decisions 3
BSAD 351 — Marketing Management 3
BSAD 352— Advertising 3
BSAD 450 — Marketing Research Methods 3
Total required 12
and
(2) six semester hours from the following:
IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing
BSAD 353 — Retail Management
BSAD 371 — Traffic and Physical Distribution
Management 6
BSAD 431 — Design of Statistical
Experiments in Business
BSAD 453 — Industrial Marketing
BSAD 451 — Consumer Analysis
BSAD 454 — International Marketing
BSAD 452 — Promotion Management
Total 18
72 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
Thus, the upper division requirements are:
Junior-senior requirements for all departmental
students 15
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18
Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses
at least one of which must be ECON 401, 403,
430, or 440 6
Electives to complete 120 semester hours
required for graduation 21
Total, junior-senior year requirements 60
Personnel and Labor Relations. Personnel admin-
istration has to do with the direction of human
effort. It is concerned with securing, maintaining and
utilizing an effective working force. People profes-
sionally trained in personnel administration find
career opportunities in business, in government, in
educational institutions, and in charitable and
other organizations.
(1) The required courses are:
BSAD 360 — Personnel Management 3
BSAD 362 — Labor Relations 3
BSAD 460 — Personnel Management: Analysis
& Problems 3
BSAD 464 — Organizational Behavior 3
BSAD 462 — Labor Legislation 3
Total required 15
and
(2) three hours from the following:
BSAD 467 — Undergraduate Seminar in
Personnel Management
BSAD 385 — Production Management
PSYC 461 — Personnel and Organizational
Psychology
PSYC 451 — Principles of Psychological Testing
PSYC 452 — Psychology of Individual
Differences
SOCY 462 — Industrial Sociology
SOCY 447 — Small Group Analysis
GVPT 411 — Public Personnel Administration
JOUR 330 — Public Relations 3
Total 18
Thus, the upper division requirements are:
Junior-senior requirements for all departmental
students 15
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18
Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses
at least one of which must be ECON 401. 403,
430, or 440 6
Electives to complete 120 semester hours required
lor graduation 21
Total, junior-senior year requirements 60
Production Management. This curriculum is designed
to acquaint the student with the problems of or-
ganization and control in the field of production
management. Theory and practice with reference
to organization, policies, methods, processes and
techniques are surveyed, analyzed and evaluated.
The courses in addition to those required of all
students in the College of Business and Manage-
ment are:
(1) The following required courses:
BSAD 321 — Cost Accounting 3
BSAD 360— Personnel Management 3
BSAD 385— Production Management 3
BSAD 485 — Advanced Production Management . 3
Total required 12
and
(2) six hours from the following:
BSAD 433 — Statistical Decision Theory in
Business
BSAD 353 — Industrial Marketing
BSAD 362 — Labor Relations
BSAD 332 — Operations Research for
Management
BSAD 371 — Traffic and Physical Distribution
Management 6
Total 18
Thus, the upper division requirements are:
Junior-senior requirements for all college
students 15
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18
Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses
at least one of which must be ECON 401, 403.
430, or 440 6
Electives to complete 120 semester hours required
for graduation 21
Total junior-senior year requirements 60
Management Science — Statistics. In the manage-
ment science-statistics curriculum, the student will
have the option of concentrating primarily in
statistics or primarily in management science. The
two options are described below.
The Statistics Option. Statistics consists of a body
of methods for utilizing probability theory in
decision-making processes. Important statistical
activities ancillary to the decision-making process
are the systematization of quantitative data and
the measurement of variability. Some specialized
areas within the field of statistics are: sample
surveys, forecasting, quality control, design of
experiment, Bayesian decision processes, actuarial
statistics, and data processing. Statistical meth-
ods— for example, sample survey techniques — are
widely used in accounting, marketing, industrial
management, and government applications.
An aptitude for applied mathematics and a desire
to understand and apply scientific methods to
significant problems are important prerequisites
for the would-be statistician.
Students planning to major in statistics must
take MATH 140-141.
Students selecting this curriculum will take, in
addition to the courses required for all students in
the College of Business and Management:
(1) The following required courses:
BSAD 430 — Linear Statistical Models in
Business 3
BSAD 432 — Sample Surveys in Business and
Economics 3
BSAD 434 — Operations Research I 3
BSAD 438 — Topics in Statistical Analysis
for Business and Management 3
and
(2) six semester hours from the following:
IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing
BSAO 433 — Slalistical Decision Theory in
Business
BSAD 435 — Operations Research II
BSAO 430 — Applicalions of Mathematical
Progiammmg in Management Science
BSAD 4S0— Marketing Research Methods
STAT 400— Probability and Statistics I 6
Toldl '8
TtM Management Science Option. Management
Science — Operations Research can be defined as
the application o( scientific methodology by inter-
disciplinary teams to problems Involving the control
o( organized man-machine systems so as to pro-
vide solutions which best serve the purposes o(
the organization as a whole.
Practitioners in this (ield are employed by large
organizations (military, governmental, private indus-
trial, private consulting), to analyze operations in
the light o( organizational goals and recommend
changes requisite to goal fuKillment.
Students planning to major in this (ield must com-
plete MATH 140-141 prior to junior standing.
Students considering graduate work in this (ield
should complete MATH 240-241 as early as possible
in their careers. Note: MATH 240-241 may be
counted as upper division elective credit.
Students electing this curriculum will take, in
addition to the courses required (or all students in
the College o( Business and Management:
(1) The lollowing required courses;
BSAO 430 — Linear Slalistical Models in
Business 3
BSAD 434 — Operations Research I 3
BSAD 435 — Operations Research II 3
BSAO 436 — Applications of Mathematical
Programming in Management Science 3
Total 12
ar>d
(2) Sii semester hours from the lollowing:
BSAO 432 — Sample Surveys in Business and
Economics
BSAO 433 — Statistical Decision Theory in
Business
BSAD 438 — Topics in Statistical Analysis (or
Business and Management
STAT 400— Applied Probability & Statistics I
IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing
IFSM 410 — Information Processing Problems
of Administrative. Economic, and
Political Systems
IFSM 436 — Introduction to System Analysis
BSAD 385 — Production Management
BSAD 485 — Advanced Production Management 6
Total 18
Thus, the upper division requirements are (or both
options;
Junior-senior requirements for all college students • 15
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18
Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses
at least one of which must be ECON 401. 403.
430 or 440 6
Eiactivet to complete 120 ah. required lor
graduation 21
Total luniorsenior requirement 60
Transportation. Transportation involves the move-
ment of persons and goods in the satis(action
o( human needs. The curriculum in transportation
includes an analysis o( the services and manage-
ment problems, such as pricing, (mancing, and
organization. o( the (ive modes o( transport — air,
motor, pipelines, railroads, and water — and covers
the scope and regulation o( transportation in our
economy.
The etfectlve management o( transportation in-
volves a study o( the components o( physical
distribution and the interaction o( procurement, the
level and control o( inventories, warehousing,
material handling, transportation, and data
processing.
The curriculum in transportation is designed to
prepare students to assume responsible positions
with carriers, governmental agencies, and traftic and
physical distribution management in industry.
Course requirements are, in addition to the
junior-senior requirements (or all students in the
College o( Business and Management:
(1) Tiie tollowing required courses:
BSAD 332 — Operations Research (or
Management Decisions 3
BSAD 370 — Principles of Transportation 3
BSAD 371— Traffic and Physical Distribution
Management 3
BSAD 470 — Motor Transportation 3
BSAD 473 — Advanced Transportation Problems 3
Total 15
and
(2) Three semester hours to be selected from
the following:
BSAD 471 — Water Transportation
BSAD 472 — Commercial Air Transportation
BSAD 474— Urban Transport and Urban
Development
BSAO 481— Public Utilities
BSAD 392 — Introduction to International
Business Management 3
Total required 18
Thus, the upper division requirements are:
Junior-senior requirements (or all college students 15
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18
Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses
at least one of which must be ECON 401. 403,
430. or 440 6
Electives to complete 120 s.h. required
for graduation 21
Total junior-senior year requirements 60
Combined Business Administration and Law
Program. The College of Business and Management
offers a combined Business Administration-Law
Curriculum in which the student completes three
years in the General Curriculum in Business Ad-
ministration in the colleges and a (ourth year
o( work in the Law School o( the University ot
Maryland. Admission to the Law School is contingent
upon meeting the applicable standards ol that
school Individual students are responsible to
secure from the Law School its current admission
requirements. The student must complete ail the
courses required o( students in the department, the
courses normally required (or the general cur-
riculum in Business Administration through the
junior year, and enough credits to equal a minimum
of 90 semester hours. No business law course can
be Included in the 90 hours. The last year o(
college work belore entering the Law School must
be completed in residence at College Park. At
least 30 hours o( work must be in courses numbered
300 or above.
The Bachelor o( Science degree is conferred
upon students who complete the first year in the
Law School with an average grade of C or better.
Business and Economic Research
Professor and Acting Director: Cumberland.
Professors Cumberland. Harris.
y4ssoc/are Professor: Fisher.
Assistant Professor: King.
The (unctions o( the Bureau o( Business and
Economic Research are research, education and
public service.
The research activities o( the bureau are pri-
marily (ocused on basic research in the (ield o(
regional, urban and environmental studies Although
the bureau's long-run research program is carried
out largely by its own sta(f, faculty members from
other departments also participate. The bureau
also undertakes cooperative research programs with
the sponsorship o( federal and state governmental
agencies, research foundations and other groups.
The educational functions of the bureau are
achieved through active participation by advanced
graduate and undergraduate students in the
bureau's research program. This direct involve-
ment of students in the research process under
(acuity supervision assists students in their degree
programs and provides research skills that equip
students (or responsible posts in business, govern-
ment and higher education.
The bureau observes its service responsibilities to
government, business, and pnvate groups pri-
marily through the publication and distribution o(
its research (indings. In addition, the bureau Rtaff
welcomes the opportunity to be ot service to gov-
ernmental, business and private groups by consulting
with them on problems in business and economics,
particularly those related to regional development.
Chemical Engineering
Acting Chairman: Gomezplata.
Professors: Arsenault, Beckmann, Cadman, Duffey,
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 73
Marchello, Munno, Schroeder. Silverman. Skolnick,
Smith,
Associate Professors: Almenas. Bolsaitis. Gentry.
Johnson, Regan. Roush. Sheaks, Spain, Spivak,
Assistant Professors: Hatch, Kugelman.
Lecturers: Belcher. Dedrick. Paauwe. Salah (P-T).
Chemical engineering involves the application of
sound engineering and economic principles — and
basic sciences of mathematics, physics and chem-
istry— to process industries concerned with the
chemical transformation of matter. The chemical
engineer is primarily concerned with research and
process development leading to new chemical
process ventures or a better understanding of exist-
ing ones: with the efficient operation of the
complete chemical plant or its component units;
with the technical services engineering required
for improving and understanding chemical plant
operation and the products produced: with the
chemical sales and economic distribution of the
chemical plant product; and with the general man-
agement and executive direction of chemical
process industry plants and industrial complexes.
Because of this wide range of ultimate applica-
tions, the chemical engineer finds interesting and
diverse career opportunities in such varied fields as
chemical (inorganic and organic), food processing
and manufacture, metallurgical, nuclear and energy
conversion, petroleum (refining, production, or
petrochemical), and pharmaceutical industries.
Additional opportunities are presented by the re-
search and development activities of many public
and private research institutes and allied agencies.
The Chemical Engineering Department offers a
curriculum to prepare the undergraduate for a chal-
lenging career in any of the aforementioned fields
of interest — a curriculum that will prepare him for
continued graduate study or immediate industrial
employment following the baccalaureate degree.
The program is developed around three areas:
chemical, materials and nuclear engineering. In
addition, the development of programs in applied
polymer science, and biological and environmental
health engineering has been initiated. These new
programs are interdisciplinary with other depart-
ments of the University.
Basic Freshman Year
Semester
Course No. and Title I II
CHEM 103. 104— General Chemistry" .4 4
PHYS 161— General Physics I 3
MATH 140. 141— Analysis I. II 4 4
ENES 101— Intro. Engr. Science 3
ENES 110— Mechanics 3
General Univ. Requirements 6 3
Total Credits 17 17
••Qoaliliea sludenls may elect 10 lake CHEM 105 and 106 (4 ct. hrs
eachi inslead ol CHEM 103 and 104
Students who are not prepared to schedule
MATH 140 are advised to register for a preparatory
course — t^ATH 115 — as part of their General Uni-
versity Requirement. These students are also
advised to attend summer school following their
freshman year to complete IvIATH 141 and PHYS 161
prior to entrance into the sophomore year of study.
IVIATH 141 and PHYS 161 are prerequisites for
many courses required in the sophomore year.
Semester
Sophomore Year 1 H
General Univ. Requirements 3
MATH 241— Analysis III 4
MATH 246 — Differential Equations 3
PHYS 262. 263 — General Physics II, III . , 4 4
ENES 220— Mechanics ol Materials 3
CHEM 201. 203— College Chemistry III. IV 3 3
CHEM 204 — College Chemistry Laboratory
IV 2
ENCH 215 — Chemical Engineering Analysis
I 3
ENCH 250 — Chemical Engineering Analysis
II 2
Total 17 17
Junior Year
General Univ. Requirements 3 3
ENCH 440 — Chemical Engr. Kinetics 3
ENCH 442— Chemical Engineering Systems
Analysis and Dynamics 2
ENCH 443 — Dynamics and Control Lab 1
CHEM 481, 482— Physical Chemistry ... 3 3
CHEM 430 — Chemical Measurements
Laboratory I 3
Technical Elective 2
ENCH 295 — Chemical Process Thermo . , 3
ENCH 425. 427 — Transfer and Transport
Process 1. II 4 3
Total 16 17
Senior Year
General Univ. Requirements 6 6
ENEE Electives 3
ENCH 333— Seminar 1
ENCH 437— Chemical Engineering Lab. .3
ENCH 445 — Process Engr. and Design ... 3
ENCH 447 — Chem. Engineering Econ 2
Technical Electives* 5 *
Total 17 16
•At least nine credits ol lectinical electives must be taken at ttie
300 level
Chemistry
Chairman: Vanderslice.
Associate Chairman: Castellan.
Professors: Castellan. Gardner. Goldsby, Gordon,
Grim. Henery-Logan. Holmlund. Jaquith. Keeney,
Lippincott, Munn, Pickard, Ponnamperuma, Pratt,
Purdy, Reeve, Rollinson, Stewart, Stuntz,
Vanderslice, Veitch.
Associate Professors: Ammon. Bellama. Boyd,
Davis, DeVoe, Huheey, Jarvis, Kasler, Khanna,
Lakshmanan, fylartin, (Vlazzocchi, Ivliller, t^oore,
O'Haver, Sampugna, Staley, Viola, W/alters.
Assistant Professors: Alexander. Campagnoni,
Hansen, Helz. Murphy, Olin, Sommer, Tossell, Zoller.
Visiting Assistant Professor: Satek.
Research Professor: Bailey.
Visiting Professors. Breger. Freeman. Rose.
Emeritus Professor: Svirbely.
Lecturers: Heikkinen, Kilbourne.
Instructors: Doherty, Gamble, Ingangi, Rodez.
Stuntz.
Teaching Associates: Hageman. Tatum. Wolfe.
The curriculum in chemistry is centered around a
basic core of 30 credits (18 lower-division and 12
upper-division) in chemistry. An additional two
credits must be chosen from among other upper-
division courses in chemistry. The program is
designed to provide the maximum amount of flexi-
bility to students seeking preparation for either the
traditional branches of chemistry or to interdis-
ciplinary fields. Students wishing a degree program
specifically certified by the American Chemical
Society must elect more than the minimum number
of elective credits in chemistry and must choose
judiciously among the upper-division courses
offered. In addition, the ACS-certified degree pro-
gram presently recommends German or Russian.
A sample program .listing only the required or
recommended courses, is given below. It is ex-
pected that each semester's electives will include
courses intended to satisfy the general requirements
of the University or of the Division of Agricultural
and Life Sciences, plus others of the student's
choice.
FIRST YEAR
Chem 103 or 105 4 Chem 104 or 106 4
Math 140" 4 Math 141' 4
Electives 7 Electives 7
ally placed
15
MATH
15
ay MATH 140 and 141
SECOND YEAR
Chem 201 or 211 3 Chem 203 or 213 3
Chem 202 or 212 2 Chem 204 or 214 2
Physics 141 4 Physics 142 4
Electives 6 Electives 6
15
15
THIRD YEAR
Chem 430 3 Chem 431 3
Chem 481 3 Chem 482 3
Electives 9 Electives 9
15
15
FOURTH YEAR
Electives 15 Electives IS
For American Chemical Society certification the
student should consult his or her advisor for course
recommendations that will meet certification re-
quirements.
Biochemistry. The Chemistry Department also offers
a major in biochemistry. The program requires
one of the lower-division chemistry sequences;
74 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
ChecTKslry 461 and 462; Chom(stfy 481 and 482:
Chemistry 430 and 464: and nino crodils ol approved
biological science thai must include at least one
upper-division course. A sample program, listing
only the required courses, is given below. It is ex-
pected that each somoslers electives will include
courses intended to satisfy the general requirements
ol the University or ol Ihe Division of Agricultural
and Life Sciences, plus others ol the student's
choice.
FIRST YEAR
Chom 103 or 105 4 Chem 104 or 106 4
Matt) 140" 4 Math 141 4
Eleclives" 7 Electives 7
15 15
■Studanll inioiMy pucod In MATH IIS will dolay MATH UO and
It (he first vear eloclivos include at least onu
SECOND YEAR
Chem 201 or 211 3 Chem 203 or 213 3
Chem 202 or 212 2 Chem 204 or 214 2
Physics 141 4 Physics 142 4
Eleclives 6 Eleclives 6
15 15
THIRD YEAR
3 Chem 482 3
3 Chem 464 2
. . 3 Chem 462 3
. . 6 Eleclives 7
Chem 481
Chem 430
Chem 461
Eleclives .
15 15
FOURTH YEAR
Eleclives 15 Eleclives 15
The Chemistry Department's Honors Program be-
gins in the junior year. Interested students should
see the Departmental Honors Committee lor further
inlormation.
Agricultural Chemistry. This curriculum insures
adequate instruction in the lundamentals of both
the physical and biological sciences. It may be ad-
lusted through the selection of electives to fit the
student for work in agricultural experiment stations,
soil bureaus, geological surveys, food laboratories,
fertilizer industries, and those handling food
products.
Credit Hours
General University Requirements 30
Required of All Students:
CHEM 103 — College Chemistry I or
CHEM 105- 4
CHEM 104 — College Chemistry II or
CHEM 106 4
CHEM 201— College Chemistry III or
CHEM 211 3
CHEM 202— College Chemistry III Laboratory
or CHEM 212 2
CHEM 203— College Chemistry IV or
CHEM 213 3
CHEM 204 — College Chemistry IV Laboratory
or CHEM 214 2
CHEM 321— Ouanlltallve Analyiln
AGRO 202— General Soils . .
GEOL 100 — Geology
MATH 141— Analysis If
PHYS 141— Principles ol Physics
PHYS 142— Principles ol Physics
Electives In Biology'
Electives In Agricultural Chemistry
Electives
Course Coda Pielii— CHEM
Child Study, Institute (or
Director and Prolessor: Morgan.
Professors: Chapin, Goering, Kurtz, Perkins.
Associate Professors: Diltmann, Eliot, Flatter,
Gardner, Hardy, Hatfield, Huebner, Kyle, Matleson,
Milhollan, Rogolsky.
Assistant Professors: Ansello, Bennett, Davidson,
Green. Hunt, Koopman, Marcus, Shillett, Svoboda,
Tyler, Wolk.
Instructors: Walter, Long.
The Institute lor Child Study carries on the following
activities: (1) It undertakes basic research in hu-
man development; (2) It synthesizes research
lindings Irom many sciences that study human
beings: (3) It plans, organizes and provides con-
sultant service programs of direct child study by
in-service teachers in individual schools or in
municipal, county or state systems: (4) It offers
course programs and field training to qualified
graduate students, preparing them to render expert
consultant service to schools and for college
teaching of human development.
Undergraduate courses and workshops are de-
signed for prospective teachers, in-service teachers
and other persons interested in human develop-
ment. Certain prerequisites are set up with the
course sequences, but these prerequisites are
modilied by the student's previous experience in
direct study of children.
Course Code Prolyl— EDHD
Chinese Program
Associate Professor and Chairman: Chin.
Lecturers: Loh. Chen.
instructors: Lee, Wang.
The program offers two series of courses, the
language series and the content series. The lan-
guage series consists of four levels ol instruction:
the elementary, the intermediate, the advanced, and
a level of specialized courses such as Readings in
Chinese History and Literature, Classical
Chinese, etc. In addition, there is a course entitled
Review of Elementary Chinese to bridge the gap
between Elementary and Intermediate Chinese for
those students who have had some exposure to the
language but who are not ready for Intermediate
Chinese.
The content series contains courses in Chinese
civilization, literature, and linguistics. They do not
presuppose previous training in the Chinese
language except for Chinese Linguistics, which
IS a course dealing with the sounds and gram-
matical system ol the Chinese language and
Its comparison with English. Since the illustrative
materials in this course are in Chinese, Ihe comple-
tion ol Intensive Elementary Chinese or its
equivalent is required.
The elementary Chinese course is intensified,
meeting 8 hours per week, for which students re-
ceive 12 credits in one year (6 per semester). The
intensive program is designed to give students a
solid foundation of the language In all four skills ol
speaking, hearing, reading, and writing (char-
acters). The instructional approach is audio-lmguat
and communication-oriented.
Presently the program offers a minor in Chinese.
It consists of 18 credit hours of which 6 must be
in Chinese Linguistics.
Civil Engineering
Professor and Chairman: Carter.
Professors: Lepper, Oils, Ragan.
Associate Professors: Birkner, Colville, Cookson,
Cournyn, Garber, Hall, Heins, Israel, Piper.
Sternberg, Wedding, Witczak.
Assistant Professors: Albrechl, Loutzenheiser,
McCuen, Mulinazzi, Yoo (Visiting).
Lecturers: Powers. LeRoy.
Civil Engineering Curriculum. Civil engineering is
concerned with the planning, design, construction
and operation of large facilities associated with
man's environment. Civil engineers specialize in
such areas as environmental engineering, trans-
portation systems, structures, water resource
development, water supply and pollution control,
urban and regional planning, construction man-
agement, and air pollution control. Many civil
engineers enter private practice as consulting
engineers or start their own businesses in the con-
struction industry. Others pursue careers with local,
state, and federal agencies or with large
corporations.
The undergraduate program is founded on the
basic sciences and emphasizes the development
of a high degree of technical competence. The
program orients the student toward computer aided
design techniques and prepares him to incorporate
new concepts that will develop during his profes-
sional career. Further, the program stresses the
balance between technical efficiency and the needs
of society. The graduate is prepared to enter one
of the areas mentioned above, or he can move into
new areas of specialization such as oceanographic
engineering or the development of facilities for
extra-terrestrial environments.
At no time has man been more concerned with
the quality of his environment. Man is concerned
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 75
with broad environmental problems such as pollu-
tion and the operation of his transportation systems.
Man is also concerned with problems such as a
need lor new approaches in the design and con-
struction of buildings. The civil engineering profes-
sion faces the greatest challenge in its history as
It assumes a central role in the solution of the
physical problems facing the urban-regional
complex.
Basic Freshman Year
Semester
Course No. and Title I II
CHEM 103. 104 — General Chemistry" ..4 4
PHYS 161 — General Physics I 3
MATH 140. 141— Analysis I, II 4 4
ENES 101 — Intro. Engr. Science 3
ENES 1 10 — Mechanics 3
General Univ. Requirements 6 3
Total Credits 17 17
Students who are not prepared to schedule
MATH 140 are advised to register for a preparatory
course — MATH 115 — as part of their General Uni-
versity Requirement. These students are also
advised to attend summer school following their
freshman year to complete MATH 141 and PHYS 161
prior to entrance into the sophomore year of study.
MATH 141 and PHYS 161 are prerequisites for
many courses required in the sophomore year.
■•Qualified students may elect to take CHEM 105 and 106 (4 cr. hrs.
eact^) instead of CHEM 103 and 104.
Semester
Sophomore Year I II
MATH 241— Analysis III 4
MATH 246 — Differential Equations for
Scientists and Engineers 3
PHYS 262. 263 — General Physics
II. Ill 4 4
ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials . . 3
ENES 221— Dynamics 3
ENCE 280 — Engineering Survey
Measurements 3
ENCE 221 — Introduction to
Environmental Engineering 3
General University Requirements . . 3 3
Total Credits 17 16
Junior Year
ENCE 300 — Fundamentals of
Engineering Materials 3
ENCE 330 — Basic Fluid Mechanics . . 3
ENCE 340 — Fundamentals of Soil
Mechanics 3
ENCE 350. 351 — Structural Analysis
and Design I. II 3 3
ENCE 360 — Engineering Analysis and
Computer Programming 4
ENCE 370 — Fundamentals of
Transportation Engineering 3
ENME 215 — Principles of Mechanical
Engineering
or
ENCH 295 — Chemical Process
Thermodynamics 3
ENCE — Technical Elective (Group A,
B, C. or D)* 3
General University Requirements 6
Total Credits 16 18
■See notes concerning electives.
Senior Year
ENCE — Technical Elective (Group A,
B. C. or D)" 7 3-"
ENCE — Technical Elective (Group E,
F. or G)' 3"' 3""
ENEE 300 — Principles of Electrical
Engineering 3
Technical Elective" ' 3
General University Requirements .... 6 3
Total Credits 16 15
"See notes concerning Tectinical Electives.
■■One course from the available Technical Electives in Civil Engineer-
ing cr approved Technical Elective outside department.
■•■These numbers represent Ihree-semester-credit courses. Additional
semester credits wilt be involved to the extent that courses carrying
Notes Concerning Technical Electives in
Civil Engineering
A minimum of 22 credit hours of technical electives
are required as follows:
(1) All 3 courses from one area of concentration
A, B. C, or D.
(2) 1 course in one other area of concentration
A, B. C, or D.
(3) 6 hours in areas of concentration E. F. or G.
(4) Any one course in the following list or ap-
proved technical course outside the department.
Areas of Concentration
(E) Mechanics and
Materials
ENCE 410 (3)
ENCE 411 (4)
(F) Soil Mechanics
ENCE 440 (3)
ENCE 441 (3)
(G) Systems Analysis
and Planning
ENCE 420 (3)
ENCE 461 (3)
(H) Special Studies
(Max. 3 credits)
ENCE 489 (3)
(A) Structures
ENCE 450 (3)
ENCE 451 (4)
ENCE 460 (3)
(8) Water Resources
ENCE 430 (4)
ENCE 431 (3)
ENCE 432 (3)
(C) Environmental
ENCE 433 (3)
ENCE 434 (3)
ENCE 435 (4)
(D) Transportation
ENCE 470 (4)
ENCE 471 (3)
ENCE 472 (3)
Course Code Prefix— ENCE
Classical Languages and Literatures
Professor and Chairman: Avery.
Associate Professor: Hubbe.
Lecturer: Iversen.
Instructor: Clapper.
Major in Latin: LATN 101, 102, 203 and 204 or their
equivalent must have been completed before a
student may begin work on a major. A major con-
sists of a minimum of twenty-four hours beginning
with LATN 305, twelve hours of which must t>e taken
in 400-level courses. In addition, a student major-
ing in Latin will be required to take as supporting
courses LATN 170, HIFN 456, and HIFN 410. He
IS urged to pursue a strong supporting program in
Greek. The following courses are recommended as
electives: HIST 251 and 252, ARTH 402 and 403,
and PHIL 310. No course in the Latin language with
a grade less than C may be used to satisfy major
requirements.
Normally no placement tests are given in the
classical languages. The following schedule will
apply in general in determining the course level at
which students will register for Latin.
Students offering 0 or 1 unit of Latin will register
for LATN 101.
Students offering 2 units of Latin will register
for LATN 203.
Students offering 3 units of Latin will register
for LATN 204.
Students offering 4 units of Latin will register for
LATN 305.
However, those presenting 2, 3 or 4 units of
preparatory work may register initially for the next
higher course by demonstrating proficiency through
a placement test. Students whose stage of
achievement is not represented here are urgently
invited to confer with the chairman of the depart-
ment. Students who wish to continue the study
of Greek should likewise confer with the chairman
of the department.
Course Code Prefixes— LATN GREK
Comparative Literature Program
Advisory Committee on Comparative Literature:
Kenny, Jones, Swigger, MacBain, Hering.
Nemes.
Professors: Goodwyn, Jones, Perloff, Salamanca.
Associate Professors: Berry, Coogan, Greenwood,
Smith, Walt.
Assistant Professors: Swigger, Gilbert.
Undergraduates may emphasize comparative litera-
ture as they work toward a degree in one of the
departments of literature. Each student will be
formally advised by the faculty of his "home" de-
partment. In general, every student will be required
to take CMLT 401 and CMLT 402. and during his
last year, CMLT 496. The various literature depart-
ments concerned will have additional specific
requirements.
Students emphasizing comparative literature are
expected to develop a high degree of com-
petence in at least one foreign language.
Course work may not be limited to the nineteenth
and twentieth centuries.
LATN 170 is highly recommended.
Computer Science
Acting Chairman, Professor: Atchison.
Professors: Atchison, Chu. Edmundson, Glasser,
Heilprin, Kanal, Minker, Ortega, RheinboldL
76 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
Aiaociale Prol»ssor»: Austing, Vandergralt.
Asiislanl ProlesiOis: Agrawala, Basili. Feldman,
Hagerly. Hamlel, Hecht. Lay, McClellan. Mills,
Noonan. Rieger. ZelKowitz.
Instructors: Nagel (P.T.). VanderBrug, Rauscher.
Underwood (P.T ). Ford (P.T.).
The Department o( Computer Science offers a
B.S. degree in Computer Science The program
IS designed to meet the throe broad objectives
of service to the community, qualification for
employment, and preparation tor graduate work.
The student may choose from a large variety
of computer science courses in areas such as ap-
plications, computer systems, information process-
ing, languages, numerical analysis, and theory of
computing. There are no requirements tor specific
courses outside of the major. This provides the
student with the flexibility to select courses in areas
of interest and in line with the student's goals
after graduation.
The course of study for each Computer Science
major must include at least 30 credit hours of
CMSC courses with an overall average of C or better.
All CMSC courses are counted in the major. A
minimum of 24 of the 30 credit hours must be at
the 300-400 levels. CMSC 1 10 and 120. or their
equivalents, are required of all students without
previous computer background. Any student with
suitable programming background obtained in high
school, in a course from another department or
institution, or through employment may be exempted
from CMSC 110. In each year beyond the fresh-
man level the student has a choice of computer
science courses.
Each student's curriculum must also satisfy the
General University Requirements. Additional
courses as electives must be completed to obtain
the minimum 120 credit hours required for gradua-
tion.
An Honors Program is being developed. Further
Information about the undergraduate program or
about the M.S. and Ph.D. degree programs in
Computer Science may be obtained from the
Departmental Office.
Computing facilities available to the student
include a UNIVAC 1108/1106 system with numerous
remote units which are provided by the Computer
Science Center for all academic activities of the
Campus. In addition, the Department has a POP
11/45 system, which can be used as a laboratory
facility in advanced systems courses.
Conservation and Resource Development Pro-
grams. The development and use of natural
resources (including water, soil, minerals, fresh
water and marine organisms, wildlife, air and human
resources), are essential to the full growth of an
economy.
The curriculum in Conservation and Resource
Development is designed to instill concepts of the
efficient development and ludicious management of
natural resources. The study of the problems
associated with use of natural resources will
acquaint students with their role in economic de-
velopment while maintaining concern for the
quality of the environment.
Students will prepare for professional and
administrative positions in land and water con-
servation projects, for careers in operational,
administrative, educational .and research work in
land use. fish and wildlife management, natural re-
source management, recreational area development,
and management, or for graduate study in any of
the several areas within the biological sciences.
Students will pursue a broad education program
and then elect subjects concentrated in a specifc
area of interest. A student will be assigned an
advisor according to his area of interest.
Students will be encouraged to obtain summer
positions which will give them technical laboratory
or field experience in their chosen interest area.
Basic Curriculum Requirements
Semester
Credit Hours
General University Requirements 30
BOTN 101 — General Botany' 4
CHEM 103 — College Chemislry r 4
CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 4
ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4
AGRI 301 — Introduction to Agricultural
Biometrics 3
AGRO 202— General Soils 4
GEOL 100 — Introductory Physical
Geology 3
ENTM— 3
FCON— 3
MATH-— 9 41
Option Requirements'*
Fisli and Wildlife Management 9
Zoology 9
Related Field 3
Electives 28 49
Plant Resource Management
Plant Management 9
Botany 9
Related Field 3
Electives 28 49
Pest Management
Pest Management 9
Entomology 9
Related Field 3
Electives 28 49
Water Resource Management
Water Resource Management .... 9
Agronomy and Agricultural
Engineering 6
Related Field 6
Electives 28 49
Resource Management
Resource Management 9
Eeonofflici or
Agricultural and
Retourca Economicii
Rslaied Field
Eiectivoi
CounMlIng and Personnel Services
Departmont Chairman Marx.
Professors Byrne. Hoyt. Magoon, Pumroy.
Associate Prolessors: Allan, Greenberg. Lawrence
Martin. Ray. Rhoads, Stern.
Assistant Prolessors Birk. Carlson. Chasnoff. Colby.
Freeman. Gump. Kafka. Kneger, Levine. Medvene.
Spielbichler. Westbrook.
Instructors: Davidson, Kahn.
Programs of preparation are offered by the Depart-
ment of Counseling and Personnel Services at
the master's degree, advanced graduate specialist
and doctoral degree levels (or counselors in
elementary and secondary schools, rehabilitation
agencies, community agencies, college and uni-
versity counseling centers. It also offers programs
of preparation for other personnel services: college
student personnel administration, visiting teacher
and psychological services in schools.
Coufir Code Pr.I,<— EOCP
Criminal Justice and Criminology
Prolessor and Director: Lepns.
Criminology Program:
Associate Prolessors: Maida, Tennyson.
Lecturer: Debro.
Law Enlorcement Curriculum:
Assistant Prolessors: Ingraham, Johnson.
Lecturer: Calder.
Part-Time Lecturers: Kobetz. Wolman.
Advisory Council: The Advisory Council is made up
of representatives of the areas of education,
law. psychiatry, psychology, public administration
social work, sociology, and University College:
Professor Richard P. Claude, Department of
Government and Politics: Dr. Stanley J. Drazek,
Vice Chancellor, University College: Professor
Abraham Dash, School of Law: Dr. Jonas Rappe-
port. Psychiatric Institute; Professor Joan Hunt.
Institute of Child Study: Dean Daniel Thursz, School
of Social Work; Professor Robert S. Waldrop. De-
partment of Psychology.
Advisory Board: The Advisory Board is made up
of representatives of the state agencies in the field
of law enforcement and corrections, representatives
of appropriate private agencies and organizations
as well as representatives of national agencies
and organizations: Mr. Norman A. Carlson,
Director, Bureau of Prisons, U.S. Department of
Justice: Mr. Dulaney Foster, Chief Judge Supreme
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 77
Bench of Baltimore City: Mr. Robert J. Lally, Secre-
tary, Department of Public Safety and Correctional
Services, State of IVIaryland: Mr. Donald D.
Pomerleau, The Police Commissioner, City of
Baltimore: Mr. Milton G. Rector, Executive Director,
National Council on Crime and Delinquency; Dr.
E. Preston Sharp, General Secretary. The American
Correctional Association: Mr. Quinn Tamm,
Executive Director, International Association of
Chiefs of Police.
The purpose of the Institute is to provide an or-
ganizational and administrative basis for the
interests and activities of the University, its faculty
and students in the areas usually designated as
law enforcement, criminology and corrections. The
Institute is to promote study and teaching concern-
ing the problems of crime and delinquency by
offering and coordinating academic programs in the
area of law enforcement, criminology and correc-
tions: managing research in these areas; and
conducting demonstration projects.
The Institute comprises as its component parts:
1 The Criminology Program.
2. The Law Enforcement Curriculum.
3. The program leading to a Bachelor of Arts in
General Studies with specializations in law
enforcement and corrections offered by the
University College.
4. Other appropriate divisions to be developed
for the areas of research and demonstration
projects.
The major in criminology and corrections com-
prises 36 hours of course work: 18 hours in
Criminology, 6 hours in Law Enforcement, and
3 hours each in statistics and methodology. PSYC
331 or 431 are required. PSYC 451 is strongly
recommended, or a substitute in consultation with
an advisor. Eighteen hours in social science
disciplines are required as a supporting sequence,
9 of them in one social science discipline. Regarding
the specific courses to be taken, the student is
required to consult with an advisor. No grade lower
than C may be used toward the major.
Cou-se Code Prefix— GRIM
The major in law enforcement comprises 30 hours
of course work in law enforcement and criminology,
the latter being offered as courses in the Criminol-
ogy Program, divided as follows: 18, but not
more than 24, hours in law enforcement; 6, but not
more than 12, hours in criminology. Student may use
an additional 6 hours to bring the major up to
36 hours. In addition to major requirements student
must take 6 hours in methodology and statistics,
and a supporting sequence of courses totalling
18 hours must be taken in government and politics,
psychology or sociology (see recommended list
in the Institute office). No grade lower than C
may be used toward the major.
Course Code Prel.x— LENF
Dance
Chairman and Associate Prolessor: Ryder.
Professor: Madden.
Associate Professor: Rosen.
Assistant Professors: McCann, A. Warren,
L. Warren, Witt.
Instructors: Brunner, Frank, Freivogel, Reynolds,
Rooney, Sheppard.
Assistant Instructors: Paine, Smith.
The offerings in the Department of Dance are
intended to serve the needs of students who wish to
make dance their major effort and also to provide
opportunity for those students who would like to
explore the role of dance as an art form. Courses
serve to develop knowledge of different cultures
and arts by studying the place of dance in diverse
societies, and in relation to other art forms. Guest
artists are scheduled throughout the year, and from
time to time a resident artist is teaching.
For those students who choose to major in dance,
the department provides courses of training which
prepare them for performance, choreography, and
continuation of studies of dance and related arts
at the graduate level. It is also possible for the
student to choose dance history, criticism or dance
archives as a career. The curriculum includes music
for dance and rhythmic invention as well as
related theatre subjects.
The Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded to those
whose interest is basically in the cultural, per-
forming and composing aspects of the dance and
teaching on the college level. The Bachelor of
Science degree is offered with a major in teaching.
It should be noted that the dance major pro-
grams are demanding of faculty and students
alike, implying the giving of time, energy and
dedication to the program. Students prepared to
meet this challenge are warmly welcomed.
Courses in dance theory, literature, and technique
(modern, ballet, and ethnic) are open to all stu-
dents who have completed the specified
prerequisites, acquired the equivalent experience,
or secured the permission of the chairman of the
department. Performing groups and a professional
company are open to qualified students.
The Bachelor of Arts Degree. The Department re-
quirement includes a core program of 14 hours in
dance techniques and 24 in theory and literature.
Dance majors are required to take 12 hours in
related disciplines and to be in a technique course
each semester.
No course with a grade of less than C may be
applied toward the fulfillment of the course require-
ments for a major in dance.
Students are placed in technique classes ac-
cording to their level of achievement and progress.
Course Code Preln— DANC
Early Childhood-Elementary Education
Professor and Department Cl^airman: Weaver.
Professors: Goff, Leeper.
Associate Prolessor: Amershek.
Assistant Professors: Church, Seefeldt.
Elementary Education —
Professors: Ashlock. Duffey, O'Neill, Weaver,
J. W. Wilson, R. M. Wilson.
Associate Professors: Dietz, Eley, Gantt, Herman,
Roderick, Sullivan, Williams.
AssistanJ Professors: Anderson, Hutchings,
Jantz, Johnson, McCuaig, Paserba,
Schumacher, Sunai.
The Department of Early Childhood-Elementary
Education offers two undergraduate curricula lead-
ing to the Bachelor of Science degree:
1. Early Childhood Education — for the preparation
of teachers in nursery school, kindergarten
and primary grades (grades one, two and three).
2. Elementary Education — for the preparation of
teachers of grades one through six.
Students who wish to become certificated teach-
ers for nursery school and/or kindergarten must
follow the early childhood education curriculum
{1. above). Students who seek certification for
teaching the intermediate grades must follow the
elementary education curriculum (2. above).
Students who plan to teach in the primary grades
can achieve certification in either 1. or 2.
After June commencement 1972, all students
graduating in early childhood education or elemen-
tary education will fulfill the requirements of the
appropriate present curriculum or its counterpart
as of June 1966, depending upon the date of
admission to the Department of Early Childhood-
Elementary Education.
Area of Academic Concentration. Students in early
childhood-elementary education are required to
develop within their degree programs an area of
academic concentration consisting of a minimum of
18 semester hours, at least 12 semester hours
beyond required work in the areas. Approved areas
are: anthropology, astronomy, botany, chemistry,
economics, English, fine arts (art, dance, drama,
and music), foreign language, geography, geology,
health, history, mathematics, natural sciences
(astronomy, botany, chemistry, geology, meteorol-
ogy, physics, zoology), philosophy, physics,
psychology, recreation, social science (economics,
government and politics, psychology, sociology),
and zoology.
Graduation Requirements. One hundred twenty (120)
academic credits are necessary for graduation. At
least 80 of the academic credits must be in fields
other than education.
Early Childhood Education
(Nursery-Kindergarten-Primary)
The Early Childhood Education curriculum has as
78 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
lis primary goal Ihe preparation oi nursery school,
Kindergarten and primary teachers.
Observation and student teaching are done in
the University Nursery-Kindergarten School on Ihe
Campus and In approved schools In nearby com-
munities.
Graduates receive a Bachelor ol Science degree
and meet the requirements lor certllicatlon lor
leaching kindergarten, nursery school and primary
grades in Maryland, the District ol Columbia,
Baltimore and many states. Students should have
had extensive expenence in working with children
prior to the junior year.
Semester
II
Freshman Year
ENGL 101 — Composition or
ENGL 171 — Honors Composition
or alternate
English Literature
SPHR 202 — Fundamentals ol General
American Speech or
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking or
SPCH 110 — Voice and Diction . .
EDEL 299 — School Service
Semester"
MUSC 155 — Fundamentals
ARTE 100 — Fundamentals of
Art Education or
APDS 101 — Fundamentals ol
Design
BOTN too — General Botany or
BIOL 101 or
ENTM 100 — Insects or
MICB 200 — General Microbiology or
ZOOL 101— General Zoology
ASTR 100 — Introduction to Astronomy or
CHEM 103 — General Chemistry or
GEOL 100 — Geology or
PHYS 111— Elements ol Physics:
Mechanics. Heat and Sound
HIST 221— History ol the U.S. to 1865 or
HIST 222— History ol the U.S. since
1865 or
HIST 223 — Social and Cultural History
ol Early America or
HIST 224 — Social and Cultural History
ol Modern America or
HIST 225— The U.S. in World
AKairs
Approved elective
14 or 15 15 or 16
"Volunlfsr S«rvice S«metler may be subsliluled
*Tw« of (he three science requlrementt must be laborelory courses.
Sophomore Year
English Literature 3
MATH 210 — Elements ol Mathematics 4
MATH 211 — Elements ol Geometry . 4
GEOG 100 — Introduction to
Geography 3
ECON 201 or ECON 205 or ANTH 101
or GNED 260 or GVPT 170 or
GVPT 100 or GVPT 300 or
PSYC 100 or SOCY 100 3 3
BOTN 100 or ENTM 100 or MICB 200 or
ZOOL 101 or ASTR 101 or
GEOL 100 or PHYS 111 or
BIOL 101 3 or 4'
HIST 231 — Latin American History or
HIST 232— Latin American History or
HIST 241— Western Civilization or
HIST 242— Western Civilization or
HIST 251— The Humanities or
HIST 252— The Humanities or
HIST 253— History ol England and
Great Britain or
HIST 254 — History ol England and
Great Britain or
HIST 261— Far Eastern Civilization or
HIST 262— Far Eastern Civilization or
HIST 271— Islamic Civilization or
HIST 272— Islamic Civilization . .
Approved Electives 3
16or17 1
'Two of Ihe three science requirements must be laboratory courses
Junior and Senior Years
Semester V
EDHD 300E — Human Development and
Learning ' 6
Academic Concentration, Academic
Electives 9
15
Semester VI
Prolessional Semester A*
EDEL 340 — Teaching Strategies lor
Young Children 3
EDEL 341— The Young Child in His
Social Environment 3
EDEL 342— The Teaching ol Reading —
Early Childhood 3
EDEL 332— Student Teaching, K-3 6
15
'Prerequisite to Professions] Semester B.
Semester VII
Professional Semester B
EDEL 343— The Young Child in His
Physical Environment 3
EDEL 344 — Creative Activities and
Materials lor the Young Child 3
EDEL 330 — Student Teaching, Nursery
School 3
MUED 450— Music in Early Childhood
Education 3
EDSF 301 — Foundations ol Education 3
15
to Professional Semesle
Semester VIII'
General University Requirements,
Area ol Academic Concentration,
Academic Electives 9-15
9-15
'Interchangeable with Semesters VI and Vlt
Elementary Education. This curriculum is designed
lor regular undergraduate students who wish to
qualify for teaching positions in elementary schools.
Students who complete the curriculum will receive
the Bachelor ol Science degree, and they will
meet the Maryland State Department of Education
requirements for the Standard Professional
Certilicate in Elementary Education. The curriculum
also meets certification requirements in many
other states. Baltimore and the District of Columbia.
Freshman Year
ENGL 101 or ENGL 171— Honors
Composite or alternate
English Literature
SPHR 202— Fundamenuis ol Qaneril
American Speech or
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking or
SPCH 110— Voice and Diction . .
EDEL 299— School Service
Semester
MUSC 155 — Fundamentals
ARTE 100 — Fundamentals ol An
Education or
APDS 101— Fundanoentals ol
Design
BOTN 100 — General Botany or
BIOL 101 or
ENTM 100— Insects or
MICB 200 — General Microbiology or
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology
ASTR 100 — Introduclion to Astronomy or
CHEM 103 — General Chemistry or
GEOL 100 — Geology or
PHYS 111— Elements ol Physics;
Mechanics. Heat and Sound
HIST 221— History ol the U.S. to 1865 or
HIST 222 — History ol the US. since
1865 or
HIST 223 — Social and Cultural History
of Early America or
HIST 224 — Social and Cultural History
of Modern America or
HIST 225— The U.S. in World
Affairs
Approved elective
14 or IS IS or 16
'Two or the three science reouiremenls must be laboratory courses
Sophomore Year
English Literature 3
MATH 210 — Elements of Mathematics 4
MATH 211 — Elements ol Geometry . 4
GEOG lOO^Introduction to
Geography 3
ANTH 101 or ECON 205 or
GNED 260 or GVPT 170 or
GVPT 100 or GVPT 300 or
PSYC 100 or SOCY 100 3 3
BOTN 100 or ENTM 100 or MICB 200 or
ZOOL 101 or ASTR 100 or
GEOL too or PHYS 111 or
BIOL 101 3 or 4"
HIST 231 — Latin American History or
HIST 241— Western Civilization or
HIST 242— Western Civilization or
HIST 251 — The Humanities or
HIST 252 — The Humanities or
HIST 253 — History ol England and
Great Britain or
HIST 254 — History ol England and
Great Britain or
HIST 261 — Far Eastern Civilization or
HIST 262 — Far Eastern Civilization or
HIST 271 — Islamic Civilization or
HIST 272 — Islamic Chrilization 3
Approved Electives 3 3
16 or 17 16
'Two of the three scer^ce requ"em«mi must be laboratory courses
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 79
Junior and Senior Years
Semester V
EDHD 300E — Human Development" 6
General University Requirements.
Area of Academic Concentration or
Academic Electives 9
15
•Prerequisite lo Professional Semester.
Semester VI
Professional Semester"
EDEL 350 — The Teaching of Language
Arts — Elementary 3
EDEL 351 — The Teaching of
fvlathematics — Elementary 3
EDEL 352 — The Teaching of Reading —
Elementary 3
EDEL 353 — The Teaching of Science —
Elementary 3
EDEL 354 — The Teaching of Social
Studies — Elementary 3
15
•Prerequisite to student teaching.
Courses are blocked; i.e. one section of students
remains together for all five methods courses.
Students spend two days each week in school
classrooms applying concepts and methods presented
in methods courses.
Semester VII
EDEL 333 — Student Teaching 11
Semester VIII"
General University Requirements.
Area of Academic Concentration, or
Academic Electives 12
EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education 3
15
3rchange3ble with Semeste
Physical Education and Health Education Curriculum
— Elementary School. Students nnajoring in ele-
nnentary education may pursue an area of
specialization in elementary school physical educa-
tion and health education. Students interested in
this area should consult the Dean of the College of
Physical Education, Recreation and Health.
Music Education Curriculum — Elementary School.
Students majoring in elementary education may
pursue an area of specialization in elementary
school music education with vocal or instrumental
emphasis, and thereby qualify for the Bachelor
of Science certificate in special subjects.
In order to fulfill requirements in this area, the
following courses should be taken in addition to
those required in the elementary education
curriculum. Students are also required to pass the
Musicianship Examination given by the Music
Education Division before the students enroll for
student teaching. (Students should consult their
advisor in music education for details.)
A. General Music, 18 semester hours. Music
theory, MUSC 150, 151, 250 (3.3,4); music literature
and history, MUSC 131, 331 (3,3); conducting,
MUSC 490 (2).
B. Applied Music, 14 semester hours divided
between private and class instruction. Students
must complete MUSC 209 on their major instrument.
Students in the instrumental option elect six
semester hours of class instruction from MUSC
113-122; 213.
C. Professional Courses, eight semester hours.
Methods. MUED 462 for vocal emphasis, or MUED
410 (2) for instrumental emphasis; six semester
hours of student teaching.
Foreign Language — Elementary School (FLES).
Foreign Language Curriculum — Early Childhood-
Elementary majors, foreign language majors, and
secondary education foreign language majors are
eligible for admission. Students interested in FLES
should contact the Foreign Language Education
advisor in the Department of Secondary Education
for further information concerning the requirements
for certification in FLES.
Course Code Prelix— EDEL
Economics
Chairman: Dillard.
Professors: Adelman. Almon, Bergmann. Bishop,
Cumberland, Dillard, Gruchy, Harris, McGuire,
O'Connell, Olson, Schultze. Ulmer, V\/onnacott.
Associate Professors: Aaron, Adams, Bennett,
Clague, Dodge, Dorsey, Fisher, Knight (Associate
Chairman), McLoone,' (Dept. of Education), Meyer,
Singer, Straszheim, W/einslein.
Assistant Professors: Atkinson. Betancourt,
Christensen, Huh, King, Layher, MacRae, Madan,
Peterson, Quails, Schiller, Vroman, Weiss.
Lecturers: Bailey, Boorman, Dardis.' (Home Eco-
nomics). Day, Hinrichs. Lady, Measday, Pierce,
Snow, West, Whitman, Yang.
Instructors: Bowman, Doilney, Guelzo. Neri, Oelhaf,
Schwer.
•Joint appointment with indicated department
The study of economics is designed to give students
an understanding of the American economic
system and our country's economic relations with
the rest of the world, and the ability to analyze the
economic forces which largely determine the
national output of goods and services, the level of
prices, and the distribution of income. It is also
designed to prepare students for graduate study, and
for employment opportunities in private business,
the Federal government, state and local govern-
ment, universities and research institutions. Demand
for college graduates trained in Economics con-
tinues to be strong, and this is among the fields of
undergraduate study strongly recommended for
students planning to study law, or enter public
administration, as well as those who plan to become
professional economists.
Requirements For The Economics Major. In addition
to the thirty-hour General University Requirements,
the requirements lor the Economics major are:
(1) Mattiematics.
Six credit hours. No specific courses are required,
but the combination of MATH 110 (Introduction to
Mathematics) and MATH 220 (Elementary Calculus)
is highly recommended, for those who take only
six hours. Students planning to do graduate study in
Economics are strongly urged to take more than
the minimum six-hour mathematics requirement,
since graduate programs emphasize the application
of mathematical and statistical techniques in the
analysis of economic problems.
The Economics major should take mathematics
courses early in his college career, in order to
gain an understanding of mathematical principles
which will assist him in his later course work
in Economics.
(2) Upper Division Courses Outside of Economics.
Twelve credit hours. The Economics major
must earn credit for twelve hours of upper division
work in non-Economics courses (in addition to
the nine hours of upper-division courses required as
part of the General University Requirements.) For
purposes of this requirement, the student may
count any of the following as an "upper-division"
course: any course numbered 300 or above; any
course in mathematics beyond the six hours re-
quired of all Economics majors; and any course in
a department for which the prerequisites are the
equivalent of one year of college-level work in
that department. In particular, a second-year college
course in foreign languages may be counted as
"upper division."
(3) Economics Courses.
Thirty-six credit hours. The Economics major must
earn 36 credit hours in Economics. Courses re-
quired of all majors are: ECON 201, 203, 310
(formerly 110), 401, 403, and 421.
(In lieu of Economics 421 — Economic Statistics),
the student may take one of the following statistics
courses: BSAD 230, BSAD 231, or STAT 400. A
student v/ho takes ECON 205 before deciding to
major in Economics may continue on into ECON
203, without being required to take ECON 201.)
The remainder of the 36 hours may be chosen
from among any other Economics courses and from
the following courses in Business Administration:
BSAD 230. 231, 431. 432. 481. (However, a student
who takes ECON 421 may not also receive credit
for BSAD 230 or BSAD 231. and a student may not
receive credit for ECON 105 if he has previously
taken any two courses from among ECON 201, 203,
and 205.)
The student must earn an average grade of not
less than C in lower-division Economics courses
in order to be accepted as an Economics major.
To graduate as a major, he must pass the minimum
of 36 hours in Economics with an average grade
of not less than C.
80 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
S*qu«nc« of CourMt. The Dopartment ol Economics
does not specify a rigid sequence in which courses
are to be taken, but it urges its ma|ors to observe
the following recommendations.
By the end of his sophomore year, the Economics
maior should have at least completed 6 hours of
mathematics, ECON 201. 203. and 310. ECON 201
should be taken before ECON 203. Upon completion
of ECON 203. the student should promptly lake
ECON 401. 403. or both, in the following semester,
since these are intermediate theory courses of
general applicability in later course work. He
should take ECON 421 (or equivalent) at an early
stage, since an understanding of statistical tech-
niques will be helpful in other courses. (ECON 421
may be completed before other 400-level Economics
courses, since its only prerequisite is MATH 110
or equivalent.)
Economics majors should take ECON 401 prior
to taking ECON 430 or 440. and ECON 403 prior
to taking ECON 450. 454, 460. or 470. Special
sections for maiors are usually offered each semes-
ter in ECON 430 and 440, and it is recommended
that students have completed ECON 401 and 403
before enrolling in these sections.
Those students planning to pursue graduate study
in Economics should try to include ECON 422
(Quantitative Methods) and ECON 425 (Mathe-
matical Economics) in their programs, and should
also consider entering the Deparlmental Honors
Program, if qualified.
Each Economics major may select, or be as-
signed, a faculty member as an adviser, and is
encouraged to consult his adviser for course recom-
mendations and other information. He is also
welcome, and should feel completely free, to seek
advice at any time from any other faculty member in
the Department.
Economics Honors Program. The Departmental
Honors Program is a three-semester (9 credit hour)
program which a student enters at the beginning
of his last three semesters at the University. It
emphasizes seminar discussions of selected topics
in Economics, and independent research and writ-
ing, with faculty supervision. The program
culminates in the student's presentation of an honors
thesis, in the final semester. To be eligible for the
Honors Program, a student must have a cumulative
grade-point average of not less than 3.0.
Electrical Engineering
Professor and Chairman: DeClaris.
Professors: Chu, DeClaris, Hochuli, Ligomenides,
Lin, Newcomb, Reiser, Rutelli (Emeritus),
Taylor. Wagner, Weiss.
Associate Professors: Basham, Emad, Harger, Kim,
Lee, Levine, Moore, Pugsley, Rao, Simons, Torres,
Tretter, Zajac.
Assistant Professors: Baras, Boston. Eden,
Ephremides, Palicio. Gallman, OGrady,
Paez, Rhee, Silio, Zaki.
Lecturer: Alexander, Colburn, Pottala.
Instructor: Castro.
Flexibility is the main characteristic of the new (1973)
program. The student can specialize more than
before, or he can have a broader education, as he
chooses. This is established through broader elective
structure both within and outside the Electrical
Engineering Department.
Specialization areas available to the student are:
Biomedical, Circuits, Communications. Computers,
Control, and Electrophysics. These areas include
such fields as: Electronics, Integrated Circuits, Bio-
electronics, Solid State Devices, Lasers, Radar,
Radio. Space Navigation, Information Theory,
Telemetry, Antennas, Automatic Control, System
Theory. Cybernetics, Computer Software and Hard-
ware, Particle Accelerators, Electromechanical
Transducers. Energy Conversion, and many others.
Apprenticeship programs allow qualified under-
graduate students to work with research laboratory
directors in the Department, thus giving the stu-
dent a chance for a unique experience in research
and engineering design.
Projects in Electrical Engineering allow under-
graduate students to do independent study under
the guidance of a faculty member in an area of
mutual interest.
A new Fundamentals Laboratory and several
Specialty Laboratory courses have been established.
These are self contained and may be taken inde-
pendently of related theoretical courses. These
laboratories provide theoretical and practical
experience in classical and modern topics using up
to date equipment.
The boundary between electrical engineering and
applied mathematics or applied physics is becom-
ing steadily less distinct, particularly at the research
level. Simultaneously, the technological problems
and needs of society are becoming steadily more
complex. The engineer is the intermediary between
science and society. To solve the problems of
modern society he must fully understand the most
modern devices and methodologies available. To
find the best solution he must have a very broad
interdisciplinary education. To find a solution that is
also acceptable to society he must be concerned
with the economic, ecologic and human factors in-
volved in the problem. Finally, current research
topics frequently require a thorough knowledge of
advanced mathematics and physics.
The new curriculum of the Electrical Engineering
Department reflects the diverse requirements cited
above. A basic mathematical, physical and engineer-
ing sciences foundation is established m the first
two years. Once this foundation is established,
the large number of electrical engineering courses
and the flexibility of the elective system allow a
student to specialize or diversify and to prepare for a
career either as a practicing engineer or for more
theoretically oriented graduate work.
To go along with this freedom, the Department
has a system of undergraduate advising. The stu-
dent IS encouraged to discuss his program and
career plans with his advisor in order to get
maximum benefit from the new curriculum.
Eteclrical Engineering Curriculum
Batic Frethman Year
Semattei
Course No. and Title / II
CHEM 103. 104 — General Chemisirv'' A A
PHYS 161— General Physics I 3
MATH 140. 141— Analysis I. II 4 4
ENES 101 — Intro. Engr. Science i
ENES 1 10— Mechanics 3
General Univ Requirements 6 3
Total Credits 17 17
"Ouahlitd •lu<Mnu mn tta Is UU CHEU lot and tOS 14 a In
richj rniiead ol CHEM 103 and 104
Students who are not prepared to schedule MATH
140 are advised to register lor a preparatory course
— MATH 115 — as part of their General University
Requirement. These students are also advised
to attend summer school following their freshman
year to complete MATH 141 and PHYS 161 prior to
entrance into the sophomore year of study. MATH
141 and PHYS 161 are prerequisites for many
courses required in the sophomore year.
SOPHOMORE YEAR / //
General Univ Requirements 3 3
MATH 246 — Differential Equations 3
MATH 241— Analysis III 4
PHYS 262. 263 — General Physics II. Ill . . 4 4
ENES 240 — Algorithmic Analysis and
Computer Programming 2
ENES 243 — Digital Computer t^aboratory .1
ENES 221— Dynamics 3
ENEE 204 — Systems and Circuits I 3
ENEE 250 — Computer Stnjctures 3
Total Credits 17 16
JUNIOR YEAR I II
MATH xxx — (Elective Advanced Math) 3
ENEE 322 — Signal and System Theory ... 3
ENEE 380 — Electromagnetic Theory ... 3
ENEE 381 — Electromagnet Wave
Propagation 3
ENEE 304 — Systems and Circuits II 3
ENEE 305 — Fundamental Lat>oratory .... 2
ENEE 320 — Engineering Probability 3
ENEE 314 — Electronic Circuits 3
ENEE xxx — Advanced Elective Laboratory . 2
Electives* 3
General Univ. Requirements 3 3
Total Credits 17 17
SENIOR YEAR ( //
ENEE xxx — Specialty Electives (in the
same area) 3 3
Electives* 6 9
General Univ. Requirements 6 3
Total Credits 15 15
*0f tr>e «>oM««r eiect(v« cr*di1s a nttntmvm of lhre« credits must
t>« t'C" E'ect'icil E«5tn»*»"*g af*^ a <".«.m.jm ni n.n^ c'^'I'M *">">
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 81
otho; lields ol onglnefnng. mainemalics. physics, or olhor suitable
sclenlilic disciplines The remaining six credit hours are technical
electivos. and may be taken from Electrical Engineering or other
engineering and technical areas (Including mathematics, physics, or
other scientific tields).
Technical electives available in Electrical Engi-
neering are described in the course listings. Any
Electrical Engineering course numbered 400 to 499
inclusive that is not specifically excluded in its
description may be used as part of a technical
elective program. All other technical electives must
be of 300 level or higher. If a lower level course
(not specified as a degree requirement) is prerequi-
site to a 300 or higher level technical elective, the
student should plan to take such a lower level
course under his General University Requirements,
otherwise, less than 300 level courses do not count
as technical electives towards a degree in
Electrical Engineering. In all cases the student's
elective program must be approved by an Electrical
Engineering advisor and, in addition, by the Office
of Undergraduate Studies of the Electrical Engineer-
ing Department.
Throughout the year students are urged to contact
the Electrical Engineering Office of Undergraduate
Studies for advice or any other matters related to
their studies.
The specialty electives for the six specialization
areas are listed below. The specialty elective
courses can be taken in any order or simultaneously.
Consult departmental offerings each semester or
consult the Office of Undergraduate Studies for
plans on future offerings of these specialty elective
courses.
ENEE Specialty Electives
Circuits:
ENNE 414— Network Analysis (3)
ENEE 416 — Network Synthesis (3)
Communications:
ENEE 420 — Communication Theory (3)
ENEE 421 — Introduction to Information Theory (3)
Biomedical:
ENEE 434 — Introduction to Neural Networks
and Signals (3)
ENEE 435 — Electrodes and Electrical Processes
in Biology and Medicine (3)
Computers:
ENEE 444— Logic Design of Digital Systems (3)
ENEE 446 — Computer Architecture (3)
Control:
ENEE 460— Control Systems (3)
ENEE 462— Systems, Control and Computation (3)
Electrophysics:
ENEE 480 — Electromagnetic Properties of
IVIaterials (3)
ENEE 481— Antenna (3)
ENEE Advanced Elective Laboratories
ENEE 413— Electronics Laboratory (2)
ENEE 445— Computer Laboratory (2)
ENEE 461— Control Systems Laboratory (2)
ENEE 483 — Electromagnetic IVIeasurements
Laboratory (2)
An approved laboratory research program (such
as ENEE 419 — Apprenticeship) may be substituted
for the advanced elective laboratory.
course Code Predx — ENEF
Engineering Materials Program
Professors: Armstrong," Arsenault," Asimow,*
Marcinkowski,' Skolnick."
Associate Professors: Bolsaitis," and Spain."
Engineering materials is the study of the relationship
between structure and properties of materials.
The principles of physics, chemistry and mathe-
matics are applied to metals, ceramics, polymers
and composite materials used in industrial applica-
tions. In addition to the traditional area of metal-
lurgy, engineering materials includes the fields of
solid state physics and polymer and materials
science and their application to modern industrial
problems. Because of the extensive use of materials,
the engineer finds a wide variety of interesting
career opportunities in many companies and
laboratories.
Programs of study in engineering materials at the
undergraduate and graduate level are offered
through the Chemical and IVIechanical Engineering
Departments. Students may use Engineering
Materials as a field of concentration in the Bachelor
of Science in Engineering Program. The following
courses can be used to satisfy the Materials field
of concentration: ENMA 462, 463, 464, 470, 471,
472, and 473.
Coi^rse Code Prefix— ENMA
•Member of Mechanical Engineering Department
"Member of Chemical Engineering Department
Engineering Sciences Program
Engineering science courses represent a common
core of basic material offered to students of several
different departments. All freshman and sophomore
students of Engineering are required to take
ENES 101, ENES 110. and ENES 221. Other
ENES courses 220, 240, and 243 are specified
by the different departments or taken by the student
as electives. The responsibility for teach-
ing the Engineering Science courses is divided
among the Civil, Mechanical, Chemical and
Electrical Engineering Departments. In addition to
the core courses noted above, several courses of
general interest to engineering or non-engineering
students have been given ENES designations.
Course Code Prefix— ENES
English Language and Literature
Chairman and Professor: Kenny.
Professors: Bode, Bryer. Freedman, Hovey,
Isaacs, Lawson, Lutwack, McManaway, Manning,
Mish, Murphy, Myers, Panichas, Perloff. Russell,
Salamanca, Schoeck, Whittemore.
Associate Professors: Barnes. Barry, Birdsall,
Brown, Coleman, Coogan, Cooper, Fry, Greenwood,
Hamilton, G. Herman, Holton, Houppert, Howard,
Jellema, Kinnaird, Kleine, Miller, M.,
Peterson, Smith, Thorberg, Vitzthum, Wait,
Ward, Wilson.
Assistant Professors: Beauchamp, Cate, Cothran,
Dunn, Gallick, Hamilton. D. James, Kelly, Kenney,
Kimble, Martin, Moore, Nutku, Rowe, Rutherford,
Steinberg, Swigger, Tyson, Van Egmond, Weigaiit.
Lecturesr: Jabbour, Miller, J. Sewell.
Instructors: Buhlig, Demaree, Ference, Gold,
Potash. Reggy, Stevenson, Townsend. Trousdale.
The English major requires 36 credits beyond the
University composition requirement. For the specific
distribution requirements of these 36 credits,
students should consult the English Depart-
ment's advisors. A student may pursue a
major with emphasis in English, American or Com-
parative Literature; in folklore, creative writing, or
linguistics; or in preparation for secondary school
teaching. Students interested in secondary teach-
ing should make it known to the department as early
in their college career as possible.
No course with a grade less than C may be used
to satisfy major requirements.
In selecting supporting or elective subjects, stu-
dents majoring in English, particularly those who
plan to do graduate work, should give special
consideration to courses in French, German, Latin,
philosophy, and history.
Honors: The Department of English offers an honors
program, primarily for majors but open to others
with the approval of the Departmental Honors
Committee. Interested students should ask for de-
tailed information from an English Department
advisor no later than the beginning of their junior
year.
Course Code Prefix— ENGL
Entomology
Chairman and Professor: Bay.
Professors: Bickley, Harrison, Jones, Menzer,
Messersmith, Steinhauer.
Associate Professors: Davidson, Harding,
Krestensen.
Assistant Professors: Caron, Dively, Reichelderfer,
Wood.
Lecturers: Heimpel, Sangler.
This curriculum prepares students for various
types of entomological positions or for graduate
work in any of the specialized areas of entomology.
Professional entomologists are engaged in funda-
mental and applied research in university,
government, and private laboratories; regulatory
and control activities with federal and state
82 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
agencies: commercial pesi control and post man-
agement services: sales and development programs
Willi chemical companies and other commercial
organizations, consulting, extension work; and
leaching
Most of the lirst two years of the curriculum Is
devoted to obtaining the essential background. In
the lumor and senior years there is an opportunity
tor some specialization or (or electing courses in
preparation lor graduate work. Students contem-
plating graduate work are strongly advised to elect
courses in physics, modern foreign languages,
mathematics and biometrics
Department ol Entomology Requirements
Semester
Credit Hours
General University Requirements 30
ZOOL 293 — Animal Diversity 4
BOTN 101 — General Botany" 4
CHEM 103. 104 — College Chemistry I. II 4 4
CHEHtl 201. 202 — College Chemistry III and
College Chemistry Laboratory Ml 3. 2
MATH* 6
GENETICS 3
2 of the following 3 courses
BOTN 212 — Plant Taxonomy 3
BOTN 221 — Diseases of Plants 4
CHEM 461— Biochemistry I 3
MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4
ENTM 200 — Introductory Entomology 3
ENTM 421 — Insect Taxonomy and Biology . 4
ENTM 432— Insect Morphology 4
ENTM 442 — Insect Physiology 4
2 of the following 3 courses
ENTM 451 — Economic Entomology . . 4
ENTM 462— Insect Pathology 3
ENTM 472 — Medical and Veterinary
Entomology 4
ENTM 498 — Seminar 1
ENTM 399— Special Problems 2
Electives 18 23
■■e C:et> P-e' ■ FNTM
Family and Community Development
Professor and Chairman Gaylin.
Associate Professors: Brabble. Lemmon. Myricks.
Wilson.
Assistant Professors: Churaman. Orvedal. Rubin.
Instructor: Garrison.
Lecturer: Brown. Cohen. Greenwald. Lieberman,
Ryder. Sojit.
The Department of Family and Community Develop-
ment integrates and applies aspects of the natural
and social sciences as well as the human arts — all
o( which enhance man's quest for a more fully
functioning life. It places particular emphasis upon
the allied departments within the College of Human
Ecology which in turn addresses itself to the prob-
lems of man and his immediate environment.
Specifically. Family and Community Development
provides the applied human science generalist with
alirm foundation of knowledge of family and com-
munity dynamics leading to service teaching, and
research vocations. It also serves the University
community by offering general courses germane to
problems ol living in a complex society, and
stresses the concept of the family as the working
interlace between man, his society and the world
around him.
There are lour specific though related foci within
the program leading to specialized areas of en-
deavor within the applied human sciences.
I. Family Studies: This course ol study stresses
a working knowledge ol the growth of individuals
throughout the hie span with particular emphasis
on integeneralional aspects of family living. It
examines the pluralistic family forms and life styles
within our post-technological complex society and
the development ol the individual within the lamily
within the community.
II. Community Studies: This program emphasizes
the processes of social change and the individual
as agent within that process. It is grounded upon
the knowledge ol community structure and the
workings and interactions of the various subsystems.
Its summary goals are the identlicatlon and utili-
zation ol community resources for the enhancement
of a better life for the Individuals within the social
system.
III. Management and Consumer Studies: This
program focuses upon the use of resources of the
home and Its impact upon the community. It
examines the integration of Individual, familial and
societal value of our technological society for the
purposes of goal Implementation within that society.
It Is the area of study most directly concerned with
quality of life and the preparing of the individual
for effective consumer decisions through the under-
standing of the interrelationship of consumers,
business, and government.
IV. Home Economics Education: Although often
narrowly perceived as delimited to the role ol edu-
cator within a secondary school setting. Home
Economics Education has a larger purview and
responsibility, i.e.. that of introducing and imple-
menting through education at all levels, the theories,
skills and philosophy ol the attainment of a better
life for all men. women and children. Thus it is
the major Interpreter of the ramification and po-
tential Impact of Home Economics — the applied
human sciences.
These areas ol concentration will prepare students
for roles as family life educators, extension
specialists, consumer consultants, mental health
team members, and teachers of home economics
at the secondary level.
Family Studies Curriculum. Supportive courses will
be selected from either Human Ecology or
Sociology-Psychology.
Typical Semester
Freshman Year Hours
ENGL 101 — Composition 3
PSYC 3
FMCD 105 — Inlroduclion to Family Living 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY COURSES (outside
FMCD) 9
SOCY or ANTH 3
General Univerglty Requirements 9
Total 30
Typical Ssmeder
Sophomore Year Hourt
SPCH 2 3
ECON 201 or 205 . 3
FMCD 250 — ^Decision Making m Family Living 3
FMCD 260 — Interpersonal Lilestyles 3
Supportive Courses 6
FMCD 270 — Prolessional Seminar 2
General University Requirements 12
Total 31 32
Ssmesrer
Junior Year Hourt
FMCD 431 — Family Cnsis and Rehabililalion 3
FMCD 330^Family Patterns 3
EDHD 413. 306 or 411 — Human Development or
Development Courses 6
FMCD 332— The Child in the Family . 3
Supportive Courses 8
General University Requirements 9
Total 30
Semesfer
Senior Year Hourt
FMCD 487 — Legal Aspects ol Family Problems 3
FMCD Elective 3
FMCD 344. 345 or 346— Practicum or 446—
Living Experience with Families 3 6
Supponive Courses 6
Electives 10 14
Total 28 29
Community Studies Curriculum. Supportive courses
will be chosen from the following areas:
Human Ecology courses.
Sociology and/or psychology or family life
courses In the Department of Family and Community
Development beyond the core requirements.
Government and/or economics, or management
and consumer problems courses in the Department
of Family and Community Development beyond the
core requirements.
Semesrer
Typical Freshman Year Hours
SOCY or ANTH 3
Human Ecology Courses (outside FMCD) 9
FMCD 105 — Introduction to Family Living 3
PSYC 3
General University Requirements 12
Total 30
Semester
Typical Sophomore Year Hours
ECON 205 — Fundamentals ol Economics 3
FMCD 250 — Decision-Making in Family Living ... 3
SPCH 2-3
FOOD 200 or Elective 3
FMCD 270 — Prolessional Seminar 2
General University Requirements 3
Supponive Courses 15
Total 31-32
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 83
Semester
Typical Junior Year Hours
FMCD 330— Family Patterns or SOCY 443 3
FMCD 341^Personal and Fannily Finance 3
SOCY 230 — Dynamics o( Social Interaction 3
FOOD 260 — Meal Management or
FOOD 300 — Economics o( Food Consumption . 3
Supportice Courses 6-7
General University Requirements 9
Electives 3
Total 30-31
Semester
Typical Senior Year Hours
FMCD 345 — Practicum in Community
or FMCD 344 — Resident Experience
or FMCD 346 — Living Experience with Families 3
FMCD 370 — Communication Skills and
Techniques 3
SOCY 330 — Community Organization or
Substitute 3
Supportive Courses 3
Electives courses to complete 120 hrs 7-9
General University Requirements 6
Total 30
Management and Consumer Studies Curriculum.
Supportive courses will be selected in blocks from
economics, business administration, public
relations, sociology, psychology, family life, or
consumer economics.
Semester
Typical Freshman Year Hours
SOCY or ANTH 3
PSYC 3
Human Ecology Courses (outside FMCD) 9
SPCH 2-3
General University Requirements 13-14
Total 30-32
Semester
Typical Sophomore Year Hours
FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living ... 3
FMCD 270 — Professional Seminar 2
ECON 201 and 203 6
SOCY 230 — Dynamics of Social Interaction 3
FMCD 280 — Household Equipment or
Space Utilization or HSAD 241 — Family
Housing 3-4
General University Requirements 7-9
Electives 3-6
Total 25-33
Semester
Typical Junior Year Hours
FMCD 330— Family Patterns 3
FMCD 341 — Personal and Family Finances 3
PSYC 221— Social Psychology 3
FOOD or NUTR 3
Statistics 3
FMCD 443— Consumer Problems 3
Supportive Courses 3
General University Requirements 3
Electives 6
Total 30
84 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
Semester
Typical Senior Year Hours
FMCD 332— The Child in the Family 3
FMCD 344 — Resident Experience or
FMCD 345 — Practicum 3
CNEC or TXAP 3
Supportive Courses 6
Electives 9
Total 30
Home Economics Education
The Home Economics Education curriculum is de-
signed for students vi/fio are preparing to teacfi
home economics in the secondary schools. It
includes study of each area of home economics and
the supporting disciplines.
Fifteen hours of the total curriculum include an
area of concentration which must be unified in con-
tent and will be chosen by the student.'
Semester
FRESHMAN YEAR / //
FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family
Living 3
FMCD 105 — Introduction to Family Living 3
FOOD 110— Food and Nutrition of
Individuals and Family or NUTR 100 —
Elements of Nutrition 3
EDSE 151 — Freshman Seminar in Home
Economics Education 1
TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary
Living 3
General University Requirements 3
APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design . . 3
General University Requirements 6
PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology .... 3
SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology 3
Total 16 15
Semester
SOPHOMORE YEAR ; //
SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3
TXAP 221— Apparel I (if exempted, may
take TXAP 222 or TXAP 425) 3
CHEM 103 — College Chemistry I 4
General University Requirements 6
HSAD 240 — Design and Furnishings in
the Home or HSAD 241 — Family
Housing 3
EDSE 210 — Sophomore Seminar in Home
Economics Education 1
FOOD 200 — Scientific Principles of Food . . 3
FMCD 332— The Child in the Family or
EDHD 411 — Child Growth and
Development 3
General University Requirements 6
Total 16 16
Semesfer
JUNIOR YEAR / /;
EDHD 300S — Human Development and
Learning 6
FMCD 280 — Household Equipment and
Space Utilization or FMCD 443 —
Consumer Problems or FMCD 341 —
Personal and Family Finance 3(4)
FOOD 260 — Meal Management 3
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3
FMCD 344 — Resident Experience in Home
Management or FMCD 344B —
Practicum in Home Management 3
EDSE 380 — Field Experience in
Organization and Administration of a
Child Development Laboratory 1
EDSE 425— Curriculum Development in
Home Economics 3
Area of Concentration 6
General University Requirements 9
Total 18(19) 19
Semester
SENIOR YEAR / //
EDSE 347 — Curriculum, Instruction and
Observation 3
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education (1)(2)
EDSE 370 — Student Teaching in Secondary
Schools: Home Economics 8
FMCD 260 — Interpersonal Lifestyles or
SOCY 443 — The Family and Society .... 3
EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education 3
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology or
MICR 200 — General Microbiology 4
Area of Concentration 9
Total
•Area of Concent atic
A) Including
14
19
smesler hours-
im of two home economics courses or m applied
linder of \he 15 tiou s in supporting behavioral,
physical and biological sciences, philosophy geography and history.
B) Of the 15 hours, nine must be upper divisional courses.
Course Code Prefixes — FMCD HOEC
Fire Protection Engineering Program
Professor and Chairman: Bryan.
Assistant Professor: Hickey,
Lecturer: Watts.
Fire protection is concerned with the scientific and
technical problems of preventing loss of life and
property from fire, explosion and related hazards,
and of evaluating and eliminating hazardous condi-
tions.
The fundamental principles of fire protection are
relatively well-defined and the application of these
principles to a modern industrialized society has
become a specialized activity. Control of the
hazards in manufacturing processes calls for an
understanding not only of measures for fire protec-
tion but of the processes themselves. Often the
most effective solution to the problem of safe-
guarding a hazardous operation lies in the
modification of the process rather than in the
installation of special extinguishing equipment. The
expert in fire protection must be prepared to decide
in any given case what is the best and most eco-
nomical solution of the fire prevention problem. His
recommendations are often based not only on
sound principles of fire protection but on a thorough
understanding of the special problems of the
individual property.
Modern lire protection utilizes a wide variety of
mechanical and electrical equipment which the stu- ■
dent must understand in principle before he can
apply them to special problems. The (ire protection
curriculum emphasizes the scientific, technical and
humanitarian aspects of lire protection and the
development of the individual student.
The problems and challenges which confront the
specialist in fire protection include the reduction
and control of fire hazards due to processes subject
to fire or explosion in respect to design, Installation
and handling, involving both physical and human
factors: the use of buildings and transportation
facilities to restrict the spread of fire and to facilitate
the escape of occupants in case of (ire: the design,
installation and maintenance of fire detection
and extinguishing devices and systems: and the
organization and education of persons (or (ire pre-
vention and fire protection.
Basic Freshman Year
Semester
Course No ano Title / "
CHEIUI 103. 104— General Chemistry" ... 4 4
PHYS 161— General Physics I 3
MATH 140. 141— Analysis I. II 4 4
ENES 101— Intro. Engr. Science 3
ENES 110— Mechanics 3
General Univ. Requirements 6 3
Total Credits 17 17
"Qualified sludenl) may elect to take CHEM 105 and t06 (4 cr rirs.
eacn) mtlead ot CHEM 103 and 104
Students who are not prepared to schedule MATH
140 are advised to register (or a preparatory course
— MATH 115 — as part of their General University
Requirement. These students are also advised
to attend summer school following their freshman
year to complete MATH 141 and PHYS 161 prior to
entrance into the sophomore year o( study. MATH
141 and PHYS 161 are prerequisites for many
courses required in the sophomore year.
Semester
SOPHOMORE YEAR / //
General Univ Requirements 3 3
MATH 240— Linear Algebra 4
MATH 246— Differential Equations 3
PHYS 262. 263 — General Physics M, III . . 4 4
ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials 3
ENES 221— Dynamics 3
ENFP 251 — Fire Protection Engineering ... 1
ENFP 280 — Urban Fire Problem Analysis 3
ENFP 290 — Ignition and Combustion
Phenomenon 2
Total 17 16
Semester
JUNIOR NEAR / II
General Umv. Requirements 6 3
CMSC 110 — Elementary Algorithmic
Analysis or ENCE 360 — Engineering
Analysis and Computer Programming . 3
ENME 320 — Thermodynamics or
ENCE 295 — Chemical Process
Thermodynamics 3
ENCE 300 — Fundamentals of Engineering
Materials 3
ENCE 330 — Fluid Mechanics 3
ENFP 310 — Fire Protection Syatams
Design 3
ENFP 312— Fire Protection Fluids I 3
ENFP 320 — Pyromelrlcs ol Materials 3
ENFP 321— Functional and Structural
Evaluation 3
Approved Electlves 2
Total 18 17
Semesfer
SENIOR YEAR / II
General Univ. Requirements 3 3
ENEE 300 — Principles o( Electrical
Engineering 3
ENCE 350 — Fundamentals of Structural
Analysis or ENME 411 — Introduction to
Industrial Engineering 3
ENME 410 — Operations Research I or
BSAD 332 — Operations Research I 3
ENNU 215 — Introduction to Nuclear
Technology 3
ENFP 415 — Fire Protection Fluids II ... . 3
ENFP 411 — Systems Approach to Fire
Protection Design 3
ENFP 414— Life Safety Analysis 3
ENFP 416 — Problem Synthesis and
Design 3
Technical Electlves 3 3
Total 18 18
Course Code Pielix— ENFP
Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
Professor and Director: Crane.
Professors: Babusi<a, Brush,- Crane, DeClaris,^
Dorfman,' Elsasser, Faller. Hubbard, Jones,
Karlovitz, Kellogg. Koopman, Landsberg, Lashinsky,
Olver, Ortega, ■ Pai, Tidman, Weiss,-' Wilkerson,
Wu, Yorke, Zwanzig.
Professors (Visiting or Part-Time): Aziz,' Bhatia,'
Fritz, Northrop.
Associate Professors: Coplan, Guernsey, Israel,"
Matthews, Rodenhuis, Rosenberg, Thompson,
Vernekar.
Associate Professors (Visiting or Part-Time):
Mcllrath, Miller, Ogilvie, Papadopoulos.
Assistant Professors: Ellingson.
Assistant Professors (Visiting or Part-Time): McClure,
Winsor.
Research Associates: Conrad, Foster, Gillis,
Goforth. Grover, Overcamp, Siskind.
Visiting Lecturers: Bonner, Gerrity.
Professors Emeritus: Burgers, Martin.
Instructor: Li.
> Joint wim Universily ol Maryland Baltimore County
■ Joint wiiri History.
■ Joint wilh Electrical Engineering.
* Joint writh Physics.
- Joint witr> Computer Science and Mathematics
* Joint with Civil Engineering
The (acuity o( the Institute (or Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics direct their primary attention to
(lelds o( multidisciplinary and applied science which
aflord challenging opportunities (or classroom
instruction and (or thesis research. With the
exception ol meteorology,* in which the Institute
o((ers a (ull graduate program to the Ph.D. level,
the course oKerings and thesis research guidance ol
Institute (acuity are conducted either through the
graduate program in applied mathematics or under
the auspices o( other departments. Students inter-
ested in studying or working with Institute (acuity
should direct inquiries to the Director, IFDAM,
College Park, Maryland 20742.
The areas ol interest in the Institute are con-
stantly evolving and include both experimental and
theoretical work. Current topics ol interest include
lluid dynamics, physical oceanography, glaciology
atmospheric circulation, physics ol the upper
atmosphere and magnetosphere, a wide variety o(
problems in plasma physics, atomic physics, various
aspects o( space and planetary science, atmo-
spheric pollution, statistical mechanics o( physical
and living systems, history o( science, theoretical
and applied numerical analysis, control theory,
epidemiology and biomathematics, the analysis o( a
number o( current problems ol societal interest
such as public health, plus many diverse eKorts in
basic mathematics. The Meteorology Program lea-
tures a number ol research areas including
climatology, air pollution, tropical behavior, optical
properties o( the atmosphere, micro-meteorology
and (luid properties o( the atmosphere.
The Institute also hosts a wide variety o( seminars
in the various (ields o( its interest. Principal among
these are the general seminars in plasma physics,
meteorology, applied mathematics, (luid dy-
namics, and in atomic and molecular physics.
ln(ormation about these can be obtained by writing
the Director or by calling (301) 454-2636.
Financial support (or highly qualihed graduate
students is available through research assistantships
(unded by grants and contracts, and through
teaching assistantships in related academic depart-
ments.
•Sec lie soparale l.st.ng lor ihc Meleoroioay Program
Foods, Nutrition and Institution Administration
Ctiairman and Professor: Prather.
Associate Professors: Ahrens, Butler, Cox, Eheart.
Visiting Assistant Professors: Manchester.
Instructors: Bouwkamp, Cantrell, Graham, Knighton.
Lecturers: Boehne, Stewart.
Visiting Lecturers: Accountius, laconboni, Mehlman.
Visiting Instructors: Martin, Palmer.
The area o( (ood, nutrition and institution admin-
istration IS broad and o((ers many diverse
professional opportunities. Courses introduce the
student to the principles ol selection, preparation
and utilization ol lood lor human health and the
welfare o( society. Emphasis is placed on the sci-
entitic, cultural and prolessional aspects ol this
broad area ol (ood and nutrition. The department
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 85
offers six areas of emphasis: experimental foods,
community nutrition, nutrition research, dietetics,
institution administration, and coordinated dietetics.
Each program provides for competencies in several
areas of work; however, each option is designed
specifically for certain professional careers.
All areas of emphasis have in common several
courses within the department and the University;
the curricula are identical in the freshman year.
Experimental foods is designed to develop com-
petency in the scientific principles of food and their
reactions. Physical and biological sciences in rela-
tion to foods are emphasized. The program is
planned for students who are interested in product
development, quality control and technical re-
search in foods. The nutrition research program is
designed to develop competency in the area of
nutrition for students who wish to emphasize
physical and biological sciences. The community
nutrition program emphasizes applied community
nutrition. Dietetics develops an understanding and
competency in food, nutrition and management
as related to problems of dietary departments;
the curriculum includes courses necessary to meet
the academic requirement for American Dietetic
Association internship and membership. The
coordinated dietetic clinical program includes
internship experience coordinated with the didactic
components and the students are eligible for
membership in the American Dietetic Association
upon graduation. Institution administration emphasis
is related to the administration of quantity food
service in universiy and college residence halls and
student unions, school lunch programs in ele-
mentary and secondary schools, restaurants, coffee
shops, and industrial cafeterias.
Coordinated Dietetics Emphasis
Semester
FRESHMAN YEAR
General Univ. Requirements '
FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of
Individuals and Families
tVIATH 110 or 115
SPCH Requirement
FOOD 105 — Professional Orientation ...
FOOD 240 — Science of Food Preparation
Total
SOPHOMORE YEAR
CHEN^ 201. 202— Chemistry III
CHEM 261 — Introductory Biochemistry . .
FOOD 250 — Science of Food Preparation
FOOD 260 — Meal Management
ZOOL 201. 202 — Anatomy and Physiology
General Univ. Requirements
MICB 200 — General Microbiology
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course
PSYC Requirement
Total
Semester
JUNIOR YEAR ( //
NUTR 300 — Science of Nutrition 4
NUTR 450 — Advanced Human Nutrition .... 3
lADM 300 — Food Service Organization
and Management 3
lADM 430 — Ouantily Food Production 3
lADM 460, 470 — Administrative Dietetics
I. II 3 3
lADM 440 — Food Service Personnel
Administration 2
lADM 420 — Quantity Food Purchasing .... 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3
EDHD 460 — Educational Psychology 3
Total 15 15
Semesrer
SENIOR YEAR / //
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Requirement ... 3
SOCY or ANTH Requirement 3
NUTR 460— Therapeutic Human Nutrition 3
NUTR 480 — Applied Diet Therapy 3
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics .3
Elective 3
General Univ. Requirements 3 3
NUTR 470 — Community Nutrition 3
NUTR 485 — Applied Community Nutrition . . 3
Total 15 15
Dietetics Emphasis
Semester
FRESHMAN YEAR / //
General Univ. Requirements ' 7 11
FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of
Individuals and Families 3
MATH 110 or 115 3
SPCH Requirement 2
FOOD 105 — Professional Orientation .... 1
FOOD 240 — Science of Food Preparation . . 3
Total
SOPHOMORE YEAR
CHEM 201, 202— Chemistry III 5
FOOD 250 — Science of Food Preparation 3
PSYC Requirement 3
ZOOL 201, 202 — Anatomy and
Physiology 4 4
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics . . 3
CHEM 261— Introductory Biochemistry .... 3
FOOD 260 — Meal Management 3
General Univ. Requirement 3
Total 15 16
Semester
JUNIOR YEAR / /'
NUTR 300 — Science of Nutrition 4
lADM 300 — Food Service Organization
and Management 3
General Univ. Requirement 3 3
SOCY or ANTH Requirement 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3 • 3
lADM 420 — Ouantily Food Purchasing .... 3
NUTR 450 — Advanced Human Nutrition . . 3
MICB 200 — General Microbiology .... 4
Total
6 14
Semester
I II
SENIOR YEAR
NUTR 460 — Therapeutic Human Nutrition
1 16
Semester
II
General Univ. Requirement 3
lADM 430 — Quantity Food Production . 3
lADM 440 — Food Service Personnel
Administration 2
EDHD 460 — Educational Psychology . . 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3
Electives 6 4
Total 14 13
Experimental Food Emphasis
Semester
FRESHMAN YEAR I II
MATH 110 or 115 3
FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of
Individuals 3
General Univ. Requirements ' 4 4
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3 3
FOOD 105 — Professional Orientation ... 1
SPCH Requirement 2
PSYC Requirement 3
SOCY or ANTH Requirement 3
Total 14 15
Semester
SOPHOMORE YEAR / //
CHEM 201, 202— College Chemistry III .. 5
FOOD 240, 250 — Science of Food
Preparation 3 3
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3
ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4
CHEM 261 — Introductory Biochemistry .... 3
MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4
General Univ. Requirements ' 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3
Total 15 16
Semester
JUNIOR YEAR / II
General Univ. Requirements 3 3
Electives - 6 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3
NUTR 300 — Science of Nutrition 4
FOOD 400, 450 — Advanced and
Experimental Food Science 3 3
FDSC 412 or 413— Principles of Food
Processing I, II 3
Total 16 15
Semester
SENIOR YEAR / II
PHYS 111 — Elements of Physics 3
FDSC 422 — Food Product Research
and Development 3
FDSC 432— Analytical Quality Control .... 3
Electives- 6 4
General Univ. Requirements 6 4
Total 15 14
- Nine hours of the 19 electives must be selected trom the loiiowing
AGHI 401— Agricutlursl Biometrics (3) or FDSC 431— St«listlc»l
Duality Control (3)
CHEM 219- Elements ol Quantitative Analysis (31
Any 300 or 400 level NUTR course
FOOD 260— Meal Management (3)
FOOD 300— Economics ol Food Consumption (3)
FOOD 445— Advanced Food Science Lab. O)
FOOD 480— Food Additives 13)
FOOD 490 — Special Problems in Foods (3)
FDSC 430— Food MiciobioloBy (3)
FDSC 4t2 or 413 if not talten above
lADM 430— Ouantily Food Production (3)
FMCD 370 — Communications Skills and Techniques in Home
Economics (3)
86 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
CMru m ;a; <ra i«<iu<>«
(nclud* 30 hou(» Uajort muil I
>f majOf couitnt For •lampi*.
MuDenI mull lelicl CHEM 103 a>
»«l ine 0«n«i«l Unlvsitily RsQuir
liMUIullon Admlnittrallon Emphasis
FRESHMAN YEAR
MATH 110 or 115
Qsrwral Univ Requiremenis '
FOOD 110 — Food and Nulrilion of
Individuals and Families
FOOD 105 — Piotossional Orientation
CHEM 104— Chemistry II
SOCY or ANTH Requlramenl . .
FOOD ?40— Science ot Food
Preparation
SPCH Requiromenl
Total
SOPHOMORE YEAR
FOOD 250 — Science of Food Preparation
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course
MICB 200 — General Microbiology
200L 201. 202 — Anatomy — Physiology
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics
General Univ Requirements
PSYC Requirement
Total
JUNIOR YEAR
General Univ Requirements
NUTR 300 — Science ol Nutrition
lAOM 300 — Food Service Organization
and Management
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course
BSAO 220. 221— Accounting
lADM 420 — Ouanlily Food Purchasing . .
Eiectives
Total
SENIOR YEAR
lADM 430 — Quantity Food Production . .
lADM 440 — Food Service Personnel
Administration
lADM 450 — Food Service Equipment and
Planning
BSAO 380 or ECON 470— Business Law
or Labor Economics
lAOM 350 or 490 — Special Problems or
Praclicum in Institution
Administration
General Univ. Requiremenis
Eieciives
Community Nulrilion Emphasis
FRESHMAN YEAR
General Univ Requirements ' .
MATH 110 or lis
FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of
Individuals and Families
FOOD 105 — Professional Orientation . .
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course
FOOD 240 — Science ol Food Preparation
SPCH Requirement
15 15
Semester
S0m0M»r
SOPHOMORE YEAH I II
CHEM 201, 202— Chemistry III 5
PSYC Requirement 3
FOOD 250— Science of Food Preparation 3
200L 201. 202— Anatomy & Physlotogy . 4 4
General Univ Requirements 6
FOOD 260 — Meal Management 3
CHEM 261— Introductory Biochemistry ... 3
Total 15 16
Semester
JUNIOR YEAR / //
NUTR 300 — Science of Nutrition 4
SOCY or ANTH Requirement 3
MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4
NUTR 450 — Advanced Nutrition 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3 3
General Univ Requirements 3
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics . . 3
Elective 3
Total 14 15
Semester
SENIOR YEAR / //
NUTR 460 — Therapeutic Human Nutrition 3
NUTR 470 — Community Nutrition 3
EDHD 460 — Educational Psychology .... 3
Methods of Teaching Course 3
General Univ. Requirements 3 3
Eiectives 6 6
Total 15 15
Nutrition Research Emphasis
Semesler
FRESHMAN YEAR / //
General Univ. Requirements ' 8 10
MATH 110 or 115 3
FOOD 110— Food and Nutrition of
Individuals and Families 3
FOOD 105 — Professional Orientation . . 1
SPCH Requirement 2
FOOD 240 — Science ol Food Preparation 3
Total 15 15
Semester
SOPHOMORE YEAR
CHEM 201, 202— Chemistry III
PSYC Requirement
FOOD 250 — Science of Food Preparation
ZOOL 201. 202 — Anatomy & Physiology .
General Univ. Requirements
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course
MICB 200 — General Microbiology
SOCY or ANTH Requirement
Total
JUNIOR YEAR
General Univ. Requirements
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course
CHEM 461, 462— Biochemistry
CHEM 463, 464— Biochemistry Lab
NUTR 300 — Science of Nutrition
NUTR 450 — Advanced Human Nutrition .
Total
SENIOR YEAR
AGRI 401— Agricultural Biomsirics . .
NUTR 490 — Special Problems in Nutrition
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics
General Univ Requirerrtents
Eiectives
Total
15
-rOOO MUTR. FDSC. lAOM
Food Science Program
Professor and Coordinator: King (Dairy Science),
Professors Young (Animal Science), Keeney, Mat-
tick (Dairy Sctence), Kramer. Stark, Twigg, Wiley
(Horticulture).
Associate Professors: Cowan (Agricultural Engineer,
ing). Buric fAmmal Science). Bigbee. Thomas
(Poultry Science).
Assistant Professors: Turner. Westhoff (Dairy
Science), Heath (Poultry Science).
Food Science is concerned with all aspects of pre-
senting food to the consumer in a manner that
would satisfy mans r>eeds both nutritionally and
aesthetically. The Food Science Curriculum is based
on the application of the fundamentals of the
physical and biological sciences to the production,
procurement, preservation, processing, packaging
and marketing of foods. Specialization is offered
in the areas of meats, milk a/>d dairy products, fruits
and vegetables, poultry and poultry products and
seafood products.
Opportunities for careers in food science are
available in industry, universities and government.
Specific positions for food scieniists include product
development, production management, engir>eering,
research, quality control, technical sales and
service, teaching, and environmental health.
Total
General University Requirements .
Curriculum Requirements
CHEM 103 — College Chemistry r
MICB 200 — General Microbiology"
MATH-
AGEN 313 — Mechanics of Food Processing
ANSC 401— Fundamentals of Nutrition . . .
CHEM 104 — College Chemistry II
CHEM 201, 202— College Chemistry III
and College Chemistry Laboratory III
FDSC 111— Introduction to Food Science
FDSC 398— Seminar
FDSC 412, 413— Principles of Food
Processing I, II
FDSC 421 — Food Chemistry
FDSC 422 — Food Product Research and
Development
FDSC 430 — Food Microbiology
FDSC 431— Food Quality Control .
FDSC 432— Food Quality Control
Laboratory
FDSC Commodity Courses"
PHYS 121 — Fundamentals of Physics .
Eiectives
*S«lisriM Divisional R«Quir«m«nls
••FDSC 442 «5l 461 471 or 482
Semester
Credit Hours
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 87
French and Italian Languages and Literatures
Professor and Chairman: MacBain.
Professors: Bingham, Quynn (Emeritus). Rosenfield.
Associate Professors: Demaitre, Fink, Hall, Tarica.
Assistant Professors: Gilbert, Hicks, Lebreton-
Savigny. McArthur, Meijer.
Lecturer: Lloyd-Jones.
Instructors: Barrabini, Bondurant, Dubois. Tubbs,
Vaccarelli.
The Department offers a major in French which
consists of a total of 33 credits of French courses at
the 200 level or above. The French major must
complete FREN 201 . 251 . 252. 301 . 302. any one
of 211.311.312, one of 401, 405 and four French
courses from those numbered 330 to 499 — one
of which must be a literature course. (FREN 390,
478. and 479 may not be counted among the five.)
The French major is required to take a further 12
credits in supporting courses from a list approved
by the Department. An average grade of "C" is the
minimum acceptable in the major field. Students
intending to apply for teacher certification should
consult the Director of Undergraduate Advising.
Dr. Marianne Ivteijer, as early as possible in order to
plan their programs accordingly.
Honors. The department offers an honors program
in French for students of superior ability. Honors
work normally begins in the first semester of the
junior year, but a qualified student may enter as
early as the sophomore year or as late as the
second semester of the junior year. Honors students
are required to take at least two courses from
those numbered 491 H, 492H, and 493H together with
494H, Honors Independent Study, and 495H, Honors
Thesis Research. Honors students must take a
final comprehensive examination based on the
honors reading list. Admission of students to the
honors program, their continuance in the program
and the final award of honors are the prerogative
of the Departmental Honors Committee.
Course Code Prelixes— FREN. ITAL
General Honors Program
Director: Portz.
The General Honors Program consists of about 600
students. Members of the Program are permitted to
enroll in small, honors sections of basic courses
in many departments and are given the opportunity
of participating in special, upper-level General
Honors seminars and independent study. Suc-
cessful General Honors students are graduated with
a citation in General Honors, and notation of this
accomplishment is made upon their diplomas and
transcripts. General Honors also involves an
elaborate extra-curricular program. Student partici-
pation in decision-making in all aspects of General
Honors is encouraged.
Students from any Division or College on the
College Park Campui are eligible to apply for
admission to the Program. Admission to the General
Honors Program is ordinarily made at the same
time as admission to the University, although a
special and separate application form is required
for General Honors.
Admission requirements are not fixed, but relative
to the background, accomplishments, and motiva-
tion of the applicant. Very generally it may be
said that students are selected on the basis of
grades, rank in class, national test scores, and rec-
ommendations from high school teachers and coun-
selors. In addition, however, subjective factors
are taken into very serious consideration.
Students customarily apply during their senior
year in high school, but in-University students
are also admitted during their careers at the Uni-
versity, and student transferring from other
institutions are accepted into General Honors upon
presentation of a distinguished record, especially if
they come to Maryland from another Honors
program.
The College Park Campus also operates
25 Departmental Honors Programs designed pri-
marily for the majoring student. Most of these
Programs begin in the junior year, although there
are a few exceptions (Botany, English, History,
Mathematics, and Psychology), and are administered
by Committees at the Departmental level. For
information, see the descriptions under the various
departmental entries in this catalog, or contact
the Honors Office, as below.
The General Honors Program is administered by
the Director and by the General Honors Committee
which also acts as an advisory and regulatory
body. For application forms, brochure, and infor-
mation, write to Dr. John Portz. Director, Honors
Office. University of Maryland. College Park,
Maryland 20742.
Course Code Prelix— HONR
Geography
Professor and Ctiairman: Harper.
Professors: Ahnert, Deshler, Fonaroff, Hu.
Associate Professors: Brodsky, Chaves, Mitchell,
Thompson, Wiedel.
Assistant Professors: Cirrincione, Dando, Groves,
Lewis, Muller.
Lecturers: Christian, Rosenthal, Roswell, Yoshioka.
Geography studies the spatial patterns and inter-
actions of natural, cultural and socio-economic
phenomena on earth's surface. The field thus em-
braces aspects of both the physical and the social
sciences, which are applied in the analysis of
patterns of distribution of individual phenomena, to
the study of complex interrelations of phenomena
found in a given region, and to the synthesis of
geographic regions. A geographer should, therefore,
acquire background knowledge in certain aspects
of the physical as well as the social sciences.
Field work and map analysis have been the basic
tools of research for the geographer. In recent years
these have been augmented by the use of tech-
niques of air photo interpretation and presently by
the development of methods of interpreting data
obtained from the remote sensing devices of space
satellites. Modern geography also is making in-
creasing application of quantitative methods,
including the use of statistics and systems analysis,
so that mathematical training is becoming increas-
ingly important for a successful career in geography.
Today geographers are employed in a wide
range of positions. Geographers in the federal
government work in the Departments of State,
Interior. Defense. Agriculture. Housing and Urban
Affairs, and Health, Education, and Welfare. They
are on the staffs of the legislative research branch,
the Library of Congress and the National Archives.
At the state and local government level there is
an increasing demand for geographers in planning
positions. And in recent years more and more
geographers have found employment in private
industry working on problems of industrial and com-
mercial location and market analysis. Teaching at
all levels from elementary school through graduate
work continues to employ more geographers each
year. Some have found geography to be an ex-
cellent background for careers in the military,
journalism and general business; others have simply
found the broad perspective of geography an ex-
cellent base for a general education. Most
professional positions in geography require graduate
training.
Requirements For An Undergraduate Major. Within
any of the general major programs it is possible
for the student to adjust his program to fit his
particular individual interests. The major totals 33
semester hours.
The required courses of the geography major are:
Hours
1. Geography Core (GEOG 201. 202. 203. 300) 12
2. Field Study (Selected from GEOG 380, 381. 382,
383, 384) 3
3. A regional course 3
4. Elective systematic and technique courses 15
Total 33
The Geography Core — The following four courses
form the minimum essential base upon which ad-
vanced work in geography can be built:
GEOG 201 — Introduction to Physical Geography .... 3
GEOG 202 — Introduction to Cultural Geography .... 3
GEOG 203 — Introduction to Econonnic Geography . . 3
GEOG 300 — Introduction to Research & Writing .... 3
The three lower division courses are to be com-
pleted prior to GEOG 300 and all other upper
division courses. GEOG 201. 202. and 203 may be
taken in any order and a student may register for
88 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
more than one In any semester. GEOG 300 is
specitically designed as a preparation lo upper di-
vision work and should be taken upon completion
of one or two upper division courses. Upon consulta-
tion with a department advisor, a reasonable load
ol other upper division work in geography may be
taken concurrently with GEOG 300.
The Field Study Requirement — The field study re-
quirement may be completed in either of two ways,
depending on which is available in the schedule:
(1) by taking Geography 380 — Local Field Course,
3 hours or (2) by taking three out ol lour of the fol-
lowing one-hour field study courses each stressing
a different aspect of geographic field work: GEOG
381— Field Study: Physical; GEOG 382— Field Study:
Rural: GEOG 382— Field Study: Urban: GEOG
384 — Field Study: f^elhods. Normally two of the
different one-hour courses will be offered each
semester, and the student should arrange lo take
them as is convenient during the junior and senior
years.
Introduction lo Geography— <3eography 100: Intro-
duction to Geography is a general education course
lor persons who have had no previous contact with
the discipline in high school or for persons plan-
ning lo lake only one course in geography. It
provides a general overview of the field rather
than of a single specialized subdivision. Credit for
this course is not applied to the major.
Areas of Specialization. Although the major pro-
gram IS flexible and can be designed to fit any in-
dividual student's own interest, several specializa-
tions attract numbers of students. They are:
Urbar) Geography and Regional Development —
Provides preparation for careers in planning and
teaching. Majors electing this specialty take de-
partmental courses in urban geography, industrial
location, transportation, and economic geography
among others and supporting courses in urban
sociology, urban economics, urban transportation,
and the urban studies program outside the depart-
ment.
Physical Geography — For students with special
interest in the natural environment and in its
interaction with the works of man. This specializa-
tion consists of departmental courses in geomor-
phology. climatology, and resources, and of
supporting courses in geology, soils, meteorology,
hydrology, and botany.
Cartography — Prepares students for careers in
map design, compilation and reproduction. The
department offers various courses in thematic
mapping, cartographic history and theory, map
evaluation, and map and photo interpretation. For
additional training students are advised to take
supporting courses in art and civil engineering.
Cultural Geography — Of interest to students par-
ticularly concerned with the geographic aspects of
population, politics, and other social and cultural
phenomena, and with historical geography. In
addition to departmental course offerings this
specialization depends on work in sociology, an-
thropology, government and politics, history, and
economics.
For further information on any of these areas of
interest the student should contact a departmental
advisor.
All math programs should be approved by a
departmental advisor
Suggested Study Program For Geography
Freshman Year Hours
GEOG 100 — Inlroduction lo Geography (Does
not count toward geography major) 3
GEOG 201 — Introductory Physical Geography 3
General University Requirements and/or
eleclives 24
30
Sophomore Year
GEOG 202 — Introductory Cultural Geography 3
GEOG 203 — introductory Economic Geography .... 3
General University Requirements and/or
eleclives 24
30
Junior Year
GEOG 300 — Introduction to Research and Writing
in Geography 3
GEOG — A regional geography course 3
GEOG — Field courses 3
GEOG — Elective 3
General University Requirements and/or
eleclives 18
30
Senior Year
GEOG — Courses to complete major 12
Eleclives 18
Total
120
Geography Minor and Secondary Education
Geography Specialization
College ol Education Majors
Secondary Education Majors with a concentration
in geography are required to take 27 hours in the
content field. Geography 201, 202. 203, 490 and a
field course are required. The remaining 15 hours
of the program consist of 3 hours of regional
geography and 12 hours of upper-division systematic
courses. For majors in Elementary Education and
others needing a geography course for teaching
certification. Geography 100 is the required course.
Geography minors should take at least Geog. 201,
202 and 203 in the Geography core and 300 is
recommended. As with the major these courses
should be taken before any others.
Course Code Ptelix— GEOG
Geology
Associate Protessor and Acting Chairman: Siegrist.
Associate Professors: Segovia. Slifel.
Assistant Professors: Ridky, Weidner, Wylie.
Credit Houri
Gsneral Universlly Requirements 30
Divisional Requirements
Biological Science 3 or 4
MATH. CHEM (See Below)
Departmental Requirements 24
GEOL 100 (3)
GEOL 102 (3)
GEOL 110 (1)
GEOL 112 (1)
GEOL 399 (1)
GEOL 422 (3)
GEOL 431 (4)
GEOL 441 (3)
Geology Summer Camp (5)
Supporting Requirements 24
CHEM 103. 104 (4, 4)
MATH 140, 141 (4, 4)
PHYS 121. 122 (4. 4)
Eleclives 38 or 39
Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures
Professor and Chairman: Hering.
Professors: Best, Dobert, Hinderer. Jones.
Associate Professors: Berry, Fleck. Hitchcock.
Assistant Professors: Dulbe. Elder, Irwin. KostovskI,
Pfister.
Instructors: Kornetchuk. Lindes.
Lecturer: Vollmer.
General. Two types of undergraduate majors are
offered in both German and Russian: one for the
general student or the future teacher, and the other
for those interested in a rounded study of a foreign
area for the purpose of understanding another
nation through its literature, history, sociology, and
other aspects. Both of these majors confer the
B.A. degree. The department also offers M.A. and
Ph.D. degrees in German language and literature.
An undergraduate major in either category con-
sists of a total of 33 hours with a C average, beyond
the basic language requirement.
In selecting minor or elective subjects, students
majoring in German or Russian, particularly those
who plan to do graduate work, should give special
consideration to courses in French, Spanish. Latin,
philosophy, history, and English.
Language and Literature Major:
German. German 221. which may be taken con-
currently with German 321 or 322. is required unless
waived by the chairman of the department. Specific
minimum requirements in the program are: three
courses in advanced language (one from each set;
301-302. 311-312. 401-402); two semesters of the
survey of literature courses (321-322); six literature
courses on the 400-level, two of which may be taken
in comparative literature. Taking honors courses
as substitute for the 400-level literature courses
requires special permission from the chairman of
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 89
the department and in no case may more than two
honors courses be selected for this purpose.
Russian. The specific minimum requirements are:
one from each set: 201-202, 301-302, 311-312,
401-402; two semesters of the survey of literature
courses (321-322). plus 15 hours of literature courses
on the 400-level.
Foreign Area Major:
German. Specific requirements in this major are:
three courses in advanced language (one from each
set: 301-302. 311-312, 401-402); a 2-semester sur-
vey (321-322); two courses in civilization (421-422);
four courses in German literature on the 400-level,
two of which may be replaced by Comparative
Literature 401 and 402. Supporting courses should
be selected in consultation with the student's ad-
visor.
Russian. Specific requirements in this major are:
three courses in advanced language (one from each
set: 201-202, 301-302, 311-312); Russian 321 and
322; Russian 401 and 402; plus 12 hours of literature
courses on the 400-level, two of which may be re-
placed by Comparative Literature 401 and 402.
Supporting courses should be selected in consulta-
tion with the student's advisor.
Honors. A student majoring in German who, at the
time of application, has a general academic average
of at least 3.0 and 3.5 or above in his major field,
is eligible for admission to the Honors program of
the department. Application should be directed to
the chairman of the Honors Committee. Honors
work normally begins in the first semester of the
junior year but a qualified student may enter as
early as the sophomore year or as late as the second
semester of the junior year.
Honors students are required to take two of the
Honors reading courses 398H and the independent
study course, 397H.
Besides completing an independent study project,
all graduating seniors who are candidates for
Honors must take an oral examination. Admission of
students to the Honors Program, their continu-
ance in the program, and the final award of Honors
are the prerogative of the Departmental Honors
Committee.
Lower Division Courses. Students with only one
year of high school language may take courses
111 and 112 in that language for credit. Students
who have had two or more years of German or
Russian in high school and wish to continue
with that language must take the placement exam.
Students who, as a result of the placement exam,
place in 113 must complete 115. They may not take
courses 111-112 for credit unless there has been
a four-year lapse of time between their high
school language course and their first college
course in that language. Those who place above
90 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
115 have fulfilled the language requirement for
the B.A. degree in the Division of Arts and Humani-
ties.
Transfer students with college credit have the
option of continuing at the level for which they are
theoretically prepared, of taking a placement
examination, or of electing courses 113 for
credit. If a transfer student takes 113 for
credit, he may retain transfer credit only for the
equivalent of course 1 1 1 . A transfer student
placing lower than his training warrants may ignore
the placement but DOES SO AT HIS OWN RISK.
If a student has received a D in a course and
completes the next higher course, he cannot go
back to repeat the original D.
A student whose native language is German or
Russian may not meet the college requirement by
taking courses through 312 in that language. There
is a special option by which foreign students may
offer a combination of FOLA 001 and 002 (English
for Foreign Students) and 12 hours of English
courses to satisfy both the English and foreign
language requirements.
Course Code Prelixes— GERM, RUSS
Governmental Research
Director: Burdette.
Associate Protessor: Stone.
Research Associate: Feldbaum.
Lecturers: Eppes, Azzaretto, Behre, Kelleher,
Peterson, Thompson.
Faculty Research Assistant: Rouse.
Activities of the Bureau of Governmental Research
relate primarily to the problems of State and local
government in Maryland. The bureau engages in
research and publishes findings with reference to
local, State and national governments and their
interrelationships. It undertakes surveys and offers
Its assistance and service to units of government
in Maryland and serves as a clearinghouse of infor-
mation for them. The bureau furnishes opportunities
for qualified students interested in research and
career development in State and local administra-
tion.
Urban affairs have become a central focus with
the establishment of an Urban Research Group,
which draws on a variety of interdisciplinary faculty
interests within the University.
The Maryland Technical Advisory Service, a di-
vision of the bureau, provides consulting services
to county and municipal governments of the State.
Technical consultation and assistance are provided
on specific problems in such areas as preparation
of charters and codes or ordinances, fiscal man-
agement, personnel management, utility and other
service operations, planning and zoning, and
related local or intergovernmental activities. The
staff analyzes and shares with governmental officials
information concerning professional developments
and opportunities for new or improved programs
and facilities.
Government and Politics
Professor and Department Chairman: Piper.
Professors: Anderson, Burdette, Dillon, Harrison,
Hathorn, Hsueh, Jacobs, McNelly, Murphy, Plischke.
Associate Professors: Claude. Conway, Devine,
Glendening, Koury, Ranald, Reeves, Stone, Terchek,
Wilkenfeld, Wolfe.
Assistant Professors: Bechtold, Butterworth,
Chaples, Glass, Heisler, Ingles, Kapungu,
Lanning, McCarrick, Melnick, Oliver, Strouse,
Werlin.
Lecturers: Barber, Flyr.
Visiting Assistant Professor: Helms.
The Department of Government and Politics offers
programs designed to prepare students for govern-
ment service, politics, foreign assignments,
teaching, a variety of graduate programs, and for
intelligent and purposeful citizenship.
At the junior/ senior level students may pursue
the general government curriculum or they may
pursue a more specialized curriculum either in
international affairs or in public administration.
Course Code Prefix— GVPT
Requirements for the Government and Politics
Major. Government and Politics majors must take a
minimum of 36 semester hours in government
courses and may not count more than 42 hours in
government toward graduation. No course in which
the grade is less than C may be counted as part
of the major. No courses may be taken on a pass-fall
basis.
The government and politics fields are as follows:
(1) American government and politics; (2) com-
parative government; (3) international affairs; (4)
political theory; (5) public administration; (6) public
law; and (7) public policy and political behavior.
All government majors are required to take
GVPT 100, 170, 220, 441 or 442 (Political Theory),
and such other supporting courses as specified by
the department. They must take one course from
three separate government fields as designated
by the department.
All departmental majors shall take ECON 205 or
ECON 201. In addition, the major will select courses
from one of the following options: (a) methodology,
(b) foreign language, (c) philosophy and history of
science, or (d) pre-law. A list of courses which
will satisfy each option is available in the depart-
mental office. In addition, all majors shall take one
course in which the student will be introduced
on a systematic basis to the literature that deals
with American race relations. A list of approved
courses is available in the departmental office.
All students majoring in government must fulfill
the requirements of a minor, which involves the
completion ot 15 semester hours (rom approved
departments other than GVPT At least six o( the 15
hours must be taken at the 300-400 level from a
single department Students maionng In govern-
ment with specialization in international affairs
may choose to take all minor courses either In
geographical area studies or on a departmental
basis, geographical area minors may be chosen,
with the consent of the departmental advisor,
from the following: Africa. East Asia. Europe, Latin
America, the Middle East, and the Soviet Union.
General majors and majors specializing in public
administration may not minor in geographical area
studies.
Students who major in government may apply
tor admission to the GVPT Honors Program during
the second semester of their sophomore year.
Additional information concerning the Honors Pro-
gram may be obtained at the departmental offices.
Departmental majors who have completed at least
75 hours towards a degree and at least 15 hours in
GVPT are eligible to participate in the Depart-
ment's Academic Internship Program.
Health Education
Professors Burt. Johnson, Kenel.
Associate Professors: Girdano, Leviton, Miller, Tifft.
Assistant Professors: Althoff, Clearwater, Girdano,
Needle, Stone.
Instructors: Butler, doCarmo, Sands.
The curriculum is designed to prepare the student
to give leadership in the development of both school
and community health. Graduates of the depart-
mental program have placement opportunities as
health educators in the public schools, community
colleges, as well as in the public and voluntary
health agencies.
Health Curriculum
Semester
FRESHMAN YEAR / //
ENGL — General University Requirement 3
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4
CHEM 103. 104— General Chemistry 4 4
HLTH 130— Intro 10 Health 3
MLTH 140 — Personal and Community
Health 3
General University Requirement 3 3
Eleclives 3 3
Total 16 17
Semester
SOPHOMORE YEAR f II
ZOOL 201. 202 — Human Anatomy and
Physiology 4 4
HLTH 106— Drug Use and Abuse 3
HLTH 150— First Aid and Safely 1
HLTH 270— Safety Education 3
General University Requirement 3 9
Electives 3 3
Total 16 17
Somejrer
JUNIOR YEAR / //
HLTH 480 — Measurement in Health
Education 3
HLTH 310 — Intioducllon to School
Health Education 2
HLTH 420— Methods and Materials In
Health Education 3
HLTH 477— Fundamentals of Sex
Education 3
HLTH 489— Independent Study 3
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning 6
EDUC 301— Foundations ot Education .... 3
General University Requirement 3 3
Eleclives 3
Total 17 15
Semester
SENIOR YEAR / "
HLTH 340 — Curriculum Instruction and
Observation 3.
HLTH 450— Health Problems of Children
and Youth 3
HLTH 390 — Org. & Adm. of School
Health Programs 3
EDSi 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education 3
EDSE 367 — Student Teaching in
Secondary Schools 8
HLTH 489— Independent Studies 3
General University Requirement 3
Electives 6
Total 15 17
Degree Requirements in Health Education. Require-
ments for the Bachelor of Science degree in
health education are as follows:
Sem.
Cr.
Foundation science courses (ZOOL 101, 201, 202;
CHEM 103. 104) 20
General University Requirements 30
Professional Health Education courses (HLTH 106,
103. 140. 150. 270. 310. 420, 477. 489. 340. 450
480. 390) 39
Education requirements (EDUC 300, 301;
EDSE 330. 367) 20
Electives 21
Total 130
Minor in Health Education — 24 Hour Minor. Twelve
semester hours in health education (HLTH 140,
150. 310,420, 450).
Twelve semester hours in related areas:
Six semester hours of biological science.
Six semester hours of psychology or human
development.
Minor in Safety Education. Students wishing to
obtain a minor in safety education and become
certified to teach safety and driver education in
junior and senior high schools should take the fol-
lowing courses: HLTH 150 (1). HLTH 260 (2), HLTH
270 (3), HLTH 280 (3), HLTH 305 (3), HLTH 345 (3),
ENPF 280 (3), and ENPF 290 (3). In addition, six
hours of psychology (other than the general educa-
tion requirements are required.
Coursa Code Pieln— HLTH
Hearing and Speech Sciences
Professor and Chairman: Newby.
Research Professor: Causey.
Associate Professor: Baker.
Research Associate Professor: Spuehler.
Assistant Professors: Bankson, Bernthal, Boss,
Doudna, Hamlet, Kumin, Weiner.
Research Assistant Professors: Elkins. Wintercorn.
Instructors: Beck. Braunslein, Serota.
Faculty Research Associate: Revoile.
Visiting Assistant Professor: Worthington.
Court. Codo P.el.i-HESP
The departmental curriculum leads to the Bachelor
ot Arts degree and prepares the student to under-
take graduate work in the fields of speech
pathology, audiology, and speech and hearing
science. In other words, the undergraduate pro-
gram in this department is a preprofessional one.
The student who wishes to work professionally as a
speech pathologist or audiologist must complete
at least 30 semester hours of graduate course work
in order to meet state and national certification re-
quirements.
The undergraduate major must complete 30
semester hours of courses in the Department of
Hearing and Speech Sciences and 18 semester
hours of courses in allied fields. No course with a
grade less than C may be used to satisfy major
course requirements.
Major Courses. The undergraduate major in
Hearing and Speech Sciences will take 30 credits
in the following courses:
Second Year
HESP 202 — Fundamentals ol Hearing and Speech
Science (3) (Prerequisite for all upper level courses)
Third Year
HESP 302— Speech Pathology I (3)
HESP 305 — Anatomy and Physiology ol the
Speech Mechanism (3)
HESP 312 — Instrumentation in Hearing and Speech
Science (3)
HESP 411 — Introduction to Audiology (3)
HESP 400 — Speech and Language Development
of Children (3)
HESP 403 — Introduction to Phonetic Science (3)
Fourth Year
HESP 404 — Speech Pathology II (3)
HESP 406— Speech Pathology III (3)
HESP 408 — Clinical Practice (1-2)
HESP 410 — Principles and Methods in Speech
Therapy (3)
HESP 412 — Rehabilitation of the Hearing-
Handicapped (3)
HESP 414 — Seminar (3) (Independent Study)
Supporting Courses. The undergraduate student
with a major in Hearing and Speech Sciences will
take a total of six courses. 18 credits, as designated
in these supporting areas of study:
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 91
Required: One of the following courses in
statistics.
EDMS 451— Introduction to Educational
Statistics (3)
PSYC 200 — Statistical t^eltiods in Psyctiology (3)
SOCY 201 — Introductory Statistics for
Sociology (3)
The student will select four courses, 12 credits,
from the following:
PSYC 206 — Developmental Psyctiology (3)
PSYC 221— Social Psyctiology (3)
PSYC 301— Biological Basis of Behavior (3)
PSYC 331— Introduction to Abnormal Psyctiology (3)
PSYC 333 — Ctiild Psychology {3)"
PSYC 335 — Personality and Adjustment (3)
PSYC 400 — Experimental Psychology: Learning
lulotivation (4)
PSYC 410 — Experimental Psychology: Sensory
Processes I (4)
PSYC 422 — Language and Social Communication (3)
PSYC 423 — Advanced Social Psychology (3)
PSYC 431— Abnormal Psychology (3)"
PSYC 433 — Advanced Topics in Child Psychology (3)
PSYC 435— Personality (3)
•These two are strongly tecommended
The student will select one course such as these,
3 credits, from the following:
HLTH 450 — Health Problems of Children and Youth (3)
EDHD 411 — Child Growth and Development (3)
EDHD 413 — Adolescent Development (3)
EDHD 445 — Guidance of Young Children (3)
EDSP 470 — Introduction to Special Education (3)
EDSP 471 — Characteristics of Exceptional Children —
Mentally Retarded (3)
EDSP 475 — Education of the Slow Learner (3)
EDSP 491 — Characteristics of Exceptional Children —
Perceptual Learning Problems {3)
LING 100 — Introduction to Linguistics (3)
LING 101— Language and Culture (3)
These are suggestions. A course of the student's
choosing may be substituted with the approval of
an advisor.
Hebrew Program
Assistant Professor and Director: Greenberg.
Visiting Professor: Iwry.
Instructors: Klein, Landa, Barnea.
A minor in Hebrew language and literature consists
of 18 semester hours. Six of these hours must be in
courses on the 400-level.
Students who have never studied Hebrew, or
who have little knowledge beyond reading and
writing, may register for Elementary Hebrew without
taking a placement examination. Students who
have studied Hebrew in a Hebrew high school or
day school, in Israel, or at another university are
required to take the placement examination. On
questions of placement above the Hebrew 115 level,
students should consult Professor Samuel Iwry.
Course Code Prefix -HE8H
History
Chairman: Rundell.
Professors: Bauer (Emeritus), Brush, Callcott,
Carter, Cole, Duffy. Foust, Gilbert, Gordon, Haber,
Harlan. Jashemski, Kent, IVIerrill, Olson, H., Prange,
Schuessler, Smith, E. G., Sparks, Yaney.
Visiting Professor: Grossman.
Associate Professors: Belz, Berry, Breslow,
Cockburn. Farrell, Folsom, Greenberg, Giffin,
Grimsted, Matossian, Mayo, Olson, K.,
Stowasser, Warren.
Assistant Professors: Bradbury, Ekiund, Flack.
Harris. Hoffman, Holum, Kaufman, Lampe, l\/lajeska,
McCusker, Nicklason, Perinbam, Ridgway,
Williams, Wright.
Lecturer: H. Smith.
The Department of History seeks to broaden the
student's cultural background through the study of
history and to provide preparation for those in-
terested in law, publishing, teaching, journalism,
service, and graduate study.
A faculty advisor will assist each major in
planning a curriculum to meet his personal interests.
A "program plan," approved by the advisor, should
be filed with the Department as soon as possible.
Students should meet regularly with their ad-
visors to discuss the progress of their studies.
Major Requirements
A. Candidates for a B.A. in History are required
to complete 39 hours in History courses.
8. The undergraduate major must attain a grade
of C or higher in each of the courses submitted
to fulfill the 39-hour requirement.
C. A minimum of twelve of the 39 hours must be
taken at the 300 or 400 levels.
D. The only mandatory course is HIST 389, Pro-
seminar in Historical Writing (3 hours).
E. Before registering for HIST 389, the student is
required to have demonstrated proficiency in
English composition by
(1) passing (or getting credit by examination in)
ENGL 101 or 171 or equivalent, with a grade
of C or higher; or
(2) receiving an appropriate score on the
Advanced Placement examination
Supporting Courses. History majors are required to
take nine hours at the 300 or 400 levels in appropri-
ate supporting areas outside the History Depart-
ment. These courses do not all have to be in the
same department but the choice of courses must
be approved in writing by a faculty advisor. The
grade of C or higher is required in each of the
courses submitted to fulfill this requirement.
General University Requirements in History. All
History courses on the 100, 200, 300 and 400 levels
are open to students seeking to meet the University
requirements in Area C (Division of Arts and Hu-
manities) with the exception of HIST 256, 257, 389,
395, 396, 399. A few other courses are open only
to students who satisfy specified prerequisites, but
that does not limit them to history majors. It should
be noted that Special Topics courses— HIST 298, 389
and 498 — are offered on several different subjects
of general interest each semester; descriptions
may be obtained from the History Department office.
Honors in History. Students who major or minor in
history may apply for admission to the History
Honors Program during the second semester of
their sophomore year. Those who are admitted to
the program substitute discussion courses and a
thesis for some lecture courses and take an oral
comprehensive examination prior to graduation.
Successful candidates are awarded either honors
or high honors in history.
The History Department offers pre-honors work
in American history in western civilization. Consult
Schedule of Classes for specific offerings each
semester. Students in these sections meet in a dis-
cussion group instead of attending lectures. They
read widely and do extensive written work on their
own. Pre-honors sections are open to any student
and are recommended for students in General
Honors, subject only to the instructor's approval.
Students who intend to apply for admission to the
History Honors Program should take as many of
them as possible during their freshman and sopho-
more years.
Course Code PreliMes— HIST, HIFN, HIUS
Horticulture
Chairman and Professor: Stark.
Professors: Kramer, Link, Reynolds, Rogers,
Shanks, Thompson, Twigg, and Wiley.
Associate Professors: Angell, Baker, Schales,
Soergel.
Assistant Professors: Beste, Bouwkamp. Gouin,
fVlcClurg.
Visiting Professor: Borthwick.
Research Associate: Prasad.
Instructors: Mityga, Todd.
Lecturers: Hendee, Herman.
Visiting Lecturer: Koch.
The horticulturist combines a knowledge of the
basic sciences with an intimate knowledge of
plants and their requirements in an effort to help
meet the food needs of the world population and to
help beautify man's surroundings. The horticulturist,
specifically, is involved with fruit production
(pomology), vegetable production (olericulture),
greenhouse plant production (floriculture), produc-
tion of ornamental trees and shrubs, post-harvest
horticulture, and the tasteful planning of gardens
and ornamental plantings (landscape design). Horti-
cultural principles are essential to designing the
landscape for improvement of the human environ-
ment. Post-harvest horticulture is involved with the
92 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
•torage and transportation ol horticultural products
until they reach the consumer.
The curriculum in Horticulture prepares students
lor a future in commercial production ol the horti-
cultural crops, and lor employment in the horticul-
tural industries such as Iruit and vegetable
processing, seed production and sales, agricultural
chemical sales and service. Ilorist shops and garden
centers, and as horticulturists lor parks, highway
systems, botanic gardens and arborotums.
Majors may prepare lor work with handicapped
persons as horticultural therapists by electing ap-
propriate courses in the social sciences and in
recreation. The Horticultural Education option is
designed lor those who wish to teach horticulture in
the secondary schools. It prepares the graduate
with a basic knowledge ol horticulture and includes
the courses required lor certilication to teach in
Maryland.
Advanced studies in the Department, leading to
the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees, are available to out-
standing students having a strong horticultural
motivation lor research, university teaching and/or
extension education.
Curriculum In Horticulture Credit Hours
Gonoral Uni.ei5il> Requiremenis . . 30
Ocpartmenlal Requirements — All Options:
AGRO 202— General Soils <
BOTN 101— General Botany' -»
BOTN 221- Diseases ol Plants 4
BOTN 441— Plant Physiology *
CHEM 103— College Chemistry T 4
CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 4
HORT 271 — Plant Propagation 3
MORT 398 — Seminar 1
MATH" 3
31
'S«l<sh«« Divisional Requirements
Complete the requirements in one of the following
options:
Roriculture and Omamental Horticulture Option:
BOTN 212 — Plant Taxonomy 3
HORT 132 — Garden Management 2
HORT 160 — Introduction to the Art ol
Landscaping 3
HORT 231 — Greenhouse Management 3
HORT 260 — Basic Landscape Composition 2
HORT 274— Genetics ol Cultivated Plants 3
HORT 451 — Technoogy ol Ornamentals 3
HORT 453. 454— Woody Plant Materials 3. 3
HORT 432 — Fundamentals o( Greenhouse
Crop Production or
HORT 456 — Production and Maintenance
ol Woody Plants 3
Electives 31
59
Horticultural Education Option:
AGRO 405 — Turl Management 3
BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 3
HORT 111— Tree Fruit Production 3
HORT 132 — Garden Management 2
HORT 160 — Introduction to Art ol
Landscaping 3
HORT 222— Vegetable Production . 3
HORT 231 — Greenhouse Management 3
HORT 260— Basic Landscape Composition 2
HORT 453— Woody Plant Malerlnls 3
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning 6
EDUC 301 — Foundations ol Education 3
RLEO 302 — Introduction to Agricultural
Education 2
RLED 303 — Teaching Materials and
Demonstrations 2
RLEO 305 — Teaching Young and Adult
Farmer Groups 1
RLED 311— Teaching Secondary Vocational
Agriculture 3
RLED 313— Student Teaching 5
RLED 315— Student Teaching 14
Fieri, vo^ 8 11
59
Pomology and Olericulture Option:
ENTM 252— Insect Pests ol Agricultural
Crops 4
HORT 111. 112 — Tree Fruit Production . 3. 2
HORT 212 — Berry Production 3
HORT 222— Vegetable Production 3
HORT 274 — Genetics o( Cultivated Plants 3
HORT 411— Technology o( Fruits 3
HORT 422— Technology ol Vegetables 3
HORT 474 — Physiology ot Maturation and
Storage ol Horticultural Crops 3
Electives 32
59
Course Codu PrcLi HORT
Housing and Applied Design
Professor and Chairman: Shearer.
Associate Professor: IvIcWhinnie.
Assistant Professors: Fish. Nelson, Ritzmann, Roper.
Instructors: Dean, Erdahl, Hillerman, Holvey, Irby,
Odiand.
Lecturers: Davis, Lawrence, Ribalta.
The Department of Housing and Applied Design
offers programs of concentration in five areas of
design: Advertising; Costume; Crafts; Housing;
Interior.
The goal of providing a broad general education
is in addition to individually and professionally
oriented instruction in design. Programs include the
philosophy and method common to the various
areas of design and provide theoretical and techni-
cal bases pertinent to each. This foundation is
basic to specific problem-solving activities which
are applicable to the demands of a chosen design
area.
Advertising Design: The Advertising Design curricu-
lum is constructed to establish a foundation in the
field of graphic communication. Courses are
structured and arranged to provide students with
the ability to conceptualize imaginatively and to
acquire and apply a discriminating introspection
for visual form. Courses in Art History and related
areas provide breadth as well as depth. Opportuni-
ties to examine related fields are offered through
elective courses. Students graduating from this
curriculum gain a broad educational experience
qualifying them to initiate a career in many areas ol
graphic communications.
Costume Design: The Costume curriculum is a pro-
lessionally oriented program designed to prepare
students for employment in the many-faceted
fashion industry. The advanced courses encourage
interviews and on-the-job contacts with working
professionals. The program is tailored to the stu-
dent's career goals by careful selection of elective
courses and the allied area block. Graduates
completing this ma|or may choose careers in
fashion design, lashion illustration, display, sales
promotion, lashion reporting and public relations,
lashion co-ordination, and photography.
Crafts Design: The Crafts curriculum provides the
student with a wide range ol art and design experi-
ence, built upon a broad general education. After
exposure to studio work in various cralt media, the
student should specialize in at least one area in
order to become prolessionally prolicient in both
design and execution. The opportunities for em-
ployment are primarily teaching in recreational
and adult education programs, directing various
forms of craft programs for the government, and as
a practicing craftsman.
Housing: This program is aimed at the exploration
of the factors underlying housing problems, the
extent of these problems as they exist today, and a
projection to future trends and needs. Through
integration of relevant research findings from
sociology, economics, architecture, psychology
and design, the program provides a transdiscipli-
nary conceptual framework for the development of
applied research/problem-solving methods, and
contributes to the understanding of social and
behavioral implications of housing processes and
effective design.
Interior Design: This curriculum, successfully com-
pleted, provides the student with sufficient back-
ground in design theory, in history or architecture,
interiors and furnishings, in functional and
imaginative problem solving, and in techniques of
presentation to qualify for affiliation with profes-
sional organizations. Student organizations and
internships provide meaningful contact with
practicing professionals.
Advertising Design Curriculum
Typical Freshman Year
APOS 101 3
ARTS 110 3
SPEECH Course 2-3
General University Requirement 6
APDS 102 3
EDIN lOlA 2
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3
General University Requirement 3
SOCY or ANTH Course 3
28 29
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 93
Typical Sophomore Year
APDS 103 3
PSYC Course 3
General University Requirement 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3
APDS 210 3
APDS 237 2
APDS 211 3
APDS 230 3
EDIN 134 3
General University Requirement 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3
Typical Junior Year 29
General University Requirement 6
ECON 205 3
APDS 320 3
APDS 330 3
ARTH 450 or other upper level Art Hist 3
APDS 331 3
APDS 332 3
Supporting-Block Course 3
General University Requirement 6
Typical Senior Year 30
APDS 430 3
APDS 337 2
Supporting-Block Course 3
Elective 3
APDS 380 2
APDS 431 3
Supporting-Block Course 3
Elective 5
General University Requirement 3
31
Costume Curriculum
Typical Freshman Year
APDS 101 3
ARTS 1 108 3
General University Requirement 6
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3
APDS 102 3
APDS 210 3
General University Requirement 6
SOCY or ANTH Course 3
Typical Sophomore Year 30
APDS 103 3
APDS 211 3
SPEECH Course 2-3
General University Requirement 6
APDS 220 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3
APDS 330 or substitution 3
General University Requirement 3
Elective 3
Typical Junior Year 29-30
APDS 320 3
APDS 237 2
PSYC Course 3
Supporting-Block Course 3
General University Requirement 3
APDS 331 or substitution 3
APDS 321 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3
General University Requirement 3
ECON 205 3
Supporting Course 3
32
Typical Senior Year
APDS 322 4
APDS 332 3
Supporting-Block Course 3
General University Requirement 3
Elective 3
Elective 3
APDS 380 2
Elective 3
Elective 3
Elective 2
29
Crafts Curriculum
Typical Freshman Year
APDS 101 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3
General University Requirement 6
PSYC Course 3
APDS 102 3
General University Requirement 3
SOCY or ANTH Course 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3
APDS 210 3
Typical Sophomore Year 30
APDS 103 3
EDIN 102 3
General University Requirement 6
Elective 3
APDS 211 3
CRAF 240 3
SPEECH Course 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3
General University Requirement 3
Typical Junior Year 30
CRAF 220 3
CRAF 241 3
APDS 230 3
General University Requirement 3
Supporting-Block Course 3
CRAF 230 3
CRAF 320 3
APDS 237 2
ECON 205 3
General University Requirement 3
Elective 2-3
Typical Senior Year 31-32
CRAF 330 3
CRAF 420 3
CRAF 428 or 438 or 448 3
General University Requirement 3
Supporting-Block Course 3
APDS 380 (CRAF Section) 2
CRAF 428 or 438 or 448 3
Supporting-Block Course 3
CRAFTS Elective 3
General University Requirement 3
29
Housing Curriculum
Typical Freshman Year
APDS 101 3
SPEECH Course 2-3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3
SOCY or ANTH Course 3
General University Requirement 3
APDS 102 3
APDS 210 3
TEXT 150 3
PSYC Course 3
General University Requirement 3
29 30
Typical Sophomore Year
APDS 103 3
HSAD 240 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3
HSAD 246 3
General University Requirement 3
HSAD 241 3
General University Requirement 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3
PSYC 221 3
General University Requirement 3
30
Typical Junior Year
HSAD 342 3
FMCD 260 or substitution 3
General University Requirement 6
TXAP 221 or TEXT 355 3
HSAD 343 3
SOCY 230 3
Supporting-Block Course 3
General University Requirement 3
Elective 3
30
Typical Senior Year
FMCD 330 3
ECON 205 3
General University Requirement 3
Supporting-Block Course 3
Elective 3
FMCD 332 3
HSAD 442 3
Supporting-Block Course 3
General University Requirement 3
Elective 3
Elective 1
31
Interior Design Curriculum
(Interior Design courses must be taken in sequence.)
Typical Freshman Year
APDS 101 3
General University Requirement 3
EDIN 101A 2
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3
SOCY or ANTH Course 3
General University Requirement 6
APDS 102 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3
APDS 210 3
2a
Typical Sophomore Year
APDS 103 3
SPEECH Course 2-3
APDS 237 2
HSAD 246 3
General University Requirement 6
ECON 205 3
PSYC Course 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3
Geneial University Requirement 6
31 32
Typical Junior Year
TEXT 150 3
HSAD 340 3
94 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
MSAO 342
Ganaral Univeriily Requliemeni
Suppoclino-Block CourM
HSAD 341
MSAO 343
G«ne>al Univctiily Raquiremeni
SuppoilingBlock Couisa
ARTH Elective
Typical Senior Year
HSAD 344
TEXT 463
Supporling-Block Cours*
General Unlvertlly Requlrament
Elective
HSAD 345 or 380
HSAO 440
HSAD 441
Eleclivo
3 4
29 30
r Cod. Pt.f....-*PDS Cn*F MSAD
Industrial Education
Professor and Chairman: Maley.
Professors Harrison. Luetkemeyer.
Associate Professors: Beatly, Crosby, Mietus,
Stough, Tierney.
Assistant Professors: Anderson, Burkart, Gelina.
Herschbach.
Instructors: Gemmill. Giblin. Hastings, Lloyd,
Rickerl. Starkweather. Vaglia.
The Department of Industrial Education offers pro-
grams leading to teacher certification in industrial
arts and vocational-industrial education. It also
offers a program in education for industry which
prepares individuals for supervisory and industrial
management positions, and an industrial technology
program for persons with advanced technical
preparation who wish to teach in technical institutes
or junior colleges.
Three curricula are administered by the Industrial
Education Department: (1) Vocational-Industrial
Education. (2) Industrial Arts Education and (3) Edu-
cation for Industry. The overall offering includes
t>oth undergraduate and graduate programs leading
to the degrees of: Bachelor of Science. Master of
Education. Master of Arts, Doctor of Education, and
Doctor of Philosophy.
The vocational-industrial curriculum may lead
either to certification as a vocational-industrial
teacher with no degree involved or to a Bachelor
of Science degree, including certification. The
University of Maryland is designated as the institu-
tion which shall offer the Trade and Industrial"
certification courses and hence the courses which
are offered are those required for certification in
Maryland. The vocational-industrial curriculum re-
quires trade competence as specified by the Mary-
land State Plan for Vocational Education. A person
who aspires to be certified should review the State
plan and may well contact Maryland State Depart-
ment of Education officials. If the person has In
mind teaching in a designated city or county, he
may discuss his plans with the vocational-industrial
official of that city or county inasmuch as there
are variations in employments and training pro-
cedures.
Industrial Arts Education. The Industrial Arts Educa-
tion curriculum prepares persons to teach industrial
arts at the secondary school level. It is a four-
year program leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree. While trade or industrial experience con-
tributes significantly to the background of the
industrial arts teacher, previous work experience is
not a condition of entrance into this curriculum.
Students who are enrolled in the curriculum are
encouraged to obtain work in industry during the
summer months. Industrial arts as a secondary
school subject area is a part of the general educa-
tion program characterized by extensive laboratory
experiences.
FRESHMAN YEAR
General University Requirements
CHEM 102 or 103 — General Chemistry
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking
EDIN 101 — Mechanical Drawing
EDIN 102 — Elementary Woodworking
EDIN 112— Shop Calculations
EDIN 262 — Machine Shop Practice . . .
EDIN 121 — Mechanical Drawing
EDIN 122— Machine Woods I
ED'N 134 — Graphic Arts
Semester
Total
SOPHOMORE YEAR
General University Requirements
PHYS 111 or 112— Elements of Physics
EDIN 127— Elec -Electronics I
EDIN 133 — Power Transportation
EDIN 241 — Architectural Drawing
ECON 205 — Fund of Economics
MATH 110 — Introduction to Mathematics
EDIN 247- Elec.-Electronics I
EDIN 223— Arc and Gas Welding
EDIN 210— Foundry
Total
EOIN 464 — Shop Organization and
Management
EOIN Elective
EDIN 466 — Ed Foundalioni of Ind ArU
Tolnl
JUNIOR YEAR
General University Requirements (upper
level)
EDHD 300 — Human Development and
Learning
EDIN 226 — General Metals
EDIN Elective (Laboratory)
EDSF 301 — Found, of Education
EDIN 311 — Lab Practicum in Ind. Arts .
EDIN 450 — Training Aids Development .
Total
SENIOR YEAR
EDIN 340 — Cur . Instr.. & Obser>
ED'N 347 — Student Teaching in
Secondary Schools - . .
EDSE 330 — Pnn & Methods of
Secondary Education
14
15
Vocational-lnduatrial Education. The vocational-
industrial curriculum is a four-year program of
studies leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in
education. It is intended to develop the necessary
competencies for the effective performance of
the tasks of a vocational teacher. In addition to
establishing the adequacy of the student's skills in
a particular trade and the development of Instruc-
tional efficiency, the curriculum aims at the
professional and cultural development of the indi-
vidual. Courses are included which would enrich the
person's scientific, economic, psychological and
sociological understandings. The vocational-
certification courses for the State of Maryland are a
part of the curriculum requirements.
Persons pursuing this curriculum must present
documentary evidence of having an apprenticeship
or comparable learning period and journeyman
experience. This evidence of background and
training is necessary in order that the trade examina-
tion phase of the curriculum may be accomplished.
Persons having completed the necessary certi-
fication courses prior to working on the degree
program may use such courses toward meeting
graduation requirements. However, after certification
course requirements have been met, persons con-
tinuing studies toward a degree must take courses
in line with the curriculum plan and University regu-
lations. For example, junior level courses cannot
be taken until the student has reached full junior
standing.
Ser»7esfer
//
FRESHMAN YEAR
General University Requirement
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking
ECON 205— Fundamentals of Economics
EDIN 112 — Shop Calculations
MATH 110 — Introduction to Mathematics
or
MATH 105 — Fundamentals ol Mathematics
Total
SOPHOMORE YEAR
General University Requirement
Physical Sciences
PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology
CHEM 103 or equivalent
EDIN Elective (Laboratory)
Total
Trade Examination
JUNIOR YEAR
EDIN 450 — Training Aids
EDIN 465 — Modem Industry
EDHD 300 — Human Development and
Learning
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 95
2 13
20
Semester
EDiN 462 — Occupational Analysis and
Coufse Conslruction 3
General University Requirement (upper
level) 3 3
EDIN 471 — Principles and History of
Vocational Education 3
EDIN 357 — Tests and Measurements 3
EDIN Elective (Professional) 3
Total 15 15
Semester
SENIOR YEAR ' «
EDIN 350— ftflethods of Teacfiing 3
EDSE 330 — Principles and fWlethods of
Secondary Education 3
EDIN 347— Student Teacfiing in
Secondary Scfiools 8
EDIN Electives (Professional) 6
EDSF 301 — Social Foundations of
Education 3
EDIN 464 — Shop Organization and
(Management 3
General University Requirement (upper
level) 3
Total 14 15
•StudenI Teaching HequitemenI In Vocational Education,
Persons currently teaching in ttie secondary
schools with three or more years of satisfactory
experience at that level are not required to take
EDIN 347 — Student Teaching in Secondary Schools.
Evidence of satisfactory teaching experience shall
be presented in the form of written statements
from the principal area supervisor and department
head in the school where such teaching is done.
Instead of the eight credits required for student
teaching, the individual meeting the above qualifi-
cations will have eight additional semester hours
of elective credits.
Elective Credits. Courses in history and philosophy
of education, sociology, speech, psychology, eco-
nomics, business administration and other allied
areas may be taken with the permission of the
student's advisor.
Elective courses in the technical area (shop and
drawing) will be limited to courses and subjects
not covered in the trade training experience.
Courses dealing with advanced technology and re-
cent improvements in field practices will be
acceptable.
Vocational-Industrial Certification. A person to
become certified as a trade industrial and service
occupations teacher in the State of IVIaryland must
successfully complete 18 credit hours of instruction.
The following courses must be included in the
18 credit hours of instruction:
EDIN 350— tvlettiods of Teaching
EDIN 464 — Laboratory Organization and Management
EDIN 457 — Tests and IVIeasurements
EDIN 462 — Occupational Analysis and Course
Construction
The remainder of the credit hours shall be met
through the election of the following courses:
EDIN 450 — Training Aids Development
EDIN 461 — Principles of Vocational Guidance
EDIN 465 — lulodern Industry
EDIN 471 — History and Principles of Vocational
Education
EDCP 410 — Introduction to Counseling and Personnel
Services
EDCP 411 — Ivlental Hygiene in the Classroom
Educational Psychology or its equivalent
A person in Vocational-Industrial Education may
use his certification courses toward a Bachelor of
Science degree. In doing so the general require-
ments of the University and his college must be
met. A maximum of 20 semester hours of credit
may be earned through examination in the trade in
which the student has competence. Prior to taking
the examination, the student shall provide docu-
mentary evidence of his apprenticeship or learning
period and journeyman experience. For further
information about credit by examination refer to the
academic regulations.
Education For Industry. The Education for Industry
curriculum is a four-year program leading to a
Bachelor of Science degree. The purpose of the
program is to prepare persons for jobs within
industry and, as such, it embraces four major areas
of competence: (a) technical competence, (b) hu-
man relations and leadership competence, (c) com-
munications competence, and (d) social and civic
competence.
Semester
FRESHfVIAN YEAR / //
General University Requirement 6 6
SOCY 100 — Sociology of American Life 3
EDIN 101 — IVIechanical Drawing I or
(Transfr) 2
EDIN 112— Shop Calculations or (Transfr) 3
EDIN 121 — tvlechanical Drawing II 2
EDIN 122— Woodworking II
or
EDIN 127— Electricity-Electronics I 3
EDIN 223— Arc and Gas Welding 1
EDIN 262 — Machine Shop Practice I 3
EDIN 210— Foundry 1
MATH llO^lntroduction to Mathematics
or
MATH 115 — Introductory Analysis 3
Total 17 16
Semester
SOPHOMORE YEAR / h
General University Requirement 3 €
EDIN 124— Sheet Metal Work 2
BSAD 110 — Business Enterprise 3
SPCH 107— Public Speaking 2
PHYS 111-112— Elements of Physics
(Mechanics and Heat and Sound),
(Magnetism, Electricity and Optics) .3 3
or
PHYS 121-122— Fundamentals of Physics
(Mechanics and Heat), (Sound, Optics,
Magnetism, Electricity) 4 4
ECON 201 — Principles of Economics
or
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3
PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology . . 3
EDIN 184 — Organized and Supervised
Work Experience' 3
Total 17-18 14-15
Semester
JUNIOR YEAR / //
General University Requirement (upper
level) 3 3
PSYC 361 — Survey of Industrial
Psychology 3
CHEM 103— General Chemistry 4
EDIN Elective 2
EDIN Shop Elective or (Transfr) .... 2
EDIN 324 — Organized and Supervised
Work Experience* 3
EDIN 443— Industrial Safety Education I . 2
444 — Industrial Safety Education II . . 2
BSAD 360 — Personnel Management 3
SOCY 462 — Industrial Sociology 3
•• 3 3
Total 20 16
Semester
SENIOR YEAR / //
General University Requirement (upper
level) 3
BSAD 362— Industrial Relations 3
BSAD 385 — Production Management 3
EDIN 465— Modern Industry
or
EDIN 425 — Industrial Training in Industry
or
EDIN 475 — Recent Technological Develop-
ments in Products and Processes .... 3 3
EDIN Elective 2
EDIN Shop Elective or (Transfr) 2
•• 6 3
Total 15 13
•Summer Session
"Trnstr" relefs to technical credit to be transferred by A. A. degree
'refers to technical credit for A. A. degree students or Option
Courses for regular students.
Further Information on option courses Is available In the Industrial
Education Department
Information Systems Management
Chairman: Courtright.
Professor: Sibley.
Assistant Professors: Sayani, Testa.
Instructors: Chappell, Deutsch, Smith.
Lecturers: Golding, Lemmer.
The program of studies in information systems man-
agement is designed to meet the needs of those
wishing to concentrate on the application of the
digital computer to the analysis, design and admin-
istration of information systems. Students
who expect to enter business administration, public
administration or organizations in other fields will
find that this program offers a relevant preparation.
The student entering this program will place
emphasis on the study of digital computer applica-
tions, relevant organizational and social implica-
96 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
tions. and mathematical methods. With the aid ot a
faculty advisor, the student may wish to develop
a secondary lield ot interest such as business and
management administration, computer science,
economics, mathematics, psychology, public ad-
ministration, the social sciences, or related areas o(
his choice.
Information Systems Management Curriculum. For
students enrolled under General University
Requirements.
Semester
FRESHMAN YEAR ' /'
MATH 140 141— Analysis I and II 4 4
General University Requirements 9 9
Electives 3 3
Total 16 16
Semester
SOPHOMORE YEAR / II
eSAD 220. 221— Principles of Accounting 3 3
ECON 201, 203 — Principles of Economics 3 3
MATH 240— Linear Algebra 4
CMSC 103 or 110 — Introductory Algorithmic
Methods or Elementary Algorithmic
Analysis 3
BSAD 231 — Business Statistics I 3
General University Requirements 3
Electives 3 3
Total 16 15
Semester
JUNIOR YEAR ' "
IFSM 401— Electronic Data Processing . . 3
IFSM 402 — Electronic Data Processing
Applications 3
BSAD 434 — Operations Research I 3
eSAD 435 — Operations Research II 3
BSAD 430 — Linear Statistical Models in
Business 3
ECON 401. 403. 430, or 440 (any two) . 3 3
General University Requirements 3 6
Total 15 15
Semesrer
SENIOR YEAR / '/
IFSM 410 — Information Processing
Problems of Models of Administrative.
Economic, and Political Systems 3
IFSM 436 — Introduction to Systems
Analysis 3
IFSM 420 — Information Processing and
Computational Problems in
Operations Analysis 3
BSAD 436 — Topics in Statistical Analysis
lor Business and Management 3
Electives 9 6
Total 15 12
Cotjrs* CCHle Prari>— IFSU
Japanese Program
Instructor: Higuchi.
Three semesters of Japanese are now offered. The
approach is audio-lingual and communication
oriented. The courses are open to all students in-
terested in Japanese and East Asian studies.
Cour>« Code — JAPN
College of Journalism
Prolessor and Dean Hiebert.
Professors: Bryan, Crowell. Martin, Newsom.
Associate Professors: Brown, Grunig, Sommer.
Assistant Professors: Flippen. Geraci, Hoyf,
Lee, Petrick,
Lecturers: Dawson (PT), Hymes (PT).
Requirements For The Journalism Major. The re-
quirements lor graduation are given below:
I. General University Requirements.
II. College Requirements:
A. MATH 1 10 (or other higher MATH course ap-
proved by advisor).
B. Foreign Language; through intermediate level
(104 or 115).
C. Speech Communication (three credits; oral
communication preferred).
D. Social Sciences (twelve credits; a minimum of
three credits in each of the following categories).
1 . Sociology or Anthropology (preferably social
problems or organization).
2. Psychology (preferably general principles or
social).
3. Economics (preferably general principles).
4. Government and Politics (preferably Ameri-
can government or principles of government).
III. Professional Requirements:
(Note: Typing ability and English language pro-
ficiency are required of all students. Majors must
maintain a "C" average in courses taken in the Col-
lege. Students must receive at least a "C" in
Journalism 200 and 201 before they will be allowed
to major in Journalism).
JOUR 200 and 201 are required of all Journalism
majors. In addition, 24 credit hours in upper division
journalism courses, including JOUR 310, News
Editing, are required.
At least six credit hours should be taken in one
of the following sequences for depth in a special
field of journalism:
JOUR 320 and 321— News Editorial.
JOUR 330 and 331 — Public Relations.
JOUR 340 and 341 — Advertising.
JOUR 350 and 351 — News Photography.
JOUR 360 and 361— News Broadcasting.
All journalism majors should elect at least six
credit hours from the following courses for breadth
in mass communication:
JOUR 400 — Law of Mass Communication.
JOUR 410 — History of Mass Communication.
JOUR 420 — Government and Mass Communication.
JOUR 430 — Comparative Mass Communication Systems.
JOUR 440 — Public Opinion and Mass Communication.
IV. Non-Journalism Requirements:
12-18 credit hours in upper-division courses in one
subject outside of the College of Journalism.
12-18 credit hours of upper-division, non-journalism
electives, to be spread or concentrated according
to individual needs.
Minimum upper-division credits lor graduation. . 57
Total Lower and Upper-Division 120
Library Science Education Curriculum
Professor: James.
Assistant Prolesor: Lukenbill.
All students anticipating work in library science
education should consult with advisors in this area
at the beginning ol the freshman year Students en-
rolled in this curriculum will pursue a Bachelor of
Arts degree with an area of concentration of 36 hours
in one of the following: humanities, social sciences,
science, or foreign languages. Students may con-
centrate in a subject area subsumed under one of
these four fields, or they may choose a broad
spectrum of courses in one of the lour areas under
the guidance of their advisors. The minor of 18
hours will be library science education.
Students in library science education will com-
plete eight semester hours in Directed Library
Experience as their student teaching requirement. It
will involve two and a half days per week, lor 16
weeks. This period will be divided into two sections,
with eight weeks in a secondary school. A con-
current weekly seminar will also be a part of this
experience. Students completing this curriculum
will be eligible for certification as elementary or
secondary school librarians.
1973-1974 Library Science Degree Plan
Semester
FRESHMAN YEAR / "
General University Requirements 6 6
SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3
Electives 6 3
Area of Concentration 6
Total 15 15
Semester
SOPHOMORE YEAR / II
General University Requirements 6 3
Electives 3 3
Area of Concentration 6 9
Total 15 15
Semesfer
JUNIOR YEAR ' "
General University Requirements (300 and
above level) 3 6
EDHD 300 — Human Development and
Learning 6
EDAD 370 — Introduction to Librarianship 3
EDAD 371 — Basic Reference and
Information Sources 3
EDAD 372 — Cataloging and Classification
ol Library Materials 3
EDAD 373 — Library Materials for
Children 3
Total 15 15
Semester
SENIOR YEAR / "
Area of Concentration 12 3
EDSF 301 — Foundations ol Education ... 3
EDAD 374 — Library Materials for Youth .... 3
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 97
EDAD 375 — School Library Administration
and Service
EDAD 334 — Directed Library Experiences
in Elementary Sctiools with seminar . .
EDAD 335 — Directed Library Experience
in Secondary Schools with seminar . . .
Total
Linguistics Program
Associate Professor and Director: Dingwall.
Assistant Professor: Fidelholtz.
The program in linguistics is designed to provide
students with a comprehensive and consistent view
of the accomplishments, methodology and problems
of modern linguistic science which has as its aim
the explication of the facts of specific natural
languages as well as of natural language in gen-
eral. While any educated man will benefit from an
understanding of the structure and development of
language, those who expect to become scholars
and teachers of anthropology, English, foreign
languages, philosophy, psychology, or speech will
find a background in linguistics invaluable. Although
there is not an undergraduate major in linguistics
at this time, courses in linguistics may be used to
fulfill the supporting course requirements in some
programs leading to the B.A. or B.S. degree.
Course Code Prel.)i — LING
Materials Research
Director: Lippincott.
Associate Director: Brasch.
Advisory Committee: Ginter (Institute for Molecular
Physics), Walters (Chemistry). Lin (Electrical Engi-
neering), Minkiewicz (Physics and Astronomy),
Marcinkowski (Mechanical Engineering), Silverman
MPES Division (Chemical Engineering), Bolsaitus
(Chemical Engineering).
The Center of Materials Research is an interde-
partmental organization which has as its function
the support of graduate research and education in
the field of materials sciences. This support con-
sists of funds for the aid of graduate students
working towards advanced degrees, post-doctoral
research appointments, the granting of research sup-
port to university faculty working in the materials
sciences and the purchases of capital equipment
needs for graduate students or faculty research
programs. It also operates service and research
facilities which are shared jointly by graduate
students and faculty from several departments.
The scientific management of this program rests
solely within the University through the Director
of the Center of Materials Research, aided by an
associate director and an Advisory Committee.
Faculty participating in the program represent the
following departments: Chemical Engineering,
Chemistry, Electrical Engineering, Horticulture,
Mechanical Engineering, Molecular Physics, and
Physics.
Funds for the Center come from both University
and government sources, the largest single source
being the National Science Foundation. Individual
faculty members obtain NSF support for their re-
search when their proposals to the Center of
Materials Research are approved by the CMR
Committee and the Director. The nation's industry
and defense needs have created a great demand
for detailed knowledge of materials and their
properties; for example, basic research in materials
sciences is important if one is to prevent failure of
material components in anything from relatively
simple automobile or airplane parts or a biomaterials
component associated with a kidney transplant.
The University thus has a role in educating stu-
dents for advanced degrees, both in research and
in training, who have both the knowledge and the
expertise to work with and use the sophisticated
materials now so commonplace in our modern
technology.
Areas of research activity include high pressure
phenomena; intermolecular interactions; spectra
and structural studies; electronic and mechanical
properties of materials; electronic structure and
fundamental interactions in solids, interaction of
radiation with materials; mechanical properties such
as defect and dislocation phenomena, and char-
acterization of materials; neutron scattering and
diffraction; metallurgy and materials properties of
polymers.
The program is interdisciplinary in nature since it
cuts across the normal departmental lines to bring
many disciplines to bear on the complex nature
of the many materials problems.
The CMR provides central facilities containing
the most modern available instrumentation for use
by participating members of the Center. The facilities
include: X-Ray Photo-Electron Spectroscopy; Elec-
tron Microscope; X-Ray; Molecular Spectroscopy;
Sample Preparation; Coordinated Laser; Crystal
Growth; Mechanical Testing; High Field Supercon-
ducting Magnet.
IVIathematics
Professor and Cliairman: Goldhaber.
Professors: Adams, Antman, Auslander,
Benedetto, Brace, Chu, Correl, Douglis.
Edmundson,' Ehrlich, Goldberg, Goldstein, Good,
Gray, L. Greenberg. Gulick, Heins, Horvath, Hummel.
Jackson, Kirwan, Kleppner, Kubota. Lehner.
Lipsman, Lopez-Escobar, Maltese, Mikulski,
Ortega,'" Pearl, Reinhart. Rheinboldt,'
Stellmacher, Strauss, Syski, Vesentini, Zedek.
Associate Professors: Alexander, Berg, Bernstein,
Cook, Cooper, Dancis, Ellis. Fey," Green, Helzer,
Henkelman." Johnson, Lay, Markley, Neri, Osborn,
Owings, Sather, Schafer, Schneider, Warner,
Wolfe, Yang, Zaicman.
Assistant Professors: Anderson, Berenstein,
Currier, Davidson," Fay, Fields, R. Greenberg,
Halperin. W. Hill, Liu. Mucci, Nagarsenker, Niebur,
Schmidt, Shepherd, Smith, Sweet. Winkelnkemper.
Instructors: Brown, Chernjck, Hildenbrand,
Kilbourn, Lepson, Locksley, McClay, Meyers,
Sorensen, Steely, Wagner.
Faculty Research Assistants: R. Hill, Dribin.
* Joint Appoinlmenl: Computer Science Center.
"Joint Appointment: Department ol Secondary Education.
■•■Joint Appointment- Computer Science Center and IFDAM.
The program in mathematics leading to the degree
of Bachelor of Science in Mathematics offers stu-
dents training in mathematics in preparation for
graduate work, teaching and positions in govern-
ment or industry.
A student intending to major in mathematics
should complete the introductory sequence MATH
140, 141, 240, 241 or the corresponding honors
sequence MATH 150, 151, 250, 251 and should have
an average grade of at least B in these courses.
A mathematics major is required to complete
with at least a grade of C MATH 403, 410, 411, and
one of MATH 240, 400, 405. A total of eight upper
division courses (24 credits) in mathematics or
statistics With a grade of at least C is required.
The requirements are detailed in a departmental
brochure which is available through the Under-
graduate Mathematics Office. Appropriate courses
taken at other universities or through University
College may be used to fulfill these requirements,
but at least four of the eight required upper division
mathematics courses must be taken in the Depart-
ment of Mathematics.
In addition to the above, a mathematics major
must include at least 10 credit hours of science
supporting course work with a grade average of
at least "C. " A list of approved science sequences
may be obtained from the Mathematics Under-
graduate Office.
The following sample programs are illustrative;
variations are possible.
1 . Emphasis on computational mathematics:
Math 140-241, Math474. 475. 405, 410, 411, 470,
414, 415, 444, 477. Supporting area: CMSC 110 (as
early as possible), CMSC 210, 420, 440.
2. Preparation lor secondary teaching: Math
140-241; Math 410. 411, 402, or 403, 450. 430 or 431,
470, or 444, 406, or Stat 400 EDSE 372. Supporting
area: EDUC 300, 301. EDSE 350, and 330. Immedi-
ately after completing at least 42 credits, the student
must apply for and be admitted to teacher education.
3. Preparation lor graduate work in Mathe-
matics: Math 140-241; Math 410. 411, 403. second
semester of 403 or 405, 413 (or 660), 432 (or 730). At
least two additional courses chosen from Math 414,
415. 416, 417, 433, 436, 446. 447, 470; Stat 410,
41 1 , 420; or graduate courses in Math.
98 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
4 Pieparation lor employment upon gradua-
tion Prospective employers look lor applied course
work. For courses in this area statistics courses at
the 400 level should be considered as well as Math
401. 413. 414. 463. 470. 415. and 472. To prepare (or
employment, in most cases, some background in
computer science is recommended.
5. Suggested course combinations in statistics:
For a student with a B A. seeking work requiring
some statistical background, the minimal program is
Stat 400-401. To work primarily as a statistician.
one should combine Stat 400-401 with at least one
more statistics course, most suitably Slat 450. A
stronger sequence is Stat 410-420-421-450. This
offers a better understanding and wider knowledge
ol statistics and is a general purpose program
(i.e. does not specify one area of applications). For
economics applications Stat 400-401-450-477
should be considered. For operations research
Stat 477 and/or 411 should be added or perhaps
substituted for Stat 450. To prepare for graduate
work. Stat 410-420-421 give the best background,
with Stat 41 1 . 450 and 477 added at some later stage.
Since most of the non-English mathematical lit-
erature is written in French. German or Russian.
students intending to continue studying mathematics
in graduate school should obtain a reading
knowledge of at least one of these languages.
Honors in Mathematics. The (Mathematics Honors
Program is designed for students showing excep-
tional ability and interest in mathematics. Its aim is
to give a student the best possible mathematical
education. Participants are selected by the Depart-
mental Honors Committee during the first semester
of their junior year. To graduate with honors in
mathematics they must take four credits of (MATH
398 and pass a final written and oral comprehensive
examination. A graduate course of three credits of
independent study may be substituted for two
credits of MATH 398. The rest of the program is
flexible. Independent work is encouraged and can be
done in place of formal course work. A student
need not maior in mathematics to participate in the
honors program.
The Mathematics Department also offers a special
Mathematics Departmental honors calculus se-
quence (MATH 150. 151. 250. 251) for promising
freshmen with a strong mathematical background
(usually including calculus). Enrollment in the
sequence is normally by invitation but any interested
student may apply to the Mathematics Depart-
mental Honors Committee for admission.
Participants in the General Honors Program may
enroll in special honors sections of the regular
calculus sequence (MATH 140H. 141H. 240H. 241H).
They may enroll in the honors calculus sequence
if invited by the Mathematics Departmental Honors
Committee. However, the Mathematics Departmental
Honors calculus sequence and the General Honors
Program are distinct, and enrollment in one does
not imply acceptance in the other.
Neither honors calculus sequence is prerequisite
lor participating in the Mathematics Honors Pro-
gram, and students in these sequences need not be
mathematics majors.
Pi Mu Epsilon. The local chapter of Pi Mu Epsilon,
national honorary mathematics fraternity, meets
frequently to discuss mathematical or educational
topics of interest to undergraduates. The programs
are open to the public.
Placement in Mathematics Courses. The department
has a large offering to accommodate a great variety
of backgrounds, interests and abilities. The de-
partment permits a student to take any course for
which he has the appropriate background regard-
less of formal course work. For example, a student
with a high school calculus course may be per-
mitted to begin in the middle of the calculus
sequence even if he does not have advanced stand-
ing. Students may obtain undergraduate credit
for mathematics courses in any of the following
ways: passing the appropriate CEEB Advanced
Placement examination, passing standardized CLEP
examinations, and through the department's Credit-
by-Examination. Students are urged to consult
with advisors from the Mathematics Department
to assist with proper placements.
Course Code Preft>es— MITH STAT
Measurements and Statistics
Protessor and Department Chairman: Giblette.
Prolessors: Dayton, Stunkard.
Associate Prolessors: Johnson, Schafer, Sedlacek.
Assistant Prolessors: Rogers, Macready.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Programs available in the Department of Measure-
ment and Statistics lead to the Master of Arts degree
(thesis or non-thesis option) and to the Doctor of
Philosophy degree. In addition to the general
masters degree, three specialist programs are
available: evaluation specialist, statistical analysis
specialist, and measurement specialist. Potential
iob placements include: evaluators of various
projects in curriculum offices in state or county
school systems: federal projects: government statis-
tical positions, private research organizations:
testing specialists in government, state and local
school systems, and private test construction organi-
zations. The doctoral program is intended to
produce persons qualified to: teach at the college
level in the field of educational measurement and
research methodology: conduct research studies in
the field of education: advise in the conduct of re-
search studies: and administer programs in the
above areas.
Persons interested in majoring in the Department
must display above average aptitude and interest
in quantitative methods as applied in the behavioral
sciences.
C(ui.« Coo. c.ff . 1 : 1.I-.
Mechanical Engineering
Chairman: Dally.
Prolessors: Allen. Anand. Armstrong, Asimow,
Berger, Cunniff, Hsu, Jackson, MarcinkowskI,
Sayre, Jr., Shreeve. Jr., Talaal, Weske (Emeritus),
Wockenfuss, Yang.
-4ssoc/afe Prolessors: Buckley, Jr., Hayleck, Jr.,
Fourney. Marks. Morse. Sallet. Walston.
Assistant Prolessors: Andry, Jr., Holloway, Hurdis,
Kirk. Kobayashi, Owens. Sargent, Scheffler, Tsui.
Lecturer: Seigel.
Instructors (Part-time): Hagner. Whitbeck.
Assistant Instructors: Keydel. Lomas. McKindra,
Thomson.
Visiting Prolessor: Irwin.
Visiting Assistant Prolessors: Sadananda, Wu.
The primary function of the mechanical engineer is
to create devices, machines, structures or processes
which are used to advance the welfare of man-
kind. Design, analysis and testing are the essential
steps in these developments. Of particular im-
portance are the aspects of engineering science
and art relating to the generation and transmission
of mechanical power, the establishment of both ex-
perimental and theoretical models of mechanical
systems, the static and dynamic behavior of fluids
and the optimization of materials in design.
Emphasis is also given to the proper co-ordination
and management of facilities and personnel to
achieve a successful product or service.
The responsibility of the Mechanical Engineering
profession is extremely broad. The following divi-
sions of the American Society of Mechanical
Engineers indicate many of the technical areas in
which the mechanical engineer may work: air pollu-
tion, applied mechanics, automatic controls, aviation
and space, biomechanical and human factors, de-
sign engineering, diesel and gas engine power,
energetics, fluids engineering, fuels, gas turbine,
heat transfer, management, materials handling,
metals engineering, nuclear engineering, petroleum,
power, pressure vessels and piping, process indus-
tries, railroad, rubber and plastics, safety, solar
energy, textiles and underwater technology.
There are many career opportunities in all o(
these fields. In particular, the areas of design, sys-
tems analysis, management, consulting, research,
maintenance, production, teaching and sales offer
challenging and rewarding futures.
Because of the wide variety of professional oppor-
tunities available to the mechanical engineer, the
curriculum is designed to provide the student with
a thorough training in basic fundamentals including
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 99
physics, chemistry, mathematics, mechanics, thermo-
dynamics, materials, heat transfer, electronics,
power and design. The curriculum leads to a
Bachelor of Science degree in l\/lechanical Engi-
neering which is usually sufficient for early career
opportunities in industry or the government. Ad-
vanced graduate programs are available for con-
tinued study leading to Master of Science and
Doctor of Philosophy degrees.
Mechanical Engineering Curriculum
Basic Freshman Year Semester
Course No. and Title ' "
CHEM 103. 104 — General Chemistry* • ..4 4
PHYS 161— General Physics I 3
MATH 140. 141— Analysis I. II 4 4
ENES 101— Intro. Engr. Science 3
ENES 110 — Mechanics 3
General Univ. Requirements 6 3
Total Credits 17 17
Students who are not prepared to schedule MATH
140 are advised to register for a preparatory course
— MATH 115 — as part of their General University
Requirement. These students are also advised
to attend summer school following their freshman
year to complete MATH 141 and PHYS 161 prior to
entrance Into the sophomore year of study. MATH
141 and PHYS 161 are prerequisites for many
courses required in the sophomore year.
•■Qualilicd sludenls may elect to lake CHEM 105 and 106 (4 cr. hrs.
each) instead ol CHEM 103 and 104.
Semesrer
SOPHOMORE YEAR / //
General University Requirements 3 3
MATH 241— Analysis III 4
MATH 246 — Differential Equations 3
PHYS 262. 263 — General Physics II, III 4 4
ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials 3
ENES 221— Dynamics 3
ENME 200 — Introduction to Mechanical
Engineering 3
ENME 216 — Thermodynamics I 3
Total 17 16
Semester
JUNIOR YEAR / II
General University Requirements 3 6
ENEE 300 — Principles of Electrical
Engineering 3
ENEE 301— Electrical Engr. Lab 1
ENME 300 — Materials Engineering 3
ENME 301— Materials Engr. Lab 1
ENME 321 — Transfer Processes 3
ENME 342— Fluid Mechanics I 3
ENME 343 — Fluid Mechanics Lab 1
ENME 360 — Dynamics of Machinery .... 3
ENME 381 — Measurements Laboratory .... 3
ENME 382 — Engr. Anal, and Computer
Programming 3
Total 17 16
Semester
SENOR YEAR / //
General University Requirements 3 3
ENME 400 — Machine Design 3
ENME 401 — Mechanical Engineering
Analysis and Design 4
100 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
ENME 421 — Energy Conversion I 3
ENME 480 — Engineering Experimentation . . 3
Technical Elective *6 '6
Total 15 16
'Except with the special pertnission of the Department Chairman, the
students will be required to take 9 of the elective credits in the
Engineering College, 6 of which must be in the Mechanical Engineer-
ing Department.
Technical Electives
ENME 341 — Gas Dynamics 3
ENME 380 — Applied Mathematics in Engr 3
ENME 402 — Selected Topics in Engr. Design 3
ENME 403 — Automatic Controls 3
ENME 410 — Operations Research I 3
ENME 411 — Introduction to Industrial Engineering ... 3
ENME 414 — Solar Energy — Applications in Buildings . 3
ENME 422 — Energy Conversion II 3
ENME 423 — Environmental Engineering 3
ENME 424 — Advanced Thermodynamics 3
ENME 442— Fluid Mechanics II 3
ENME 450 — Mechanical Engineering Analysis
for the Oceanic Environment 3
ENME 451 — Mechanical Engineering Systems
for Underwater Operations 3
ENME 452 — Physical and Dynamical Oceanography . . 3
ENME 453 — Ocean Waves. Tides and Turbulences ... 3
ENME 460 — Elasticity and Plasticity I 3
ENME 461 — Dynamics II 3
ENME 462 — Introduction to Engineering Acoustics ... 3
ENME 463 — Mechanical Engineering Analysis 3
ENME 465 — Introductory Fracture Mechanics 3
ENME 481 — Engineering Experimentation 3
ENME 488 — Special Problems 3
ENME 489 — Special Topics in Mechanical
Engineering 3
In the Mechanical Engineering Department there
are several divisions of specialization which in-
clude: design and system analysis, energy conver-
sion, solid and fluid mechanics and materials. The
undergraduate student may select technical elec-
tives from one or more of these areas of specializa-
tion. Students planning to continue on in the
graduate program should preferably choose
electives to provide the best background for their
major area. The subject material of interest to each
field of specialization is:
I. Industrial and Systems Engineering
a. Systems design
b. Systems analysis
c. Operations research
d. Engineering management
II. Energy
a. Thermodynamics
b. Heat transfer
c. Energy conversion
d. Solar energy
III. Fluid Mechanics
a. Compressible and incompressible flow
b. Viscous flow
c. Hydrodynamics
d. Marine and ocean engineering
IV. Solid Mechanics
a. Continuum mechanics
b. Dynamics, vibrations and acoustics
c. Elasticity, plasticity and viscoelasticity
d. Plates, shells and structures
e. Experimental mechanics
V. Materials
See listing under Engineering Materials
section.
Opportunities are also available for students to
take advanced work in engineering management,
operations research, marine and ocean engineering,
bio-mechanical engineering, environmental engi-
neering, acoustics, bio-mechanics and experimental
stress analysis.
Course Code Prefix— ENME
Meteorology Program
Professor and Director: Landsberg.
Professor: Faller.
Visiting Professor: Fritz.
Associate Professors: Israel,' Rodenhuis,
Thompson, Vernekar.
Assistant Professor: Ellingson.
Instructor: Li.
Visiting Lectuerers: Bonner, Witting.
Research Associate: Overcamp.
Faculty Research Assistant: Kaylor.
The program in Meteorology, part of the Institute
for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics, offers
a number of courses of interest to undergraduate
students.
These courses provide an excellent undergradu-
ate background for those students who wish to do
graduate work in the fields of atmospheric and
oceanic science, meteorology, air pollution, and
other environmental sciences. The interdisciplinary
nature of studies in meteorology and oceanography
assures that all science oriented students will gain
a broadened view of physical science as a whole,
as well as the manner in which the more pure
sciences may be applied to understand the behavior
of our environment.
Because of its interdisciplinary nature the study
of meteorology requires a firm background in the
basic sciences of physics, chemistry and mathe-
matics. For this reason it is inappropriate to offer a
B.S. degree in Meteorology. Undergraduate stu-
dents interested in pursuing a bachelor's degree
program preparatory to further study or work in
meteorology are urged to consider the Physical
Sciences Program, in which they can include sev-
eral courses in meteorology.
Microbiology
Chairman Young.
Professors Colwell. Doelsch, Faber (Emeritus),
Hetrick, Lalter, Pelczar.
Associate Professors: Cook. MacQuillan. Roberson.
Assistar)! Professors: Vailuzls. Voll. Weiner.
Lecturer Janicki, Krichevsky, Stadtman.
Instructor: Howell.
The Department ol Microbiology has as its primary
aim providing the student with thorough and rigor-
ous training in microbiology. This entails knowledge
ol the basic concepts of bacterial cytology, physi-
ology, taxonomy, metabolism, and genetics, as well
as an understanding ol the biology ol inlectious
disease, immunology, general virology, and various
applications ol microbiological principles to public
health and industrial processes. In addition, the
department pursues a broad and vigorous program
ol basic research, and encourages original thought
and investigation in the above-mentioned areas.
The department also provides desirable courses
lor students majoring in allied departments who
wish to obtain vital, supplementary inlormatlon.
Every elfort has been made to present the subject
matter ol microbiology as a basic core ol material
that IS pertinent to all biological sciences.
The curriculum outlined below, which leads to a
bachelor's degree, includes the basic courses in
microbiology and allied fields.
A student planning a maior in microbiology
should consult his advisor during the first year. The
supporting courses should be chosen only from
the biological or physical sciences.
No course with a grade less than C may be used
to satisfy maior requirements.
The department has an Honors Program, and in-
formation concerning this program may be obtained
Irom the department.
Twenty-lour semester hours ol microbiology
courses are required. This includes MICB 200 — Gen-
eral Microbiology (4). and MICB 440 — Pathogenic
Microbiology (4). At least sixteen additional semes-
ter hours must be taken Irom: MICB 280 — Ecology
and Microbial Genetics (3). MICB 290 — Applied
Microbiology (4). MICB 300 — Microbiological Litera-
ture (1). MICB 322— Microbiology and the Public
(3), MICB 399— Microbiological Problems (3),
Laboratory. MICB 450 — Immunology (4), MICB 460 —
General Virology (4), MICB 470 — Microbial Physi-
ology (4), and MICB 490 — Microbial Fermentations
(2). MICB 491 — Microbial Fermentations Laboratory
(2). Also required as supporting courses are: CHEM
103, 194— College Chemistry I, II (4, 4). CHEM 201,
202 — College Chemistry III and College Chemistry
Laboratory III (3. 2), CHEM 203. 204— College Chem-
istry IV and College Chemistry Laboratory IV (3, 2),
CHEM 461, 462— Biochemistry (3. 3). MATH 110,
1 11 — Introduction to Mathematics (3. 3) or equiva-
lent, PHYS 121, 122— Fundamentals ol Physics
(4,4), ZOOL 101— General Zoology (4), and lour
additional semester hours ol biological sciences
(MATH 220, 221— Introductory Calculus is recom-
mended but not required.)
c.uMo r V p„' , uirii
Molecular Physics
Professor and Director: Benesch.
Professors: Benedict, Zwanzig.'
Associate Professors: DeRocco, GInter, Krisher,
Sengers.
Visiting Associate Professor: Tillord.
Assistant Professor: Gammon.
/Research Associates: Covey, Cook.
The Institute lor Molecular Physics serves as an
ideal place to bring together physicists, chemists,
engineers, etc. to work on problems ol mutual in-
terest to the advantage ol both. The graduate degree
program in Chemical Physics is administered
lointly by the Institute and the Chemistry and
Physics Departments.
The current research activities Include theoretical
and experimental studies in the broad fields of inter-
molecular forces (equation ol state of liquids and
gases, critical phenomena, transport phenomena
In gases and plasmas, molecular collisions and scat-
tering processes, biological systems), molecular
structure (spectroscopy from the microwave to the
vacuum ultraviolet, upper atmospheric and auroral
phenomena, planetary atmospheres, potential energy
curves, molecular quantum mechanics), chemical
and physical kinetics, laser studies, statistical
mechanics and biophysics.
This broad range of Interests reflects the inter-
disciplinary nature of both the Institute for Molecular
Physics and the Chemical Physics program. All of
the faculty members at the Institute are working in
scientific areas which did not exist ten years ago.
Accordingly, the students who are drawn to the
Institute for training and research tend to be
those who are Interested in problems which lie
somewhat outside the more conventional disciplines.
The programs are quite flexible with regard to con-
tent and pace, and research groups often combine
faculty and post-doctoral, graduate, and under-
graduate students.
' Joinl «ilh Fluid Dynamics
Music
Professor and Chairman: Troth.
Professors: Berman. Bernstein, deVermond, Gordon,
Grentzer, Helm. Helm, Hudson, Johnson, Moss,
Taylor. Traver. Ulrich (Emeritus).
Associate Professors: Blum, Fanos. Garvey, Head,
Horton. McClelland. Meyer, Montgomery,
Nossaman, Pennington, Schumacher, Serwer,
Shelley, Springmann, True, Wakefield.
Assistant Professors: Barnett. Bryn-Julson, Davis,
Etheridge, Fleming. Gallagher. Gould, Haley, Kuhn,
Olson, Payerle, Robinson, Seldler, Signell, Skldmore,
Wachhaus, Wilson.
tnstruclors: Beatty, Heath, Mueller, Roesner.
The objectives ol the department are (1) to help the
general student develop sound critical judgment
and discriminating taste in the art ol music: (2) to
provide prolessional musical training based on
a loundation in the liberal arts: (3) to prepare
students for graduate work in the field: and (4) to
prepare them to teach music in the public schools.
To these ends, two degrees are ollered: the Bachelor
ol Music, with a major in theory, composition,
history and literature, or music performance: and
the Bachelor ol Arts, with a major in music. The
Bachelor ol Science degree, with a major in music
education, is ollered in the Department ol Secondary
Education, In the College ol Education: course
ollerings and degree programs are described In
the sections relating to that department. This
degree program, however, is administered within
the Music Department.
Courses in music theory, literature and music
perlormance are open to all students who have
completed the specilled prerequisites, or their
equivalents, 11 teacher time and lacllities permit. The
University Bands. Chamber Singers, Chapel Choir,
Madrigal Singers, Orchestra, University Chorale, and
University Chorus, as well as the smaller ensembles,
are likewise open to all qualilied students.
The Bachelor ol Music Degree. The curriculum lead-
ing to the degree of Bachelor of Music is designed
for students who wish to prepare lor music teaching
on the college level. Pre-college experiences In
music are expected. A list ol specilic courses is
available In the departmental oflice. A grade ol C
or above is required in each major course.
Bachelor of Music (Pert.: Piano)
Sample Program
Freshman Year Fall Spring
MUSC 108/109 2 2
MUSC 131 3
MUSC 150/151 3 3
University and Division Requirements
and Free Electives 6-8 9-11
14-16 14-16
Sophomore Year Fall Spring
MUSC 208/209 4 4
MUSC 106/107 2 2
MUSC 250/251 4 4
University and Division Requirements
and Free Electives . 4-6 4-6
14-16 14-16
Junior Year Fall Spring
MUSC 408/409 4 4
MUSC 330/331 3 3
MUSC 450 3
MUSC Elective - 2
University and Division Requirements
and Free Electives 4-€ 5-7
14-16 14-16
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 101
Senior Year
MUSC 418/419
MUSC 460
MUSC 470
MUSC 467
MUSC Elective
University and Division Requirements
and Free Electives
Fall Spring
14-16 14-16
Bachelor of Music (Composition)
Sample Program
Frestiman Year Fall Sprmg
MUSC 108/109 2 2
MUSC 131 3
MUSC 150/151 3 3
University and Division Requirements
and Free Electives 6-8 9-11
14-16 14-16
Soptiomore Year Fall Sprmg
MUSC 208/209 2 2
MUSC 106/107 2 2
MUSC 250/251 4 4
MUSC 478 2
University and Division Requirements
and Free Electives 6-8 4-6
14-16 14-16
Junior Year Fall Spring
MUSC 408 2
MUSC 206/207 2 2
MUSC 330/331 3 3
MUSC 450 3
MUSC 460/461 2 2
MUSC 479 2 2
University and Division Requirements
and Free Electives 0-2 5-7
14-16 14-16
Senior Year Fall Spring
MUSC 406 2
MUSC 466 3
MUSC 470 - 2
MUSC 479 2 2
MUSC 486/487 2 2
MUSC Elective 3
University and Division Requirements
and Free Electives 2-4 8-10
14-16 14-16
The Bachelor of Arts Degree. The curriculum lead-
ing to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in
musiC is designed for students whose interests are
cultural rather than professional. A list of specific
courses is available in the departmental office. A
grade of C or above is required in each major
course.
Bachelor of Arts (KAusic)
Sample Program
Freshman Year Fall Spring
MUSC 108/109 2 2
MUSC 131 3
MUSC 150/151 3 3
University and Division Requirements
and Free Electives 6-8 9-1 1
14-16 14-16
Sophomore Year Fall Spring
MUSC 208/209 2 2
MUSC 250/251 4 4
University and Division Requirements
and Free Electives 8-10 8-10
14-16 14-16
Junior Year Fall Spring
MUSC 408 2
MUSC 330/331 3 3
MUSC 450 3
MUSC 460 - 2
Supporting Area 3 3
University and Division Requirements
and Free Electives 3-5 6-8
14-16 14-16
Senior Year Fall Spring
MUSC Electives 3 3
Supporting Area 3 3
University and Division Requirements
and Free Electives 8-10 8-10
14-16 14-16
Course Code Pr<
s— MUSC, MUED
Nuclear Engineering Program
Professors: Duffey, Johnson, l\/lunno. Silverman.
Associate Professors: Almenas, Roush,' Sheaks.
Assistant Professor: Blair.
Part-Time Professor: Goldman.
Lecturers: Belcher, Salah (P-T).
•Joint appornlment with Ptiysics
Nuclear engineering deals with the practical use
of nuclear energy from nuclear fission, fusion and
radioisotope sources. The major use of nuclear
energy is in electric power generation. Other uses
are in the areas of chemical processing, medicine,
instrumentation, and isotope tracer analysis. The
nuclear engineer is primarily concerned with the
design and operation of energy conversion devices
ranging from very large reactors to miniature nuclear
batteries, and with the use of nuclear reactions in
many environmental, biological and chemical
piocesses. Because of the wide range of uses for
nuclear systems, the nuclear engineer finds inter-
esting and diverse career opportunities in a variety
of companies and laboratories.
Programs of study in nuclear engineering at the
undergraduate and graduate level are offered
through the Chemical Engineering Department. Stu-
dents may use nuclear engineering as a field of
concentration in the Bachelor of Science in Engi-
neering program.
Students choosing nuclear engineering as their
primary field may pursue the following general
curriculum. Students electing nuclear engineering
as their secondary field should seek advice from a
member of the nuclear engineering faculty.
Basic Freshman Year
Semester
Course No. and Title I H
CHEM 103. 104 — General Chemistry" .4 4
PHYS 161— General Physics I 3
MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II 4 4
ENES 101— Intro. Engr. Science 3
ENES 110— Mechanics 3
General Univ. Requirements 6 3
Total 17 17
■■Qualified students may eiecl to lalie CHEU 10S and 106 (4 cr. hrs
each) instead ol CHEM 103 and 104
Students who are not prepared to schedule MATH
140 are advised to register for a preparatory course
— MATH 115 — as part of their General University
Requirement. These students are also advised
to attend summer school following their freshman
year to complete MATH 141 and PHYS 161 prior to
entrance into the sophomore year of study. MATH
141 and PHYS 161 are prerequisites for many
courses required in the sophomore year.
Semester
SOPHOMORE YEAR / //
General Univ. Requirements 3 3
MATH 240— Linear Algebra 4
MATH 246 — Differential Equations 3
PHYS 262, 263— General Physics II. Ill . . 4 4
ENES 220 — Mechanics ol Materials .... 3
CMSC 100 — Intro, to Use of Computers .1
Secondary Field Elective 2 3
ENNU 215— Intro, to Nuc. Tech 3
Total 17 16
JUNIOR YEAR
General Univ. Requirements 3 3
ENNU 320 — Nuc, Reactor Operation .... 3
ENNU 430 — Radioisotope Power Sources . . 3
ENNU 450— Reactor Engr. I 3
PHYS 371— Modern Phys. for Engr 3
Secondary Field Courses 3 3
ENES Electives 3 3
Technical Elective 3
Total 18 15
SENIOR YEAR
General Univ. Requirements 6 3
ENNU 455— Nuc. React. Engr. II 3
ENNU 480 — Reactor Core Design 3
ENNU Electives 3 6
Secondary Field Courses 3 3
Technical Electives 3
Total 18 15
Course Code Pielix— ENNU
Philosophy
Chairman and Professor: Gorovitz.
Professors: Pasch, Perkins, Schlaretzki. Svenonius.
Associate Professors: Brown, Celarier. Lesher,
Martin, Suppe.
Assistant Professors: Johnson, Kress, Odell.
The undergraduate course offerings of the Depart-
ment of Philosophy are, as a group, intended both to
satisfy the needs of persons wishing to make
philosophy their major field and to provide ample
opportunity for other students to explore the sub-
ject. In general, the study of philosophy can contrib-
ute to the education of the university student by
giving him or her experience in critical and imagina-
102 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
tivo rellection on fundamental concepts and
principles, by acquainting him or her with some of
(he philosophical beliefs which have influenced
•nd are influencing his own culture, and by familiar-
izing him or nor with some classic philosophical
writings through careful reading and discussion of
them. The department views philosophy essentially
as an activity, which cultivates articulateness. ex-
pository skill, and logical rigor. Students in
philosophy courses can expect their work to be
subjected to continuing critical scrutiny. Courses
designed with these objectives primarily in mind in-
clude PHIL 100 (Intcoduction to Philosophy).
PHIL 170 (Elementary Logic and Semantics). PHIL
140 (Ethics). PHIL 236 (Philosophy of Religion), and
the historical courses 305. 310. 320. 325. and 326.
For students interested particularly in philo-
sophical problems arising within their own special
disciplines, a number of appropriate courses are
available: PHIL 233 (Philosophy in Literature).
PHIL 250 (Philosophy of Science). PHIL 345 (Social
and Political Philosophy). PHIL 360 (Philosophy of
Language). PHIL 330 (Philosophy of Art). PHIL 457
(Philosophy of History). PHIL 450 (Topics in the
Philosophy of Science), and PHIL 474 (Induction
and Probability).
Pre-law students may be particularly interested in
such courses as PHIL 140 (Ethics). PHIL 345 (Politi-
cal and Social Philosophy), and PHIL 447 (Philos-
ophy of Law). Students in the biological sciences
or in pre-medical curricula may be particularly inter-
ested in Philosophy of Biology, (fvloral Problems in
Medicine).
The departmental requirements for a major in
philosophy are as follows: (1) a total of at least
30 hours in philosophy, not including PHIL 100:
(2) PHIL 140. 271. 310. 320. 326. and at least two
courses numbered 399 and above; (3) a grade of C
or better m each course counted toward the fulfill-
ment of the major requirement.
For students of exceptional ability and interest
in philosophy, the department offers an honors
program. Information regarding this special curricu-
lum may be obtained from the departmental advisors.
The Department presents visiting speakers from
this country and abroad in its colloquium series,
scheduled throughout the academic year. In addi-
tion, members of the department and advanced
graduate students lecture on topics of current
significance in the Graduate Workshop and in the
undergraduate Philosophy Club.
Co^jfM Coile Pf«(ix— PHIL
Physical Education
Chairman and Professor: Husman.
Professors: Clarke. Eyier, Humphrey. Husman,
Kramer.
Associate Professors: Church. Cronin. Dotson.
Mult. Ingram. Kelley. Love. SantaK/laria. Steel.
Assistant Professors: Arrighi, Campbell, Dainis,
Freundschuh, Fnnger. Jackson, Johnson, Kesler,
Krouse. McKnight, Tyler, VanderVelden, Wrenn.
Instructors: Allen. Bartley. Bohren, Drum. Farrah.
Fielding. Griffiths, Kizabeth, Long, fvlcHugh,
f^urray, Rees, Sigler, Tyler, Wood.
Lecturers: Fry. Noss. Redding.
This curriculum prepares students (1) for teaching
physical education in the secondary school. (2) for
coaching, and (3) for leadership in youth and adult
groups which offer a program of physical activity.
The first two years of this curriculum are considered
to be an orientation period in which the student has
an opportunity to gain an adequate background in
general education as well as in those scientific
areas closely related to this field of specialization. In
addition, emphasis is placed upon the development
of skills in a wide range of motor activities.
Further, students are encouraged to select related
areas, especially in the fields of biology, social
science, psychology, health education, and recrea-
tion as fields of secondary interest. These ma-
terially increase the vocational opportunities which
are available to a graduate in physical education.
Equipment: Students may be required to pro-
vide individual equipment for certain courses.
Uniforms: Suitable uniforms, as prescribed by the
College, are required for the activity classes and
for student teaching. These uniforms should be
worn only during professional activities.
Men — During the freshman and sophomore years,
men will wear red and black T-shirts, black trunks,
white socks, gym shoes, supporter, and sweat suit.
Women — Appropriate uniforms, ankle socks, and
tennis shoes.
For Student Teaching — An appropriate teaching
costume will be selected under the guidance of
the supervisor of student teaching before the
beginning of the junior year.
Physical Education Curriculum For Men
Semester
Freshman Year I II
SPCH 107— Public Speaking 2
PHED 180 — Introduction to Physical
Education 2
PHED 182— Rhythmic Activities 2
PHED 185. 187— Skills Laboratory 2 2
PHED 274M— Aquatics 2
General University Requirements 6 7
Electives 3 6
Total 17 17
Sophomore Year
ZOOL 201. 202 — Human Anatomy and
Physiology 4 4
PHED 261 M. 263M— Skills Laboratory ... 2 2
Science Group Requirement (Physics
or Chemistry) 4
HLTH 150— First Aid and Safety 1
General University Requirement 6 6
Electives 4 1
Total 17 17
Junior Year
PHED 400— Kmoslolofly 4
PHED 30SM. 307M— Skills Laooiaiory 2 2
PHED 420 — Physical Education for the
Elementary School 3
PHED 493— History and Philosophy of
Sporl and Physical Education . 3
Theory ol Coaching Elective
(PHED 323, 325 or 326) 2
PHED 480— Measurement In Physical
Education and Health 3
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning 6
General University Requirement 5
Electives 4
Total 17 17
Senior Year
EDUC 301— Foundations ol Education 3
PHED 333— Adapted Physical Education 2
EDSE 330— Principles and Methods ol
Secondary Education 3
EDSE 374— Student Teaching in
Secondary Schools 8
PHED 460— Theory ol Exercise 3
PHED 381 — Advanced Training and
Conditioning 3
PHED 490— Organization and
Administration ol Physical Education 3
PHED 314 — Methods. Curriculum and
Observation lor Secondary Schools .... 3
Electives 3 3
Total •' 17
Physical Education Curriculum For Women
Semester
Freshman Year I II
SPCH 107— Public Speaking 2
PHED 180 — Introduction to Physical
Education and Health 2
PHED 181 — Fundamentals ol Movement . 2
PHED 182 — Rhythmic Activities 2
DANC 100 — Dance Techniques 2
PHED 186. 190— Skills Laboratory 2 2
General University Requirements 7 9
Electives 4
Total 17 17
Sophomore Year
ZOOL 201. 202 — Human Anatomy and
Physiology 4 4
Science Group Requirement (Physics
or Chemistry) 4
HLTH 150— First Aid and Safety 1
PHED 262W. 264W— Skills Laboratory . . 2 2
PHED 274W— Aquatics 2
PHED 282W — Organization and
Administration ol Intramurals 1
General University Requirements 6 3
Electives 3 2
Total 17 17
Junior Year
PHED 400— Kinesiology 4
PHED 305V\^. 307W— Skills Laboratory .2 2
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning 6
PHED 493 — History and Philosophy of
Sports and Physical Education 3
PHED 420 — Physical Education for the
Elementary Schools 3
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 103
PHED 324W— Theory of Coaching 2
PHED 480 — Measuremeni in Physical
Education and Health 3
General University Requirements 2 3
Electives 4
Total 17 17
Senior Year
EDUC 301 — Foundations o( Education . . 3
EDUC 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education 3
EDSE 374 — Student Teaching in
Secondary Schools 8
PHED 333— Adapted Physical Education .2
PHED 460 — Theory of Exercise 3
PHED 490 — Organization and
Administration of Physical Education .... 3
PHED 314 — Methods in Physical Education
in Secondary Schools . 3
Electives 6 3
Total 17 17
Minor in Physical Education. 20 semester hours in
physical education and 4 semester hours in cognate
areas.
Required Courses. Men— PHED 180. 185t^, 1871^,
261M, 263IV1 (2-6): 314; 323, 325 or 326.
Women— PHED ISO: 186W, 190W, 262W, 264W
(2-6): 314;324W.
Elective Courses. Men and Women — PHED
274. 333, 381, 400, 460, 480, 485, 487, 490, 493.
If planning to teach, the cognate courses for men
should be HLTH 140 and HLTH 150: for women,
HLTH 150 and HLTH 420.
Note: To be certified to teach in Maryland, 30
semester hours are required in physical education
in addition to the following or equivalent, ZOOL 101,
201, 202 and chemistry or physics.
Minor in Elementary Physical Education. There are
two plans for a minor in elementary school physical
education. Plan A is for students in the Department
of Physical Education, and Plan B is for students out-
side the Department of Physical Education.
I. Plans A. (for students in this department)
10 semester hours in elementary school physical
education courses and 10 hours in cognate
areas.
Required Courses. PHED 183, 184, 420, 495.
Elective Courses. 10 hours in any of the following
cognate areas: human development, elementary
education, biological science, health education.
(Not more than 6 hours shall be taken in any one
cognate area.)
Student Teaching. Students will be required to do
four weeks of their eight weeks student teaching at
the elementary school level in physical education.
II. Plan B. (for students outside this department)
13 semester hours in elementary school physical
education courses and 10 hours in cognate
areas.
104 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
Required Courses. PHED 183, 184, 330, 420, 495.
Elective Courses. 10 hours in any of the following
cognate areas: human development, elementary
education, biological science, health education.
(Not more than 6 hours shall be taken in any one
cognate area.)
Kinesiological Sciences. A new degree curriculum
is available for interested students from the
Department of Physical Education. It is designed
for those students who are vitally interested in the
fascinating realm of sport and the human activity
sciences, but not necessarily interested in prepar-
ing for teaching in the public schools. The body
of knowledge explored by this curriculum may be
described briefly as follows:
The history of sport, both ancient and con-
temporary, its philosophical foundations and the
study of social factors as they relate to human
behavior.
Biomechanics, exercise physiology, the theoretical
bases and effects of physical activity, neuromotor
learning and the psychological factors inherent
in physical performance.
The quantification and description of perform-
ance and the relation of these factors to human
development.
The program makes possible the broad use of
elective credit so that various student interests
may be combined on an interdisciplinary basis.
With such possibilities available, graduates could
reasonably set their sights on occupations in the
paramedical fields, such as stress testing and
human factors, athletic involvements such as
trainers, scouts, sports publicists, or advance to
further study in the therapies, as well as graduate
work in physical education and allied fields.
The Honors Program in Physical Education. The aim
of the Honors Program is to encourage superior
students by providing an enriched program of
studies which will fulfill their advanced interests and
needs. Qualified students are given the opportunity
to undertake intensive and often independent
studies wherein initiative, responsibility and in-
tellectual discipline are fostered. To qualify for
admission to the program:
1. A freshman must have a "B" average in aca-
demic (college prep) curriculum of an accredited
high school.
2. A sophomore must have an accumulative GPA of
3.00 in all college courses of official registration.
3. All applicants must have three formal recom-
mendations concerning their potential, char-
acter, and other related matters.
4. All applicants must be accepted by the Faculty
Honors Committee.
In completing the program, all honors students
must:
1. Participate in an honors seminar where theses
and other relevant research topics are studied.
2. Pass a comprehensive oral examination cover-
ing subject matter background.
3. Successfully prepare and defend the honors
thesis.
On the basis of the students performance in 'he
above program, the college may vote to recom-
mend graduation without honors, with honors, or
With high honors.
Physical Sciences Program
Chairman: Smith,
Astronomy: Matthews, Chemistry: Jaquith,
Computer Science: Vandergraft, Geology: Stifel,
Mathematics: Schneider, Meteorology: Thompson,
Physics: deSilva, S. Zorn.
Purpose. This program is suggested for many types
of students: those whose interests cover a wide
range of the physical sciences: those whose inter-
ests have not yet centered on any one science:
students interested in a career in an interdiscipli-
nary area within the physical sciences, students who
seek a broader undergraduate program than is
possible in one of the traditional physical sciences,
preprofessional students (prelaw, premedical); or
students whose interests in business, technical
writing, advertising or sales require a broad techni-
cal background. This program can also be useful
for those planning science-oriented or technical
work in the urban field: some of the Urban Studies
courses should be taken as electives. Students
contemplating this program as a basis for prepara-
tion for secondary school science teaching are
advised to consult the Science Teaching Center
staff of the College of Education for additional re-
quirements for teacher certification.
The Physical Sciences Program consists of a basic
set of courses in physics, chemistry and mathe-
matics, followed by a variety of courses chosen
from these and related disciplines: astronomy,
geology, meteorology and computer science.
Emphasis is placed on a broad program as con-
trasted with a specialized one.
Students are advised by members of the Physical
Sciences Committee. This committee is composed
of faculty members from each of the represented
disciplines and some student representatives. As-
signment of advisor depends on the interest of the
student, e.g., one interested principally in chemistry
will be advised by the chemistry member of the
committee. Students whose interests are too general
to classify in this manner will normally be advised
by the chairman of the committee.
The Curriculum. The basic courses include MATH
140, 141 and one other math course for which
MATH 141 is a prerequisite (11 or 12 credits): CHEM
103 and 104, or 105 and 106 (8 credits): Physics
162. 262.263(11 credits): or 141. 142 (8 credits): or
181. 182. 283, 284 (16 credits): or 221, 222 (10 cred-
its): or Physics 121, 122 (ollowed by Physics 262
(12 credits).
The choice of the physics sequence depends on
the student's future ain^s and his background.
PHYS 161. 262. 263 is the standard sequence rec-
ommended tor most Physical Science majors. This
sequence will enable the student to continue with
intermediate level and advanced courses. PHYS 141.
142 IS available to students who wish a less exten-
sive background in physics than is represented by
Physics 161-263 or 181-284. Students desiring a
strong background in physics are urged to enroll in
PHYS 181. 182. 283. 284. This is the sequence also
used by Physics maiors and leads directly into the
advanced physics courses. PHYS 221. 222 is de-
signed for Education maiors. and therefore is
suitable for students thinking in terms of a teaching
career. PHYS 121. 122 plus 262 is offered as an
option only for students who have already taken
PHYS 121, 122 and then decide to major in Physical
Sciences. This sequence should not be selected by
students already in or just starting the program.
The rationale for requiring PHYS 262 to follow 121,
122 is to ensure that students have some physics
with calculus (121. 122 do not have a calculus
corequsite).
Beyond these basic courses the student must
complete 24 credits of which 12 must be at the
300 or 400 level, chosen from the following dis-
ciplines: Chemistry, physics, mathematics, astron-
omy, geology, meteorology, and computer science.
Students presenting Physics 284 as part of their
basic curriculum may include these four credits
among these 24 credits. The 24 credits must be so
distributed that he has at least six credits in each of
any three of the above listed disciplines. The pro-
gram requires an average grade of at least "C "
in courses counting toward the major, including
both the basic plus the broader set of courses.
Students who wish to depart from the stipulated
curriculum may present their proposed program for
approval by the Physical Science Committee. An
honors program is available to qualified students
in their senior year.
Certain courses offered in these fields are not
suitable for Physical Science majors and cannot
count as part of the requirements of the program.
These include any courses corresponding to a lower
level than the basic courses specified above
(e.g. fvlATH 1 15), or any of the following: ASTR 100,
105, CHEIvl 101, 102, 107, CfvISC 100, 103. GEOL
120, 431,432, 460, 489, t^ATH 105, 110, 111, 115,
210, 211,478, 481,483, 484, PHYS 111, 112, 114,
117. 400. 401.
Honors Program. The Physical Sciences honors pro-
gram offers students the opportunity for research
and independent study. Interested students should
request details from theii advisor.
Physics and Astronomy
Professor and Chairman: Laster.
Professor and Director of Astronomy Program: Kerr.
Assistant Professor and Associate Chairman:
Falk.
Professors: Alley, Banerjee, Bhagat, Brill, Davidson,
Day, Dorfman, Erickson, Ferrell. Glasser, Glover, Iff,
Greenberg. Griem. Griffin, Holmgren, Hornyak,
Kerr, Krall, Kundu, MacDonald. Marion.
IVIisner. Myers. Oneda. Pati. Prange. Pugh. Reiser,
Snow, Sucher. Trivelpiece, Wall. Weber. Westerhout,
Yodh. G.T. Zorn.
Professors (Part-time): Brandt, Fowler, Friedman,
Hayward, McDonald, Opik. Rado, Slawsky.
Associate Professors: A'Hearn. Anderson. Bardasis,
Beall, Bell. Currie. DeSilva, Dragt. Earl. Falk. Fivel,
Click, Gloeckler. Goldenbaum. Harrington. Kacser.
H. Kim. Y. S. Kim, Korenman. Matthews, Minkiewicz.
Roos, Rose, Roush, Smith, P. Steinberg,
Stephenson, Jr., Wentzel, Woo, Zipoy, B. S. Zorn,
Zuckerman.
Associate Professors (Part-time): Bennett, Dixon,
Hammer. Johnson. Pechacek.
Assistant Professors: Barnett. Brayshaw, Chang.
Chang. Chant. Connors. Drew. Ellsworth, Glosser.
Goldberg. Gowdy. Greene. Guillory. Hill. Layman.
Martin. McClellan, OGallagher, Redish. Richard.
Simonson. R. Steinberg.
Assistant Professors (Part-time): Khoury, Larson.
Visiting Assistant Professors: Bahl, Clavelli, Pereira,
Trimble.
The Physics program includes a broad range of
undergraduate courses designed to satisfy the
needs of almost every student, from the advanced
physics major to the person taking a single intro-
ductory physics course. In addition, there are
various opportunities for personally directed studies
between student and professor, and many under-
graduate "research " opportunities also are available.
For further information consult "Department Re-
quirements for a B.S. degree in Physics." available
from the Department,
Courses For Non-Majors. The department offers
several courses which are intended for students
other than physics majors. PHYS 101. 102. 106.
Ill and 112 withouta laboratory and PHYS 114.
117 and 120 with laboratory are designed to satisfy
the General University distribution requirements,
PHYS 121. 122 or 141. 142 satisfy the requirements
for professional schools such as medical and
dental, and PHYS 161. 262. 263 satisfy the intro-
ductory physics requirement for most engineering
programs. PHYS 318 is a one semester course
stressing contemporary topics for those who have
completed a year of one of the above sequences.
In addition. PHYS 420 is a one semester modern
physics course for advanced students in science or
engineering. Either the course sequence 161, 262,
263. or the full sequence 181. 182. 283, 284 is suit-
able for mathematics students and those who
major in other physical sciences.
The Physics Major. The way most physics majors
will begin their work is with a two-year basic se-
quence of physics courses. PHYS 181. 182. 283.
284. accompanied by the laboratory courses PHYS
285. 286 in the second year. Transfer students who
come with a different set of introductory courses
either will be put into an appropriate course in this
sequence or will take bridging courses, such as
PHYS 404, 405, and then go on to advanced courses;
usually they will not repeat work previously done
by taking the entire basic sequence.
The minimum requirement for a physics major is
38 semester hours of work in physics, including four
laboratory courses and PHYS 410. 411, 421 and 422,
plus MATH 140, 141, 240. 241 (or 150, 151, 250)
and one additional 3 or 4 credit mathematics
course. After taking the basic sequence, the stu-
dent will have some flexibility in his program, and
he will be able to take specialty courses, such as
those in nuclear physics or solid-state physics,
which are of particular interest to him. In addition, a
student interested in doing research may choose
to do a bachelor's thesis under the direction of a
member of the faculty.
It is planned to phase in a new sequence of
courses, with laboratory, to replace PHYS 181. 192,
283, 284, 285 beginning in the fall semester 1974.
See the Department of Schedule of Classes for
further information.
Honors In Physics. The Honors Program offers to
students of good ability and strong Interest In
physics a greater flexibility in their academic pro-
grams, and a stimulating atmosphere through
contacts with other good students and with individ-
ual faculty members. There are opportunities for
part-time research participation which may develop
into full-time summer projects. An honors seminar
IS offered for advanced students: credit may be
given for independent work or study, and certain
graduate courses are open for credit toward the
bachelors degree.
Students are accepted by the department's
Honors Committee on the basis of recommendations
from their advisors and other faculty members,
usually in the second semester of their junior year.
A final written and oral comprehensive examina-
tion in the senior year is optional, but those who
pass the examination will graduate "with honors m
physics."
CouiM Cofle P'etn— PHYS
Pre-Professlonal Curricula
There are a number of programs developed to pre-
pare the pre-professional student. These curricula,
some rather general and others quite specific, are
designed to give the student the best background
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 105
to succeed in his advanced training, to fill under-
graduate requirements of professional schools,
and to fit in with the requirements established by the
organizations associated with the respective
professions.
Pre-professional programs require that the student
maintain a grade point average higher than the
mmimum for graduation. The student may fulfill re-
quirements by majoring in almost any discipline in
some programs, provided the specific requirements
of the pre-professional program are met. The suc-
cessful completion of the pre-professional program
does not guarantee admission to professional
school. Each school has its own admissions require-
ments and criteria, generally based upon the grade
point average in the undergraduate courses, the
scores in aptitude tests (Medical College Admis-
sion Test, Law Admission Test, Dental Aptitude
Test, etc.), a personal interview, and letters sent by
the Evaluation Committee of the college. For the
specific admissions requirements, the student is
urged to study the catalog of the professional
school of his choice.
Although completion of the bachelor's degree is
a normal prerequisite for admission for dental, law,
and medical schools, three professional schools
of the University of Maryland in Baltimore — Dentis-
try, Law, and Medicine — have arrangements
whereby a student who meets requirements detailed
below may be accepted for professional school
after three years (90 academic hours). For the stu-
dents to be eligible for the "combined degree," the
final thirty hours prior to entry into the Schools of
Dentistry, Law, and Medicine must be taken in
residence. After the successful completion of thirty
hours of work in professional school, the student
may be eligible for a bachelor's degree.
Pre-Dental Hygiene
The first two years of the pre-professional curricu-
lum are as follows:
1st 2nd
Freshman Year Sem. Sem.
English Composition 101 3
Zoology (General) 100 4
Chemistry 103 and 104 4 4
Psycho'ogy 100 — General 3
Sociology 100 — Introduction 3
Humanities 9
Physical Education (1) (1)
Total 14 16
1st 2nd
Sophomore Year Sem. Sem.
Zoology 201 and 202
Human Anatomy & Physiology 4 4
Microbiology 200 4
Nutrition 200 3
Social Science* ' 3 3
Humanities' 3 3
Electives (lower division) 3 3
Total 17 16
'Humanities courses must be selected from at least three of the
following areas: literature, history, philosophy, fine arts, speech,
math or language.
•■Social Sciences must include General Psychology and Sociology
with the remaining six credits selected from courses in: psychology.
sociology, government and politics, economics, anthropology, or
geography.
Although courses may be interchanged during
the first two years, it is required that chemistry
precede microbiology and nutrition to enable its
application to these two subjects. It should be noted
that Zoology 101 is a prerequisite for Zoology 201,
202 (Human Anatomy in Physiology) at the
University of Maryland.
Pre-Denlistry
The pre-dental program is based upon the require-
ments and recommendations of the various dental
schools, and the requirements for a baccalaureate
degree from the College Park Campus, following
either the four-year program or the combined Arts-
Dentistry program. The curriculum is designed to
prepare the student for the Dental Aptitude Test,
which is normally taken in the spring of the junior
year.
The following program will satisfy the science re-
quirements of most dental schools for either the
three-year program (90 academic hours) or the
four-year program (120 academic hours).
The suggested program is as follows:
Hours
General University Requirements 30
Recommended for dental school
Chemistry (general, inorganic, and organic) , , . 18
CHEM 103, 104, 201, 202, 203, 204, or
CHEM 105, 106, 211, 212, 213, 214
Zoology 16
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology
ZOOL 246— Genetics
ZOOL 290 — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology
ZOOL 430 — Vertebrate Embryology
Mathematics 6-12
Mathematics through calculus
(MATH 141 or 221) is strongly recommended
Physics 121, 122 or 141, 142 8
Division requirements variable
Major and supporting course requirements . . variable
Electives, to complete the 90 or 120 hours required
Four-Year Program. No specific major is required
for favorable consideration by a dental school admis-
sions committee. By intelligent planning starting in
his freshman or sophomore year, the student can
meet the requirements for the B.S. or B.A. degree
in most major programs and can include in his
course work any courses specifically prescribed by
dental schools of his choice. The student is urged
to work closely with his pre-dental and major
advisors in this planning.
Three-year Arts-Dentistry Program. Students
whose performance during the first two years is
exceptional may seek admission to the University of
Maryland Dental School at the end of their third
year (90 academic hours). No undergraduate major
IS required for this program; the work of the first
year in the School of Dentistry is considered as the
major. Students in this program will select support-
ing courses from any one of the following combi-
nations:
Zoology — -six hours on the 300-400 level.
Microbiology — eight hours on the 300-400 level.
CHEM 321— plus three hours on the 300-400 level
in any natural science.
CHEM 461 , 462, 463, and 464.
Nine hours on the 300-400 level in any one de-
partment of the arts, humanities, or social
sciences.
Students accepted in the combined Arts-Dentistry
program may receive the B.S. degree (Arts-Dentisfi7)
after satisfactory completion of the first year at
the University of Maryland Dental School upon
recommendation by the Dean of the Dental School
and approval by the College Park Campus, the
degree to be awarded in August following the
first year of Dental School.
Schedule: The pre-dental student usually in-
cludes in the first year schedule chemistry, mathe-
matics and zoology, and English if needed. The
second year should include the second year of
chemistry, comparative vertebrate morphology
(ZOOL 290) (and genetics if not already completed)
and mathematics if needed. The third year should
include PHYS 121, 122 or 141, 142 and vertebrate
embryology (ZOOL 430). The student fills out his
schedule with General University Requirements, di-
visional requirements, major department require-
ments and electives.
Courses in comparative anatomy and statistics
(such as PSYC 200 or SOCY 201) are most strongly
recommended by the University of Maryland Dental
School.
Pre-Forestry
The pre-forestry students are advised in the Botany
Department. The State of Maryland has an agree-
ment with the Southern Regional Education Board
and North Carolina State University providing for
five Maryland residents who have completed two
years study in pre-forestry and have been accepted
in the School of Forestry at North Carolina State
University. The State of Maryland will make payment
toward the non-resident tuition for a period not to
exceed two years (four semesters) in accordance
with the funds appropriated in the State budget
for this purpose.
The Pre-Forestry Curriculum Includes:
Semester
Credit Hours
ENGL 101 3
EOTN 101 4
ZOOL 101 4
MATH 110, 111, 220, 221 12
CHEM 103, 104 8
PHYS 121, 122 8
SPCH 107 2
106 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
BOTN 212 3
HORT 171 3
Economica 3
Students planning lor three years in the pre-
forestry curriculum should include BOTN 221,
ENTM 200. AGRO 102. AGEN 100. AGRO 202. and
BOTN 211.
Pre-Law
Although some law schools will consider only ap-
plicants with a B A or B S. degree, others will
accept applicants who have successfully completed
a three-year program of academic work. Most law
schools do not prescribe specific courses which
a student must present (or admission, but do require
that the student follow one o( the standard pro-
grams offered by the undergraduate college. Many
laws schools require that the applicant take the
Law School Admissions Test, preferably in July or
October of the academic year preceding his entry
into professional school.
Four-Year Program. The student who plans to
complete the requirements (or the B.A. or B.S.
degree before entering law school should select a
major deld o( concentration. The pre-law student
otten (ollows a Bachelor of Arts program with a
major in American studies. English, history, eco-
nomics, political science (government and politics).
psychology, sociology, or speech; a few pre-law
students follow a bachelor of science program.
Three-year Arts-Law Program. The student who
plans to enter law school at the end of his third
year should complete the General University Re-
quirements. During his junior year he will complete
the requirements for a "minor" (18 semester hours
in one department. 6 hours being at the 300-400
level). His program during the first three years
should include all of the basic courses required for
a degree (including the 18-hour "minor" course
program) and all divisional and University require-
ments. The academic courses must total 90 hours,
and must be passed with a minimum average of 2.0.
To be acceptable to law schools, however, students
in virtually all cases must have a considerably
higher average.
Students with exceptional records who are ac-
cepted to the School of Law o( the University of
Maryland under the Arts-Law program may receive
a B.A. degree (Arts-Law) alter satisfactory com-
pletion of the first year of law school, upon
recommendation by the Dean of the University of
Maryland Law School and approval by the College
Park Campus. The degree is awarded in August
following the first year of law school (or after 30
credit hours are completed).
Pre-Medical Technology
The University of Maryland Medical Technology
program is four years in duration, leading to a
Bachelor of Science Degree. The (irst three years
are devoted to basic studies. The last year is spent
in clinical studies at University Hospital on the
Baltimore City campus of the University of Maryland.
This program is administered by the School of
of Medicine. The curriculum in medical technology
complies with the requirements and recommenda-
tions of the Board of Schools o( the American
Society o( Clinical Pathologists( and the American
Medical Association Council on Medical Education.)
Graduates o( the program will be eligible to take
the examination for certilication given by the Board
o( Registry of the American Society of Clinical
Pathologists.
Admission. Applicants must meet the admission re-
quirements of the University of Maryland. At least
three years of College Preparatory mathematics
and at least three years of science, including chem-
istry and physics, are strongly recommended.
Curriculum. Students must complete 90 semester-
hours or more in academic subjects before being
admitted to the senior year. The following courses
are intended as a guide for the student in planning
a curriculum which will meet both the University
of Maryland requirements for graduation and the
special requirements for the Registry Examination
administered by the A.S.C.P. Board of Schools.
Near the completion of the pre-professional re-
quirements, the student submits an application to
the Baltimore campus. If the student is accepted, he
or she will spend a full twelve month residency
where he or she rotates among several laboratory
services and receives technical instruction in
hematology, serology, clinical chemistry, pathogenic
microbiology, and such other topics as are in-
cluded in laboratory medicine.
Credits
CHEMISTRY (16-credit minimum)
CHEM 103. 104— College Chemistry I. II 4. 4
Additional 8 credits from the following courses
CHEM 203. 204— College Chemistry IV 3
and College Chemistry Laboratory IV 2
CHEM 321 — Quantitative Analysis 4
CHEM 461 . 463— Biochemistry I 3
and Biochemistry Laboratory I 2
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE (16-credit minimum)
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4
MICR 200 — General Microbiology 4
Additional 8 credits from the following courses
ZOOL
ZOOL 246 — Genetics 4
ZOOL 290 — Comparative Vertebrate
Morphology 4
ZOOL 411 — Cellular Biology 4
MICB 440 — Pathogenic Microbiology 4
MATHEMATICS (6 credits)
MATH 110 or 115 3
MATH 111 3
RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES
CHEM 261 302. and 462; ZOOL 475 and 495;
MICB 450 and 460; PHYS 121 and 122;
PSYC 200
GENERAL UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
AREA A — not required lor medical technology
students
AREA B — 6-credits required
Any 6 credits from courses listed under either
ol 1*16 two divisions Human and Community
Resources; Behavioral and Social Sciences.
AREA C — 12-credits required
SPCH 100 3
An additional 9 credits from any ol the course*
listed in the Division of Arts and Humanities.
(Students will be required either to show pro-
ficiency in English composition — the Illinois
Rhetoric Test — or to take ENGL 101. Introduc-
lio-i to Writing).
Pre-Mediclne
The pre-medical program is based upon the require-
ments and recommendations o( American Medical
schools, and the requirements (or a baccalaureate
degree (rom the College Park Campus, (ollowing
either the (our-year program or the combined Arls-
Medicine program. The curriculum is designed to
prepare the student (or the Medical College Admis-
sion Test, which is normally taken in the spring of
the junior year.
The following program will satisfy the science
requirements of most medical schools for either
the three-year program (90 academic hours) or the
(our-year program (120 academic hours):
Hours
General University Requirements 30
Medical school requirements
Chemistry (general, inorganic, and organic) 18
CHEM 103. 104. 201. 202. 203. 204. or
CHEM 105. 106. 211. 212. 213, 214
Zoology '6
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology
ZOOL 246 — Genetics
ZOOL 290 — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology
ZOOL 430 — Vertebrate Embryology
Mathematics 6 12
Mathematics through calculus
(MATH 141 or 221) is strongly recommended
Physics 121. 122 or 141. 142 8
Division requirements variable
Major and supporting course requirements variable
Electives. to complete the 90 to 120 hours required
Four-Year Program. No specitic major is required
for favorable consideration by a medical school ad-
missions committee. By intelligent planning starting
in the freshman or sophomore year, the student can
meet the above requirements as well as the require-
ments of most majors for the B.A. or B.S. degree.
The student is urged to work closely with his pre-
medical and major advisors in this planning. A
student who enters the pre-medical program late
in his college career may find an additional year of
study necessary (either as a special student or as
a regular undergraduate).
Three-year Arts-Medicine Program. A student
whose performance during the first two years is
exceptional may seek admission to the University
of Maryland Medical School at the end of the third
year (90 academic hours). During his third year he
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 107
will need to complete all the requirements listed
above, with the exception of the major and regular
supporting course program. Four additional hours
on the 300-400 level in appropriate science courses
will satisfy the supporting course requirements
of the Arts-Medicine Program.
Students accepted in the combined Arts-Medicine
program may receive the B.S. degree (Arts-
Medicine) after satisfactory completion of the first
year at the University of Maryland School of
Medicine (30 academic hours), upon recommenda-
tion by the Dean of the School of Medicine and
approval by the College Park Campus. The degree
is awarded in August following the first year of
medical chool.
Schedule. The pre-medical student usually in-
cludes in his first year schedule chemistry, mathe-
matics and zoology, and English if needed. The
second year should include the second year of
chemistry, comparative vertebrate morphology
(ZOOL 290) (and genetics if not already completed)
and mathematics if needed. The third year should
include PHYS 121, 122 or 141, 142 and vertebrate
embryology (ZOOL 430). The student fills out his
schedule with General University requirements,
divisional requirements, major department require-
ments and electives.
Pre-Nursing
It is required that all students, including registered
nurses, enrolled in or transferring to the program
in nursing use the following guidelines for the fresh-
man and sophomore years:
Semester
Hours
Englisfi Composition 3
Ctiemistry (including content in organic
chemistry) 6-8
Human Anatomy and Physiology 6-8
Microbiology 3-4
Social Sciences 12
Humanities" 15
Nutrition (recommended) , 3
Electives 7-12
Minimum requirements for Junior status 59-60
Social Sciences include Sociology, Psychology, Political
Science. Economics. Geography, Anthropology
Humanities include Literature. History, Philosophy, Foreign
Languages, Mathematics, Fine Arts
'Courses musl include at least one In sociology and one in psy-
chology.
"Courses musl be selected from at least ttiree departments.
The specific courses taken by basic students on
the College Park Campus are;
Semester
Hours
Chemistry 103, 104 4, 4
English 101 3
Zoology 101 4
Humanities (Literature, history, philosophy,
fine arts, math, language)' 15
Psychology 100 3
Sociology 100 3
108 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
Other social sciences (sociology, psychology,
government and politics, economics,
geography) 6
Zoology 201 , 202 4, 4
Microbiology 200 4
Nutrition 200 (recommended) 3
Elective 3
60
•Courses must be selected from at least ttiree of ttie areas listed.
Pre-Pharmacy
The preprofessional curriculum is designed to
provide the student with those courses that satisfy
the needs for a more liberal education as well as
the scientific prerequisite courses for entrance into
the professional program.
First Year Credits
Chemistry 103. 104 8
Mathematics 115, 140 (Introductory and
Elementary Analysis) 6-7
Zoology 101 (or Biology) 4
English 101 (Composition) 3
Elective (Social Sciences) 3
Elective (non-specific) 3
28
Second Year
Chemistry 201, 202, 203, 204 *10
Physics 121, 122 (Fundamentals) 8
Elective (Humanities) 6
English 201 (Literature) 3
Elective (non-specific) 3
Elective (Social Science) 3
"~33
•r^iimum requirement lor organic ctiemistry is 8 credits,
Pre-Physical Therapy
The minimum requirements for entry into the junior
year of the professional program total 60 credits.
AREA A:
•MATH 110, 111 6 credits
or MATH 220 or
MATH 140 (3 credits + 3 electives)
CHEM 103, 104 8 credits
PHYS 121, 122 8 credits
ZOOL 101 4 credits
ZOOL (102, 201, 202, 209, 246, 290) 4 credits
AREA B:
SOCIAL SCIENCE 3 credits
(Afro-American Studies. Anthropology,
Economics, Government and Politics.
Urban Studies, Sociology, Geography)
PSYCH 100 3 credits
PSYCH (one course above the
Intro, level) 3 credits
AREA C:
ENGL 101 3 credits
(Students with advanced credit or exemp-
tion may substitute a 3 credit elective)
SPCH 100 3 credits
(Students with one year of high school
speech may substitute a 3 credit elective)
ARTS AND HUMANITIES 6 credits
(Courses chosen from: History, Literature,
Foreign Language, Philosophy, Apprecia-
tion ot: Art, Music, Drama. Dance)
Electives 9 credits
'Selections may be made in any area witti no more than 2 credits
01 skills or activities courses accepted. Introductory or review courses
below ttie level required in Biology. Ctiemistry. Ptiysics and Mattie-
matics. IM»Y NOT be used as electives.
The following are suggested electives with no
order of preference: BTPT 110 — Physical Therapy
Orientation (1 credit). Health Education (2 or 3
credits). Recreation (3 credits), Business Admin-
istration (3 credits). Child Study and Development
(3 credits). Psychology (3 credits), Computer
Science (3 credits). Biology or Zoology, Chemistry,
Physical Education (1 to 4 credits), Special Educa-
tion.
Students who have completed the pre-profession-
al course requirements (60 credits) may use the
following courses as additional credits towards a
degree: PSYC 200— Statistics, PHED 400— Kine-
siology, PHED 460 — Physiology of Exercise, and
Biomedical Instrumentation offered by Electrical
Engineering.
Pre-Physical Curriculum
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall
MATH 3
CHEM 103 4
ENGL 101 3
PSYC 100 or SPCH 100 3
Elective 1-3
Total Semester Credit Load 14 16
Spring
MATH 3
CHEM 104 4
PSYC 100 or SPCH 100 3
ZOOL 101 4
Elective 1 4
Total Semester Credit Load 15-18
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Fall
Freshman Year
PHYS 121 4
ARTS & HUMANITIES 3
PSYC 3
ZOOL 4
Elective 1-4
Total Semester Credit Load 15-18
Spring
PHYS 122 4
ARTS & HUMANITIES 3
SOCIAL SCIENCE 3
Elective 3
Elective 1-4
Total Semester Credit Load 14-17
Pre-Radiologic Technology
Requirements: Students must contact an advisor,
immediately, upon entering the pre-radiologic tech-
nology program. Information regarding advisors
is available in Room 203 of Turner Laboratory on
the College Park Campus.
Students must complete 60 semester hours in
academic subjects prior to being officially admitted
to the junior year at the Baltimore City campus.
Students should apply for admission to the junior
year after completion of 45 semester hours. The
following courses must be closely adhered to by the
student in planning a curriculum that will be
recognized by the University of Maryland lor
graduation, and by the American Registry of
Radiologic Technologists for the Registry Examina-
tion.
A student who is already registered with the
American Registry of Radiologic Technologists
.nust also comply with the following admission
requirements.
English 101 3
Eng'ish Requuemeni 6
Speech Requirement 3
Physics 121-122 8
Chemistry 103-104 8
Bio'ogy or Zoology 8
Math lis or no (115 preferred) 3
Psychology Requirement 3
Socio'ogy Requirement 3
Fine Arts or Philosophy Requirement 3
Eiectives Required 12
Total .60
Pre-Theology
The College of Agriculture cooperates with the
officers of any theological seminary who desire to
urge prospective students to pursue courses in
agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry.
Such pre-theologlcal students may enroll for a
semester or more or for the usual four-year program
of the College. In either case they should enroll as
members of the general curriculum in the College
of Agriculture. Students desiring to pursue a pre-
theological program in the College of Agriculture
of the University of Maryland should consult with
the president or admissions officer of the theological
seminary which they expect to attend.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine
The pre-velerinary medicine program is based upon
the requirements established by the Colleges of
Veterinary Medicine where students who are resi-
dents of Maryland may be offered admission.
There is no College of Veterinary Medicine in
Maryland. However, the State of Maryland partici-
pates under an agreement with the Southern
Regional Education Board for the education of
Maryland residents in veterinary medicine. Up to
twelve spaces a year in the College of Veterinary
Medicine at the University of Georgia, and up to six
places in the four years at Tuskegee Institute are
reserved for qualified Maryland residents who may
be offered admission by the respective institutions.
The University of Maryland also has an agree-
ment with The Ohio State University under which a
maximum of six Maryland residents may be offered
admission each year by the College of Veterinary
Medicine at Ohio State University.
The Colleges of Veterinary Medicine at the Uni-
versity of Georgia, The Ohio State University and
Tuskegee Institute have the final and exclusive
authority on all matters related to admission.
It is not possible for Colleges of Veterinary
Medicine to admit all eligible applicants. Therefore,
pre-protessional students are urged to also consider
alternate objectives in a program leading to the
B.S. degree.
Undergraduate students who have completed
three years in the pre-veterinary program in the
University of Maryland College of Agriculture and
have not been admitted to a college of veterinary
medicine may transfer to one of the curriculums at
the University of Maryland in order to complete
the B.S. degree.
No specific major is required for favorable con-
sideration by a veterinary school admissions
committee.
The course requirements listed represent the
minimum requirements for admission to the Colleges
of Veterinary Medicine, University of Georgia,
Tuskegee Institute and Ohio State.
Chemistry 14
Physics 6
Mathematics 3
Biology (including genetics) 10
English 6
Humanities and Social Studies 14
Eiectives* 10
Combined Degree Curriculum — College of Agricul-
ture and Veterinary Medicine. Students enrolled
in the College of Agriculture who have completed
at least 90 hours, including all University. Division
and College requirements, plus additional credits
in Animal Science, may qualify for the B.S. degree
from the University of Maryland. College of Agricul-
ture, upon successfull completion in a College of
Veterinary Medicine of at least 30 semester hours.
Combined Degree Requirements
COMBINED DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
General University Requirements 30
ANSC 221 — Fundamentals of Animal Production .... 3
ANSC 211 — Anatomy of Domestic Animals 4
ANSC 212 — Applied Animal Physiology 4
BOTN 101 — General Bolany* 4
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4
ZOOL 102— The Animal Phyla 4
Mathematics (must include at least 3 credits
of Calculus)* 6
CHEM 103— College Chemistry I 4
CHEM 104 — College Chemistry II 4
CHEM 201— College Chemistry Ml 3
CHEM 202— College Chemistry Laboratory III 2
CHEM 203 — College Chemistry IV 3
CHEM 204— College Chemistry Laboratory IV 2
PHYS 121 — Fundamentals of Physics I 4
PHYS 122 — Fundamentals of Physics II 4
Eiectives 5
'Satisfies Divitional Raquiramania
Additional information at>out this program may t>e
obtained from the Department of Veterinary Science.
Other Pre-ProfeMional Area*
Academic preparation for several other professions
such as optometry, osteopathy and podiatry is
available For the requirements of these professional
schools, please consult their respective catalogs.
Psychology
Chairman: Barllett.
Professors: Anderson. Crites. Fretz. Goldstein,
Gollub, Hodos. Norton, Levinson. Martin, Mclntire,
Mills. Scholnick, Steinman, Taylor. Tyler. Waldrop.
Associate Professors: Brown. Dies. Larkin,
Schneider, Sigall, Smith, Sternheim, Teitelbaum,
Ward.
Assistant Professors: Barrett, Carroll, Claiborn,
Coursey, Dachler. Gatz, Holmgren, Johnson.
Meltzer. Osterhouse. Specter.
Joint Appointment: Locke. Prof.. Coll. Bus. 4 Mgmt.
Instructors (Part-time): Castro. McHugh. Merigan.
Visiting Assistant Professor: Jensen.
Affiliated Faculty:
Freeman. Assoc. Pro., Coun. Cntr.
Gelso, Asst. Prof.. Coun. Cntr.
Tanney, Asst. Pro., Coun. Cntr.
McKenzie. Assoc. Prof.. Coun. Cntr.
Pavey. Asst. Pro., Coun. Cntr.
Magoon. Prof., Coun. Cntr.
Mills. Prof.. Coun. Cntr.
Pumroy, Prof.. Coll. Educ.
Psychology can t>e classified as a biological science
(Bachelor of Science degree) and a social science
(Bachelor of Arts degree) and offers academic
programs related to both of these fields. The under-
graduate curriculum in psychology provides an
organized study of the behavior of man and other
organisms in terms of the biological conditions and
social factors which Influence such behavior. In
addition, the undergraduate program is arranged to
provide opportunities for learning that will equip
qualified students to pursue further study of
psychology and related fields in graduate and pro-
fessional schools.
Students who are interested in the biological
aspects of behavior tend to choose a program
leading to the Bachelor of Science degree, while
those interested primarily in the social factors of
behavior tend to choose the Bachelor of Arls
degree. The choice of program is made in consulta-
tion with, and requires the approval of. an academic
advisor.
Departmental requirements are tt>e same for tlie
Bachelor of Science and the Bachelor of Arts
degrees. A minimum of 31 hours of psychology
course work is required: courses taken must include
PSYC 100, 200, and eight additional courses. In
order to assure breadth these additional eight
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 109
courses must be selected from four different areas
(two from each! area).
The areas and courses are as follows:
Area I Area II Area III Area IV
206 221 331 361
301 333 451
310 420 335 452
400 422 431 461
402 423 433 462
403 440 435 467
410 441
412 Honors 430C
453
At least one course of tfiese eigtit must be eitfier
PSYC 400, 410, or 420. All majors are also required
to fake MATH 111 or 1 40, or 220 and at least one
laboratory science course outside of Psycfiology.
'One additional, more advanced matfi or science
course (selected from the list appearing in the
Departmental Program Guide) must also be taken.
■Approved courses include:
ZOOL 201 or hiigiier. except ZOOL 207S. 270
and 280
MATH 141 or higtier, except 210, 211, and 220
CHEM 201 or higher, except 302
PHYS 141 or higher, except 181, 221, 222. 400
and 401
MICB 200 or higher
CMSC 210 or higher
These math and science courses may be used as
part of the General University requirements or for
the supporting course requirements described
below/, but not for both. IVIajors in psychology are
urged to take their mathematics and science
courses in their first two years.
The supporting courses to supplement the work
in the major for the Bachelor of Science degree
must include 18 hours in mathematics and science,
beyond those courses required by the college. A
minimum of two courses must be laboratory courses,
and at least three courses (or 9 hours) must be
chosen at the advanced level (as described above).
The particular laboratory and advanced courses
must be approved by an academic advisor in the
Department of Psychology.
The supporting courses for the Bachelor of Arts
degree must include 18 hours which are chosen
in related fields to supplement work in the major.
Of these 18 hours, six must be chosen at the 300
and 400 level. This set of courses must be approved
by an academic advisor in psychology.
Although a minimum of thirty-one (31) hours of
psychology course work is required for a Psy-
chology major, each and every Psychology course
taken by the major student must be counted as
hours towards the Psychology major. The student
majoring in Psychology cannot use any Psychology
course towards the University or Divisional course
requirements.
110 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
A grade of C or better must be earned in PSYC
100, 200 and all 400 level courses or the course
must be repeated until a C or better is earned. The
departmental grade point average will be a
cumulative computation of all grades earned in
PSYC and must be 2.0 or above.
Students desiring to enter graduate study in
certain areas of psychology are advised to take an
additional laboratory course and/or participate in
individual research projects. Such students should
consult an advisor for information about prerequi-
sites for graduate study in psychology.
It should be noted that there are three course
content areas that have two courses, one in the
300 sequence and one in the 400 sequence. These
include abnormal (331 and 431) personality (335 and
435), child psychology (333 and 433). and industrial
psychology (361 and 461). The courses in the 300
sequence provide general surveys of the field
and are intended for non-majors who do not plan
further in-depth study. The courses in the 400
sequence provide more comprehensive study with
particular emphasis on research and methodology.
The 400 series are intended primarily for psy-
chology majors. It should be further noted that a
student may not receive credit for both:
PSYC 331 and PSYC 431
PSYC 333 and PSYC 433
PSYC 335 and PSYC 435
or
PSYC 361 and PSYC 461
Honors. The Department of Psychology also offers
a special program for the superior student which
emphasizes independent study and research. Stu-
dents may be eligible to enter the Honors Program
who have a 3.3 grade average in all courses or the
equivalent, who are in the junior year, and who
demonstrate interest and maturity indicative of
success in the program. Students in their sopho-
more year should consult their advisor or the
Departmental Honors Committee for further infor-
mation.
Course Code Prefix— PSYC
Recreation
Professor and Chairman: Harvey.
Associate Professors: Churchill, Strobell.
Assistant Professor: Leedy.
Instructors: Becker, Colton, Fain, Thompson.
Visiting Instructors: Bushart, Hutchison, Stevenson,
Hawkins, Jarrell, Sperling, Guftafon, Kershaw.
The increased amount of leisure time existent in
our society because of the rapid development of
modern civilization, and the imperative need for
guidance in the wise use of that leisure time, has
made society cognizant of the need for trained
recreation leaders.
This curriculum, therefore, is designed to meet
the needs of students who wish to qualify for the
many positions in the field of recreation, and the
needs of those students who desire a background
in skills which will enable them to render distinct
contributions to community life. The College draws
upon various other departments and colleges
within the University for courses to balance and
enrich its offerings for its recreation curriculum.
Those majoring in recreation have opportunity for
observation and practical experience in local,
county, state, and federal public recreation pro-
grams, in social and group work agency programs,
and in the various programs of the Armed Forces,
American Red Cross, local hospitals, etc. I^ajor
students are encouraged to select an 'option area'
of interest around which to center their elective
courses (for instance: public recreation, recreation
for the ill and handicapped, outdoor recreation,
program planning, and resource planning and
management).
A very active student University of Maryland
Recreation and Parks Society, an affiliate of the
comparable state and national organizations, exer-
cises degrees of leadership in selecting the annual
"outstanding senior" and "outstanding alumnus"
awards, in the granting of the various city, county
and state society recreation scholarships, in the
programming of the annual 'Governor's Conference
on Recreation,' etc. It also provides opportunities
for university and community services, for rich
practical experience, and for social experiences for
those students having a mutual professional
recreation interest.
Recreation Curriculum
Semester
Freshman Year I II
APDS 101— Fundamentals of Design .... 3
HLTH 150— First Aid 1
HLTH 140 — Personal and Community
Health 3
PHED 182 — Rhythmic Activities 2
RECR 130 — History and Introduction
to Recreation 2
PHED 185. 186, 261 or 262— Skills
Laboratory 2 or 2
SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3
GVPT 170 — American Government 3
General University Requirements (mini-
mum of 6, maximum of 12 hrs. in each
of three areas: A — Science and Ivlath;
B — Behavioral and Social Science, Hu-
man and Community Resources: C —
Arts and Humanities) 9 3
Total 14-16 15-17
Sophomore Year
PECR 150 — Camp Counseling (if
no experience) 2
RECR 220 — Corecreational Games
and Programs 2
RECR 221 — Naturelore 2
GRAF 102 or EDIN 106— Recreational
Crafts or Industrial Arts in the
Elementary School 2
SPCH 220 — Group Discussion 3
MUSC 155— Fundamenlals tor the
Clasiroom Teacher 3
Optional Requirements -^
General University Requirements .6 6
Elective) 3 3
Total 1' '9
Junior Year
PHED 305M. 305W. 307M or 307W— Skills
Laboratory 2 or 2
RECR 420— Program Planning 3
RECR 460— Leadership Techniques and
Practices 3
RECR 495 — Planning. Design, and
Maintenance ol Park and Recreation
Areas and Facilities 3
RECR 450— Camp Management (it
previous experience) 3
PHED 420 — Physical Education lor the
Elementary School (or subslitute) .3
EDHO 306 — Study of Human Behavior
(or subslitute) 3
Option Requirements 3 3
General University Requirements 6
Total 15-17 15-17
Senior Year
RECR 490 — Organization and
Administration ol Recreation 3
RECR 349 — Observation and Field
Work in Recreation 8
SOCY 330 — Community Organization
(or substitute) 3
DART 311 or 440 — Play Production or
Children's Dramatics 3
Option Requirements 3
Eleclives 3 3
Total 18 14
TOTAL 130-131 hrs. (depending on camping
course selection)
Minor In Recreation (24 hours)
18 semester hours in recreation and 6 semester hours in
cognate areas, including in the 18 hours the following:
10 hours in RECR 130. 150. 221. 420. 450. 325. 460. 495
or 490; RECR 220; SOCY 330 or substitute
6 hours ol vKork in areas ol the recreational skills —
nature, arts and crafts, speech and dramatics — but not
in the area of the student's major.
2 hours of work in the areas of swimming, sports and
dance skills.
or
Other courses approved by the advisor and the various
departments involved, depending upon the student's in-
terest and background.
plus
Elective courses (6 hours) selected with the approval of
the advisor.
Area ol Academic Concentration (18 hours). Stu-
dents in early childhood-elementary education are
required to develop within their degree programs an
area of academic concentration consisting of a
minimum of 18 semester hours. One of the approved
areas is recreation.
CoutM Oxs* Pfe'i— RECR
Russian Area Program
Director Yanoy
This program is for the student who wants to
concentrate his studies in the humanities and the
social sciences on the Russian area. II includes
work m language and literature, history,
government and politics, economics, and geo-
graphy. The student may emphasize any one of
these disciplines in completing his courses. The
program prepares the student for graduate work in
the Russian area, but by proper selection of
courses a student may concentrate his worl<
sufficiently in one discipline to be able to take up
graduate work in this particular field.
The student following this program must meet
the general requirements (or a degree. He
should select Russian to meet the foreign
language requirement.
The student must complete at least 30 hours of
work in the Russian area, including 12 hours of
advanced courses in Russian language. 6 hours in
Russian history, 6 hours in Russian government, 3
hours in Soviet economics, and 3 hours in Soviet
geography.
The student must complete an additional 18
hours of advanced work in the above disciplines.
Of these 18. at least 12 must all be in one ol the
departments and at the 300-400 level.
Normally, the student's advisor will be a Russian
specialist in the department in which he does
most of his work.
Secondary Education
Professor and Chairman: Risinger.
Art Education —
Professor: Lembach.
Associate Professors: Longley. McWhinnie.
Lecturer: White.
Business Education —
Associate Professors: Anderson. Peters.
instructors: Hall, O'Neill, Vignone.
Dance Education —
Professor: Warren.
Distributive Education
Assistant Professor: Ricci.
Englisti Education:
Professor: Woolf.
Associate Professor: Carr.
Assistant Professor: James.
Foreign Language Education —
Assistant Professors: Baird, DeLorenzo. McArlhur,
Pfister.
Home Economics Education —
Associate Professor: Lemmon.
Assistant Professors: Brown, Green.
Instructor: (filler.
Mattiematics Education —
Professor: Walbesser.
Associate Professors: Davidson, Fey, Honkelman.
Assistant Professors: Cole, Tunis.
Music Education —
Professors: Grentzer, Taylor.
Associate Professor: Blum.
Assistant Professor: Shelley.
Physicat Education (Men)
Assistant Professor: Wrenn.
Physical Education (Women)
Associate Professor: Love.
Reading Education —
Associate Professor: Brigham.
Assistant Professor: Davey.
Science Education —
Professors: Gardner, Lockard.
Assistant Professors: Golmon, Layman. Ridky.
Social Studies Education —
Professors: Campbell, Grambs.
Associate Professors: Adkins, Farrell.
Assistant Professor: Cirrincione.
Speech Education —
Lecturer: Schickert.
Instructor: Carter.
Secondary Education. The Department of
Secondary Education is concerned with the
preparation ol teachers of middle schools, junior
high schools, and senior high schools in the
following areas; art, dance, distributive education.
English, foreign languages, general business,
home economics, mathematics, music, secretarial
education, science, social studies, and speech
and drama.
In the areas of art and music, teachers are
prepared to teach in both elementary and secondary
schools. Majors in physical education and
agriculture are offered in the College ol Physical
Education. Recreation, and Health and the College
ol Agriculture in cooperation with the College of
Education. Majors in reading are offered only at
the graduate level, requiring a bachelor's degree,
certification, and at least two years of successful
teaching experience as prerequisites.
All students who pursue the Bachelor of Arts
degree in secondary education are required to
complete two years (12 semester hours) or the
equivalent of a foreign language on the college
level. If a student has had three years of one foreign
language or two years of each of two foreign
languages as recorded on his high school trans-
cript, he is not required to take any foreign langu-
ages in the college, although he may elect to do so.
If a student is not exempt from the foreign
language requirement, he must complete courses
through the 104 level of a modem foreign language
or 204 level of a classical language.
In the modern languages. French. German,
and Spanish, he should take the placement test in
the language in which he has had work if he wishes
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 111
to continue the same language; his language
instruction would start at the level indicated by the
test. With classical languages, he would start at
the level indicated in the catalog.
For students who come under the provisions
above, the placement test may also serve as a
proficiency test and may be taken by a student any
time (once a semester) to try to fulfill the
language requirement.
Students who have studied languages other than
French. German, or Spanish, or who have lived
for two or more years in a foreign country where
a language other than English prevails, shall be
placed by the chairman of the respective language
section, if feasible, or by the chairmen of the
foteign language departments. Native speakers of
a foreign language shall satisfy the foreign langu-
age requirements by taking 12 semester hours of
English.
All students who elect the secondary education
curriculum will fulfill the preceding general require-
ments and also prepare to teach one or more
school subjects which will involve meeting specific
requirements in particular subject matter fields.
The Bachelor of Arts degree is offered in the
teaching fields of art, English, foreign languages,
mathematics, social studies, and speech and
drama. The Bachelor of Science degree is offered
in art, dance, distributive education, general
business, home economics, mathematics, music,
science, secretarial education, and speech and
drama.
The student teaching semester is a full-time com-
mitment and interference with this commitment
because of employment is not permitted.
Living arrangements, including transportation
for the student teaching assignments, are
considered the responsibility of the student.
An Education. Students in art education enroll in
one of two programs, elementary or secondary
art education. The proposed programs are listed
below:
Secondary Art Education Curriculum
Freshman Year I II
Semester
ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate ... 3
General University Requirements 3 3
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking 3
ARTH 100 — Introduction to Art 3
ARTS 100 — Design I or APDS 101
or ARTE 100 3
ARTS 110 — Drawing I 3
Foreign Language ' or Electives 3 3
Total 12 IS
^ Required foreign language credit, 2 years or equivalent.
Sophomore Year
EDSE 260 — Introduction to Art Education 3
General University Requirements 6 6
Foreign Language or Electives 3 3
ARTH 260, 261— Art History 3
ARTS 220 — Painting I
APDS 103 — Three Dimensional Design
(or ARTS 200 or APDS 102)
ARTS 210— Drawing II 3
Total 18
Junior Year
EDHD 300S — Human Development and
Learning 6
General University Requirements 6
Electives
ARTS 340 — Printmaking I or
APDS 230 — Silkscreen Printing 3
ARTS 330 — Sculpture I
Total 15
Senior Year
EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education ... 3
GRAF 220 — Ceramics 6
Electives in Crafts 3
EDSE 340 — Curriculum, Instruction.
Observation — Art 3
EDUC 440 — Audio-Visual Education or
Education Elective
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education
EDSE 360 — Student Teaching in the
Secondary School
EDSE 489 — Field Experience
Total 15
Elementary Art Education Curriculum
s
Freshman Year I
ENGL 101 — Composition or Alternate . . 3
General University Requirements 6
ARTH 100 — Introduction to Art
ARTS 100 — Design I or ARTE 100 —
Fundamentals of Art or APDS 101 . 3
ARTS 110 — Drawing I 3
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking
Electives
Total 15
Sophomore Year
EDSE 260 — Introduction to Art Education 3
General University Requirements 6
ARTH 260. 261— Art History 3
ARTS 220 — Painting I
CRAF 220 — Ceramics
Electives 3
Total 15
Junior Year
EDHD 300S — Human Development and
Learning 6
General University Requirements 3
ARTS 330 — Sculpture I 3
Electives 3
APDS 103 — Three Dimensional Design
(or ARTS 20O or APDS 102 or
EDSE 440)
ARTS 340 — Printmaking or APDS —
Silkscreen Printing
Total 15
Senior Year
EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education ... 3
EDEL 41 2A — Art in the Elementary School 3
Electives m Crafts 3
Electives 9
EDUC 440 — Audio-Visual Education or
Education Elective 3
EDEL 311 — The Child and the Curriculum . . 3
EDEL 332 — Student Teaching in the
Elementary School 8
Total 18 14
Business Education. Three curricula are offered for
preparation of teachers of business subjects. The
General Business Education curriculum qualifies
for teaching all business subjects except shorthand.
Providing thorough training In general business,
including economics, this curriculum leads to
teaching positions on both junior and senior high
school levels.
The Secretarial Education curriculum Is adapted
to the needs of those who wish to become teachers
of shorthand as well as other business subjects.
The Distributive Education curriculum prepares
students for vocational teaching requirements in
cooperative marketing and merchandising
programs.
General Business Education
Semester
Freshman Year I II
General University Requirements 9 6
SPCH Public Speaking 3
BSAD 110 — Elements of Business
Enterprise 3
MATH 110. Ill — Introduction to
Mathematics 3 3
EDSE 100. 101 — Principles of Typewriting
and Intermediate Typewriting 2 2
Total 14 17
Sophomore Year
General University Requirements 3 3
ECON 100 — Economic Developments 3
ECON 201. 203— Principles of Economics 3 3
EDSE 200 — Office Typewriting Problems .2
Business Electives 3
EDSE 201 — Survey of Office Machines .. 2
BSAD 220. 221 — Principles of Accounting 3 3
GEOG 203 — Introductory Economic
Geography 3
Total 16 15
Junior Year
EDHD 300S — Human Development and
Learning 6
IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing .... 3
BSAD 350 — Marketing Principles and
Organization 3
BSAD 380 — Business Law 3
Electives 300 to 400 level course in
Economics 3
General University Requirements 3 6
Electives 6
Total 18 15.
Senior Year
EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education . . 3
IFSM 402 — Electronic Data Processing
Applications 3
112 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
EOSE 341— Curriculum. Instruction, and
Observation — Business Subjscis
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education
EDSE 489— Field Experience
EOSE 300 — Techniques ol Teaching
Ottice Skills
EDSE 36t— Student Teaching In the
Secondary Schools
EOSE 415 — Financial and Economic
Education
EOSE 416— Financial and Economic
Education
Olslribulive Education
Se
Freshman Year I
General University Requirements 9
BSAD 110 — Business Enterprise 3
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking
ECON 201— Principles o( Economics 3
ECON 203 — Principles ol Economics ...
Total 15
Sophomore Year
BSAD 220 — Principles ol Accounting 3
BSAD 221 — Principles ol Accounting
Business Electives 9
General University Requirements 3
Total IS
Junior Year
EDHD 300S — Human Development and
Learning 6
BSAD 350 — Marlteting Principles and
Organization 3
BSAD 351 — Marketing Management 3
BSAD 360 — Personnel Management I 3
BSOA 353 — Retailing
BSAD 380— Business Law
EOSE 423B — Field Experience — DE
General University Education
Upper Division 3
Total 18
Senior Year
EOSF 301— Foundations ol Education 3
EDSE 420 — Organization and Coordination
ol Distributive Education Programs 3
BSAD 352 — Advertising 3
EDSE 341 — Curriculum, Instruction and
Observation
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods ol
Secondary Education
EDSE 489 — Field Experience
EOSE 363 — Student Teaching in
Secondary Schools
Eleclives 6
Total 15
Secretarial Education
S
Fresnman Year '
General University Requirements 9
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking
EDSE 100 — Principles ol Typewriting
(II Exempt, BSAD 110) 2
EOSE 101 — Intermediate Typewriting
EDSE 102. 103— Principles ol
Shorthand I, II
General University Raqulremanis
Total
Sophomore Year
Business Electives
BSAD 220, 221— Principles ol Accounting
ECON 201, 203 — Principles ol Economics
EDSE 200 — Ollice Typewriting Problems
EDSE 201— Survey ol Ollice Machines ,
EDSE 204 — Advanced Shorthand and
Transcription
EOSE 205 — Problems in Transcription , .
Total
.lunior Year
EDHD 300S — Human Development and
Learning
EDSE 304— Administrative Secretarial
Procedures
BSAD 380 — Business Law
Electives
IFSM 401— Electronic Data Processing
Elective in General University
Requirements (Upper Division)
Total
Senior Year
EDSF 301 — Foundations ol Education
EDSE 305 — Secretarial Ollice Practice ,
EDSE 300 — Techniques ol Teaching
Ollice Skills
EDSE 341 — Curriculum, Instruction and
Observation — Business Subjects
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods ol
Secondary Education
EDSE 489 — Field Experience
EDSE 361 — Student Teaching in Secondary
Schools
Electives — 300 or 400 Level
ART (Studio or History)
ZOOL 201- Human Anatomy and
Physiology
DANC 248A — Dance Techniques
PHEO ISO — Rhythmic Activities
MUSC 130 — Survey ol Music Literature
ZOOL 202 — Human Anatomy and
Physiology
DANC 348 — Dance Techniques
DANC 208 — Elementary Dance
Composition
Elective
Total
Junior Year
General University Requirements
DANC 389 — Dance Techniques .
DANC 470 — Creative Dance lor Children
DANC 400 — Advanced Choreographic
Forms
PHEO 400 — Kinesiology
EDHD 300S — Human Development and
Learning
DANC 499 — Advanced Dance Techniques
DANC 305 — Development ol Dance
Progression
Total
Senior Year
EDSF 301 — Foundations ol Education
DANC 484 — Theory and Philosophy
ol Dance
DANC 492 — Percussion and Music
Sources lor Dance
EDSE 342 — Curriculum, Instruction and
Observation
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods ol
Secondary Education
EDSE 489 — Field Experience
EDSE 362— Student Teaching in
Secondary Schools
Total
Dance Education. The Dance Education curriculum
prepares students lor teaching in the public
schools, for further graduate study, and for
possible teaching in college.
Freshman Year
General University Requirements
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology
DANC 100 — Dance Techniques
HEALTH 105 — Science and Theory ol
Health
MATH 110 — Introduction to Mathematics
DANC 102 — Rhythmic Invention (or Dance
DANC 200 — Introduction to Dance
DANC 104 — Dance Techniques
DART 120— Acting
Semester
I II
9 3
Total
PHED 066-078
I, 040-065
II PHED 066-078
9 040-065
3 Sophomore Year
General University Requirements
MUSC 150 — Theory ol Music or
2 MUSC 155 — Fundamentals lor the
Classroom Teacher
8
Total 15 1.
English Education. A major in English requires 45
semester hours as lollows: ENGL 201: 211 or 212;
481 ; 403 or 404 or 405: or 221 or 222; 482: 493:
three hours each in a type, and period: 9 hours
electives. Related Fields: SPCH 100 and 240.
Semester
Freshman Year ' '
General University Requirements 12
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking
Foreign Language 3
Elective
Total 15
Sophomore Year
General University Requirements 9
ENGL 201: 202 or 211, 212 or
221. 222 3
SPCH 240 — Oral Interpretation
Foreign Language 3
Elective
Total 15
Junior Year
EDHD 3(X)S — Human Development and
Learning
ENGL 403 or 404 or 405
15
Departments. Programs and Curricula / 113
American Literature and English
Literature 3 3
ENGL 481 — Introduction to English
Grammar 3
ENGL 493 — Advanced Expository Writing 3
English (period) 3
English (type) 3
ENGL 482— History of the English
Language 3
Free electives 3
Total 15 18
Senior Year
EDSE 489 — Field Experience 1
EDSE 344 — Curriculum. Instruction and
Observation 3
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education 2
EDSE 453 — The Teaching of Reading in
the Secondary Schools 3
EDSE 364 — Student Teaching in
Secondary Schools 8
ENGL period (major figure) 3
EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education . . 3
English electives 9
Total 17 15
Foreign Language Education. The Foreign Lan-
guage Education curriculum is designed for prospec-
tive foreign-language teachers in secondary
schools.
Classical Language-Latin. A minor for teaching
Latin requires 24 prescribed semester hours based
upon two years of high school Latin. These students
should take LATN 203, 204, 305. 351, 352, 361, 401,
402. Students who have had four years of high
school Latin should begin with LATN 305 and
should select two additional courses from among
LATN 403, 404. 405.
Prospective Latin teachers are urged to elect
courses which will lead to a second area of
concentration.
Modem Foreign Languages. All prospective
foreign language teachers must take a minimum of
42 semester hours in the foreign languages in-
cluding the following courses which are required for
certification: one year of conversation, one year of
advanced grammar and composition, one year of
survey of literature, one year of advanced literature
(400 level) and one semester of advanced civiliza-
tion (300 or 400 level) or previously approved
equivalents.
'Foreign Language Education Majors are
strongly urged to elect courses which will lead to
a second area of concentration (i.e. a second
foreign language. Teaching English to Speakers of
Other Languages. English. Social Studies, etc.)
It is recommended that students who plan to
teach a foreign language contact the appropriate
Foreign Language Education advisor early in their
college career (preferably Freshman year) so that
they can plan an integrated program of specialized,
professional and liberal education.
Secondary Foreign Language Education
Freshman Year
General University Requirements
SPEECH 100— Public Speaking
intarmediate Foreign Language (or
appropriate level as determined by
placement exam)
Electives*
Total
Sophomore Year
General University Requirements
Foreign Language — Grammar and
Composition
Foreign Language — Survey of Literature .
Foreign Language — Advanced
Conversation
Electives'
Total
Junior Year
General University Requirements (upper
level)
EDHD 300S — Human Development and
Learning
Foreign Language— Literature (400 level)
Foreign Language — Civilization
Electives in Foreign Language or Related
Area (i.e. advanced language courses,
second language. Introduction to
Linguistics, Cultural Anthropology,
Historic Geography of the Hispanic
World, etc.)*
Foreign Language — Elective (400 level) .
Total
Senior Year
EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education . .
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education
EDSE 489 — Field Experience
EDSE 345 — Curriculum Instruction,
Observation
EDSE 365 — Student Teaching in the
Secondary Schools
Elective from EDUC 440 — Audio-Visual
Education. EDSE 499T — Teaching
English as a Secondary Language.
EDSE 453 — The Teaching of Reading
in the Secondary School, or
EDSE 499X— Bilingual Education
General University Requirements (upper
level)
Electives"
Total
15
FMCD 105 — Introduction to Family Living
FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition ol
Individuals and Family or NUTR 100 —
Elements of Nutrition
EDSE 151 — Freshman Seminar in
Home Economics
TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary
Living
General University Requirements
APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design ....
PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology . .
SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology . .
Total
Sophomore Year
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking
TXAP 221 — Apparel I (if exempted, may
take TXAP 222 or TXAP 425)
CHEM 103— College Chemistry I
General University Requirements
HSAD 240 — Design and Furnishings in the
Home or HSAD 241 — Family Housing . .
EDSE 210 — Sophomore Seminar in Home
Economics Education
FOOD 200 — Scientific Principles ol Food
FMCD 332 — The Child in the Family or
EDHD 411 — Child Growth and
Development
Total
Junior Year
EDHD 300S — Human Development and
Learning
FMCD 280 — Household Equipment and
Space Utilization or FMCD 443 —
Consumer Problems or FMCD 341 —
Personal and Family Finance
FOOD 260 — Meal Management
ECON 205 — Fundamentals ol Economics
FMCD 344 — Resident Experience in Home
Management or FMCD 344B — Practicum
in Home Management
EDSE 380 — Field Experience in
Organization and Administration of
a Child Development Laboratory
EDSE 425 — Curriculum Development in
Home Economics
Area of Concentration
General University Requirements
Home Economics Education. The Home Economics
Education curriculum is designed for students who
are preparing to teach home economics. It includes
study of each area of home economics and the
supporting disciplines.
Fifteen hours of the total curriculum include an
area of concentration which must be unified in
content and which will be chosen by the student."
3(4)
Total
Senior Year
EDSE 347 — Curriculum, Instruction and
Observation
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education
EDSE 489 — Field Experience
EDSE 370 — Student Teaching in
Secondary Schools: Home Economics
FMCD 260 — Family Relations or
SOCY 443 — The Family and Society .
EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education .
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology or
MICR 200 — General Microbiology ...
Area of Concentration
18(19)
Freshman Year
FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family
Living
II
Total 14 19
'Area of Conc«nlration: IS semester hours.
A) Including maximum or two tiome economics courses or in applied
area, with the remainder of the 1S hours in supporting behavioral,
physical and biclogical sciences, philosophy, geography and history.
B) Ot the 1S hours, nine must be upper divisional courses.
114 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
Mathemallct Educallon. A maior In mathemotlcs
requires trie complel(on o( MATH 241 or Its
•quivalenl and a minimum ol IS semostor hours ot
malh«mdlics courses at the 400 lovei. These 400
(•v«l courses must include MATH 403. 450 and one
ol lh« geometry courses. 430 or 431. The remainder
of the courses m mathematics are to be selected
with the approval o( the advisor. The maior must
be supported by one ol the following science
sequences: CHEM 103 and 104; PHYS 121 and
122 and 181 and 182 or 221 and 222 or 161 and 262:
BOTN 100 and three additional hours in BOTN
courses: ZOOL 101 and three additional hours In
ZOOL courses: ASTR 180 and 110 and three more
hours ol ASTR (none of which Include ASTR 100
or 105). The following sample program is one way to
fulfill requirements.
Semester
Freshman Year I II
SPCH 100 — Basic Principles of Speech
Communication 3
MATH 140 141— Analysis I
Analysis II 4 4
Science Requirement 35 3-5
General University Requirement 3 6
Total 13-15 13-15
Sophomore Year
MATH 240. 241— Linear Algebra,
Analysis III 4 4
General University Requirement 6 6
Eleclives 5-7 5-7
Total 15-17 15-17
Junior Year
MATH 430 — Geometric Transformations
or MATH 431 — Foundations ol
Geometry 3
MATH 402 — Algebraic Structures or
MATH 403 — Introduction to Abstract
Algebra 3
MATH 450 — Fundamental Concepts of
Matliematics 3
EDHD 300S — Human Development and
Learning 6
EOSE 350 — Curriculum. Instruction,
Observation — Mathematics* 3
Mathematics Eleclives (400 level) 3
General University Requirement 3 6
Total ... 15 15
Senior Year
Mathematics Eleclives (400 level) 3
EDSF 301 — Foundations ol Education .... 3
EOSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education 2
EOSE 489 — Field Experience 1
EOSE 372 — Student Teaching In
Secondary School Mathematics 8
Education Elective 3
Eleclives 10
Total 14 16
'Must b« taiitn t«m«tt«r prior to ttudtnl tatcMng
Music Education. The curriculum in music leads to a
Bachelor ol Science degree in education with a
maior in music education. It is planned to meet the
growing demand lor specialists, supervisors and
resource teachers in music in the schools. The
program provides training in the teaching ol
vocal and instrumental music and leads to
cortilicalion to teach music at both elementary and
secondary school levels in Maryland and many
other states. There are two options. The vocal
option is lor students whose principal Instrument
IS voice or piano: the Instrumental option is lor
students whose principal instrument is an orchestral
or band instrument.
All students are carelully observed at various
stages ol their programs by members ol the
Music Education laculty. This is intended to insure
the maximum development and growth ol each
student's prolessional and personal competencies.
Each student is assigned to an advisor who guides
him through the various stages ol advancement in
the program ol music and music education.
instrumental Option
Semester
Freshman Year I II
MUSC 108. 109— Applied Music
(principal instr.) 2 2
MUSC 131 — Introduction to Music . . 3
MUSC 150. 151— Theory ol Music . . 3 3
MUSC 102. 103— Class Piano 2 2
ENGL 101 — Composition or
alternate 3
SPCH 110 — Voice and Diction 3
General University Requirements . . 3 6
Total 16 16
MUSC 129G— Orchestra or
MUSC 129— Band (1) (1)
Sophomore Year
MUSC 208. 209— Applied Music
(principal instr ) 2 2
MUSC 250. 251— Advanced Theory
ol Music 4 4
MUSC 113, 114, 116. 117— Class Study
ol Instruments (3-4 courses) 2 or 4 2 or4
ENGL 201, 202— World Literature or
alternates 3 3
General University Requirements ... 6 3
Total 17 or 19 14 or 16
MUSC 229G— Orchestra or
MUSC 2291— Band (1) (1)
MUSC 129 — Chamber Music Ensemble
(elective) (1) (1)
Semester
Junior Year I II
MUSC 408. 409 — Applied Music
(principal instr.) 2 2
MUSC 330. 331— History ol Music . 3 3
MUSC 490 491— Conducting 2 2
MUSC 120. 213 — Class Study of
Instruments (2 or 3 courses) 2 2 or 4
MUED 410— Methods ol Class
Instrumental Instruction 2
MUEO 470 — Music in Secondary
Schools 2
EDHO 300S — Human Development
and Learning 6
Guneral University Requirement 3
Total 17 14 or 16
MUSC 329G — Orchestra or
MUSC 3291- Band (1) (1)
MUSC 329 — Chamber Music Eniamble
(elective) (1) (1)
Senior Year
MUSC 41S— Applied Music
(principal instr.) 2
MUSC 100— Class Voice 2
MUSC 486 — Orcheslrallon 2 or 3
MUED 420 — Band and Orchestra
Techniques and Administration 3
EOSE 373. EDEL 335— Student
Teaching 8
EDSF 301— Foundations ol
Education 3
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods
ol Secondary Education 2
EDSE 489 — Field Experience 1
General University Requirements . . 6 3
Total 17 or 18 14
MUSC 329G — Orchestra or
MUSC 3291— Band (1) (1)
MUSC 329 — Chamber Music Ensemble
(elective) (1)
Vocal Option
Semester
Freshman Year t II
MUSC 108. 109— Applied Music
(principal instr.) 2 2
MUSC 131 — Introduction to Music 3
MUSC 150. 151— Theory ol Music 3 3
MUSC 100— Class Voice, MUSC 099B —
Applied Music (voice), MUSC 102.
103 — Class Piano 2 2
ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate 3
SPCH 110 — Voice and Diction 3
General University Requirements 3 6
Total 16 16
MUSC 129A— Men's Glee Club,
MUSC 129B— Women's Chorus,
MUSC 129 — Chamber Ensemble, or
MUSC 129C— University Choir (1) (1)
Sophomore Year
MUSC 208, 209— Applied Music
(principal instr.) 2 2
MUSC 200. 201— Advanced Class Voice . 2 2
MUSC 202. 203 — Advanced Class Piano . 2 2
MUSC 250. 251 — Advanced Theory ol
Music 4 4
ENGL 201, 202— World Literature or
alternates 3 3
General University Requirements 3 3
Total 16 16
MUSC 229A— Mens Glee Club,
MUSC 229B— Women's Chorus,
MUSC 229 — Chamber Music Ensemble,
or MUSC 229C — University Choir (1) (1)
Junior Year
MUSC 408. 409 — Applied Music
(principal instr.) 2 2
MUSC 110— Class Study ol
String Instruments. MUSC 111— Class
Study ol String Instruments 2 2
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 115
MUSC 330, 331— History ol Music 3 3
MUSC 490. 491— Conducting 2 2
MUED 462 — Music for the Elementary
School Specialist 2
MUED 470 — Music in Secondary Schools . 2
EDHD 300S — Human Development and
Learning ^
General University Requirement 3
Total 14 17
MUSC 329A — Men's Glee Club,
MUSC 329B — Women's Chorus,
MUSC 329 — Chamber Music Ensemble,
or MUSC 329C— University Choir (1) (1)
Senior Year
MUSC 410 — Applied Music
(principal instr.) 2
MUED 480 — The Vocal Music Teacher
and School Organization 2
MUED 472 — Methods and Materials in
Vocal Music for Secondary Schools 2
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education 2 1
EDSF 301— Foundations of Education 3
EDEL 375, EDSE 373— Student Teaching 4 4
General University Requirements 6 6
Total 19 16
MUSC 329A — Men's Glee Club,
MUSC 329B — Women's Chorus,
MUSC 329 — Chamber Music Ensemble,
or MUSC 329C— University Choir (1)
Physical Education and Health. This curriculum is
designed to prepare students for teacliing physical
education in elementary and secondary schools.
To obtain full particulars on course requirements,
the student should refer to the sections on the
Department of Physical Education and the
Department of Health Education,
Science Education. A science major consists of 52
semester hours study in the academic sciences.
The following courses are required for all
Science Education majors: BOTN 101: CHEt^ 103:
CHEM 104: PHYS 121. 122 or 221, 222 and
ZOOL 101; and a year of mathematics. Additional
courses are selected from the academic sciences,
with the approval of the student's advisor, so as
to provide a minimum of 36 hours in a particular
science teaching area, e.g., biology, chemistry,
physics, and earth sciences, as noted below.
Preparation for biology teaching will include
BOTN 202: ZOOL 102; I^IGB 200; genetics
(ZOOL 246 or BOTN 414); Human Anatomy and
Physiology (ZOOL 201 and/or 202): a field course
in both Botany and Zoology (BOTN 212, 462-464,
or 417; ZOOL 270-271, 480 or ENTM 200);
CHEM 201, 202.
Preparation for chemistry teaching will include
CHEM 103, 104, 201, 202, 203, 204, 481, 482, 498
and upper division courses such as CHEM 321,
401, 403, 421, 440, 461. Math preparation should
include MATH 115, 140, 141. MATH 240 and 241 or
246 are also recommended.
Preparation for physics teaching will include math
through at least MATH 240, and 241 and 246 also
recommended. Physics courses will include intro-
ductory physics with calculus (PHYS 221, 222),
lab courses (PHYS 285. 286), Intermediate
Theoretical Physics (PHYS 404, 405), and Modern
Physics (PHYS 420). In addition, a physics teacher
should take course work in Astronomy (ASTR 110,
180). Participation in PSSC or Harvard Project
Physics courses (when offered) would be
desirable.
Preparation for earth science teaching will include
one year of biology (BOTN 101 and ZOOL 101),
one year of chemistry (CHEM 103 and 104), one
year of physics (PHYS 221, 222 preferred), MATH
115 and 140, and at least 30 hours of earth
sciences with 18 hours concentration in one of the
earth science fields and six hours minimum in each
of two other earth science areas: GEOL 100,
102, 110, 112, 421, 422, 431, 441, 460, 489, 499;
ASTR 100 and 105, 110, 180, 410, 498; GEOG 440,
445, 446, 441, 370, 372, 462.
Biology
Semester
Freshman Year I II
BOTN 101— General Botany 4
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4
MATH 110— Introduction to
Mathematics I 3
MATH 111— Introduction to
Mathematics II 3
CHEM 103— College Chemistry I 4
CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 4
SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3
General University Requirements 3 3
Total 14 17
Sophomore Year
BOTN 202— The Plant Kingdom 4
ZOOL 102— The Animal Phyla 4
MICR 200 — General Microbiology 4
CHEM 201— College Chemistry III 3
CHEM 202— College Chemistry III
Laboratory 2
General University Requirements 6 9
Total 15 17
Junior Year
ZOOL 246 or BOTN 414— Genetics 4
ZOOL 201 — Human Anatomy and
Physio'ogy 4
PHYS 121— Fundamentals of Physics I . . 4
PHYS 122 — Fundamentals of Physics M .... 4
EDHD 300S — Human Development and
Learning 6
General University Requirements 6 3
Total 14 17
Senior Year
BOTN 212 or BOTN 417 or
BOTN 462-464— Field Studies 3
ZOOL 270-271 or ZOOL 480 or
ENTM 200— Field Studies 3
Biology Elective 3
EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education ... 3
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods ol
Secondary Education
EDSE 489 — Field Experience
EDSE 352 — Curriculum, Instruction and
Observation
EDSE 375 — Student Teaching in
Secondary Schools
Total
Chemistry
Semester
Freshman Year I I
BOTN 101 — General Botany 4
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology
CHEM 103 — College Chemistry I 4
CHEM 104— College Chemistry II
MATH 140— Analysis I 3
MATH 141 — Analysis II
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking
General University Requirements 3
Total 14
Sophomore Year
CHEM 201 — College Chemistry III 3
CHEM 202— College Chemistry III
Laboratory 2
CHEM 203— College Chemistry IV
CHEM 204— College Chemistry IV
Laboratory
Mathematics or Chemistry Elective
General University Requirements 12
Total 17
Junior Year
CHEM 481— Physical Chemistry I 3
CHEM 482— Physical Chemistry II
CHEM 498 — Special Topics in Chemistry
(lAC) 3
PHYS 221— General Physics I 5
PHYS 222— General Physics II
EDHD 300S — Human Development and
Learning 6
Mathematics or Chemistry Elective
Total 17
Senior Year
Chemistry Elective 3
EDSF 301— Foundations of Education ... 3
EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education
EDSE 489 — Field Experience
EDSE 352 — Curriculum. Instruction and
Observation
EDSE 375 — Student Teaching in
Secondary Schools
General University Requirements 6
Total 6
Earth Science
Freshman Year
BOTN 101— General Botany
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology
GEOL 100 — Physical Geology
GEOL 110 — Physical Geology Laboratory
GEOL 102 — Historical Geology
GEOL 112 — Historical Geology Laboratory
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking
MATH 110 — Introduction to
Mathematics I
14
18
14
14
Semester
116 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
MATH 1)1— Intioducllon to
Malhemallcs II . 3
General University Requirements 3 3
Total 1< "
Sophomore Year
CHEM 103 — College Chemistry I *
CHEM 104— College Chemistry II . . . 4
GEOL 422— Minerology 3
GEOL 441— Structural Geology 3
PHYS 121 — Fundamentals ot Physics I . 4
PHYS 122 — Fundamentals o( Physics V, . . 4
Reneral University Requirements 3 6
Total 14 17
Junior Year
GEOG 440 — Geomorphology 3
ASTR 100 — Introduction to Astronomy . 3
ASTR 105 — Modern Astronomy 3
ASTR 110 — Modern Astronomy Laboratory 1
EOHS 300S — Human Development and
Learning 3
General University Requirements 6 6
Geology Electives 3 3
Total 15 16
Senior Year
GEOL 460 — Earth Science 3
EOSF 301- Foundations of Education . . 3
EOSE 330— Prmciples and Methods of
Secondary Education 2
EDSE 489 — Field Experience 1
EDSE 352 — Curriculum, Instruction and
Observation 3
EOSE 375 — Student Teaching in
Secondary Schools 8
General University Requirements 3
Earth Science Electives 4
Tola' 13 14
Physics
Semester
Freshman Year I II
CHEM 103 — College Chemistry I 4
CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 4
MATH 140 — Analysis I 4
MATH 141— Analysis 11 4
PHYS 221— General Physics I 5
PHYS 222— General Physics II : 5
SPCH too— Public Speaking 3
General University Requirements 3
Total 16 16
•The physics major sequence (181. 182. 293. 284) or
the engineering sequence (161, 162. 263) may be used
and appropriate course changes in the remainder of
the program will be made.
Sophomore Year
PHYS 285 — Intermediate Physics
Experiments I 2
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4
BOTN 101— General Botany I 4
PHYS 286 — Intermediate Physics
Experiments II 2
ASTR 380 — Astronomy and Astrophysics .3
MATH 240— Linear Algebra 4
General University Requirements 3 9
Total 16 15
Junior Year
PHYS 404 — Intermediate Theoretical
Mechanics
PHYS 405— Intermediate Theoretical
Electricity and Magnetism
PHYS 420— Modern Physics for Engineers
ASTR 410 — Introduction to
Astrophysics II
EDHD 300S — Human OevelopmenI and
Learning
General University Requirements
Total
Senior Year
PHYS 406 — Optics
PHYS 499 — Special Problems in Physics
PHYS 305 — Physics Shop Techniques . .
General University Requirements
EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education .
FOSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education
EDSE 352 — Curriculum, Instruction and
Observation
EDSE 375 — Student Teaching in
Secondary Schools
EDSE 489 — Field Experience
14
Total 13
Social Studies Education
Option 1 (History Concentration)
Requires 57 semester hours of which at least 27
must be m history, including HIST 221. 222, 241,
242 and 12 hours of 300 or 400-level history
courses including HIST 389; 30 hours of related
social sciences as outlined below^:
At least one course in each of the following areas:
geography, sociology (or ANTH 101), government
and politics, and two courses in economics. Fifteen
semester hours of social science electives are
required of which nine hours must be in the 300 or
400 level. These courses may be selected from any
one or combination of relevant fields. The
selection of the courses or fields is at the discretion
of the advisor as a defensible area of study.
Option I
Semester
Freshman Year
General University Requirement
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking
HIST 221. 222— History of the
United States to 1865. History of the
US. since 1865 (or 6 hours of any
U.S. History approved by advisor) . . .
GEOG 100 — Introduction to Geography
GVPT 170 — American Government ....
SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology
(or ANTH 101)
Total
Sophomore Year
HIST 241. 242— Western Civilization (or
6 hours of any non U.S. History
approved by advisor)
ECON 110 — Economic Developments .
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics
Social Science Electives
General University Requirements
History Electives 3 3
Tout IS 15
Junior Year
Social Science Elective* 3 3
History Electives 3 3
EDHD 300S — Human Development and
Learning 6
General University Requlremenu 9 3
Total 15 15
Senior Year
EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education 3
HIST 389 — Proseminar in Historical
Writing 3
Social Science Electives 3
Electives 6
EDSE 353 — Curriculum. Instruction and
Observation 3
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods ot
Secondary Education 2
EDSE 489 — Field Experience 1
EDSE 453 — Teaching ot Reading in
Secondary Schools 3
EDSE 376 — Student Teaching in
Secondary Schools 8
Total 15 17
Option II (Geography Concentration). Requires 57
semester hours of which 27 hours must be in
geography. Geography 201. 202, 203, 490, and one
field experience course are required. The remaining
hours in geography must be upper division
systematic geography courses with one course in
regional geography included. Fifteen semester
hours of social science and history courses must
include at least one course in sociology (or
anthropology) one in government and politics, two
courses in economics, and two courses in American
history. The remaining fifteen hours of social
science and history courses are electives from any
one or combination of relevant fields forming a
defensible area of study. This area is defined in
coniunction with the advisor of the program.
Speech and Drama Education. A major in speech
and drama requires 37 semester hours. It is the
policy to build a program of study in anticipation of
the needs of prospective teachers in the com-
munication field. The following speech courses are
required: SPCH 100, 200, 110. 220, 350, 325,
DART 120 and HESP 401. plus 15 hours of
electives in speech, drama or radio/television.
Students desiring a Bachelor of Arts degree must
also meet departmental foreign language
requirements.
Speech and Drama Education
Semester
Freshman Year I II
SPCH 100 — Basic Principles of Speech
Communication 3
DART 110 — Introduction to the Theatre . . 3
DART 120— Acting 3
SPCH 110A— Voice and Diction 3
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 117
RATO 124— Mass Media in the
20th Century
General University Requirements 9
Total 15
Sophomore Year
General University Requirements 3
SPCH 350 — Foundations of
Communication
SPCH 200 — Advanced Public Speaking . . 3
SPCH 220 — Group Discussion
Major Area: Electives in Speech
and Drama
Minor Area: English suggested 9
Total 15
Junior Year
SPCH 477 — Speech Communication and
the Study o( Language Acquisition . . - 3
SPCH 125 — Parliamentary Lav*
EDHD 300S — Human Development and
Learning
EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education ... 3
Minor Area: English suggested 6
General University Requirements
(300 level or above) 3
Total 15
Senior Year
HESP 401 — Survey of Speech Disorders 3
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education 2
EDSE 489 — Field Experience
Minor Area: English suggested 9
EDSE 354— Speech and Drama Methods
EDSE 377 — Student Teaching in
Speech Drama
Education Elective
Tot,
14
15
Social Foundations of Education Area
Professor and Chairman: Male.
Associate Professors: Agre. Huden, Lindsay, Noll.
Assistant Professors: Finkelstein, Hopkins.
The Social Foundations area in the College of
Education offers courses in the history and
philosophy of education and the Foundations of
Education course required of all students majoring
in Education (EDSF 301). These courses treat the
educational enterprise as it relates to the political,
social, and economic structure of society and the
values which undergird a particular society.
"Freedom in Education" and "Existentialism and
Education" are examples of topics offered through
workshops in this area. A broad perspective is
sought both for classroom teachers and prospec-
tive leaders in the profession.
The area also offers the masters degree and
doctorates in comparative education (the study of
educational systems in other regions of the world);
history of education, philosophy of education;
and sociology of education.
Course Code Prefix— EDSF
Sociology
Associate Professor and Acting Chairman: Lenger-
man.
Professors: Dager, Hoffsommer (Emeritus), Janes,
Lejins (Joint appointment with Institute of Criminal
Justice and Criminology).
Associate Professors: Cussler, Henkel, Hirzel,
Mclntyre, Meeker, Pease.
Assistant Professors: Braddock, Finsterbusch,
Franz, Greisman, Harper, Hornung, J. Hunt, L. Hunt,
Kruegel, Landry (Joint appointment with Afro-
American Studies), Miller, Mortimer, Schwartz,
Weisman.
Lecturers: Parris, Richardson, Weitzel-O'Neill.
Instructors: Hughes, Thune, Weakland.
Visiting Professors: Ploch, Lavender.
The major in sociology offers: (1) a general educa-
tion especially directed toward understanding the
complexities of modern society and its social
problems by using basic research and statistical
skills; (2) a broad preparation for various types of
professions, occupations, and services dealing with
people; and (3) preparation of qualified students
for graduate training in sociology.
The student in sociology must complete 45
hours of Departmental Requirements, none of which
can be taken pass-fail. Thirty of these hours are
in sociology course work which must be completed
with a minimum grade average of C: 12 hours are
in required core courses, and 18 hours are
electives, of which 12 hours must be at the 300-
400 level. Required core courses for all majors
are Socy 200, Socy 201, Socy 202, and Socy 203.
These courses should be taken in the Sophomore
year with Socy 200, 201 being followed by Socy
202, 203.
Three hours of Mathematics (110; 115; 140; 220
or their equivalents) are required of majors and are
a pre-requisite for Socy 201 .
The supporting course requirement for majors is
12 hours of a coherent series of courses from
outside of the department which relate to the
major substantive or research interests in
sociology. These courses need not come from the
same department, but at least 6 hours must be
from the Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences.
The following are those recommended by the
Sociology Undergraduate Committee for use as
supporting courses for majors: ANTH 102,
CMSC 103. ECON 205, GVPT 100, 170, 260;
HIST 224, PHIL 170, 250, 455; PSYC 100. Further
information about suggested supporting courses
can be obtained in the Undergraduate Office
(Room 2130, Taliaferro). Students should supply the
Undergraduate Office with their proposed list of
supporting courses for advisor's approval.
Note: The Undergraduate Committee is giving careful
consideration to making the supporting course require-
ment a much more specific outline of courses (rom
which the majors may choose.
Spanish and Portuguese Languages and
Literatures
Chairman and Professor: Hesse.
Professors: Goodwyn, Gramberg, Marra-Lopez,
Mendeloff, Nemes.
Associate Professors: Rovner, Sosnowsl<i.
Assistant Professors: Baird,' Igel, Natella, Norton.
Instructors: Barilla, Borroto, Diz, Garcia, Lesman,
Rentz, Sandra.
•Joint Appointment Secondary Education
tVlajors. Two types of undergraduate majors are
offered in Spanish: one for the general student or
the future teacher, and the other for those
interested in a rounded study of a foreign area for
the purpose of understanding another nation
through its literature, history, sociology, economics,
and other aspects. Both of these majors confer
the B.A. degree.
An undergraduate major in either language and
literature or area studies requires a total of 39
hours with a 0 average, above the basic foreign
language requirement.
Language and Literature Major. Courses; SPAN 201,
221. 301-302; 311 or 312, 321-322 or 323-324; 401
or 402 plus five courses on the 400 level in
literature (one of which may be elected outside of
the field of literature) for a total of 39 hours.
Twelve hours of supporting courses, two of
which must be on the 300-400 level in a single
department other than Spanish and education.
Suggested areas: government and politics, art,
history, philosophy, and comparative literature, etc.,
for a combined total of 51 hours.
Foreign Area Major. The area study major in
Spanish endeavors to provide the student with the
knowledge of the various aspects of Spain and
Spanish America. Specific requirements in this
major are SPAN 201, 301-302, 311-312, 321-322 or
323-324, 424-425 or 446-447, and twelve credits of
Spanish literature in courses numbered 408-498,
for a total of 39 hours.
Twelve hours of supporting courses, six of
which must be on the 300-400 level in a single
department other than Spanish and education.
Suggested areas: economics, government and
politics, geography, history, philosophy, etc., for
a combined total of 51 hours.
Honors in Spanish. A student whose major is
Spanish and who, at the time of application, has a
general academic average of 3.0 and 3.5 in his
major field may apply to the Chairman of the Honors
Committee for admission to the Honors Program of
the department. Honors work normally begins in the
first semester of the junior year, but a qualified
student may enter as early as the sophomore year
118 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
or as late as the second semester ol the |unlor
year. Honors students are required to take two
courses from those numbered 491. 492. 493. and the
semmar numbered 496. as well as to meet other
requirements tor a major in Spanish. There will
be a linal comprehensive examination covering the
honors reading list which must be taken by all
graduating seniors who are candidates lor honors.
Admission o( students to the Honors Program.
tf>eir continuance in the program, and the final
award ol honors are the prerogative ol the
Departmental Honors Committee.
Elementary Honors. SPAN 102H in Spanish is
limited to specially approved candidates who have
passed SPAN 101 with high grades, passing Spanish
allow them to enter 104H or 201.
Lower Division Courses. The elementary and
intermediate courses in Spanish and Portuguese
consist ol three semesters ol lour credits each
(101. 102. 104). The language requirement lor the
B.A. degree in the Division ol Arts and Humanities
IS satisled by passing 104 or equivalent.
Spanish 101 may be taken lor credit by those
students who have had two or more years ol Span-
ish in high school, provided they obtain the
permission ol the Chairman ol the Department.
Students starting in SPAN 101 must lollow the pre-
scribed sequence of SPAN 101, 102. and 104.
Transler students with college credit have the
option ol continuing at the next level ol study, or
ol taking a placement examination, or ol electing
courses 103 or 104. II a transfer student takes
course 103 for credit, he retains transfer credit only
lor the equivalent ol course 101. A transfer student
placing lower than his training warrants may ignore
the placement but DOES SO AT HIS OWN RISK. If
he takes 104 for credit, he retains transfer credit
lor the equivalent ol courses 101 and 102.
A student whose native language is Spanish or
Portuguese may not use either language to satisfy
the Arts and Humanities language requirement.
If a student has received a D in a course, ad-
vanced and completed the next higher course, he
cannot go back and repeat the original D.
Caul. Coac Pro- .es^ SPAN PORT
Special Education
Professors: Ashcrolt. Hebeler, Simms.
Associate Professors: James. Seidman.
Assistant Professors: Griel. McCabe, Peck.
lr)slructors: Gadling. Sherman.
The Special Education Department offers an
undergraduate program which prepares students
lor a teaching position in either an elementary or
secondary level special education program.
Students who complete the undergraduate program
receive the Bachelor ol Science degree and meet
Maryland State Department of Education require-
ments lor the standard prolessional certllicate In
special education.
Students at the undergraduate level pursue a
sequential program in the broad area of learning
differences, concentrating either in the area ol the
mentally retarded or learning disabilities. Progress
through the program is dependent upon the stu-
dents achieving the requisite special teaching
competencies required lor graduation. Field
experiences are required of all students in the de-
partment prior to their student teaching experiences.
An area of supporting academic content consisting
of 15 credit hours beyond the General Education
Requirement is included in each student's program.
This supporting academic content may be developed
in and among the areas of psychology,
sociology, anthropology, and hearing and speech.
128-130 semester hours are necessary lor
graduation.
Each undergraduate student is assigned a
laculty advisor. The student consults with his ad-
visor regarding specific details ol his program,
alternatives, etc. The following represents a
"typical" program.
Freshman Year Credits
General University Requirements 12
ARTE 100 — Fundamentals ol Art Education 3
MUSC ISS^Fundamentals lor the
Classroom Teacher 3
SPCH 100 or 202 or 110 3
General Eleclives 6
Supporting Academic Content 3
Total 30
Sophomore Year
General University Requirements 9
MATH 210. 211— Elements ol Math;
Elements ol Geometry 8
EDSP 288 — Field Placement in Special
Education i
Supporting Academic Content 6
General Eleclives 9
Tola: 33
Junior Year
General University Requirements
(upper level) 9
EDHD 300 — Human Development and
Learning g
Supporting Academic Content 3
EDEL 326— Teaching of Reading 2
EDEL 305 — Language Arts in the
Elementary School 2
EDEL 307 — Social Studies in the
Elementary School 2
EDSP 470 — Introduction to Special Education .... 2
EDSP 471 or 491— Characteristics ol
Exceptional Children 3
EDSP 472 or 492— Education o(
Exceptional Children 3
Total 33
Senior Year
Supporting Academic Content 3
EDEL 314 — Mathematics in the
Elementary School 2
EDEL 302 — Science in the Elementary School 2
EDSF 301— Foundations ol Education 3
EDSP 473 — Curriculum lor Exceptional
Children 3
EDSP 489 — Field Placement in Special
Education (optional) (2)
EDSP 349 — Student Teaching ol Exceptional
Children 8
EDEL 333 — Student Teaching in the
Elementary School 8
PHED 420 or MUED 352 or EDEL 312—
Physical Education. Music or Art in the
Elementary School 3
Total 32-34
TOTAL CREDITS: 128-130
Speech and Dramatic Art
Associate Professor and Acting Ctiairman: Linkow.
Professors: Aylward. Pugliese. Strausbaugh (Emeri-
tus).
Associate Professors: Kirkley. Linkow. Meersman.
Niemeyer. OLeary. Vaughan. G. S. Weiss. Wolvin.
Assistant Professors: Croft. Falcione, Jamieson.
Kolker. Moore, J. Onder. Provensen. Starcher,
Zelenka.
Instructors: Carter. Cokely. Cougle. Doyle.
DuMonceau. Elliot. Fox. Klann. Lea. Nagatani.
P. Onder. Paver. Pearson. Smulowitz. Williams.
Lecturers: Hawkins. McCleary. Miles, Kraus,
Schickert. F. Weiss. M. Weiss.
The departmental curricula lead to the
Bachelor ol Arts degree and permit the student to
develop a program with emphasis in one of the
three areas ol the department: (1) Speech
communication (political communication, organiza-
tional communication, urban communication,
educational communication, and interpersonal
communication). (2) Dramatic art (educational
theater, acting, directing, producing, theater history,
and technical theater), (3) Radio-television-lilm
(broadcasting, programming, directing, broadcast
law and regulation, international broadcasting, film
production, and contemporary cinema). In
cooperation with the Department ol Secondary
Education, the department provides an opportunity
lor teacher certification in the speech and drama
education program.
The curriculum is designed to provide: (1) a
liberal education through special study of the arts
and sciences ol human communication. (2)
preparation lor numerous opportunities in business,
government, media and related industries, and
education.
Since communication is a dynamic field, the
course offerings are under constant review and
development, and the interested student should
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 119
obtain specific information about a possible pro-
gram from a departmental advisor.
The major requirements are: 30 flours of course
work in any of tfie divisions, exclusive of ttiose
courses taken to satisfy University or Divisional
requirements. Of the 30 hours, at least 15 must be
upper division in the 300 or 400 series. No course
with a grade less than C may be used to satisfy
major requirements.
Each of the possible concentrations in the de-
partment requires certain courses in order to pro-
vide a firm foundation for the work in that area.
Specific information about these course require-
ments and course options for the supporting
(minor) program should be obtained from an
advisor in the particular area.
The department offers numerous specialized
opoortunities for those interested through co-
curricular activities in theater, film, television,
radio, readers' theatre, debate and forensics. For
the superior student an Honors Program is
available, and interested students should consult
their advisor for further information no later than
the beginning of their junior year.
Course Code Prefixes— SPCH. DART. RTVF
Textiles and Consumer Economics
Chairman and Professor: Smith.
Professor: Dardis.
Associate Professor: Buck.
Assistant Professors: Block, Hacklander, Heagney,
Spivak, Wilbur (Emeritus).
Instructors: Marro, Pledger.
Visiting Professors: Clark, Fourt, Thain, Yeh.
Students may select one of four majors. Each offers
diverse professional opportunities. Through
supportive courses students add to their major
studies a concentration of work in an allied area
such as art, business, economics, family services,
journalism, sciences, or speech and dramatic art.
In the textile science major emphasis is placed
on the scientific and technological aspects of the
field. Graduates will be qualified for employment in
many facets of the textile industry including re-
search and testing laboratories, consumer
technical service and marketing programs, and in
buying and product evaluation.
There are three areas of concentration in the
Textiles and Apparel major — Apparel Design,
Fashion Merchandising, and Consumer Textiles.
Graduates in the first two areas may work as
fashion designers, fashion coordinators,
consultants to the home sewing industry and retail
store buyers. The Consumer Textiles area is de-
signed to prepare students for careers in publicity,
promotion, consumer information and extension.
Graduates of the textile marketing major will be
qualified for careers in business where they will
function as communicators between the textile pro-
ducer and consumer in merchandising and fashion
promotion, in consumer education programs and in
textile production promotion and development.
Graduates completing the major in consumer
economics will be able to provide liaison between
the consumer and producers and distributors of
goods and services utilized directly by families and
may work in consumer education programs, in mar-
keting and consumer relation divisions in business
and industry, or in government agencies providing
consumer services.
A department Honors Program permits out-
standing undergraduates to explore in depth on an
mdividual basis a program of work which will
strengthen their undergraduate program and their
professional mterests. Students selected for the
program must have a "B" average or better to be
considered. Students in the honors program par-
ticipate in a junior honors seminar and present a
senior thesis.
Freshman Year (Common To All Majors)
English Requirement 3 3
Math 110 or 115 3 4
Sociology Course 3
Speech Course 2 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3
Textiles In Contemporary Living
TEXT 105 (CNEC 100 for CNEC majors) 3
Physical Science (CHEM 103, 104 or
105, 106) 4 4
Psychology Course 3
16-17 15-16
Textiles and Apparel
Semester
Sophomore Year I II
General University Requirements 3 3
Economics 201 and 203 3 3
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course
(APDS 101) 3
Apparel I & II TEXT 221 & 222 3 3
Introduction to Textile Materials TEXT 150 3
Textile Materials: Evaluation and
Characterization TEXT 250 3
Elective 3
15 15
Junior Year
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3
Textile Science: Chemical Structure and
Properties of Fibers TEXT 452 or
Environmental Textiles TEXT 355 3
General University Requirements 12
Marketing BSAD 350 3
Depart. Elective 6
Electives 6
Senior Year 30
TEXT 441 — Clothing and Human Behavior
or CNEC 437 — Consumer Behavior 3
TEXT 465 — Economics of the Textile and
Apparel Industries or CNEC 435 —
Economics of Consumption 3
General University Requirements 12
Dept. Elective 6
Electives 6
~30
Textile Marketing
Sophomore Year
General University Requirements
Economics 201 and 203
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course
(APDS 101)
TEXT 221 and 222 or
Department Electives
Introduction to Textile Materials
TEXT 150
Textile Materials: Evaluation and
Characterization TEXT 250 . . .
Elective
Semester
Hours
3 3
3 3
Junior Year
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course .
Environmental Textiles TEXT 355
BSAD 230
General University Requirements
Marketing BSAD 350
BSAD Requirement*
Electives
•Selected from BSAD 351. 352. 353. 360. 450 and 452.
Senior Year
Clothing and Human Behavior TEXT 441
or Consumer Behavior CNEC 437
Text Science: Chemical Structure and
Properties of Fibers TEXT 452
Economics of the Textile and Apparel
Industries TEXT 465
General University Requirements
BSAD Requirement*
Electives
Textile Science
Sophomore Year
General University Requirements
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course
Introduction to Textiles TEXT 150
Textile Materials: Evaluation and
Characterization TEXT 250
Chemistry 201. 202, 203, 204 or
211, 212. 213. 214
Semester
Hours
Math 140. 141 or 110, 111 3-4
Junior Year
Physics 141. 142 or 121, 122
Textile Science: Chemical Structure and
Properties of Fibers TEXT 452
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course
Statistics
Economics 201 and 203
General University Requirements
Senior Year
Textile Science: Finishes TEXT 454 or
Textile Science: Chemistry and Physics
of Fibers and Polymers TEXT 456 ...
Economics of the Textile and Apparel
Industries TEXT 465 or Economics of
Consumption CNEC 435
General University Requirements
Electives
120 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
Contumer Economics
Sophomore Y«ar
Qanaral University Requiremenia
Economics ?01 and 203
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course
IFOOD 110 or NUTR 100)
inlroduciion to Textile Materials
TEXT 150
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course
(HSAD 241)
Math 111 or ISO or Statistics BSAO 230
Consumer Product Information
Elective (Math 141 tor students
completing this math sequence) .
Somobter
Hours
Junior Year
Economics of Consumption CNEC 435
General University Requirements
Consumer Product Information
Statistics BSAD 230 or 330
Economics 401 and 403
Senior Year
Consumer Behavior CNEC 437
The Consumer and the Law CNEC 431
General University Requirements
Marketing BSAO 350
Electives
CouiM Cod* PkIIim— TEXT. CNEC
NOTe TXAP prof'ses hiivo b««n changed lo TEXT. Course conteni
Urban Studies Program
Protessor and Director: Murphy.
Professors: Harper, Janes. K\d6.
Assistant Professors: Christian. Groves.
Lecturers: Colman. Knipe.
Instructor: Taubalij.
This interdisciplinary program is designed for
students interested in government and other public
service careers and graduate study in urban affairs,
as well as for students who wish to understand
urban society. The faculty is drawn from six col-
leges and schools of the University. The B.A. in
Urban Studies degree can be given by any of the
colleges or schools on Campus which wish to par-
ticipate in the program.
The program assumes a comprehensive ap-
proach to urbanism and includes attention to the
total metropolitan area, including suburbs as well as
central cities, their interrelationship, and state and
federal policy. In addition to an interdisciplinary or
multi-disciplinary staff, the program will include
students from a variety of disciplines, a wide
variety of research projects, and a set of "core"
seminars dealing with cities or urbanization as they
involve economic factors, social problems, political
and governmental activities, and environmental
and physical aspects. Contemporary urban problems
will be emphasized and modern methodological and
analytical techniques will be considered.
Requirement*, In general, for a Bachelor's degree
in Urban Studies, a student should register in a
division, college or school, satisfy University,
division and college or school requirements, and
complete course work in urban and urban-oriented
subject matter.
The maior in Urban Studies requires 42 credits:
15 in URBS core courses
15 in urban oriented courses within a depart-
ment or program selected as a disciplinary
urban specialization.
12 within one of three basic fields and from
at least two departments.
The URBS Core Courses include the following:
URBS 210— Survey of the Field and Urban
Studies
URBS 260 — Introduction to Interdisciplinary
Urban Studies
URBS 320— The City and the Developing Na-
tional Culture of the United States
URBS 350— Introduction to Urban Field Study
URBS 395— Pro-Seminar in Urban Literature
URBS 399 — Independent Study in Urban
Topics
URBS 430 — Practicum in the Urban Commun-
ity and Urban Organizations
URBS 480— Urban Theory and Simulation
The prerequisites for the 300 and 400 core courses
are six hours selected from 100 and 200 level
courses in Architecture, Business Administration,
Economics. Education, Geography, Government
and Politics. History, Journalism, and Sociology.
Departments and programs currently offering
sufficient urban oriented courses for the disciplin-
ary urban specialization include: Afro-American
Studies. Agricultural and Extension Education,
Agricultural and Resource Economics, American
Studies, Anthropology, Architecture, Business Ad-
ministration, Chemical Engineering. Chemistry, Civil
Engineering. Computer Science, Criminal Justice
and Criminology, Economics, Education, English,
Family and Community Development, Geography,
Government and Politics, Health, History, Informa-
tion Systems H/1anagement, Journalism, Meteoro-
logy, Physical Sciences, Psychology, Recreation.
Sociology, and Speech and Dramatic Art.
The three basic fields and the departments whose
courses meet the requirements are:
1. Social-economic-behavioral:
Afro-American Studies. Agricultural Ex-
tension Education, Agricultural and Resource
Economics. Architecture, Business Admin-
istration. Criminal Justice and Criminology.
Economics. Education. Family and Community
Development, Cultural Geography, Govern-
ment and Politics, Health. Information Sys-
tems Management. Journalism. Psychology.
Recreation, and Sociology.
2. Physical-environmental:
Chemical Engineering. Chemistry, Civil
Engineering, Computer Science, Physical
Geography, Geology. Health, Landscape,
Architecture, Meteorology, Physical Sciences,
3. Historlcal-cultural-humamstic:
Afro-American Studies. American Studies,
Anthropology, Architecture, Education, Eng-
lish, History, Journalism, Recreation, Sociol-
ogy, and Speech and Dramatic Art.
'.ouf»« Co<J« Pfofn— UBBS
Zoology Undergraduate Program
Professor and Chairman: Corliss
Assistant Chairman: Haley.
Professors: Anaslos, Brinkley, Brown, Clark.
Grollman. Haley, Highlon. Jachowski. Ramm.
Schleidt.
Associate Professors: Barnelt, Contrera. Goode.
Imberski. Levitan, LInder, Morse, Pierce.
Potter. Small.
Assistant Professors: Allan. Gill. Higgins. Morton,
Rees, Vermeij. Woodin.
Research Professors: Eisenberg.* Flyger.*
Glinos,* Otto."
Instructors: Eraser. Knox. Korr. Moore, Neidhardt.
Piper. Rabin. Spalding.
Faculty /Research Associates: Doss. Farr.
•Adjunct members of Ihe faculty
I. Description of Program
The Department of Zoology offers a program leading
to a B.S. with a major in Zoology. The program Is
planned to give each student an appreciation of
the diversity of the problems studied by zoologists
and an opportunity to explore, in detail, the kinds
of problems delineating the specialized fields of
Zoology and the nature of observation and experi-
mentation appropriate to investigations within these
fields. The requirements of 26 hours in Zoology,
including one course in each of four broad areas,
together with supporting courses in Chemistry.
Mathematics, and Physics, permit students to de-
velop their interests in the general field of Zoology
or to concentrate in a special area. Courses in
Zoology satisfying the broad area requirements are
offered at the sophomore and junior-senior levels
and may be taken upon completion of the prerequi-
sites for a chosen course. Majors are urged to
complete the required supporting course in Chemis-
try. Mathematics, and Physics as early as possible
since these courses are prerequisites for many
courses in Zoology.
All majors are required to complete a minimum of
26 credit hours in Zoology with an average grade
of C. Fourteen of the twenty-six hours must be
earned in 300-400 level courses and two of these
courses must have accompanying laboratories. Most
Zoology courses that are accepted for credit to-
ward the major have been grouped into four
Departments. Programs and Curricula / 121
broad areas based upon the level of biological
organization studied. The areas and their cor-
responding courses are: I. cells and cell organelles
(ZOOL 246,411, 413, 415, 446, 447); II, tissues,
organs and organ systems (ZOOL 201. 202, 421, 422,
426, 495); III, organisms (ZOOL 102, 230, 290, 293,
430, 472, 475, 481, 482, 483, 492); and IV, popu-
lations and communities of organisms (ZOOL 270,
271, 440, 444, 460, 461, 470, 471, 480). One 3 or 4
credit course in each of these areas is required.
ZOOL 271 must accompany ZOOL 270, and ZOOL
471 must accompany ZOOL 470 for these courses
to fulfill the Area IV requirement. Additional
courses to complete the required 26 hours in
Zoology may be selected from any of the under-
graduate courses in Zoology except ZOOL 101,
General Zoology (4); ZOOL 146, Heredity and Man
(3); ZOOL 181, Ecology of the Oceans (3); and
ZOOL 207S, Development of the Human Body (2).
Up to seven hours of credit in ZOOL 319, Special
Problems in Zoology, and ZOOL 328, Selected
Topics in Zoology may be used to fulfill the fourteen
required hours at the 300-400 level providing all
other requirements are met.
Required supporting courses are: CHEM 103. 104,
College Chemistry I and II (4, 4) or CHEM 105,
106, Principles of College Chemistry I and II (4,4);
CHEM 201, 202, College Chemistry III, and Lab-
oratory (3,2) or CHEM 211, 212, Principles of College
Chemistry III and Laboratory (3,2); Mathematics
through one year of Calculus, i.e., completion of
MATH 220, 221, Elementary Calculus (3,3) or
MATH 140, 141, Analysis I, II (4,4); PHYS 121, 122,
Fundamentals of Physics (4,4) or PHYS 141, 142,
Principles of Physics (4,4); and one of the follow-
ing courses: AGRI 301, Introduction to Agricultural
Biometrics (3); AGRI 401, Agricultural Biometrics (3);
CHEM 203, 204, College Chemistry IV and Labora-
tory (3,2); PSYC 200, Statistical Methods in
Psychology (3); SOCY 201, Introductory Statistics
for Sociology (3); STAT 400, Applied Probability
and Statistics I (3); or STAT 464, Introduction to
Biostatistics (3).
Although sample programs for Zoology majors in-
terested in different fields may be obtained from
the Zoology office, it is strongly recommended that
all majors consult a Zoology Department advisor at
least once every year. Majors planning to specialize
in a particular field of Zoology should satisfy the
area requirements during their freshman and
sophomore years and take the 400 level courses in
their chosen specialty. Students desiring to enter
graduate study in certain areas of Zoology should
take Biochemistry, Physical Chemistry, Advanced
Statistics, Advanced Mathematics, and/or Philos-
ophy of Science as a part of their undergraduate
electives. Courses of interest to Zoology majors
in Animal Science, Anthropology, Botany, Electrical
Engineering, Entomology, Geography, Geology,
Microbiology, and Psychology are listed in the
Undergraduate Catalogue under the appropriate
departments.
Honors. The Department of Zoology also offers a
special program for the exceptionally talented and
promising student. The Honors Program empha-
sizes the scholarly approach to independent study.
Information regarding this program may be obtained
from the departmental office or from the chairman
of the Zoology Honors Program
II. Curriculum For Zoology Majors
There are no specific courses in zoology required
of all majors. ZOOL 101, General Zoology, is avail-
able for students who need an introductory course
before proceeding to more advanced zoology
courses. Competence equivalent to the successful
completion of ZOOL 101 is prerequisite to all
zoology courses that are accepted for credit toward
the major. Credits earned in ZOOL 101 are not
accepted for credit toward the major.
One 3 or 4 credit course must be selected from
each of the following areas. For acceptance as an
Area IV requirement, ZOOL 271 must accompany
ZOOL 270, and ZOOL 471 must accompany
ZOOL 470.
AREA I
ZOOL 246-- Genetics (4)
ZOOL 411— Cell Biology (4)
ZOOL 413— Biophysics (3)
ZOOL 415— Cell Differentiation (3)
ZOOL 446 — Molecular Genetics (3)
ZOOL 447 — Experimental Genetics (4)
AREA II
ZOOL 201 — Human Anatomy and Physiology I (4)
ZOOL 202 — Human Anatomy and Physiology II (4)
ZOOL 421— Physiology of Excitable Cells (4)
ZOOL 422 — Vertebrate Physiology (4)
ZOOL 426 — General Endocrinology (3)
ZOOL 495 — Mammalian Histology (4)
AREA III
ZOOL 102— The Animal Phyla (4)
ZOOL 230 — Developmental Biology (4)
ZOOL 290 — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology (4)
ZOOL 293 — Animal Diversity (4)
ZOOL 430 — Vertebrate Embryology (4)
ZOOL 472 — General Protozoology (4)
ZOOL 475— General Parasitology (4)
ZOOL 481 — Biology of Marine and Estuarine
Invertebrates (4)
ZOOL 482 — Marine Vertebrate Zoology (4)
ZOOL 483 — Vertebrate Zoology (4)
ZOOL 492— Form and Pattern in Organisms (3)
AREA IV
ZOOL 270 — Population Biology and
General Ecology (3)
ZOOL 271 — Population Biology and
General Ecology Laboratory (1)
ZOOL 440— Evolution (3)
ZOOL 444 — Advanced Evolutionary Biology (3)
ZOOL 460— Ethology (3)
ZOOL 461— Ethology Laboratory (3)
ZOOL 470 — Advanced Animal Ecology (2)
ZOOL 471 — Laboratory and Field Ecology (2)
ZOOL 480— Aquatic Biology (4)
III. Requirements For Zoology Courses
The major must earn a total of 26 credits in
zoology, above the ZOOL 101 level, with an average
grade of C. One 3 or 4 credit course must be
taken in each of the four areas of restricted elec-
tives, fourteen credits must be earned at the
300-400 level and two courses at the 300-400 level
must be courses with accompanying laboratory.
In addition to the above courses, students may
submit a total of seven credits earned in the follow-
ing courses toward the 26 hour requirements.
ZOOL 205— History of Zoology (1)
ZOOL 206— Zoological Literature (1)
ZOOL 209— Basic Study in Zoology (1-4)
ZOOL 319— Special Problems in Zoology (1-2)
ZOOL 328— Selected Topics in Zoology (1-4)
Students participating in the General or Depart-
mental Honors Programs may submit credits earned
in the following courses toward the 26 hours
requirement.
ZOOL 308H — Honors Seminar (1)
ZOOL 309H— Honors Independent Study (1-4)
ZOOL 318H— Honors Research (1-2)
IV. Required Supporting Courses
1. CHEM 103. 104, College Chemistry I and II (4,4),
or CHEM 105, 106, Principles of College
Chemistry I and II (4,4).
2. CHEM 201, 202, College Chemistry III and Lab-
oratory (3,2) or CHEM 211, 212, Principles of
College Chemistry III and Laboratory (3,2).
3. Mathematics through one year of calculus; i.e.
completion of MATH 220, 221, Elementary
Calculus (3,3) or MATH 140, 141, Analysis I,
II (4,4).
4. Physics 121, 122, Fundamentals of Physics
(4,4) or Physics 141, 142, Principles of
Physics (4,4).
5. One of the following courses:
AGRI 301 — Introduction to Agricultural Biometrics (3)
AGRI 401— Agricultural Biometrics (3)
CHEM 203. 204— College Chemistry IV and
Laboratory (3, 2)
MATH 240— Linear Algebra (4)
PSYC 200 — Statistical Methods in Psychology (3)
SOCY 201 — Introductory Statistics for
Sociology (3)
STAT 400— Applied Probability and Statistics I (3)
STAT 464— Introduction to Biostatistics (3)
122 / Departments, Programs and Curricula
Course Offerings
Afro-American Studies
AASP 100 Introduction to Alro-American
Studies. (3) A survey of significant
aspects of black life and Ihougfit which
are reflected in black literature, music
and art. This interdisciplinary course
examines the African cultural and histori-
cal backgrounds and traces the develop-
ment of black culture in Africa, the
United States and the Caribbean from
the fifteenth century to contemporary
times. Emphasis is placed upon the social,
political and economic changes in black
life that have influenced the ideas of
black artists and spokesmen.
AASP 101 Elementary Swahili. (3) An
introductory course in the Swahili lan-
guage. Study of linguistic structure and
development of audiolingual ability.
Three recitations and one laboratory hour
per week.
AASP 102 Intermediate Swahili. (3) Three
recitations and one laboratory per week-
Further study of linguistic structure and
development of audiolingual and writing
ability, and introduction to the reading of
literary texts
AASP 112 Advanced Swahili. (3) For
students who wish to develop fluency and
confidence in the speaking, reading and
writing of Swahili language. Discussions in
Swahili.
AASP 200 African Civilization. (3) A sur-
vey of African civilizations from 4500 B.C.
to present. Analysis of traditional social
systems. Discussion of the impact of
European colonization on these civiliza-
tions. Analysis of the influence of tra-
ditional African social systems on modern
African institutions as well as discussion
of contemporary processes of Africaniza-
tion.
AASP 202 Black Culture in the United
States. (3) The course examines im-
portant aspects of American Negro life
and thought which are reflected in Afro-
American literature, drama, music and art.
Beginning with the cultural heritage of
slavery, the course surveys the changing
modes of black creative expression from
the nineteenth century to the present.
AASP 300 The Black Community and
Public Policy. (3) A study of the role and
impact of the black community in public
policy formulation; scope and methods in
public policy focusing on specific prob-
lems in the black community; analysis
and review of relationships between the
policy makers and the community. With
permission of the program, students
may elect to devote time to specific com-
munity projects as part of the require-
ments of the course. The student will not
serve in an agency in which he is
already employed.
AASP 311 The African Slave Trade. (3)
The relationship of the slave trade of
Africans to the development of British
capitalism and its industrial revolution; and
to the economic and social development
of the Americas.
AASP 312 Social and Cultural Effects
of Colonization and Racism. (3) A com-
parative approach lo the study of the
social and cultural effects of colonization
and racism on black people in Africa.
Latin America and in the United States —
community and family life, religion,
economic institutions, education and art-
istic expression.
AASP 397 Senior Reading and Research
Seminar in Afro-American Studies. (3) An
interdisciplinary reading and research
senior seminar for majors in Afro-
American studies or majors in other de-
partments or programs who have com-
pleted at least 18 hours of Afro-American
studies courses. Emphasis on research
and writing methods in Afro-American
studies. A senior thesis will be completed
during the course.
AASP 400 Directed Readings in Afro-
American Studies. (3) The readings will be
directed by the director of Afro-American
studies. Topics to be covered: the topics
will be chosen by the director to meet
the needs and interests of individual stu-
dents.
AASP 401 Seminar in Afro-American
Studies. (3) The theory and concepts of
the social and behavioral sciences as
they relate to Afro-American studies.
Required for the certificate in Afro-
American Studies. Prerequisites; at least
15 hours of Afro- American studies or
related courses or permission of the
director.
AASP 403 The Development of a Black
Aesthetic. (3) An analysis of selected
areas of black creative expression in the
arts for the purpose of understanding
the informing principles of style, tech-
niques, and cultural expression which make
up a black aesthetic. Prerequisite, com-
pletion of ENGL 443 or AASP 302 or
consent of instructor.
AASP 410 Contemporary African Ideolo-
gies. (3) Analysis of contemporary African
ideologies. Emphasis on philosophies of
Nyerere, Nkrumah, Senghor, Sekcu. Tcure.
Kaunda. Cabral, et al. Discussion of the
role of African ideologies on moderni-
zation and social change.
AASP 411 Nineteenth Century Black Re-
sistance Movements. (3) A comparative
description of the black resistance move-
ments in Africa and America during
the nineteenth century; analysis of their
relationship, similarities and dissimilari-
ties as well as their impact on twentieth
century black nationalism
AASP 428 Special Topics in Black De-
velopment. (3) A multi-disciplinary and
inter-disciplinary educational experience
concerned with questions relevant to the
development of black people everywhere.
Development implies political, economic.
social, and cultural change among other
things. Consequently, a number of topics
may be examined and studied.
AASP 429 Special Topics in Black Cul-
ture. (3) An interdisciplinary approach to
the role of black artists around the
world. Emphasis is placed upon contri-
butions of the black man in Africa,
the Caribbean and the United States to
the literary arts, the musical arts, the
performing arts, and the visual arts.
Course content will be established in
terms of those ideas and concepts which
reflect the cultural climate of the era
in which they were produced. Attention
to individual compositions and works of
art through lectures, concepts, field trips,
and audio-visual devices.
Agricultural Engineering
AGEN 100 Basic Agricultural Engineering
Technology. (3) An introduction to the
application of engineering concepts.
Topics include quantitation and measure-
ment; mechanical, thermal, fluid and elec-
trical principles and their relationship to
biological systems and materials of
agricultural and aquacultural products (for
non-engineering majors).
AGEN 200 Introduction to Farm Me-
chanics. (2) One lecture and one
laboratory period a week. A study of the
hand tools and power equipment and
their safe use as it applies to mechanized
farms. Principles and practice in arc
and gas welding, cold metal and sheet
metal work are provided. Also, tool fitting,
woodworking, plumbing, blue print read-
ing and use of concrete
AGEN 232 Water, A Renewable Re-
source. (3) Occurrence and distribution of
water. Review of both natural and man-
made water resource systems. Basics of
water quality and waste water treatment.
AGEN 305 Farm Mechanics. (2) Two lab-
oratory periods a week, available only
to seniors in agricultural education. This
course consists of laboratory exercises
in practical farm shop and farm equipment
maintenance, repair, and construction
projects, and a study of the principles of
shop organization and administration.
AGEN 313 Mechanics of Food Process-
ing. (4) Three lectures and one labora-
tory Prerequisite PHYS 111 or 121.
Applications in the processing and
preservation of foods of power transmis-
sion, hydraulics, electricity, thermodynam-
ics, refrigeration, instruments and con-
trols, materials handling and time and
motion analysis.
AGEN 324 Engineering Dynamics of
Biological Materials. (3) Three lectures per
week Prerequisite, ENME 340. Investi-
gates the physcal parameters (impact,
temperature, humidity, light, etc) govern-
ing the response of biological materials.
Analysis of unit operation and their
effect on the physical and quality
characteristics of agricultural products.
AGEN 343 — Functional Design of
Machinery and Equipment. (3) Two lec-
tures and one two hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisite. ENES 221. Theory and
methods of agricultural machine design.
Application of machine design principles
and physical properties of soils and
agricultural products in design of machines
lo perform specific tasks.
AGEN 401 Agricultural Production
Equipment. (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, AGEN
100, Principles of operation and functions
of power and machinery units as related
to tillage, cutting, conveying, and
separating units; and control mechanisms.
Principles of internal combustion engines
and power unit components.
AGEN 402 Agricultural Materials Handling
and Environmental Control. (3) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory per week.
Prerequisite. AGEN 100 Characteristics
of construction materials and details of
agricultural structures. Fundamentals
of electricity, electrical circuits, and
electrical controls. Materials handling
and environmental requirements of farm
products and animals.
AGEN 421 Power Systems. (3) Two lec-
tures and one two hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisites, ENI^E 216, ENEE 300
and ENfiflE 340. Analysis of energy con-
version devices including internal
combustion engines, electrical and
hydraulic motors. Fundamentals of power
transmission and coordination of power
sources with methods of power trans-
mission.
AGEN 422 Soil and Water Engineer-
ing. (3) Three lectures per week
Prerequisite, ENME 340, Applications of
engineering and soil sciences in erosion
control, drainage, irrigation and water-
shed management. Principles of agricul-
tural hydrology and design of water
control and conveyance systems.
AGEN 424 Functional and Environmental
Design of Agricultural Structures. (3) Two
lectures and one hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisite, AGEN 324. An analyti-
cal approach to the design and planning
of functional and environmental require-
ments of plants and animals in semi-or
completely enclosed structures.
AGEN 432 General Hydrology. (3) Three
lectures per week. Qualitative aspects of
basic hydrologic principles pertaining
to the properties, distribution and circula-
tion of water as related to public interest
in water resources.
AGEN 433 Engineering Hydrology. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites.
MATH 246, ENCE 330 or ENME 340.
Properties, distribution and circulation of
water from the sea and in the atmosphere
emphasizing movement overland, in
channels and through the soil profile.
124 / Course Otferings
Ouai'talive and quanliialive faclois are
AOEN 435 Aquacultural Engineering. (3)
Prerequisite consent ol Uepdrlniuru A
Study ol the ongineoring aspects ol
development utilization and conservation
ol aqualic systems Emphasis will be on
harvesting and processing aquatic ani-
mals or plants as related to other lacols ol
water resources management
AQEN 489 Special Problems In Agricul-
tural Engineering. (1-3) Prerequisite, ap-
proval ol department Student will select
an engineering problem and prepare a
technical report The problem may
include design, experimentation, and/or
data analysis
AGEN 499 Special Problems In Farm
Mechanics. (1-3) Prerequisite approval ol
department Not acceptable lor majors
in agricultural engineering Problems
assigned in proportion to credit
Agriculture
AGRI 101 Introduction to Agriculture. (1)
RcquireJ ol all beginning Ireshmen and
sophomores m agriculture Other students
must gel the consent ol the instructor
A series ol lectures introducing the stu-
dent to the broad field ol agriculture
AGRI 301 Introduction to Agricultural
Blometrices. (3) Two lectures and one
lalxsratory period per week Prerequisite.
University Malh requirement Descrip-
tive statistics, sampling, conlidence
interval estimation introduction to hy-
pothesis testing, simple, regression and
correlation Course emphasis shall be on
application ol simple statistical techniques
and on interpretation of the statistical
results
AGRI 401 Agricultural Biometrics. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week Prerequisite. MATH 115 or
equivalent Probability, measures ol
central tendency and dispersion, frequency
distnbutions, tests of statistical hy-
potheses regression, analysis, multiway
analysis with emphasis on the
use of statistical methods in agricultural
research
AGRI 489 Special Topics in Agricul-
ture. (1-3) Credit according to time sched-
uled and organization ol the course A
lecture series organized to study in
depth a selected phase ol agriculture not
normally associated with one ol the
e«isting programs
Agronomy
AGRO 100 Crops Laboratory. (2) Two
laboratory periods a week Demonstration
and application ol practices in the
identilication. distribution and manage-
AGRO 102 Crop Production (2) Pre-
requisite AGRO 100 or concurrent enroll-
ment therein Culture use improvement,
ment ol lield crops
adaptation, diitribulion. and history ol
lield crops
AGRO 103 World Crept and Food
Supply. (3) An introduction to the relation-
ship ol crops with civilitation The past,
present, and future inleraclions ol the
biology ol crop plants with world allairs
and population will be studied The
luture impact of crops on world allairs
will bo emphasized
AGRO 10S Soil and 111* Environment. (3)
A study of soils as an irreplaceable
natural resource, imponance ol soils In
the ecosystem, and analysis ol land re-
source areas in the U S Discussion ol
soils as a pollutant and the pollution
ol soils by various agents and the role
ol soil as a medium lor storage, de-
contamination or inactivation ol pollutants
AGRO 202 General Soils. (4) Three
lectures and one laboratory period a
week Prerequisite. CHEM 103 or permis-
sion ol instructor. A study ol the lunda-
mentals of soils including their origin,
development, relation to natural sciences,
elfect on civilization, physical properties,
and chemical properties
AGRO 398 Senior Seminar. (1) Reports
by seniors on current scientilic and
practical publications pertaining to
agronomy.
AGRO 403 Crop Breeding. (3) Prerequi-
site. BOTN 414 or ZOOL 246 Principles
and methods ol breeding annual sell and
cross-pollinated plant and perennial
lorage species
AGRO 404 Tobacco Production. (3) Pre-
requisite, BOTN 100. A study of the
history, adaptation, distribution, culture,
and improvement of various types ol
tobacco, with special emphasis on prob-
lems in Maryland tobacco production.
Physical and chemical factors associated
with yield and quality of tobacco will be
stressed
AGRO 405 Turf Management. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period per
week. Prerequisite. BOTN 100 A study ol
principles and practices ol managing
turl for lawns, golf courses, athletic
fields, playgrounds, airlields and highways
lor commercial sod production
AGRO 406 Forage Crop Production. (2)
Prerequisite. BOTN 100. AGRO 100 or con-
current enrollment therein Study ol the
production and management of grasses
and legumes for quality hay. silage, and
pasture
AGRO 407 Cereal Crop Production. (2)
Prerequisite. BOTN 100. AGRO 100 or
concurrent enrollment therein. Study
of the principles and practices ol corn,
wheat, oats, barley, rye. and soybean
production
AGRO 411 Soil Fertility Principles. (3)
Prerequisite, AGRO 202 A study of the
chemical, physical, and biological char-
acteristics of soils that are important in
growing crop* Sou deficiencies ol phy*i-
cal, chemical, or biological nature and
their correction by the u*« ol lim«,
lertilizers. and rotation* are di*cu*a«d
and Illustrated
AGRO 412 Commerctol Faftiilier*. (3)
Proroquisito AGRO 202 or permission ol
instructor A study of Ihe manulacluring
ol commercial fertilizers and their use
in soils lor ellicient crop production
AGRO 413 Soli and Water CofWVfva-
tlon. (3) Two lectures and one lat>oratory
period a week Prerequisite. AGRO 202 or
permission of instructor A study of the
importance and causes of soil erosion,
methods of soil erosion control, and the
ellecl of conservation practices on soil-
moisture supply Special emphasis is
placed on larm planning for soil and water
conservation The laboratory period will
be largely devoted to lield trips
AGRO 414 Soil Classification and
Geography. (4) Three lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
AGRO 202 or permission ol instructor.
A study of the genesis, morphology,
classilicaiion and geographic distribution
of soils The broad principles governing
soil lormation are explained. Attention Is
given to the influence ol geographic
factors on the development and use of the
soils in the United States and other parts
of the world The laboratory periods
will be largely devoted to field trips
and to a study of soil maps of various
countries.
AGRO 415 Soil Survey and Land Use. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week An introduction to soil survey
interpretation as a tool in land use both In
agricultural and urban situations The
implications of soil problems as delineated
by soil surveys on land use will be
considered
AGRO 417 Soil Physics. (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite. AGRO 202 and a course in
Physics, or permission of instructor A
study of physical properties of soils
with special emphasis on relationship to
soil productivity.
AGRO 421 Soil Chemistry. (3) One lec-
ture and two laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, AGRO 202 or permission
ol instructor A study ol the chemical
composition ol soils: cation and anion ex-
change: acid, alkaline and saline soil
conditions: and soil fixation of plant
nutrients Chemical methods of soil
analysis will be studied with emphasis
on their relation to fertilizer requirements
AGRO 422 Soil Biochemistry. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a
week Prerequisite. AGRO 202. CHEM 104
or consent of instructor A study of
biochemical processes involved in the
lormation and decomposition of organic
soil constituents Significance of soil-
btoclMmical processes involved in plant
nutrition will be considered
AGRO 423 SoN-Waler Pollution. (3) Pre-
requi&'ir tjjiL*iground in liiology and
ChElM 104 Rosciion and lalu ol pesticides
agricultural lartilizers industrial and
animal wastes in soil and water will be
discussed Their relation to the environ-
ment will be emphasized
AGRO 451 Cropping System*. (2) Pre-
requisite AGRO 102 or equivalent The
coordination ol mlormation Irom various
courses in the development ol balanced
cropping systems, appropriate to different
objectives m various areas of the state
and nation
AGRO 452 Sead Production and DlsUibu-
tion. (2) One lecture and one laboratory
penod a week Prerequisite, AGRO 102
equivalent A study ol seed production,
processing, and distribution, federal and
state seed control programs: seed
laboratory analysis: release of new varie-
ties, and maintenance of foundation seed
stocks.
AGRO 453 Weed Control. (3) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite. AGRO 102 or equivalent
A study ol the use ol cultural practices and
chemical herbicides in the control of
weeds.
AGRO 499 Special Problems in Agron-
omy. (1-3) Prerequisites. AGRO 202 406
■507 or permission of instructor A detailed
study including a written report ol an
important problem in agronomy
American Studies
AMST 426 Culture and the Arts In
America. (3) Prerequisite, junior standing
A study ol American institutions, the in-
tellectual and esthetic climate Irom the
Colonial period to the present
AMST 427 Culture and Ihe Art* in
America. (3) Prerequisite, junior standing
A study of American institutions, the in-
tellectual and esthetic climate Irom the
Colonial period to the present
AMST 438 Readings in American
Sludia*. (3) Prerequisite, junior standing
An historical survey ol American values as
presented m various key writings.
AMST 437 Readings in American
Studies. (3) Prerequisite, junior standing
An historical survey of American values as
presented m various key writings
AMST 446 Popular Culture in America. (3)
Prerequisite junior standing and permis-
sion of instructor A survey ol Ihe his-
torical development of the popular arts
and modes of popular entertainment
in America
AMST 447 Popular Culture in
Amefica. (3) Prerequisite, junior standing
and AMST 446 Intensive research in
the sources and themes of contemporary
American popular culture
Course Offerings / 125
Animal Sciences
ANSC 101 Principles of Animal
Science. (3) Two lectures and one, two-
hour laboratory period per week. A
comprehensive course, including the de-
velopment of animal science, its contribu-
tions to the economy, characteristics o(
animal products, (actors of efficient and
economical production and distribution.
ANSC 201 Basic Principles of Animal
Genetics. (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory period per week. The basic
principles and laws of l^endelian genetics
as applied to economically important
domestic animals. Included will be gene
action and interaction, linkage and
crossing over, recombination, cytological
maps, chromosomal aberrations, muta-
tions, structure of the genetic material and
regulation of genetic information
ANSC 203 Feeds and Feeding. (3) Credit
not allowed for ANSC major. Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period per
week. Prerequisites, CHEIVI 103, 104,
Elements of nutrition, source, characteris-
tics and adaptability of the various feed-
stuffs to the several classes of livestock.
A study of the composition of feeds, the
nutrient requirements of farm animals
and the formulation of economic diets and
rations for livestock.
ANSC 211 Anatomy of Domestic Ani-
mals. (4) Three lectures and one laboratory
per week. Prerequisite. ZOOL 101. A
systematic gross and microscopic com-
parative study of the anatomy of the major
domestic animals. Special emphasis is
placed on those systems important
in animal production.
ANSC 212 Applied Animal Physiology. (4)
Three lectures and one three-hour
laboratory period per week Prerequisite,
ANSC 211 or equivalent. The physiology
of domesticated animals with emphasis on
functions related to production, and the
physiological adaption to environmental
influences.
ANSC 221 Fundamentals of Animal
Production. (3) Two lectures and one lab-
oratory period per week. This course
deals with the adaptation of beef cattle,
sheep, swine and horses to significant and
specific uses. Breeding, feeding, manage-
ment practices and criteria for evaluating
usefulness are emphasized.
ANSC 222 Livestock Evaluation. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period per
week. Prerequisite, ANSC 221 or permis-
sion of instructor. A study of type and
breed characteristics of beef cattle,
sheep and swine and the market classes of
livestock which best meet present day
demands. One field trip of about two days
duration is made, during which students
participate in the Annual Eastern Inter-
collegiate Livestock Clinic.
ANSC 223 Seminar. (1) One lecture per
week. Reviews, reports and discussions
of pertinent subjects in animal science.
ANSC 226 Man, Culture, Animals. (2) A
general study of the importance of animals
in the cultural development of man.
Historical and contemporary uses of par-
ticular animal species will be explored.
Environmental limitations to human
development which have been overcome
by man-animal relationships will be
emphasized.
ANSC 230 Introduction To Horse
Management. (3) Two lectures and one
two-hour laboratory period per week. A
general course in horse management
for students who intend to work in activi-
ties closely related to the horse industry.
The basis for the usefulness of horses to
individuals and society will be developed
by application of the principles of
nutrition, physiology, anatomy, genetics,
behavior, and environmental control.
ANSC 242 Dairy Production. (3) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period per
week. Prerequisite. ANSC 101, A com-
prehensive course in dairy breeds,
selection of dairy cattle, dairy cattle nutri-
ents, feeding and management.
ANSC 244 Dairy Cattle Type Ap-
praisal. (1) Freshmen, by permission of
instructor. Two laboratory periods.
Analysis of dairy cattle type with emphasis
on the comparative judging of dairy
cattle.
ANSC 252 Introduction to the Diseases
ol Wildlife. (2) Two lectures per week.
Prerequisite, ZOOL 101. The principal
diseases of North American wildlife will be
briefly considered. For each disease,
specific attention will be given to the fol-
lowing: signs evidenced by the affected
animal or bird, causative agent, means of
transmission and effects of the disease
on the population of the species involved.
Also included where appropriate is a
consideration of the threat that each
disease may pose to man or his domestic
animals,
ANSC 261 Advanced Poultry Judging. (1)
Prerequisite. ANSC 101. One lecture or
laboratory period per week. The theory
and practice of judging and culling by
physical means is emphasized, including
correlation studies of characteristics
associated with productivity Contestants
for regional collegiate judging competi-
tions will be selected from this class.
ANSC 262 Commercial Poultry Manage-
ment. (3) Prerequisite. ANSC 101. A sym-
posium of finance, investment, plant layout,
specialization, purchase of supplies and
management problems in baby chick,
egg, broiler and turkey production; fore-
manship, advertising, selling By-products,
production and financial records. Field
trips required.
ANSC 301. Advanced Livestock Evalua-
tion. (2) Two laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisites. ANSC 222 and per-
mission of instructor. An advanced course
in meat animal evaluation designed to
study the relationship and limitations that
exist in evaluating breeding and market
animals and the relationship between the
live market animal and its carcass.
Evaluating meat carcasses, wholesale meat
cuts and meat grading will be empha-
sized. The most adept students enrolled
in this course are chosen to represent
the University of f^aryland in Intercollegi-
ate Judging Contests.
ANSC 332 Horse Management. (3) Pre-
requisite, ANSC 230. Ivlajor topics include
nutrition, reproduction, breeding, per-
formance evaluation, basic training and
management techniques.
ANSC 337 The Science of Horse
Training. (2) Summer only. Prerequisites.
ANSC 230. 332, and permission of instruc-
tor, fvlajor topics include evaluation of
behavioral repertory, use of positive
and negative reinforcement, successive
approximation, as techniques for the
basic training of the horse. The basic
training to include leaching an untrained
horse to lunge, accept tack, drive, be
mounted and perform certain movements
while being ridden,
ANSC 398 Seminar. (1) Prerequisite, ap-
proval of the staff. Presentation and dis-
cussion of current literature and research
work in animal science, or in fish and
wildlife management. Repeatable to a
maximum of two hours.
ANSC 399 Special Problems in Animal
Science. (1-2) Prerequisite, approval of
staff. Work assigned in proportion to
amount of credit. A course designed for
advanced undergraduates in which specific
problems relating to animal science will
be assigned.
ANSC 401 Fundamentals of Nutrition. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite,
CHEfVI 104: ANSC 212 recommended.
A study of the fundamental role of all
nutrients in the body including their diges-
tion, absorption and metabolism.
Dietary requirements and nutritional de-
ficiency syndromes of laboratory and
farm animals and man will be considered.
ANSC 402 Applied Animal Nutrition. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week. Prerequisites, IVIATH 110, ANSC
401 or permission of instructor. A critical
study of those factors which influence
the nutritional requirements of ruminants,
swine and poultry. Practical feeding
methods and procedures used in formu-
lation of economically efficient rations
will be presented.
ANSC 403 Applied Animal Nutrition. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week. Prerequisites. lyiATH 110. ANSC
402 or permission of instuclor, A critical
study of those factors which influence
the nutritional requirements of ruminants,
swine and poultry. Practical feeding
methods and procedures used in formu-
lation of economically efficient rations will
be presented.
ANSC 406 Environmental Physiology. (3)
Prerequisites, anatomy and physiology
The specific anatomical and physiological
modifications employed by animals
adapted to certain stressful environments
will be considered. Particular emphasis
will be placed on the problems of
temperature regulation and water bal-
ance. Specific areas for consideration will
include: animals in cold (including hiber-
nation), animals in dry heal, diving animals
and animals in high altitudes.
ANSC 407 Advanced Dairy Production. (1)
An advanced course primarily designed
for teachers of vocational agriculture and
county agents. It includes a study of the
newer discoveries in dairy cattle nutrition,
breeding and management,
ANSC 411 Biology and Management
of Shellfish. (4) Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods each week.
Field trips, identification, biology, man-
agement, and culture of commercially-
important molluscs and Crustacea. Pre-
requisite, one year of biology or zoology.
This course will examine the shell fisheries
of the world, but will emphasize those of
the northwestern Atlantic Ocean and
Chesapeake Bay.
ANSC 412 Introduction to Diseases of
Animals. (3) Prerequisite, fvllCB 200 and
ZOOL 101. Two lectures and one labora-
tory period per week. This course gives
basic instruction in the nature of disease:
including causation, immunity, methods
of diagnosis, economic importance,
public health aspects and prevention and
control of the common diseases of sheep,
cattle, swine, horses and poultry.
ANSC 413 Laboratory Animal Manage-
ment. (3) A comprehensive course in
care and management of laboratory ani-
mals Emphasis will be placed on
physiology, anatomy and special uses tor
the different species. Disease prevention
and regulations for maintaining animal
colonies will be covered. Field trips will be
required.
ANSC 414 Biology and Management of
Fish. (4) Prerequisite, one year of biology
or zoology. Two lectures and two three-
hour laboratories a week. Fundamentals
of individual and population dynamics:
theory and practice of sampling fish
populations: management schemes.
ANSC 416 Wildlife Management. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory. An introduc-
tion to the interrelationships of game
birds and mammals with their environ-
ment, population dynamics and the
principles of wildlife management.
ANSC 422 Meats. (3) Two lectures and
one laboratory period per week. Pre-
requisite. ANSC 221 A course designed to
give the basic facts about meat as a
126 / Course OHering*
lood and the (actors inlluencing accapt-
ability. marKeiing and quality ol tresh
meats It includes comparisons ol char-
acteristics ot live animals with their
carcasses grading and evaluating
carcasses as well as wholesale cuts, and
the distribution and merchandising of
the nation s meat supply Lat>oratory
periods are conducted in packing houses,
meal distribution centers, retail outlets
and Universily moats laboratory
ANSC 433 LIverslocIt Management. (3)
Ono locturu and Iwo labomlory periods
per week Prorequisilo. ANSC 401
Application ot various phases ot animal
science to the management and produc-
tion ol boot cnlllo. shoop and swine
ANSC 424 Livestock Management. (3)
One lecture and Iwo laboratory periods
per week Prerequisite ANSC 423
Applications ol various phases ol animal
science to the management and produc-
tion ol beol cattle, sheep and swine
ANSC 426 Principles ol Breeding. (3)
Second semester Three lectures per
week Prerequisites. ANSC 201 or
equivalent. ANSC 222. ANSC 423 or 424
Graduate credit (1-3 hours) allowed with
permission ol instructor The practical
aspects ol animal breeding, heredity,
variation, selection, development, systems
ol breeding and pedigree study are con-
sidered
ANSC 442 Dairy Callie Breeding. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week Prerequisites. ANSC 242. and
ANSC 201 A specialized course in
breeding dairy cattle Emphasis is placed
on methods ol evaluation and selection,
systems ol breeding and breeding pro-
grams
ANSC 444 Analysis ol Dairy Production
Syalems. (3) Prerequisites. AGEC 406
and ANSC 203 or 214. or permission ol
instructor The business aspects ol dairy
larming including an evaluation ol the
costs and returns associated with
each segment The economic impact ol
pertinent management decisions is
studied Recent developments in animal
nutrition and genetics, agricultural eco-
r>omics. agricultural engineering, and
agronomic practices are discussed as they
apply to management ol a dairy herd
ANSC 446 Physiology ol Mammalian
Reproduction. (3) Two lectures and one
three-hour laboratory period per week
Prerequisite. ZOOL 422 or ANSC 212.
Anatomy and physiology or reproductive
processes in wild and domesticated
mammals
ANSC 452 Avian Physiology. (2) (Alter-
nate even years) one three-hour laboratory
period per week Prerequisites, a basic
course in animal physiology The basic
physiology ol the bird is discussed,
excluding the reproductive system Special
emphasis is given to physological dil-
lerences between birds and other
vertebrates.
ANSC 4S2 Physiology ol Halchablllty. (1)
Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week Prerequisite. ZOOL 421 or 422
The physiology ol embryonic development
as related to principles ol hatchabilily
and problems ol incubation encountered
in the hatchery industry are discussed.
ANSC 464 Pouilry Hygiene. (3) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period per week
Prerequisites. MICB 200 and ANSC 101
Virus, bacterial and protozoan diseases,
parasitic diseases, prevention, control
and eradication.
ANSC 466 Avian Anatomy (3) Two lec-
tures and ono laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite. ZOOL 102 Gross and
microscopic structure, dissection and
demonstration
ANSC 467 Pouilry Breeding and Feed-
ing. (1) This course is designed primarily
lor teachers ol vocational agriculture
and extension service workers. The lirsl
hall will be devoted to problems con-
cerning breeding and the development ol
breeding stock. The second hall will be
devoled to nutrition
ANSC 477 Pouilry Products and
Marketing. (1) This course is designed
primarily lor teachers ol vocational agri-
culture and county agents. It deals with
the lactors allecting the quality ol poultry
products and with hatchery management
problems, egg and pouilry grading,
preservation problems and market outlets
lor Maryland poultry.
ANSC 480 Special Topics in Fish and
Wildllle Management (3) Three lectures.
Analysis ol various stale and lederal pro-
grams related to fish and wildllle
management This would include: lish
stocking programs. Maryland deer man-
agement program, warm water lish
management, acid drainage problems,
water quality, water (owl management,
wild lurkey management and regulations
relative to the administration o( these
program;,
ANSC 487 Special Topics In Animal
Science. (1) Prerequisite, permission ol in-
structor This course is designed pri-
marily lor teachers ol vocational
agriculture and extension service person-
nel One primary topic to be selected
mutually by the instructor and students
will t?e presented each session
Anthropology
ANTH 101 Introduction to Anthro-
pology— Archaeology and Physical
Anthropology. (3) May be taken (or credit in
the general education program General
gereral patterns ol the development ol
human culture; the biological and mor-
phological aspects ol man viewed in
his cultural setting
ANTH 102 Introduction to Anthropology-
Cultural Anihropoiogy and Linguistics. (3)
Social and cultural principles as
exemplilied in ethnographic descriptions.
The study ot language within the context
ol anthropology
ANTH 221 Man and EnvlronmcnL (3) A
geographical introduction to ethnology
emphasizing the relations between cultural
lorms and natural environment
ANTH 241 Introduction to Archaeol-
ogy. (3) A survey ol the basic aims and
methods ol archaeological held work and
interprelalion. with emphasis on the
reconstruction ol prehistoric ways ol llle.
ANTH 261 Introduction to Physical
Anthropology. (3) The biological evolution
o( man. including the process ol race
lormalion. as revealed by the study ol
the (ossil record and observation ol
modern (orms
ANTH 271 Language and Culture. (3)
A non-technical introduction to linguistics,
with special consideration ol the relations
between language and other aspects ol
culture (Listed also as LING 101).
ANTH 371 inlroducllon to Linguitlici. (3)
Introduction to the basic concepts ol
modern descriptive linguistics. Phonology,
morphology, syntax. Examinations ol the
methods ol comparative linguistics,
internal reconstruction, dialect geography.
(Listed also as ENGL 280 and LING 100).
ANTH 389 Research Problems. (1-6) Pre-
requisite: permission ol instructor Intro-
ductory training in anthropological
research methods The student will prepare
a paper embodying the results ol an
appropriate combination ol research
techniques applied to a selected problem
in any deld ol anthropology
ANTH 397 Anthropological Theory. (3)
Prerequisite, permission o( instructor.
A survey o( the historical development
and current emphasis in the theoretical ap-
approaches o( all lields ol anthropology,
providing an integrated (rame ol relerence
(or the discipline as a whole
ANTH 401 Cultural Anthropology-
Principles and Processes. (3) Prerequisite,
ANTH 101. 102. or 221 An examination
ol the nature ol human culture and its
processes, both historical and (unclional
The approach will be topical and
theoretical rather than descriptive
ANTH 402 Cultural Anthropology- World
Ethnography. (3) Prerequisite. ANTH 101
102. or 221 A descriptive survey ol the
culture areas ol the world through an
examination ol the ways ol selected
representative societies
ANTH 412 Peoples and Cultures of
Oceania. (3) A survey ol the cultures ol
Polynesia. Micronesia, Melanesia and
Australia Theoretical and cultural-
historical problems will be emphasized
ANTH 414 Ethnology ol Africa. (3) Pre-
requisites, ANTH 101 and 102 The native
peoples and cultures ol Africa and their
historical relationships, with emphasis
on that portion ol the continent south
o( the Sahara.
ANTH 417 Peoples and Culture* of th«
Far East. (3) A ;>urvoy ol the ma|or socio-
political systems ol China Korea and
Japan Major anthropological quetliont
will be dealt with in presenting this
material
ANTH 423 Ethnology of the Soulh-
we«L (3) Prerequisites ANTH 101 and
102 Culture history, economic and social
institutions, religion, and mythology ol
the Indians ol the Southwest United
Stales
ANTH 424 Ethnology of North Anwrtca.
(3) Prercquisiles, ANTH 101 and 102 The
native people and cultures ol North
America north ol Mexico and their his-
torical relationships, including the eKects
ol contact with European-derived
populations
ANTH 426 Ethnology of Middle America.
(3) Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102
Cultural background and modern social
economic and religious lile ol Indian
and Mesitzo groups in Mexico and Central
America; processes ol acculturation and
currents in cultural development
ANTH 431 Social Organization ol
Primitive Peoples. (3) Prerequisites,
ANTH 101 and 102 A comparative survey
o( the structures ol non-literate and (oik
societies, covering both general pnnciples
and special regional developments
ANTH 434 Religion of Primlthre
Peoples. (3) Prerequisites. ANTH 101 and
102. A survey o( the religious systems
ol primitive and lolk societies, with
emphasis on the relation ol religion to
other aspects ot culture
ANTH 436 Primitive Technology and
Economy. (3) A survey o( technology, (ood
economy and general economic
processes in non-industrial societies
ANTH 437 Polilic* and Government In
Primitive Society. (3) A combined survey
ol politics in human societies and ol im-
portant anthropological theories concern-
ing this aspect ol society
ANTH 441 Archaeology of the Old
World. (3) Prerequisite. ANTH 101 or 241
A survey ol the archaeological materials
ol Europe, Asia and Alrica. with emphasis
on chronological and regional inter-
relationships
ANTH 451 Archaeology of the New
World. (3) Prerequisite. ANTH 101 or 241
A survey ol the archaeological materials
ol North and South America with
emphasis on chronological and regional
interrelationships
ANTH 461 Advanced Physical Anthro-
pology. (3) Prerequisites. ANTH 101 or
261 A technical introduction to the
hereditary, morphological, physiological
and behavioral characteristics ol man
and his primate ancestors and relatives,
with emphasis on evolutionary processes.
Course Otferings / 127
ANTH 498 Field Methods in Ethnology.
(1-6) Field training in the collection and
recording of ethnological data.
ANTH 499 Field Methods in Archaeology.
(1-6) Field training in the techniques of
Archaeological survey and excavation.
Applied Design
APDS 101 Fundamentals of Design. (3)
Knowledge of basic art elements and
principles gained through design problems
which employ a variety of media.
APDS 102 Design II. (3) Prerequisite,
APDS 101 Continued exploration of design
as a means of visual expression with
added emphasis on color and lighting.
APDS 103 Design III — Three-Dimensional
Design. (3) Three studio periods. Pre-
requisites, APDS 101, 102. Creative efforts
directed to discriminating use of form,
volume, depth, and movement.
APDS 104 Survey of Art History. (3) A
rapid survey of western culture expressed
through and influenced by the visual arts:
monumental and residential architecture:
furniture, textiles and costume: painting
and sculpture,
APDS 210 Presentation Techniques. (3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisites, APDS
101, 102 or equivalent. Comparative
approach to basic presentation tech-
niques used in the several areas of
commercial design.
APDS 211 Action Drawing — Fashion
Sketching. (3) Three studio periods Pre-
requisites, APDS 101 and consent of in-
structor. Study of the balance and
proportion of the human figure. Sketch
techniques applied to action poses and
fashion drawing in soft and lithograph
pencils, pastels, water color, ink. Draw-
ing from model.
APDS 212 Design Workshop For
Transfers. (5) Prerequisite, APDS 101 or
equivalent. Provides opportunity for trans-
fer students to remove deficiencies in
lower-level design courses. Study of
color, lighting and presentation techniques,
lylay be taken no later than one semester
after transfer into department,
APDS 220 Introduction to Fashion
Design. (3) Three studio periods. Pre-
requisite, APDS 101 or equivalent. Basic
fashion figure drawing. Original designs
rendered in transparent and opaque
water color, soft pencil, pastels, and ink.
Primarily for non-majors.
APDS 230 Silk Screen Printing. (3) Three
laboratory periods. Prerequisites, APDS
101. 102, or equivalent. Use of silk
screen processes in execution of original
designs for commercial production.
APDS 237 Photography. (2) One lecture,
three hours laboratory. Prerequisites,
APDS 101, 102. or equivalent- Study of
fundamental camera techniques. Explora-
tion of the expressive possibilities in
relation to the field of design and visual
communication.
APDS 320 Fashion Illustration. (3) First
semester. Three studio periods. Prerequi-
sites. APDS 101, 102, 103, 210, 211,
Fabric and clothing structure as they
relate to illustration. Opportunity to ex-
plore rendering styles and techniques
appropriate to reproduction methods cur-
rently used in advertising. Guidance in
development of individuality in presenta-
tions
APDS 321 Fashion Design and Illustra-
tion. (3) Three studio periods. Prerequisite.
APDS 320. Design and illustration of
fashions appropriate to the custom market
and to mass production.
APDS 322 Advanced Costume. (4) Pre-
requisite, APDS 320 or 321. Advanced
problems in fashion illustration or design.
Problems chosen with consent of in-
structor.
APDS 330 Typography and Lettering. (3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisites.
APDS 101. 102. Experience in hand
lettering techniques as a means of under-
standing lettering styles in design com-
position. Recognition of type faces used
in advertisement, book and magazine
layout. Effect of printing processes on
design choices.
APDS 331 Advertising Layout. (3) Three
studio periods. Prerequisites, APDS 330,
EDIN 101A. Design of advertising layouts
from initial idea to finished layout.
Typography and illustration as they re-
late to reproduction processes used
in direc'i advertising.
APDS 332 Display Design. (3) Three
studio periods. Prerequisites, EDIN 101A,
APDS 330 or equivalent. Application of
design principles to creative display
appropriate to exhibits, design shows,
merchandising. Display construction.
APDS 337 Advanced Photography. (2)
Two studio periods. Prerequisite, APDS
237. Composition, techniques and lighting
applicable to illustration, documentation,
advertising design, and display.
APDS 380 Professional Seminar. (2) Two
lecture-discussion periods. Prerequisite,
junior standing and consent of instructor.
Exploration of professional and career
opportunities, ethics, practices. Profes-
sional organizations. Portfolio evaluation,
APDS 430 Advanced Problems in
Advertising Design. (3) Two studio periods.
Prerequisite, APDS 331. Advanced prob-
lems in design and layout planned for
developing competency in one or more
areas of advertising design.
APDS 431 Advanced Problems in
Advertising Design. (3) Two studio periods
Prerequisite, APDS 430. Advanced prob-
lems in design and layout planned for
developing competency in one or more
areas of advertising design.
APDS 437 Advanced Photography. (3)
Three studio periods. Continuation of
APDS 337.
APDS 499 Individual Problems in Ap-
plied Design. (3-4)
A — Advertising
B — Costume
Open only to advanced students who,
with guidance, can work independently.
Written consent of instructor.
Architecture
ARCH 170 Introduction to the Built
Environment. (3) Introduction of (1) con-
ceptual, perceptual, behavioral and
technical aspects of the environment: and,
(2) methods of analysis, problem solving
and implementation. For students not
majoring in architecture. Prerequisites,
none. Lecture, seminar, three hours per
week.
ARCH 200 Basic Environmental De-
sign. (4) Introduction to the processes of
visual and architectural design, including
the study of visual design fundamentals.
Field problems involving the student in
the study of actual developmental
problems. Lecture, studio, 9 hours per
week.
ARCH 201 Basic Environmental De-
sign. (4) Prerequisite, ARCH 200 with a
grade of C or better. Introduction to the
processes of visual and architectural
design, including the study of visual design
fundamentals. Field problems involving
the student in the study of actual de-
velopmental problems. Lecture and studio,
9 hours per week.
ARCH 214 Materials and Methods of
Construction I. (2) Two lectures per week.
Architecture students only or permission
of instructor. An introduction to the
materials of construction, their properties
attributes and deficiencies.
ARCH 215 Materials and Methods of
Construction II. (2) Two lectures per week.
Architecture students only or permission
of instructor. Describes the methods by
which the architect combines materials to
produce structural systems.
ARCH 220 History of Architecture. (3)
Survey of architectural history. Lecture,
three hours per week.
ARCH 221 History of Architecture. (3)
Prerequisite, ARCH 120. Continuation of
survey of architectural history. Lecture,
three hours per week.
ARCH 240 Basic Photography. (2) Pro-
vides a student with the basic concepts of
clarity and organization on a two-
dimensional surface and stresses photog-
raphy as a tool for visual communication.
Lecture one hour per week, three hours of
laboratory per week.
ARCH 242 Drawing I. (2) Introduces the
student to basic techniques of sketching
and use of various media.
ARCH 300 Architecture Studio I. (4)
Prerequisites. ARCH 201 with a grade of
C or better. Correquisite, ARCH 310.
Develops a basic understanding of the
elements of environmental control, basic
structural systems, building processes
materials, and the ability to manipulate
them. Lecture and studio, 9 hours per
week.
ARCH 301 Architecture Studio II. (4)
Prerequisite, ARCH 300 with a grade of C
or better. Corequisite, ARCH 311, De-
velops a basic understanding of the forms
generated by different structural systems,
environmental controls and methods of
construction. Lecture and studio, 9 hours
per week.
ARCH 310 Architectural Science and
Technology I. (4) Prerequisite, ARCH 201
with a grade of C or better, ARCH 215,
MATH 221, and PHYS 121. Corequisite,
ARCH 300. Introduction to architectural
science and technology treating principles
of structures, environmental mechanical
controls, and construction. Lecture and
studio, 6 hours per week.
ARCH 311 Architectural Science and
Technology II. (4) Prerequisite, ARCH 300
and ARCH 310 with a grade of C or
better. Corequisite. ARCH 301. Develops
working knowledge of the design princi-
ples and parameters of three areas of
architectural science and technology
structures, environmental-mechanical
controls, and construction. Lecture and
studio, 6 hours per week.
ARCH 314 Computer Applications in
Architecture. Prerequisite, ARCH 201 or
permission of instructor. Introduction to
computer programming and utilization,
with emphasis on architectural appli-
cations. Lecture, laboratory.
ARCH 322 Studies in Medieval Archi-
tecture. (3) Limited to architecture stu-
dents or by permission of the instructor.
Architectural innovations from the
Carolingian through the Gothic periods.
Lecture, three hours per week.
ARCH 324 Studies in Renaissance
Architecture. (3) Limited to architecture
students or by permission of the instructor.
Study of Renaissance architectural
principles and their development in the
Baroque period. Lecture, three hours per
week
ARCH 326 Studies In Modern Architec-
ture. (3) Limited to architecture students
or by permission of the instructor. Study
of architectural problems from 1750 to
the present. Lecture, three hours per
week.
ARCH 340 Advanced Photography. (2)
Prerequisite. ARCH 240. Allows the stu-
dent to investigate independently areas of
photographic communication not covered
in the basic course. Lecture, one hour
per week, three hours laboratory.
ARCH 342 Studies in Visual Design. (3)
Studio work at an intermediate level in
visual design divorced from architectural
problem solving Prerequisite, ARCH 201.
Lecture, studio work, three hours per
week.
128 / Course Offerings
ARCH 3S0 Theory ol Urban Form. (3)
UrDan spiiliiil forms ol Iho past and
preseni ihuones ol detign ol complexes
ol Duildmgs urban space and communilies
Lecture Ihreo hours per woeK
ARCH 352 The Architect In Ihe Com-
munity. (3) Tho architecl s rolo m iho
social and political dynamics ol urban
environmental design docision-making
processes, including study ol determina-
tion and expression ol user needs, com-
munity aspirations, lormal and informal
program and design review processes.
Seminar, one hour per week. Held observa-
tion, approximately three hours per
week
ARCH 360 Basic Site Analysis. (3) Study
ol criteria and principles essential to
the support ol natural systems in physical
Site development For architecture
students or by permission of instructor.
Lecture-laboratory, three hours per week
ARCH 370 Theories and Literature of
Architecture. (3) Limited to architecture
students or by permission ol the instructor
Provides an understanding ol some his-
torical and present theories of archi-
tectural design readings and seminar
discussions Lecture, three hours per
week
ARCH 372 Signs. Symbols and Messages
In Architecture. (3) Limited to architec-
ture students or by permission of the
instructor Class limited to 15-20 students
Signs and symbols in buildings and cities.
messages conveyed and purposes for
conveying these messages. Readings,
photographic reports and minor problem-
solving assignments. Lecture, three hours
per week
ARCH 374 Computer Aided Environ-
mental Design. (3) Applications of
computer-aided design in architecture,
using existing problem-solving routines
and computer graphic techniques Pre-
requisite ARCH 201 CMSC 103 Lecture,
three hours per week
ARCH 376 The Architectural Program
as Functional Form Generator. (3) A study
ol architectural programming as derived
from functional needs ol man in his
environment Analysis, synthesis and
evaluation ol categories ol needs with
concentration on human response to
forms generated by programs with
emphasis on non-quantifiable human
needs Architecture majors or by permis-
sion ol the instructor Lectures, seminars,
lield trips, three hours per week,
ARCH 400 Architecture Studio ill. (4)
Prerequisites ARCH 301 with a grade of
C or better, and ARCH 311 Corequisite.
ARCH 410. except by permission ol the
dean. Continuation of design studio,
with emphasis on comprehensive building
design and introductcion to urban design
factors Lecture and studio 9 hours per
week.
ARCH 401 Architecture Studio iV. (4)
Pivroguisiios. ARCH 400 with a grade of
C or bettor and ARCH 410, Corequisite.
ARCH 411. except by permission ol
tho dean Continuation of design studio
with emphasis on urban design factors
Lecture and studio. 9 hours per week.
ARCH 410 Building Sydemi ill. (4) Pro-
requisites. ARCH 301 and ARCH 311 with
a grade ol C or better Corequisite.
ARCH 400. except by permission ol Ihe
dean Application of principles in archi-
tectural structures, environmental controls
and construction Lecture and studio.
SIX hours per week
ARCH 411 Building Systems iV. (4)
Prerequisites. ARCH 400 and ARCH 410
with a grade ol C or better. Corequisite.
ARCH 401 except by permission of the
dean. Application of principles and further
analysis ol systems and hardware in
architectural structures, environmental
controls and construction Lecture and
studio, six hours per week,
ARCH 413 Structural Systems In Archi-
tecture. (3) Theory and application of
selected complex structural systems as
they relate to architectural decisions. Pre-
requisite. ARCH 410 or by permission ol
the instructor. Seminar, three hours per
week.
ARCH 414 Solar Energy Applications
For Buildings. (3) Prerequisites, ARCH 311.
or ENME 321. or permisson ol instructor.
Methods of utilizing solar energy to
provide heating, cooling, hot water, and
electricity lor buildings and related
techniques lor reducing energy consump-
tion. Crosshsled as ENME 414
ARCH 418 Independent Studies in
Architectural Science. (1-6) Repeatable to
a maximum ol six credits Independent
research in architectural science and
technology.
ARCH 420 History ol American Architec-
ture. (3) Survey history of American
architecture from the 17th century to the
present Lecture, three hours per week.
ARCH 422 French Architecture 1750-
1800. (3) French architectural theory and
practice of the second half ol the ISIh
century, A reading knowledge ol French
will be required Colloquium and inde-
pendent research By permission of the
instructor,
ARCH 424 History ol Russian Architec-
ture. (3) Survey history of Russian archi-
tecture Irom the 10th century Lecture.
Ihree hours per week
ARCH 426 Readings In Contemporary
Architecture. (3) Prerequisite. ARCH 326
Readings and analysis ol recent archi-
tectural criticism Seminar, three hours per
week
ARCH 427 Independent Studies in Ihe
History ol Architecture. (3) Permission ol
Ihe instructor Independent research in
architectural history. Lecture three hours
per week.
ARCH 430 Problems and Methods of
Architectural Pretarvalion. (3) Pioroqui-
site. ARCH 420 or by permission ol in-
structor Examination ol social, cultural,
and economic values allecting the theory
and practice ol architectural preserva-
tion in America, with emphasis upon
tho rationale and methods for Ihe
documentation, evaluation, and utilization
of existing architectural resources. Field
■rips
ARCH 447 Advanced Seminar in
Photography. (3) Prerequisites, ARCH 340
or APOS 337 or JOUR 351. and consent
of instructor Advanced study ol photo-
graphic criticism through empirical
methods, lor students prolicient in photo-
graphic skills Photographic assignments,
laboratory, seminar, three hours per
week
ARCH 450 Introduction to Urban Plan-
ning. (3) Inlroduclion to city planning
theory, methodology and techniques, deal-
ing with normative, urban, structural,
economic, social aspects of the city:
urban planning as a process. Architec-
tural majors or by permission of the
instructor Lecture, seminar, three hours
per week
ARCH 451 Urban Design Seminar. (3)
Prerequisite. ARCH 350 or permission ol
instructor. Advanced investigation into
problems of analysts and evaluation ol the
design ol urban areas, spaces and
complexes vilh emphasis on physical and
social considerations, elfects of public
policies, through case studies. Field
observations
ARCH 472 Economic Determinants of
Architecture. (3) Introduction ol economic
aspects of present day architecture:
government policy, land evaluation, and
project linancing: construction materials
and labor costs: cost analysis and con-
trol systems. Architecture majors, except
by permission of instructor. Lecture,
seminar. Ihree hours per week,
ARCH 478 Directed Studies in Architec-
ture. (1-4) Directed study under individual
laculty guidance with enrollment limited
to advanced undergraduate students.
Project proposals must receive a recom-
mendation from the school curriculum
committee and approval of the dean of
the school prior to registration. Public
oral presentation to the faculty of a final
report of project will be required at
final submission for credit.
ARCH 500 Advanced Topical Problems in
Architecture 1. (5) Prerequisite. ARCH 401
With a grade ol C or better Oilers
several studio options in advanced topical
problems from among which the student
selects one. Studies are structured
under generic titles and include lec-
tures, field trips and assigned readings
as well as directed independent work.
Offered fall term only. Lecture and studio
12 hours per week Architecture majors
only
ARCH 501 Advanced Topical Problem*
In Architecture II. (6) Prerequisite ARCH
500 With a gradu of C or better Offers
several studio options in advanced topical
problems Irom among which the student
selects one Studios are structured
under generic titles and include lectures.
Iiold trips, assigned readings as well as
directed independent work Olfered spring
term only. Lecture and studio 12 hours per
week
ARCH 512 Advanced Structural Analyti*
in Architecture. (3) Qualitative and
quantiiative analysis and design ol se-
lected complex structural systems and
methods. Prerequisite. ARCH 411 Labora-
tory, field trips, three hours per week
ARCH 514 Environmenlai Sytlemt In
Architecture. (3) Qualitative analysis ol
selected environmental systems as design
determinants Prerequisite. ARCH 411
Lecture, laboratory, three hours per
week.
ARCH 570 introduction to Protettional
Management. (2) Introduction to archi-
tectural prolessional practice management,
including social, organizational project
management, legal and cost-control
aspects of the performance of complex,
comprehensive environmental design
services. Prerequisite. ARCH 401 Lecture.
two hours per week
Agricultural and Resource Economics
AREC 240 Environment and Human
Ecology. (3) Pollution and human crowding
in the modern environment Causes and
ecological costs of these problems.
Public policy approaches to the solution
of problems in environment and human
ecology
AREC 250 Elements of Agricuilurai and
Resource Economics. (3) An introduction
to economic principles of production,
marketing, agricuilurai prices and in-
comes, larm labor, credit, agricultural
policies, and government programs.
AREC 251 Marketing of Agricuilurai
Products. (3) The development of market-
ing, its scope, channels, and agencies
ol distribution, lunctions. costs, methods
used and services rendered.
AREC 398 Seminar. (1) Students will
obtain experience in the selection,
preparation and presentation of economic
topics and problems which will be sub-
jected to critical analysis,
AREC 399 Spa<:lal Problems. (1-2) Con-
centrated reading and study in some
phase ol problem in agricultural eco-
nomics
AREC 404 Prices ol Agricuilurai
Products. (3) An introduction to agricultur-
al price behavior Emphasis is placed on
the use ol price information in the
decision-making process, the relation ol
supply and demand in determining agri-
Course OHerings / 129
cultural prices, and the relation of prices
to grade, time, location, and stages of
processing in tfie marl<eting system. The
course includes elementary methods
of price analysis, the concept of parity
and the role of price support programs
in agricultural decisions.
AREC 406 Farm Management. (3) The
organization and operation of the farm
business to obtain an income consistent
with family resources and objectives.
Principles of production economics and
other related fields are applied to the
individual farm business. Laboratory
period will be largely devoted to field trips
and other practical exercises.
AREC 407 Financial Analysis of the
Farm Business. (3) Application of economic
principles to develop criteria for a
sound farm business, including credit
source and use, preparing and filing in-
come tax returns, methods of appraising
farm properties, the summary and
analysis of farm records, leading to
effective control and profitable operation
of the farm business.
AREC 410 Horse Industry Economics, (3)
Prerequisite. ANSC 230 and 232. An intro-
duction to the economic forces affecting
the horse industry and to the economic
tools required by horse farm managers,
trainers, and others in the industry.
AREC 414 Introduction to Agricultural
Business Management. (3) The different
forms of businesses are investigated.
Management functions, business indicators,
measures of performance, and operation-
al analysis are examined. Case studies
are used to show applications of man-
agement techniques.
AREC 427 The Economics of Marketing
Systems For Agricultural Commodities. (3)
Basic economic theory as applied to the
marketing of agricultural products, includ-
ing price, cost, and financial analysis.
Current developments affecting market
structure including effects of contractual
arrangement, vertical integration, govern-
mental policies and regulation.
AREC 432 Agricultural Policy and
Programs. (3) A study of public policies
and programs related to the problems of
agriculture. Description analysis and
appraisal of current policies and programs
will be emphasized.
AREC 445 World Agricultural Develop-
ment and the Quality of Life. (3) An
examination of the key aspects of the
agricultural development of less developed
countries related to resources, technology,
cultural and social setting, population,
infrastructure, incentives, education, and
government. Environmental impact of
agricultural development, basic economic
and social characteristics of peasant
agriculture, theories and models of agri-
cultural development, selected aspects of
agricultural development planning.
AREC 452 Economics of Resource
Development. (3) Economic, political, and
institutional factors which influence the
use of land resources. Application of
elementary economic principles in under-
standing social conduct concerning the
development and use of natural and
man-made resources.
AREC 453 Economic Analysis of Natural
Resources. (3) Rational use and reuse
of natural resources. Theory and methodol-
ogy of the allocation of natural resources
among alternative uses. Optimum state
of conservation, market failure, safe
minimum standard, and cost-benefit
analysis.
AREC 484 Introduction to Econometrics
in Agriculture. (3) An introduction to the
application of econometric techniques
to agricultural problems with emphasis
on the assumptions and computational
techniques necessary to derive statistical
estimates, test hypotheses, and make
predictions with the use of single
equation models. Includes linear and non-
linear regression models, internal least
squares, discriminant analysis and factor
analysis.
AREC 485 Applications of Mathematical
Programming In Agriculture, Business,
and Economic Analysis, (3) This course
IS designed to train students in the
application of mathematical programming
(especially linear programming) to solve
a wide variety of problems in agriculture,
business and economics. The primary
emphasis is on setting up problems and
interpreting results. The computational
facilities of the computer science center
are used extensively.
AREC 489 Special Topics in Agricultural
and Resource Economics. (3) Repeatable
to a maximum of 9 credits.
AREC 495 Honors Reading Course in
Agricultural and Resource Economics I. (3)
Selected readings in political and eco-
nomic theory from 1700 to 1850. This
course develops a basic understanding
of the development of economic and po-
litical thought as a foundation for under-
standing our present society and its
cultural heritage. Prerequisite, accept-
ance in the honors program of the depart-
ment of Agricultural and Resource
Economics.
AREC 496 Honors Reading Course In
Agricultural and Resource Econom-
ics II. (3) Selected readings in political and
economic theory from 1850 to the
present. This course continues the devel-
opment of a basic understanding of
economic and political thought begun
in AREC 495 by the examination of
modern problems in agricultural and
resource economics in the light of the
material read and discussed in AREC 495
and AREC 496. Prerequisite, successful
completion of AREC 495 and registration
in the honors program of the department
of Agricultural and Resource Economics.
Air Science
ARSC 100 General Military Course
(Freshmen). (1) General military course —
freshman year. ARSC 100 and 101. In the
first two years, cadets meet academic
classes once per week. In addition, they
receive one hour of corps training
each week.
ARSC 101 General Military Course
(Freshmen), (1) General military course —
freshman year, ARSC 100 and 101. In the
first two years, cadets meet academic
classes once per week. In addition, they
receive one hour of corps training
each week.
ARSC 200 General Military Course
(Sophomores). (1) General military course
— sophomore year, ARSC 200 and 201.
In the first two years, cadets meet
academic classes once per week. In addi-
tion, they receive one hour of corps
training each week.
ARSC 201 General Military Course
(Sophomores). (1) General military course
—sophomore year. ARSC 200 and 201.
In the first two years, cadets meet
academic classes once per week. In addi-
tion, they receive one hour of corps
training each week.
ARSC 300 Professional Officer Course
(Juniors). (3) The growth and development
of aerospace power. Requires three
class hours, plus one hour of corps train-
ing per week.
ARSC 301 Professional Officer Course
(Juniors). (3) The growth and development
of aerospace power. Requires three
class hours, plus one hour of corps train-
ing per week.
ARSC 302 Professional Officer Course
(Seniors). (3) The professional officer. Re-
quires three class hours, plus one hour
of corps training per week,
ARSC 303 Professional Officer Course
(Seniors), (3) The professional officer. Re-
quires three class hours, plus one hour
of corps training per week.
Art Education
ARTE 100 Fundamentals of Art Educa-
tion. (3) Two hours of laboratory and
two hours of lecture per week. Funda-
mental principles of the visual arts for
teaching on the elementary level.
Elements and principles of design and
theory of color. Studio practice in different
media.
Art History
ARTH 100 Introduction to Art. (3) Basic
tools of understanding visual art. This
course stresses major approaches such
as techniques, subject matter, form, and
evaluation. Architecture, sculpture, paint-
ing, and graphic arts will be discussed.
Required of all art majors in the first
year.
ARTH 260 History o( Art. (3) A survey of
western art as expressed through archi-
tecture, sculpture and painting. Prehistoric
times to Renaissance,
ARTH 261 History of Art. (3) A survey of
western art as expressed through archi-
tecture, sculpture and painting from
Renaissance to the present.
ARTH 284 Introduction to African Art. (3)
General concepts preparing the student
lor a better understanding of African
cultures through an appreciation of their
art.
ARTH 320 Masterpieces of Painting. (3)
A study of the contributions of a few
major painters, ranging from Giotto to
Titian.
ARTH 321 Masterpieces of Painting. (3)
A study of the contributions of a few
ma)or painters, ranging from El Greco to
Picasso.
ARTH 330 Masterpieces ol Sculpture. (3)
A study of the contributions of a few
major sculptors, ranging from Polykleitos
to Ghiberti.
ARTH 331 Masterpieces of Sculpture. (3)
A study of the contributions of a few
major sculptors, ranging from Ghiberti
to Ivloore.
ARTH 338 Special Topics in Art and
Music. (3) Open to non-majors and majors
m art or music: listed also as tvlUSC 338,
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits,
ARTH 340 Masterpieces of Architec-
ture. (3) A study of great architecture
from Stonehenge to the Cathedral at
Pisa.
ARTH 341 Masterpieces of Architec-
ture. (3) A study of great architecture from
Abbaye-Aux-Hommes to Dulles Airport.
ARTH 402 Classical Art (3) Architecture,
sculpture and painting in the classical
cultures. First semester will stress
Greece
ARTH 403 Classical Art. (3) Architecture,
sculpture and painting in the classical
cultures. Second semester will stress
Rome.
ARTH 404 Bronze Age Art. (3) Art of the
Near East. Egypt and Aegean.
ARTH 406 Art of the East. (3) Architec-
ture, sculpture and painting. First semester
will stress India.
ARTH 407 Art of the East. (3) Architec-
ture, sculpture and painting. Second
semester will stress China and Japan.
ARTH 410 Early Christian and
Byzantine Art. (3) Architecture, sculpture.
painting, and mosaic of early Christian
Rome, the Near East and the Byzantine
Empire.
ARTH 412 Medieval Art. (3) Architecture,
sculpture and painting in the middle
ages. First semester will stress
Romanesque
ARTH 413 Medieval Art. (3) Architecture,
sculpture and painting in the middle
130 / Course OHerings
agos Second semester will stress the
Goiriic F'orioJ
ARTH 416 Northern European Painting
In the ISth Century (3) Pamting in the
NcltKvi.mJ:. li.iitr ana Germany
ARTH 417 Northern European Painting
In the 16lh Century. (3) Painting m the
Netherlands Franco and Germany
ARTH 422 Early Ranalttanc* Art In
Italy. (3) Archiloclurc. sculpture and paint-
ing Irom about 1400 to 1430
ARTH 423 Early Renalttance Art In
Italy. (3) Architecture sculpture and paint-
ing Horn about 1430 to 1475
ARTH 424 High Ranaiiaanca Art In
Italy. (3) Architecture sculpture and
pnmiing Irom about 1475 to 1500
ARTH 42S High Renaissance Art In
Italy. (3) Architecture, sculpture and
painting Irom about 1500 to 1525
ARTH 430 European Baroque Art (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting ol the
ma|Or southern European centers in the
17th century
ARTH 431 European Baroque Art. (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting ol the
maior northern European centers in the
17th century
ARTH 434 French Painting. (3) French
painting Irom 1400 to 1600 From Fouquet
to Poussin.
ARTH 435 French Painting. (3) French
painting Irom 1600 to 1800 From LeBrun
to David
ARTH 440 19th Century European Art. (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting m
Europe From Neo-Classicism to
Romanticism
ARTH 441 19th Century European Art. (3)
Architecture sculpture and painting in
Europe From Realism, to Impressionism
and Symbolism
ARTH 44S Impressionism and Neo-
Impresslonism. (3) Prerequisite ARTH 260.
261 or consent ol instructor. History of
Impressionism and Neo-lmpressionism:
artists styles art theories, criticism,
sources and induence on 20th century
ARTH 450 20th Century Art. (3) Painting,
sculpture and architecture Irom the late
19Ih century to 1920
ARTH 451 20th Century Art. (3) Painting,
sculpture and architecture Irom 1920 to
the present
ARTH 454 Nineteenth and Twentieth
Century Sculpture. (3) Trends in sculpture
Irom neo-classicism to the present.
Emphasis will be put on the redefinition
ol sculpture during the 20th century.
ARTH 460 History ol the Graphic Arts. (3)
Prerequisite, ARTH 100, or ARTH 260 and
261. or consent ol instructor Graphic
techniques and styles in Europe Irom 1400
to 1600: contributions ol major artists
ARTH 462 African Art. (3) First semester,
the cultures west ol the Niger River
(Nigeria through Mali) from 400 B C to
the present The art is studied through its
Iconography and function in the culture
and the intercultural inlluences upon
the artists, including a study ol the
societies, culls and ceremonies during
which the art was used.
ARTH 463 African Art. (3) Second
semester, the cultures east and south of
Nigeria The art is studied through its
iconography and lunction in the culture
and the intercultural inlluences upon the
artists, including a study of the societies,
cults and ceremonies during which the
art was used
ARTH 464 African Art Research. (3)
Seminar with concentration on particular
aspects ol Alrican art. The course is
given at the Museum ol Alrican Art in
Washington. D C
ARTH 470 Latin American Art. (3) Art of
the Pre-Hispanic and the Colonial periods.
ARTH 471 Latin American Art. (3) Art ol
the 19lh and 20th centuries
ARTH 476 History of American Art. (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting in the
United States from the Colonial period to
about 1875
ARTH 477 History of American Art. (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting in the
United States Irom about 1875 to the
present
ARTH 489 Special Topics in Art
History. (3) Prerequisite, consent ol de-
partment head or instructor. May be
repeated to a maximum of six credits.
ARTH 498 Directed Studies In Art
History I. (2-3) For advanced students, by
permission o( department chairman.
Course may be repeated for credit if
content differs
ARTH 499 Directed Studies in Art
History II. (2-3)
Art Studio
ARTS too Design. (3) Principles and
elements of design through manipulation
and organization ol materials in two and
three dimensions
ARTS 110 Drawing I. (3) Six hours per
week An introductory course with a
variety ol media and related techniques.
Problems based on still life, figure and
nature
ARTS 200 Intermediate Design. (3) Six
hours per week Prerequisites. ARTS 100.
110 A continuation ol Design I with more
individually structured problems in terms
of form, composition and meaning.
ARTS 210 Drawing II. (3) Six hours per
week Prerequisites ARTS 100. 110
Original compositions Irom the ligure and
nature supplemented by problems of
personal and expressive drawing
ARTS 215 Anatomical Drawing. (3) Six
hours per week. Prerequisites. ARTS 210
or permission ol instructor A drawing
course based on the study ol anatomical
structure emphasizing the human body
ARTS 220 Painting I. (3) Six hours per
week Prorequuitos ARTS KM 110 Basic
tools and language ol painting Oil and
watercolor
ARTS 277 Architectural Prasantallon. (3)
Six hours per week Prerequisites, ARTS
100. 110 Techniques of wash and water-
color m architectural, interior and
landscape architectural rendering
ARTS 310 Drawing III. (3) Six hours per
week Prerequisite ARTS 210 Emphasis
on understanding organic lorm. as it is
related to study Irom the human ligure
and to pictorial composition
ARTS 320 Painting II. (3) Six hours per
week Prerequisites ARTS 210. 220.
Original compositions based upon nature,
ligure and still life, supplemented by
expressive painting. Choice ol media.
ARTS 324 Painting III. (3) Six hours per
week Prerequisite, ARTS 320 Creative
painting for advanced students Problems
require a knowledge ol pictorial struc-
ture. Development of personal direction.
Choice ol media
ARTS 330 Sculpture I. (3) Six hours per
week Prerequisite. ARTS 210 (For stu-
dents majoring in art history, by permis-
sion ol department ) Volumes, masses
and planes, based on the use ol
plastic earths. Simple armature construc-
tion and methods of casting.
ARTS 334 Sculpture II. (3) Six hours per
week Prerequisite, ARTS 330. Nature as
a point of developing ideas into organic
and architectural forms
ARTS 335 Sculpture III. (3) Six hours per
week. Prerequisite. ARTS 334. Problems
involving plastic earths and other
material capable of being modeled or
cast Choice of individual style encour-
aged
ARTS 340 Prinlmaking I. (3) Six hours
per week Prerequisite. ARTS 210 (For stu-
dents majoring in art history, by per-
mission of department ) Basic prinlmak-
ing techniques m relief intaglio, and
planographic media.
ARTS 344 Printmaking II. (3) Six hours
per week Prerequisite. ARTS 210 One
print media including extensive study
of color processes Individually structured
problems.
ARTS 404 Experiments In Visual
Processes. (3) Six hours per week Pre-
requisites, either ARTS 220. 330 or 340,
Investigation and execution ol process
oriented art Group and individual experi-
mental projects
ARTS 410 Drawing IV. (3) Six hours per
week. Prerequisite. ARTS 310 Advanced
drawing, with emphasis on human figure,
its structure and organic likeness to
lorms in nature Compositional problems
deriving from this relationship are
also stressed.
ARTS 420 Painting IV. (3) Six hours per
week Prerequisite, ARTS 324 Creative
painting Emphasis on personal direction
and sell-criticism Group seminars
ARTS 430 Sculpture IV. (3) Six hours per
week Prerequisite. ARTS 335 Problems
and techniques of newer concepts,
utilizing various materials, such as plastics
and metals Technical aspects of welding
stressed
ARTS 440 Prinlmaking III. (3) Six hours
per week Prerequisite ARTS 340 and
344 Contemporary eiperimental techniques
of one print medium with group discus-
sions
ARTS 441 Printmaking IV. (3) Six hours
per week Prerequisite, ARTS 440
Continuation ol ARTS 440
ARTS 489 Special Problems In Studio
Arts. (3) Prerequisite consent of instructor.
Repeatable to a maximum of six hours
ARTS 498 Directed Studies in Studio
Art (2-3) For advanced students, by
permission of department chairman.
Course may be repeated for credit if
content differs
Astronomy
ASTR 100 Introduction to Astronomy. (3)
Every semester An elementary course in
descriptive astronomy, especially ap-
propriate lor non-science students. Sun
moon, planets, stars and nebulae,
galaxies, evolution. The course is
illustrated with slides and demonstrations
of instruments,
ASTR 105 Introduction to Modem
Astronomy. (3) Three lectures per week
Prerequisite. ASTR 100 An elementary
course in modern astronomy elaborating
some of the topics which could only be
mentioned bnelly in ASTR 100 Appropri-
ate lor non-science students
ASTR 110 Astronomy Laboratory. (1)
Two hours of laboratory work per week
Prerequisite previous or concurrent en-
rollment in ASTR 100 Exercises include
use ol photographs ol moon, stars,
nebulae and galaxies and spectra, experi-
ments demonstrating scientilic concepts
used in astronomy Daytime and night-
time observations il weather permits
Appropriate lor non-science majors
ASTR 180 Descriptive and Analytical
Astronomy. (3) Fall semester. Three lec-
tures per week. A general survey course
intended lor science majors. Pre-
requisite. MATH 115 or equivalent: a
knowledge ol trigonometry and logarithms
will be assumed This introductory
course will deal with the sun and the
solar system stars and astrophysics,
stellar systems and cosmology II should
not be taken by students who have
already taken ASTR 100 and 105
ASTR 210 Practical Astronomy. (2-3)
Prerequisites, ASTR 180 and MATH 140
ASTR 100 and 105 may be substituted for
ASTR 180 il approved by instructor One
Course Offerings / 131
lecture and two-hour laboratory per
week. (2-3 credits, according to work
done.) This course is designed primarily
lor astronomy majors and will give the
student familiarity with techniques used
by astronomers and an understanding
o( how astronomical data are obtained.
Students registered (or two credits will not
be required to do all the exercises.
Topics will include coordinate systems,
optics, photometry, binary stars, distance
determination. Hertzsprung-Russell dia-
gram, solar observations, moon, galactic
structure and galaxies
ASTR 288 Special Projects in Astron-
omy. (1-3) Prerequisite, permission of the
instructor. Independent study, short
research projects, tutorial reading, and
assisting with faculty research and teach-
ing under special supervision. Repeatable
to a maximum of six credits.
ASTR 398 Special Topics in Astron-
omy. (3) Prerequisite, junior standing or
consent of instructor. This course is
designed primarily for students not major-
ing in astronomy and is suitable for non-
science students. It will concentrate
study in some limited field in astronomy
which will vary from semester to semester
Possible subjects for study are the solar
system, extragalactic astronomy and
cosmology, the inconstant universe. Re-
peatable to a maximum of six credits.
ASTR 399 Honors Seminar. (1-15) Credit
according to work done. Enrollment is
limited to students admitted to the
honors program in astronomy.
ASTR 400 Introduction to Astro-
physics I. (3) Three lectures per week.
Prerequisite or corequisite. PHYS 422 or
consent of instructor. Spectroscopy,
structure of the atmospheres of the sun
and other stars. Observational data and
curves of growth. Chemical composition.
ASTR 401 Introduction to Astro-
physics II. (3) Three lectures per week.
Prerequisite. ASTR 400 A brief survey of
stellar structure and evolution, and ol the
physics of low-density gasses. such as
the interstellar medium and the solar
atmosphere. Emphasis is placed on a
good understanding of a few theoretical
concepts that have wide astrophysical
applications.
ASTR 410 Observational Astronomy. (3)
Prerequisites, working knowledge of
calculus, physics through PHYS 284, or
263. and three credits of astronomy. An in-
troduction to current methods of obtain-
ing astronomical information including
radio, infrared, optical, ultra-violet, and
x-ray astronomy. The laboratory work will
involve photographic and photoelectric
observations with the department's
optical telescope and 21-cm line
spectroscopy, flux measurements and inter-
ferometry with the department's radio-
telescopes.
132 / Course Offerings
ASTR 411 Observational Astronomy. (3)
Prerequisites, ATR 410, working knowledge
of calculus, physics through PHYS 284.
or 263. and three credits ol astronomy
An introduction to current methods ol
obtaining astronomical information includ-
ing radio, infrared, optical, ultra-violet,
and x-ray astronomy. The laboratory work
will involve photographic and photo-
electric observations with the depart-
ments optical telescope and 21-cm line
spectroscopy, flux measurements and inter-
lerometry with the department's radio-
telescopes Observatory work on individual
projects. Every semester.
ASTR 420 Introduction to Galactic
Research. (3) Three lectures per week
Prerequisite. MATH 141 and at least 12
credits of introductory physics and
astronomy courses. Stellar motions, meth-
ods of galactic research, study of our
own and nearby galaxies, clusters of
stars.
ASTR 450 Celestial Mechanics. (3) Three
lectures a week. Prerequisite. PHYS 410
or consent ol instructor. Celestial
mechanics, orbit theory, equations of
motion.
ASTR 498 Special Problems in Astron-
omy. (1-6) Prerequisite, major in physics or
astronomy and or consent of advisor.
Research or special study Credit accord-
ing to work done.
Biology
BIOL 101 Organization and Interrelation-
ships in the Biological World. (3) An
introductory lecture course for the non-
science major emphasizing the funda-
mental organization, processes and inter-
dependence of living organisms and the
biological effects associated with
human influences on the ecosystem
Botany
BOTN 100 General Botany For Non-
Science Students. (4) Two lectures and
two laboratory periods a week. A basic
course in plant biology specifically
designed to meet the educational needs of
the general or non-science student.
Emphasis is placed on an ecological ap-
proach to studying fundamental concepts
and processes of plants, and stressing
the importance of plant life to human
welfare Credit not allowed both BOTN
100 and 101.
BOTN 101 General Botany. (4) Two lec-
tures and two laboratory periods a week.
A basic course in plant biology specifical-
ly designed to meet the educational
needs of students majoring in the
physical or biological sciences. This
course prepares students for advanced
courses in plant science. Emphasis is
placed on fundamental biological principles
and mechanisms governing higher plant
life in the ecosystem. (Credit not allowed
lor both BOTN 100 and 101).
BOTN 202 Plant Kingdom. (4) Two lec-
tures and two laboratory periods a week
Prerequisite. BOTN 100 or equivalent.
A brief evolutionary study of Algae, fungi,
liverworts, mosses, ferns and their
relatives, and the seed plants, emphasiz-
ing their structure, reproduction, habitats,
and economic importance.
BOTN 211 Principles ol Conservation. (3)
Three lectures per week. A study of the
principles of economical use of our
natural resources including water, soil,
plants, minerals, wildlife and man.
BOTN 212 Plant Taxonomy. (3) One
lecture and two laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or equivalent.
An introductory study of plant classifica-
tion, based on the collection and
identification of local plants.
BOTN 221 Diseases of Plants. (4) Two
lectures and two laboratory periods a
week Prerequisite. BOTN 100 or equiva-
lent. An introductory study of the symp-
toms and causal agents of plant diseases
and measures for their control.
BOTN 389 Tutorial Readings in Botany
(Honors Course). (2-3) Prerequisite, admis-
sion to the department of botany honors
program. A review of the literature deal-
ing with a specific research problem
in preparation for original research to
be accomplished in BOTN 399. Papers will
be assigned and discussed in frequent
sessions with the instructor.
BOTN 398 Seminar. (1) Repeatable to a
maximum of two semester hours credit-
Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
Discussion and readings on special topics,
current literature, or problems and
progress in all phases of botany. Minor
experimental work may be pursued ol
facilities and the qualifications of the
students permit For seniors only, majors
and minors in botany or biological science.
BOTN 399 Research Problems in
Botany. (1-3) Prerequisites. 20 hours of
botany courses and permission of the in-
structor. Research and or integrated
reading in botany under the direction and
close supervision of a member of the
faculty. May be repeated for a maximum
of six credits.
BOTN 401 History and Philosophy ol
Botany. (1) Prerequisites. 20 semester
credit hours in biological sciences includ-
ing BOTN 100 or equivalent. Discussion
of the development of ideas and
knowledge about plants, leading to a
survey of contemporary work in botanical
science.
BOTN 402 Plant Microtechnique. (3)
BOTN 405 Systematic Botany. (3) Two
two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite. BOTN 212 or equivalent. An
advanced study of the principles of
systematic botany. Laboratory practice
with difficult plant families including
grasses, sedges, legumes, and composites.
Field trips arranged.
BOTN 407 Teaching Methods in
Botany. (2) Four two-hour laboratory dem-
onstration periods per week, for eight
weeks. Prerequisite. BOTN 100 or
equivalent. A study of the biological
principles ol common plants, and demon-
strations, projects, and visual aids suitable
(or teaching in primary and secondary
schools.
BOTN 411 Plant Anatomy. (3) Summer or
University College. Lectures and labs
to be arranged The origin and develop-
ment of the organs and the tissue systems
in the vascular plants
BOTN 413 Plant Geography. (2) Pre-
requisite. BOTN 100 or equivalent. A
study of plant distribution throughout the
world and the factors generally associated
with such distribution.
BOTN 414 Plant Genetics. (3) Pre-
requisite, BOTN 100 or equivalent. The
basic principles of plant genetics are pre-
sented: the mechanics of transmission
of the hereditary factors in relation to the
life cycle of seed plants, the genetics
of specialized organs and tissues, spon-
taneous and induced mutations of basic
and economic significance gene action,
genetic maps, the fundamentals of poly-
ploidy, and genetics in relation to methods
of plant breeding are the topics consid-
ered.
BOTN 415 Plants and Mankind. (2) Pre-
requisite. BOTN 100 or equivalent. A
survey of the plants which are utilized by
man. the diversity of such utilization, and
their historic and economic significance.
BOTN 416 Principles ol Plant
Anatomy. (4) Two lectures and two
two-hour laboratory periods per week.
The origin and development of cells, tis-
sues, and tissue system ol vascular plants
with special emphasis on seed-bearing
plants. Particular stress is given to the
comparative, systematic, and evolutionary
study of the structural components of
the plants Prerequisite, general botany.
BOTN 417 Field Botany and Tax-
onomy. (2) Prerequisite. BOTN 100 or
general biology. Four two-hour laboratory
penods a week lor eight weeks. The
identification of trees, shrubs, and herbs.
emphasizing the native plants of Maryland.
Manuals, keys, and other techniques will
be used. Numerous short Held trips will
be taken. Each student will make an
individual collection.
BOTN 419 Natural History ol Tropical
Plants. (2) Prerequisite, one course in
plant taxonomy or permission of instructor.
An introduction to tropical vascular
plants with emphasis on their morphologi-
cal, anatomical, and habital peculiarities
and major taxonomic features, geographic
distribution and economic utilization of
selected families Two one-hour lectures
per week.
BOTN 422 Research Methods in Plant
Pathology. (2) Two laboratory periods a
we«k Prerequitile. BOTN 221 or
equivalent Advanced (taming m the basic
research tochniquos and molhods of
plant pdlhology
BOTN 424 Olagnotit and Control ol
PUnI Olaeatet. (3) Prurt>guis<it< BOTN 221
Three lectures per wook A study of
various pidnt Oisoasos gioupcJ accord-
ir>g to the manner in which the host plants
are altectod Emphasis will be placed on
recognition of symptoms of the various
types of diseases and on methods of
transmission and control ol the pathogens
involved
BOTN 425 Diseases ol Ornamentals
and Turf. (2) Prerequisite BOTN 221 Two
lectures per week Designed (or those
students who need practical experience in
recognition and control ol ornamentals
and turf diseases The symptoms and
current control measures lor diseases
in these crop areas will be discussed
BOTN 426 Mycology. (4) Two lectures
and two two-hour laboratory periods per
week An introductory study of mor-
phology, classification, life histories,
and economics ol the lungi
BOTN 427 Field Plant Pathology. (1)
Summer session lecture and laboratory to
be arranged Prerequisite. BOTN 221. or
equivalent The techniques of pesticide
evaluation and the identification and
control ol diseases of Maryland crops
are discussed Offered in alternate years
or more frequently with demand.
BOTN 441 Plant Physiology. (4) Two
lectures and one four-hour laboratory
period a week Prerequisites. BOTN 100
and general chemistry Organic chemistry
strongly recommended A survey of the
general physiological activities of
plants.
BOTN 462 Plant Ecology. (2) Prerequi-
site. BOTN 100 Two lectures per week
The dynamics ol populations as affected
by environmental factors with special
emphasis on the structure and composition
of natural plant communities, both
terreslial and aquatic.
BOTN 463 Ecology of Marsh and Dune
Vegetation. (2) Two lectures a week
Prerequisites BOTN 100 An examination
ol the biology of higher plants m dune
and marsh ecosystems
BOTN 464 Plant Ecology Laboratory. (1)
First semester Prerequisite. BOTN 462 or
its equivalent or concurrent enrollment
therein One three-hour laboratory period
a week The application ol field and
experimental methods to the qualitative
and quantitative study of vegetation and
environmental (actors
BOTN 47S Algal Syslemalics. (4) One
lecture and two three hour laboratory
periods per week Prerequisites. BOTN
IOC. 202. or permission of instructor
An intensive study of algal structures,
morphology, classification and nomencla-
ture Including preparation, preservation
and identilicatlon procedures
BOTN 477 Marine Plant Biology. (4)
Prerequisite. BOTN 100 or general biology
plus organic chemistry or the consent of
the instructor Five one-hour lectures
and three three-hour laboratories each
week for six weeks An introduction to the
taxonomic. physiological and biochemical
characteristics ol marine plants which
are basic to their role in the ecology
o( (he oceans and estuaries
BOTN 497 Special Problems In Marine
Research. (1-3) Prerequisites BOTN 100
or general biology plus organic chemistry
or consent ol Instructor Recommended
concurrent or previous enrollment in BOTN
477. marine plant biology An experi-
mental approach lo problems in marine
research dealing primarily with phyto-
plankton. the larger algae, and marine
spermatophytes Emphasis will be placed
on their physiological and biochemical
activities
Business Administration
BSAD 001 Workshop. (3) This course
does not carry credit towards any degree
at the University.
BSAD 110 Business Enterprise. (3) A
survey course covering the internal and
(unctional organization o( a business
enterprise, its organization and control
BSAD 220 Principles ol Accounting. (3)
Prerequisite, sophomore standing The
principles ol accounting for business
enterprise and the use of accounting data
in making business decisions
A — Limited to non-accounting majors.
See description above (or BSAD 220.
BSAD 221 Principles of Accounting. (3)
Prerequisites. BSAD 220 or 220A. The
principles of accounting (or business enter-
prise and the use of accounting data in
making business decisions
A — Limited to non-accounting majors
See description above for BSAD 221
BSAD 230 Business Statistics I. (3) Pre-
requisite. MATH 220 or consent of instruc-
tor An introductory course in statistical
concepts including probability (rom a
naive set theory approach random vari-
ables and their properties, and the
probability distributions ol selected dis-
crete and continuous random variables
The concepts o( sampling, sampling
distributions, and the application o( these
concepts lo estimation hypothesis testing
are included as are brief surveys of the
regression and anova models. This
course may not be taken for credit by
management science statistics and IFSM
majors
BSAD 231 Business Statistics I. (3) Pre-
requisite. MATH 141 or consent of instruc-
tor For management science, statistics
and IFSM majors An introductory course
in statistical concepts including probabil-
ity from a naive set theory approach,
random variables and their properties,
and Iho probability distributions of
selected discrete and continuous random
variables. The concepts of sampling,
sampling distributions, and the application
of those concepts to estimation hypothesis
testing are included as are briel surveys
ol the regression and anova models
BSAD 301 Electronic Data Processing. (3)
Students enrolled in the Department o(
Business Administration curricula will
register (or IFSM 401 For detailed infor-
mation on prerequisites and description
of the course, refer to IFSM 401 The
credits earned in IFSM 401 may be
included in the total credits earned in the
area of concentration in Business Admin-
istration
BSAD 302 Electronic Data Processing
Applications. (3) Students enrolled in the
Department o( Business Administration
curricula will register (or IFSM 402 For
detailed information on prerequisites
and description of the course, refer to
IFSM 402 The credits earned in IFSM 402
may be included in the total credits
earned in the area ol concentration in
Business Administration.
BSAD 310 Intermediate Accounting. (3)
Prerequisite. BSAD 221 or 221A A com-
prehensive study o( the theory and
problems of valuation of assets, application
of funds, corporation accounts and
statements, and the interpretation of
accounting statements
BSAD 311 Intermediate Accounting. (3)
Prerequisite. BSAD 221 or 221A. A com-
prehensive study of the theory and
problems of valuation of assets, application
of funds, corporation accounts and
statements and the interpretation of ac-
counting statements.
BSAD 320 Accounting Systems. (3) Pre-
requisite. BSAD 220 A study of the
(actors involved in the design and installa-
tion o( accounting systems: the organi-
zation, volume and types o( transactions,
charts o( accounts, accounting manuals,
the reporting system
BSAD 321 Cost Accounting. (3) Prerequi-
site. BSAD 221 or 221A A study 0(
the basic concepts o( product costing
and cost analysis (or management plan-
ning and control Emphasis is placed on
the role of the accountant in organiza-
tional management, analysis of cost be-
havior, standard cost, budgeting, responsi-
bility accounting and relevant costs for
decision making
BSAD 323 Income Tax Accounting. (3)
Prerequisite BSAD 221 or 221A A study
of the important provisions of the federal
tax laws, using illustrative examples
selected questions and problems and
the preparation of returns
BSAD 332 Operations Research for
Management Decisions. (3) Prerequisite.
MATH 220 BSAD 230 Surveys the
philosophy, techniques and applications
of operations research to managerial
decision making The course is designed
primarily for students not majoring in
management science, statistics, or IFSM
Techniques covered include linear pro-
gramming, transportation and assignment
models Markov processes, inventory and
queuing models Emphasis is placed on
formulating and solving decision problems
in the functional areas of management
BSAD 340 Business Finance. (3) Pre-
requisite BSAD 221 This course deals
with principles and practices involved in
the organization financing, and rehabilita-
tion o( business enterprises, the various
types of securities and their use m rais-
ing funds, apportioning income, risk,
and control, intercorporate relations, and
new developments Emphasis is on solu-
tion of problems of financial policy faced
by management
BSAD 343 InvestmenU. (3) Prerequisite.
BSAD 340 An introduction to financial
investments Topics include securities and
securities market; investment risks,
returns, and constraints: ponfolio policies;
and institutional investment policies
BSAD 350 Marketing Principles and
Organization. (3) Prerequisite. ECON 203
or 205 This is an introductory course in
the lield of marketing Its purpose is to
give a general understanding and appreci-
ation of the forces operating institutions
employed, and methods followed in
marketing agricultural products natural
products, services and manufactured
goods
BSAD 351 Marketing Management (3)
Prerequisites BSAD 230 and 350 A study
of the work of the marketing division in a
going organization The work of develop-
ing organizations and procedures tor the
control of marketing activities is
surveyed. The emphasis throughout the
course is placed on the determination of
policies, methods and practices for the
effective marketing of various forms of
manufactured products
BSAD 352 Advertising. (3) Prerequisite.
BSAD 350 A study of the role o( advertis-
ing in the American economy, the impact
o( advertising on our economic and social
life, the methods and techniques currently
applied by advertising practitioners; the
role of the newspaper, magazine, and
other media in the development of an
advertising campaign, modern research
methods to improve the effectiveness of
advertising and the organization of the
advertising business
BSAD 353 Retail ManagemenL (3) Pre-
requisites. BSAD 220 and 350 Retail store
organization, location, layout and store
policy: pricing policies price lines,
brands, credit policies, records as a guide
to buying: purchasing methods; super-
vision of selling; training and supenrision
Course Offerings / 133
of retail sales force; and administrative
problems.
BSAD 360 Personnel Management. (3)
The basic course in personnel manage-
ment includes manpower planning, re-
cruitment, selection, development, com-
pensation, and appraisal of employees.
Explores the impact of scientific manage-
ment and unionism on these functions.
BSAD 362 Labor Relations. (3) A study
of the development and methods of
organized groups in industry with refer-
ence to the settlement of labor disputes
An economic and legal analysis of labor
union and employer association activities,
arbitration, mediation, and conciliation;
collective bargaining, trade agreements,
strikes, boycotts, lockouts, company
unions, employee representation, and
injunctions.
BSAD 364 Management and Organization
Theory. (3) The development of manage-
ment and organization theory. Nature of
the management process and function and
its future development. The role of the
manager as an organizer and director,
the communication process, goals and
responsibilities.
BSAD 370 Principles of Transportation.
(3) Prerequisite. ECON 203 or 205 A
general course covering the five fields of
transportation, their development, service.
and regulation
BSAD 371 Traffic and Physical
Distribution Management. (3) Prerequisite,
Junior standing Examines the manage-
ment aspects of the business firm in
moving their raw materials and finished
goods, through traffc. warehousing,
industrial packaging, materials handling,
and inventory A systematic examination of
the trade-off possibilities and management
alternatives to minimize cost of product
flow and maximizing customer service is
provided.
BSAD 380 Business Law. (3) Legal
aspects of business relationships, con-
tracts, negotiable instruments, agency,
partnerships, corporations, real and
personal property, and sales.
BSAD 381 Business Law. (3) Legal
aspects of business relationships, con-
tracts, negotiable instruments, agency,
partnerships, corporations, real and
personal property, and sales.
BSAD 385 Production Management. (3)
Studies the operation of a manufacturing
enterprise, concentrating on the
economies of production. Introduces a
grounding in analytical method early so
that the broad problem areas of system
design, operation and control can be
based upon the analytical method
BSAD 390 Risk Management. (3) Pre-
requisite. MATH 111- Designed to acquaint
the student with the nature and signi-
ficance of risk in business enterprise. The
problems relating to both pure and
speculative risk in business are con-
sidered; and methods of solution involv-
ing risk assumption, transfer, reduction,
and the use of insurance are analyzed as
aids in management decision making.
BSAD 391 Principles of Risk and
Insurance. (3) Prerequisite, fVIATH 111.
Emphasizes the use of insurance in
resolving problems involving personal
and business risks. Life, accident and
health, fire and casualty, automobile, and
marine insurance are examined as means
of dealing with these risks. The theory
and legal aspects of insurance are con-
sidered, as well as the quantitative
measurement of risks.
BSAD 392 Introduction to International
Business Management. (3) Prerequisite.
ECON 203 or 205. A study of the domestic
and foreign environmental factors affecting
the international operations of U.S.
business firms The course also covers
the administrative aspects of international
marketing, finance and management.
BSAD 393 Real Estate Principles. (3)
Prerequisite. ECON 203 or 205. This
course covers the nature and uses of
real estate, real estate as a business,
basic principles, construction problems
and home ownership, city planning, and
public control and ownership of real
estate.
BSAD 401 Introduction to Systems
Analysis. (3) Students enrolled in the
department of business administration
curricula will register for IFSM 436. For
detailed information on prerequisites and
descriptions of the course, refer to
IFSIVI 436. The credits earned in IFSIVI 436
may be included in the total credits earned
in the area of concentration in business
administration
BSAD 420 Undergraduate Accounting
Seminar. (3) Prerequisite. Senior standing
as an accounting major or consent of
instructor. Enrollment limited to upper
one-third of senior class. Seminar cover-
age of outstanding current non-text
literature, current problems and case
studies in accounting.
BSAD 421 Undergraduate Accounting
Seminar. (3) Prerequisite. Senior standing
as an accounting major or consent of
instructor. Enrollment limited to upper
one-third of senior class. Seminar
coverage of outstanding current non-text
literature, current problems and case
studies in accounting.
BSAD 422 Auditing Theory and Practice.
(3) Prerequisite, BSAD 311 A study of the
principles and problems of auditing and
application of accounting principles to
the preparation of audit working papers
and reports.
BSAD 423 Apprenticeship in Accounting.
(0) Prerequisites, l^inimum of 20 semester
hours in accounting and the consent of
the accounting staff. A period of
apprenticeship is provided with nationally
known firms of certified public accountants
from about January 15 to February 15.
BSAD 424 Advanced Accounting. (3)
Prerequisite. BSAD 311. Advanced ac-
counting theory to specialized problems
in partnerships, ventures, consignments,
installment sales, insurance, statement of
affairs, receivers accounts, realization and
liquidation reports, and consolidation of
parent and subsidiary accounts.
BSAD 425 CPA Problems. (3) Pre-
requisite, BSAD 311, or consent of
instructor, a study of the nature, form and
content of CPA. examinations by means
of the preparation of solutions to, and an
analysis of, a large sample of OP. A.
problems covering the various accounting
fields.
BSAD 426 Advanced Cost Accounting.
(2) Prerequisite. BSAD 321. A continuation
of basic cost accounting with special
emphasis on process costs, standard
costs, joint costs, and by-product cost.
BSAD 427 Advanced Auditing Theory
and Practice. (3) Prerequisite. BSAD 422
Advanced auditing theory and practice and
report writing.
BSAD 430 Linear Statistical Models in
Business. (3) Prerequisite. BSAD 230 or
consent of instructor. Model building
involving an intensive study of the general
linear stochastic model and the applica-
tions of this model to business
problems. The model is derived in matrix
form and this form is used to analyze both
the regression and anova formulations of
the general linear model.
BSAD 431 Design of Statistical
Experiments in Business. (3) Prerequisite,
BSAD 230 or 231 Surveys anova models,
basic and advanced experimental design
concepts. Non-parametric tests and cor-
relation are emphasized. Applications of
these techniques to business problems in
primarily the marketing and behavioral
sciences are stressed.
BSAD 432 Sample Survey Design for
Business and Economics. (3) Prerequisite.
BSAD 230 or 231. Design of probability
samples. Simple random sampling,
stratified random sampling, systematic
sampling, and cluster sampling designs
are developed and compared for efficiency
under varying assumptions about the
population sampled. Advanced designs
such as multistage cluster sampling
and replicated sampling are surveyed.
Implementing these techniques in
estimating parameters of business models
IS stressed.
BSAD 433 Statistical Decision Theory in
Business. (3) Prerequisite, BSAD 231 or
consent of instructor. Bayesian approach
to the use of sample information in
decision-making. Concepts of loss, risk,
decision criteria, expected returns, and
expected utility are examined. Application
of these concepts to decision-making in
the firm in various contexts are
considered.
BSAD 434 Operations Research I. (3)
Prerequisite, BSAD 230, MATH 240 or
permission of instructor. Designed pri-
marily for students maioring in manage-
ment science, statistics, and information
systems management. It is the first semes-
ter of a two semester introduction to the
philosophy, techniques and applications of
operations research Topics covered in-
clude linear programming, postoptimaiity
analysis, network algorithms, dynamic
programming, inventory and equipment re-
placement models.
BSAD 435 Operations Research 11. (3)
Prerequisite, BSAD 434. or permission of
instructor. The second semester of a two-
part introduction to operations research.
The primary emphasis is on stochastic
models in management science. Topics
include stochastic linear programming,
probabilistic dynamic programming.
Markov processes, probabilistic inven-
tory models. Queuing theory and
simulation
BSAD 436 Applications of Mathematical
Programming in Management Science. (3)
Prerequisite, BSAD 434 or permission of
instructor. Theory and applications of
linear, integer, and nonlinear programming
models to management decisions. Topics
covered include the basic theorems of
linear programming; the matrix formu-
lation of the simplex, and dual simplex
algorithms; decomposition, cutting plane,
branch and bound, and implicit enumera-
tion algorithms; gradient based al-
gorithms; and quadratic programming.
Special emphasis is placed upon model
formulation and solution using prepared
computer algorithms.
BSAD 438 Topics in Statistical Analysis
for Business Management. (3) Prerequi-
site, BSAD 430 and MATH 240 or per-
mission of the instructor. Selected topics
in statistical analysis which are relevant to
management for students with knowledge
of basic statistical methods. Topics
include evolutionary operation and re-
sponse surface analysis, forecasting
techniques, pathologies of the linear model
and their remedies, multivariate models,
and non-parametric models.
BSAD 440 Financial Management (3)
Prerequisite. BSAD 340. Analysis and dis-
cussion of cases and readings relating
to financial decisions of the firm. The
application of finance concepts to the
solution of financial problems is
emphasized.
BSAD 443 Security Analysis and Valua-
tion. (3) Prerequisite, BSAD 343 Study
and application of the concepts, methods,
models, and empirical findings to the
analysis, valuation, and selection of securi-
ties, especially common stock.
134 / Course Offerings
BSAO 445 CommafClal Bank Manag*-
(1>
.ind
functions, poncios. oigdiiiidlion. sUuc-
lute. services, and regulation are consid-
ered
BSAD 4S0 Marketing Research
Metl>ods. (3) Pieioquisilos BSAO 230 and
350 Rocommendod Itint BSAD 430 be
taKen prior to this course Ttiis course Is
intended to develop skill in the use ol
scientific methods in the acquisition,
analysis and interpretation ol marketing
data It covers the specialized fields ot
marketing research: the planning ot survey
projects, sample design, tabulation pro-
cedure and report preparation.
BSAD 451 Consumer Analysis. (3) Pre-
requisites BSAD 350 and 351 Recom-
mended that PSYC 100 and 221 be taken
pnor to this course Considers the grow/ing
importance ot the American consumer
in the marketing system and the need
to understand him Topics include the
foundation considerations underlying con-
sumer behavior such as economic,
social, psychological and cultural (actors
Analysis ot the consumer in marketing
situations— as a buyer and user of
products and services — and in relation to
the various mdivid'jal social and marketing
factors aflecting his behavior The
influence ol marketing communications
IS also considered
BSAO 452 Promotion Management. (3)
Prerequisites, BSAD 350 and 352. This
course is concerned with the way in which
business drms use advertising, personal
selling, sales promotion, and other
methods as part o( their marketing pro-
gram The case study method is used to
present problems taken (rom actual
business practice Cases studied illustrate
problems in the use and coordination ol
demand stimulation methods as well as
analysis and planning Research, testing
and statistical control of promotional
activities are also considered
BSAD 454 International Marketing. (3)
Prerequisites BSAD 350 plus one other
marketing course The industrial and busi-
ness sector of the marketing system is
considered rather than the household or
ultimate consumer sector Industrial
products range from raw materials and
supplies to the major equipment in a plant,
business oflice or institution Topics
include product planning and introduc-
tion, market analysis and forecasting,
channels pricing, field sales force
management, advertising, marketing cost
analysis, and government relations. Par-
ticular attention is given to industrial,
business and institutional buying policies
and practice and to the analysis ot
buyer behavior
BSAD 454 Intemallonal Marketlitg. (3)
Pioiuquisiles. BSAD 350 plus any other
maikoting course A study ol the marketing
lunctlons Irom the viewpoint of the inter-
national executive In addition to the
coverage ol international marketing
policies relating to product adaptation,
distribution, pricing, communications, and
distribution, priving, communications, and
cost analysis, consideration Is given to
the cultural, legal, linancial, and organiza-
tional aspects ol inlornational marketing
BSAD 455 Sales Management. (3) The
role ol the sales manager, both at head-
quarters and in the liold, in the manage-
ment ol people, resources and marketing
lunctlons. An analysis ol the problems
involved in sales organization, lorecast-
ing. planning, communicating, evaluating
and controlling Attention is given to the
application ol quantitative techniques and
pertinent behavioral science concepts
In the management ol the sales ellort and
sales (orce
BSAD 460 Personnel Management —
Analysis and Problems. (3) Prerequisite.
BSAD 360, Recommended. BSAD 230. Re-
search findings, special readings, case
analysis, simulation, and (ield investiga-
tions are used to develop a better
understanding ol personnel problems,
alternative solutions and their practical
ramiticalions.
BSAD 462 Labor Legislation. (3) Case
method analysis o( the modern law of
industrial relations. Cases include the de-
cisions of administrative agencies,
courts and arbitration tribunals.
BSAD 454 Organizational Behavior. (3)
Prerequisite. BSAD 364 An examination
ol research and theory concerning the
lorces which contribute to the behavior
of organizational members Topics covered
include: work group behavior, supervisory
behavior, intergroup relations, employee
goals and attitudes, communication prob-
lems, organizational change, and organi-
zational goals and design,
BSAD 467 Undergraduate Seminar In
Personnel Management. (3) Prerequisite,
consent of instructor. This course is open
only to the top one-third ol undergraduate
majors in personnel and labor relations
and is offered during the fall semester
ol each year Highlights major develop-
ments Guest lecturers make periodic
presentations
BSAD 470 Motor Transportation. (3)
Prerequisite. BSAD 370. The development
and scope ol the motor carrier industry:
dilferent types ol carriers, economics ol
motor transportation, service available, led-
eral regulation, highway linancing.
allocation ol cost to highway users, high-
way barriers.
BSAD 471 Water Trantporlallon (3) Pre-
requisite, BSAD 370 Water carriers Ol all
types, dovolopmont and types ol services,
trade routes, inland watenwoys, company
organization, the American Merchant
Marino as a lactor in national activity
BSAD 472 Commarclal Air Trantporla-
tlon. (3) Prerequisite. BSAO 370 The air
Iransporlation system ol the United States,
airways, airports, airlines Federal regula-
tion ol air transportation: economics,
equipment, operations, financing, selling
of passenger and cargo services. Air mall
development and services
BSAD 473 Advanced Trantporlallon
Problems. (3) Prerequisite, BSAD 370
A critical examination of current govern-
ment transportation policy and proposed
solutions. Urban and intercity managerial
transport problems are also considered
BSAD 474 Urban Transport and Urban
Development. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 203
or 205 An analysis of the role of urban
transportation in present and future
urban development. The interaction ol
transport pricing and service, urban plan-
ning, institutional restraints, and public
land uses is studied.
BSAD 480 Legal Environment ol Busi-
ness. (3) The course examines the
principal ideas in law stressing those
which are relevant for the modern business
executive. Legal reasoning as it has
evolved in this country will be one ol the
central topics ol study. Several leading
antitrust cases will be studied to illustrate
vividly the reasoning process as well as
the interplay ol business, philosophy, and
the various conceptions ol the nature ol
law which give direction to the process
Examination of contemporary legal prob-
lems and proposed solutions, especially
those most likely to affect the business
community, are also covered
BSAD 481 Public Utilities. (3) Prerequi-
site. ECON 203 or 205 Using the regu-
lated industries as specilic examples,
attention is locused on broad and general
problems in such diverse lields as con-
stitutional law. administrative law. public
administration, government control ol
business, advanced economic theory,
accounting, valuation and depreciation,
taxation, linance. engineering, and man-
agement
BSAD 482 Business and Government. (3)
Prerequisite. ECON 203 or 205 A study
of the role of government in modern eco-
nomic life. Social control ol business as
a remedy lor the abuses ol business
enterprise arising (rom the decline ol
competition. Criteria of limitations on gov-
ernment regulation ol private enterprise.
BSAD 485 Advanced Production Man-
agement (3) Prerequisite. BSAO 385. A
study of typical problems encountered by
the factory manager The objective is to
develop the ability to analyze and solve
problems in management control o(
production and in the lormulalion ol pro-
duction policies Among the topics covered
are plant location, production planning
and control, methods analytls. and time
study
BSAD 490 Urban Land Managemanl. (3)
Covori the managerial and decision mak-
ing aspects ol urban land and property
Included are such subjects as land use
and valuation matters
BSAD 493 Honori Study. (3) First
semester ol the senior year Prerequisite,
candidacy lor honors in business adminis-
tration The course is designed lor
honors students who have elected to con-
duct intensive study (independent or
group) The student will work under the
direct guidance ol a (acuity advisor
and the chairman o( the honors committee
They shall determine that the area ol
study is ol a scope and intensity deserving
ol a candidate's attention. Formal written
and or oral reports on the study may be
required by the laculty advisor and or
chairman ol the honors program Group
meetings of the candidates may be called
at the discretion ol the laculty advisors
and /or chairman ol the honors com-
mittee.
BSAD 494 Honors Study. (3) Second
semester ol the senior year Prerequisit"
BSAD 493. and continued candidacy lor
honors in business administration The
student shall continue and complete the
research initiated in BSAD 493. additional
reports may be required at the discretion
ol the faculty advisor and honors program
chairman Group meetings may be held.
BSAD 495 Business Policies. (3) Pre-
requisites, BSAD 340 350, 364. and senior
standing A case study course in which
the aim is to have the student apply
what he has learned of general man-
agement principles and their specialized
functional applications to the overall man-
agement function in the enterprise
Behavioral and Social Sciences
BSOS 101 Introduction to the Behavioral-
Social Sciences, (3) An inlroduction to
modern behavioral and social sciences:
brief history, underlying principles, meth-
ods and trends of the major behavioral
and social science disciplines Selected
contemporary problems and their handling
by several appropriate disciplines of
the behavioral-social sciences
BSOS 308 Contemporary Issues — Inter-
disciplinary Approaches. (3) An inter-
disciplinary analysis of current public
policy issues ol international, national and
community import Senior standing recom-
mended. This course may be repeated
once lor credit, provided a dillerent topic
is offered
Pliysical Therapy
BTPT 110 Physical Therapy Orienta-
tion. (1) General introductory course to the
Course Offerings / 135
profession of physical therapy and its
relationship to other health professions
Orientation of the student is done by
visual aids, discussions, and visits to
physical therapy departments.
BTPT 111 Physical Therapy Orienta-
tion. (1) Continuation of BTPT 110
Chemistry
CHEM 101 Introductory College Chem-
istry. (2) Two lectures and one recitation
per weel<. An introduction to the study of
matter This course is intended to be
followed by CHEI^ 103. This course may
not be taken for credit by students with
credit in CHEM 001. 003. 005, 102. 103.
or 105 or their equivalents. This course
may not be taken to satisfy the general
education science requirement
CHEM 102 Chemistry of Man's
Environment. (4) Three lectures and one
three-hour laboratory per week. Non-
mathematical presentation of basic
chemical principles and applications in
cosmochemistry. geochemistry, biochemis-
try, and nuclear chemistry. Particular
emphasis is placed on the development
of man's environment and his effect upon
it. This course is for the general student
and does not satisfy the requirements
of the professional schools.
CHEM 103 College Chemistry I. (4) Three
lectures, one recitation, and one three-
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite.
CHEM 101 or satisfactory performance on
qualifying test. The first semester of a
general chemistry sequence intended for
students whose curricula require a year
or more of chemistry to provide a
working knowledge of the science.
nature and composition of matter; chemi-
cal calculations: atomic structure: solu-
tions.
CHEM 104 College Chemistry II. (4)
Three lectures, one recitation, and one
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequi-
site. CHEM 103 or 105. A continuation
of CHEM 103 The chemistry of carbon,
aliphatic compounds; acids and bases,
aromatic compounds; stereochemistry;
Halides: amines and amides; acids, esters;
carbohydrates; natural products.
CHEM 105 Principles of College Chem-
istry I. (4) Three lectures, one recitation,
and one three-hour laboratory per week. A
more rigorous treatment of the material
of CHEM 103. Admission by invitation
of the chemistry department based on per-
formance on a qualifying test.
CHEM 106 Principles of College Chem-
istry II. (4) Three lectures, one recitation,
and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite, CHEM 103 or 105 and con-
sent of the chemistry department. A more
rigorous treatment of the material of
CHEM 104.
CHEM 107 Chemistry and Man. (3) Lec-
ture course intended for non-chemistry
majors. The impact of chemistry on
man. The chemistry of the universe around
136 / Course Offerings
us, of life, of the body, of the mind, of
food and drugs, of consumer goods,
and of everyday living. Basic knowledge
of chemistry helpful to the intelligent
citizen of today.
CHEM 201 College Chemistry III. (3)
Three lectures and one recitation per
week. Prerequisite. CHEM 104 or 106. A
continuation of CHEM 104. Organic
chemistry, with emphasis on molecular
structure; stereochemistry, conformational
analysis; substitution reactions; carbonium
ions: spectroscopy; aromaticity; syn-
thetic processes. This course must be
accompanied by CHEM 202 unless credit
for CHEM 202 has previously been
established.
CHEM 202 College Chemistry Labora-
tory III. (2) One lecture and one three-hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, CHEM
104 or 106 A laboratory course to ac-
company CHEM 201. This course must be
accompanied by CHEM 201,
CHEM 203 College Chemistry IV. (3)
Three lectures and one recitation per
week. Prerequisite. CHEM 104 or 106. In-
troductory analytical and theoretical
chemistry. Bonding theory; electrochemis-
try; molecular energetics and structure:
chemical dynamics; equilibrium; determi-
nation of composition of matter. This
course must be accompanied by CHEM
204 unless credit for CHEM 204 has
previously been established.
CHEM 204 College Chemistry Labora-
tory IV. (2) One lecture and one three-
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite.
CHEM 104 or 106. A laboratory course to
accompany CHEM 203. This course must
be accompanied by CHEM 203.
CHEM 211 Principles of College Chem-
istry III. (3) Three lectures and one
recitation per week. Prerequisite. CHEM
104 or 106 and consent of the chemistry
department. A more rigorous treatment
of the material of CHEM 201. This course
must be accompanied by CHEM 212
unless credit for CHEM 212 has previous-
ly been established,
CHEM 212 Principles of College
Chemistry Laboratory III. (2) One lecture
and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite, CHEM 104 or 106 and
consent of the chemistry department. A
more rigorous treatment of the material
of CHEM 202, This course must be
accompanied by CHEM 211.
CHEM 213 Principles of College
Chemistry IV. (3) Three lectures and one
recitation per week. Prerequisite, CHEM
104 or 106 and consent of chemistry
department, A more rigorous treatment
of the material of CHEM 203. This course
must be accompanied by CHEM 214 un-
less credit for CHEM 214 has previously
been established
CHEM 214 Principles of College Chemis-
try Laboratory IV. (2) One lecture and
one three-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite. CHEM 104 or 106 and consent
of the chemistry department. A more
rigorous treatment of the material of
CHEM 204. This course must be accom-
panied by CHEM 213,
CHEM 261 Elements of Biochemistry. (3)
For undergraduate students who desire a
one-semester biochemistry course rather
than a two-semester sequence Course
covers basic chemistry and metabolism
of most molecules of biological im-
portance. Not open to students with credit
in CHEM 461. Three lectures per week.
Prerequisite, CHEM 104,
CHEM 302 Radiochemical Safety Pro-
cedures. (1) One lecture per week A
lecture and demonstration course. Radia-
tion hazards, principles and practices of
radiation safety, federal (ABC. ICC) codes
and state public health
CHEM 321 Quantitative Analysis. (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour labora-
tory periods per week. Prerequisites.
CHEM 203-204 or 213-214. Volumetric,
gravimetric, electrometric. and colorimetric
methods. Intended for students in agri-
cultural chemistry, general physical sci-
ence, science education, etc.
CHEM 398 Special Projects. (2) Honors
projects for undergraduate students.
CHEM 399 Introduction to Chemical
Research. (1-2) Prerequisite, junior
standing. Registration only upon consent
of the course coordinator. The course will
allow students to conduct basic research
under the supervision of a member of
the department May be repeated for credit
to a maximum of four credits.
CHEM 401 Inorganic Chemistry. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite.
CHEM 481.
CHEM 403 Radiochemistry. (3) Three lec-
tures per week. Prerequisite, one year of
college chemistry and one year of
college physics. Radioactive decay; intro-
duction to properties of atomic nuclei:
nuclear processes in cosmology; chemi-
cal, biomedical and environmental appli-
cations of radioactivity: nuclear
processes as chemical tools: interaction
of radiation with matter.
CHEM 421 Advanced Quantitative
Analysis. (3) Three lectures per week Pre-
requisites. CHEM 430 and 482 or con-
current registration. An examination of
some advanced topics in quantitative
analysis including nonaqueous titrations,
precipitation phenomena, complex
equilibria, and the analytical chemistry
of the less familiar elements,
CHEM 423 Organic Quantitative
Analysis. (2) Two three-hour laboratory
periods per week. Prerequisite. CHEM 203-
204 or 213-214. and consent of the in-
structor. The semi-micro determination
of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, halogen
and certain functional groups.
CHEM 430 Chemical Measurements
Laboratory I. (3) One lecture and two
three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Corequisite. CHEM 481. An introduction to
the principles and applications of
quantitative techniques useful in chemis-
try, with emphasis on modern instrumenta-
tion Computer programming, electronic
circuits, spectroscopy, chemical separa-
tions,
CHEM 431 Chemical Measurements
Laboratory II. (3) One lecture and two
three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite, CHEM 481; corequisite.
CHEM 482. An introduction to the princi-
ples and applications of quantitative
techniques useful in chemistry, with
emphasis on modern instrumentation.
Communications techniques, vacuum sys-
tems, therochemistry. phase equilibria,
chemical kinetics, electrochemistry.
CHEM 433 Chemical Synthesis. (3) One
lecture and two three-hour laboratory
periods per week. Prerequisites. CHEM
201-202 or 211-212, and 203-204 or 213-214.
CHEM 441 Advanced Organic Chemis-
try. (3) Prerequisite. CHEM 481. An ad-
vanced study of the compounds of carbon,
with special emphasis on molecular
orbital theory and organic reaction
mechanisms.
CHEM 443 Qualitative Organic
Analysis. (3) One lecture and two-three
hour laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisites, CHEM 201-202 or 211-212, and
203-204 or 213-214 The systematic identifi-
cation of organic compounds.
CHEM 461 Biochemistry I. (3) Three lec-
tures per week. Prerequisites. CHEM
203-204 or 213-214. or permission of in-
structor. A comprehensive introduction to
general biochemistry wherein the
chemistry and metabolism of carbohy-
drates, lipids, nucleic acids, and proteins
are discussed.
CHEM 462 Biochemistry II. (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM
461 A continuation of CHEM 461.
CHEM 463 Biochemistry Laboratory I. (2)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per
week Prerequisite. CHEM 461 or concur-
rent registration in CHEM 461.
CHEM 464 Biochemistry Laboratory II. (2)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisite. CHEM 462 or concur-
rent registration in CHEM 462. and CHEM
430 or CHEM 463.
CHEM 472 Principles of Geochem-
istry. (3) Three lectures per week Pre-
requisite. CHEM 104 or equivalent, and
senior standing A survey of historical and
modern theories of the origin of the
universe and the solar system. The origin
of elements and their distributions in
space, on extra-terrestrial bodies and
on earth. Discussion of the origin of
igneous rocks, of the physical and chemi-
cal factors governing development and
d>*l(ibution of sodlmentary rocKs. ol
th« (tmosphera. Organic sedimonls. the
internal structures ol earth and the
planets, the role ol isotopes In geo-
thermometry and in the solution ol other
problems
CHEM 473 Gcochemlslry ol Solids. (3)
Three lectures per week Prerequisili-
CHEM 482 or GEOL 423 Principles ol
crystal chemistry applied to structures,
properties and reactions ol minerals
and non-metallic solids Emphasis is
placed on the relation ol structural stabil-
ity to bonding, ionic me charge order-
disorder, polymorphism and isomorphism
CHEM 474 EnvlronmanUI Chemlttry. (3)
Three lectures per week Prerequisite.
CHEM 461 or equivalent The sources ol
various elements and chemical reactions
between them m the atmosphere and
hydrosphere are treated Causes and bio-
logical ellects ol air and water pollution
by certain elements are discussed
CHEM 475 Chemical Oceaf>o«raphy. (3)
Three lectures per week Prerequisite.
CHEM 103 or equivalent, and one addition-
al semester ol physical science An
introduction to physical, chemical and
geological processes that occur in the
manne environment including physical
and chemical properties ol sea water.
geology ol the sea lloor, general circula-
tion ol the ocean, currents, waves, and
tKtes
CHEM 481 Physical Chemistry I. (3) Three
lectures per week Prerequisite. CHEM
203-204 or 213-214 MATH 141. PHYS 142
or PHYS 263 (PHYS 263 may be taken
concurrently with CHEM 481) or consent ol
instructor A course primarily (or
chemists and chemical engineers.
CHEM 482 Physical Chemistry II. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite.
CHEM 481 or consent ol instructor. A
course primarily (or chemists and chemical
engineers
CHEM 485 Advanced Physical Chemis-
try. (2) Prerequisite CHEM 482 Quantum
chemistry and other selected topics
CHEM 486 Advanced Physical Chemistry
Laboratory. (2) Two three-hour laboratory
periods per week Prerequisites, CHEM
482 and consent o( instructor
CHEM 498 Special Topics In Chemis-
try. (3) Three lectures or two lectures and
one three-hour laboratory per week
Prerequisite varies with the nature ol the
topic being considered Course may be
repeated lor credit 11 the subject matter is
substantially ditterent. but not more than
three credits may be accepted in satis-
laction ol major supporting area require-
ments (or chemistry majors
Chinese
CHIN 101 Intensive Elementary
Chinese. (6) Introduction to reading, writ-
ing, and spealting Chinese with an
emphasis on mastering the euentiala o>
pronunciation, basic characters and
structural patterns Eight hours per week
CHIN 102 intensive EiemenUry
Chinese. (6) Introduction to reading, writ-
ing, and speaking Chinese with an
emphasis on mastering the essentials ol
pronunciation, basic characters and struc-
tural patterns Eight hours per week
CHIN 103 Review ol Elementary Chinese.
(3) Designed lor students with prior ex-
perience with the Chinese language,
either written or spoken, who have need
ol lurther preparation belore entering
CHIN 201 CHIN 103 may be taken
simultaneously with CHIN 201. 104 with
202. on recommendation ol the director
ol the Chinese program
CHIN 104 Review ol Elementary
Chinese. (3) Designed lor students with
prior experience with the Chinese lan-
guage, either written or spoken, who have
need ol luture preparation belore enter-
ing CHIN 201 CHIN 103 may be taken
simultaneously with CHIN 201. 104 with
202. on recommendation ol the director
ol the Chinese program.
CHIN 201 intermediate Chinese. (3)
Three recitations per week: additional
electronic laboratory in CHIN 201. Pre-
requisite. CHIN 102 or equivalent. Read-
ing o( texts designed to give some
knowledge o( Chinese li(e, thought and
culture
CHIN 202 Intermediate Chinese. (3)
Three recitations per week Prerequisite.
CHIN 201 or equivalent Reading ol texts
designed to give some knowledge ol
Chinese lile, thought and culture.
CHIN 301 Advanced Chinese. (3) Ad-
vanced level study o( language patterns
and syntax as well as development
ot vocabulary and skills necessary to
prepare the student (or eventual use o(
original sources. Prerequisite. CHIN 201.
202. or permission o( the director o( the
Chinese program
CHIN 302 Advanced Chinese. (3) Ad-
vanced level study ol language patterns
and syntax as well as development o(
vocabulary and skills necessary to pre-
pare the student (or eventual use o(
original sources Prerequisite. CHIN 201,
202, or permission ol the director ol the
Chinese program
CHIN 401 Readings Irom Chinese
History. (3) Prerequisite. CHIN 302 or
equivalent, based on Anthology ol His-
torians (rom the Chou to the Ching
dynasties.
CHIN 402 Readings (rom Chinese His-
tory. (3) Prerequisite. CHIN 302 or
equivalent Based on Anthology o( His-
torians (rom the Chou to the Ching
Dynasties
CHIN 403 Classical Chinese 1. (3) Pre-
requisite. CHIN 302 Introductory classical
ChineM using literary and historical
sources in the original language
CHIN 404 Ciasslcai ChineM II. (3) Pre-
requisite. CHIN 302 Further classical
studios by various writers (rom (amouB
philosophers to prominoni scholars bo-
tore the now culture movement
CHIN 411 Chinese Civilization. (3) This
course supplements GEOQ 422: cultural
geography ol China and Japan It deals
with Chinese literature, art, lolklore. his-
tory, government, and groat men The
course IS given in English.
CHIN 412 Chineaa Civilization. (3) De-
velopments in China since 1911 The
course is given in English,
CHIN 413 Survey ol Chinese LHaratura
In Translation 1. (3) The background and
development ol Chinese literature (rom
the earliest philosophical writings through
the poetry ol the Sung Dynasty (13lh
century AD).
CHIN 414 Survey o( Chinese Literature
in Translation II. (3) Yuan dynasty drama
through Ming and Ching novels and
essays to the modern and revolutionary
short stories, essays and poetry o(
twentieth century China
CHIN 421 Chinese Linguistics. (3) Pre-
requisite, CHIN 102 or equivalent-
CHIN 422 Chinese Linguistics. (3) Pre-
requisite, CHIN 102 or equivalent
Comparative Literature
CMLT 401 introductory Survey ol
Comparative Literature. (3) Survey o( the
background o( European literature
through study of Greek and Latin litera-
ture in English translations, discussing
the debt of modern literature to the
ancients
CMLT 402 Introductory Survey o( Com-
parative Literature. (3) Study ol
medieval and modern continental
literature.
CMLT 411 The Greek Drama. (3) The
chief works of Aeschylus. Sophocles.
Euripides, and Aristophanes in English
translations. Emphasis on the historic
background, on dramatic structure, and
on the effect of the attic drama upon the
mind of the civilized world,
CMLT 415 The Old Testament at
Literature. (3) A study of sources, devel-
opment and literary types-
CMLT 416 New Testament as Litera-
ture. (3) A study of the books of the
New Testament, with attention to the
relevant historical background and to
the transmission o( the text A knowledge
of Greek is helpful, but not essential
CMLT 421 The Classical Tradition and
Its inlluence in the Middle Ages and the
Renaissance. (3) Emphasis on major
writers Reading knowledge o( Greek or
Latin required.
CMLT 422 The Classical Tradition and
lit inlluence In the Middle Age* and
the Renaissance. (3) Emphasis on major
writers Reading knowledge o( Greek or
Latin required
CMLT 430 LHaratura ol the Mkldia
Ages, (3) Narrative, dramatic and lyric
liloraluro ol the middle ages studied in
translation
CMLT 433 Dante and lh« Romance
Tradition. <3) A reading o( The Divine
Comedy to enlighten tihe discovery ot
reality in western literature
CMLT 461 RomanUcltm— Early
Stages. (3) Emphasis on England. France
and Germany Reading knowledge of
French or German required
CMLT 462 Romanticism — Rowcring and
inlluence. (3) Emphasis on England
France and Germany Reading knowledge
o( French or German required
CMLT 469 The ContlnenUi Novel. (3)
The novel in translation from Stendhal
through the Existentialists selected from
literatures of France Germany, Italy,
Russia, and Spam
CMLT 470 Ibsen and The ContlnenUi
Drama. (3) Emphasis on the major work
of Ibsen, with some attention given to
selected predecessors, contemporaries
and successors
CMLT 479 Major Contemporary
Authors. (3)
CMLT 488 Genres. (3) A study of a
recognized literary form, such as tragedy
epic, satire, literary criticism, comedy
tragicomedy, etc. The course may be
repeated for cumulative credit up to
six hours when diflerent material is
presented.
CMLT 489 Major Vtfrtters. (3) Each se-
mester two major writers (rom diHerent
cultures and languages will be studied
Authors will be chosen on the basis of
significant relationships of cultural and
aesthetic contexts, analogies behween
their respective works, and the impor-
tance of each writer to his literary
tradition
CMLT 496 Conterence Course in Com-
parative Literature. (3) Second semester
A tutorial type discussion course corre-
lating the courses m various literatures
which the student has previously taken
with the primary themes and masterpieces
o( world literature This course is re-
quired of undergraduate majors in com-
parative literature, but must not l>e
taken until the final year o( the student's
program
CMLT 498 Selected Topics in Compara-
tive Literature. (3)
Computer Science
CMSC 100 Introduction to Use ol the
Digital Computer. (1) An introduction to
the use of Fortran (or solution o( simple
computational tasks. The use o( a con-
Course Offerings / 137
versalional mode to simplify the com-
putational process will be emphasized
Where possible students will be assigned
to sections ol comparable background.
Examples and problems (or the sections
will be chosen appropriate to the back-
ground of the students.
CMSC 103 Introduclion to Computing for
Non-Majors. (3) Two lectures and one
two-hour laboratory period each week.
Basic concepts of fortran. Elements of
computer organization. Algorithms in
the computational solution of problems.
Survey of non-numeric and numeric
applications. Programming projects
CIMSC 110 Introduction to Computer Pro-
gramming. (3) Two lectures and one two-
hour laboratory period each week.
Construction of algorithms for the efficient
solution of computational problems.
Elements of fortran. Programming tech-
niques and implementation, including
debugging and documentation.
CMSC 120 Intermediate Computer
Programming. (3) Prerequisite, CIVISC 110
or equivalent Two lectures and one two-
hour laboratory period each week.
Elements of structured programming,
program design, testing, and documenta-
tion Development of large programs.
CMSC 210 Assembly Language
Programming. (3) Two lectures and one
two-hour laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite. CMSC 120 or equivalent,
logical basis of computer structure, ma-
chine representation of numbers and
characters, flow of control, instruction
codes, arithmetic and logical operations,
indexing and indirect addressing, input-
output, push-down stacks, symbolic rep-
resentation of programs and assembly
systems, subroutine linkage, macros,
interpretive systems, and recent advances
in computer organization. Several com-
puter projects to illustrate basic con-
cepts.
CMSC 220 Introduction to File
Processing. (3) Prerequisite. CIVISC 120
or equivalent. Characteristics and use of
peripheral memory devices for sequential
and direct access file processing. Tech-
niques such as sorting and searching,
hash coding, and table look-up.
CMSC 250 Introduction to Discrete
Structures. (3) Prerequisite. CMSC 110
and MATH 111 or equivalent. Funda-
mental mathematical concepts and alge-
braic structures, such as sets, rela-
tions, functions, semigroups, monoids,
and boolean algebras Introduction to
the theory of graphs and trees and their
realization as computer programs. Em-
phasis on examples and applications
rather than mathematical rigor,
CMSC 268 Numerical Calculus Lab-
oratory. (1-2) Two hours laboratory per
week for each credit hour Prerequisite,
MATH 240, or concurrent registration
138 / Course Offerings
therein and CMSC 110, or equivalents.
Laboratory work in the development of
algorithmic solutions of problems taken
from numerical calculus with emphasis
on efficiency of computation, and the
control of errors, Basic one-credit lab-
oratory includes completion of several
machine projects on material related to
MATH 240. Second credit involves more
comprehensive projects based on sim-
ilar or related material.
CMSC 270 Introduction to Numerical
Compulation. (3) Prerequisites, MATH
140, 141: elementary Fortran program-
ming. An introduclion to the basic ideas
and problems involved in numerical
computations. Topics will include float-
ing point numbers, computer arithmetic,
rounding errors, error estimates, iterative
processes, and various types of approxi-
mations. These concepts will be illustrated
with applications to numerical differen-
tiation and integration, solutions of
equations, interpolation, and approxi-
mation.
CMSC 280 Discrete Probability and
Computing. (3) Prerequisites. CMSC 110.
first-year calculus, basic concepts of
discrete probability measures: random
variables: mean; variance; generating
functions: weak law of large numbers:
conditional probability; distributions and
densities: convergence: markcv chains.
CMSC 388 Special Computational Lab-
oratory. (1-2) Two hours laboratory per
week for each credit hour. Prerequisite.
CMSC 103 or equivalent. Arranged for
special groups of students to give ex-
perience in developing algorithmic solu-
tions of problems or using particular
computational systems. May be given
for cumulative credit up to a maximum
of six hours where different material is
covered.
CMSC 400 Introduction to Computer
Languages and Systems. (3) Prerequisite,
MATH 241 or equivalent, A terminal
course suitable for non-CMSC majors
with no programming background. Or-
ganization and characteristics of com-
puters. Procedure oriented and assembly
languages, representation of data, char-
acters and instructions, introduction to
logic design and systems organization.
Macro definition and generation, program
segmentation and linkage, extensive use
of the computer to complete projects
illustrating programming techniques and
machine structure. (CMSC 400 may not
be counted for credit in the graduate
program in computer science.)
CMSC 410 Computer Organization. (3)
Prerequisite, CMSC 210 or equivalent
This is the same course as ENEE 440.
Inlroduction, computer elements, parallel
adders and subtracters, micro-operations,
sequences, computer simulation, organi-
zation of a commercially available stored
program computer, microprogrammed
computers. A large-scale batch-process-
ing system.
CMSC 415 Systems Programming. (3)
Prerequisites. CMSC 220, 410 Basic
algorithms of operating system software,
memory management using linkage edi-
tors and loaders, dynamic relocation with
base registers, paging, file systems and
input/output control, processor alloca-
tion for multiprogramming, time-sharing.
The emphasis of the course is on prac-
tical systems programming, including
projects such as a simple linkage editor.
a stand-alone executive, a file system,
etc,
CMSC 420 Data Structures. (3) Pre-
requisite, CMSC 220 or equivalent. De-
scription, properties, and storage alloca-
tion of data structures including lists and
trees, algorithms for manipulating struc-
tures, applications from areas such as
data processing, information retrieval,
symbol manipulation, and operating
systems
CMSC 440 Structure ol Programming
Languages. (3) Prerequisite, CMSC 210 or
equivalent. Formal definition of languages
including specification of syntax and
semantics, syntactic structure and
semantics of simple statements includ-
ing precedence, infix, prefix, and post-
fix notation, global structure and se-
mantics of algorithmic languages in-
cluding declarations and storage alloca-
tion, grouping of statements and binding
time of constituents, subroutines,
coroutines, tasks and parameters. List
processing and data description
languages.
CMSC 445 Compiler Writing. (3) Pre-
language designed around the writing of
examination of a compiler for an algebraic
language designed around the writing of
a compiler as the major part of the
course. Topics covered in the course
include a review of scanning and parsing,
the examination of code generation,
optimization and error recovery, and
compiler-writing techniques such as boot-
strapping and translator writing systems.
CMSC 450 Elementary Logic and
Algorithms. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 240
or consent of instructor This is the same
course as MATH 444. An elementary
development of prepositional logic, predi-
cate logic, set algebra, and Boolean
algebra, with a discussion of Markov
algorithms, turing machines and re-
cursive functions. Topics include post
productions, word problems, and formal
languages.
CMSC 452 Elementary Theory of
Computation. (3) Prerequisites. CMSC
120. 250 This course is intended to
serve two purposes: (1) an introduction
to the theory of computation, and (2) a
tie between many abstract results and
their concrete counterparts. This course
establishes a theoretical foundation for
the proper understanding of the inherent
limitations and actual power of digital
computers Also, it provides a relatively
uniform way of stating and investigating
problems that arise in connection with
the computation of particular functions
and certain classes of functions. Topics
covered include an introductory treat-
ment of classes of computable functions,
computabilily by register machines, com-
putability by turing machines, unsolvable
decision problems, concrete computa-
tional complexity, and complexity of
loop programs.
CMSC 455 Elementary Formal Language
Theory. (3) Prerequisites. CMSC 120. 250.
This course is intended to serve as an
introduction to the theory ol formal lan-
guages This theory is encountered in
the study of both programming languages
and natural languages, and consequently
will be useful in numerous other courses
in computer science at the undergraduate
and graduate levels. Topics covered in-
clude the highlights of Chomsky's hier-
archy of grammars and Chomsky's
hierarchy of languages, a summary treat-
ment of acceptors related to these lan-
guages, and a brief introduction to the
theory of transformational grammars.
CMSC 460 Computational Methods. (3)
Prerequisites, MATH 241 and CMSC 110.
or equivalent. Study of the basic compu-
tational methods for interpolation, least
squares, approximation, numerical quad-
rature, numerical solution of polynomial
and transcendental equations, systems
of linear equations and initial value prob-
lems for ordinary differential equations.
The emphasis is placed on a discussion
of the methods and their computational
properties rather than on their analytic
aspects Intended primarily for students
in the physical and engineering sciences,
(Credit will be given for only one course.
MATH CMSC 470 or MATH CMSC 460.)
CMSC 470 Introduction to Numerical
Analysis. (3) Prerequisites. MATH 241, and
CMSC 110 or elementary knowledge of
computer programming or equivalent. In-
troduction to the analysis of numerical
methods for solving linear systems ol
equations, nonlinear equations in one
variable, interpolation and approximation
problems and the solution of initial
value problems for ordinary differential
equations. Emphasis on the theoretical
foundations. Intended primarily for stu-
dents in mathematics, applied mathe-
matics, and computer science. Not open
to students who have passed MATH/
CMSC 460. (Listed also as MATH 470.)
CMSC 475 Combinatorics and Graph
Theory. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 240 or
equivalent General enumeration methods,
difference equations, generating func-
tions, elements of graph theory to
transport networks, matching theory and
graphical algorithms. (Listed also as
MATH 475.)
CMSC 477 Opllmlialton. (3) Proroquisilos.
CMSC 110 aiiJ MATH 405 or MATH 'V74.
Linear prograniming including the simplex
algorithm and dual linear programs,
convex sets and elements of convex
programming, combinatorial optimiza-
tion, integer programming (Listed also
as MATH 477 and STAT 477 )
CMSC 480 Simulation of Continuous
Systems. (3) Prerequisite. CMSC 280 or
equihaienl Introduction to digital simula-
tion, simulation by mimic programming:
simulation by Fortran programming:
simulation by DSL 90 (or CSMP) pro-
gramming logic and construction of a
simulation processor similarity between
digital simulations of continuous and
diacrole cystoma
CMSC 4M Special Problomt In Computer
Science. (1-3) Pr<'ii;(|uiaile. permission of
instructor An mdividualizod course de-
signed to allow a student or students to
pursue a spocinluod topic or pro|act
under the supervision of the senior staff.
Credit according to work done
Consumer Economics
CNEC too Introduction to Consumer
Economics. (3) Trio role of the consumer
in modern society Topics include the
consumer in the market, the impact of
market failures on the quality of life and
the impact of government and business
decisions on consumer welfare.
CNEC 385 Junior Honors Seminar. (3)
Spring semester. Limited to juniors in the
departmental honors program. Readings,
reports and discussion of selected topics.
CNEC 431 The Consumer and (he
Law. (3) Three lectures a week. A study
of legislation affecting consumer goods
and services Topics covered include
product safely and liability, packaging
and labeling, deceptive advertising, and
consumer credit, the implications of such
legislation for consumer welfare with
particular emphasis on the disadvantaged
groups in our society will be examined
CNEC 435 Economics of Consumption. (3)
Spring semester Three lectures per
week Prerequisites. ECON 201 and 203
or ECON 205 for non-majors. The appli-
cation of economic theory to a study of
consumer decision-making and its role
in a market economy at both the individ-
ual and aggregate levels. Topics covered
include empirical studies of consumer
spending and saving, the consumer in
the market and collective consumption
CNEC 437 Consumer Behavior. (3) Three
lectures per week Prerequisites. PSYC
100 and SOCY 100 An application of the
behavioral sciences to a study of con-
sumer behavior, current theories, models
and empirical research findings are
explored.
CNEC 488 Senior Honors Thesis. (1-4)
Limited to undergraduate students in the
departmental honors program. An inde-
pendent literary, laboratory or Hold study,
conducted throughout the itudenl's
senior year Student should register In
both fall and spring
CNEC 498 Special Studies. (2-4) Inde-
pendent study by an individual student or
by a group of students in advanced work
not otherwise provided in the department
Students must prepare a description of
the study they wish to undertake. The plan
must be approved by the faculty direct-
ing the study and the department
chairman.
Crafts
CRAF 101 Craft Fundamentals and
Materials. (3) Three laboratory periods
Prerequisite, APDS 101 or equivalent.
Introduction to materials and techniques,
recognition of design limitations imposed
by inherent quality of materials
CRAF 102 Recreational Cralli. (2) Two
Inbornlory periods Problems to en-
courage creative expression In variety
of materials. Emphasis on achievement
of aesthetic quality in use of easily
available materials, simple tools Suitable
for non-majors
CRAF 202 Crealiv* Cralts. (3) Three
studio periods. Prerequisites. CRAF 101
or 102. Problems to stimulate creative
experimentation as approach to design
Work with paper, fabric, clay. wood,
metal.
CRAF 220 Ceramics I — Materials and
Processes. (3) Three studio periods. Pre-
requisite. ADDS 101 and consent of the
instructor. Fundamental preparation and
use of clay. Execution of original designs
while developing elementary skills in
the production of clay sculpture
and pottery.
CRAF 230 Metalry I. (3) Three studio
periods Prerequisites. APDS 101 plus one
additional design course, or equivalent.
Opportunity to develop basic skills in
the execution of creatively conceived
design problems in copper, pewter and
silver. Standards of craftsmanship as they
relate to design quality
CRAF 240 Weaving. (3) Three studio
periods Prerequisites APDS 101. 102 or
equivalent, text 105. Basic weaves, pat-
terns draft. Creative weaving as a study
of texture, pattern and color appropriate
to purpose.
CRAF 241 Decorative Textiles. (3) Three
studio periods Prerequisites. APDS 101.
102 or equivalent. Execution of original
designs appropriate to textile decoration,
fibers and fabrics and to the process
involved (i e. batik, block printing, silk
screen stitchery and applique).
CRAF 320 Advanced Ceramics I. (3)
Three studio periods Prerequisite. CRAF
220 Experience in experimental develop-
ment of body and textures, glazes and
colors, and their utilization in clay
products of original design, calculation
of body and glaze composition
CRAF 330 Advancsd Metalry I. (3) Three
studio periods Prerequisite. CRAF 230
Advanced application of skills to design
and fabrication of melals jewelry, stone
setting, metal casting, and forming
CRAF 340 Advanced Weaving/Texllle
Design. (3) Two studio periods. Pre-
requisite. CRAF 240. Execution of
original textile designs which reflect the
demands both of the custom market
and of mass production. Problems
chosen with the consent of
instructor.
CRAF 341 Advanced Weaving/Textile
Design. (3) Two studio periods Pre-
requisite. CRAF 241. Execution of
original textile designs which reflect
the demands both of the custom market
and of the mass production. Problems
chosen with the consent of instructor
CRAF 420 Advanced Ceramics II. (3)
Three studio periods Prerequisite. CRAF
330 Experience in experimental develop-
ment of body and textures, glazes and
colors and their utilization in clay
products of original design, calculation
of body and glaze composition
CRAF 428 Individual Problems In
Ceramics. (3) Prerequisites, CRAF 220.
320. 420. Open to students with demon-
strated ability and with the potential
lor a high level of achievement in studio
production or in research. Total under-
graduate credit permitted in all individual
problems courses in crafts is a maximum
of nine hours. Cor7sen( of cratis tacully.
No less than B average on prerequisites
and presentation of work for evaluation.
CRAF 430 Advanced Metalry II. (3) Two
studio periods Prerequisite. CRAF 330
Advanced application of skills to the
design and fabrication of metals: jewelry,
stone setting, metal casting, cloisonne,
hand-raised hollow.
CRAF 438 Individual Problems in
Metalry. (3) Prerequisites. CRAF 230.
330. 430 with at least a grade of 'B' in
all three courses. Open to students with
demonstrated ability and with the po-
tential for a high level of achievement
in studio production or in research.
Total undergraduate credit permitted in
all individual problems courses in crafts
is a maximum of nine hours. Consent
ot cralts laculiy. No less than 8 average
in prerequisites and presention of
work for evaluation.
CRAF 448 individual Problems in Textile
Design. (3) Prerequisites, CRAF 240, 241.
340. or 341 with at least a grade of B' in all
three courses. Open to students with
demonstrated ability and with the po-
tential tor a high level of achievement
on studio production or in research
Total undergraduate credit permitted in
all individual problems courses in crafts
as a maximum of nine hours. Consent
of crafu faculty. No less than B aver-
age in prerequisites and presentation
of work lor evaluation
Criminal Justice and Criminology
CRIM 220 Criminology. (3) Prerequisites.
SOCV 100 and sophomore standing
Criminal behavior and the methods ol
Its study, causation, typologies of crim-
inal acts and offenders, punishment,
correction and incapacitation, prevention
of crime
CRIM 359 Field Training in Criminology
and Corrections. (1-3) Prerequisites.
SOCY 100 for crime control field train-
ing CRIM 220 and CRIM 450 Enrollment
restricted to available placements. Super-
vised field training in public and private
social agencies The student will select
his particular area of interest and be
responsible to an agency for a definite
program of in-service training Group
meetings, individual conferences and
written program reports will be a re-
quired part of the course.
CRIM 388 Independent Reading Course
In Criminology. (3) H-Honors Prerequisite.
SOCY 100 For honors Students only.
This course IS designed for the needs of
honors students m criminology.
CRIM 389 Independent Research in
Criminology. (3) H-Honors Prerequisite.
SOCY 100 For honors students only.
This course is designed for the needs ol
the honors students in criminology.
CRIM 399 Independent Study in Crim-
inology. (1-6) Prerequisites, written con-
sent of faculty under whose direction the
study is to be performed, and at least 12
hours of criminology credit, integrated
reading or research under direction and
supervision of faculty member.
CRIM 432 Law ol Corrections. (3) Pre-
requisites, LENF 230 or 234 and CRIM
220. A review of the law of criminal cor-
rections from sentencing to final release
on parole Probation, punishments, spe-
cial treatments for special offenders,
parole and pardon, and the prisoner's
civil rights are also examined
CRIM 450 Juvenile Delinquency. (3) Pre-
requisite. SOCY 100. Juvenile delinquency
in relation to the general problem of
crime, analysis of factors underlying
juvenile delinquency, treatment and
prevention.
CRIM 451 Crime and Delinquency Pre-
vention. (3) Prerequisites. CRIM 220 or
CRIM 450 or consent of instructor.
Methods and programs in prevention
of crime and delinquency.
CRIM 452 Treatment ol Criminals and
Delinquents In the Community. (3) Pre-
requisites. CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or
consent of instructor. Analysis of the
processes and methods in the modifica-
tion ol criminal patterns of behavior in
a community setting.
Course Otferings / 139
CRIM 453 Institutional Treatment ol
Criminals and Delinquents. (3) Pre-
requisites, CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or
consent ol instructor. History, organiza-
tion and functions ol penal and correc-
tional institutions for adults and
juveniles.
CRIM 454 Contemporary Criminological
Theory. (3) Prerequisites, CRIM 220,
CRIM 450, and CRIM 451 or CRIM 452
or CRIM 453. Brief historical overview
of criminological theory up to the 50's.
Deviance, labeling, typologies. Most
recent research in criminalistic sub-
cultures and middle class delinquency.
Recent proposals for "decriminaliza-
tion'.
CRIM 498 Selected Topics in Crimi-
nology. (3) Topics of special interest to
advanced undergraduates in crimi-
nology. Such courses will be olfered
in response to student request and
faculty interest. No more than six credits
may be taken by a student in selected
topics.
Dance
OANC 100 Dance Techniques. (2) A
study of dance movement in terms of
placement, rhythm, dynamics, space,
improvisation, and dance phrases
OANC 102 Rliythmic invention for
Dance. (2) Prerequisite, DANC 104 or
equivalent. A course designed to show
how rhythm affects the total dance
movement picture and develops the
dancer's rhythmic awareness and re-
sponse. Understanding of rhythmic
principles, movement isolation, design
phrasing, syncopation,
DANC 104 Dance Tecliniques. (2) Further
development of the materials in DANC
100. Prerequisite, DANC 100 or
equivalent.
DANC 110 Introductory Exploration in
Dance. (3) Technique, improvization,
and theory of dance for beginning non-
major students. Films, lectures. Hours
in line arts for the general education
requirement.
DANC 199 Workshop. (1-3) Admission by
consent of instructor. Planning, choreo-
graphy and presentation of demonstra-
tions and concerts. May be repeated for
credit until eight credits have been
earned.
DANC 200 Introduction to Dance. (3)
Three lectures a week A study of dance
as a form of communication and as an
art form. The course includes a survey
ol the theories and styles of dance,
and of their relationships to other art
forms. Lectures will be supplemented
by observations, films, and guest
speakers.
DANC 208 Elementary Dance Composi-
tion. (3) Prerequisite, DANC 104 or
equivalent. The study of basic principles
of dance composition in terms of space,
time, dynamics, and movement inven-
tion. The development of critical aware-
ness and judgement with regard to
composing.
DANC 248 Dance Techniques. (2)
A — modern, B — ballet. Prerequisite,
DANC 104 or equivalent, A study of
dance techniques and styles.
OANC 265 Elementary Dance Nota-
tion. (3) Prerequisite, DANC 104 or
equivalent. Movement analysis for pur-
poses of recording dance, notation
fundamentals, elementary writing of
technique: reading of simple folk,
modern and ballet studies,
OANC 284 Movement for the Theatre. (3)
Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite, one
semester of dance technique. Movement
for actors, dancers, directors, singers
in the theatre. Dynamics, qualities, styles,
and space as related to movement on
the stage.
DANC 290 Improvisation. (2) Improvisa-
tion as an introduction and extension of
materials in movement necessary to the
choreographic process. Development of
the ability to improvise,
DANC 305 Development of Dance Pro-
gression. (3) Prerequisite, DANC 208 or
equivalent. The application and building
of dance progression both in terms of
dance techniques and in choreographic
studies. Students have the opportunity
to observe and assist the instructor in
conducting lower level dance classes.
DANC 348 Dance Techniques. (2)
A — modern, B — ballet, C — jazz. Further
development of materials in DANC 248.
Prerequisite, DANC 248 and 208 or
equivalent,
OANC 365 Intermediate Notation. (3)
Prerequisite, DANC 265 or equivalent.
Further development of materials in
DANC 265, reading of scores, writing
scores, performing from scores,
OANC 389 Dance Techniques. (1-2) Pre-
requisite, DANC 348 or equivalent. Con-
tinuation of DANC 348 in further ad-
vanced form. May be repeated for
credit.
OANC 400 Advanced Choreographic
Forms. (3) Prerequisite, DANC 208 or
equivalent and adequate dance tech-
nique. Lectures and studio work in
modern sources as they apply to dance,
solo and group choreography.
DANC 458 Group Forms. (3) Prerequisite.
OANC 400 or equivalent. Choreography
for small groups: duets, trios, quartets,
etc.
DANC 465 Advanced Notation. (3) Pre-
requisite. DANC 365 or equivalent. Con-
tinuation of materials in DANC 365 in
more intensive work, the translation,
writing, and performing of advanced
scores in the various forms of dance.
OANC 468 Repertory. (3) The learning of
dances to be chosen from notaled scores,
works of visiting artists, or selected fac-
ulty choreography to be performed on
at least one concert. Audition required.
The course may be repeated for credit,
as different works will be chosen each
semester,
OANC 470 Creative Dance (or Chil-
dren. (3) Prerequisite, DANCE 208 and
305 or equivalent. Directing the essential
elements of dance to the level of the
child's experience and facilitating the
creative response. The development of
movement into simple forms to serve
as a symbol of individual expression,
OANC 478 Dance Production. (3) Pre-
requisite. DANC 388 or equivalent and an
adequate understanding of dance tech-
niques. Advanced choreography. Inde-
pendent work with periodic criticism.
DANC 482 History of Dance. (3) The de-
velopment of dance from primitive to the
middle ages and the relationship of
dance forms to patterns of culture.
OANC 483 History of Dance. (3) The de-
velopment of dance from the renaissance
period to the present time and the
relationship of dance forms to patterns
of culture.
DANC 484 Theory and Philosophy of
Dance. (3) The study of the theories,
philosophies and aesthetics of dance. In-
vestigation of form, content and struc-
ture. Interrelationships of the arts, and
their role in man's world.
OANC 488 Practicum in Dance. (1-6)
Advanced workshop in dance presenta-
tion including performing, production,
and planned field experiences. Repeat-
able to a maximum of six credits.
DANC 489 Ethnic Styles. (3) Prerequisite.
DANC 104. Lecture and activity in styles
expressive of various cultures. May be
repeated for credit by permission of
instructor.
DANC 492 Percussion and Music Sources
for Dance. (3) Prerequisite, DANC 102 or
equivalent or permission. Techniques of
percussion playing, and its use as dance
accompaniment, learning to use the
instruments in composition and impro-
visation. Study of music sources for
dance.
DANC 498 Directed Studies in
Dance. (1-6) Hours arranged For ad-
vanced students who have the permis-
sion of the chairman of the department of
dance.
DANC 499 Advanced Dance Tech-
nique. (2) Prerequisite. DANC 389 or
equivalent. Continuation of DANC 389
in further advanced form.
Dramatic Art
DART 110 Introduction to the Theatre. (3)
A general survey of the fields of the
theatre.
DART 120 Acting. (3) Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor. Basic principles of
histrionic practice.
DART 170 Stagecratt. (3) Fundamentals
of technical production Emphasis on
construction of scenery
A — For dramatic art majors only.
DART 180 Make-up. (2) One lecture and
one laboratory period a week, A lecture-
laboratory course in theory and practice
of stage make-up, covering basic re-
quirements as to age, type, character,
race, and period.
DART 220 Intermediate Acting. (3) Pre-
requisite, DART 120 and permission of
instructor. Instruction, study, and prac-
tice in the science of blueprinting
character development in a full length
play for performance purposes,
DART 252 Historic Costuming for the
Stage. (3) A study of costume for men and
women from the ancient times to the
present in relation to the artistic, social,
economic and political influences of the
times with particular emphasis on those
periods which are most useful in
theatrical production
DART 253 Costume Crafts. (3) The study
of fabrics and garment construction and
their application to the theatre techniques;
included are pattern drafting, cutting, fit-
ting, and finishing.
DART 273 Scenographic Techniques. (3)
Prerequisite, DART 170 The translation of
the artistic idea of the stage design into
effective drawings for the execution of
stage settings. Includes drafting for the
stage, scene painting techniques, and
practice in the mechanical visualization
of scenic elements.
DART 311 Play Production. (3) Pre-
requisite. DART 110 or consent of in-
structor. Development of procedure fol-
lowed by the director in preparing plays
for public performance.
DART 330 Play Directing. (3) Prerequisite,
DART 120 or consent of instructor. A lec-
ture-laboratory course dealing with the
fundamentals of script cutting, pacing,
movement, blocking, and rehearsal
routine as applied to the directing of
plays.
DART 351 Stage Decor. (3) Prerequisite,
DART 214, A study of environmental
decor and ornaments through the ages
and its practical reproduction (or a
theatrical production.
DART 375 Stage Design. (3) Prerequisite.
DART 170 or consent of instructor. The
theory ol stage design and lighting,
making of plans as coordinate elements
ol scenic design.
DART 420 Styles and Theories of Act-
ing. (3) Prerequisite, DART 120 or con-
sent of instructor. The study and appli-
cation of historical styles and theories
ol acting.
140 / Course Offerings
OART 430 Play Directing (3)
OART 440 Childrvn'i Diamatlct. (3)
Piinciplos and methods nccosaary lor
•taging children s productions on the
elementary school level Maior emphasis
on creative dramatics, the application
ol creative dramatics in the school
room and the values gained by the child
in this activity Students will conduct
CIMses in formal and creative dra-
matics which will culminate in children's
programs
A— For dramatic nit maiors only
OART 451 Advanced Scenic Design. (3)
Prerequisite DART 330. 375. 475, 480 or
permission ol instructor Design ol stage
•allings. and ol one total production.
Study ol stage design in the main his-
torical periods and In the contemporary
theatre
OART 476 Principles and Theories ol
Stage Lighting. (3) Prerequisite, DART
375 A siuay ol composition, control, and
mstrumenlalion in theatrical lighting.
OART 479 Theatre Workshop. (3) Pre-
requisite. DART 120 or 170 A laboratory
course designed to provide the student
with practical experience in all phases
ol theatre production
OART 4M Stage Costuming 1. (3) Pre-
requisite. DART 252 Basic principles ol
stage costuming
OART 481 Stage Costuming II. (3) Pre-
requisite. DART 480 The advanced study
ol stage costuming through the develop-
ment ol style as a design consideration
in theatrical productions Designing
costumes lor various forms of drama,
including period-styles
OART 490 History of the Theatre. (3) A
survey of dramatic production from early
origins 10 1800
OART 491 History ol the Theatre. (3) A
survey ol dramatic production from 1800
to the present
OART 499 Seminar. (3) Prerequisites,
senior standing and consent of in-
structor Present-day drama research.
Economics
ECON 105 Economics ol Social Prob-
lems. (3) An introduction to modern eco-
nomic and social problems: their nature,
causes, and policy implications Closed
to students who have taken two of
ECON 201 203, or 205
ECON 201 Principles of Economics I. (3)
An introduction to the problems of un-
employment, inflation, and economic
growth. Emphasis is placed on the roles
of monetary and fiscal policy in the con-
duct of macro-economic policy. The
efficacy of wage and price controls is
analyzed
ECON 203 Principles of Economics II. (3)
This course emphasizes the behavior of
individual consumers and business firms,
problems of international trade and
finance, the distribution of income,
policies for eliminating poverty and dis-
crimination, the problems of environ-
mental pollution, and the impact of differ-
ent market structures upon economic
activity (Students are advised to take
ECON 201 before ECON 203)
ECON 205 Fundamentaii ol Eco-
nomic*. (3) (Not open to students who
have credit in ECON 201 Credit will
be given lor either 201 or 205. but not
for both Students in the college of
business and management are required
to take ECON 201. and should not lake
205) A one-semester introduction, for
non-ma|Ors. to the principles of eco-
nomics and their applications to the
leading economic problems ol society,
including inflation, unemployment, popu-
lation, poverty, urban renewal, inequality,
monopoly., environmental protection,
international trade, imperialism, eco-
nomic planning, and comparative eco-
nomic systems
ECON 310 Evolution ol Modern Capital-
ism In Western Europe and the United
Stales. (3) The evolution ol the capital-
ist system from its medieval origins to
the present. Emphasis on dynamic forces
of cumulative change in capitalism,
includes capital accumulation, tech-
nology, expansion ol markets, the
corporate form of private property in the
means of production, and the relation
of capitalism 1o war and revolution.
ECON 395 Honors Seminar. (3) Normal-
ly taken in the junior year Prerequisite,
candidacy lor honors in economics. Se-
lected topics are investigated and writ-
ten reports are submilted.
ECON 396 Independent Honors Study. (3)
Normally taken in the senior year. Pre-
requisites, ECON 395 and candidacy for
honors in economics. Integrated reading
under staff direction, leading to the
preparation of a thesis in ECON 397.
ECON 397 Honors Thesis. (3) Pre-
requisites. ECON 396 and candidacy
for honors in economics. General super-
vision will be provided through as-
sembled meetings with the professor
in charge of the course.
ECON 398 Topics in Economics. (3) This
course is designed to meet the changing
interests of students and staff. Topics
vary in response to those interests.
This course may be repeated for credit
when the subiect matter changes. Stu-
dents are advised to seek information
about the coverage and prerequisites
during the registration period. Repeat-
able to a maximum of six hours.
ECON 399 Individual Reading and Re-
search for Undergraduates. (3) By ar-
rangement with individual instructors.
This course is designed to meet the
needs of students desiring specialized
instruction and guidance in subjects not
otherwise covered in the course oller-
ing A lull program ol reading, research,
and evaluation of performance should
be worked out between the student and
the lacully member belore enrollment
May bo repealed to a maximum ol six
credits
ECON 401 National Income AnalytU. (3)
Prerequisite. ECON 201. 203 Required lor
economics maiors Analysis ol the de-
termination ol national income, em-
ployment, and price levels Discussion
ol consumption, investment, inllation.
and government liscal and monetary
policy
ECON 402 Builnett Cycle*. (3) First
semester Prerequisite. ECON 401. The
history ol booms and recessions Models
ol the economy lor the analysis ol cycles
in unemployment, investment and in-
llation Economic forecasting and stabili-
zation
ECON 403 intermediate Price Theory. (3)
Prerequisite. ECON 201, 203 Required for
economics majors. An analysis of the
theories of consumer behavior and of
the firm, and of general price and dis-
tribution theory, with applications to
current economic issues.
ECON 407 Contemporary Economic
Thought. (3) Prerequisites. ECON 201,
203. and senior standing Graduate stu-
dents should take ECON 705 A survey
of the development of economic thought
since 1900 with special reference to
Thorstein Veblin and other pre-1939
institutionalists and to post-1945 neo-
institutionalists such as J. K. Galbrailh
and Gunnar Myrdal
ECON 411 American Economic Develop-
ment. (3) Prerequisites. ECON 201. 203.
or 205. Long-term trends in the American
economy and analysis of the sources
of output growth. Technological changes
and the diffusion of new technologies.
These subjects are discussed in the
context of theoretical models.
ECON 415 Introduction to Economic De-
velopment of Underdeveloped Areas. (3)
Prerequisites. ECON 201. 203. or 205
An analysis of the economic and social
characteristics of underdeveloped areas,
recent theories of economic develop-
ment, obstacles to development, policies
and planning for development.
ECON 418 Economic Development of
Selected Areas. (3) A — Latin America. B —
Asia. C— Africa Prerequisite. ECON 415.
Institutional characteristics of a specific
area are discussed and alternate stra-
tegies and policies lor development
are analyzed
ECON 421 Economic Statistics. (3) Pre-
requisite, MATH 110 or equivalent. Not
open to students who have taken BSAD
230 or BSAD 231 An introduction to the
use ol statistics in economics Topics
include: probability, random variables and
their distributions, sampling theory, esti-
mation, hypothesis testing, analysis ol
variance, regression analysis, correla-
tion
ECON 422 OuantlUliv* Method* ol
Economic*. (3) Prerequisites. ECON 201.
203. 421 (or BSAD 230). or permission
ol instructor Emphasizes the interaction
between the economic problems posed
t>y economists and the assumptions em-
ployed in statistical theory Deals with
the lormulation. estimation and testing
ol economic models Topics include
single variable and multiple variable re-
gression techniques, theory ol identi-
licalion. autocorrelation and simultane-
ous equations Independent work re-
lating the material in the course to an
economic problem chosen by the stu-
dent is required.
ECON 425 MalhemaUcal Economic*. (3)
Prerequisites. ECON 401 and 403 and one
year ol college mathematics A course
designed to enable economics majors
to understand the simpler aspects of
mathematical economics Those parts of
the calculus and algebra required for
economic analysis will be presented
ECON 430 Money and Banking. (3) Pre-
requisite, ECON 201. 203 Relation of
money and credit to economic activity
and prices, impact ol public policy in
linancial markets and for goods and
services, policies, structure, and func-
tions of the federal reserve system,
organization, operation, and functions ol
the commercial banking system, as re-
lated panicularly to questions of eco-
nomic stability and public policy
ECON 431 Theory ol Money, Price* and
Economic Activity. (3) Prerequisite. ECON
430 A theoretical treatment of the in-
fluence of money and financial markets
on economic activity and prices, and of
the effects of monetary policy on the
markets for goods and services, the role
of money in the classical and Keynesian
macro-systems, topics of theoretical in-
terest in monetary policy formation and
implementation
ECON 440 International Economics. (3)
Prerequisite ECON 201, 203 A descrip-
tive and theoretical analysis of inter-
national trade, balance ol payments
accounts, the mechanism of international
economic adjustment, comparative costs.
economics of customs unions
ECON 441 International Economic
Policies. (3) Prerequisites. ECON 401.
403. and 440 Contemporary balance of
payments problems; the international
liquidity controversy: investment, trade and
economic development, evaluation of
arguments for protection.
ECON 450 Introduction to Public
Finance. (3) Prerequisite. ECON 201.
203: or ECON 205 The role of federal,
state, and local governments in meet-
Course Oflerings / 141
ing public wants. Analysis ol tax theory
and policy, expenditure theory, govern-
ment budgeting, benelit-cost analysis,
and income redistribution,
ECON 451 Theory of Public Finance. (3)
Prerequisite, ECON 403 and 450, or con-
sent of instructor. Advanced analysis ol
government economic policy, tax shill-
ing and incidence, pollution control,
anti-poverty policies, public goods theory.
Applications to problems ol individual
interest to students.
ECON 454 State and Local Public
Finance. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 201,
203, or 205, Principles and problems o(
governmental finance with special refer-
ence to state and local jurisdictions.
Topics to be covered include taxation,
expenditures and intergovernmental fiscal
relations,
ECON 460 Industrial Organization. (3)
Prerequisite, ECON 201, 203, or 205,
Changing structure of the American
economy: price policies in different
industrial classifications of monopoly
and competition in relation to problems
of public policy
ECON 461 Economics of American In-
dustries. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 201, 203,
or 205, A study of the technology, eco-
nomics and geography of representative
American industries.
ECON 470 Labor Economics. (3) Pre-
requisites, ECON 201 203, or ECON 205,
A survey ol labor force growth and
composition, problems of unemployment
and labor market operations, theories
of wage determination, the wage-price
spiral, collective bargaining, govern-
mental regulation of employment and
labor relations, and the history and
characteristics of the American labor
movement,
ECON 471 Current Problems in Labor
Economics (3) Prerequisite, ECON 470
For students who wish to pursue, in depth,
selected topics in the labor field. Issues
and topics selected for detailed examina-
tion may include: manpower training and
development, unemployment compensa-
tion and social security, race and sex
discrimination in employment, wage theory,
productivity analysis, the problems of
collective bargaining in public employ-
ment, wage-price controls and incomes
policy
ECON 475 Economics ol Poverty and
Discrimination. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 201,
203, or 205. Topics include the causes of
the persistence of tow income groups:
the relation of poverty to technological
change, to economic growth, and to
education and training: economic motiva-
tions for discrimination: the economic
results of discrimination: proposed
remedies lor poverty and discrimination,
ECON 480 Comparative Economic
Systems. (3) Prerequisite. 201. 203. or 205.
An investigation of the theory and practice
of various types of economic systems.
An examination and evaluation of the
capitalistic system followed by an analysis
of alternative types of economic systems
such as fascism, socialism and com-
munism.
ECON 482 Economics ol the Soviet
Union. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 201, 203, or
205, An analysis of the organization, opera-
ting principles and performance of the
Soviet economy with attention to the
historical and ideological background,
planning, resources, industry, agriculture,
domestic and foreign trade, finance, labor,
and the structure and growth of national
income.
ECON 484 The Economy of China. (3)
Prerequisite, ECON 201, 203, or 205.
Policies and performances of the Chinese
economy since 1949 Will begin with a
survey of modern China's economic
history. Emphasizes the strategies and
institutional innovations that the Chinese
have adopted to overcome the problems of
economic development. Some economic
controversies raised during the 'cultural
revolution' will be covered in review of the
problems and prospects of the present
Chinese economy.
ECON 486 The Economics of National
Planning. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 201, 203,
or 205. An analysis of the principles and
practice of economic planning with special
reference to the planning problems of
West European countries and the United
States,
ECON 490 Survey of Urban Economic
Problems and Policies. (3) Prerequisites,
ECON 201, 203 or 205 An introduction to
the study of urban economics through
the examination of current policy issues.
Topics may include suburbanization of
|0bs and residences, housing and urban
renewal, urban transportation, development
of new towns, ghetto economic develop-
ment, problems in services such as
education and police,
ECON 491 Regional and Urban
Economics. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 401, or
consent of the instructor. Study of the
theories, problems and policies of urban
and regional economic development.
Education Administration,
Supervision, and Curriculum
EOAD 334-335 Student Teaching Courses.
Student teaching is a full time commit-
ment. Consequently, interference with
this commitment due to employment is not
permitted. Transportation to the school(s)
assigned for student teaching is the
responsibility of each student. Student
teachers in library science should reserve
the week of registration for orientation in
public schools. A doctor's certificate
indicating freedom from communicable
diseases and approval of the instructor
is required. Undergraduate credit only.
EDAD 334 Student Teaching in Library
Science, (4)
EDAO 335 Student Teaching in
Secondary Schools - Library, (2-8)
EDAD 370 Introduction to Librarian-
ship. (3) An overview of the library pro-
fession. Development of public, academic,
special and school services. History of
books and libraries. The library as a social
institution. The impact of communication
media on society. Philosophy of librarian-
ship. Professional standards, organiza-
tions and publications
EOAD 371 Basic Reference and Infor-
mation Sources. (3) Evaluation, selection,
and utilization of information sources in
subject areas, including encyclopedias,
dictionaries, periodical indexes, atlases,
yearbooks. Study of bibliographical
methods and forms.
EDAD 372 Cataloging and Classification
of Library Materials. (3) Principles and
practice in the organization of library
materials. Dewey decimal classification,
rules for the dictionary catalog. Sears
subject headings Treatment of non-book
materials. Cataloging aids and tools.
EDAD 373 Library Materials lor Children.
(3) Reading interests of children. Ad-
vanced study of children's literature.
Survey and selection of informational
materials in subject fields including:
books, periodicals, films, filmstrips.
records, pictures, pamphlet materials.
EDAD 374 Library Materials for Youth. (3)
Reading interests of young people. Litera-
ture for adolescents. Selection of infor-
mational materials in subject fields in-
cluding: books, periodicals, films, film-
strips, records, pictures, pamphlet
materials
EDAD 375 School Library Administration
and Service. (3) Acquisition, circulation,
utilization and maintenance of library
materials. Organization of effective school
library programs, school library quarters
and equipment. Publicity and exhibits
Evaluation of library services.
EDAD 440 Audiovisual Education. (3)
Sensory impressions in their relation to
learning projection apparatus, its cost and
operation: slides, filmstrips and films,
physical principles underlying projection:
auditory aids to instruction: field trips:
pictures, models and graphic materials:
integration of sensory aids with organized
instruction. Recommended for all educa-
tion students
EDAD 441 Graphic Materials for Instruc-
tion. (3) Prerequisite, EDAD 440 or consent
of instructor. A laboratory course which
combines graphic and photographic
processes for education and training pur-
poses Techniques include lettering, color-
ing, transparencies, illustrations, con-
verting, duplicating transparent and opaque
media. Emphasis is placed on appropriate
media selection for target audiences.
Heavy student project orientation.
EOAD 442 Instructional Media Services.
(3) Prerequisites, Teaching experience and
EDAD 440, or equivalent Procedures lor
coordinating instructional media programs;
instructional materials acquisition, storage.
scheduling, distribution, production, evalu-
ation and other service responsibilities:
instructional materials center staff
coordination of research, curriculum im-
provement and laculty development
programs.
EOAD 443 Instructional Television
Utilization. (3) Combining televised lessons.
on-campus seminars, and related work-
book assignments, this course focuses
upon planning for the various uses of
instructional television with students. State.
local school unit, school, and classroom
uses will be illustrated through film and
studio production. The aspects of pro-
ducing ITV programs are developed
through the television lessons and "hands-
on assignments ol the seminars,
EDAD 444 Programmed Instruction. (3)
Analysis of programmed instruction tech-
niques: selection, utilization and evalua-
tion of existing programs and teaching
machines: developing learning objectives;
writing and validating programs.
EDAD 489 Field Experience in Education.
(1-4) Prerequisites, at least six semester
hours in education at the University of
Ivlaryland plus such other prerequisites as
may be set by the major area in which the
experience is to be taken. Planned field
experience may be provided for selected
students who have had teaching experi-
ence and whose application for such
field experience has been approved by
the education faculty Field experience is
offered in a given area to both major and
nonmaior students,
NOTE: The total number of credits which
a student may earn in EDAD 489. 888, and
889 is limited to a maximum of 20 semester
hours,
EDAD 498 Special Problems in
Education. (1-3) Prerequisite. Consent of
instructor Available only to mature
students who have definite plans tor
individual study of approved problems,
EDAD 499 Workshops. Clinics, Institutes.
(1-6) The maximum number ol credits that
may be earned under this course symbol
toward any degree is six semester hours;
the symbol may be used two or more
times until six semester hours have been
reached The following type of educational
enterprise may be scheduled under this
course heading: workshops conducted by
the college of education {or developed
cooperatively with other colleges and
universities) and not otherwise covered in
the present course listing: clinical experi-
ences in pupil-testing centers, reading
clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and
special education centers: institutes deve-
loped around specific topics or problems
and intended for designated groups.
142 / Course Offerings
Education Counseling and
Pervonnel Services
EOCP lot Collage Almi. (1) This course
IS pnniarily aimea al orienling new
slujcnis lowaid tne praclice ol ellicieni
study lecMniques II will be concerned
with Such topics as how to study and
develop higher level worli skills diagnosing
and remedying skill disatiililies: handling
problem areas which distract students
from then studios
EOCP 410 Introduction to Counseling
ar«d Personnel Services. (3) Presents
principle:) anj procuUuiu^, and examines
the function ol counselors, psychologists
in schools, school social workers, and
other personnel service workers
EOCP 411 Mental Hygiene. (3) The prac-
tical application ol the principles ol
menial hygiene lo classroom problems
EOCP 413 Behavior IModKicatlon. (3)
Knowledge ana techniques ol intervention
in a variety ol social situations, including
contingency contracting and time cut will
be acquired
EOCP 414 Principles ol Behavior. (3)
Development ol student proficiency in
analyzing complex patterns o( behavior on
the basis ol empirical evidence.
EOCP 4tS Behavior Mediation. (3) Pre-
requisite EDCP 414 Basic principles ol
human behavior will be reviewed and
application ol these principles will be
impiemenied under supervision
EOCP 417 Group Dynamics and Leader-
ship. (3) Tne nature and property ol
groups, inleraclion analysis, develop-
mental phases, leadership dynamics and
styles, roles ol members and interpersonal
communications Two hours of lecture-
discussion and two hours ol laboratory
per week, laboratory involves experimental
based learning
EOCP 420 Education and Racism. (3)
Strategy development (or counselors and
educators to deal with problems o( racism
EDCP 460 Introduction to Rehabilitation
Counseling. (3) Introductory course lor
majors in rehabilitation counseling, social
work, psychology, or education who desire
to work professionally with physically or
emotionally handicapped persons.
EDCP 470 Introduction to Student
Personnel. (3) Prerequisite, consent ol in-
structor A systematic analysis ot research
and theoretical literature on a variety of
major problems in the organization and
administration of student personnel
services in higher education Included will
be discussion of such topics as the student
personnel philosophy in education,
counseling services, discipline, housing,
student activities, financial aid. health.
remedial services, etc
EDCP 489 Field Experience In Counseling
and Personnel Services. (1-4) Prerequisites,
at least six semester hours in education at
the University of Maryland plus such
other prerequisites as may be set by the
major area in which the experience is to
be taken Planned lield experience may
be provided lor selected sludonls who
have had teaching experience and whose
application for such field experience has
been approved by the education faculty
Field experience is offered in a given area
to both majors and nonmajor students
NOTE The total number of credits which
a student may earn m EDCP 469. 888, and
869 IS limited to a maximum of 20 semester
hours
EOCP 498 Special Problems in Counsel-
ing and Personnel Services. (1-3) Prc-
roquisilo. consent of instructor Available
only to major students who have formal
plans for individual study of approved
problems.
EDCP 499 Workshops, Clinics, Institutes.
(1-6) The maximum number of credits that
may be earned under this course symbol
toward any degree is six semester hours;
the symbol may be used two or more times
until SIX semester hours have been
reached. The following type of educational
enterprise may be scheduled under this
course heading: workshops conducted by
the department of counseling and person-
nel services (or developed cooperatively
with other departments, colleges and
universities) and not otherwise covered in
the present course listing: clinical
experiences in counseling and testing
centers, reading clinics, speech therapy
laboratories, and special education
centers: institutes developed around
specific topics or problems and intended
for designated groups
Education, Early Childhood-
Elementary
EDEL 288 Special Problems in Education.
(1-6) Prerequisites, consent of education
advisor Available only to freshmen and
sophomore students who have definite
plans lor individual study of approved
problems relative to their preparation for
teaching. Course cards must have the title
of the problem and the name of the
faculty member who has approved it.
EDEL 299 School Service Semester. (2)
(Arranged for six hours each week).
Students work as teacher aides in elemen-
tary schools with children under the
guidance of school personnel. School
service semester provides a basis for
conceptual understanding of the teaching-
learning process which enhances students
ability to relate to courses in professional
education Varied school experiences
olfer university students confidence in
career selection while providing service to
schools.
EDEL 304 Language Arts in Early Child-
hood Education. (2) Teaching of spelling.
handwriting, oral and written expression,
and creative expression
EDEL 31 1 The Child and The Curriculum
— Elementary. (2) Relationship ot the
elementary school curriculum to Child
growth and development Recent trends in
curriculum organization: the effect of
environment on learning, readiness to
learn, adapting curriculum content and
methods to maturity levels of children
EDEL 312 Art In the Elementary School.
(2) Concerned with art methods and
materials lor elementary schools Includes
laboratory experiences with materials
appropriate lor elementary schools
EDEL 315 Teaching In Nursery School
and Kindergarten. (3) An overview ol
nursery school and kindergarten leaching
designed lor individuals without specific
preparation for elementary school teach-
ing or for individuals without recent
teaching experience.
EDEL 316 Teaching In the Elementary
School. (3) An overview of elementary
school teaching for individuals without
recent teaching experience.
EDEL 320 Curriculum and Instruction -
Cooperative Nursery School. (3) Philosophy
of early childhood education, observation
of the developmental needs at various
age levels, with emphasis upon the activi-
ties, materials and methods by which
educational objectives are attained.
EDEL 321 Curriculum and Instruction •
Early Childhood. (3)
EDEL 322 Curriculum and Instruction -
Elementary. (3) Philosophy of elementary
education, observation of the developmen-
tal needs at various age levels, with
emphasis upon the activities, materials
and methods by which educational
objectives are attained,
EDEL 323 Foreign Language Methods in
the Elementary School. (3) Registration
limited and based upon approval of ad-
visor Methods and techniques for
developmental approach to the teaching
of modern foreign languages in elementary
schools Use of real development of oral-
aural skills and understanding ol young
children in language development are
stressed.
EDEL 324 Literature tor Children and
Young People. (3) Development of literary
materials for children and young people
Timeless and ageless books, and out-
standing examples of contemporary pub-
lishing. Evaluation of the contributions ol
individual authors and illustrators and
children's book awards,
EDEL 330-337 Student Teaching Courses.
Student leaching is a full time commit-
ment. Consequently, interference with
this commitment due to employment is not
permitted. Transportation to the school(s)
assigned for student teaching is the
responsibility of each student. Student
teachers in elementary, early childhood.
special education and library science
should reserve the week of registration
for orientation in public tchoolt. A doc
tori Ll:l\,'.La\r: i','J.'..i!ir'j fitedom Ury
dur,(,3 ,, ■ ,j
For 16 CI
devoted i
teachers Uii^ rT.i .,■ -: ci o t rr.rt^ ty*,- fin-
anced to not less than 8 credits
EOEL 330 Student Teaching In the
Nursery School. (3-4) Prerequisite EOUC
300 concurrent enrollment m EDEL 343,
344 The student will have the opportunity
to work with children under the age of
live years in one of a variety of settings
such as nursery schools, day care centers,
head start, hospitals or other community
programs which involve teaching children
under five years of age
EOEL 332 Student Teaching in K-3. (6-8)
Prerequisites. EDUC 300 concurrent
enrollment m EDEL 340. 341. 342 This
student teaching assignment is in a
public school setting and involves work
with children 5-9 years of age It is ex-
pected that the student will have the
major teaching contact at the kinder-
garten level and the remainder ol the
experience with children in one ol the
first three grades
EOEL 333 Student Teaching In Elemen-
tary. (8-16) Prerequisites. EDEL 350 351.
352 353, 354,
EDEL 335 Student Teaching In
Music. (4-6)
EOEL 336 Student Teaching in Physical
Education. (4-8)
EDEL 337 Student Teaching in Art. (4-8)
Limited to an education majors who
have previously applied. Fulfills elemen-
tary teaching requirements in K-12 art
education program.
EDEL 340 Teaching Strategies lor Young
Children. (3) Prerequisites. EDUC 300,
concurrent enrollment EDEL 341. 342.
332 Intensive study ol basic principles
underlying learning opportunities for
young children, planning daily programs.
organizing the learning environment, de-
veloping the curriculum, clarifying values,
guiding behavior, diagnosing and evalu-
ating, and working with parents and other
adults.
EDEL 341 The Young Child In Hit Social
EnvlronmenL (3) Prerequisites. EOUC
300, concurrent enrollment in EDEL 340
342, 332. The child's understanding of
people, social roles, society and various
cultures, his communicative skills and
his ability to develop satisfying rela-
tionships with peers and adults, related
techniques, materials and resources
included
EOEL 342 The Teaching ol Reading —
Early Childhood. (3) Prerequisites EDUC
300. concurrent enrollment in EDEL
340. 341. 332. Concerned with the lunda-
Course Offerings / 143
mentals of developmental reading in-
struction, including reading readiness,
use of experience records, procedures
in using basal readers, tfie improvement
of comprefiension. teacfiing reading in
all areas of the curriculum, uses of cfiil-
dren's literature, tfie program in word
analysis, and procedures for determin-
ing individual needs. Includes laboratory/
field experiences.
EOEL 343 The Young Child in His Physi-
cal Environment. (3) Prerequisites, EDUC
300. concurrent enrollment in EDEL 344,
330. Designed to tielp teacfiers of young
cfiildren acquire developmental aspects,
teacfiing skills, and background knowl-
edge important to guiding tfie ctiild in
learning how to learn about his physical
environment. The skills of quantification,
observation, inference, space-time rela-
tionships, and classification will be
emphasized.
EOEL 344 Creative Activities and Ma-
terials for the Young Child. (3) Pre-
requisites, EDUC 300, concurrent en-
rollment in EDEL 343, 330. Activities and
experiences with materials, techniques
and resources for using art media, music,
songs and rhythms, play and creative
dramatics.
EDEL 350 The Teaching of Language
Arts — Elementary. (3) Prerequisites,
EDEL 299. EDUC 300. Concerned with
competencies in the knowledge and
the application of the language arts,
including listening, oral communication,
functional writing, creative writing, spell-
ing, handwriting, and creative expression.
A linguistic approach to grammar and
language development is studied, in-
cludes laboratory/field experiences.
EOEL 351 The Teaching of Mathematics
— Elementary. (3) Prerequisites. MATH
210 or equivalent, EDEL 299. EDUC 300.
Emphasis on materials and procedures
which help children sense arithmetical
meanings and relationships. Helps teacher
education students gain a better under-
standing of the number system and
arithmetical processes. Includes lab-
oratory'field experiences.
EOEL 352 The Teaching of Reading —
Elementary. (3) Prerequisites. EDEL 299,
EDUC 300 Concerned with the funda-
mentals of developmental reading in-
struction, including reading readiness.
use of experience stories, procedures in
using basal readers, the improvement
of comprehension, teaching reading in all
areas of the curriculum, uses of chil-
dren's literature, the program in word
analysis, and procedures for determining
individual needs. Includes laboratory/
field experiences.
EDEL 353 The Teaching of Science —
Elementary. (3) Prerequisites. EDEL 299.
EDUC 300, Designed to provide an
overview of objectives, methods, ma-
terials and activities for leaching science
in the elementary school. Considerable
emphasis is placed on the doing' of
science and on teaching strategies which
help children learn the processes and
concepts of science. Includes laboratory/
field experiences.
EOEL 354 The Teaching of Social Science
— Elementary. (3) Prerequisites, EDEL
299. EDUC 300. Consideration given to
curriculum, organization and methods of
teaching, evaluation of newer materials,
and utilization of environmental re-
sources. Includes laboratory/field
experiences.
EDEL 401 Sciences in Early Childhood
Education. (3) Designed primarily to help
in-service teachers, nursery school
through grade 3. to acquire general sci-
ence understandings and to develop
teaching materials for practical use in
classrooms. Includes experiments, dem-
onstrations, constructions, observations,
field trips and use of audio-visual ma-
terials. The emphasis is on content and
method related to science units in com-
mon use in nursery school through grade
3. Offered during summer sessions and
in off-campus programs taught through
University College, Ordinarily there is no
no field placement.
EDEL 402 Science in the Elementary
School. (3) Designed primarily to help
in-service teachers, grades 1-6. to acquire
general science understandings and to
develop teaching materials for practical
use in classrooms. Includes experiments,
demonstrations, constructions, observa-
tions, field trips and use of audio-visual
materials. The emphasis is on content
and method related to science units in
common use in grades 1-6. Offered dur-
ing summer sessions and in off-campus
programs taught through University
College. Ordinarily there is no field
placement.
EOEL 404 Language Arts in Early Child-
hood Education. (3) Teaching of spelling,
handwriting, oral and written expression
and creative expression. Designed
primarily tor in-service teachers, nursery
school through grade 3, Offered dur-
ing summer sessions and in off-campus
programs taught through University
College. Ordinarily there is no field
placement.
EDEL 405 Language Arts in the Elemen-
tary School. (3) Teaching of spelling,
handwriting, oral and written expression
and creative expression. Designed
primarily for in-service teachers, grades
1-6. Offered during summer sessions
and in off-campus programs taught
through University College Ordinarily
there is no field placement.
EDEL 406 Social Studies in Early Child-
hood Education. (3) Consideration given
to curriculum, organization and methods
of teaching, evaluation of newer ma-
terials and utilization of environmental
resources. Designed for in-service
teachers, nursery school through grade
3. Offered during summer sessions and
in off-campus programs taught through
University College. Ordinarily there is
no field placement.
EOEL 407 Social Studies in the Elemen-
tary School. (3) Consideration given to
curriculum, organization and methods of
teaching, evaluation of newer materials
and utilization of environmental re-
sources. Designed for in-service teachers,
grades 1-6, Offered during summer ses-
sions and in off-campus programs
taught through University College. Ordi-
narily there is no field placement,
EOEL 410 The Child and the Curriculum
— Early Childhood. (3) Relationship of
the school curriculum, nursery school
through grade 3. to child growth and
development. Recent trends in curricu-
lum organization; the effect of environ-
ment on learning; readiness to learn;
and adapting curriculum content and
methods to maturity levels of children.
Designed for in-service teachers, nursery
school through grade 3. Offered during
summer sessions and in off-campus pro-
grams taught through University College.
Ordinarily there is no field placement.
EDEL 411 The Child and the Curriculum
— Elementary. (3) Relationship of the
school curriculum, grades 1-6, to child
growth and development, recent trends
in curriculum organization, the effect of
environment on learning, readiness to
learn, and adapting curriculum content
and methods to maturity levels of chil-
dren. Designed for in-service teachers,
grades 1-6. Offered during summer ses-
sions and in off-campus programs
taught through University College. Ordi-
narily there is no field placement.
EDEL 412 Art in the Elementary
School. (3) Concerned with art methods
and materials for elementary schools.
Includes laboratory experiences with
materials appropriate for elementary
schools.
EDEL 413 Mathematics in Early Child-
hood Education. (3) Prerequisite, IVIATH
210 or equivalent. Emphasis on materials
and procedures which help pupils sense
arithmetic meanings and relationships.
Designed to help in-service teachers,
nursery school through grade 3. gain a
better understanding of the number sys-
tem and arithmetical processes. Offered
during summer sessions and in off-
campus programs taught through Uni-
versity College. Ordinarily there is no
field placement.
EDEL 414 Mathematics in the Elemen-
tary School. (3) Prerequisite. N^ATH 210
or equivalent. Emphasis on materials and
procedures which help pupils sense
arithmetic meanings and relationships.
Designed to help in-service teachers,
grades 1-6. gain a better understanding
of the number system and arithmetical
processes Offered during summer ses-
sions and in off-campus programs
taught through University College. Ordi-
narily there is no field placement.
EOEL 415 Diagnosis and Treatment of
Learning Disabilities in Mathematics. (3)
Prerequisite. EDEL 314 or equivalent
and approval of instructor. Diagnosis and
treatment of disabilities in mathematics,
techniques and materials useful for
working with children in both clinical
and classroom settings. Case studies
with children previously diagnosed as
primarily corrective rather than severely
disabled- Laboratory hours to be
arranged.
EOEL 424 Literature for Children and
Young People, Advanced. (3) Develop-
ment of literary materials for children
and young people, timeless and ageless
books, and outstanding examples of
contemporary publishing. Evaluation of
the contributions of individual authors
and illustrators and children's book
awards.
EOEL 425 The Teaching ol Reading^
Early Childhood. (3) Concerned with the
fundamentals of developmental reading
instruction, including reading readiness,
use of experience stories, procedures
in using basal readers, the improvement
of comprehension, teaching reading in
all areas of the curriculum, uses of
children's literature, the program in word
analysis, and procedures for determining
individual needs. Designed for in-service
teachers, nursery school through grade
3- Offered during summer sessions and
in off-campus programs taught through
University College Ordinarily there is
no field placement.
EDEL 426 The Teaching ol Reading —
Elementary. (3) Concerned with the
fundamentals of developmental reading
instruction, including reading readiness,
use of experience stories, procedures in
using basal readers, the improvement
of comprehension, teaching reading in
all areas of the curriculum, uses of
children's literature, the program in word
analysis, and procedures for determining
individual needs. Designed for in-service
teachers, grades 1-6. Offered during
summer sessions and in off-campus
programs taught through University Col-
lege. Ordinarily there is no field
placement.
EDEL 430 Corrective-Remedial Reading
Instruction. (3) Prerequisite. EDEL 326 or
equivalent. For teachers, supervisors, and
administrators who wish to identify and
assist pupils with reading difficulties.
Concerned with diagnostic techniques.
instructional materials and teaching pro-
cedures useful in the regular classroom.
144 / Course Offerings
EOEL 431 Laboratory Pracllc** In Raad-
1119. (3) Prerequisite. EDEL 430 A lab-
oratory course in which each student
has one or more pupils lor analysis and
instruction. At least one class meeting
per week to diagnose individual cases
and to plan instruction
EDEL 489 Field Eiperlence In Educa-
tion. (1-4) Prerequisites, at least six
semester hours in education at the Uni-
versity ol Maryland plus such other pre-
requisites as may be set by the major
area in which the experience is to be
taken Planned field trips may be pro-
vidad lor selected students who have
had teaching experience and whose
application lor such field experience has
been approved by the education faculty.
Field experience is offered in a given
area to both major and non-major stu-
dents Note — The total number of credits
which a student may earn in EOEL 489.
088 and 889 is limited to a maximum
o' 70 somostor hours
EOEL 498 Special Problems In Educa-
tion. (1-3) Proroquisito. consent of in-
structor Available only to mature stu-
dents who have definite plans lor In-
dividual study of approved problems
EOEL 499 Workshopt. Cllnlc*. and In-
stitutes. (1-6) Tho maximum number of
credits mat may bo earned under this
course symbol toward any degree is six
semestAr hmir^' thi* «tymhol may be used
two ~ ~ ■ . 'six semester
hc>. The following
tyri prise may be
schBO'j •■•] u'v;.T !n-;; course heading'
workshops conducted by the college of
education (or developed cooperatively
^1,^ -■" - ;.^s and universities)
•m overed in the pres-
en: inical experiences in
pupM-ifbiirq corners, reading clinics,
speech therapy laboratories, and special
education centers: institutes developed
around specific topics or problems and
intended lor designated groups such
as school superintendents, principals
and supervisors
Education, Human Development
EOHO 300 Human Development and
Learning. (6) Open only to students ap-
proved lor teacher education. Studies
scientific facts that describe growth,
development, and learning and the impli-
cations of these tor the teacher and the
school A study of an individual child and
a classroom participation experience are
integral parts of the course and require
a one-hall day per week assignment in
a public school as a teacher aide Stu-
dents are scheduled lor field assign-
ments in an elementary or high school
according to the curriculum they are
in. Each group is under the supervision
ol a faculty member with whom it
meets every second week in a seminar
session.
EDHD 306 A Study ol Human Be-
havior. (3) This course is planned for
and limited to students who are not en-
rolled in the college ol education, and
It does not satisfy the requirements of
the professional teacher education pro-
grams The course is designed to in-
troduce students to the scientific princi-
ples (physical, social and psychological)
which describe human behavior, de-
velopment and adjustment at all maturity
levels and to use these principles In
the study of individual children and
youth. Each student will observe, record,
and analyze the behavior of an individual
throughout the semester and must have
one half-day a week for this purpose
EDHD 312 Sclenllflc Concepts In Human
Development I. (3) Introduction to the
study ot concepts and issues in con-
temporary culture in relation to the de-
velopment and learning of children and
youth.
EDHD 313 Laboratory in Behavior Analy-
sis I. (3) Introduction to the study ol be-
havior through the writing and analysis
of case record materials on children and
youth.
EDHD 314 Sclenlllic Concepts In Human
Development II. (3) A continuing study ol
concepts and issues in contemporary
culture in relation to the development
and learning ol children and youth.
EDHD 315 Laboratory In Behavior Analy-
sis II. (3) Prerequisite. EDHD 313 or
equivalent Advanced course in the study
ol behavior through an analysis ol case
record materials on children and youth.
EDHD 402 Child Development Labora-
tory I. (2) First ol a series of courses in
the direct study of children throughout the
school year, organization and report ol
data for group analysis. Provides oppor-
tunity (or teachers in service to earn
credit for participation in their own
local child study group.
EDHD 403 Child Development Labora-
tory it. (2) Prerequisite. EDHD 402 or
equivalent. Continuation of EDHD 402.
Provides opportunity lor teachers in
service to earn credit for participation in
their own local child study group.
EDHD 404 Child Development Labora-
tory III. (2) Prerequisite. EDHD 403 or
equivalent Continuation ol EDHD 403
Provides opportunity for teachers in
service to earn credit for participation
in their own local child study group.
EDHD 411 Child Growth and Develop-
ment. (3) Growth and development of the
child Ifom conception through the early
childhood years, with emphasis on de-
velopment sequences in physical, psy-
chological and social areas, implications
lor understanding and working with
young children in the home, school, and
other settings.
EDHD 413 Adolescent Development. (3)
A study ol the interplay ol physical, cul-
tural and sell forces as they influence
behavior, development, learning and ad-
justment during adolescence Includes
observation and case study This course
cannot be used to meet the psychologi-
cal foundations requirements lor teacher
certification
EDHD 416 Scientilic Concepts In Human
Development III. (3) Guided reading and
observation ol pupils throughout the
school year Emphasis on human develop-
ment concepts relating to impact ol
lamily. school, society, and peer group
on the student, collection and analysis
ol data allecting learning and behavior.
For in-service educators (Not open to
persons with credit in EDHD 402, 403 )
EDHD 417 Laboratory in Behavior Analy-
sis III. (3) Prerequisite, EDHD 461 Guided
reading and observation ol pupils through-
out the school year. Emphasis on analy-
sis of intrinsic aspects of learning and
behavior including cognitive processes,
motivation, self-concept, attitudes, and
values. For In-service educators. (Not
open to persons with credit in EDHD
402 403)
EDHD 420 Study ol Human Development
and Learning in School Settings I. (2)
Advanced study of human development
and learning principles in the continuous
study and evaluation ol several dillerent
phases ol the school program over an
extended period ol time.
EDHD 421 Study ol Human Development
and Learning in School Settings II. (2)
Continuation ol EDHD 420.
EDHD 422 Study ol Human Development
and Learning In School Settings III. (2)
Continuation ol EDHD 421.
EDHD 445 Guidance ol Young Chil-
dren. (3) Development ol an appreciation
and understanding ol young children
Irom dillerent home and community
backgrounds; study of individual and
group problems.
EDHD 460 Educational Psychology. (3)
Prerequisites, PSYC 100 or EDUC 300 or
equivalent Oilers an examination ol
research and problems in educational
psychology. Includes consideration of
measurement and the significance of
individual differences, learning, motiva-
tion and emotions, transler ol learning,
intelligence, attitudes, problem solving,
understanding, thinking, and communica-
ting knowledge. The course is intended
to provide an overview of educational
psychology with an emphasis on learn-
ing processes It may not be substituted
lor EDUC 300 by regularly matriculated
students in the teacher education pro-
gram.
EDHD 489 Field Experiences in Educa-
tion. (1-4) Prerequisites, at least six
semester hours in education at the Uni-
versity of Maryland plus such other pre-
requisites as may be set by the major
area in which the experience is to be
taken. Planned field experience may b«
provided for selecttd -.tud.-' li who have
had teaching o>: : whose
application for '. ice has
been approved •- , ■> faculty
Field experience li oi(..ri,.j n a given
area to both major and non-major stu-
dents Note — Tho total number of credits
which a student may earn in EOHO 409,
888. and 889 is limited to a maximum
ol 20 semester hours
EDHD 498 Specal Problems In Educa-
tion. (1-3) Prerequisite consent ol in-
structor Available only to mature stu-
dents who have definite plans for individ-
ual study ol approved problems
EDHD 499 Workshops, Clinics, and In-
stltutn. (1-6) The maximum number ol
credits that may t>e earned under this
course symbol toward any degree is six
semester hours, the symbol may t>e
used two or more times unfit six semester
hours have been reached. The following
type of educational enterprise may be
scheduled under this course heading:
workshops conducted by the college of
education (or developed cooperatively
with other colleges and universities) and
not otherwise covered in the present
course listing: clinical experiences in
pupil-testing centers, reading clinics,
speech therapy laboratories, and special
education centers: institutes developed
around specific topics or problems and
intended for designated groups such as
school superintendents, principals and
supervisors.
Education, Industrial
EOIN 101 Mechanical Drawing I. (2)
Four hours of laboratory per week Tnis
course constitutes an introduction to
orthographic multi-view and isometric
projection Emphasis is placed upon the
visualization of an object when it is rep-
resented by a multi-view drawing and
upon the making of multi-view drawings.
The course carries through auxiliary
views, sectional views, dime'-ioning,
conventional representation and single
stroke letters.
EDIN 102 Woodworking I. (3) Six hours
ol laboratory per week The course is de-
signed to give the student an orientation
to the woodworking industry with re-
gard to materials, products and processes
while providing lor skill development In
the care and use of hand and power
tools.
EDIN 106 Industrial Arts »< ne Elemen-
tary School I. (2) Four hours ol laboratory
per week A course for pre-service and
in-service elementary school teachers
covering construction activities in a
variety ol media suitable lor classroom
use. The work is organized on the unit
basis so that the construction aspect is
supplemented by reading and other in-
vestigative procedures.
Course OHerlngs / 145
EDIN 110 Industrial Arts in the Elemen-
tary School II. (2) Prerequisite, EDIN
106. This IS a continuation ol EDIN 106.
Four hours of laboratory per week It
provides the teacher with opportunities
to develop further competence in con-
struction activities. Some of the basic
phenomena of industry are studied, par-
ticularly those which apply to the manu-
facture of common products, housing,
transportation and communication.
EDIN 112 Shop Calculation. (3) Shop
calculations is designed to develop an
understanding and working knowledge of
the mathematical concepts related to the
various aspects of industrial education
The course includes phases of algebra,
geometry, trigonometry, and general
mathematics as applied to shop and
drawing activities.
EDIN 121 Mechanical Drawing II. (2) Four
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite.
EDIN 101. A course dealing with work-
ing drawings, machine design, pattern
layouts, tracing and reproduction. Detail
drawings followed by assemblies are
presented.
EDIN 122 Woodworking II. (3) Six hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisite.
EDIN 102. for industrial arts teacher edu-
cation majors. The course is designed to
give the student a comprehensive knowl-
edge of machine production with em-
phasis on safety, industrial processes
and maintenance.
EDIN 124 Sheet Metal Work. (2) Four
hours of laboratory per week. Articles
are made from metal in its sheet form and
involve the operations of cutting, shaping,
soldering, riveting, wiring, folding, seam-
ing, beading, burning, etc. The student
is required to develop his own patterns
inclusive of parallel line development,
radial line development, and triangulation.
EDIN 127 Electricity Electronics I. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. An
introductory course to electricity-elec-
tronics in general, dealing with electrical
circuits and wiring, the measurement of
electrical energy, the theory ol motors and
generators and introduction to vacuum
tubes, transistors and power supplies,
EDIN 133 Automotives I. (3) Six hours of
laboratory per week. Automotives I is a
study of the fundamentals of internal
combustion engines as applied to
transportation. A study of basic materials
and methods used in the transportation
industry is included.
EDIN 134 Graphic Arts I. (3) Six hours of
laboratory per week. An introductory
course involving experiences in letter-
press and offset printing practices. This
course includes typographical design.
hand composition proof reading, stock
preparation, off-set plate making, im-
position, lock-up, presswork, linoleum
block cutting, paper marbelizing, and
bookbinding.
EDIN 184 Organized and Supervised
Work Experiences. (3) (3 credits for each
internship period, total: 6 credits.) This
is a work experience sequence planned
for students enrolled in the curriculum,
"education for industry." The purpose is
to provide the students with opportunities
for first-hand experiences with business
and industry. The student is responsible
for obtaining his own employment with
the coordinator advising him in regard to
the job opportunities which have optimum
learning value. The nature of the work
experience desired is outlined at the
outset of employment and then evaluations
made by the student and the coordinator
are based upon the planned experiences.
The minimum time basis for each intern-
ship is 6 forty-hour weeks or 240 work
hours. Any one period of internship must
be served through continuous employ-
ment in a single establishment,
EDIN 201 Operational Drawing. (2) Four
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite,
EDIN 101 or equivalent. A comprehensive
course designed to give students practice
in the modern drafting methods of
industry.
EDIN 210 Foundry. (1) Two hours of
laboratory per week. Bench and floor
molding and elementary core making.
Theory and principles covering foundry
materials, tools and appliances.
EDIN 223 Arc and Gas Welding. (1) Two
hours of laboratory per week. A course
designed to develop a functional knowl-
edge of the principles and use of electric
and acetylene welding. Practical work is
carried on in the construction of various
projects using welded joints. Instruction
is given in the use and care of equipment,
types of welded joints, methods of
welding, importance of welding processes
in industry, safety consideration, etc,
EDIN 226 General Metal Work. (3) Six
hours of laboratory per week. This course
provides experiences in constructing
Items from aluminum, brass, copper,
pewter, and steel. The processes included
are designing, layout, heat treating, form-
ing, surface decorating, fastening, and
assembling. The course also includes a
study of the aluminum, copper, and steel
industries in terms of their basic manufac-
turing processes.
EDIN 231 Mechanical Drawing. (2) Four
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite.
EDIN 101 and 121. A course dealing
with the topics enumerated in EDIN 121
but on a more advanced basis. The
reading of prints representative of a
variety of industries is a part of this
course.
EDIN 241 Architectural Drawing. (2) Four
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite,
EDIN 101 or equivalent. Practical experi-
ence is provided in the design and
planning of houses and other buildings.
Working drawings, specifications, and
blue-prints are featured,
EDIN 242 Woodworking III. (3) Six hours
o( laboratory per week. Prerequisite,
EDIN 122. The course is designed to give
the student a comprehensive knowledge
of contemporary woodworking technology
with emphasis on mass production
techniques, industrial research, and
materials tests.
EDIN 243 Automotives II. (3) Six hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisite, EDIN
133. This is an advanced course in
transportation and power generation
covering engines, fuel systems, ignition
systems, and power trains,
EDIN 244 Graphic Arts II. (3) Six hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisite,
EDIN 134. An advanced course designed
to provide further experiences to letter-
press and offset printing and to introduce
other reproduction processes. Silk screen
printing, dry print etching, mimeograph
reproduction, and rubber stamp making
are the new processes introduced in this
course.
EDIN 247 Electricity-Electronics II. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. Pre-
requisite. EDIN 127 or equivalent. An
intermediate course designed to provide
more extensive knowledge in electricity-
electronics including the principles of
the transmission and reception of radio
waves, the applications of transistors and
other semiconductors and an introduction
to industrial electronics.
EDIN 262 Machine Shop Practice I. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. Pre-
requisite, EDIN 101, or equivalent. Bench
work, turning, planing, milling, and drilling.
Related technical information,
EDIN 282 Machine Shop Practice II. (3)
Four hours of laboratory per week. Pre-
requisite. EDIN 262. or equivalent. Ad-
vanced shop practicum in thread cutting,
grinding, boring, reaming and gear cutting.
Work-production methods are employed.
EDIN 288 Special Problems in Education.
(1-6) Prerequisites, Consent of education
advisor. Available only to freshmen and
sophomore students who have definite
plans for individual study of approved
problems relative to their preparation for
teaching. Course cards must have the
title of the problem and the name of the
faculty member who has approved it.
EDIN 305 General Shop. (3) Designed to
meet needs in organizing and administer-
ing a secondary school shop. Students
are rotated through skill and knowledge
developing activities in a variety of
shop areas-
EDIN 307 Electricity-Electronics III. (3)
Six hours of laboraotry per week. Pre-
requisite. EDIN 127. or equivalent. An
advanced course designed to provide
more extensive knowledge in electricity
or electronics including the advanced
theory and applications ol semi-conductors
and the principles of the storage and
transmission of electronically coded
information.
EDIN 311 Laboratory Practicum in
Industrial Arts Education. (3) Six hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisite, 18
semester hours ol shopwork and drawing.
A course devoted to the development of
instructional materials and the refinement
of instructional methods pertinent to the
teaching of industrial arts at the
secondary school level.
EDIN 324 Organized and Supervised
Work Experiences. (3) (3 credits for each
internship period, total; 6 credits.) This
IS a work experience sequence planned
for students enrolled in the curriculum,
education for industry. ' The purpose is
to provide the students with opportunities
for first-hand experiences with business
and industry. The student is responsible
for obtaining his own employment with the
coordinator advising him in regard to
the job opportunities which have optimum
learning value. The nature of the work
experience desired is outlined at the out-
set of employment and then evaluations
made by the student and the coordinator
are based upon the planned experiences.
The minimum time basis for each intern-
ship is 6 forty-hour weeks or 240 work
hours. Any one period of internship must
be served through continuous employment
in a single establishment.
EDIN 340 Curriculum, Instruction, and
Observation. (3) Major functions and
specific contributions of industrial art
education, its relation to the general
objectives of the junior and senior high
schools, selection and organization of
subject matter in terms of modern practices
and needs; methods of instruction; ex-
pected outcomes, measuring results:
professional standards. Twenty periods
of observation.
EDIN 347 Student Teaching in the
Secondary Schools. (2-8) Admission to
student teaching requires a doctor's
certificate indicating freedom from com-
municable diseases; the consent of the
coordinating instructor; and previous en-
rollment at the University of Ivlaryland (or
at least one semester. Undergraduate
credit only. Application forms for this
course must be submitted to the appro-
priate advisor by the middle of the semes-
ter preceding the one in which an assign-
ment IS desired. Students who register for
this course serve as apprentice teachers
in the schools to which they are assigned.
For 8 credits, full time for one-half of the
semester is devoted to this work. For
experienced teachers who are planning to
split student teaching assignment in
elementary and secondary schools, the
time and credit may be modified. Student
teaching is a full-time commitment. Con-
sequently, interference with this commit-
146 / Course Offerings
mtnX due lo employmoni is nol potmitted
Toniporlation to Iha school|s) aBSigned
lor iludenl leaching it Ihe responsibility
ol Ihe student
COIN 3S0 Methods ol Teaching. (3)
(OHoied at Univomty College centers )
For vocational and occupational teachers
ol sr<op work and related sub|ects The
ideniilication and analysis ol lectors
essential to helping others learn; types ol
teaching situations and techniques,
measuring results and grading student
progress in shop and related technical
subjects
EOIN 3S7 Tests and Measurements. (3)
The construction o( ob|OCtivo tests lor
occupational nnd vocntional subjects
EOIN 399 Trade Competence. (1-20) An
examination lo determine nnd evaluate
Ihe trade competence ol students pursu-
ing a degree in the lield ol vocational
industrial education.
EOIN 409 Experimental Electricity and
Elaclronics. (2)
EOIN 415 Research and Experimentation
In Industrial Arts. (3) This is a laboratory-
seminar course designed to develop
persons capable ol planning, directing
and evaluating ellective research and
experimentation procedures with Ihe
materials, products and processes ol
industry
EOIN 421 Industrial Arts In Special
Education. (3) Four hours laboratory per
week, one hour lecture. Prerequisite,
EOSP 470 and 471 or consent ol Instructor.
This course provides experiences ol a
technical and theoretical nature in
industrial processes applicable lor
classroom use Emphasis is placed on
individual research in Ihe specilic area ol
one major interest in special education,
EOIN 42S Industrial Training in Industry i.
(3) An overview ol the lunction ol
industrial training, including types ol
programs, their organization, development,
and evaluation
EOIN 426 industrial Training in industry
II. (3) Prerequisite, EDIN 425. Studies ol
training programs in a variety ol industries,
including plant program visitation, training
program development, and analysis ol
industrial training research.
EOIN 443 industrial Salety Education I.
(2) This course deals brielly with the
history and development ol ellective
salety programs in modern Industry and
treats causes, ellects and values ol
industrial salety education inclusive ol lire
prevention and hazard controls
EOIN 444 industrial Salety Education 11.
(2) In this course exemplary salety
practices are studied through conlerence
discussions group demonstration, and
organized plant visits to selected industrial
situations Methods ol lire precautions and
salety practices are emphasized
Evaluative criteria in salety programs are
loimulaled
EOIN 4S0 Training Aids Oevelopment. (3)
Study ol the aids in common use as to
their source and application Special
emphasis is placed on principles to be
observed in making aids uselul to labora-
tory teachers. Actual construction and
application ol such devices will be
required,
EOIN 4S7 Teal* and MeaiuremenU. (3)
The construction ol objective tests lor
occupational and vocational subjects.
EOIN 460 Ettenliait of Design. (2) Two
laboratory periods a week Prerequisite.
EDIN 101 and basic laboratory work. A
study ol the basic principles ol design
and practice in their application to the
construction ol laboratory projects
EDIN 461 Principle* ol Vocational
Guidance. (3) This course identities and
applies the underlying principles ol
guidance lo the problems ol educational
and vocational adjustment ol students.
EDIN 462 Occupational Analysis and
Course Construction. (3) Provides a work-
ing knowledge ol occupational and job
analysis and applies the techniques in
building and reorganizing courses ol study
lor ellective use in vocational and
occupational schools,
EDIN 464 Laboratory Organization and
Management. (3) This course covers the
basic elements ol organizing and manag-
ing an industrial education program
including the selection ol equipment and
the arrangement ol the shop.
EOIN 465 Modern industry. (3) This
course provides an overview ol manulac-
turing industry in the American social,
economic and culture pattern. Representa-
tive basic industries are studied Irom the
viewpoints ol personnel and management
organization, industrial relations, produc-
tion procedures, distribution ol products,
and the like.
EDIN 466 Educational Foundations of
Industrial Arts. (3) A study ol the lactors
which place industrial arts education in
any well-rounded program of general
education.
EDIN 467 Problems in Occupational
Education. (3) The purpose ol this course
IS to secure, assemble, organize, and
interpret data relative to the scope,
character and ellectiveness ol occupational
education.
EDIN 471 History and Principles of
Vocational Education. (3) An overview ol
Ihe development ol vocational education
Irom primitive times to the present with
special emphasis given to the vocational
education movement with Ihe American
program ol public education
EDIN 475 Recent Technological Develop-
ments in Products and Processes. (3) This
course is designed to give the student
an understanding ol recent technological
developments as they pertain to Ihe
products and processes ol industry The
nature ol the newer products and
procosftos IS studied as well as their
ellecl upon modern industry and. or
society.
EOIN 4a7 Field Eiparlenc* in Education.
(1-4) Prerequisites, at least six semester
hours in education at the University of
Maryland plus such other prerequisites as
may be set by the major area in which
Ihe experience is to be taken. Planned
lield experience may be provided lor
selected students who have had teaching
experience and whose application lor
such lield experience has been approved
by the education laculty. Field experience
IS ollered in a given area to bolh major
and nonmajor students.
NOTE: The total number ol credits which
a student may earn in EDIN 487, 868, and
889 IS limited to a maximum of 20 semester
hours
EOIN 488 Special Problems in Education.
(1-3) Prerequisite, consent ol instructor
Available only to mature students who
have delinile plans lor individual study ol
approved problems
EOIN 499 Workshops, Clinics, and
Institutes. (1-6) The maximum number ol
credits that may be earned under this
course symbol toward any degree is six
semester hours; the symbol may be used
two or more times until six semester hours
have been reached The lollowing type ol
educational enterprise may be scheduled
under this course heading: workshops
conducted by the college ol education
(or developed cooperatively with other
colleges and universities) and not other-
wise covered in the present course listing;
clinical experiences in pupil-testing
centers, reading clinics, speech therapy
laboratories, and special education cen-
ters; institutes developed around specilic
topics or problems and intended lor
designated groups such as school
superintendents, principals and super-
visors.
Education, Measurement and
Statistics
EDMS 410 Principles ol Testing and
Evaluation. (3) Basic principles including
the steps in Ihe specilication ol instruc-
tional objectives and subsequent develop-
ment ol teacher-made tests; problems in
the use and interpretation ol achievement
and aptitude tests; introduction to the
development and use ol non-testing
evaluation procedures; basic considera-
tions in the assignment ol marks and
grades; introducton to computer tech-
nology as applied to measurement.
EDMS 446 Quantitative Research
Methods I. (3) An introduction to research
design principles and the scienlilic method
as applied to behavioral phenomena.
Instrumentation procedures including the
planning and construction ol simple data
collection mtlrumenu and Ihatr analysis
and ostessmeni ol Ihe reliability ortd
validity of such mslrumenis Statistical
procedures appropriate to the analysis ol
data Irom simple research designs
Laboratory experiences in instrumentation
and research design are emphasised
EDMS 4S1 Introduction lo Educattonal
Stalittlc*. (3) Designed as a lirst course in
statistics lor students m education
Emphasis is upon educatiorul applications
ol descriptive statistics, including measures
ol central tendency variability and
association Also included are mlerential
statistics through one-way analysis ol
variance
EDMS 465 Algorithmic Method* In
Educalional Research. (3) Introduction to
the use ol the computer as a tool in
educational research Instruction in a
basic scientilic computer source language
as well as practical experience in program
writing lor solving statistical and educa-
tional research problems.
Education, Secondary
EOSE 100 Principle* ol TypewrfUng. (2)
Five periods per week Prerequisite
consent ol instructor The goal ol this
course is the attainment ol the ability to
operate the typewriter continuously with
reasonable speed and accuracy by the
"Touch,"
EOSE 101 intermediate Typewriting. (2)
Five periods per week Prerequisite
minimum grade ol C in EOSE 100 or
consent ol instructor. Drills lor improved
speed and accuracy and an introduction
to ollice produciton typewriting. This
course must be completed prior to en-
rollment in EOSE 204
EOSE 102 Principles of Shorthand I. (3)
Prerequisite, consent ol instructor Five
periods per week Development ol the
theory and principles ol Gregg shorthand
EOSE 103 Principles of Shorttund II. (3)
Prerequisite, consent ol instructor. Five
periods per week. Develops mastery of
dictation.
EOSE 151 Freshman Seminar in Home
Economics Education. (1) Structure ol
Home Economics as a basis lor curriculum
decisions: Structure ol concepts; deci-
sions about concept priorities in a home
economics curriculum.
EOSE 200 Office Typewriting Problems.
(2) Five periods per week Prerequisite
minimum grade ol C in EDSE 101 or
consent ol instructor. A course to develop
a higher degree ol accuracy and speed
and to teach the advanced techniques
ol typewriting and special emphasis
on production.
EOSE 201 Survey of Office Machines. (2)
Prerequisite, sophomore standing The
various types ol office business machines
are surveyed, their capacities and special
lunctions compared. Skill is developed
through actual use and demonstration of
Course Offerings / 147
such machines as accounting, duplicating,
dictating and transcribing, adding and
calculating, and other functional types
of machines and equipment. The course
is designed also to give special training
in the handling of practical business
problems with machine application.
EDSE 204 Advanced Shorthand and
Transcription. (3) Prerequisite, minimum
grade of C in EDSE 101 and consent of
instructor. Seven periods per week.
Emphasis is placed on vocabulary develop-
ment and new matter dictation for sus-
tained speed at the highest level possible
under varying conditions. Transcription is
under timed conditions with emphasis on
production involving quantity and quality
of finished product.
EDSE 205 Problems in Transcription. (3)
Prerequisite, minimum grade of C in EDSE
204 or consent of instructor. Seven
periods per week. A systematic develop-
ment of recording skills under special
and office-style dictation and transcription
conditions with particular emphasis on
transcriptional problems.
EDSE 210 Sophomore Seminar in Home
Economics Education. (1) Weekly two-hour
observation in urban area schools,
integrated with home economics,
methodologies for teaching secondary
home economics, and roles of the
secondary home economics teacher.
EDSE 260 Introduction to Art Education.
(3) An introductory lecture-laboratory
course designed to introduce the student
to the field of art education as a profes-
sion. Each student will spend 4-6 weeks as
a teacher aid in a school setting.
Required as a prerequisite for admission
into the remainder of the professional art
education program. (The students need to
leave Tuesday and Thursday P.M. free of
other classes )
EDSE 288 Special Problems in
Education. (1-6) Prerequisites, consent of
education advisor. Available only to
freshmen and sophomore students who
have definite plans for individual study of
approved problems relative to their
preparation for teaching.
EDSE 300 Techniques of Teaching Office
Skills. (3) First semester. An examination
and evaluation of the aims, methods,
and course contents of each of the
office skill subjects offered in high school
curriculum.
EDSE 304 Administrative Secretarial
Procedures. (3) Prerequisite, EDSE 204
and 205 or consent of the instructor. The
nature of office work, the secretary's
function in communication, inter-company
and public relations, handling records,
supplies and equipment: and in direction
of the office forms and procedures in
relation to correspondence, mailing, re-
ceiving callers, telephoning, handling
148 / Course Offerings
conferences, and securing business infor-
mation. Business etiquette and ethics.
EDSE 305 Secretarial Office Practice. (3)
Six periods per week. Prerequisite, senior
standing and completion of EDSE 304. The
purpose of this course is to give labora-
tory and office experience to senior
students. A minimum of 90 hours of office
experience under supervision is
required. In addition, each student will
prepare a written report on an original
problem previously approved.
EDSE 330 Principles and IMethods ol
Secondary Education, (2-3) This course is
concerned with the principles and methods
of teaching in junior and senior high
schools. Instructional problems common
to all of the subject fields are considered
in relation to the needs and interests
of youth, and urgent social problems of
today, and the central values to which
our society is committed.
EDSE 340-354 Curriculum, Instruction
and Observation Courses. Offered in
separate courses for the various subject
matter areas. The objectives, selection and
organization of subject matter, appropriate
methods, lesson plans, textbooks and
other instructional materials, measure-
ment, and other topics pertinent to the
particular subject matter area are treated.
Twenty periods of observation. Student
must reserve all day each Tuesday for
observation in public schools.
EDSE 340 Curriculum, Instruction, and
Observation — Art. (3)
EDSE 341 Curriculum, Instruction, and
Observation — Business Education. (3)
EDSE 342 Curriculum, Instruction, and
Observation — Dance. (3)
EDSE 343 Curriculum, Instruction, and
Observation — Distributive Education. (3)
EDSE 344 Curriculum, Instruction, and
Observation — English. (3)
EDSE 345 Curriculum, Instruction, and
Observation — Foreign Language, (3)
EDSE 346 Curriculum. Instruction, and
Observation — Geography. (3)
EDSE 347 Curriculum, Instruction, and
Observation — Home Economics, (3)
EDSE 350 Curriculum, Instruction, and
Observation — IVIathematics. (3)
EDSE 351 Curriculum. Instruction, and
Observation — Music. (3)
EDSE 352 Curriculum, Instruction, and
Observation — Science. (3)
EDSE 353 Curriculum, Instruction, and
Observation — Social Studies. (3)
EDSE 354 Curriculum. Instruction, and
Observation — Speech. (3)
EDSE 360-377 Student Teaching Courses.
Admission to student teaching requires a
doctors certificate indicating freedom
from communicable diseases; the con-
sent of the instructor in the appropriate
area; previous enrollment at the Univer-
sity of Maryland for at least one semester.
Undergraduate credit only Offered in
separate courses for the various areas.
Application forms for this course must
be submitted to the appropriate advisor
by the middle of the semester preceding
the one in which an assignment is de-
sired. Students who register for this
course serve as apprentice teachers in
the schools to which they are assigned.
For 8 credits, full time for one-half of the
semester is devoted to this work. For ex-
perienced teachers and students in physi-
cal education, music education, and
library science education who are plan-
ning to split student teaching assignment
in elementary and secondary schools,
the time and credit may be modified. Stu-
dent teaching is a full-time commitment.
Consequently, interference with this com-
mitment due to employment is not per-
mitted. Transportation to the school(s)
assigned for student teaching is the re-
sponsibility of the student.
EDSE 360 Student Teaching in Second-
ary Schools — Art. (2-8)
EDSE 361 Student Teaching in Second-
ary Schools — Business Education. (2-8)
EDSE 362 Student Teaching in Second-
ary Schools — Dance. (2-8)
EDSE 363 Student Teaching in Second-
ary Schools — Distributive Education. (2-8)
EDSE 364 Student Teaching in Second-
ary Schools — English. (2-8)
EDSE 365 Student Teaching in Second-
ary Schools — Foreign Languages. (2-8)
EDSE 366 Student Teaching in Second-
ary Schools — Geography. (2-8)
EDSE 367 Student Teaching in Second-
ary Schools— Health. (2-8)
EDSE 370 Student Teaching in Second-
ary Schools — Home Economics, (2-8)
EDSE 372 Student Teaching in Second-
ary Schools — Mathematics, (2-8)
EDSE 373 Student Teaching in Second-
ary Schools — Music. (2-8)
EDSE 374 Student Teaching in Second-
ary Schools — Physical Education. (2-8)
EDSE 375 Student Teaching in Second-
ary Schools — Science. (2-8)
EDSE 376 Student Teaching in Second-
ary Schools — Social Studies, (2-8)
EDSE 377 Student Teaching in Second-
ary Schools — Speech. (2-8)
EDSE 380 Field Experience in Analysis
of Child Development Laboratories. (1) Ob-
servation and participation in a second-
ary school child development laboratory
bi-weekly, alternated with bi-weekly semi-
nars. Integration of child development
theories with laboratory experiences. En-
rollment in FMCD 332 or EDHD 411. and
425 either prerequisite or concurrent.
EDSE 402 Methods and Materials in
Teaching Bookkeeping and Related Sub-
jects. (3) Important problems and pro-
cedures in the mastery of bookkeeping
and related office knowledge and skills
including a consideration of materials
and teaching procedures
EDSE 403 Problems in Teaching Office
Skills. (3) Problems in development of
occupational competency, achievement
tests, standards of achievement, instruc-
tional materials, transcription, and the
integration of office skills.
EDSE 404 Basic Business Education in
the Secondary Schools. (3) Includes con-
sideration ol course objectives; subject
matter selection; and methods of organ-
ization and presenting business principles,
knowledge and practices.
EDSE 415 Financial and Economic Edu-
cation I. (3) Problems of teaching courses
in personal finance and economics in
the public schools, including materials
and resources.
EDSE 416 Financial and Economic Edu-
cation II. (3) Continuation ol EDSE 415
EDSE 420 Organization and Coordination
ol Distributive Education Programs. (3)
This course deals specifically with such
areas as the organization of a cooperative
distributive education program; the de-
velopment of an effective cooperative
relationship between coordinator and
training sponsor; the selection, orientation,
and training of sponsors; analysis of
training opportunities, reports and rec-
ords; the evaluation and selection of stu-
dents for part-time cooperative work as-
signments; and the evaluation of the
program.
EDSE 421 Methods and Materials In
Distributive Education. (3) This course
covers basic methods and materials
needed to teach the preparatory class-
room related instruction of a one or two
year distributive education program. It
deals specifically with the organization of
special supplementary materials for in-
dividual and group instruction-youth club
programs, organization and admini-
stration,
EDSE 423 Field Experiences in Voca-
tional areas. (3) A — Home economics
education, B — Business education, C —
Distributive education. Supervised work
experience in an occupation related to
vocational education. Application of theory
to work situations as a basis for teaching
in vocational education programs. By in-
dividual arrangement with advisor.
EDSE 425 Curriculum Development in
Home Economics. (3) Basis for curriculum
decisions; tools for planning and eval-
uating curriculum; methodology of con-
ceptual teaching.
EDSE 428 Evaluation ol Home Econom-
ics. (3) The meaning and function of eval-
uation in education; the development of
a plan for evaluating a homemaking pro-
gram with emphasis upon types of eval-
uaiion devices, their construction and
use.
EOSE 430 CoirMrllve-RemcdIal Reading
liMlrucllon. (3) Pn>f«'qunM« EDSE -IW or
•<)uiv«lenl For loachers. supervisors, and
idminislralors who wish to identity and
cMiit pupils with reading diltlcullles
Concerned with diagnostic techniques,
instructional materials and teaching pro-
cedures useful in the regular classroom
EOSE 431 Laboratory Practices In Read-
ing. (2-4) Preroquisilo. EOSE 430 A lab-
oratory course in which each student has
one or more pupils lor analysis and in-
struction At least one class meeting per
week to diagnose individual cases and
to plan instruction
EDSE 432 The Junior High School. (2-3)
A general overview of the junior high
school Purposes, functions and character-
istics ol this school unit: a study of its
population, organization, program of
studies, methods, stall, and other topics,
together with their implications for
prospective teachers
EOSE 440 Methods ol Teaching English
In Secondary Schools. (3)
EOSE 441 Practlcum In Art Education. (3)
One two-hour lecture discussion period
and two two-hour laboratory sessions per
week Instruction will be aimed at re-
viewing experiences in a chosen medium
ot art and assembling a workable pro-
cedure to present the content to second-
ary school students. The course will
provide a studio setting in which the
student will assemble materials for an
in-deplh study of the practical work in-
volved and attempt to develop a total
concept in a particular area of art
EOSE 442 Teaching the Audio-Lingual
Skills In Foreign Languages. (3)
EOSE 444 Methods ol Teaching Mathe-
matics in Secondary Schools. (3)
EDSE 446 Methods ol Teaching Science
in Secondary Schools. (3)
CDSE 447 Methods ol Teaching Social
Studies In Secondary Schools. (2-3)
EOSE 4S0 Speech Methods and Re-
sources in Secondary Schools. (3)
EDSE 453 The Teaching ol Reading In
the Secondary School. (3)
EOSE 460 Environmental Education. (3)
Two lecture-discussion periods and one
three hour laboratory-field experience
session per week. An interdisciplinary
course covering the literature, techniques
arid strategies of environmental educa-
tion Emphasis is upon the study ol
environmental education programs and
the development of a specific program
which is designed to implement the solu-
tion ol an environmental problem. The
laboratory-field experience is provided as
a model for future activities of students
Open to any student who wishes to be-
come actively involved in the process of
environmental education program de-
velopment.
EOSE 470 Teaching ol Art Criticism In
Public Schools. (3) Introduction to various
alternative theories of aesthetics as re-
lated to the teaching of art
EDSE 488 Special Topics In Secondary
Education. (1-3) Ropeatable tor a max-
imum of 6 hours
EOSE 489 Field Experience In Educa-
tion. (1-4) Prerequisites, at least six se-
mester hours in education at the Univer-
sity ol Maryland plus such other pre-
requisites as may be set by the secondary
education department Planned Held ex-
perience may be provided lor selected
students who have had teaching experience
and whose application for such field ex-
perience has been approved by the sec-
ondary education faculty Field experi-
ence is offered in a given area to both
major and non-major students
Note — The total number of credits which
a student may earn in EDSE 489. 888. and
889 is limited to a maximum of 20 se-
mester hours
EOSE 498 Special Problems In Educa-
tion. (1-3) Prerequisite, consent of instruc-
tor. Available only to mature students
who have definite plans for individual
study of approved problems
EDSE 499 Workshops. Clinics, and Insti-
tutes. (1-6) The maximum number of
credits that may be earned under this
course symbol toward any degree is six
semester hours: the symbol may be used
two or more times until six semester
hours have been reached. The following
type ol educational enterprise may be
scheduled under this course heading:
workshops conducted by the college ol
education (or developed cooperatively
with other colleges and universities) and
not otherwise covered in the present
course listing: clinical experiences in
pupil-testing centers, reading clinics.
speech therapy laboratories, and special
education centers: institutes developed
around specific topics or problems and
intended for designated groups such
as school superintendents, principals
and supervisors.
Education, Social Foundations
EOSF 288 Special Problems in Educa-
tion. (1-6) Prerequisites, consent of edu-
cation advisor Available only to freshmen
and sophomore students who have definite
plans lor individual study of approved
problems relative to their preparation
for teaching
EOSF 301 Foundations of Education. (3)
Prerequisites. EDUC 300. completion of at
least 90 hours and approval for admis-
sion to teacher education. Historical,
social, cultural, and philosophical founda-
tions of American education. Considers
education as a profession, and the or-
ganizational structure, operation and
function of modern school systems. Com-
parative education and contemporary
issues are Included.
EDSF 409 Special Topics In the Social
Foundations ol Education. (1-3) Rcpoat-
ablo to a maximum ol nine hours An in-
tensive examination ol current problems
and issues in the formation of educational
policies May bo repeated lor credit when
the topics dealt with are different
EDSF 410 History ol Education In Weet-
ern Civilization. (3) Educational institutions
through the ancient, medieval and early
modern periods in western civilization,
as seen against a background of socio-
economic development.
EDSF 411 History of Education In the
United States. (3) A study ol the origins
and development of the chief features
of the present system of education in
the United States
EOSF 420 Philosophy ol Education. (3)
A study ol the great educational phi-
losophers and systems of thought affect-
ing the development of modern education
EOSF 421 Logic ol Teaching. (3) An
analysis of the structure of basic subject
matter in the curriculum and of the
standard logical moves in leaching.
EOSF 430 Educational Sociology. (3)
Deals with data of the social sciences
which are germane to the work of
teachers. Implications of democratic
ideology for educational endeavor, edu-
cational tasks imposed by changes in
population and technological trends, the
welfare status of pupils, the socio-
economic attitudes of individuals who
control the schools, and other elements
of community background.
EOSF 489 Field Experience In Educa-
tion. (1-4) Prerequisites, at least six se-
mester hours in education at the Uni-
versity of Maryland plus such other pre-
requisites as may be set by the major
area in which the experience is to be
taken. Planned field experience may be
provided for selected students who have
had teaching experience and whose
application for such field experience has
been approved by the education faculty.
Field experience is offered in a given
area to both major and non-major
students.
Note — The total number of credits which
a student may earn in EDSF 489. 888, and
889 is limited to a maximum of 20 se-
mester hours.
EOSF 498 Special Problems in Educa-
tion. (1-3) Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor Available only to mature stu-
dents who have definite plans for
individual study of approved
problems
EOSF 499 Wort(shops, Clinics, and
Institutes. (1-6) The maximum number of
credits that may be earned under this
course symbol toward any degree is six
semester hours: the symbol may be used
two or more times until six semester
hours have been reached. The following
type of educational enterprise may t>e
scheduled under this course heading
workshops conducted by the college ol
education (or developed cooperatively
with other colleges and universities) and
not otherwise covered in the present
course listing: clinical experiences in
pupil-testing centers, reading clinics
speech therapy laboratories, and special
education centers: institutes developed
around specific topics or problems and
Intended lor designated groups such as
school superintendents, principals and
supervisors
Education, Special
EDSP 2B8 Special Problems in Educa-
tion. (1-6) Prerequisite, consent of special
education advisor. Open only to special
education majors Available only to
freshmen and sophomore students who
have definite plans for individual study
ol approved problems relative to their
preparation lor teaching. Such study
will usually take the form of a field
experience as a teacher's aid in a spe-
cial education program (or one-half day
a week
EDSP 349 Student Teaching of Excep-
tional Children. (8) A doctor's certificate
indicating freedom from communicable
diseases and approval of department re-
quired Undergraduate credit only. Stu-
dents in special education enroll in 8
credits of EOEL 333 for 8 weeks during
the same semester. No other courses may
be taken during a full semester of stu-
dent teaching.
EDSP 470 Introduction to Special Educa-
tion. (3) Prerequisite. EDSP 288 Designed
to give an understanding of the needs
ol all types of exceptional children.
Stressing preventive and remedial
measures
EOSP 471 Characteristics ot Exceptional
Children — Mentally Retarded. (3) Pre-
requisite. EDSP 470 or equivalent Studies
the diagnosis etiology, physical, social
and emotional characteristics of excep-
tional children
EOSP 472 Education of Exceptional
Children — Mentally Retarded. (3) Pre-
requisite. EDSP 471 or equivalent. Offers
practical and specific methods of teach-
ing exceptional children. Selected ob-
servation of actual teaching may be
arranged
EOSP 473 Curriculum for Exceptional
Children— Mentally Retarded. (3) Pre-
requisite. EDSP 471 or equivalent. Ex-
amines the principles and objectives
guiding curriculum for exceptional chil-
dren: gives experience in developing
curriculum: studies various curricula
currently in use.
EOSP 475 Education ol the Slow
Learner. (3) Studies the characteristics
of the slow learner and those educational
practices which are appropriate for the
Course Offerings / 149
child who is lunctioning as a slow
learner.
EDSP 481 Characteristics of Exceptional
Children— Gifted. (3) Prerequisite. EDSP
470 or equivalent. Studies the diagnosis,
etiology, physical, social, and emotional
characteristics of exceptional children.
EDSP 482 Education of Exceptional
Children— Gifted. (3) Prerequisite, EDSP
481 or equivalent. Offers practical and
specific methods of leaching exceptional
children. Selected observation of actual
teaching may be arranged.
EDSP 483 Curriculum for Exceptional
Children— Gifted. (3) Prerequisite. EDSP
481 or equivalent. Examines the princi-
ples and objectives guiding current cur-
riculum for exceptional children: gives
experience in developing curriculum:
studies various curricula currently in
use
EDSP 489 Field Experience in Special
Education. (1-4) Prerequisites, at least six
semester hours in special education at
the University of Maryland plus such
other prerequisites as may be set by the
special education department. Planned
field experience for selected students who
have had teaching experience has been
approved by the special education faculty.
Note — The total number of credits which
a student may earn in EDSP 489. 888. and
889 is limited to a maximum of 20 se-
mester hours.
EDSP 491 Characteristics of Exceptional
Children — Perceptual Learning Prob-
lems. (3) Prereqiusite, EDSP 470 or
equivalent. Studies the diagnosis, etiol-
ogy, physical, social, and emotional
characteristics of exceptional children.
EDSP 492 Education of Exceptional
Children — Perceptual Learning Prob-
lems. (3) Prerequisite, EDSP 491 or
equivalent- Offers practical and specific
methods of teaching exceptional chil-
dren. Selected observation of actual
teaching may be arranged
EDSP 493 Curriculum for Exceptional
Children — Perceptual Learning Prob-
lems. Prerequisite, EDSP 492 or equivalent
Examines the principles and objectives
guiding curriculum for exceptional chil-
dren; gives experience in developing
curriculum: studies various curricula
currently in use.
EDSP 498 Special Problems in Special
Education. (1-3) Prerequisite, consent of
instructor. Available only to mature stu-
dents who have definite plans for individ-
ual study of approved problems,
EDSP 499 Workshops. Clinics, and Insti-
tutes in Special Education. (1-6) The max-
imum number of credits that may be
earned under this course symbol toward
any degree is six semester hours: the
symbol may be used two or more times
until six semester hours have been
150 / Course Offerings
reached. The following type of educa-
tional enterprise may be scheduled under
this course heading: woikshops conducted
by the special education department
(or developed cooperatively with other
departments, colleges and universities)
and not otherwise covered in the present
course listing. Laboratories, and special
education centers: institutes developed
around specific topics or problems and
intended lor designated groups such as
school superintendents, principals and
supervisors.
Engineering, Aerospace
ENAE 201 Introduction to Aerospace
Engineering I. (2) One lecture and one
laboratory per week. Prerequisite. ENE3
110, Required of sophomores in aero-
space engineering. Characteristics of the
atmosphere, lifting surfaces, drag, pro-
pulsion systems, and aircraft control
ENAE 202 Introduction to Aerospace
Engineering II. (2) One lecture and one
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, ENAE
201, Required of sophomores in aerospace
engineering, guidance, structures, and
performance of aerospace vehicles,
weather, safety, and flight simulation.
The aerospace industry and aerospace
engineering as a profession,
ENAE 203 Technical Writing. (1) One
lecture per week. Corequisite: ENAE 201,
Required of sophomores in aerospace
engineering. Technical writing as a means
of effective professional communication.
Practice in the writing process with at-
tention to grammar and style. Tables,
graphs, and figures.
ENAE 305 Aerospace Laboratory I. (2)
One lecture and one laboratory per week.
Prerequisite. ENEE 300. Corequisites.
ENAE 345. ENAE 351. and ENAE 371. Re-
quired of juniors in aerospace engineer-
ing, (vleasurement philosophy, data analy-
sis, error assessment, sensing devices,
optical methods, material tests: flow
visualization techniques, manometry, dy-
namic response of measurement systems.
Application of instrumentation in aero-
space technology,
ENAE 345 Flight Dynamics (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisites, ENES
221 and IVIATH 246, Required of juniors
in aerospace engineering. Kinematics and
concept of system state. Dynamic princi-
ples applied to particles, discrete mass
and continously distributed mass sys-
tems, lagrangian dynamics, dynamic
stability of systems, applications to dy-
namics of aerospace vehicles and vehicle
components,
ENAE 351 Flight Structures I. (4) Three
lectures and one laboratory per week.
Prerequisite, ENES 220. Required of jun-
iors in aerospace engineering An intro-
(iuct'on to the analysis of aircraft struc-
tural members. Introduction to theory of
elasticity, mechanical behavior of
materials, thermal effects, finite-difference
solutions, virtual work, variational and
energy principles for static systems.
ENAE 352 Flight Structures II. (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite. ENAE
351. Required ol juniors in aerospace en-
gineering. Application of variational and
energy principles to analysis of elastic
bodies, stresses and deflections of
beams including effects of non-principal
axes, non-homogeneity, and gradients,
differential equations of beams, bars,
and cables. Stresses and deflections of
torsional members, stresses due to
shear. Deflection analysis of structures.
ENAE 371 Aerodynamics I. (3) Three lec-
tures per week. Prerequisites, ENAE 202.
PHYS 262, MATH 241 and concurrent
registration in MATH 246, Required of
juniors in aerospace engineering. Basic
fluid mechanics and aerodynamic theory.
ENAE 401 Aerospace Laboratory II. (2)
One lecture and one laboratory per week.
Prerequisites. ENAE 305 and ENAE 345.
Corequisites. ENAE 352 and ENAE 471,
Required of seniors in aerospace engi-
neering. Application of fundamental
measurement techniques to experiments
in aerospace engineering, structural,
aerodynamic, and propulsion tests, cor-
relation of theory with experimental
results,
ENAE 402 Aerospace Laboratory III. (1)
One laboratory per week. Prerequisites,
ENAE 305 and ENAE 345, Corequisites.
ENAE 352. ENAE 471, and ENAE 475,
Application of fundamental measurement
techniques to experiments in aerospace
engineering, structural, aerodynamic,
flight simulation, and heat transfer tests.
Correlation of theory with experimental
results,
ENAE 411 Aircraft Design. (3) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites. ENAE 345, ENAE 351 and
ENAE 371. Design elective for seniors
in aerospace engineering Theory, back-
ground and methods of airplane design,
subsonic, supersonic and VSTOL,
ENAE 412 Design of Aerospace Ve-
hicles. (3) Two lectures and one labora-
tory per week Prerequisites, ENAE 345
and ENAE 371 Design elective for sen-
iors in aerospace engineering. Theory,
background and methods of space ve-
hicle design for manned orbiting vehicles,
manned lunar and martian landing
systems,
ENAE 445 Stability and Control of Aero-
space Vehicles. (3) Three lectures per
week Prerequisite, ENAE 345 and ENAE
371, Dynamic elective for senior students
in aerospace engineering. Stability, con-
trol and miscellaneous topics in dy-
namics,
ENAE 455 Aircraft Vibrations. (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENAE
345, Corequisite, ENAE 352. Dynamic
elective for senior students in aerospace
engineering. Vibrations and other dy-
namic problems occuring in aerospace
structures. Study topics include free and
forced vibrations of single and multiple
degree of freedom systems, and of
continuous systems.
ENAE 457 Flight Structures III. (3) Three
lectures each week. Prerequisite, ENAE
352 or equivalent. Elective for seniors in
aerospace engineering An advanced un-
dergraduate course dealing with the
theory and analysis of the structures of
flight vehicles. Topics will include
stresses due to shear, indeterminate
structures, matrix methods, plate theory,
buckling and failure of plates.
ENAE 461 Flight Propulsion I. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory per week.
Prerequisites. ENME 216 and ENAE 471.
Required ol seniors in aerospace engi-
neering. Operating principles of piston,
turbojet, turboprop, ramjet and rocket
engines, thermodynamic cycle analysis
and engine performance, aerothermo-
chemistry of combustion, fuels, and
propellants.
ENAE 462 Flight Propulsion 11. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory per week.
Prerequisite. ENAE 461. Elective for sen-
iors in aerospace engineering, extension
of material in ENAE 461. Advanced and
current topics in flight propulsion,
ENAE 471 Aerodynamics II. (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite. ENAE
371 and ENME 216 Required of seniors
in aerospace engineering. Elements of
compressible flow with applications to
aerospace engineering problems.
ENAE 472 Aerodynamics III. (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite. ENAE
371, Elective for seniors in aerospace en-
gineering. Theory of the flow of an in-
compressible fluid-
ENAE 473 Aerodynamics of High-Speed
Flight. (3) Three lectures per week Pre-
requisite, ENAE 372 or equivalent. Elec-
tive course for seniors in aerospace
engineering An advanced course deal-
ling with aerodynamic problems of flight
at supersonic and hypersonic velocities.
Topics will include unified hypersonic
and supersonic small disturbance theories,
real gas effects, aerodynamic heating
and mass transfer with applications to
hypersonic flight and re entry,
ENAE 475 Viscous Flow and Aerodynamic
Heating. (3) Three lectures per week.
Prerequisites, ENAE 371, ENAE 471. and
ENME 216, Required course for aerospace
seniors. Fundamental aspects of viscous
flow. Navier-Stoles equations, similarity,
boundary layer, equations: Laminar,
transitional and turbulent incompressible
flows on airfoils, thermal boundary layers
and convective heat transfer. Conduction
lh>ou«h *oii4«. Inlioduclion to radlativs
rM«t Ifanslar
CNAE 4M Topics In Aeroipac* Engl-
itMtinfl H-«) ■.VI -a ,•!,>!.. taken
! con-
d tha
... _ ., . ICO
angino«r'ng Cunotii topi\.b ditt om-
pfiamed
tHAt '"^ F''—vr Raaaarch. (1-3) May
^ I mum of three credits
Ek' n aerospace engi-
na«, 1 , A ,,.on ol the student's
advisor and the instructor. Original
raaearch projects terminating In a writ-
ten fCpO't
ENAE its Prolesilonal Development
Topics In Aerospace Engineering. (1-3)
Prerequistio permisscon ol ine instructor.
Current topics in aerospace engineering
chosen to provide lor the professional
development of practicing engineers. May
not t>e credited toward a graduate school
degree Repeatable to a maximum of
3 cedils
ENAE 589 Professional Development
Topics In Aerospace Engineering. (1-3)
Prerequisite permission of the instructor
Current topics in aerospace engineering
chosen to provide for the professional
development ol practicing engineers.
May not be credited toward a graduate
school degree Repeatable to a maximum
of 3 cediis
Engineering, Civil
ENCE 221 Introduction to Environmental
Engineering. (3) Prerequisite, one se-
mester of chemistry and physics. An in-
troductory course which provides an
mposition of those physical, chemical,
and biological systems relating to the
quality of the land, water, and air environ-
ments Current environmental pollution
problems will be examined and methods
of pollution abatement discussed
ENCE 280 Engineering Survey Measure-
ments. (3) Two lectures and one labora-
tory per week Prerequisite. MATH 141
or concurrent registration Standards,
units, calibration, measurement ol dis-
tance, elevation, angles, systematic and
random error analysis in measurements,
fundamentals of mapping instrumenta-
tion
ENCE 300 Fundamentals of Engineering
Materials. (3) Two lectures and one lab-
oratory per week Prerequisite, ENES 220
or concurrent registration Properties and
constitution of the principal materials
used in civil engineering laboratory tests
lor these properties, interpretation of
lest results and of specifications
ENCE 330 Basic Fluid Mechanics. (3)
Three lectures per week Prerequisites,
ENES 220, 221 PHYS 262 The study ol
fluids at rest and in motion, principles ol
viscous and turbulent How, impulse and
momentum concepts, pumps, turbines
and meters, dimensional analysis and
laws of similarity
ENCE 340 Fundamentals ol Soil Me-
cl<anict. (3) Three lectures per week.
Prerequisites. ENES 220 and ENCE 300
Introductory study of the mechanics of
aggregations and its application to earth-
works and foundations. Engineering
geology relative to civil engineering
and soil mechanics,
ENCE 350 Fundamental! of Structural
Analysis. (3) Three Iccluros per week
Prerequisites, ENES 220 and concurrent
registration in ENCE 300 Basic statics
and mechanics ol structural systems In-
troduction to indeterminate analysis,
ENCE 351 Basic Structural Design. (3)
Three lectures per week Prerequisite,
ENCE 350. Basic elements of structural
design ol wood, steel and concrete
without dependence on individual speci-
licalions. classical design ol beams,
trusses, columns, connections and
loundations,
ENCE 360 Engineering Analysis and
Computer Programming. (4) Prerequisite.
241 Introduction to the elements of
Fortran and the algorithmic approach in
the analysis ol civil engineering prob-
lems, methods of numerical analysis in-
cluding the solution of linear systems
of equations, numerical quadrature,
differentiation, interpolation, and the so-
lution ol polynomial and transcendental
equations, instruction in the computer
solution of civil engineering problems.
ENCE 370 Fundamentals of Transporta-
tion Engineering. (3) Prerequisite. ENCE
280 Engineering problems of transpor-
tation by airways, highways, pipelines,
railways, and waterways, elementary dy-
namics of traffic and function considera-
tion of routes and terminals
ENCE 410 Advanced Strength of Ma-
terials. (3) Three lectures per week. Pre-
requisite, ENES 220 Strength and de-
formation of deformable bodies, plane
stress and strain, torsion theory, unsym-
metrical bending, curved beams, behavior
of beams, columns, slabs, plates and
composite members unload. Elastic and
inelastic stability.
ENCE 411 Experimental Stress Analy-
sis. (4) Three lectures and one laboratory
per week. Prerequisite, ENES 220. Appli-
cation ol experimental data on materials
to design problems, correlation of analy-
tical and experimental methods of analy-
sis with design, electric strain gages,
photoelasticity, brittle laquer methods
and various analogies,
ENCE 420 Basic Civil Engineering Plan-
ning I. (3) Prerequisites, senior standing
or consent ol the instructor. Urban-regional
physical planning Irom the civil engi-
neering viewpoint, integration ol the plan-
ning aspects ol engineering — environ-
mental, structural, transportation and
water reaourcai — into a lyttems approach
to the prartleo of civi' i»nglneerlng Alto
in^ : engi-
ne, oering
topic,
ENCE 430 Intermediate Fluid Oynam-
ici. (4) Thill- ■.■tun-, .ltd one laboratory
per week i '.CE 330 Appli-
cation of I lo the solution
of enginc'i'i ideal fluid
flow. mech,in . . ii lUid resistance, open
channel How under unilorm, gradually
varied and rapidly varied conditions, sedi-
ment transport role of model studios in
analysis and design
ENCE 431 Surface Water Hydrology. (3)
Prerequisites, ENCE 330 and 360. con-
current registration in ENCE 460 or per-
mission ol instructor Study ol the physi-
cal processes of the hydrologic cycle
hydrometology, concepts of weather mod-
ification, evaporation and transpiration
infiltration studies, run off computations.
Hood routing, reservoir requirements em-
phasis on process simulation as a tool
in water resource development
ENCE 432 Ground Water Hydrology. (3)
Prerequisites. Ence 330, 460 or permis-
sion of instructor Concepts related to
the development ol the ground water re-
source, hydrogeology, hydrodynamics of
flow through porous media, hydraulics
ol wells, artificial recharge, sea water
intrusion, basin-wide ground water de-
velopment.
ENCE 433 Environmental Health Engi-
neering Analysis. (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory per week The theory and
analytical techniques used in evaluating
man's environment Emphasis is given to
the areas of quantitative, physical, elec-
troanalytical and organic chemistry as
applied to chemical analysis of water,
ENCE 434 Air Pollution. (3) Three lec-
tures per week Classification of atmos-
pheric pollutants and their effects on visi-
bility, inanimate and animate receptors,
evaluation of source emissions and prin-
ciples of air pollution control: meteorologi-
cal factors governing the distribution and
removal ol air pollutants: air quality
measurements and air pollution control
legislation
ENCE 435 Sanitary Engineering Analysis
and Design. (4) Three lectures and one
laboratory per week Prerequisite ENCE
221 and ENCE 330 The application of
sanitary analysis and fundamental princi-
ples to the design and operation of water
and waste water treatment plants and the
control of stream pollution
ENCE 440 Advanced Soil Mechanics. (4)
Three lectures and one laboratory per
week Prerequisite. ENCE 340 Theories
ol strength, compressibility, capillarity and
permeability Critical review of theories
and methods of measuring essential
propetrim, planning, execution and inlei
pretation of soil testing programs.
ENCE 441 Soil-Foundation Syttemt. (3)
Three lectures per week Prerequisite
fu .
of bfaiirifj r.,i;„icil/ Mtlu^nicnf, :,i!i.-f,ll
pressures, drainage, vibrations, stress
distributions, etc , are included for a
variety ol structural systems,
ENCE 450 Struchiral Analyala. (3) Three
lectures per week Prerequisite, ENCE
351 Advanced indeterminate structures
members of variable section, laterally
loaded Irames, continuous trusses and
secondary stresses
ENCE 451 Structural Deeign. (4) Three
lectures and one laboratory per week
Prerequisite, ENCE 351, Steel and rein-
forced concrete design of bridges and
buildings using appropriate controlling
specifications, advanced problems of
modern steel and reinforced concrete
ENCE 460 Computer Analyala. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory per week
Prerequisites, ENCE 360, and ENCE 351.
Computer methods and techniques applied
to structural systems, matrix methods
and indeterminate analysis, analysis and
design programs
ENCE 461 Analysis of Civil Engineering
Systems I. (3) Prerequisite senior stand-
ing or consent of instructor Application
of the principles of engineering economy
and statistics to the solution of civil
engineering problems, economic com-
parison ol alternatives using present
worth, annual cost, rate of return and
use of simple and multiple regression
models and statistical decision theory
ENCE 470 Highway Engineering. (4)
Three lectures and one three-hour lab-
oratory per week Prerequisite. ENCE
340 Location, design, construction and
maintenance of roads and pavements
introduction to traffic engineering
ENCE 471 Transportation Engineering. (3)
Three lectures per week Prerequisite.
ENCE 370 A study of the principles of
transportation engineering as applied to
the various modes of transport Considera-
tion is given to cost analysis, economic
aspects of route and site selection and
layout the organizattion and administra-
tion of engineering functions
ENCE 472 Highway and Airfield Pave-
ment Design. (3) Prerequisites ENCE 340
and 370 Two lectures and one labora-
tory per week Principles of pavement
analysis and design analysis of moving
loads and pavement response, subgrade
evaluation and beneficiation, flexible and
rigid pavement design related materials
specifications and tests
ENCE 489 Special Problems. (3) Pre-
requiste, senior standing A course ar-
Course Offerings / 151
ranged to meet the needs of excep-
tionally well prepared students for study
in a particular field of civil engineering.
Engineering, Chemical
ENCH 215 Chemical Engineering Analy-
sis I. (3) Prerequisite. CHEIVI 104 or
equivalent. Introduction to metfiods of
Cfiemical Engineering analysis, stoicliio-
metric relations, use of computers,
stagewise computations, and application
ol material and energy balances to chem-
ical engineering operations and pro-
cesses.
ENCH 237 Chemical Technology Labora-
tory. (1) Prerequisite, ENCH 215 or con-
current registration Tectnniques of basic
chemical engineering measurement,
theory and application of temperature
and pressure measurement, basic thermo-
dynamic measurements including calori-
metry and vapor pressures, methods of
purification and detection of impurities
in solids, liquids and gases, elements of
reaction kinetics.
ENCH 250 Chemical Engineering Analy-
sis II. (2) Prerequisite. ENCH 215. I^ethods
of chemical engineering analysis, com-
putational methods, optimization and con-
trol techniques, and other numerical tools
applied to chemical processing systems.
Analytical and computer methods are
presented.
ENCH 295 Chemical Process Thermo-
dynamics. (3) Prerequsite, CHEI^ 104,
principles of thermodynamics and their
application to engineering problems, first
and second laws of thermodynamics,
properties of gases, liquids and solids,
phase equilibrium, flow and non-flow
systems, energy conversion, production
of work from heat, thermodynamic analy-
sis of processes, equilibrium stage opera-
tions and the thermodynamics of chem-
ically reacting systems.
ENCH 333 Chemical Engineering Semi-
nar. (1) Prerequisite, senior standing, oral
and written reports on recent develop-
ments in chemical engineering and the
process industries.
ENCH 425 Transfer and Transport Pro-
cesses I. (4) Prerequisite, ENCH 250.
Theory and applications of molecular
and turbulent transport phenomena,
principles of fluid mechanics, mass trans-
fer and heat transfer, dimensional analy-
sis, analogy between heat, mass and mo-
mentum transfer. Newtonian and non-
Newtonian flow, convective heat and
mass transfer,
ENCH 427 Transfer and Transport Pro-
cesses II. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 425.
Steady and unsteady state diffusion and
conduction, simultaneous heat and mass
transfer, interphase transfer, boundary
layer theory. Application to absorption,
adsorption and distillation, principles of
radiant heat transfer, evaporation, filtra-
tion, crystallization, drying, condensation.
boiling, humidification. ion exchange,
and phase separations.
ENCH 437 Chemical Engineering Labora-
tory. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 427. Applica-
tion of chemical engineering process
and unit operation principles in small
scale semi-commercial equipment. Data
from experimental observations are used
to evaluate performance and efficiency of
operations. Emphasis is placed on cor-
rect presentation of results in report
form.
ENCH 440 Chemical Engineering Kinet-
ics. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 250 Funda-
mentals of chemical reaction kinetics and
their application to the design and op-
eration of chemical reactors, reaction
rate theory, homogeneous reactions in
batch and flow systems, adsorption,
heterogeneous reactions and catalysis,
electrochemical reactions, catalytic re-
actor design.
ENCH 442 Chemical Engineering Sys-
tems Analysis. (2) Differential equations
or ENCH 453. Dynamic response applied
to process systems, goals and modes of
control, LaPlace transformations, analy-
sis and synthesis of simple control sys-
tems, closed loop response, dynamic
testing.
ENCH 443 Dynamics and Control Labora-
tory. (1) Corequisite, ENCH 442. Ivlethods
of process control, use of experimental
analog and mathematical models of
control systems.
ENCH 445 Process Engineering and De-
sign. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 427. Utiliza-
tion of chemical engineering principles
for the design of process equipment,
typical problems in the design of chemi-
cal plants. Comprehensive reports are
required.
ENCH 447 Chemical Engineering Eco-
nomics. (2) Prerequisite, ENCH 427. Prin-
ciples of engineering economics applied
to chemical processes, determination of
investment and operating costs for
chemical plants.
ENCH 450 Chemical Process Develop-
ment. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 427. Chemi-
cal process industries from the stand-
point of technology, raw materials, prod-
ucts and processing equipment, opera-
tions of major chemical processes and
industries combined with quantitative
analysis of process requirements and
yields.
ENCH 452 Advanced Chemical Engineer-
ing Analysis, (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 425.
Application of digital and analog com-
puters to chemical engineering problems,
numerical methods, programming, differ-
ential equations, curve fitting, amplifiers
and analog circuits.
ENCH 453 Applied Mathematics in Chem-
ical Engineering. (3) Prerequisite, (vlATH
240. IVIathematical techniques applied to
the analysis and solution of chemical
engineering problems, use of differentia-
tion, integration, differential equations,
partial differential equations and integral
transforms. Application of infinite series,
numerical and statistical methods.
ENCH 454 Chemical Process Analysis
and Optimization, (3) Prerequisites, ENCH
427, 440. Applications of mathematical
models to the analysis and optimization
of chemical processes, models based on
transport, chemical kinetics and other
chemical engineering principles will be
employed. Emphasis on evaluation of
process alternatives.
ENCH 455 Chemical Process Labora-
tory. (2) Prerequisite, ENCH 427, and 440.
Experimental study of various chemical
processes through laboratory and small
semi-commercial scale equipment, re-
action kinetics, fluid mechanics, heat
and mass transfer.
ENCH 461 Control of Air Pollution
Sources. (3) Prerequisite, senior standing
in engineering or consent of instructor.
Theory and application of methods for
the control and removal of airborne ma-
terials. Principles of design and perform-
ance of air quality control equipment.
ENCH 468 Research. (2-3) Prerequisite,
permission of the staff. Investigation of
a research project under the direction of
one of the staff members. Comprehensive
reports are required.
ENCH 475 Electrochemical Engineer-
ing. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 425. Funda-
mentals of electrochemistry with appli-
cation to engineering and commercial
processes. Equilibrium potentials, reaction
mechanisms, cell kinetics, polarization,
surface phenomena. Electrorefining,
electrowinning, oxidation and reduction,
solid, liquid and gas systems. Aspects
of design and performance of electro-
process plants.
ENCH 480 Engineering Analysis of Phy-
siological Systems. (3) Engineering de-
scription and analysis of physiological
systems. Survey of bioengineering litera-
ture and an introduction to mathematical
modeling of physiological systems.
ENCH 482 Biochemical Engineering. (3)
Prerequisite, senior standing in engineer-
ing or consent of instructor. Introduction
to biochemical and microbiological appli-
cations to commericial and engineering
processes, including industrial fermenta-
tion, enzymology, ultrafiltration, food and
pharmaceutical processing and result-
ing waste treatment. Enzyme kinetics,
cell growth, energetics and mass
transfer.
ENCH 485 Biochemical Engineering Lab-
oratory. (2) Prerequisite or co-requisite,
ENCH 482 Techniques of measuring
pertinent parameters in fermentation re-
actors, quantification of production vari-
ables for primary and secondary metabol-
ites such as enzymes and antibiotics.
the insolubilization of enzymes for re-
actors, and the demonstration ol separa-
tion techniques such as ultrafiltration
and affinity chromatography.
ENCH 490 Introduction to Polymer Sci-
ence, (3) Prerequisite, consent of instruc-
tor The elements of the chemistry, phys-
ics, processing methods, and engineer-
ing applications of polymers.
ENCH 492 Applied Physical Chemistry of
Polymers. (3) Prerequisite. CHEIvl 481
corequisite, CHEfvl 482 or consent ol
instructor. Kinetics of formation of high
polymers, determination of molecular
weight and structure, and applied thermo-
dynamics and phase equilibria of polymer
solutions.
ENCH 494 Polymer Technology Labora-
tory. (3) One lecture and two lab periods
per week. Prerequisite, ENCH 492 or con-
sent of instructor. Ivleasurement of me-
chanical, electrical, optical, thermal
properties of polymers. Measurement of
molecular weight by viscosimetry iso-
metric and light scattering methods. Appli-
cation of X-ray, NtvtR, ESR, spectroscopy
molecular relaxation, microscopy and
electron microscopy to the determination
of polymer structure, effects ol ultraviolet
light and high energy radiation.
Engineering-Cooperative Education
ENCO Co-Op Internship. (0) Professional
internship in industry or government
agency provides the practical work ex-
periences which supplement and enhance
the theories, principles and practices
studied in the normal educational pro-
gram. The student should register for
ENCO 308 for each summer internship.
He should register for both ENCO 308 and
309 for each semester internship.
ENCO 309 Co-Op Internship. (0) Profes-
sional internship in industry or govern-
ment agency provides the practical work
experiences which supplement and en-
hance the theories, principles and prac-
tices in the normal educational program.
The student should register for ENCO
308 for each summer internship. He
should register for both ENCO 308 and
ENCO 309 for each semester intern-
ship.
Engineering, Electrical
ENEE 204 Systems and Circuits I. (3)
Prerequisite, I^ATH 141. Required of
sophomores in electrical engineering.
Kirchhoff's laws, linear, non-linear, and
time-varying elements of systems and
circuits. Solution of circuit differential
equations, zero input, zero state, and com-
plete response. Sinusoidal analysis in the
steady state. Concept of impedance and
network function, node and mesh analy-
sis of phasor methods, coupled elements.
ideal transformers, controlled resources.
ENEE 250 Computer Structures. (3) Pre-
requisites. ENES 243 or equivalent. Re-
152 / Course Offerings
quiied ot sophomores in electrical engi-
n««i >Lluie and organlialion
of J number systems and
dai:i assembly language
{tonw ■. "I'll' iiv.embly language pro-
grams will be run), introduction to sys-
tem software, gales and memory el»-
ntents. logic design of simple digital sys-
tems, reliability; hardware' software
tradeods
ENCE 300 Principles o) Electrical Engl-
neerlng. (3) PiLToquisitos MATH 241.
PHYS 263 Corequisilc ENEE 301 Re-
quired ot aerospace, mechanical and
chemical engineers Not applicable in the
electrical engineering major program
Acceptable as prerequisite lor some ad-
vanced ENEE courses Analysis ol linear
systems, introduction to La Place trans-
forms, steady-slate A-C transforms,
introduction to the concepts of electro-
magnetic fields and electric machines
ENEE 301 Electrical Engineering Labora-
tory. (1) Two hours ol laboratory per
*ieek. corequisite ENEE 300 Required ol
aerospace mechanical, and chemical
engineers Experiments on the transient
and steady-state response of linear cir-
cuits, electric machines electron tubes
and semi-conductor devices.
ENEE 302 Principles of Electrical Engi-
neering. (3) Prerequisites. MATH 241 and
PHYS 263 corequisite. ENEE 303 Re-
quired of aerospace and chemical engi-
neers Not applicable in the electrical
engineering major program Acceptable
as prerequisite for some advanced ENEE
courses Principles and circuit applica-
tions of semi-conductor devices and elec-
tron tubes.
ENEE 303 Electrical Engineering Labora-
tory. (1) Two hours ol laboratory per week
Corequisite. ENEE 302 Required of
aerospace and chemical engineers Ex-
periments on the transient and steady-
state response of linear circuits, electric
machines, electron tubes and semi-
conductor devices.
ENEE 304 Systems and Circuits 11. (3)
Prerequisite ENEE 204: corequisite.
MATH 246 Required of juniors in elec-
tncal engineering Elementary graph
theory and topological concepts, net-
v»ork theorems general node and mesh
analysis, state equations, analysis of La
Place transform, network functions.
Fourier series Two-port theory: small-
signal analysis ol semi-conductor devices:
various parameter matrices
ENEE 305 Fundamental Laboratory. (2)
Corequisite. ENEE 204 Required ol jun-
iors in electrical engineering One lecture
and three lab hours per week Concepts
and techniques ol physical measurements
using standard electrical measuring de-
vices generators, oscilloscopes, volt-
rneters. etc.. measurements of linear and
non-linear circuits: steady state and step
response: Integrated circuits, handling
and use ot data
ENEE 314 Electronic Circuilt. (3) Pre-
requisite. ENEE 304 Required of electrical
engineering majors Characteristics of
semi-conductor devices Diodes, biasing
and stabill2atlon ol bipolar and field
effect transistors: power amplilior char-
acteristics. Feedback amplifiers. Inte-
grated operational amplifiers: transistor
switches, gates, and Integrated logic cir-
cuits, bistable multivibrators and appli-
cations in counters, registers and selected
digital networks
ENEE 320 Engineering Probability. (3)
Prerequisites. IVlATH 241 and ENEE 204
Required ol electrical engineering majors.
Axioms of prob'ibility; conditional prob-
ability and Bayes' rules: random variables,
probability distribution and densities: func-
tions of random variables: weak law ol
large numbers and central limit theorem.
Introduction to random processes, cor-
relation lunctions. spectral densities, and
linear systems Applications to noise In
electrical systems, filtering of signals
from noise, estimation, and digital com-
munications.
ENEE 322 Signal and System Theory. (3)
Prerequisite. ENEE 320 Required of elec-
trical engineering majors Concept of
linear system, slate space equations for
lumped linear systems, time domain analy-
sis of discrete and continuous linear
systems. Fourier series. Fourier and La
Place Transforms, Z transforms, station-
ary random signals. Application ol theory
to problems in electrical engineering.
ENEE 380 Electromagnetic Theory. (3)
Prerequisite. MATH 241 and PHYS 263.
Required of juniors in electrical engineer-
ing. Introduction to electro-magnetic
fields. Coulomb's law. Gauss's law, elec-
trical potential, dielectric materials ca-
pacitance. Boundary value problems.
Biot-Savart law. Ampere's law. Lorentz
lorce equation, magnetic materials, mag-
netic circuits, inductance, time varying
fields and Maxwell's equations
ENEE 381 Electromagnetic Wave Propa-
gation. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 380 Re-
quired of electrical engineering majors.
Review of Maxwell's equations: the wave
equation, potentials, Poynting's theorem.
Transmission. Lossy medium, skin effect.
Parallel-palte and rectangular wave-
guides. Radiation, retarded potentials,
radiation from dipole,
ENEE 402 Advanced Pulse Techniques (3)
(See ENEE 403 for optional related
laboratory course) Prerequisite. ENEE
314 or 410 or equivalent. Bistable, mono-
stable, and astable circuits, sweep cir-
cuits, synchronization, counting, gates,
comparators, magnetic core circuits,
semi-conductor and vacuum-tube cir-
cuits.
ENEE 403 Puite Technique* Labora-
tory. (1) Two hours of lat>oralory per
week Corequisite, ENEE 402 and per-
mission of the Instructor Experiments
on switching circuits, bistable, mono-
stable, and astable circuits, iweep circuits,
gates, comparators,
ENEE 404 Radio Enginaaring. (3) Pre-
requisite. ENEE 314 Tuned circuit ampli-
tiers, single, double, and stagger tuned
circuits: Class C amplifiers: frequency
multipliers; amplitude modulation, modu-
lators and detectors: receiver design and
characteristics. Irequency modulation.
FM transmitters and receivers
ENEE 405 Advanced Radio Engineering
Laboratory. (1) Two hours ol laboratory
per week. Corequisite. ENEE 404 Experi-
ments on multiple tuned amplifiers, noise
figure measurements, Class C amplifiers,
varactors. modulators, projects
ENEE 406 Mathematical Foundallona ol
Circuit Theory. (3) Prerequisites, ENEE
304 and MATH 241. or equivalent Review
of determinants, linear equations, matrix
theory, eigenvalues, theory complex vari-
ables, inverse La Place transforms Appli-
cations are drawn primarily from circuit
analysis
ENEE 410 Electronic Circuits. (3) Pre-
requisite, ENEE 300 or equivalent knowl-
edge ol circuit theory or consent ol the
instructor. This course is intended for
students in the physical sciences, and for
engineering students requiring additional
sludy ol electron circuits Credit not
normally given lor this course in an
electrical engineering major program.
(ENEE 413 may optionally be taken as an
associated laboratory). P-N junctions,
transistors, vacuum tubes, biasing and
operating point stability, switches, large-
signal analysis, models, small-signal
analysis, frequency response, feedback
and multistage amplifiers, pulse and
digital circuits,
ENEE 412 Telemetry Systems. (3) Pre-
requisite, ENEE 314. Selected digital cir-
cuits: Irequency division multiplexing:
FM AM systems. SSB FM systems; time
division multiplexed systems: pulse ampli-
tude modulation: pulse duration modula-
tion: pulse code modulation: analog to
digital converters: multiplexers and
DC-commutators
ENEE 413 Electronics Laboratory. (3)
Prerequisite. ENEE 305. One lecture and
three lab hours per week Provides ex-
perience in the specification, design, and
testing ol basic electronic circuits and
practical interconnections. Emphasis on
design with discrete solid state and
integrated circuit components for both
analog and pulse circuits
ENEE 414 Networtc Analysis. (3) Pre-
requisite. ENEE 304 Network properties;
linearity, reciprocity, etc ; 2-port descrip-
tions and generalization: Y. S. hybrid
matrices; description properties: sym-
metry, paraunity. etc . basic topological
analysis, state-space technique*, com-
puter-aided analysis, sansilhnly analysis
approximation
ENEE 4ie Natworfc 8»nlti»ali. (3) Pre
requisite. ENEE 304 Specialty elective
course Active and passive components
passivity, bounded and positive real RC
properties and synthesis. Brune and
Darlington synthesis, transfer-voltage
and Y21 synthesis, active feedback con-
figurations, image parameter daalgn.
computer-aided optimization synthesis
via the embedding concept.
ENEE 417 Advanced Network Thaory. (3)
Corequisite. ENEE 414. (or consent of
inslructor ) A study ol network descnp-
lions for analysis and basic actrae syrv
thesis Indefinite and topological formu-
lations. N-port structures and intercor>-
nections. active components and de-
scriptions, synthesis using controlled
sources, synthesis and analysis via staW
characterizations Additional topics from
non-linear, distributed parameter, and
digital filters
ENEE 418 ProlecU In Electrical Engt-
neering. (1-3) Hours to be arranged Pre-
requisites, senior standing and permis-
sion ol the Instructor May be taken for
repeated credit up to a total ol 4 creidts.
with the permission of the student's
advisor and the instructor. Theoretical
and experimental projects
ENEE 419 Apprenticeship in Electrical
Engineering. (2-3) Hours to be arranged.
Prerequisite completion of sophomore
courses and permission of an apprentice-
ship director May be taken for repealed
credit up to a total ol nine credits. A
unique opportunity lor experience in ex-
perimental research and engineering
design A few highly qualified students
will be selected as apprentices in one C
the research facilities of the electrical
engineering department and will partici-
pate in the current research under the
supervision of the laboratory director. In
the past, apprenticeships have been avail-
able in the lollowing laboratories: bio-
medical, electron ring accelerator, gas
laser, integrated circuits, simulation and
computer, and solid stale laser
ENEE 420 Communication Theory —
Specialty Elective Course. (3) Prerequisite.
ENEE 320. Random signals; elements ol
random processes noise Gaussian pro-
cess, correlation lunctions and power spec-
Ira Linear operations; optimum receivers,
vector waveform channels, receiver im-
plementation, probability of error per-
lormance; efficient signaling: sources,
encoding, dimensionality, channel ca-
pacity; waveform communication: linear,
angle, and pulse modulation.
ENEE 421 Introduction to Information
Theory — Specialty Electhre Course. (3)
Prerequisite. ENEE 320 Definition of in-
Course Offerings / 153
formation and entropy: characterization
of sources: Kraft and Macfvlillan inequali-
ties: coding Information sources; noiseless
coding theorem: channels and mutual
information: Shannon's coding theorem
for noisy channels
ENEE 425 Signal Analysis, Modulation
and Noise. (3) Prerequisites, ENEE 314
and ENEE 320. Signal transmission
through networks, transmission in the
the presence of noise, statistical methods
of determining error and transmission
effects, modulation schemes.
ENEE 432 Electronics (or Life Scien-
tists. (4) Three hours of lecture and two
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites,
college algebra and a physics course, in-
cluding basic electricity and magnetism.
Not accepted for credit in an electrical
engineering major program. The concept
of an instrumentation system with em-
phasis upon requirements for transducers,
amplifiers, and recording devices, design
criteria and circuitry of power supplies,
amplifiers, and pulse equipment, specific
instruments used for biological research,
problems of shielding against hum and
noise pickup and other interference prob-
lems characteristic of biological sys-
tems,
ENEE 433 Electronic Instrumentation for
Physical Science. (3) Two hours of lecture
and two hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites. ENEE 300 or 306, PHYS
271 or equivalent, or consent of instructor.
The concept of instrumentation systems
from sensor to readout: discussions of
transducers, system dynamics, precision
and accuracy: measurement of electrical
parameters: direct, differential, and po-
tentiometric measurements: bridge
measurements, time and frequency
measurements, waveform generation
and display.
ENEE 434 Introduction to Neural Net-
works and Signals. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE
204 or 300, Specialty elective course.
Introduction in the generation and pro-
cessing of bioelectric signals in-
cluding structure and function of
the neuron, membrane theory, generation
and propagation of nerve impulses, syn-
aptic mechanisms, transduction and
neural coding of sensory events, central
nervous system processing of sensory
information and correlated electrical sig-
nals, control of effector organs, muscles
contraction and mechanics, and models of
neurons and neural networks.
ENEE 435 Electrodes and Electrical Pro-
cesses in Biology and Medicine. (3) Pre-
requisite. ENEE 204 or 300. Specialty elec-
tive course. Techniques for recording
biological signals such as brain, muscle.
and cardiac electrical potentials: mem-
brane theory: half-cell potentials, liquid
junction potentials, and polarization of
electrodes: biological and medical in-
strumentation: and applications in the
design of cardiac pacemakers, or a
similar case study.
ENEE 438 Topics in Biomedical Engi-
neering. (1-3) Prerequisite, permission of
the instructor, ivlay be taken for repeated
credit. The content may vary from se-
mester to semester. Selected topics of
current interest from such areas as bio-
electric systems, modeling instrumenta-
tion, automated diagnostic, health-care
delivery, etc. Repeatable to a maximum of
9 hours
ENEE 440 Digital Computer Organiza-
tion. (3) Prerequisite, CIVISC 210 or ENES
243 or equivalent. Same as CIvISC 410.
Introduction: computer elements: parallel
adders and subtracters: micro-operations;
sequences: computer simulation: organi-
zation of a commercially available stored
program computer: microprogrammed
computers: a large scale batch process-
ing system (optional). (Intended for those
minoring in computers and for those
majoring m computer science).
ENEE 442 Introduction to Computer-
Aided Analysis and Design. (3) Pre-
requisites. ENES 243 and ENEE 314.
Application of digital computers to solu-
tions of lumped parameter system prob-
lems: use of simulators: economic and
reliability considerations: investigation and
applications of problem oriented pro-
grams such as those for circuit analysis.
E.G. CORNAP, JOBSHOP. ECAP. and
NASAP. The use of the computer will be
an integral part of the course
ENEE 443 Introduction to Computers
and Computation. (3) Prerequisites, ENES
243 or equivalent. Basic structure and
organization of digital systems; represen-
tation of data, introduction to software
systems: assembly language: application
of computers in engineering and physical
systems. Not open for students who have
credit in ENEE 250.
ENEE 444 Logic Design of Digital Sys-
tems. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 250, Review
of switching algebra: gales and logic
modules: map simplification techniques:
multiple-output systems: memory elements
and sequential systems: large switching
systems; iterative networks; sample de-
signs, computer oriented simplification
algorithms: state assignment: partition
techniques; sequential system decom-
positions,
ENEE 445 Computer Laboratory. (2) Pre-
requisites, ENEE 305 and ENEE 250. Spe-
cially elective laboratory. One lecture and
three lab hours per week. Hardware
oriented experiments providing practical
experience in the design, construction,
and checkout of components and inter-
faces for digital computers and data
transmission systems. Projects include
classical design techniques and applica-
tions of current technology.
ENEE 446 Computer Architecture. (3)
Prerequisite, ENEE 250. Specially elective
course. Digital computer organization:
arithmetic hardware; primary and second-
ary storage organization; read-only and
associative memories: introduction to
multi-processor and multi-programming
computer systems; interaction of hard-
ware and software.
ENEE 450 Introduction to Discrete Struc-
tures. (3) Prerequisite. ENES 243 or
equivalent. Review of set algebra includ-
ing relations, partial ordering and map-
pings, algebraic structures including semi-
groups and groups. Graph theory in-
cluding trees and weighted graphs.
Boolean algebra and propositional logic.
Applications of these structures to various
areas of computer science and computer
engineering.
ENEE 451 Introduction to Automata
Theory. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 450 or
permission of the instructor. An intro-
duction to finite state machines and their
properties: properties of regular sets:
elementary decomposition results: intro-
duction to turing machines and com-
putability theory: undecidability proposi-
tions: introduction to finite semigroups
with application to the decomposition of
finite state machines.
ENEE 456 Analog and Hybrid Com-
puters. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 310. Pro-
gramming the analog computer: analog
computing components; error analysis,
repetitive operation: synthesis of systems
using the computer; hybrid computer
systems-
ENEE 460 Control Systems. (3) Pre-
requisite. ENEE 322. Specialty elective
course. Review of transform analysis and
linear algebra, mathematical models for
control system components, transient re-
sponse design, error analysis and design,
root locus, frequency response, system
design and compensation.
ENEE 461 Control Systems Labora-
tory. (2) Prerequisite. ENEE 305. One lec-
ture and three lab hours per week.
Projects to enhance the student's under-
standing of feedback control systems and
to familiarize him with the characteristics
and limitations of real control devices.
Students will design, build, and test
servomechanisms. and will conduct analog
and hybrid computer simulations of con-
trol systems.
ENEE 462 Systems, Control and Com-
putation. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 322 or
consent of instructor. Specialty elective
course. Mathematical background, state
space analysis, phase plane methods
discrete-time systems, controllability and
observability, realization theory, com-
putation and simulation,
ENEE 464 Linear System Theory. (3) Pre-
requisite. ENEE 322. An introduction to
the state space theory of linear engineer-
ing systems: state variables, matrix
exponential and impulse response, linear
sampied-data systems, discrete systems.
reliability, stability and equivalence, rela-
tion to LaPlace transform. Application to
circuits, controls, communications and
computers.
ENEE 472 Transducers and Electrical
Machinery. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 304.
Electromechanical transducers, theory of
electromechanical systems, power and
wideband transformers, rotating electrical
machinery from the theoretical and
performance points of view,
ENEE 473 Transducers and Electrical
Machinery Laboratory. (1) Corequisite,
ENEE 472. Experiments on transformers,
synchronous machines, induction motors,
synchros, loudspeakers, other trans-
ducers
ENEE 480 Electromagentic Properties of
Materials. Prerequisite. ENEE 381. Review
of f^axwell's equations; the wave equa-
tion; electron dynamics with applications
to accelerators: dielectrics; the dielec-
tric model for plasmas, plane waves in
magnetoplasmas: introduction to quantum
mechanics and quantum statistics:
theory of semi-conductors: ferromag-
netism and selected topics,
ENEE 481 Antennas. (3) Prerequisite.
ENEE 381. Introduction to the concepts of
radiation, generalized far field formulas:
antenna theorems and fundamentals;
antenna arrays, linear and planar arrays:
aperture antennas: terminal impedance:
propagation.
ENEE 483 Electromagnetic Measure-
ments Laboratory. (2) Prerequisites, ENEE
305 and ENEE 380, One lecture and three
lab hours per week. Experiments designed
to provide familiarity with a large class of
micro-wave and optical components,
techniques for interconnecting them into
useful systems, and techniques of high
frequency and optical measurements,
ENEE 487 Particle Accelerators, Physi-
cal and Engineering Principles. (3) Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites.
ENEE 380, and PHYS 420. or consent of
the instructor. Sources of charged parti-
cles: methods of acceleration and focus-
ing of ion beams in electromagnetic
fields; basic theory, design, and engi-
neering principles of particle accele-
rators.
ENEE 488 Topics in Electrical Engineer-
ing. (3) Prerequisite, permission of the in-
structor, fvlay be taken for repeated
credit up to a total of six credits, with
the permission of the student's advisor
and the instructor.
ENEE 496 Physical Electronics of De-
vices. (3) Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite, ENEE 382 and PHYS 480.
Introduction to electron and ion optics.
Principles of vacuum lubes, klystrons and
magnetrons, conductivity of metals and
semi-conductors, P-N junction and
transistors.
154 / Course Offerings
Engineering Science
ENES 101 Inlroduclory Engineering Scl-
•nc*. (3) Oti^^ liclurr .in. I t.v,^ i.iboioloty
periods a wcnK Bjsh i.iiuiu.\.|is oI Iho
anginotv t'k'nionls i>i .ji.iptic iximmuni-
calion anO analysis Oithogidplnc projec-
tion and doscnplive geometry, conven-
tions, graphs and curve lilting Applica-
tion ot geometry lo ongmeoring problems
ENES 110 Mechanics. (3) Two lectures
and two drill periods a week Prerequisites.
ENES 101. and concurrent registration In
MATH 140 or approval of department
chairman Systems ol rigid bodies In
•quilibrium under action ol lorces and
couples Numerical, graphical, and vec-
toral computation applied to problems in
statics and elementary dynamics
ENES 120 Noise Pollution. (3) An intro-
duction lo the sources and the ellects ol
noise pollution m the modern environ-
ment Physical properties of sound and
methods ol measurement. Noise abate-
ment methods Public policy approaches
to the control o( environmental noise.
ENES 121 The Man Made World. (3) In-
troduction to technology created to en-
hance the operation ol contemporary
society Study ol the conception and
operation ot technological systems. Ex-
amples ol systems lor transportation,
communications, information, and energy
supply Concepts of modeling, feedback
and stabilty applied to the analysis, in-
terpretation and understanding of the
behavior of technological systems and
their impact on society.
ENES 220 Mechanics ol Materials. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites.
MATH 141, PHYS 161, and ENES 110.
Distortion of engineering materials in re-
lation to changes in stress or tempera-
tures Geometry of internal strain and
external displacement. Application to
beams, columns, shells, tanks, and other
structural, machine and vehicle members.
ENES 221 Dynamics. (3) Three lectures
a week Prerequisites. ENES 110. and
concurrent regislraton in Ik^ATH 240 and
PHYS 262 Systems ol heavy particles and
rigid bodies at rest and in motion. Force-
acceleration, work-energy and impulse-
momentum relationships, motion ol one
body relative to another in a plane and
in space
ENES 230 Materials Science. (3) Three
lectures a week Prerequisite. ENES 220.
Basic principles nature, and properties ol
engineering materials Structure ol matter,
phase transformations and mechanical
properties of metals, ceramics, polymers
and related materials, electrical, thermal
and magnetic properties, corrosion and
radiation damage, friction and wear.
ditfusron
ENES 240 Algorithmic Analysis and Com-
puter Programming. (2) One hour of lec-
ture and two hours of laboratory per week.
CoroquiMilo. MATH 240 Required of
nopfiornoros in electrical engineering. Con-
cept and properties ol algorithms (fully
dofinod procedures tor solving problems),
problems from numerical mathematics,
use of specific algorithmic language
(MAD) completion of several projects
using a digital computer
ENES 243 DIglKI Computer Labora-
tory. (1) Two hours ol laboratory per week
Prerequisite, ENES 240 Required ot
sophomores in electrical engineering.
Completion of several projecls in num-
erical mathematics on a digital computer,
with emphasis on efficiency of computa-
tion, accuracy and approximations and
control ol errors,
ENES 401 Technological Assessment. (3)
Prerequisite, senior standing or consent
of instructor. Analysis of assessing tech-
nology in terms of goals and resources,
public and private constraints, changes
in objectives and organization, applica-
tions to engineering technology
ENES 405 Power and the Environment. (3)
Prerequisite, junior standing or consent
of instructor. An introduction to the power
needs of society The interrelationship be-
tween mans use of energy and the effect
on the eco-system. Introduction to the
techniques of power production with
special emphasis on nuclear fueled
power plants.
ENES 473 Principles ol Highway and
Tralllc Engineering. Prerequisites, permis-
sion of instructor. Designed to assist the
non-engineer in understanding highway
transportation systems A survey of the
fundamentals of traffic characteristics and
operations Study of the methods and
implementation of traffic control and reg-
ulation. An examination of highway de-
sign procedures, and the role of traffic
engineering in transportation systems
safety improvements
ENES 508 Engineering Professional
Development. (2) Prerequisite B S in en-
gineering or consent of instructor. Sub-
jects as announced Review and exten-
lension of subject areas covered at the
undergraduate level Preparation for EIT
examination, licensing, and other profes-
sional requirements. Not applicable to-
wards a graduate degree
Engineering — Fire Protection
ENFP 251 Fire Protection Engineering. (1)
One lecture a week Dimensions of the
fire problem, economic, environmental,
social, fire protection engineering aspects
of other disciplines Introduction to lire
research and development.
ENFP 280 Urban Fire Problem Analy-
sis. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week Intensive study of the
urban fire problem Operation research
techniques, and systems engineering are
utilized as analytic procedures for the
tucfinological aii!ius&munt of public fire
protoclion Traditional asftossmont
molhofi'. iind urban analysis
ENFP 290 Ignition end Combutllon
Phenomenon, (2) Ono lucluro ond one
laboratory punod a week Examination of
fuel phases as related to unregulated
dilluslon name combustion Classical
theories ol combustion related to fire and
explosion experience Detailed examination
of the basic fire phenomenon,
ENFP 310 Fire Prelection Syilemi De-
sign. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, ENFP 290
An examination ol specifications, code
criteria, and published standards utilized
in the engineering design ol lire sup-
pression systems, emergency communi-
cation systems, and hazard detection
systems. A concentrated study ol design
layout procedures for aqueous, gaseous,
and particle suppression systems, a foun-
dation course lor the advanced systems
calculation course — Fire Protection Fluids
II— ENFP 415.
ENFP 312 Fire Protection Fluids I. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week Corequisite. ENCE 330 A study of
hydrostatic and hydrodynamic problems
associated with municipal and industrial
water supply distribution systems. Calcula-
tion methods, techniques and procedures
for hydraulically designed distribution
networks to meet prescribed conditions ol
adequacy and reliability of the total
systems.
ENFP 320 Pyrometrlcs of Materials. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week. Analysis and study of character-
istics of materials, and material assemblies
related lo flame spread, fuel contribution,
combustibility and smoke development
Analysis of fuel geometry and configura-
tion to fire severity. Procedures of lab-
oratory analysis, determination and
modeling are examined.
ENFP 321 Functional and Structural Eval-
uation. (3) Two lectures and one labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisite. ENFP
320 Examination of the functional and
structural components ol buildings and
building complexes relative to modular
lire loss potential. Analytic concepts and
research developments are related to
modular loss evaulations. Investigation of
the performance criteria of building and
fire prevention codes.
ENFP 411 Systems Approach to Fire Pro-
tection Design. (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week Prerequisite,
senior standing Examination of the prob-
lem areas associated with manufacturing,
process, laboratory, and transportaton
systems Design projects will involve the
total application of lire protection engi-
neering, with economic and cost benefit
analysis.
ENFP 414 Lite Safety Analysis. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week
\0 :. , ,.. . , ,, _,.
Eiariiiniiliun and anniysia procedures
ENFP 415 Fire Protection Fluids II. (3)
T'.' ■ , period o
w' .' The
a( 'h»ory
to .J.:,. ,
gaseous >'
terns, proi
upon desryi. .i/^.ji. j.-^.- .jp.,- j ,., t^itri^
310.
ENFP 416 Problem Syntheeit and De-
sign. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week Prerequisite, senior stand-
ing. Techniques and procedures ol prob-
lem orientation and solution design
utilizing logical and numerical procedures
Student development ol research projects
in selected areas
English
ENGL 101 Introduction lo Writing. (3)
An introductory course in expository
writing.
ENGL 102 Introduction to Uterature. (3)
Open only to students who have passed
or are exempted from ENGL 101 Furtner
practice in writing, along with readings in
the modern novel, short story, poetry,
and drama.
ENGL 171 Honors Composition. (3) Sur-
vey ol principles of composition, rhetoric,
and techniques of research; reading in
essays, short stories, poetry; frequent
themes.
ENGL 201 World Literature. (3) Homer
to the renaissance, foreign classics being
read in translation.
ENGL 202 Worid Literature. <3) Shake-
speare to the present, foreign classics
being read in translation.
ENGL 211 English Literature From the
Beginnings to 1800. (3)
ENGL 212 English Literature From 1800
to the Present. (3)
ENGL 221 American Literature — Begin-
ning to 1865. (3)
ENGL 222 American Literature — 1865 to
Present. (3)
ENGL 241 Introduction to the Novel. (3)
ENGL 242 Readings In Biography. (3) An
analytical study m the form and technique
of biographical writing in Europe and
America.
ENGL 243 Introduction lo Poetry and
Poetics. (3)
ENGL 244 Introduction to Dramatic
Literature. (3) A survey of the basic
literature of drama from the classical
Greeks to modern times.
ENGL 245 Introduction lo Film as Utera-
ture. (3) Primary attention is on the film
Course Oflerings / 155
as a narrative medium, but other literary
models will be examined.
ENGL 270 Introduction to English
Honors. (3) Intensive study of a limited
number of works drawn (rom five major
genres (drama, narrative poetry, lyric
poetry, prose fiction, prose non-tiction).
An introduction lor the beginning honors
student to the major genres, literary
backgrounds, chronological divisions and
methods ol approaching English and
American literature. Required for gradua-
tion with honors.
ENGL 271 Honors World Literature. (3)
Homer to the renaissance, foreign classics
being read in translation
ENGL 272 Honors World Literature. (3)
Shakespeare to the present, foreign
classics being read m translation.
ENGL 278 Special Topics in Literature. (3)
Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours.
ENGL 280 Introduction to Linguistics. (3)
Listed also as LING 100 and ANTH 371.
ENGL 291 Expository Writing. (3)
ENGL 292 Composition and Literary
Types. (3) Not open to students who have
taken ENGL 171. A study of literary genres
with writing based on the readings.
ENGL 293 Technical Writing. (3)
ENGL 294 Introduction to Creative Writ-
ing. (3) Additional prerequisite, sophomore
standing.
The prerequisites for all 300 and 400 level
ENGL courses are any two freshman or
sophomore English courses, with the
exception of ENGL 293 and ENGL 294.
ENGL 401 English Medieval Literature in
Translation. (3)
ENGL 402 Chaucer. (3)
ENGL 403 Shakespeare. (3) Early period:
histories and comedies
ENGL 404 Shakespeare. (3) Late periods:
tragedies and romances.
ENGL 405 The Major Works of Shake-
speare. (3) Students who have credit for
ENGL 403 or 404 cannot receive credit
for ENGL 405.
ENGL 407 Literature of the Renais-
sance. (3)
ENGL 410 Edmund Spenser. (3)
ENGL 411 Literature of the Renais-
sance. (3)
ENGL 412 Literature of the Seventeenth
Century. 1600-1660. (3)
ENGL 414 Milton. (3)
ENGL 415 Literature of the Seventeenth
Century. 1660-1700. (3)
ENGL 416 Literature of the Eighteenth
Century. (3) Age of Pope and Swift
ENGL 417 Literature of the Eighteenth
Century. (3) Age of Johnson and the pre-
romantics.
ENGL 418 Major British Writers. (3) Two
writers studied intensively each semester.
ENGL 419 Major British Writers. Two
writers studied intensively each semester.
ENG 420 Literature ol the Romantic
Period. (3) First generation: Blake, Words-
worth, Coleridge, et. al.
ENGL 421 Literature of the Romantic
Period. (3) Second generation: Keats,
Shelley. Byron, et al.
ENGL 422 Literature of the Victorian
Period. (3) Early years.
ENGL 423 Literature of the Victorian
Period. (3) Middle years.
ENGL 424 Late Victorian and Edwardian
Literature. (3) A study of the literary move-
ments and techniques which effected the
transition from Victorian to modern
literature
ENGL 425 Modern British Literature. (3)
An historical survey of the major writers
and literary movements in English prose
and poetry since 1900,
ENGL 430 American Literature, Begin-
ning to 1810, The Colonial and Federal
Periods. (3)
ENGL 431 American Literature, 1810 to
1865. The American Renaissance. (3)
ENGL 432 American Literature, 1865 to
1914, Realism and Naturalism. (3)
ENGL 433 American Literature, 1914 to
the Present. The Modern Period. (3)
ENGL 434 American Drama. (3)
ENGL 435 American Poetry — Beginning
to the Present. (3)
ENGL 436 The Literature of American
Democracy. (3)
ENGL 437 Contemporary American
Literature. (3) A survey of the poetry.
prose, and drama written in America in
the last decade.
ENGL 438 Major American Writers. (3)
Two writers studied intensively each
semester.
ENGL 439 Major American Writers. (3)
Two writers studied intensively each
semester
ENGL 440 The Novel in America to
1910. (3)
ENGL 441 The Novel in America since
1910. (3)
ENGL 442 Literature of the South. (3) A
historical survey, from eighteenth-century
beginnings to the present.
ENGL 443 Alro-Amerlcan Literature. (3)
An examination of the literary expression
of the Negro in the United States, from
its begnning to the present.
ENGL 445 Modern Poetry. (3)
ENGL 449 Playwriting. (3)
ENGL 450 Elizabethan and Jacobean
Drama. (3) Beginnings to Marlov/e
ENGL 451 Elizabethan and Jacobean
Drama. (3) Johnson to Webster.
ENGL 452 English Drama from 1660 to
1800. (3)
ENGL 453 Literary Criticism. (3)
ENGL 454 Modern Drama. (3)
ENGL 455 The English Novel. (3) Eigh-
teenth century.
ENGL 456 The English Novel. (3) Nine-
teenth century
ENGL 457 The Modern Novel. (3)
ENGL 460 Introduction to Folklore. (3)
ENGL 461 Folk Narrative. (3) Studies in
legend, tale and myth Prerequisite. ENGL
460.
ENGL 462 Folksong and Ballad. (3) Pre-
quisite. ENGL 460.
ENGL 463 American Folklore. (3) Pre-
requisite. ENGL 460 An examination of
American folklore in terms of history and
regional folk cultures. Exploration of col-
lections of folklore from various areas
to reveal the difference in regional and
ethnic groups as witnessed in their oral
literary traditions.
ENGL 464 Afro-American Folklore and
Culture. (3) An examination of the culture
of the Negro in the United States in terms
of history (Antebellum to the present)
and social changes (rural to urban). Ex-
ploration ol aspects of Negro culture and
history via oral and literary traditions
and life histories.
ENGL 465 Urban Folklore. (3) Pre-
requisite. ENGL 460. An examination of
the folklore currently originating in white,
urban. American culture.
ENGL 470 Honors Conference and Read-
ing. (3) Prerequisite, candidacy for honors
in English. Candidates will take ENGL
470 in their junior year and ENGL 471
in their senior year.
ENGL 471 Honors Conference and Read-
ing. (1) Prerequisite, candidacy for honors
in English. Candidates will take ENGL
470 in their junior year and ENGL 471
in their senior year.
ENGL 472 Independent Research in
English. (1-3) This course is designed to
provide qualified majors in English an
opportunity to pursue specific English
readings under the supervision of a
member of the department. Restricted to
undergraduates.
ENGL 473 Senior Proseminar in Litera-
ture. (3) Open only to seniors. Required
of candidates for honors and strongly
recommended to those who plan to do
graduate work Individual reading assign-
ments: term paper.
ENGL 479 Selected topics in English
and American Literature. (3)
ENGL 481 Introduction to English Gram-
mar. (3) A brief review of traditional
English grammar and an introduction to
structural grammar, including phonology,
morphology and syntax.
ENGL 482 History of the English Lan-
guage. (3)
ENGL 483 American English. (3)
ENGL 484 Advanced English Gram-
mar. (3) Credit may not be granted in
both ENGL 484 and LING 402.
ENGL 485 Advanced English Struc-
ture. (3)
ENGL 486 Old English. (3)
ENGL 493 Advanced Expository Writ-
ing. (3)
ENGL 498 Creative Writing. (3)
ENGL 499 Advanced Creative Writing. (3)
Engineering Materials
EN MA 462 Deformation of Engineering
Materials. (3) Prerequisites. ENES 230 or
consent of instructor. Relationship of
structure to the mechanical properties of
materials. Elastic and plastic deforma-
tion, microscopic yield critera. state of
stress and ductility. Elements ol disloca-
tion theory, work hardening, alloy
strengthening, creep, and fracture in
terms of dislocation theory.
ENMA 463 Chemical, Liquid and Po«»d«r
Processing of Engineering Materials. (3)
Prerequisites, ENES 230 or consent of
instructor. Methods and processes used
in the production of primary metals. The
detailed basic principles of beneficiation
processes, pyrometallurgy. hydrometal-
lurgy. electrometallurgy, vapor phase
processing and electroplating. Liquid metal
processing including casting, welding,
brazing and soldering. Powder processing
and sintering, shapes and structures
produced in the above processes.
ENMA 464 Environmental Effects on En-
gineering Materials. (3) Prerequisites.
ENES 230 or consent of instructor. Intro-
duction to the phenomena associated
with the resistance of materials to damage
under severe environmental conditions.
Oxidation, corrosion, stress corrosion,
corrosion fatigue and radiation damage
are examined from the point of view of
mechanism and influence on the proper-
ties of materials. Methods of corrosion
protection and criteria for selection of
materials for use in radiation environ-
ments.
ENMA 470 Structure and Properties ol
Engineering Materials. (3) A comprehen-
sive survey of the atomic and electronic
structure of solids with emphasis on
the relatonship of structure to the physi-
cal and mechanical properties.
ENMA 471 Physical Chemistry ol En-
gineering Materials. (3) Equilibrium multi-
component systems and relationship to
the phase diagram, thermodynamics ol
polycrystalline and polyphase materials.
Diffusion in solids, kinetics of reactions
in solids.
ENMA 472 Technology ol Engineering
Materials. (3) The effect of processing on
of solids to their engineering applications.
Criteria for the choice of materials for
electronic, mechanical and chemical
properties Particular emphasis on the
156 / Course OHerings
rclallonihipt between struclure ol the
•olid and III potential engineering
application
ENMA 473 Proceaaing ol Engineering
Malerala. (3) Thu ulloct ol ptocesiing on
the atiuclure ol engineering materials
Proceatet considered includn relinmg
melting and solidilicalion punlicalion by
tone refining, vapor phase procetalng.
mechanical working and heat treat-
ments
Engineering, Mechanical
ENME 300 Introduction lo Mechanical
Engineering. (3) Throo loclurps n wook
Preioquisilos CHEM 104. MATH 141. and
PHYS 16t Development ol the students
capacity to solve engineering problems
by the application of fundamental princi-
ples and fully defined procedures Several
projocts require the use of a computer
ENME 21 S Principle* ol Mechanical En-
glfleemg. (3) Throe lectures a week Pre-
requisites. MATH 141 PHYS 263 Required
ol civil engineers Laws and corollaries
ol classical thermodynamics Properties
and characteristics of pure substances
and perfect gases, vapor and gas cycles
Mixture of gases including applications
to psychrometry Introduction lo heat
transfer
ENME 216 Thermodynamics I. (3) Three
lectures a week Prerequisites. PHYS
262. MATH 141 Required ol sophomores
in mechanical and aeronautical engineer-
ing Properties, characteristics and funda-
mental equation of gases and vapors,
application of first and second laws of
thermodynamics in the analysis of basic
heat engines, air compression and vapor
cycles, flow and non-flow processes for
gases and vapors
ENME 300 Materials Science and Engi-
neering. (3) Three lectures a week Pre-
requisite ENES 220 Basic principles,
nature and properties ol engineering
materials Processes and methods lo
manufacture and usefully apply engi-
neering materials Fabrication techniques
for metals, polymers, and refractories.
ENME 301 Materials Engineering
Laboratory. (1) One laboratory a week
Laboratory lo be taken concurrently with
ENME 300 Fatigue, tensile and impact
testing, heat treatment and hardenability.
structure and properties of steels, case
studies
ENME 320 Thermodynamics. (3) Three
lectures a week Prerequisite. MATH 141.
PHYS 262 The properties, characteristics
and fundamental equations ol gases and
vapors Application of the first and second
laws of thermodynamics in the analysis
ol t>asic heat engines, air compression
vapor cycles Flow and non-flow
processes for gases and vapors
ENME 321 Transfer Processes. (3) Three
lectures a week. Prerequisite. ENME 342.
Conduction by steady state and variable
heat flow, laminar and turbulent flow,
tree and forced convection, radiation,
evaporation and condensation ol vapors
Transfer ol mass, heat, and momentum
ENME 341 Qas Dynamics. (3) Three
luclures a week Prorequisilo. ENME 342
Compressible How in ducts and nozzles,
elfect of area change, heat addition,
friction, and normal shocks Thermo-
dynamics of chemically reacting Hows,
combustion and equilibrium.
ENME 342 Fluid Mechanics I, (3) Three
luclures a week Prerequisite, ENME 216
Fluid How concepts and basic equations,
olfects of viscosity and compressibility.
Dimensional analysis and laws of simu-
larity. Flow through pipes and over
immersed bodies. Principles of flow
measurement
ENME 343 Fluid Mechanics Laboratory.
(1) One laboratory a week Laboratory
to be taken concurrently with ENME 342.
Measurement ol fluid properties, deter-
mination ol pressure drops in pipes and
liftings, observation of fluid phenomena.
Experiment and demonstration ol How
measurement techniques
ENME 360 Dynamics ol Machinery, (3)
Three lectures a week Prerequisites,
ENES 221. ENME 360 concurrently
Dynamic characteristics ol machinery
with emphasis on systems with single and
multiple degree of freedom.
ENME 380 Applied Mathematics in
Engineering. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 141.
Mathematical techniques applied to the
analyses and solutions ol engineering
problems. Use of diHerentiation, integra-
tion, differential equations, partial differ-
ential equations and integral transforms.
Application of infinite series, numerical
and statistical methods.
ENME 381 Measurements Laboratory. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week. Prerequisites. ENME 360 and
ENEE 300. Concurrently. ENME 342
Required of juniors in mechanical engi-
neering. Measurements and measurement
systems, application of selected instru-
ments with emphasis on Interpretation of
results
ENME 382 Engineering Analysis and
Computer Programming. (3) Three lectures
a week Prerequisites. ENME 380. or
MATH 246 Elements of operational
calculus, vector analysis, numerical
methods and programming lor computers.
Errors, interpolation series, integration,
interaction and solution of equations.
ENME 400 Machine Design. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a
week. Prerequisite. ENME 300. 360.
Working stresses, stress concentration,
stress analysis and repeated loadings.
Design of machine elements. Kinematics
of mechanisms.
ENME 401 Mechanical Engineering
Analysis and Design. (4) Two lectures and
iwo laboratory periods per week
Prerequisite, senior standing in mechani-
cal engineering or consent of instructor
Engineering design practice ss illustrated
by discussions of selected esse studies
Design projects Involving the application
ol technology to the solution of industrial
and community problems. Legal and
ethical responsibility of the designer
ENME 402 Salecled Topics In Englnem-
ing Design. (3) Three lecture periods per
wook Prerequisite, senior standing in
mochonical engineering or consent ol in-
structor Creativity and innovation in
design. Generalized performance analy-
sis, reliability and optimization as applied
to the design of components and engi-
neering systems Use of computers in
design Design ol multi-variable systems
ENME 403 Automatic Controls. (3) Three
lectures per week Prerequisites, ENEE
300, senior standing Hydraulic, electrical,
mechanical and pneumatic automatic
control systems. Open and closed loops
Steady state and transient operation,
stability criteria, linear and non-linear
systems. Laplace transforms.
ENME 410 Operations Research I. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite,
senior standing in mechanical engineering.
Applications of linear programming,
queuing model, theory of games and
competitive models lo engineering prob-
lems,
ENME 411 Introduction lo Industrial
Engineering. (3) Three lectures per week
Prerequisites, ENME 300 and ECON 205
or consent ol instructor. This course is
concerned with the design, improvement
and installation of integrated systems of
men, materials and equipment. Areas
covered include industrial activities, plant
layout and design, value analysis, engi-
neering economics, quality and production
control, methods engineering, industrial
relations, etc.
ENME 414 Solar Energy Applications in
Buildings. (3) Crosslisled as ARCH 414 and
ENME 414 Prerequisites. ARCH 311. or
ENME 321 (or equivalent), or consent of
instructor. Lecture, three hours per week.
Methods of utilizing solar energy to
provide heating, cooling, hot water, and
electricity for buildings; survey ol re-
lated techniques for reducing energy con-
sumption in buildings. Flat-plate and
locusng solar collectors, heating and
cooling systems, water heaters, energy
storage, solar cells, solar-thermal power
systems. Quantitative evaluation of
system eHiciencies: economics of solar
energy utilization; structural and esthetic
integration of solar collectors and system
components into building designs.
ENME 420 Energy Conversion. (3) Three
lectures a week. Prerequisite, ENME 320.
Required of seniors m electrical engine'.-'
ing Chemical, heat, mechanical nucieai
and electrical energy conversion pro-
cesses, cycles and systems Direct con-
version processes ol luel cells, Iher-
mionics and magnetohydrorrvechonics.
ENME 421 Energy Conversion I. (3)
Three lectures a week Prerequisites.
ENME 321, ENME 342 Application ol the
principles of thermodynamics, fluid
mechanics and heat transfer to chemical,
thermal, mechanical, nuclear and elec-
trical energy conversion processes.
cycles and systems Reciprocating, tur-
bine and rocket power plants using all
types of heat and reaction sourc«s En-
vironmental effects ol energy conversion
processes
ENME 422 Energy Conversion II. (3)
Three lectures a week Prerequisite.
ENME 421 Advanced topics in energy
conversion Direct conversion process o'
fuel cells, solar cells, thermiomcs,
thermoelectrics and magnetohydrodyna-
mics,
ENME 423 Envlrorunenlai Engineering.
(3) Three lectures a week. Prerequisites.
ENME 321. 360. senior standing in
mechanical engineering Heating and
cooling load computations Thermodyna-
mics ol refrigeration systems Low tem-
perature refrigeration. Problems involving
extremes of temperature, pressure, ac-
celeration and radiation
ENME 424 Thermodynamics II, (3) Three
lectures a week Prerequisites. ENME 321.
senior standing Applications to special
systems, change of phase, low tempera-
lure. Statistical concepts, equilibrium,
heterogenous systems.
ENME 442 Ruld Mechanics II. (3) Three
lectures a week. Prerequisite. ENME 342.
senior standing. Hydrodynamics with engi-
neering applications Stream lunction ar>d
velocity potential, conformal transforma-
tions, pressure distributions, circulation,
numerical methods and analogies
ENME 450 Mechanical Engineering
Analysis lor the Oceanic EnvironmenL (3)
Prerequisite, junior standing Study of
the characteristics of the marine en-
vironment which aHect the design, opera-
tion and maintenance ol mechanical
equipment, effects of waves, currents,
pressure, temperature, corrosion, and
fouling Study of design parameters for
existing and proposed mechanical systems
used in marine construction, on ship-
board, in search and salvage operations
ENME 451 Mechanical Engineering
Systems For Underwater Operatiorts. (3)
Prerequisite. ENME 450 or consent of in-
structor. Study of propulsion, control
and environmental systems for subrr>erged
vehicles. Design ol mechanical systems
in support ol diving and saturated living
operations.
Course Offerings / 157
ENME 452 Physical and Dynamical
Oceanography. (3) Prerequisites, consent
of the instructor. Historical review of
oceanography physical, chemical, strati-
fication and circulation properties of the
ocean: dynamics of frictionless. frictional.
wind driven and thermohaline circulations;
air-sea interactions.
ENME 453 Ocean Waves, Tides and
Turbulences. (3) Prerequisite. IvIETO 420
or consent of instructor. Introduction to
the theory of oceanic wave motions,
tides, wind waves, smells, storm surges,
seiches, tsunamies. internal waves, tur-
bulence, stirring, mixing and diffusion.
ENME 460 Elasticity and Plasticity I. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite. ENME
400. Analysis of plates and shells, thick
walled cylinders, columns, torsion of
non-circular sections, and rotating disks.
ENME 461 Dynamics II. (3) Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisites, ENME 360.
differential equations, senior standing in
mechanical engineering. Linear and non-
linear plane and three-dimensional motion,
moving axes. Lagrange's equation. Ham-
ilton's principle, non-linear vibration,
gyroscope, celestial mechanics
ENME 462 Introduction to Engineering
Acoustics. (3) Three lectures per week.
Prerequisite. ENME 380 or equivalent.
Study of the physical behavior of sound
waves. Introduction to terminology and
instrumentation used in acoustics. Criteria
for noise and vibration control. Some
fundamentals underlying noise control
and applications to ventilation systems,
machine and shop quieting, office build-
ings, jet noise, transportation systems
and underwater sound.
ENME 463 Mechanical Engineering
Analysis. (3) Three lectures a week Pre-
requisite. ENME 380. or MATH 246.
Mathematical modeling of physical situa-
tions. Solution of problems expressed
by partial differential equations Applica-
tion of Fourier series and integrals.
LaPlace transformation. Bessel func-
tions. Legendre polynominals and com-
plex variables to the solution of engi-
neering problems in mechanical vibra-
tions, heat transfer, fluid mechanics and
automatic control theory.
ENME 465 Introductory Fracture Me-
chanics. (3) Three lectures per week. Pre-
requisite, senior standing in engineering.
An examination of the concepts of frac-
ture in members with pre-existing flaws.
Emphasis is primarily on the mechanics
aspects with the development of the
Griffith theory and the introduction of the
stress intensity factor. K. associated with
different types of cracks. Fracture
phenomena are introduced together with
critical values of the fracture toughness
of materials. Testing procedures for
characterizing materials together with
applications of fracture mechanics to
design are treated.
158 / Course Offerings
ENME 480 Engineering Experimenta-
tion. (3) One lecture and two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, senior
standing in mechanical engineering.
Theory of experimentation. Applications
of the principles of measurement and
instrumentation systems to laboratory
experimentation. Experiments in fluid
mechanics, solid mechanics and energy
conversion. Selected experiments or
assigned projects to emphasize planned
procedure, analysis and communication
of results, analogous systems and
leadership.
ENME 481 Engineering Experimenta-
tion. (3) One lecture and two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, senior
standing in mechanical engineering.
Theory of experimentation. Applications
of the principles of measurement and
instrumentation systems to laboratory
experimentation. Experiments in fluid
mechanics, solid mechanics and energy
conversion. Selected experiments or
assigned projects to emphasize planned
procedure, analysis and communication
of results, analogous systems and
leadership.
ENME 488 Special Problems. (3) Three
lectures a week. Prerequisite, senior
standing in mechanical engineering.
Advanced problems in mechanical engi-
neering with special emphasis on
mathematical and experimental
methods.
ENME 489 Special Topics in Mechani-
cal Engineering. (3) Prerequisite, permis-
sion of instructor. May be taken for re-
peated credit up to a total of 6 credits,
with the permission of the student's ad-
visor. Selected topics of current impor-
tance in mechanical engineering.
ENME 518 Mechanical Engineering Pro-
fessional Elective. (2) Prerequisite. B.S.
in engineering or consent of instructor.
Subjects as announced. Current topics
or recent development of interest to the
practicing engineer. Not applicable to-
wards a graduate degree.
Engineering, Nuclear
ENNU 215 Introduction to Nuclear
Technology. (3) Prerequisites, MATH
141 and PHYS 161, Engineering problems
of the nuclear energy complex, includ-
ing basic theory, use of computers,
nuclear reactor design and isotopic and
chemical separations.
ENNU 310 Environmental Aspects ol
Nuclear Energy. (3) Protection of the
environment from the hazards of nuclear
operations Radiation monitoring, hand-
ling and disposal of radioactive wastes.
Site selection, plant design and opera-
tion as related to the environment.
ENNU 320 Nuclear Reactor Opera-
lion. (3) Introduction to nuclear reactor
operations. Outline of reactor theory.
Nature and monitoring techniques of
ionizing radiation, radiation safety. Re-
actor instrument response. Operation of
the University of Maryland nuclear
reactor.
ENNU 430 Radioisotope Power
Sources. (3) Prerequisite. ENNU 215
or permission of instructor. Principles
and theory of radioisotope power sources.
Design and use of nuclear batteries
and small energy conversion devices.
ENNU 435 Activation Analysis. (3) Pre-
requisite, ENNU 215 or permission of
instructor. Principles and techniques of
activation analysis involving neutrons,
photons and charged particles. Em-
phasis placed upon application of this
analytical technique to solving environ-
mental and engineering problems.
ENNU 440 Nuclear Technology Labora-
tory. (3) One lecture and two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisites. MATH
240. PHYS 263. Techniques of detecting
and making measurements of nuclear
or high energy radiation. Radiation salety
experiments. Both a sub-critical reactor
and the swimming pool critical reactor
are sources of radiation.
ENNU 450 Nuclear Reactor Engineering
I. (3) Prerequisites. MATH 246 and PHYS
263 or consent of instructor. Elementary
nuclear physics, reactor theory, and re-
actor energy transfer. Steady-state and
time-dependent neutron distributions in
space and energy. Conduction and con-
vective heat transfer in nuclear reactor
systems.
ENNU 455 Nuclear Reactor Engineer-
ing II. (3) Prerequisite. ENNU 450. Gen-
eral plant design considerations includ-
ing radiation hazards and health physics,
shielding design, nuclear power econom-
ics, radiation elfects on reactor ma-
terials, and various types of nuclear re-
actor systems.
ENNU 460 Nuclear Heat Transport. (3)
Prerequisite. ENNU 450. Heat generation
in nuclear reactor cores, conduction
and transler to coolants. Neutron flux dis-
tributions, fission and heat release. Steady
and unsteady state conduction in fuel
elements. Heat transfer to nonmetallic
and metallic coolants. Heat transfer with
phase change. Thermal design of reactor
cores.
ENNU 468 Research. (2-3) Prerequisite,
permission of the staff. Investigation of
a research project under the direction
of one of the staff members. Compre-
hensive reports are required. Repeat-
able to a maximum of six semester hours.
ENNU 470 Introduction to Controlled
Fusion. (3) Prerequisite, senior standing
in engineering or consent of instructor.
The principles and the current status of re-
search to achieve controlled thermo-
nuclear power production. Properties of
ionized gases relating to confinement and
heating. Concepts of practical fusion
devices.
ENNU 480 Reactor Core Design. (3) Pre-
requisite. ENNU 450 or consent of in-
structor. Design of nuclear reactor cores
based on a sequence of standard
computer codes. Thermal and epithermal
cross sections, multigroup diffusion theory
in one and two dimensions and fine
structure flux calculations using trans-
port theory.
Entomology
ENTM 100 Insects. (3) A survey of the
major groups of insects, their natural
history, and their relationships with
man and his environment.
ENTM 111 Beekeeping. (2) First semes-
ter, A study ol the lile history, behavior
and seasonal activities of the honeybee, its
place in pollination of flowers with
emphasis on plants of economic im-
portance and bee lore in literature.
ENTM 200 Introductory Entomology. (3)
Two lectures and one two-hour labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisite, one
semester of college zoology. The position
of insects in the animal kingdom, their
gross structure, classification into orders
and principal families and the general
economic status of insects. A collection
of common insects is required.
ENTM 252 Agricultural Insect Pests. (3)
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite. BOTN 100
or ZOOL 101. An introduction to the
principal insect pests of fruit, vegetable,
forage, and ornamental crops, with
special reference to Maryland agriculture.
Not open to entomology majors,
ENTM 351 Introduction to Insect
Population ManagemenL (3) Three lecture
periods a week. An introduction to the
theory and practice of management of
insect populations. The course explores
the development of all insect pest popula-
tion suppression methods, as well as the
management ol insect populations
beneficial to man. The main theme of the
course is how man can manipulate en-
vironmental components for the purpose
of population regulation of insects, and
the beneficial and harmful effects of
these manipulations.
ENTM 399 Special Problems. (1-3) Credit
and prerequisites to be determined by
the department Investigations of as-
signed entomological problems.
ENTM 407 Entomology lor Science
Teachers. (4) Summer, Four lectures and
four three-hour laboratory periods a week.
This course will include the elements
of morphology, taxonomy and biology of
insects using examples commonly
available to high school teachers. It will
include practice in collecting, preserving,
rearing and experimenting with insects
insofar as time will permit.
ENTM 412 Advanced Apiculture. (3) One
lecture and two three-hour laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, ENTM 111.
Tn« ineoiy and practice of apiary man-
agement Designed lor the student who
wno Wishes 10 keep bees or requires
a practical knowledge of bee managomoni
ENTM 421 Inaeel Taionomy and Bio-
logy. (4) Two lectures and two throe-hour
laboraio'v periods a week Prerequisite.
ENTM 200 Introduction to the principles
ot systematic entomology and the study
ol all orders and the important families
of insects immature forms considered
ENTM 432 Insect Morphology. (4) Two
lectures and two three-hour laboratory
periods a week Prerequisite, ENTM 200
A basic study ol insect form, structure
and organization in relation to function.
ENTM 442 Insect Physiology. (4) Pre-
requisites. ENTM 200 and CHEM 104 or
equivalent Three lectures and one three-
hour laboratory per week Functions of
internal body systems in insects
ENTM 4S1 Economic Entomology. (4)
Two lectures and two two-hour labora-
tory periods a week Prerequisite, ENTM
200 The recognition, biology and control
of insects miurious to fruit and vegetable
crops, field crops and stored products.
ENTM 452 Insecllcldes. (2) Prerequisite,
consent ol the aepanment. The develop-
ment and use of contact and stomach
poisons, fumigants and other important
chemicals, with reference to their chem-
istry, toxic action, compatabilty. and host
injury. Recent research emphasized.
ENTM 462 Insect Pathology. (3) Two
lectures and one three-hour laboratory
period per week Prerequisites, MICB
200, prerequisite or corequisite. ENTM
442 or consent of the instructor. An intro-
duction to the principal insect pathogens
with special reference to symptomology,
epizooliology. and microbial control of
insect pests.
ENTM 472 Medical and Veterinary
Entomology. (4) Three lectures and one
Iwo-hour laboratory period per week Pre-
requisite. ENTM 200 or consent ol the
department A study ol the morphology,
taxonomy, biology and control ol the
arthropod parasites and disease vectors
ol man and animals The ecology and
behavior of vectors in relation to disease
transmission will be emphasized
ENTM 498 Seminar. (1) Prerequisite.
senior standing Presentation of original
work reviews and abstracts of literature.
Food Science
FDSC 111 Introduction to Food Serv-
ice. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory
per week. An introductory course to
orient the student in the broad field of
food science, includes an historical and
economic survey of the major food in-
dustries, compositon and nutritive value,
quality aspects, spoilage, preservation,
sanitation, standards and regulation ol
loods
FDSC 398 Seminar. (1) Presentation
iind discussion ol current literature and
research in lood science
FOSC 399 Special Problems In Food
Science. (1-3) Prerequisite, approval of
staff. Designed lor advanced undergrad-
uates in which specfic problems in lood
science will be assigned Four credit
maximum per student
FOSC 412 Principles ol Food Process-
ing I. (3) Two lectures and one labora-
tory per week A study ol the basic
methods by which foods are preserved
(unit operations). Effect of raw product
quality and the various types of processes
on yield and quality of the preserved
products
FOSC 413 Principles of Food Process-
ing II. (3) Three lectures per week A de-
tailed study ol food processing with
emphasis on line and staff operations,
including physical facilities, utilities, pre-
and post-processing operations, process-
ing line development and sanitation.
FOSC 421 Food Chemistry. (3) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory per week. Pre-
requisite, CHEM 201, 202. The application
of basic chemical and physical concepts
to the composition and properties of
foods. Emphasis will be on the relation-
ship of processing technology to the
keeping quality, nutritional value and
acceptability of foods.
FDSC 422 Food Product Research and
Development. (3) Two lectures, and one
laboratory per week. Prerequisites, FDSC
413, CHEM 461, or permission ol in-
structor. A study ol the research and
development lunction lor improvement
ol existing products and development ol
new, economically leasible and market-
able food products Application of chemi-
cal-physical characteristics ol ingredients
to produce optimum quality products,
cost reduction, consumer evaluation,
equipment and package development
FOSC 430 Food Microbiology. (4) Two
lectures and one lormal laboratory per
week Prerequisite. MICB 200. Additional
independent laboratory work required,
lime would be equivalent to a second
laboratory period per week. Microorgan-
isms ol major importance to the lood
industry are studied with emphasis on
their isolation, identification, bio-process-
ing ol loods. and public health sig-
nilicance.
FDSC 431 Food Quality Control. (2) Two
lectures per week. Delinition and organ-
ization ol the quality control function in
the food industry: preparation ol specili-
cations: statistical methods for accept-
ance sampling, in-plant and processed
product inspection, instrumental and
sensory methods lor evaluating sensory
quality, identity and wholesomeness and
their integration into grades and stand-
ards ol quality.
FDSC 432 Food Quality Control Labora-
tory. (2) Two laborator.t's per week Pre-
ruquisitt •' I" on in
FDSC 4:! 5tru-
mental. ' , analysis
of lood quu ir •lii.i'u:'. I UJ.M.J data ob-
tained, calculate sampling plans, control
charts, process capabilities, grades and
standards.
FOSC 442 Horticultural ProducU Process-
ing. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory
per week Commercial methods ol can-
ning, Ireezing. dehydrating, lermenting,
and chemical preservation of Iruit and
vegetable crops
FOSC 451 Dairy ProducU ProcMting. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory per
week Method ol production ol lluid
milk, butter, cheese, condensed and
evaporated milk and milk products and
ice cream
FDSC 461 Technology of Market Eggs
and Poultry. (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory per week. A study ol the
technological lactors concerned with
the processing, storage, and marketing
ol eggs and poultry and the lactors
alfecting their quality.
FOSC 471 Meat and Meat Process-
ing. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory
a week Prerequisite, CHEM 461 or per-
mission ol instructor. Physical and chem-
ical characteristics ol meat and meat
products, meat processing, methods ol
testing and product development
FOSC 482 Seafood Products Process-
ing. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory
a week. Prerequisite. CHEM 461 or per-
mission of instructor. The principal
preservation methods for commercial
seafood products with particular reference
to the invertebrates. Chemical and micro-
biological aspects of processing are
emphasized
Famiiy and Community Development
FMCD 105 introduction to Famiiy Liv-
ing. (3) Interrelations ol the individual
and his lamily through the various stages
ol the lamily lile cycle; underlying prin-
ciples ol guidance ol children as applied
to home situations.
FMCD 250 Decision Malting In Family
Living. (3) Decision making in relation to
family values, philosophies, goals, and
resources, and general socio-economic
conditions.
FMCD 260 Famiiy Relations. (3) Social-
ization toward marriage and contemporary
life-style patterns in interpersonal rela-
tions and marriage.
FMCD 270 Professional Seminar. (2)
Survey of professional opportunities,
responsibilities and trends in each de-
partmental area of emphasis Concen-
tration will be on the development of
personal qualities and professional
ethics essential lor effective occupational
performance
FMCD 280 Household Equipment and
Space UlilUsllon. (4) Two lectures, two
tatjoiatoiy sessions Study ol household
equipment and space utilization as they
alfect family members in task perform-
ance Emphasis is on the consumers
viewpoint, supported by laws ol the
physical sciences
FMCO 330 Family Patterns. (3) Pre-
requisites, FMCD 260 and PSYC 100. A
study ol lamily patterns within the sub-
cultures of America and various other
cultures Emphasis will be given to those
patterns and life styles which evolve as
adaptations to cultural demands
FMCO 332 The Child in the Family. (3)
Prerequisite, PSYC 100 or SOCY 100
Study of the child from prenatal stage
through adolescence, with emphasis on
responsibility tor guidance in the home.
Biological and psychosocial needs as
they affect the child s relationship with
his family, peers, and society.
FMCO 341 Personal and Family Fi-
nance. (3) Study ol individual and lamily
finances with particular emphasis upon
financial planning, savings, insurance,
investments, income taxes, housing, and
use ol credit.
FMCO 344 Resident Experience In Home
Management (3) Four to nine weeks
Prerequisite. FMCD 250. Group living
and management experience providing
opportunity to examine decision pat-
terns, participate in group decision mak-
ing and analyze value systems and re-
source utilization which differ from the
students own (Each student pays $60
which is used for food and supplies. The
university housing office bills non-dorm-
itory students for room rent at the rate
of S5 per week )
FMCD 345 Practicum with Families.
Children. Home Management (3) A — Fam-
ilies. 8 — Children and Youth. C — Man-
agement and Consumer Studies Planned,
supervised experience in which the
student is a participant observer in a
community program serving families-
Monthly seminars are held. D — Applied
Home Management An alternate lor
FMCD 344, it provides an opportunity
lor the student who is currently manag-
ing her own home to meet objectives
similar to those stated for FMCD 344
FMCD 370 Communication SIcills and
Techniques. (3) Provides training in com-
munication skills relevant to interpersonal
situations, i e. dating, marriage and fam-
ily life Relevant communication concepts,
principles and models and discussed
and demonstrated.
FMCD 431 Family Crisis and Rehabilita-
tion. (3) Deals with various types of
family crisis Situations and how families
cope with the rehabilitation process. It
Course Offerings / 159
covers issues at various stages of the
family cycle ranging from divorce, teen-
age runaways, abortion, to the effect of
death on a family. Role playing and in-
terviewing techniques are demonstrated
and ways of helping the family through
the crisis are emphasized.
FMCD 443 Consumer Problems. (3) Con-
sumer practices of American families.
Merchandising practices as they affect
the consumer. Organizations and laws in
the interest of the consumer.
FMCD 446 Living Experiences with Fam-
ilies. (3-6) A — Domestic Intercultural. B —
International Intercultural. Prerequisite.
FMCD 330. ANTH 101; FMCD 250: option-
al, language competence. An individual
experience in living with families of a
sub-culture within the U.S. or with fam-
ilies of another country, participating in
family and community activities. A for-
eign student may participate and live
with an American family.
FMCD 485 Introduction to Family Coun-
seling. (3) Provides the fundamental
theoretical concepts and clinical pro-
cedures that are unique to marital and
family therapy. These techniques are
contrasted with individually-oriented
psychotherapy. Pre-marital, marital and
family, and divorce counseling techniques
are jemonstrated and evaluated.
FMCD 487 Legal Aspects of Family
Problems. (3) Laws and legal involvement
that directly affect specific aspects of
the family: adoption, marriage, estate
planning, property rights, wills, etc. Em-
phasis will be given to the involvement
of a professional lawyer: principles and
interpretation of the law.
FMCD 499 Special Topics. (1-3) A— Fam-
ily Studies. B — Community Studies. C —
Management and Consumer Studies.
Foreign Language
FOLA 001 English for Foreign Stu-
dents. (3) An introduction to English
usage, adapted to the needs of the non-
English-speaking student. Pronunciation,
spelling, syntax, vocabulary. The differ-
ence between English and various other
languages are stressed. Reading of
modern American short stories. This
course does not carry credit towards any
degree at the university.
FOLA 002 English lor Foreign Stu-
dents. (3) An introduction to Engish
usage, adapted to the needs of the non-
English-speaking student. Pronunciation,
spelling, syntax, vocabulary. The differ-
ence between English and various other
languages is stressed Reading of mod-
ern American short stories. This course
does not carry credit towards any de-
gree at the university
Food
FOOD 105 Professional Orientation. (1)
A series of lectures introducing the stu-
dent to the broad field of careers in food,
nutrition, dietetics, and institution ad-
ministration. Includes trends, role of
related sciences, educational and per-
sonal requirements, ethics, and oppor-
tunities in each professional area.
FOOD 110 Food and Nutrition of Individ-
uals and Families. (3) Two lectures and
one two-hour laboratory period a week.
A study of food in contemporary living.
The economic, social and esthetic im-
plications of food as well as its nutritive
value. Selection and use of food in re-
lation to eating habits, health and well-
being of the individual. Survey of meal
preparation and service applied to
family situations.
FOOD 200 Scientific Principles of
Food. (3) Two lectures and one two-hour
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
FOOD 110 or NUTR 100. Study of basic
scientific principles as applied to food
preparation processes. For nondepart-
mental majors.
FOOD 240 Science of Food Prepara-
tion. (3) One lecture and two two-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites.
FOOD 110, CHEM 104 or concurrent
registration. Composition and structure
of food with study of fundamental prin-
ciples involved in food preparation.
Especially designed for departmental
majors.
FOOD 250 Science of Food Preparation.
(3) One lecture and two two-hour labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisites. FOOD
110, CHEM 104 or concurrent registration.
Composition and structure of
food with study of the fundamental
principles involved in food preparation.
Especially designed for departmental
majors.
FOOD 260 Meal Management. (3) Two
lectures and one three-hour laboratory
a week. Prerequisites. FOOD 200 or 240.
Retail selection of food commodities in
relation to levels of spending: manage-
ment of family meals through organiza-
tion of available resources.
FOOD 300 Economics of Food Con-
sumption. (3) Prerequisites, ECON 201 or
205: and FOOD 110 or NUTR 100. Inter-
relations of food, population and eco-
nomic progress: trends in food con-
sumption patterns: world and local food
problems.
FOOD 440 Advanced Food Science. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites.
FOOD 240. 250. CHEM 461 or concur-
rent registration. Chemical and physical
properties of food as related to con-
sumer use in the home and institu-
tions
FOOD 445 Advanced Food Science Lab-
oratory. (1) One three-hour laboratory
per week. Prerequisite. CHEM 201 and
consent of instructor Chemical determi-
nation of selected components in
animal and plant foods.
FOOD 450 Experimental Food Sci-
ence. (3) One lecture, two laboratories
per week. Prerequisite, FOOD 440 or
equivalent. Individual and group lab-
oratory experimentation as an introduc-
tion to methods of food research.
FOOD 480 Food Additives. (3) Pre-
requisite, FOOD 440 or equivalent. Effects
of intentional and incidental additives
on food quality, nutritive value and
safety. FDA approved additives. GRAS
substances, pesticide residues, myco-
toxins, antibiotics, and hormones will
be reviewed.
FOOD 490 Special Problems in
Foods. (2-3) Prerequisite, FOOD 440
and consent of instructor. Individual
selected problems in the area of food
science.
French
FREN 001 Elementary French lor Grad-
uate Students. (3) Intensive elementary
course in the French language designed
particularly for graduate students who
wish to acquire a reading knowledge.
This course does not carry credit towards
any degree at the university.
FREN 101 Elementary French. (4) Intro-
duction to basic structures and pro-
nunciation. Four recitations per week
plus one laboratory hour.
FREN 102 Elementary French. (4) Com-
pletion of basic structures with emphasis
on reading and speaking skills. Four
recitations per week plus one laboratory
hour.
FREN 103 Review of Elementary
French. (4) Limited to students who
have had at least two years of high
school French (or equivalent) or who
do not qualify for FREN 104. Four reci-
tations per week plus one hour of
laboratory.
FREN 104 Intermediate French. (4)
Grammar review with extended reading,
discussion, and composition. Four recita-
tions per week plus one laboratory hour.
Fulfills the language requirement.
FREN 111 Elementary French. (3) Given
as intensive course in summer session.
Three recitations and one drill per week.
Study of spoken and written language
and development of the four language
skills
FREN 112 Elementary French. (3) Given
as intensive course in summer session.
Three recitation and one drill per week.
Study of spoken and written language
and development of the four language
skills.
FREN 113 Review of Elementary
French. (3) Two recitations and two
audio-lingual drills per week, or three
recitations and one audio-lingual drill,
depending on circumstances. Enrollment
limited to students who. having taken
placement examination, have failed to
qualify for FREN 114.
FREN 114 Intermediate French. (3) Three
recitations per week. Given as intensive
course in summer session. Prerequisite.
FREN 112 or equivalent or FREN 113.
Study of linguistic structures, further
development of audio-lingual and writing
ability, and reading of literary texts with
discussion in French.
FREN 115 Intermediate French. (3)
Three recitations per week. Given as
intensive course in summer session.
Prerequisite. FREN 112 or equivalent or
FREN 113. Study of linguistic structures,
further development of audio-lingual
and writing ability, and reading of liter-
ary texts with discussion in French.
FREN 201 Review Grammar and Com-
position. (3) Prerequisite. FREN 104 or
115. or course chairman's consent. An
intensive review of major aspects of
contemporary grammatical usage; train-
ing in comprehension: an introduction
to guided composition.
FREN 211 Plionetics and Spoken
French. (3) Prerequisite. FREN 104 or
course chairman's consent. Not open
to native speakers of French. Introduc-
tion of the French phonetic system.
with practice in the spoken language:
international phonetic alphabet: intona-
tion.
FREN 231 Aspects of French Civiliza-
tion. (3) A general introduction to the
geographical, historical and cultural
forces that have fashioned modern
French institutions. No knowledge of
French required. No Prerequisites.
FREN 251 French Literature from the
Revolution to the Present. (3) Master-
works of French literature placed in their
historical perspective by means of a
weekly master-lecture (in French), and
closely analyzed in twice-weekly small
discussion groups (in English or
French.)
FREN 252 French Literature from the
Renaissance to the Revolution. (3) Pre-
requisite. FREN 251 or course chair-
man's consent. Masterworks of French
literature placed in their historical per-
spective by means of a weekly master-
lecture (in French), and closely analyzed
in twice-weekly small discussion groups
(in English or French)
FREN 279 Readings in French Litera-
ture in Translation. (3) Topic to be de-
termined each semester. All readings,
discussions and examinations in English.
No prerequisites. Repeatable for a max-
imum of 6 credits.
FREN 301 Composition and Style. (3)
Prerequisite. FREN 201. or course chair-
man's consent. An introduction to the
techniques of the dissertation generate;
grammatical analysis: free composition.
FREN 302 Advanced Composition and
Style. (3) Prerequisite. FREN 301 or
160 / Course Offerings
court* chaifman'i consent Training In
V>0 art ol Iranslalion Dissertallon gen-
eral* analysis ol the role of language
m literature
PREN 311 French Conv*r*aUon: Con-
••fliporary Ittu**. (3) Vocabulary develop-
ment 10 the level ol Ihe contemporary
French press Not open to native speok-
e.5 ot Frencn
FREN 312 French Convcrtallon: Cur-
rent Cultural Events. (3) Vocabulary de-
velopment 10 the level ol the contemp-
orary Fr.'nch press Not open to native
speakers ol French
FREN 131 French ChrllUallon. (3) French
hie Customs culture traditions The
historical development, present-day
France
FREN 332 French ChrllUallon. (3)
French lile. customs, culture, traditions
halorical development: present-day
France
FREN 390 Directed Study In French. (1-3)
Prerequisite permission ol department
cruiirman Intended lor advanced under-
graduates who wish to work on an in-
dividual basis with a prolesosr ol their
choice Open as elective to all students.
Out may be counted towards the French
major
FREN 400 Applied Linguistics. (3) The
nature ol applied Imguislics and its con-
tnbution to the ellective teaching
o( foreign languages. Com-
parative study ol English and French,
with emphasis upon points of divergence.
Analysis evaluation and construction of
related dniis
FREN 401 Introduction to Styiislict. (3)
Prerequisite FREN 302. or course chair-
man s consent Comparative stylistic
analysis: detailed grammatical analysis:
translation
FREN 405 Explication De Texles. (3)
Oral and written analysis of short liter-
ary works or ol excerpts from longer
works chosen for their historical, struc-
tural, or stylistic interest, with the pur-
pose of training the major to understand
literature m depth and to make mature
esthetic evaluations of it.
FREN 411 InlroducUon to Medieval
Ul*ralur*. (3) French literature from the
ninth through the lilteenth century Ij
Chanson Epique. Le Roman Courtois,
Le Lai. La Litterature Bourgeoise. Le
Theatre. La Poesie Lyrique
FREN 412 introduction to Medieval
Literature. (3) French literature from the
ninth through the lifteenih century La
Chanson Epique. Le Roman Courtois.
Le Lai: La Litterature Bourgeoise. Le
Theatre. La Poesie Lyrique
FREN 421 French LHeratur* ol th* Six-
teenth Century. (3) The renaissance in
France Humanism, Rabelais. Calvin.
The Pleiade. Montaigne. Baroque Poetry
FREN 422 French Literature ol th* Six-
i**nth Century. The renaissance in
France Humanism Rabelais. Calvin.
The Pluiade Montaigne. Baroque Poetry
FREN 431 French Lllcralur* ol th*
S*v*nt**nth Century. Descartes. Pascal.
Corneille Racine the remaining great
classical wriiors, with special attention
lo Mohere
FREN 432 French Literature ol th*
S*v*nteenth Century. (3) Descartes. Pas-
cal, Corneille. Racine, the remaining
great classical writers, with special
attention lo Moliere
FREN 441 French Literature ol Ih*
Eighteenth Century. (3) Development of
philosophical and scienlilic movement:
Montesquieu. Voltaire. Diderot.
Rousseau
FREN 442 French Literature of the
Eighteenth Century. (3) Development ol
philosophical and scientilic movement:
Montesquieu. Voltaire. Diderot.
Rousseau
FREN 451 French Literature ol Ihe
Nin*l**nth Century. (3) Drama and
poetry Irom romanticism to symbolism:
the major prose writers ol the same
period
FREN 452 French Literature ol the
Nineteenth Century. Drama and poetry
Irom romanticism to symbolism: the
major prose writers ol the same
period.
FREN 461 Studies in Twentieth Century
Literature — The Early Years. (3) French
poetry, theater and Ihe novel during
the age ol Proust and Gide.
FREN 462 Studies in Twentieth Century
Literature— Mid-Century Writers. (3) Mod-
ern French poetry, theater and the novel,
with special emphasis on Ihe literature
ol anxiety and exislenlialism
FREN 463 Studies In Twentieth Century
Literature — The Contemporary Scene. (3)
French writers and literary movements
since about 1950. with special emphasis
on new forms of Ihe novel and theater.
FREN 478 Themes and Movements of
French Literature in Translation. (3)
Studies Ireatmenis ol thematic problems
or of literary or historical movements
in French literature. Topic lo be de-
termined each semester Given in
English
FREN 479 Masterworks of French Litera-
ture in Translation. (3) Treats the works
ol one or more ma)0r French writers.
Topic to be determined each semester.
Given in English
FREN 488 Pro-Seminar in a Great Liter-
ary Figure. (3) Each semester a special-
ized study will be made of one great
French writer chosen from some repre-
sentative literary period or movement
since the middle ages. Repealable for a
maximum of six credits.
FREN 489 Pro-Ssmlnar In Them** or
Movements of Fr*nch LItaratur*. (3) Rv
penlntiif lor a maximum of six credits
FREN 491 Honors Reading Cour**,
Po*lry. (3)
H— Honors. Poetry Supervised readings
10 be taken normally only by students
admitted lo Ihe honors program.
FREN 492 Honor* Reading Court*.
Novel. (3)
H — Honors, novel. Supervised readings
lo bo taken normally only by students
admitted to the honors program
FREN 493 Honors Reading Cours*.
Drama. (3)
H — Honors. Drama Supervised readings
to be taken normally only by students
admitted to Ihe honors program.
FREN 494 Honors Independent Study. (3)
H — Honors. Honors independent study
involves guided readings based on an
honors reading list and tested by a 6
hour written examination. Honors 494
and 495 are required to lullill the depart-
mental honors requirement in addition
to two out of the following. 491H. 492H.
493H Open only to students admitted
to the departmental honors program.
FREN 495 Honors Thesis Research. (3)
H — Honors Honors thesis research in-
volves the writing of a paper under the
direction ol a professor in this department
and an oral examination. Honors 494 and
495 are required lo lullill the depart-
mental honors requirement in addition
lo two out ol the following. 491 H. 492H.
493H. Open only to students admitted to
the departmental honors program,
FREN 498 Special Topics In French
Literature. (3) Repealable for a maximum
of SIX credits.
FREN 499 Special Topics in French
Studies. (3) An aspect ol French studies,
the specilic topic to be announced each
time the course is offered. Repealable
lor a maximum of six credits.
Geography
GEOG too Introduction To Geography.
(3) An introduction to Ihe broad field
ol geography as it is applicable to the
general education student The course
presents the basic rationale of variations in
human occupancy of the earth and
stresses geographic concepts relevant
to understanding world, regional and
local issues.
GEOG 201 introductory Physical
Geography. (3) Examination ol the basic
concepts ol physical geography including
those involving landlorms. climate,
vegetation, soils, and mineral resources
and Ihe interrelations between them.
GEOG 202 introductory Cultural
Geography. (3) Examination ol the basic
concepts of human geography such as
those relating to geography of political,
population, settlement, and cultural
phenomena.
GEOG 203 introductory Economic
Geography (3) * -.•.u'.;- -< p>-y, cal and
<"- oduction.
Tr. ,nd-
for .n of
agrici^.i^'.i [.ovrr.r jrrj mipi.Tai resource!,
and the nature and u««t of cartographic
materials
GEOG 300 Introduction To Geographic
R*t*arch and Writing. (3) Development
ol research methods m geography in-
cluding the formulation of problem. Ihe
establishment of hypotheses, development
of structures for testing hypotheses and
practice with forms of geographic
presentation Maps, quantitative and field
methods will be used as appropriate
GEOG 370 Cartography and Graphic*
Praclicum. (3) One hour lecture and two
two-hour laboratory periods a week
Techniques and problems of compilation
design and construction of various typer>
ol maps and graphics Relationships
between map making and modern methods
of production and reproduction Trips to
representative plants laboratory work
directed toward cartographic problems
encountered in the making ol non-
topographic maps
GEOG 372 interpretation ol Topographic
Maps and Aerial Photographs. (3) Tag
hours ol lecture and two hours ol
laboratory per week Interpretation ol
aerial photographs with emphasis on the
recognition ol landlorms ol different types
and man-made features. Study ol
vegetation, soil and other data that may
be derived Irom aerial photographs
Types ol aerial photographs and limita-
tions of photo interpretation.
GEOG 376 Introductory Quantalhr*
Methods in Geography. (3) Basic principles
ol quanlitalive analysis m the context ol
geographic methodology The locus is on
standard statistical procedures used in
spatial analysis rather than on the
mathematical basis ol the tools The
nature ol quantitative data and a range
of both descriptive and analytical quantita-
tive methods will be examined
GEOG 380 Local Field Course. (3)
Training in geographic lield methods and
techniques. Field observation of land use
in selected rural and urban areas in
Eastern Maryland One lecture per week
with Saturday and occasional weekend
lield trips Primarily lor undergraduates
GEOG 381 Field Study— Physical. (1)
GEOG 382 Field Study— Rural. (1)
GEOG 383 Field Study— Urban. (1)
GEOG 384 Field Study— Field
Methods. (1)
GEOG 385 Scientiric Methodology and
History ol Geography. (1) For undergradu-
ate and graduate majors in geography
May be taken also by students with a
minimum ol nine hours in systematic and
six hours in regional geography. A
Course Offerings / 161
comprehensive and systematic study o(
of the history, nature and basic principles
of geographic thought: a critical evalua-
tion of some of the important geographical
works and methods of geographic
research.
GEOG 400 Geography of North
America. (3) An examination of the con-
temporary patterns of American and
Canadian life from a regional viewpoint.
Major topics include: the significance of
the physical environment, resource
use. the political framework, economic
activities, demographic and socio-
cultural characteristics, regional identifica-
tion, and regional problems.
GEOG 402 Geography of Maryland and
Adjacent Areas. (3) An analysis of the
physical environment, natural resources,
and population in relation to agriculture,
industry, transport, and trade in the State
of fvlaryland and adjacent areas.
GEOG 406 Historical Geography of
North America Before 1800. (3) An
analysis of the changing geography of the
U.S. and Canada from pre-Columbian
times to the end of the 18th century.
Emphasis on areal variations and changes
in the settlements and economies of
Indian and colonial populations. Areal
specialization and the changing patterns
of agriculture, industry, trade, and trans-
portation. Population growth, composition
and interior expansion. Regionalization.
GEOG 407 Historical Geography of
North America After 1800. (3) An analysis
of the changing geography of the U.S. and
Canada from 1800 to the 1920's.
Emphasis on the settlement expansion
and socio-economic development of the
U.S.. and comparisons with Canadian
experience. Immigration, economic
activities, industrialization, transportation
and urbanization,
GEOG 410 Geography of Europe. (3)
Agricultural and industrial development of
Europe and present-day problems in
relation to the physical and cultural setting
of the continent and its natural resources.
GEOG 411 Historical Geography o(
Europe. (3) An analysis of the changing
geography of Europe at selected periods
from prehistoric times until the end of
the 19th century, with particular emphasis
on Western Europe Changing patterns
of population, agriculture, industry,
trade and transportation. Development
of the nation-state. Impact of overseas ex-
pansion. Agricultural and industrial
revolutions.
GEOG 415 Economic Resources and
Development of Africa. (3) The natural
resources of Africa in relation to agricul-
tural and mineral production: the various
stages of economic development and the
potentialities of the future.
GEOG 420 Geography ol Asia. (3) Lands.
climates, natural resources, and major
economic activities in Asia (except
Soviet Asia). Outstanding differences
between major regions.
GEOG 421 Economic and Political
Geography of Eastern Asia. (3) Study of
China, Korea, Japan, the Philippines;
physical geographic setting, population,
economic and political geography.
Potentialities of major regions and recent
developments.
GEOG 422 Cultural Geography of China
and Japan. (3) Survey of Geographical
distribution and interpretation of cultural
patterns of China and Japan. Emphasis
on basic cultural institutions, outlook on
life, unique characteristics of various
groups. Trends of cultural change and
contemporary problems.
GEOG 423 Economic and Political
Geography of South and Southeast
Asia. (3) Study of the Indian subcontinent.
Farther India. Indonesia; physical geo-
graphic setting, population, economic
and political geography. Potentialities of
various countries and regions and their
role in present Asia.
GEOG 431 Economic and Cultural
Geography of Caribbean America. (3) An
analysis of the physical framework,
broad economic and historical trends,
cultural patterns, and regional diversifica-
tion of N/lexico. Central America, the
West Indies.
GEOG 432 Economic and Cultural
Geography of South America. (3) A survey
of natural environment and resources,
economic development and cultural
diversity of the South American republics,
with emphasis upon problems and
prospects of the countries.
GEOG 434 Historical Geography of the
Hispanic World. (3) An examination of the
social, economic, pol'lical and cultural
geography of the countries of the Iberian
peninsula and Latin America in the past
with concentration on specific time periods
of special significance in the develop-
ment of these countries.
GEOG 435 Geography of The Soviet
Union. (3) The natural environment and
its regional diversity. Geographical factors
in the expansion of the Russian state.
The geography of agricultural and in-
dustrial production in relation to available
resources, transportation problems and
diversity of population.
GEOG 437 Introduction to Regional
Methods. (3) Inquiry into the evolution of
regional methodology with specific
reference to geographic problems. Criti-
cal analysis and evaluation of past and
contemporary theories and a thorough
examination of alternate regional
methodologies. Application of quantita-
tive and qualitative techniques of regional
geography emphasizing principles of
regionalization.
GEOG 440 Geomorphology. (3) Study of
major morphological processes, the de-
velopment of land forms and the
relationships between various types of
land forms and land use problems. Exami-
nation of the physical features of the
earth's surface and their geographic dis-
tributions.
GEOG 441 Regional Geomorphology. (3)
Regional and comparative morphology
with special emphasis upon Anglo-America.
GEOG 445 Climatology. (3) The geo-
graphic aspects of climate with emphasis
on energy-moisture budgets, steady-
state and non-sleady-state climatology,
and climatic variations at both macro and
micro-scales.
GEOG 446 Systematic and Regional
Climatology. (3) Prerequisites, GEOG 445,
or permission of instructor. Methodology
and techniques of collecting and evaluat-
ing climatological information. A critical
examination of climatic classifications.
Distribution of world climates and their
geographical implications.
GEOG 450 Cultural Geography. (3) Pre-
requisite, GEOG 201, 202, or consent of
instructor. An analysis of the impact of
man through his ideas and technology
on the evolution of geographic landscapes.
Ivlajor themes in the relationships between
cultures and environments.
GEOG 451 Political Geography (3) Geo-
graphical factors in national power and
international relations: an analysis of the
role of 'geopolitics' and geostrategy', with
special reference to the current wortd
scene.
GEOG 452 Cultural Ecology. (3) Basic
issues concerning the natural history of
man from the perspective of the
geographer. Basic components of selected
behavioral and natural systems, their
evolution and adaptation, and survival
strategies.
GEOG 455 Urban Geography. (3)
Origins of cities, followed by a study of
elements of site and location with
reference to cities. The patterns and
functions of some major world cities will
be analyzed. Theories of land use dif-
ferentiation within cities will be appraised.
GEOG 456 The Social Geography of
Metropolitan Areas. (3) A socio-spatial ap-
proach to man's interaction with his
urban environment; the ways people
perceive, define, behave in, and structure
their cities and metropolitan areas. Spatial
patterns of social activities as formed
by the distribution and interaction of
people and social institutions.
GEOG 457 Historical Geography of
Cities. (3) The course is concerned with
the urbanization of the United States and
Canada prior to 1920. Both the evolution
of the urban system across the countries
and the spatial distribution of activities
within cities will be considered. Special
attention is given to the process of
industrialization and the concurrent struc-
turing of residential patterns among
ethnic groups.
GEOG 459 Proseminar in Urban
Geography. (3) A problems-oriented course
for students with a background in urban
geography using a discussion/lecture
format. It will focus on a particular
sub-field within urban geography each
time it is taught taking advantage of the
special interests of the instructor.
GEOG 460 Advanced Economic
Geography I — Agricultural Resources. (3)
Prerequisite, GEOG 201 or 203. The
nature of agricultural resources, the major
types of agricultural exploitation in the
world and the geographic conditions.
Mam problems of conservation.
GEOG 461 Advanced Economic
Geography II — Mineral Resources. (3)
Prerequisite, GEOG 201 or 203. The
nature and geographic distribution of the
principal power, metallic and other min-
erals. Economic geographic aspects of
modes of exploitation. Consequences of
geographic distribution and problems of
conservation.
GEOG 462 Water Resources and Water
Resource Planning. (3) GEOG 201 or 203.
or permission of instructor. Water as a
component of the human environment. A
systematic examination of various aspects
of water, including problems of domestic
and industrial water supply, irrigation,
hydroelectric power, fisheries, naviga-
tion, flood damage reduction and recrea-
tion.
GEOG 463 Geographic Aspects of
Pollution. (3) The impact of man on his
environment and resultant problems.
Examination of the spatial aspects of
physical and socio-economic factors in air,
water, and land pollution.
GEOG 465 Geography of Transporta-
tion. (3) The distribution of transport
routes on the earth's surface, patterns of
transport routes, the adjustment ol trans-
port routes and media to conditions of the
natural environment, population centers
and their distribution.
GEOG 466 Industrial Localization. (3)
Factors and trends in the geographic dis-
tribution of the manufacturing industries
of the world, analyzed with reference
to theories of industrial location.
GEOG 470 History and Theory of
Cartography. (3) The development of maps
throughout history. Geographical ori-
entation, coordinates and map scales.
Map projections, their nature, use and
limitations. Principles of representation of
features on physical and cultural maps.
Modern uses of maps and relationships
between characteristics of maps and use
types.
GEOG 471 Cartography and Graphics
Practicum. (3)
162 / Course Offerings
OCOO 472 Problamt ol Canogtaphic
Rtprmcnlallon and Procvdur*. (3) Two
noun lecture and two houri labofatory a
weeK Study ol caftogiaptiic compilation
m«lhod> Pnnciplt'S and problems ol
■ymboli;alion classilicalion and reprs-
lontatton ol map data. Problems of
rapiMentation ol loaturos at dilterent
tcalM and lor dillereni purposes Place-
nam« selection and lettering. stIcK-up
and map composition
OEOO 473 Problem* ol Map Evalua-
tion. (3) Two hours lecture and two hours
laboratory a week Schools ol topographic
concepts and practices Theoretical and
practical means ol determining map
reliability map utility, and source materials
Nature, status and problems ol topo-
graphic mapping in dilterent parts ol the
world Non-topographic special use
maps
OEOG 490 Geographic Concepts and
Source Materials. (3) A comprehensive
and systematic survey ol geographic con-
cepts designed exclusively lor teachers.
Stress will be placed upon the philosophy
ol geography in relation to the social
and physical sciences, the use o( the
primary tools ol geography, source
materials, and the problems of presenting
geographic principles.
OEOG 498 Topical Investlgalioni. (1-3)
Independent study under individual guid-
ance. Restricted to advanced under-
graduate students with credit for at least
24 hours in geography and to graduate
students Any exception should have the
approval ol the head ol the department.
OEOG 499 Undergraduate Researcli. (3)
Directed regional or systematic study
involving several subfields ol geography,
including cartographic presentation.
and usually requiring field work, and
leading to an undergraduate thesis.
Geology
GEOL 100 Introductory Physical
Geology. (3) A study dealing primarily
With the principles of dynamical and
structural geology. Designed to give a
general survey of the rocks and minerals
composing the earth: the movement within
It; and its surface features and the
agents that form them.
GEOL 102 Historical and Stratigraphic
Goology. (3) Prerequisite. GEOL 100 A
study of the earth s history as revealed
through the principles of stratigraphy and
the processes of physical geology, with
emphasis on the formations and the
geologic development of the North
American continent.
GEOL 110 Physical Geology Labora-
tory. (1) One laboratory a week l^lay be
taken concurrently with or alter successful
completion of GEOL 100 The basic
materials and tools of physical geology
stressing familiarization with rocks and
minerals and the use ol maps in geologic
interpretations
GEOL 112 Historical Ooology Labora-
tory (1) One laboratory a week Concurrent
registration in GEOL 102 or consent ol
instructor is required The use ol
geologic maps and fossils in the study ol
the physical and biological evolution ol
the earth
GEOL 120 Environmental Geology. <3) A
review ol geologic lactors underlying
many environmental problems and the in-
teractions between population and physical
environment geologic hazards, land-
use planning, conservation, mineral re-
sources, waste disposal, land reclamation
and the geologic aspects ol health and
disease The course is aimed at lower
division students in education and
liberal arts, and should be useful to any
student concerned with geologic perspec-
tives ol environmental problems.
GEOL 399 Researcii Problems In
Geology. (1) Open only to geology majors
in their final year The student will
select and investigate with departmental
assistance a specific library, laboratory
or field study A written and oral presenta-
tion ol the study will determine satis-
factory completion of the course.
GEOL 421 Crystallography. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Pre-
requisite. MATH 115 or consent of in-
structor. An introduction to the study of
crystals. Stresses the theoretical and
practical relationships between the in-
ternal and external properties of
crystalline solids. Encompasses morpho-
logical, optical and chemical crystallog-
raphy.
GEOL 422 Mineralogy. (3) One lecture
and two laboratories a week. Prerequisite.
GEOL 110 and 421 or consent of in-
structor. Basic elementary minerology
with emphasis on description, identifica-
tion, formation, concurrence and economic
significance of approximately 150
minerals.
GEOL 423 Optical Mineralogy. (3)
(Offered 1972-73) One lecture and two lab-
oratories a week. Prerequisite, GEOL 422
or consent of instructor. The optical
behavior of crystals with emphasis on
the theory and application of the
petrographic microscope.
GEOL 431 Invertebrate Paleontology. (4)
Two lectures and one laboratory a week
Prerequisite. GEOL 102 or consent ol
instructor. ZOOL 102 or equivalent recom-
mended A systematic review ol the
morphology, classilicalion. ecology, and
geologic ranges ol selected invertebrate
groups represented in the fossil record.
GEOL 432 Stratigraphic Paleontology. (3)
(Offered 1973-74) Two lectures and one
laboratory a week Prerequisite. GEOL
431 Principles of biostratigraphy. paleo-
ecology and pateogeography. Laboratory
study omphnsi/as significant index fossils
GEOL 434 Mlcropaloonlology. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week
Prerequisite. QEOL 431 or consent of in-
structor A systematic review of the mor-
phology, classilicalion, ecology and
geologic ranges ol importanl microlossll
groups, particularly ostracosos and
loraminilora
GEOL 436 Regional Geology ol Norlh
Amarica. (3) Prerequisite. GEOL 102 or
consent ol the Instructor A systematic
study of the regional geology of North
America including history, structure,
stratigraphy and petrology of the physio-
graphic provinces ol the United States,
Canada and the Caribbean.
GEOL 441 Structural Geology. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Pre-
requisite. GEOL 110 or consent ol
instructor A study of the cause and na-
ture of the physical stresses and resulting
deformational responses in the earth.
Laboratory exercises include cruslal
model studies and stereographic analysis
of deformational structures.
GEOL 442 Sedimentation. (3) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory a week Pre-
requisite. GEOL 110 or consent of in-
structor. A study of the critical variables
in sedimentation systems; origins, disper-
sion, accumulation, and properties of
sediments and sedimentary rocks.
Laboratories will include the measurement
and statistical analysis of sediment
properties and study of sedimentation
rates.
GEOL 443 Igneous and Metamorphic
Petrology. (2) Two lectures and one lab-
oratory a week. Prerequisite. GEOL 422 or
consent of instructor. A detailed study of
igneous and metamorphic rocks; petro-
genesis; distributions; chemical and
mineralogical relations; macroscopic de-
scriptions and geologic significance.
GEOL 444 Petrography. (3) One lecture
and two laboratories a week. Prerequi-
sites. GEOL 423. 442 or consent of
instructor. Microscopic thin-section
studies of rocks stressing the description
and classification of igneous and meta-
morphic rocks.
GEOL 445 Principles of Geochemistry. (3)
Three lectures per week Prerequisite.
CHEM 103 or equivalent and senior stand-
ing A survey of historical and modern
theories of the origin of elements and
their distributions in space, on extra-
terrestrial bodies and on earth. Discussion
ol the origin of ignenous rocks, of the
physical and chemical lactors governing
development and distribution of sedi-
mentary rocks of the oceans and of the
atmosphere Organic sediments, the
internal structjjres of earth and the planets,
the role of isotopes in geothermometry
and in the solution of other problems.
GEOL 446 Geophytlc*. (3) Two locturot
and ono laboratory a woek Prerequisite,
PHYS 122 or content of instructor An
introduction to the basic theories and
principles of geophysics stressing ouch
important applications as rock magnetism,
gravity anomoIlM, cruttal strain and
earthquakes, and surveying
GEOL 451 Groundmrater Geology. (3)
Prerequisite. GEOL 100 or consent of In-
structor An introduction to the basic
geologic parameters associated with the
hydrologic cycle Problems in the accumu-
lation distribution and movement of
ground-water will be analyzed
GEOL 452 Marine Geology. (3) Prerequi-
site. GEOL 100 or consent of instructor
An introduction to the essential elements
of marine and estuarine geology includ-
ing studies of currents, tides, waves,
coastline development, shore erosion
and marine and bay sedimentation.
GEOL 453 Economic Geology. (3) Two
laboratories a week Prerequisite. GEOL
422 or consent of instructor A study ol
the geology of metallic ore deposits
stressing ore-forming processes, con-
figuration of important ore bodies, and fa-
miliarization with characteristic ore
mineral suites.
GEOL 456 Engineering Geology. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week.
Prerequisite. GEOL 110 or consent of In-
structor A study of the geological prob-
lems associated with the location ol
tunnels, bridges, dams and nuclear re-
actors, slope control, and natural hazards
GEOL 460 Earth Science. (3) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory a week Pre-
requisite, permission of instructor. An
interdisciplinary course designed to show
how geology, meteorology, physical
geography, soil science, astronomy and
oceanography are interrelated in the
study of the earth and its environment in
space. Recommended for science
education.
GEOL 462 Geological Remote
Sensing. (3) One lecture and two labora-
tories a week Prerequisites. GEOL 441
and 442. or 440. or consent of the
instructor An introduction to geological
remote sensing including applications of
aerial photographic interpretation to prob-
lems in regional geology, engineering
geology, structural geology, and
stratigraphy. Films, filters, and criteria
used in selecting imagery are also dis-
cussed. Laboratory exercises include
measurements of geologic parameters and
compilation and transference of data to
base maps,
GEOL 489 Special Topics In Earth
Science. (1-3) Prerequisite GEOL 460 or
equivalent.
GEOL 499 Special Problems In
Geology. (1-3) Prerequisites, GEOL 102
and 110 or equivalent, and consent ol In-
Course Offerings / 163
structor. Intensive study of a special
geologic subject or technique selected
after consultation witfi instructor. Intended
to provide training or instruction not
available in other courses which will aid
the student's development in his field
of major interest.
German
GERM 001 Elementary German For
Graduate Students. (3) Intensive elemen-
tary course in the German language de-
signed particularly for graduate students
who wish to acquire a reading knowledge.
This course does not carry credit
towards any degree at the University.
GERM 101 Elementary German. (4)
Introduction to basic structures and pro-
nunciation Four recitations per week
and one hour of drill. Normally leads to
102. but gifted students may be recom-
mended for 102H.
GERM 102 Elementary German. (4) Com-
pletion of basic structures with increased
emphasis on reading and speaking
skills. Normally leads to 104, but gifted
students may be recommended for 104H.
H — Honors Course. Limited to students
who have been recommended by their
101 instructor. An accelerated course of
study with completion of basic structures.
Emphasis upon reading as well as oral
and written expression Four recitations
per week and one (optional) laboratory
hour. Fulfills the language requirement
with minimum grade of B.
GERM 104 Intermediate German. (4)
L — Literary. Extensive reading, discussion,
and composition. Four recitations per
week. (Completes foreign language re-
quirement). Leads to GERIul 201 or 221.
H — Honors Course. Limited to students
who have been recommended by their
instructor in 102 or 102H or 103. Con-
tinued emphasis on reading and writing
with particular attention paid to speaking
skills. Student normally continues with
201, 221, or 321.
S — Scientific. Parallel course to 104 but
with emphasis on scientific rather than
literary texts, with emphasis solely on
developing reading skills Fulfills the
foreign language requirement.
GERM 111 Elementary German. (3)
Each semester, given as intensive course
in summer session. Three recitations and
one audio-lingual drill per week Study
of linguistic structure. Extensive drill in
pronunciation and conversation.
GERM 112 Elementary German. (3) Each
semester, given as intensive course in
summer session. Three recitations and
one audio-lingual drill per week. Study of
linguistic structure. Extensive drill in
pronunciation and conversation.
H — Honors Course. Three recitations and
one audio-lingual drill per week. Enroll-
ment limited to specially approved
candidates from GERM 111. Students tak-
ing this course will normally continue in
GERfVI 115.
GERM 113 Review ot Elementary
German. (3) Three recitations and one
audio-lingual drill per week. Limited to
students who, having taken placement
examination, have failed to qualify for
GERM 115.
GERM 114 Intermediate Literary
German. (3) Three recitations per week.
Given as intensive course in summer ses-
sion Prerequisite. GERM 112 or equiva-
lent, or GERM 113.
GERM 115 Intermediate German. (3)
L — Literary. Three recitations per week.
Given as intensive course in summer ses-
sion. Prerequisite, GERM 114 or equiva-
lent, recommended students may enter
GERM 115 from GERM 112H.
H — Honors Course. For qualified students.
S — Scientific. Prerequisite, GERM 114.
Reading of technical and scientific prose.
GERM 201 Conversational German. (3)
Prerequisite, GERM 115. A practical
language course intended for majors as
well as those who wish to improve their
verbal ability in German. May be taken
concurrently with GERM 221.
GERM 221 Introduction To German
Literature. (3) Prerequisite, GERM 115. Re-
quired of all students who continue in
advanced courses, with the exception of
superior students who are permitted
to bypass an Introduction to German
literature. May be taken concurrently with
GERM 201.
GERM 301 Review Grammar and
Composition. (3) Prerequisite, GERM 115
or equivalent. A thorough study of the
more detailed points of German grammar
with ample practice in composition.
GERM 302 Review Grammar and Com-
position. (3) Prerequisite. GERM 115
or equivalent. A thorough study of the
more detailed points of German grammar
with ample practice in composition.
GERM 311 Advanced Conversation. (3)
Prerequisite, GERM 115 or consent of
instructor. For students who wish to de-
velop fluency and confidence in speaking
the language.
GERM 312 Advanced Conversation. (3)
Prerequisite, GERM 115 or consent of in-
structor. For students who wish to develop
fluency and confidence in speaking the
language.
GERM 321 Survey of German Litera-
ture. (3) Prerequisite, GERM 115 or
equivalent. A survey of the chief authors
and movements in German literature.
GERM 322 Survey of German Litera-
ture. (3) Prerequisite, GERM 115 or
equivalent. A survey of the chief authors
and movements in German literature
GERM 397 Honors Reading (Independent
Study. (3)
H — Honors. Supervised reading to be taken
normally only by students admitted into
honors program.
GERM 398 Honors Reading Course. (3)
H — Honors. Discussion of a central
theme with related investigations by stu-
dents. Conducted in German,
GERM 400 Bibliography and Methods. (3)
Especially designed for German majors.
GERM 401 Advanced Composition. (3)
Translation from English into German,
free composition, letter writing.
GERM 402 Advanced Composition. (3)
Translation from English into German, free
composition, letter writing.
GERM 421 German Civilization (in
German). (3) Study of the literary, educa-
tional, artistic traditions; great men,
customs and general culture.
GERM 422 German Civilization (in
German). (3) Study of the literary, educa-
tional, artistic traditions: great men,
customs and general culture.
GERM 423 German Civilization (in
English). (3) To be offered every second
year, alternating with GERM 421, 422, Ger-
man civilization (in German).
GERM 424 German Civilization (in
English). (3) To be offered every second
year, alternating with GERM 421, 422, Ger-
man civilization (in German).
GERM 441 German Literature of the
18lh Century. (3) The main works of
Klopstock, Wieland, Lessing, Herder,
Goethe, Schiller.
GERM 442 German Literature of the
18th Century. (3) The main works of
Klopstock. Wieland, Lessing, Herder,
Goethe, Schiller.
GERM 451 German Literature o4 the
19lh Century. (3) Study of the literary
movements from Romanticism to Natural-
ism.
GERM 452 German Literature of the
19th Century. (3) Study of the literary
movements from Romanticism to Natural-
ism.
GERM 461 German Literature of the
20th Century. Prose and dramatic writings
from Gerhart Hauptmann to the present.
Modern literary and philosophical move-
ments will be discussed.
GERM 462 German Literature of the
20th Century. Prose and dramatic writings
from Gerhart Hauptmann to the present.
Modern literary and philosophical move-
ments will be discussed.
GERM 468 Proseminar — Selected Topics
in German Literature. (3) Specialized
study of one great German writer or of
relevant topics of literary criticism.
GERM 469 Proseminar — Selected Topics
in German Literature. (3) Specialized
study of one great German writer or of
relevant topics of literary criticism.
GERM 471 Introduction to Germanic
Philology. (3) An introduction to the study
of Indo-European and Germanic philology.
Lectures, reading and indepe'.dent
studies.
GERM 472 Introduction to Germanic
Philology. (3) An introduction to the study
of Indo-European and Germanic philology
Lectures, reading and independent
studies.
GERM 488 German Literature In Trans-
lation. (3) The development of German
literary thought and literary movements in
the European context from the Enlighten-
ment to the present. Emphasis on the
drama and novel in English translation.
No previous German course required
May not be counted in fulfillment of Ger-
man major requirements. Repeatable to
a maximum of six credits.
GERM 499 Directed Study in German. (3)
For advanced students, by permission of
department chairman. Course may be
repeated for credit if content differs. May
be repealed to a maximum of six credits.
General Educatiort
GNED 123 Cosmic Evolution. (3)
Especially appropriate for non-science
students. GNED 123 and 124 treat the be-
ginning of our universe: the formation of
stars and planets: evolution of the earth
and conditions for life on it: the chemical
origin of life and its subsequent evolu-
tion: the development of man and his
role in the universe.
GNEO 124 Cosmic Evolution. (3) Pre-
requisite, GNED 123 or consent of one
of the instructors. Continuation of topics
listed for GNED 123.
GNED 279 Selected Topics in the Social
Sciences. (3) A series of student-
initiated seminars in the social sciences.
GNED 289 Selected Topics in the
Humanities. (3) A series of student-
initiated seminars in the humanities.
GNED 299 Selected Topics in the
Natural Sciences. (3) A series of student-
initiated seminars in the natural sciences.
Greek
GREK 101 Elementary Greek. (3) A stu-
dent who has had two units of Greek in
high school may register for GREK 101
for purposes of revivew, but not for
credit.
GREK 102 Elementary Greek. (3) A stu-
dent who has had two units of Greek in
high school may register for GREK 102 for
credit with departmental permission.
GREK 203 Intermediate Greek (Gram-
mar and Reading). (3) Prerequisite,
GREK 101, 102 or equivalent.
GREK 204 intermediate Greek
(Homer). (3) Prerequisite, GREK 203 or
equivalent
Prerequisite for 300-level courses,
GREK 204 or equivalent, except that,
with the instructor's permission, a stu-
dent who plans to take no more than
four semesters of Greek may substitute
GREK 352 for GREK 204
164 / Course Offerings
ORCK 151 EurlpMm. (3)
OREK 152 Th» N»«f TMl«m»nl. (3)
QREK 153 Hxodolui. (3)
OREK 354 Gr»«k Lyric Po«lry. (3)
Pr*f*qui9ile lot 400-level courses.
Ih« status ot advanced undergraduate
or graduate and consent ot tl>e instructor
QRCK 401 Thucydldes. (3)
OREK 402 Greek Phllosoptiers. (3)
QREK 403 Greek Tragedy. (3)
GREK 404 Greek Comedy. (3)
GREK 405 Greek Oratory. (3)
GREK 406 Greek Epigraphy. (3)
GREK 499 Greek Readings. (3) Pre-
requisite consent ot the instructor The
reading of one or more selected Greek
authors Reports May be repeated
with different content.
Gov«rnmenl and Politics
QVPT 100 Principles ol Government and
Politics. (3) A study ot the basic
principles and concepts of political sci-
ence This course may be used to satisfy,
in pan. the social science requirement
in the general education program
GVPT 170 American Government. (3)
This course is designed as the basic
course in government and it or its
equivalent is a prerequisite to other
courses in the department as specified in
the catalog It is a comprehensive study
of government in the United States —
national state and local-
QVPT 220 Introduction To Political
Behavior. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 170 De-
velopment, concepts and techniques of
the behavioral approach to political
science Comparison with traditional ap-
proaches
GVPT 240 Political Ideologies. (3) Pre-
requisite. GVPT 170 A survey and
analysis ol the leading ideologies of the
modern world, including anarchism,
communism, socialism, fascism, national-
ism, and democracy.
GVPT 260 Slate and Local Govem-
menl (3) Prerequisite GVPT 170 A study
of the functioning and problems of
state and local government in the United
States. wi;h illustrations from Maryland
junsdiclions
QVPT 272 The Politics ol Race Relations
In The United States. (3) Political dimen-
sion of historical and contemporary
racial cleavage in the United States with
particular emphasis on the post World
War II period
GVPT 280 Comparative Politics and
Governments. (3) An introduction to the
field of comparative politics including ex-
posure to the analytic frameworks through
which comparative studies of politics
and governmental institutions can be
undertaken and a survey of the salient
types of political systems
GVPT 300 International Pollllcal Re-
lations. (3) A study ol the major factors
underlying international relations, the
methods ot conducting foreign relations,
the foreign policies ol the major powers,
and the means ot avoiding or alleviating
international conflicts This course may
be used to satisfy, in part, the social
science requirement In General Education
program
GVPT 37S Academic Field Research in
Government and Politics. (6) Field research
IS based on the data gathered by the
student during his internship assignment
Students conduct a major research
project on a subject of interest to modern,
theoretical political science based on a
research design approved by an aca-
demic adviser. The course is open only
to GVPT majors and intended to be
taken concurrently with GVPT 377. The
research conducted under GVPT 375 will
be substantially different from the project
done for GVPT 376
GVPT 376 Applied Field Research In
Government and Politics. (6) Students in
this course participate as interns in
an agency ol government or in some other
appropriate political organization. As-
signments are arranged to provide stu-
dents with insights into both theoretical
and practical aspects of politics. Under
the tutelage of the host agency and an
academic advisor, students conduct a
major research project of mutual interest
to the student and his host agency in
the field ol Government and Politics. The
course is open only to GVPT majors and
must be taken concurrently with
GVPT 377
GVPT 377 Seminar For Academic
Interns. (3) This seminar stresses the ap-
plication of major concepts of political
science as they apply to the realities
of the political process. Readings and dis-
cussion attempt to relate the experi-
ences of the academic interns to ap-
propriate literature on the subject of
political decision-making. This course is
open only to GVPT majors and is intended
for students concurrently enrolled in
GVPT 376 and'or 375.
GVPT 388 Topical Investigations. (3)
Independent research and writing on
selected topics in Government and
Politics Prerequisite of upper division
standing and consent of the instructor.
This course may be taken not more than
twice for academic credit towards
graduation
GVPT 390 Honors Seminar in American
Government and Public Administration. (3)
H — Honors Prerequisite, admission to
honors program. Directed reading, report-
ing and discussion on the major materi-
als of historical and contemporary
relevance in the fields of American gov-
ernment and public administration
GVPT 391 Honors Seminar In Com-
parative Government and International
Relations. (3)
H — Honors Prerequisite, admission to
honors program Directed reading, report-
ing and discussion centering on the major
materials of historical and contemporary
relevance In the fields ol comparative gov-
ernment and international relations.
GVPT 392 Honors Seminar In Public Law
and Political Theory. (3)
H— Honors Prerequisite, admission to
honors program Directed reading, report-
ing and discussion centering on the major
materials of historical and contemporary
relevance in the fields of public law
and political theory
GVPT 393 Honors Seminar in Public
Policy. Political Behavior, and
Methodology. (3)
H — Honors Prerequisite, admission to
honors program Directed reading, report-
ing and discussion centering on the
major materials of historical and con-
temporary relevance in the fields of public
policy and political behavior
GVPT 397 Honors Research. (3)
H — Honors Prerequisite, admission to
honors program Individual reading and
research In his last semester each student
prepares an original paper.
GVPT 399 Seminar in Government and
Politics. (3) Reading, research, discussion,
analysis, and writing in the area of
politics Both substantive issues and
methodological approaches will be consid-
ered. Primarily lor government and politics
undergraduate majors. Not open to
graduate students
GVPT 401 Problems ol World Politics. (3)
Prerequisite. GVPT 170 A study of gov-
ernmental problems of international
scope, such as causes of war. problems
of neutrality, and propaganda. Students
are required to report on readings
from current literature
GVPT 402 International Law. (3) Pre-
requisite, GVPT 170. A study of the basic
character, general principles and specific
rules of international law. with emphasis
on recent and contemporary trends in
the field and its relation to other aspects
of international affairs.
GVPT 410 Principles of Public Adminl-
stralion. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 170. A
study of public administration in the
United States giving special attentioo to
the principles of organization and man-
agement and to fiscal, personnel, planning,
and public relations practices
GVPT 411 Public Personnel Administra-
tion. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 410 or BSAD
360 A survey of public personnel ad-
ministration, including the development ol
merit civil service, the personnel
agency, classification, recruitment, exami-
nation techniques, promotion, tarvica
ratings, training, discipline, amployaa
relations and retirement
GVPT 412 Public Financial AdmlnisUa-
tlon. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 410 or ECON
450 A survey of governmental financial
procedures, including processes of cur-
rent and capital budgeting, the administra-
tion of public borrowing, the techniques
of public purchasing, and the machinery
of control through pre-audit and post-
audit
GVPT 413 Governmental Organization
and Management. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT
410 A study of the theories of organiza-
tion and management in American
Government with emphasis on new trends
experiments and reorganizations
GVPT 414 Admlnlstratlva Law. (3) Pre-
requisite. GVPT 170 A study ol the
discretion exercised by administrative
agencies, including analysis of their
functions, their powers over persons and
property, their procedures, and judicial
sanctions and controls.
GVPT 417 Comparative Study of Public
Administration. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 280
or 410, or consent of instructor. An intro-
duction to the study of governmental
administrative systems viewed from the
standpoint of comparative typologies and
theoretical schemes useful in cross-
national comparisons and empirical
studies of the politics ol the administra-
tive process in several nations. Both
western and non-western countries are
included.
GVPT 422 Quantitative PoliUcal Analysis.
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 220, or consent of
instructor. Introduction to quantitative
methods of data analysis, including
selected statistical methods, block analy-
sis, content analysis, and scale construc-
tion
GVPT 426 Public Opinion. (3) Pre-
requisite. GVPT 170 An examination of
public opinion and its effect on political
action, with emphasis on opinion forma-
tion and measurement, propaganda and
pressure groups.
GVPT 427 PoliUcal Sociology. (3) Pre-
requisite. GVPT 220. or consent of instruc-
tor. A study of the societal aspects of
political life including selected aspects
of the sociology of group formation and
group dynamics, political association,
community integration and political
behavior presented in the context of the
societal environments of political systems
GVPT 429 Problems in Political Behavior.
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 170. The problem
approach to political behavior with em-
phasis on theoretical and empircal studies
on selected aspects of the political pro-
cess
GVPT 431 Introduction to Constitutional
Law. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 170 A
systematic inquiry into the general princi-
Course Offerirtgt / 165
pies of the American Constitutional
system, with special reference to tfie role
of the judiciary in the interpretation and
enforcement of the federal constitution.
GVPT 432 Civil Rights and the Constitu-
tion. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 431. A study
of civil rights in the American Constitution-
al context, emphasizing freedom of reli-
gion, freedom of expression, minority
discrimination, and the rights of defend-
ants.
GVPT 433 The Judicial Process. (3) Pre-
requisite. GVPT 170. An examination of
ludicial organization in the United States
at all levels of government, with some
emphasis on legal reasoning, legal re-
search and court procedures.
GVPT 434 Race Relations and Public
Law. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 170. A political
and legal examination of the constitu-
tionally protected rights affecting racial
minorities and of the constitutional power
of the federal courts, congress, and the
executive to define. Protect and extend
these rights.
GVPT 435 Judicial Behavior. (3) A study
of judicial decision making at the state
and national levels, drawing primarily on
the more recent quantitative and behavioral
literature.
GVPT 441 History ol Political Theory-
Ancient and Medieval. (3) Prerequisite,
GVPT 170 A survey of the principal poli-
tical theories set forth in the works of
writers before f^achiavelli.
GVPT 442 History ol Political Theory-
Modern and Recent. (3) Prerequisite,
GVPT 170. A survey of the principal politi-
cal theories set forth in the works of
writers from Ivlachiavelli to J. S. Mill.
GVPT 443 Contemporary Political
Theory. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 441 or 442.
A survey of the principal political theories
and ideologies from Karl f^arx to the
present.
GVPT 444 American Political Theory. (3)
Prerequisite. GVPT 170. A study of the
development and growth of American
political concepts from the colonial period
to the present.
GVPT 445 Russian Political Thought. (3)
Prerequisite. GVPT 170. A survey and
analysis of political ideas in Russia and
the Soviet Union from early times to the
present.
GVPT 448 Non-Western Political
Thought. (3) Political thought originating
in Asia, the IVIiddle East, and Africa. This
is not a survey of all non-western political
thought, but a course to be limited by the
professor with each offering, W/hen
repeated by a student, consent of instruc-
tor is required.
GVPT 450 Comparative Study of Foreign
Policy Formation. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT
280 or 300. or consent of instructor. An
introduction to the comparative study of
foreign policy formation structures and
processes followed by a survey of the
domestic sources of policy for major
slates. A conspectus of substantive pat-
terns of foreign policy in analytically
salient types of systems is presented.
Domestic and global systemic sources of
foreign policy are compared.
GVPT 451 Foreign Policy of the U.S.S.R.
(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A study of the
development of the foreign policy of the
Soviet Union, with attention paid to the
forces and conditions that make for
continuities and changes from tsarist
policies.
GVPT 452 Inter-American Relations. (3)
Prerequisite. GVPT 170. An analytical and
historical study of the Latin-American
policies of the United States and of
problems in our relations with individual
countries, with emphasis on recent
developments.
GVPT 453 Recent East Asian Politics. (3)
Prerequisite. GVFT 170. The background
and interpretation of recent political
events in East Asia and their influence on
world politics.
GVPT 454 Contemporary African Politics.
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 170. A survey of
contemporary development in the interna-
tional politics of Africa, with special
emphasis on the role of an emerging
Africa in world affairs.
GVPT 455 Contemporary Middle Eastern
Politics. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 170. A
survey of contemporary development in
the international politics of the luliddle
East, with special emphasis on the role
of emerging (Middle East nations in world
affairs.
GVPT 457 American Foreign Relations.
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 170. The principles
and machinery of the conduct of American
foreign relations, with emphasis on the
Department of Slate and the foreign
service, and an analysis of the major
foreign policies of the United States.
GVPT 460 State and Local Administra-
tion. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A study of
the administrative structure, procedures
and policies of state and local govern-
ments with special emphasis on the state
level and on intergovernmental relation-
ships, and with illustrations from tvlaryland
governmental arrangements.
GVPT 461 Metropolitan Administration.
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 170. An examina-
tion of administrative problems relating to
public services, planning and coordinating
in a metropolitan environment.
GVPT 462 Urban Politics. (3) Urban
political process and institutions con-
sidered in the light of changing social and
economic conditions.
GVPT 473 Legislatures and Legislation.
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 170. A comprehen-
sive study of legislative organization pro-
cedure and problems. The course in-
cludes opportunities tor student contact
with congress and with the legislature ol
Maryland.
GVPT 474 Political Parties. (3) Pre-
requisite. GVPT 170. A descriptive and
analytical examination of American
political parties, nominations, elections,
and political leadership.
GVPT 475 The Presidency and the
Executive Branch. (3) Prerequisite.
GVPT 170. An examination of the
executive, legislative and party roles of
the president in the political process.
GVPT 479 Problems of American Public
Policy. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 170. The
background and interpretation of various
factors which affect the formation and
execution of American public policy.
GVPT 480 Comparative Political Systems.
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 280 and at least one
other course in comparative government.
A study, along functional lines, of major
political institutions, such as legislatures,
executives, courts, bureaucracies, public
organizations, and political parties.
GVPT 481 Government and Administra-
tion ol the Soviet Union. (3) Prerequisite,
GVPT 170. A study of the adoption of
the communist philosophy by the Soviet
Union, of its governmental structure and
of the administration of government policy
in the Soviet Union.
GVPT 482 Government and Politics of
Latin America. Prerequisite. GVPT 170.
A comparative study of the governmental
systems and political processes of the
Latin American countries, with special
emphasis on Argentina, Brazil. Chile, and
Mexico.
GVPT 483 Government and Politics ol
Asia. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 280 or 453,
or HIST 261, or 262 or HIFN 442, or 445.
A comparative study of the political
systems of China, Japan, India and other
selected Asian countries.
GVPT 484 Government and Politics of
Africa. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A
comparative study of the governmental
systems and political processes of the
African countries, with special emphasis
on the problems of nation-building in
emergent countries.
GVPT 485 Government and Politics of
the Middle East. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT
170. A comparative study of the govern-
mental systems and political processes of
the Middle Eastern countries, with
special emphasis on the problems of
nation-building in emergent countries.
GVPT 486 Comparative Studies in
European Politics. (3) Prerequisite,
G'. PT ;^d0, or consent o' instructor. A
comparative study of political processes
and jovernme'ital forms in selected
European countries
GVPT 487 The Government and Politics
of South Asia. (3) Political systems and
governments of such countries as India,
Pakistan, BangIa Desh, Ceylon, and
Nepal.
GVPT 492 The Comparative Polllica ol
Race Relations. (3) Impact of government
and politics on race relations in various
parts of the world. The origins, problems.
and manifestations of such racial policies
as segregation, apartheid, integration, as-
similation, partnership, and nonracialism
will be analyzed.
Hebrew
HEBR 101 Intensive Elementary Hebrew.
(4) Five hours per week. Limited to stu-
dents with no reading knowledge of
Hebrew Modern Israeli Hebrew. Em-
phasis on conversation. Study of linguistic
structure and development of audio-
lingual, writing and reading ability.
Credit may not be earned for both
HEBR 101 and HEBR 111.
HEBR 111 Elementary Hebrew. (3) Three
recitations per week and one drill hour.
Modern Israeli Hebrew. Emphasis on con-
versation. Study of linguistic structure and
development of audio-lingual, writing and
reading ability.
HEBR 112 Elementary Hebrew. (3) Three
recitations per week and one drill hour.
Prerequisite, HEBR 111 or 101 or equiva-
lent. Modern Israeli Hebrew. Emphasis
on conversation. Study of linguistic
structure and development of audi-lingual,
writing and reading ability.
HEBR 114 Intermediate Hebrew. (3)
Three recitations per week and one drill
hour. Prerequisite. HEBR 112 or equiva-
lent. Study of linguistic structure, further
development of audio-lingual, reading,
writing, and speaking skills. Reading of
texts and newspapers designed to give
some knowledge of Hebrew life, thought
and culture.
HEBR 115 Intermediate Hebrew. (3) Three
recitations per week and one drill hour.
Prerequisite. HEBR 114 or equivalent.
Completion of study of linguistic structure.
further development of audio-lingual,
reading, writing and speaking skills.
Reading of texts and newspapers designed
to give some knowledge of Hebrew life,
thought and culture.
HEBR 201 Conversation and Composition.
(3) Prerequisite, HEBR 115 or equivalent.
A practical language course recommended
for all students continuing with Hebrew.
Review of grammar and composition.
Selected readings. Oral and written
exercises.
HEBR 301 Conversation and Composi-
tion. (3) Prerequisite, HEBR 201 or equiva-
lent. A practical language course recom-
mended for all students continuing with
Hebrew. Review of grammar and composi-
tion. Selected readings. Oral and
written exercises.
HEBR 321 Survey of Hebrew Literature.
(3) Prerequisite. HEBR 115 or equivalent.
From the Haskalah (Enlightenment) until
166 / Course Offerings
the Ranaii'xince ot modern Hebrew
From Meii.loi. n 1 : «.i,'ij«Je Mocher
Setoiim a • 'em Reading*
in Hebrew i. be m Engiiih
Sludenls n ! 'i,!bre«r prepara-
tion may r.)>.u..o t)«..ii.aa.on lo audit
HCBR 322 Survey ol Hebrew Literature.
(3) Prermiiiiiile HEOR ttS or equivalent
From the modern Hebrew revival period
until today Bialik. Poreti. Agnon and
contemporary writers. Readings in Hebrew
OucuMion may be m English Sludenls
with insuldcienl Hebrew preparation may
receive permission hi audit
HEBR 103 Hebrew Civilization (In
Engllah). (3) Maior IrcnOs m the cultural
social and hlernry hislory ol the Jews
from their earliest experiences as a people
up to the present
HEBR 334 Hebrew ChrlllzaUon (In
English). (3) M«|Or trends in the cultural
social aiHl literary hislory ol the Jews
from iheir earliest oxportences as a people
up to the present
HEBR 42t The Hebrew Bible. (3) Selec-
ted readings Irom the Torah and commen-
taries The Bible in the context ol the
civilizations ol the ancient Middle East
Companson ol the essential elements ol
Israelite religion and contemporary pagan-
Ism Major concepts ol Jewish thought de-
rived by traditional commentators (rom
analysis ol the Biblical text. Emphasis
upon the ideas ol the Bible, the human
problems which it attempts to answer,
and the institutions which embody those
ideas
HEBR 422 The Hebrew Bible. (3) Con-
tinuation ot HEBR -121.
HEBR 431 Modern and Contemporary
Hebrew Literature. (3) The period ol the
Haskalah i Enlightenment) and the period
ol the Tehiah (Modern revival).
HEBR 432 Modern and Contemporary
Hebrew Literature. (3) Readings in prob-
lems lacing modern man as reflected in
the writings of Agnon. Burla. Berkowitz.
Mosensohn, etc. Training in literary
criticism Reading of periodicals dealing
with modern literary criticism
HEBR 441 Studies In Classical Hebrew.
(3) Linguistic Peculiarities ol classical
Hebrew style (rom pre-Biblical epigraphic
records to the dead sea scrolls. Applies
the method of literary form criticism to
poetry and songs, cultic formulae, his-
torical annals and narratives Prerequisite.
HEBR 301
HEBR 442 Studies in Classical Hebrew.
(3) Pentaleuchal source analysis, prophetic
oracles. Biblical law in comparison with
other ancient codes, wisdom literature,
the apocalyptic form and the manual of
discipline of the dead sea scrolls.
Prerequisite. HEBR 301.
Hearing and Speech Sciences
HESP 202 Fundamentals of Hearing and
Speech Science. (3) Introduction to
Piionetici the physiological bases ol
speech production and reception, and
the physics ol sound Required ol majors
in hearing and speech science and
recommended lor majors in education
and psychology
HESP 302 Speech Pathology I. (3) For
majors Prerequisite. HESP 202. Etiology,
assessment, and treatment ol articulation
disorders
HESP 30S Anatomy and Physiology ol
the Speech Mechanism. (3) Prerequisite,
HESP 202 Anatomy, physiology, and neu-
rology ol speech mechanism, physiological
phonetics
HESP 310 Semantic Aspects of Speech
In Human Relslloni. (3) Prerequisite.
HESP 202 An analysis ol speech and
language habits from the standpoint of
general semantics
HESP 312 Instrumentation in Hearing
and Speech Science. (3) Prerequisite,
HESP 202 Principles ol operation ol
electronic equipment in the hearing and
speech clinic.
HESP 400 Speech and Language
Development ol Children. (3) Prerequisite,
HESP 202 Analysis ol normal processes
of speech and language development in
children.
HESP 401 Survey ol Speech Disorders.
(3) For non-majors. Prerequisite. HESP
202. Communications disorders in school
children Graduate credit applicable only
in the college of education
HESP 403 Introduction to Phonetic
Science. (3) Prerequisite. HESP 202.
Phonetic transcription and phonetic
principles. Acoustical and perceptual
phonetics.
HESP 404 Speech Pathology II. (3) Pre-
requisite, HESP 302, 305 Etiology and
therapeutic management of cleft palate
and stuttering.
HESP 406 Speech Pathology III. (3) Pre-
requisite, HESP 302, 305, Etiology and
therapeutic management of aphasia and
delayed language.
HESP 408 Clinical Practice. (1-2) Pre-
requisite, permission of instructor. Obser-
vation and participation in the hearing
and speech clinc Repeatable lor a
maximum of two credits.
HESP 410 Principles and Methods in
Speech Therapy. (3) Prerequisite, HESP
404 or 406 Comparative methods in the
clinical management of speech problems.
HESP 411 Introduction To Audioiogy. (3)
Prerequisite, HESP 202 Physics of
sound, anatomy and physiology of hear-
ing, introduction to measurement and lo
rehabilitation of the hearing-handicapped.
HESP 412 Rehabilitation ol The Hearing
Handicapped. (3) Prerequisite. HESP 314
Speech heading, auditory training, and
speech training for hard-of-hearing
children and adults.
HESP 414 Seminar. (3) Proroquisllo.
permission ol inslruclor, individual projects
In phonetic science, speech pathology,
and audioiogy.
Hislory, Foreign
HIFN 374 Twentieth Century Algeria. (3)
A bnuf survey of the history ol Algeria
and an indepth study ol twentieth century
events leading up to and including the
War of Liberation and Algerian Inde-
pendence. Reading Itnowledge ol French
desirable.
HIFN 401 The Hislory ol Spain. (3)
Political, social and economic develop-
ment of Spain, the Spanish Empire; Spain's
role in Europe Some attention will be
paid to Portuguese history. First semes-
ter; 1469-1700.
HIFN 402 The History of Spain. (3)
Political, social and economic develop-
ment ol Spain, the Spanish Empire; Spain's
role in Europe Some attention will be
paid to Portuguese history Second
semester; 1700 to present
HIFN 403 Diplomatic History ol Latin
America. (3) A survey ol the political, eco-
nomic and cultural relations of the
Latin American nations with emphasis
on their relations with the United States
and the development of the Inter-American
system
HIFN 404 History ol Canada. (3) Pre-
requisites. HIST 241, 242 or 253, 254, A his-
tory of Canda, with special emphasis on
the nineteenth century and upon Canadian
relations with Great Britain and the
United Slates
HIFN 405 History ol Brazil. (3) The his-
tory of Brazil with emphasis on the
national period
HIFN 406 The History ol Mexico and
The Caribbean To 1810. (3) The history ol
Mexico. Central America and the Antilles,
beginning with the pre-Spanish Indian
cultures and continuing through the
Spanish colonial period and the national
period to the present day The division
point between the two courses in the year
1810, the beginning of the Mexican Wars
for independence.
HIFN 407 The History ol Mexico and The
Caribbean, 1810 To The Present (3) The
history of Mexico. Central America, and
the Antilles, beginning with the pre-Spamsh
Indian cultures and continuing through
the Spanish colonial period and the
national period to the present day. The
division point between the two courses is
the year 1810. The beginning ol the Mexi-
can Wars for independence.
HIFN 410 History ol Rome. (3) A study
ol Roman civilization from the earliest
beginnings through the republic and down
to the last centuries of the empire
HIFN 411 History ol Medieval Europe. (3)
A study of medieval government, society
and thought from^he collapse of classical
civilization to the renaissance.
HIFN 412 Hitlory ol Medieval Europe. (3)
A study ol mvdiuval government, bociety
and thought Irom the collapse ol classical
civilization lo the renaissance
HIFN 413 The Old Regime and The
French Revolution, 1748-1815. (3) Europe
in the ora ol ir.o Frc-ncr. Resolution
HIFN 414 History of European Ideas. (3)
Prerequisites HIST 241, 242 or 2S3 2S4 or
the equivalent Beginning with a review
of the basic western intellectual traditions
as a heritage from the ancient world,
the courses will present selected im-
portant currents ol thought Irom the »t.
entitle revolution of the 16lh and 17ih
centuries down to the 20th century
First semester, through the 18th century
HIFN 415 Hislory ol European Ideas, (3)
Prerequisites. HIST 241, 242, or 253, 254 or
the equivalent Beginning with a review
ol the basic western intellectual traditions
as a heritage Irom the ancient world,
the courses will present selected im-
portant currents ol thought Irom the sci-
entific revolution ol the 16th and 17th
centuries down to the 20lh century
Second semester, 19lh and 20th centuries
HIFN 416 The Renaissance, (3) City-
states and the rise of nation-states, the
culture and thought of the renaissance.
Its impact into the 17th century.
HIFN 417 The Reformation. (3) Major de-
velopments from the pre-reformation " to
the post-reformation. Religion is
emphasized as the fundamental motive
force resulting in the reformations of
the 16th century. The interaction between
religious forces and the political, socio-
economic, intellectual, and cultural
trends ol the period are also considered
HIFN 420 History of The British Empire.
(3) Prerequisite. HIST 241, 242 or 253, 254
First semester, the development of
England s mercantilist empire and its fall
in the war tor American independence
(1783).
HIFN 421 History of the British Empire.
(3) Prerequisite. HiST 241. 242 or 253.
254 Second semester, the rise ol the sec-
ond British Empire and the solution ol
the problem of responsible self-govern-
ment (1783-1867). the evolution of the
British Empire into a commonwealth of
nations, and the development and
problems of the dependent empire
HIFN 422 Constitutional History of Great
Britain, (3) Constitutional development m
England, with emphasis on the history
of the royal prerogative, the growth of
the common law, the development ot
Parliament, and the emergence of sys-
tematized government First semester, to
1485
HIFN 423 Conslitutlonai Hislory of Great
Britain. (3) Constitutional development in
England, with emphasis on the history
of the royal prerogative the growth ol
the common law, the development of
Course Offerings / 167
Parliament, and the emergence of sys-
tematized government. Second semester
since 1485.
HIFN 424 History ol Russia. (3) A history
of [Russia from earliest limes to 1917.
HIFN 425 History ol Russia. (3) A history
of Russia from earliest times to 1917.
HIFN 426 Europe in The 19th Century,
1815-1919. (3) Prerequisites. HIST 241. 242
or 253. 254. A study of the political, eco-
nomic, social, and cultural development
of Europe from the Congress of Vienna
to the First World War.
HIFN 427 Europe in The 19th Century,
1815-1919. (3) Prerequisites. HIST 241. 242
I or 253, 254 A study of the political, eco-
nomic, social, and cultural development
of Europe from the Congress of Vienna
to the First World War.
HIFN 430 Europe in The World Setting of
The 20th Century. Prerequisites. HIST 241.
242 or 253. 254 A study of political, eco-
I nomic and cultural developments in 20th
' century Europe with special emphasis
on the factors involved in the two World
Wars and their global impacts and sig-
nificance,
HIFN 431 Europe in The World Setting of
The 20lh Century. Prerequisites. HIST 241.
242 or 253. 254 A study of political, eco-
nomic and cultural developments in 20th
century Europe wiih special emphasis
on the factors involved in the two World
Wars and their global impacts and sig-
nificance,
HIFN 432 The Soviet Union. (3) A history
f the Bolshevik Revolution and the
ounding of the Soviet Union; the eco-
omic policy and foreign policy of the
S,S,R to the present.
HIFN 433 Modern France. (3) A survey of
French history from 1815 to the present.
The emphasis is upon such topics as
the population problem, the economic
and social structure of French society, and
the changing political and cultural
values of this society in response to
recurrent crises through the 19th and
20th centuries,
HIFN 434 Tudor England. (3) An exami-
nation of the political, religious and social
forces in English life. 1485-1603, with
special emphasis on Tudor government,
the English reformation and the Eliza-
bethan era,
HIFN 435 Stuart England. (3) An exami-
nation of the political, religious and social
forces in English life. 1603-1714, with
special emphasis on Puritanism and the
English revolutions.
HIFN 436 Britain in The 18th Century. (3)
Developments in Great Britain from the
resolution of 1688 to the end of the
Napoleonic Wars,
HIFN 437 Modern Britain. (3) A survey of
British history from the age of the
French revolution to World War I with
emphasis upon such subjects as Britain's
role in the world, the democratization
of the state, the problems arising from in-
dustrialism and urbanism, and Irish and
Imperial problems,
HIFN 442 History ol China. (3) A history
of China from earliest times to the present.
The emphasis is on the development of
Chinese institutions that have molded
the life of the nation and its people,
HIFN 443 History of China. (3) A history
of China from earliest times to the present.
The emphasis is on the development of
Chinese institutions that have molded
the life of the nation and its people,
HIFN 444 The Age of Absolutism,
1648-1748. (3) Europe in the age of
Louis XIV and the enlightened despots.
HIFN 445 History of Japan. (3) Japanese
civilization from the age of Shinto
mythology, introduction of continental
learning, and rule of military overlords.
HIFN 446 History of Japan. (3) Renewed
contact with the western world and
Japan's emergence as a modern state,
HIFN 448 Studies in Middle Eastern
Culture. (3) Systematic treatment of
aspects of literature and culture of the
middle east, fviay be repeated,
HIFN 450 The Middle East. (3) A survey
of the political, cultural and institutional
history covering the period up to the
tenth century,
HIFN 451 The Middle East. (3) A survey
of the political, cultural and institutional
history covering the period up from the
10th century to the beginnings of the
19th century,
HIFN 452 The Contemporary Middle
East. (3) This course covers the break-up
of the Ottoman Empire and the emergence
of contemporary states of the area,
HIFN 454 History of The Jews and
The Slate of Israel. (3) A survey of Jewish
history from the second century Diaspora
to the present with special attention
to an analysis of Zionism, the creation
of a Jewish home in Palestine, the estab-
lishment of the State of Israel, and
modern developments
HIFN 455 History of Argentina and The
Andean Republics. (3) The history of the
nationalist period of selected South
American countries,
HIFN 456 Ancient Near East and
Greece. (3) A survey of the ancient civili-
zations of Egypt, the Near East and
Greece, with particular attention to their
institutions, life, and culture
HIFN 460 Social and Cultural History of
Europe. (3) An exploration of social
structure, life styles, rituals, symbols, and
myths of the peoples of Europe,
From earliest times to 1800,
HIFN 461 Social and Cultural History o(
Europe. (3) An exploration of social
structure, life styles, rituals, symbols, and
myths of the peoples of Europe.
The modernization of European society.
HIFN 462 Germany in The 19th Century,
1815-1914. (3) Prerequisites, any one of
the following courses: HIST 242, HIFN 421.
426. 427. 433, junior, senior, or graduate
standing required, or consent of instruc-
tor The course is intended to trace
the development of modern Germany and
provide a basis for the understanding of
the rise of national socialism and
Germany in the 20th century,
HIFN 463 Germany in the 20th Century,
1914-1945. (3) Prerequisites, any one of
the following courses HIST 242. HIFN 421,
426. 427, 433, junior, senior, or graduate
standing required, or consent of instruc-
tor. The course is intended to provide an
understanding of Germany's aims and
policies during World War I. her condition
and policies in the inter-war period,
the rise of national socialism, and
Germany's part in World War 11,
HIFN 464 19th Century European Diplo-
matic History. (3) Prerequisite, a course
in 19th century European history. The
development and execution of European
diplomacy from the Congress of Vienna
to the outbreak of World War I concen-
trating on Central and Western Europe,
HIFN 465 20th Century European Diplo-
matic History. (3) Prerequisite, a course
in 20th century European history. The
development and execution of European
diplomacy from the outbreak of World
War I to the conclusion of World
War II concentrating on Central and
Western Europe,
HIFN 466 Byzantine Empire. (3) Institu-
tions and culture of the Byzantine Empire
dealing with the history of the East
Roman Empire to the Battle of l^anzikert.
1071.
HIFN 467 Byzantine Empire. (3) History
of Byzantium from 1071 to the fall of
Constantinople, 1453,
HIFN 470 European Economic History (3)
Economic development of Europe from
the manorial economy of Ivledieval
feudalism through the emergence of
capitalist institutions and overseas
empires to the advent of the industrial
revolution.
HIFN 471 European Economic History. (3)
Begins with 1750 and continues to the
present. Emphasis is on causes and con-
sequences of industrial development in
Western and Eastern Europe,
HIFN 473 A Survey of African History. (3)
A brief survey of the history of Sub-Saharan
Africa from prehistoric times to the end
of the colonial era. Special focus on
neolithic civilizations, major migrations
and political and commercial develop-
ments in pre-colonial and colonial Africa,
HIFN 474 A History of West Africa. (3)
HIFN 473 is recommended though not
required. A regional study of the Western
Sudan, forest and coastal regions from
prehistoric times to the 19th century.
A discussion of neolithic and iron age
civilizations. trans-Saharan and other
trade, introduction of Islam, medieval
Sudanese empires, lorest kingdoms. 19th
century empires and kingdoms, and the
impact of European penetration.
HIFN 475 Economic History of West
Africa. (3) The economic history of
West Africa from neolithic times to the
end of the colonial era, Reading knowledge
of French desirable
HIFN 476 Modern Balkan History. (3)
A political, socio-economic, and cultural
history of Yugoslavia. Bulgaria. Romania.
Greece, and Albania from the break-
down of Ottoman domination to the
present. Emphasis is on movements for
national liberation during the 19th
century and on approaches to moderniza-
tion in the 20th century.
History
HIST 201 Science and Technology in
World History — Space/Time/Man/
Woman. (3) Selected topics in the history
of science and technology, emphasizing
their interest and importance to the
public. The topics are united by three
main themes: (1) the development of
space/time concepts of the universe in
astronomy and physics; (2) communica-
tions and transportation; (3) the nature
of man and woman, including biological,
anthropological and psychological
theories of race and sex differences,
HIST 217 Alro-American History. (3) A
survey of the Negro in American history,
covering the African background, slavery,
the role of the Negro in the social,
political, economic, cultural and artistic
life of the United States, Emphasis will be
placed on the enduring themes ol the
black experience in American society,
including contemporary problems in race
relations.
HIST 221 History of the United States
To 1865. (3) A survey of the history of the
United States from colonial times to the
end of the Civil War. Emphasis on the
establishment and development of
American institutions,
HIST 222 History ol the United States
Since 1865. (3) A survey of economic,
social, intellectual, and political develop-
ments since the civil war. Emphasis on
the rise of industry and the emergence
of the United States as a world power.
HIST 223 Social and Cultural History
ol Early America. (3) A study of the social
and cultural history of the United States as
a predominantly agricultural society.
Examination ol how the social milieu
shapes the cultural development of the
nation and its institutions,
HIST 224 Social and Cultural History
of Modern America. (3) A study of the
social and cultural history of the United
168 / Course Offerings
Slates as a society in transition
Eiamination ol the social and cultural
cianges mat accompanied industrial and
tcieniilic development
HIST 225 Th« United SlalM In Worid
Allaln. (3) A study ol the United States
OS an emerging world power and the
American response to changing status m
world allairs Emphasis on the relationship
between miomal and external develop-
ment ol the nation
HIST 226 Women In American Society to
1865. (3) A survey ol the religious, legal,
and cultural institutions that shaped the
role and character ol women in American
Society The historical role played by
women in the growth and development ol
the nation and their ongoing struggle to
achieve political, economic, and social
equality is examined
HIST 227 Women In American Society
Since 1865. (3) A survey ol the religious,
legal, and cultural institutions that shaped
the role and character ol women in
American society The historical role
played by women in the growth and deve-
lopment ol the nation and their ongoing
struggle to achieve political, economic,
and social equality is examined
HIST 231 Latin American History. (3) A
survey ol the history ol Latin America
Irom colonial origins to the present, cover-
ing political, cultural, economic, and
social development, with special emphasis
upon relations with the United States
First semester: Colonial Latin America.
Second semester: the republics.
HIST 232 Latin American History. (3) A
survey ol the republics, covering political,
cultural, economic, and social develop-
ment, with special emphasis upon rela-
tions with the United Slates
HIST 237 Russian Civilization. (3) An over-
view ol Russian history stressing the
mam lines ol development of the
Russian stale and the evolution ol Russian
culture to the present day
HIST 241 Western Civilization. (3) This
course is designed to give the student
an appreciation ol the civilization in which
he lives in its broadest setting The study
begins with the collapse ol classical
civilization and comes to the present.
HIST 242 Western Civilization. (3) This
course is designed to give the student an
appreciation ol the civilization in which
he lives m its broadest setting The study
begins with the collapse ol classical
civilization and comes to the present
HIST 243 History ol Relations Between
Men and Women in Western Civilization.
(3) A survey ol relations between men and
women, especially m the family, in western
Civilization Irom earliest times to the
present
HIST 251 The Humanilies. (3) in survey-
ing history Irom prehistoric times to the
present, man's cultural development is
emphasized The course is a study ol the
achievements ol the common cultural
homage ol western civilization It is
designed as an introductory course in
history which will make a more direct
contribution 10 the other liberal arts fields
First semester, to the Renaissance
HIST 2S2 The HumanillM. (3) In survey-
ing history Irom prehistoric limes lo the
present, man's cultural development is
emphasized The course is a study ol the
achievements ol the common cultural
heritage of western civilization. II is
designed as an introductory course in
history which will make a more direct
contribution to the other liberal arts lields.
Second semester, since the Renaissance
HIST 253 History of England and Great
Britain. (3) A history ol the development
ol British lile and institutions. Open to all
classes Especally recommended lor
English majors and minors and pre-law
students First semester, to 1485
HIST 254 History ol England and Great
Britain. (3) A history ol the development
ol British lile and institutions. Open to all
classes Especially recommended for
English majors and minors and pre-law
students Second semester, since 1485
HIST 256 Pre-Honors Colloquium In
Early American History. (3) Selected
reading in early American history with
emphasis on independent discussion and
writing Ivlay be taken lor credit by students
exempt from American history Permission
of instructor required
HIST 257 Pre-Honors Colloquium In
Modern American History. (3) Selected
readings in modern American history
with emphasis on independent study, dis-
cussion and writing May be taken for
credit by students exempt from American
history Permission of instructor required.
HIST 261 East Asian Civilization. (3) This
course seeks lo give the student an un-
derstanding of a great civilization radically
different from our own. and an apprecia-
tion ol the complex problems of East Asia
and ol American policy there The ap-
proach IS interdisciplinary within a
historical Iramework.
HIST 262 East Asian Civilization. (3) This
course seeks to give the student an
understanding ol a great civilization
radically dillerent Irom our own, and an
appreciation of the complex problems of
East Asia and of American policy there
The approach is interdisciplinary within
a historical Iramework
HIST 271 Islamic CivilUation i. (3) Survey
of Islamic civilization dealing with Islam
as a religion and covering its major in-
stitutions Begins with pre-islamic Arabia
and rise of Muhammad, emphasizing the
life and political activities of the prophet
of Islam, the basic tenets of Islam, and
Islamic religious law A survey of the
sectarian development in early islam is
included.
HIST 272 Islamic CIvlllzallon II. (3) Sur
voy ol Islamic institutions, roligious and
political, dealing with tno administration
ol the Muslim Empire and examining the
development ol the judicial and executive
branches ol government. Within the
Iramework of the religious institutions, the
development of islamic jurisprudence and
theology are briefly discussed A short
survey ol Islamic mysticism is included
HIST 298 Special Toplci In Hitlory. (3)
HIST 325 The Russian Revolutions ol
1917. (3) A close examination ol the
historical background, the doctrines, the
immediate causes, the events, and the
results of the February and October
revolutions
HIST 350 Modern Church History. (3) in-
troduction to major developments and
problems ol modern church history pri-
marily in Europe Irom the "waning ' ol
the confessional age in the 17th and 18th
centuries through the 20th century
HIST 351 History ol Religion in America.
(3) A history ol religion, religious move-
ments, and churches in America from the
early colonial period to the present, with
special attention to the relation of church
and society.
HIST 389 Prosemlnar in Historical Writ-
ing. (3) Discussions and research papers
designed to acquaint the student with the
methods and problems ol research and
presentation. The student will be en-
couraged to examine those phases ol
history which he regards as his
specialties.
HIST 395 Honors Colloquium. (3) En-
rollment limited to students admitted by
the departmental honors committee
Reading in sources and secondary work
centering about the development of the
modern world. Discussions of reading and
written work in weekly seminar meetings.
HIST 396 Honors Colloquium. (3) En-
rollment limited to students admitted by
the departmental honors committee
Reading in sources and secondary work
centering about the development of the
modern world. Discussions of reading and
written work in weekly seminar meetings
HIST 398 Special Topics In History. (3)
HIST 399 Honors Thesis. (3) Limited to
students who have completed HIST 395.
Normally repeated for a total ol six
hours credit during the senior year by
candidates lor honors in history.
HIST 401 The Scientific Revolution —
From Copernicus to Newton. (3) Major
developments m the history of physics
and astronomy during the 16th and 17th
centuries and critical evaluations of the
Copernican revolution, the 'mechanical
philosophy ' of the 17th century scientists,
and the Newtonian synthesis and its
impact on 18th century thought.
HIST 402 The O*v«lopm«nl ol Modsrn
Physical Science — From Lavoisier to
EIntleln. (3) Prvroquitilut, MATH 110 and
PHYS 112 or 117 History of chemistry,
physics and geology during the period
Irom about 1775 to about 1925
HIST 403 History ol Technology. (3) A
survey course designed lor junior,
senior and graduate students with a solid
base in either engineering or history.
It will cover the time span Irom Greek
Antiquity to the lirst world war Technology
will be studied as a cultural lorce con-
trolled by laws ol its own and operating
within a distinctive conceptual Iramework.
The course will concentrate on the
changing character ol technology in
history and on the interactions between
technology and other cultural forces such
as science, philosophy, art, material
culture, and the economy
HIST 404 History ol Modem Biology. (3)
The internal development of Biology from
about 1750 to about 1940 will be covered.
including evolution, cell theory, genetics,
enzymes, and biochemistry, and the origins
ol anthropology and experimental psy-
chology The social circumstances under
which biology arose and prospered, the
philosophical aspects ol some debates,
the technical achievements enabling new
research, and the influences of other
sciences on biology will also be discussed
HIST 405 History ol Early Medicine: From
Thaumalurgy and Theurgy to the 17lh
Century Theories. (3) A historical survey
ol the development of medicine in Europe
and Asia from earliest times to the eigh-
teenth century Topics discussed include:
primitive diseases. Egyptian. Chinese,
Greek and Medieval medicine, epidemics,
surgical developments, the physician and
the development ol public health adminis-
tration. Enrollment limited to upper
division and graduate students
HIST 406 History ol the Emergence of
Modem Medicine. (3) Prerequisite,
junior standing Development ol modern
medicine Irom the eighteenth century to
the present with emphasis on the United
States, including American Indian
medicine, growth of medical professions,
hospital and public health facilities, sur-
gery, clinical medicine, psychiatry and
modern medical specialization
HIST 408 Selected Topics In Women's
History. (3) Prerequisites, HIST 226 or
HIST 227 or permission of the instructor
In-depth study of selected topics on
women in American society including
such areas as women and the law. women
and politics, the feminine mystique '. and
the new feminism " May be repeated
to a maximum ol six semester hours
HIST 440 The Eastern Orthodox Church
— Its Cultural History. (3) A study of the
development of the christian church in the
near east and eastern Europe Irom the
conversion of Constantine to the present.
Course Offerings / 169
Emphasis will be on the relations between
church and state in various periods and on
the influence of eastern Christianity on the
cultures of traditionally eastern orthodox
nations.
HIST 498 Special Topics in History. (3)
May be repeated to a maximum of nine
hours.
History, United States
HIUS 401 American Colonial History. (3)
The settlement and development of colon-
ial America to the middle of the eighteenth
century.
HIUS 402 The American Revolution. (3)
The background and course of the Ameri-
can Revolution through the formation of
the constitution.
HIUS 403 The Formative Period in
America, 1789-1824. (3) The evolution of
the federal government, the origins of
political parties, problems of foreign
relations in an era of international conflict,
beginnings of the industrial revolution in
America, and the birth of sectionalism.
HIUS 404 Economic History of the United
States. (3) The development of the
American economy and its institutions.
First semester, to 1865,
HIUS 405 Economic History of the United
States. (3) The development of the
American economy and its institutions.
Second semester, to 1865
HIUS 406 Social History of the United
States. (3) Formation of regional societies;
immigration and nativism; the negro;
urban movement; social responses to
technological change First semester, to
1865.
HIUS 407 Social History of the United
States. (3) Formation of regional societies;
immigration and nativism; the negro;
urban movement; social responses to
technological change. Second semester,
from 1865.
HIUS 410 The Middle Period of Ameri-
can History, 1824-1860. (3) An examination
of the political history of the United States
from Jackson to Lincoln with particular
emphasis on the factors producing
Jacksonian Democracy, Manifest Destiny,
The Whig Party. The Anti-Slavery move-
ment, the Republican party and secession.
HIUS 411 The Civil War. (3) A detailed
study of historical interpretations; the
political, economic, social, and psychologi-
cal forces which caused the war; and the
process and impact of the war itself.
HIUS 412 Reconstruction and the New
Nation, 1865-1896. (3) Prerequisite, six
credits of American history, or permission
of instructor. Problems of reconstruction
in both South and North. Emergence of
big business and industrial combinations.
Problems of the farmer and laborer.
HIUS 413 The Progressive Period — The
United Slates 1896-1919. (3)
HIUS 414 Between the Wars — The
United States 1919-1945. (3)
HIUS 415 The United States Since
World War II. (3) Problems and issues of
American society, foreign and domestic,
of the past generation.
HIUS 416 Blacks in American Lile-186S
to the Present. (3) The role of the black in
America since slavery, with emphasis on
twentieth century developments: the
migration from farm to city: the growth
of the civil rights movement: the race
question as a national problem.
HIUS 420 History of the South. (3) Pre-
requisite, HIST 221, 222 or equivalent.
The golden age of the Chesapeake, the
institution of slavery, the Antebellum
plantation society, the experience of de-
feat, the impact of industrialization, and
the modern racial adjustment.
HIUS 421 History of the South. (3) Pre-
requisite. HIST 221, 222 or equivalent.
The golden age of the Chesapeake, the
institution of slavery, the Antebellum
plantation society, the experience of
defeat, the impact of industrialization, and
the modern racial adjustment.
HIUS 422 Diplomatic History of the
United Stales. (3) A historical study of
the diplomatic negotiations and foreign
relations of the United States. First
semester, from the revolution to 1898.
Students who have taken HIST 225 are
admitted only by permission of instructor.
HIUS 423 Diplomatic History of the
United States. (3) A historical study of
the diplomatic negotiations and foreign
relations of the United States Second
semester, from 1898 to the present.
Students who have taken HIST 225 are
admitted only by permission of instructor.
HIUS 424 The History of Ideas in
America. (3) A history of basic beliefs
about religion, man, nature, and society.
HIUS 425 The History of Ideas in
America. (3) A history of basic beliefs
about religion, man, nature, and society.
HIUS 426 Constitutional History of the
United States. (3) A study of the historical
forces resulting in the formation of the
Constitution, and development of American
constitutionalism in theory and practice
thereafter.
HIUS 427 Constitutional History of the
United States. (3) A study of the historical
forces resulting in the formation of the
constitution, and development of American
constitutionalism in theory and practice
thereafter.
HIUS 430 History of Maryland. (3) Politi-
cal, social and economic history of
Maryland from seventeenth century to the
present.
HIUS 432 A Cultural and Social History
of the American Worker. (3) Examines the
tree American working class in terms of
Its composition; its myths and Utopias: its
social conditions; and its impact on
American institutions.
HIUS 433 History o( the American
Frontier. (3) Major historical interpreta-
tion of the significance to the period of the
Trans-Allegheny West. Assesses the im-
pact of the frontier experience on Ameri-
can history. Equal attention is given to
political, economic, social and cultural
problems associated with the development
of the west. Indian culture, treatment of
the Indians, and Indian-White relations are
integrated into the course through read-
ings and lectures.
HIUS 434 History of the American
Fronlie'. (3) Exploration, settlement and
development of the Trans-Mississippi West,
Assesses the impact of the frontier experi-
ence on American history. Equal attention
is given to political, economic, social and
cultural problems associated with the
development of the west. Indian culture,
treatment of the Indians, and Indian-White
relations are integrated into the course
through readings and lectures.
Health
HLTH 105 Science and Theory of Health.
(2) A course concerned primarily with
sound health knowledge, attitudes and
behaviors as they apply to the individual.
The major subjects dealt with in this course
are: mental health and social adjustment;
human reproduction and sex education:
organic efficiency; ecology and health;
and the need for health education and
community action tor health from local to
world levels.
HLTH 106 Drug Use and Abuse. (3) An
interdisciplinary analysis of contemporary
drug issues and problems. The course
will examine physiological, psychological,
social, philosophical, historical, legal
and health aspects of drug use and abuse.
Special attention will be focused on those
general motivations for drug use that
attend life on the college campus
HLTH 110 Orientation to Health Educa-
tion. (1) This course explores the field of
health education in both the school and
the community from the point of view of
the health educator. Professional prepara-
tion and career opportunities are con-
sidered.
HLTH 130 Introduction to Health. (3) De-
velopment of understanding and apprecia-
tion of the historic and significant purpose
and place of each of the specialized
health areas in general education. A study
of the educational and personal require-
ments and opportunities of a career in
each professional health area.
HLTH 140 Personal and Community
Health. (3) Meaning and significance of
physical, mental and social health as re-
lated to the individual and to society:
important phases of national health prob-
lems; constructive methods of promoting
health of the individual and the community;
health problems young people encounter
with special emphasis on health knowl-
edge for future teachers.
HLTH 150 First Aid. (1) Lecture,
demonstration, and skill training in first
aid measures for resuscitation, hemor-
rhage control, shock, burns, poisons, and
bone injuries. Red cross and medical
self-help certification awarded.
HLTH 260 Instructor's Course in First
Aid. (2) Prerequisite. HLTH 150 or
equivalent. Advanced consideration of
first aid techniques; orientation to
methods, techniques and teaching aids;
practical classroom instruction required.
Red cross instructor's certification
awarded.
HLTH 270 Safety Education. (3) Safety
in the home, school and community.
Safety education programs in the public
schools.
HLTH 280 The Driver and his Charac-
teristics. (3) Prerequisite. HLTH 270. The
aim of this course is to treat the driver
behavior problem in its relation to many of
the psychophysical factors and forces in
the traffic environment that impinge upon
the man behind the wheel.
HLTH 305 Driver Education and TraHic
Safety I. (3) Prerequisites. HLTH 270. 280
This course is a study of the place of
the automobile in modern life and deals
with the fundamentals, principles, prac-
tices, and content of high school driver
education and traffic safety. Laboratory
experience consists of observation and
experience in teaching beginners to
drive in dual control cars and simulators.
Course includes eight weeks of practice
teaching
HLTH 310 Introduction to the School
Health Program. (2) Prerequisites. HLTH
105 or 140, This course deals with the
aspects of school health: health environ-
ment, health services, and health educa-
tion. The relationships of the school
health program and the general education
program are emphasized. The roles of
teachers, administrators, health specialists,
and others in related fields are discussed.
HLTH 340 Curriculum, Instruction and
Observation. (3) Prerequisites, HLTH 140,
270, 310, 420, A course designed to
provide directed observation and discus-
sion, coordinating these experiences with
those from previous methods courses in
the development of curricula for health
and physical education. The course
IS planned to prepare for student teaching
which follows in the same semester. The
observations will be made of health pro-
grams in junior and senior high schools.
This course must be taken during the
semester in which the student is doing
student teaching.
HLTH 345 Driver Education and TraHIc
Safely II. (3) Prerequisites, HLTH 270.
170 / Course Offerings
ItO. 305. or Iheir equlvslanls Comprehen-
liva programming tor driver education,
IMChing to meet driving emergencies
■nd winter conditions, resources and
agencies . the teacher and driver educa-
tion; consumer education insurance and
liability
HLTH 965 Organlxallon. Admlnlatratlon
and Supervision ol School Salely Educa-
tion. (3) Pioroquisilos HLTH ?73 280. 305.
346 or their oquivalonis Dosignod tor
teachers, school administrators, college
instructors, and others responsible lor
directing or supervising saloty programs
in the schools Deals with the problems,
policies, practices, and procedures In-
volved in the organization, administration
and the supervision ol a comprehensive
accident prevention and safety education
program lor the schools. Considers inte-
gration lectors of the school safety pro-
grams with the special emphasis on
trallic programs
HLTH 37S Problems In Driver and
TraKIc Salety Education. (3) Prerequisites.
HLTH 270. 280. 305. 345 or their
equivalents An advanced course which
gives consideration to the individual
problems encountered in leaching driver
and salety education. The psychology of
teaching and learning is emphasized
Consideration is given to implications of
emotion and attitude factors in driver and
traffic education. The course includes an
examination ol existing courses of study,
research, supervisory and evaluation
practices
HLTH 390 Organization and Administra-
tion ol School Health Programs. (3) The
three maior aspects ol the school health
program are considered Problems con-
nected with health services, health instruc-
tion, and the health aspects of the school
environment are discussed. The responsi-
bilities ol school personnel are delineated
with emphasis on the role ol the ad-
ministrator
HLTH 420 Methods and Materials In
Health Education. (3) Prerequisites. HLTH
105 or 140. 310 or consent of instructor.
The purpose of this course is to present
the interrelationships of curriculum plan-
ning, methodology and the selection and
use ol teaching aids and materials
Special problems associated with health
leaching are discussed. Students will be-
come lamiliar with a variety ol resources
as well as planning lor and presenting
demonstration lessons.
HLTH 450 Health Problems ol Children
aiMj Youth. (3) This course involves a study
ol the health needs and problems of
pupils from the primary grades through
high school Physical, mental and
psychosomatic aspects ol health are
considered in relation to the develop-
mental and school levels. Consideration
is given to such topics as diet selection
and control: exercise, recreation and
rest, emotional upset and Us Impllcatloni;
and psychosexual development and
problems The role ol the teacher and
parent In encouraging optimal health It
emphasized.
HLTH 455 Physical Fllnett ol the
Individual. (3) A study ol the major
physical lilnoss problems conlronling the
adult in modern society Consideration Is
given to the scientific appraisal, develop-
ment and maintenance ol litness at all
age levels Such problems as obesity,
weight reduction, chronic fatigue, posture,
and special exorcise programs are ex-
plored This course is open to persons
outside the lields of physical education
and health
HLTH 456 Health Problems ol the Aging
and the Aged. (3) Psychological, physio-
logical, and socio-economic aspects of
aging: nutrition: sexuality; death, dying,
and bereavement: self actualization and
creativity: health needs and crises of the
aged
HLTH 460 Problems In School Health
Education in Elementary and Secondary
Schools. (2-6) This is a workshop type
course designed particularly lor inservice
teachers to acquaint them with the best
methods of providing good health
services, healthlul environment and health
instruction
HLTH 470 The Health Program in the
Elementary School. (3) Prerequisites,
HLTH 105 or 140: 310. This course,
designed lor the elementary school class-
room teacher, analyzes biological and
sociological factors which determine the
health status and needs ol the individual
elementary school child. The various
aspects ol the school program are
evaluated in terms of their role in health
education The total school health
program is surveyed from the standpoint
ol organization and administration, and
health appraisal. Emphasis is placed upon
modern methods and current materials in
health instruction, (The State Department
of Education accepts this course for
biological science credit).
HLTH 476 Death Education. (3) The
course aims to enable students to better
understand aspects ol dying so that (1)
the quality ol their health and living is
enhanced and (2) they are better able to
help the bereaved, and the dying. The
genesis and development ol our present
day attitudes and behavior are examined
using a multi-disciplinary and lile cycle
approach, A lield trip and extensive
reading and comprehensive research
report are required
HLTH 477 Fundamentals of Sex Educa-
tion. (3) This course is concerned with
basic inlormation regarding the physical,
psychological, social, historical, semantic
and comparative cultural aspects ol sex
The adjustment needs and problems of
children and adults during the course of
maturing and aging are itudlad. and
special ccnsideration la given to the Mx
education program In schools
HLTH 480 MeaiuremenI In Health. (3)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods
per week The application ol the principles
and techniques ol educational measure-
ment to the teaching of health and
physical education, study ol lunctions and
techniques ol measurements In the evalua-
tion of student progress toward the objec-
tives of health and physical education, and
in the evaluation ol the effectiveness of
teaching,
HLTH 487 Adults Health and Develop-
mental Programs lor the Aged. (3) Pre-
requisite, at least junior standing in
health and special permission ol the
instructor Training and experience in a
clinically oriented development program
lor the aged
HLTH 488 Children's Physical Develop-
mental Clinic. (1-4) Prerequisite, at least
lunior standing in health, physical educa-
tion and recreation, or by special permis-
sion ol the director An opportunity to
acquire training and experience In a
therapeutically oriented physical educa-
tion-recreation program lor children re-
ferred by various education, special
education, medical and psychiatric
groups Repeatable to a maximum of 4
hours
HLTH 489 Field Laboratory Projects and
Workshop. (1-6) A course designed to meet
the needs of persons in the lield with
respect to workshop and research
projects in special areas ol knowledge not
covered by regularly structured courses.
Note: the maximum total number ol
credits that may be earned toward any
degree in physical education, recreation,
or health education under PHED. RECR.
HLTH or EDUC 489 is six.
Honors
HONR 100 Honors Orientation
Colloquium. (3) A multi-sectioned collo-
quium on current topics in the humanities.
the natural sciences and the social
sciences The topics will vary with the
interest ol the instructors Writing on.
and in-class discussions ol. assigned
reading will be stressed. Ordinarily taken
by all general honors Ireshmen Open to
other students with the consent of the
director of honors.
HONR 339 Seminars in the Social
Sciences. (1-4) A series of seminars in the
social sciences Often interdisciplinary
in character and often team-taught. The
subjects of the seminars and the laculty
may vary Irom semester to semester
Seminars may be repeated lor credit,
with the permission ol the director ol
honors, it the content ol the course alters
appreciably. Open to general and de-
partmental honors students and to other
students with the consent of the instructor
and the director ol honors.
HONR 349 Seminar In the Natural
Sciences. (1-4) A s«net ol seminars in the
natural scences Olton interdisciplinary
in character and olten team-taught The
subjects ol the seminars and the
laculty may vary from semester to semes-
tor Seminar may be repeated for credit,
with the permlsilon ol the director ol
honors, if the content of the course alters
appreciably Open to general and depart-
mental honors students and to other
students with the consent ol the instructor
and the director ol honors
HONR 359 Sainlnar In Iha HumanlUae.
(1-3) A series ol seminars in the
humanities Olten interdisciplinary In
character and often team-taught The
subjects ol the seminars and the laculty
may vary from semester to semeater
Seminar may be repeated lor credit, with
the permission ol the director of honors,
if the content ol the course alters
appreciably Open to general and depart-
mental honors students and to other stu-
dents with the consent of the Instructor
and the director of honors,
HONR 360 Honors Thealt Research. (3)
A thesis preparation course tor general
honors students under the direction of
individual laculty members HONR 360 or
379. but not both, may be used once to
fulfill the general honors seminar require-
ment Graded pass-tail. May not be
repeated Open only to general honors
students
HONR 379 Honors Independent Study.
(1-6) Honors independent study involves
reading or research, directed by individual
laculty. especially in areas outside of
student's major. HONR 379 or 360 but not
both, may be used once to lullill the
general honors seminar requirement.
Graded pass-lail. May be repeated to a
maximum ol twelve hours Open only to
general honors students.
Horticulture
HORT 111 Tree Fruit Production. (3) Pre-
requisite, BOTN 100 Two lectures and one
laboratory per week A detailed study ol
the principles and practices ir fruit
production, harvesting and storage, with
emphasis on the apple. One field trip
required
HORT 112 Tree Fruit Production. (2) Two
lectures per week Prerequisite. HORT 111.
A study ol the principles and practices in
Iruit production, harvesting, and handling
of deciduous tree fruit crops other than
the apple.
HORT 132 Garden ManagemenL (2) Two
lectures per week. Prerequisite. BOTH 100.
The planting and care ol ornamental
plants on the home grounds and a study
of commonly used species of annuals
and hervaceous perennials.
HORT 142 Garden Management Labora-
tory. (1) One two-hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisite, or concurrent HORT
132. Demonstration and application of
Course OWeringi / 171
practices in the production and mainten-
ance of garden plants.
HORT 160 Introduclion to the Art of
Landscaping. (3) Three lectures per week.
The theory and general principles of
landscaping design with their application
to public and private areas.
HORT 171 Elements of Forestry. (3) Two
lectures per week. Prerequisite. BOTN
100. A general survey of the field of
forestry, including timber values, conser-
vation, protection, silviculture, utilization,
mensuration, engineering, recreation and
lumbering. Principles and practices of
woodland management. Four all-day
Saturday field trips are required.
HORT 212 Berry Production. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite, BOTN 100. A study of the
principles and practices involved in the
production of small fruits including grapes,
strawberries, raspberries, blackberries,
and cranberries.
HORT 222 Vegetable Production. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite, BOTN 100. A study of
principles and practices of commercial
vegetable production.
HORT 231 Greenhouse Management. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite.
BOTN 100, A study of the construction
and operation of structures for forcing
horticultural crops and the principles
underlying the regulation of growth under
greenhouse conditions.
HORT 232 Flower Store Management. (3)
Two leclures and one laboratory period a
week. Prerequisite, HORT 231, A study
of the operation and management of a
flower store. Laboratory period devoted to
principles and practice of floral arrange-
ments and decoration,
HORT 241 Greenhouse Crop Production
Laboratory. (1) One laboratory per week.
Prerequisite, or concurrent HORT 231,
Demonstration and application of practices
in the commercial production of green-
house crops.
HORT 242 Greenhouse Crop Production
Laboratory. (1) One laboratory per week
Prerequisite, HORT 231. Demonstration
and application of practices in the com-
mercial production of greenhouse crops.
HORT 260 Basic Landscape Composi-
tion. (2) Two laboratory periods per week.
The introduction of landscaping presenta-
tion technique, supplemented by problems
in basic composition.
HORT 271 Plant Propagation. (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite. BOTN 100.
A study of the principles and practices
in the propagation of plants.
HORT 274 Genetics of Cultivated Plants.
(3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite,
BOTN 100. Principles of plant genetics
in relation to plant breeding. Some of the
topics presented are meiosis, simple
172 / Course Offerings
l^endelian genetics, gene interaction,
linkage and crossing over, cytoplasmic
and quantitative inheritance, mutations,
and the role of DNA,
HORT 361 Principles of Landscape
Design. (3) One lecture and two laboratory
periods per week. Prerequisite, HORT 160
and 260, A consideration of design criteria
and procedure as applied to residential
properties
HORT 362 Advanced Landscape Design.
(3) One lecture and two laboratory
periods per week. Prerequisite, HORT 361.
Prerequisite or concurrent HORT 454. The
design of public and private areas with
the major emphasis on plant materials
HORT 364 Landscape Construction. (3)
One lecture and two laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisite. HORT 361. An in-
troductory study and application of loca-
tion methods, construction details, and
construction techniques of the various
landscape objects such as walks, walls,
benches, roads.
HORT 398 Seminar. (1) Oral presentation
of the results of investigational work by
reviewing recent scientific literature in the
various phases of horticulture.
HORT 399 Special Problems. (3) Credit
arranged according to work done. For
major students in horticulture or botany.
Four credits maximum per student.
HORT 411 Technology of Fruits. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite.
HORT 112. prerequisite, HORT 112, pre-
requisite, or concurrent BOTN 441, A
critical analysis of research work and
application of the principles of plant
physiology, chemistry, and botany to
practical problems in commercial produc-
tion,
HORT 417 Tree and Small Fruit Manage-
ment. (1) Primarily designed for vocational
agriculture teachers and extension agents
Special emphasis will be placed upon
new and improved commercial methods
of production of the leading tree and
small fruit crops. Current problems and
their solution will receive special attention.
HORT 422 Technology of Vegetables. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite.
HORT 222. prerequisite or concurrent,
BOTN 441. A critical analysis of research
work and application of principles of
plant physiology, chemistry, and botany to
practical problems in commercial vege-
table production.
HORT 427 Truck Crop Management. (1)
Primarily designed for teachers of voca-
tional agriculture and extension agents.
Special emphasis will be placed upon new
and improved methods of production of
the leading truck crops. Current problems
and their solutions will receive special
attention.
HORT 432 Fundamentals of Greenhouse
Crop Production. (3) Three lectures per
week. Prerequisite, HORT 231. This course
deals with a study of the commercial
production and marketing of ornamental
plant crops under greenhouse, plastic
house and out-of-door conditions.
HORT 451 Technology of Ornament-
als. (3) Three lectures per week. Pre-
requisite, or concurrent BOTN 441, A
study of the physiological processes of
the plant as related to the growth,
flowering and storage of ornamental
plants,
HORT 453 Woody Plant Materials. (3)
Prerequisite, BOTN 212, A field and
laboratory study of trees, shrubs, and vines
used in ornamental plantings,
HORT 454 Woody Plant Materials. (3)
Prerequisite, BOTN 212 A field and
laboratory study of trees, shrubs, and vines
used in ornamental plantings.
HORT 456 Production and Maintenance
of Woody Plants, (3) Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite
or corequisite, HORT 271. 454. A study of
the production methods and operation of
a commercial nursery and the planting
and care of woody plants in the land-
scape.
HORT 457 Ornamental Horticulture. (1)
A course designed for teachers of agri-
culture and extension agents to place
special emphasis on problems of the
culture and use of ornamental plants
HORT 471 Systematic Horticuture. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week. A study of the origin, taxonomic
relationship and horticultural classification
of fruits and vegetables.
HORT 474 Physiology of Maturation and
Storage of Horticultural Crops. (2) Two
lectures a week. Prerequisite. BOTN 441.
Factors related to maturation and applica-
tion of scientific principles to handling
and storage of horticultural crops.
HORT 489 Special Topics in Horticulture.
(1-3) Credit according to time scheduled
and organization of course, A lecture and/
or laboratory series organized to study in
depth a selected phase of horticulture not
covered by existing courses.
Housing and Applied Design
HSAC 240 Design and Furnishings in
the Home. (3) Three lectures a week.
Prerequisites. APDS 101 or 104. Designed
to meet need for basic information and
competency in choice and arrangement of
home furnishings. For nonmajors only,
HSAC 241 Family Housing. (3) Housing
and its relationship to family living. A
study of factors which shape housing
design; investigation of group and in-
dividual housing needs and values.
HSAD 246 Materials of Interior Design.
(3) Prerequisite, Consent of instructor.
Investigation of materials and construc-
tion characteristics of interior architecture
and furnishings. Emphasis on use, limita-
tions, sources. Directions in current
research.
HSAD 340 Period Homes and Their Fur-
nishings. (3) Prerequisites. APDS 101,
HSAD 246. or equivalent. A study of
authentic interiors and furnishings.
Exploration of style influences apparent
in contemporary produced items,
HSAD 341 Contemporary Developments
in Architecture. Interiors, Furnishings. (3)
Prerequisite. HSAD 246 and consent of
instructor. Style origins and development
of twentieth century architecture as living
space. Architects, designers, trends, philos-
ophy of relationship of interior space to
furnishings.
HSAD 342 Space Development. (3) One
lecture. 2 two-hour studios. Prerequisites.
APDS 101. 102, 103, EDIN 101A, or
equivalent, A study of blue prints and
house construction as they relate to the
interior designer. Development and draft-
ing of original plans emphasizing the
functional spatial relationship of furnish-
ings to interiors.
HSAD 343 Interior Design I. (3) One lec-
ture-discussion, two studio periods. Pre-
requisites, APDS 101, EDIN 210, or
equivalent. Complete presentation of
rooms; isometric and perspective projec-
tions rendered in color; purchase and
work orders. Emphasis on individual and
family living space.
HSAD 344 Interior Design II. (3) One-
lecture-discussion, two studio periods.
Prerequisite, HSAD 343. Continuation of
HSAD 343 with emphasis on commercial
and contract assignments.
HSAD 345 Professional Aspects of
Interior Design. (3) One lecture plus work
experience. Professional orientation,
ethics, and practices.
HSAD 380 Professional Seminar. (2) Two
lecture discussion periods. Prerequisite.
Junior standing and consent of instructor.
Exploration of professional and career
opportunities, ethics, practices, profes-
sional organizations. Portfolio evaluation.
HSAD 440 Interior Design III. (4) Eight
hours studio periods. Prerequisite, HSAD
344, Preparation of complete presentation:
work specifications, floor plans, purchase
orders, renderings, etc. Portfolio prepara-
tion.
HSAD 441 Interior Design IV. (4) Eight
hours studio periods. Prerequisite, HSAD
440. Preparation of complete presentation:
work specifications, floor plans, purchase
orders, renderings, etc. Portfolio prepara-
tion.
HSAD 442 Readings in Housing. (3)
Seminar Prerequisites, SOCY 100,
HSAD 241. senior standing. To satisfy
individual interests and needs, opportunity
afforded for concentrated reading on one
or more facets of housing, (urban renewal,
public housing, etc.). Examination of
completed research, needed future
research.
HSAO 488 Salecled Toplci In Housing
and Inleiior Detign (l-S) Ollored on de-
n\and May bo repnilod lo a maximum ol
%ix hours
HSAO 4M Individual Study In Housing
•nd/or Inlarlor Oaslgn. (3-4) Guidance tor
the adviinced sludonl capable ol indepen-
dent subioci manor investigation or
creative work Problem chosen with con-
sent ol instructor
Institution Admlnistrallon
lAOM 300 Food Service Organization and
Management. (3) Inuoduclion to the food
services, principles ol organization, man-
agement Financial control, and technical
operations Records, reports and organiza-
tion charts included
lADM 3S0 Pracllcum In Institution
Administration. (3) Prerequisites, live cred-
its in lAOM and consent ol department.
In-servico training and practical experi-
ence, totaling at least 240 hours, in an ap-
proved lood service
lAOM 410 School Food Service. (3) Two
lectures and one morning a week (or field
experience in a school lood service. Pre-
requisite. FOOD 200, or 240 and 250, and
NUTR 300, or consent ol instructor. Study
ol organization and management, menu
planing, lood purchasing, preparation,
service, and cost control in a school
lunch program
lAOM 420 Quantity Food Purchasing. (3)
Prerequisite, FOOD 240. introductory
accounting recommended Food selection
and the development of integrated pur-
chasing programs Standards of quality:
the marketing distribution system
lAOM 430 Quantity Food Production. (3)
Two hours o( lecture and one three-hour
laboratory a week Prerequisites, FOOD
240. or consent of instructor. Scientific
principles and procedures employed in
food preparation in large quantity.
Laboratory experience in management
techniques in quantity lood production
and service
lAOM 440 Food Service Personnel Ad-
ministration. (2) Prerequisite. lADM 300.
Principles of personnel administration in
food services, emphasis on personnel
selection, supervision and training, job
evaluation, wage and payroll structure,
current labor regulations, and interper-
sonal relationships and communications.
lADM 450 Food Service Equipment and
Planning. (2) Two lectures a week Pre-
requisite consent of instructor. Equipment
design selection, maintenance and effici-
ent layout, relation of the physical facility
to production and service
lADM 460 Administrative Dietetics I. (3)
(Open only lo students accepted into and
participating in the U. S. Army Dietetic
internship program at Walter Reed
General Hospital or the coordinated under-
graduate dietetics program.) Application
ol management theory through guided
experience in all aspects of hospital
dietary department administration For
students in ihe coordinated undergraduate
dietetics program twelve hours per week
of hospital lood service management
experience is required and this course
must be accompanied by lADM 300 and
430
lAOlM 470 Administrative Dietetics II. (3)
(Open only lo sludonls accepted into and
participating in the U S. Army Dietetic
internship program at Walter Reed
General Hospital or the coordinated under-
graduate program ) Conlinuation ol lADM
460 For students in the coordinated un-
dergraduate program twelve hours per
week hospital lood service experience is
required and this course must be accom-
panied by lADM 420 and 440.
lADM 490 Special Problems in Food
Service. (2-3) Prerequisites, senior stand-
ing, live hours in lADM courses and con-
sent ol instructor. Individual selected
problems in the area of food service.
Information Systems Management
IFSM 401 Electronic Data Processing. (3)
Prerequisites, junior standing, MATH 111
or the equivalent. The electronic digital
computer and its use as a tool in process-
ing data The course includes the follow-
ing areas: (1) organization ol data process-
ing systems, (2) environmental aspects of
computer systems (3) management con-
trol problems and potentials inherent in
mechanized data processing systems
IFSM 402 Electronic Data Processing
Applications. (3) Prerequisites, IFSM 401
and BSAD 231. or consent ol instructor.
Intensive study of computer applications
using a problem-oriented language. Intro-
duction ol computer methods lor the
solution of organizational problems.
Laboratory exercises in programming and
development of computer techniques.
IFSM 410 information Processing Prob-
lems of Models of Administrative. Eco-
nomic and Political Systems. (3) Pre-
requisites. MATH 141 or equivalent: IFSM
402. BSAD 231, and some lamiliarity with
administrative, economic and or political
models. Prerequisites may be waived with
the consent ol instructor. Data processing
requirements underlying the creation and
maintenance of a data base to be used in
estimating the parameters ol socio-
economic models An analysis of the
structure and development ol recent
socio-economic models as relevant to data
processing considerations Extractions and
preparation of data from the data base
to lacilitate Ihe appropriate transformation
necessary for model construction and
also to minimize the processing cost of
flata in-put The course draws upon a
knowledge of models of administrative,
economic and political systems Case
studies and experience with data process-
ing for selected models are included.
IFSM 420 Information Processing and
Computational Problems In Operations
Analysis. (3) h'loroqurbilut.. MATH 141 or
equivalent, IFSM 402, and a course In
statistics, such as BSAD 430. dealing with
multivariate models Prerequisites may be
waived with Ihe consent of Ihe instructor
Implementation of applications requiring
Ihe Integration of data processing and
analytical programming techniques Such
applications feature the calculation of
various statistical estimates of the para-
meters in a multivariate model within the
context ol a file maintenance problem
(EG. the writing ol a matrix Inversion
routine for revenue forecasting within a
master updating program or sales fore-
casting and or sales performance evalua-
tion within a sales transaction-master up-
dating program) A universal, problem-
oriented language such as cobol will be
used with strong emphasis on the use of
the mathematical lortran IV library sub-
routines. Class projects include case stud-
ies and solutions of problems using real-
world data.
IFSM 436 Introduction to Systems
Analysis. (3) Prerequisites. IFSM 102,
BSAD 330. MATH 141. or the equivalent.
Prerequisites may be waived with consent
ol instructor The use ol the computer in
Ihe management and operation of organi-
zations The course includes the
lollowing areas: (1) Ihe principles of
systems analysis, (2) recent applications
and innovations of the systems concept.
(3) design and implementation of com-
puter systems, including such techniques
as mathematical programming, simulation,
business games and network analysis, and
(4) laboratory use of a digital computer in
the application ol these techniques.
Italian
ITAL 101 Elementary Italian. (4) Intro-
duction to basic grammar and vocabulary;
written and oral work Four recitations per
week, plus one drill period, during
which oral skills are emphasized.
ITAL 102 Elementary Italian. (4) Comple-
tion ol study of basic grammar: written
and oral work, with an increasing
emphasis on spoken Italian Four recita-
tions per week, plus one drill period stress-
ing conversational skills.
ITAL 104 Intermediate Italian. (4) Review
of Italian grammar: extensive reading,
discussion, and composition Four recita-
tions per week, plus one drill period stress-
ing conversational skills. Futlills the
language requirement
ITAL 111 Elementary Italian. (3) Three
recitations and one laboratory hour per
week Elements ol grammar and exercises
in translation.
ITAL 112 Elementary Italian. (3) Three
recitations and one laboratory hour per
week Elements ol grammar and exercises
in translation.
ITAL 114 Inlermedial* Italian. (3) Throe
recitations per wook Prciequibite. ITAL
112 or equivalent Reading ol lexis de-
signed to give some knowledge of
Italian life, thought and culture
ITAL IIS InteniMdIal* lUllan. (3) Three
recitations per week Prerequisite, ITAL
112 or equivalent Reading ol texts de-
signed to give some knowledge ol
Italian lile. thought and culture
ITAL 121 Accelerated Italian. (3) Open
only to students who have fullilled
language requirements in French. Spanish
or Portuguese, or with permission of
Department Chairman An intensive
beginning course in Ihe fundamentals of
Italian grammar to develop a high degree
ol skill in reading Italian Must be taken
in sequence Cannot be used to satisly
language requirements
ITAL 122 Accelerated lUlian. (3) Open
only to students who have lulfitled
language requirements in French. Spanish
or Portuguese or with permission of
Department Chairman An intensive
beginning course m the fundamentals of
Italian grammar to develop a high degree
ol skill in reading Italian Must be taken
in sequence Cannot be used lo satisfy
language requirements.
ITAL 201 Conversation and Composition.
(3) Prerequisite ITAL 104 or 115 A
practical language course recommended
tor all students continuing in Italian May
be taken concurrently with ITAL 251
ITAL 251 Introduction to Italian Litera-
ture. (3) Prerequisite. ITAL 104 or 115
Requiried of all students who continue
m advanced courses of Ihe Deparlmenl
with the exception of superior students
who are permitted to bypass an introduc-
tion 10 Italian literature Conducted in
Italian Reading ol literary texts, discussion
and briel essays
ITAL 279 Readings In Italian Literature
in Translation. (3) Topic to be deiermmed
each semester All readings, discussions
and examinations in English No pre-
requisites Repeatable lor a maximum of
6 credits
ITAL 301 Advanced Conversation and
Composition. (3) Prerequisite. ITAL 201 or
consent ot instructor Written and oral
work grammar review and practice,
designed to better the students' abilities
to write and speak fluently and correctly
ITAL 351 Survey ol Italian LHerature. (3)
Prerequisite ITAL 115 or equivalent Basic
survey ol history ol Italian literature
ITAL 352 Survey ol Italian Uterature. (3)
Prerequisite ITAL 115 or equivalent Basic
survey of history ol Italian literature
ITAL 410 The Italian Renaissance. (3) A
study ol major trends of thought m
Renaissance literature, philosophy, an.
and science.
Course OHerlngs / 173
ITAL 498 Special Topics in Italian
Literature. (3) Repeatable lor a maximum
of six credits
ITAL 499 Special Topics in Italian
Studies. (3) An aspect of Italian studies,
the specific topic to be announced each
lime tfie course is offered. Repeatable for
a maximum of 6 credits.
Japanese
JAPN 101 Elementary Japanese. (4)
Three meetings of class and two laboratory
or drill sessions per week. Introduction to
Japanese grammar and the written and
spoken language, including ideographs
and phonetic symbols.
JAPN 102 Elementary Japanese. (4)
Three meetings of class and two laboratory
or drill sessions per week. Introduction to
Japanese grammar and the written and
spoken language, including ideographs
and phonetic symbols.
JAPN 104 Intermediate Japanese. (4)
Three meetings of class and one labora-
tory or drill session per week. Continua-
tion of Japanese grammar and the written
and spoken language, including more
advanced ideographs and idioms and
introduction to readings from actual
Japanese sources.
Journalism
JOUR 200 Introduction to Mass
Communication. (3) Survey of the pro-
cesses and effects of mass communica-
tion; historical development and social,
economic, legal, and professional aspects
of the mass media. Open to all students.
JOUR 201 Writing for Mass Media. (3)
Introduction to news, feature and
publicity writing for the printed and
electronic media: development ol news
concepts; laboratory in news gathering
tools and writing skills. Prerequisite, typ-
ing ability and JOUR 200 (which may be
taken concurrently, with permission).
JOUR 310 News Editing. (3) Principles of
the editing process and practice in copy
editing, headline writing, newspaper
page layout, and editorial judgment.
Prerequisites. JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 320 News Reporting. (3) Principles
and practices of news reporting, with
special emphasis on news gathering for
all the media; covering news beats and
other news sources, including researching
a news story for accuracy, comprehensive-
ness and interpretation. Prerequisites.
JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 321 Reporting ol Public Affairs. (3)
Advanced training in writing news for
publication in specialized areas, particu-
larly city, county, and federal news.
Students meet in seminar with news
sources and leading news reporters and
work in Washington, DC Annapolis, and
Baltimore in covering news in depth for
publication. Prerequisites, JOUR 320 and
permission of the instructor.
JOUR 330 Public Relations. (3) Study of
the principles and historical development
ol public relations Attention is given to
fact-finding, planning, communication, and
evaluation aspects ol public relations.
Study of the use of public relations in
business, government, associations, and
organizations. Prerequisites, JOUR 200
and 201.
JOUR 331 Principles of Publicity. (3)
Prerequisite, JOUR 330. Study of the stra-
tegy and techniques of purposive com-
munication: analysis of the techniques and
effects of the publicity campaign and use
of other tools of public relations; labora-
tory in publicity and other public relations
techniques.
JOUR 340 Principles of Typography and
Production. 3) Study of layout, typography,
design, and printing in the planning and
production ol the printed media Pre-
requisites. JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 341 Advertising Copy and Layout.
(3) Theory and practice in advertising copy
and layout, with emphasis on newspaper
advertising, for letterpress and photo-
offset printing. Use of illustrations, type
selection, copy-fitting, media selection.
Prerequisites. JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 3S0 Photojournalism. (3) Pre-
requisite. JOUR 200 and 201, Funda-
mentals of camera operation and dark-
room procedures, including developing
and printing black and white still photo-
graphs for communications media. Depart-
ment furnishes equipment and student
furnishes supplies.
JOUR 351 Advanced Photojournalism. (3)
Prerequisite, JOUR 350. Analysis of the
role of photography in mass communica-
tion, with emphasis on the photographic
essay, and use ol the 35 MM camera-
Students provide 35 MM equipment and
supplies.
JOUR 360 Broadcast News Writing. (3)
Study of and practice in the special
application of news writing and editing
to the broadcasting media, including
the use of wire copy and tape recorders
in producing newscasts. Prerequisites,
JOUR 320 and 321,
JOUR 361 Reporting Through Audio-
Visual Media. (3) Principles of live photo-
graphy and recording in the production ol
news and documentaries for all the media.
Prerequisites, JOUR 350 and 360
JOUR 370 Industrial Journalism. (3)
Industrial communications, management
and production of company periodicals,
public relations aspects of industrial
journalism. Prerequisites, JOUR 200 and
201.
JOUR 371 Magazine Article and Feature
Writing. (3) Study of types of feature arti-
cles, particularly for the magazine market,
analysis of the magazine medium and
specialized audiences; practice in re-
searching and writing the feature article;
analysis of Iree-lance markets. Prerequi-
sites. JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 380 Journalism For Science and
Technology. (3) Study and practice of the
basic techniques of writing and editing
scientilic and technical material for both
the general audience and the specialist.
Prerequisites. JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 390 News Commentary and
Critical Writing. (3) Prerequisite, JOUR
320 Study and practice of journalistic
interpretation and analysis. Editorial writ-
ing, and critical writing.
JOUR 400 Law of Mass Communcation.
(3) Study of the legal rights and con-
straints of mass media: libel, privacy,
copyright, monopoly, and contempt, and
other aspects of the law applied to mass
communication. Previous study ol the law
not required. Prerequisites. JOUR 200 and
201.
JOUR 410 History of Mass Communica-
tion. (3) Study of the development of
newspapers, magazines, radio, television,
and motion pictures as media of mass
communication. Analysis of the influences
of the media on the historical development
of America, Prerequisites, JOUR 200 and
201.
JOUR 420 Government and Mass Com-
munication. (3) Study of the relationship
between the news media and government.
Analysis of media coverage of government
and politics. Study ol governmental and
political information and persuasion
techniques Prerequisites, JOUR 200 and
201.
JOUR 430 Comparative Mass Communi-
cation Systems. (3) Survey ol the history
and status of the mass media throughout
the world; comparative analysis of the
role ol the press in dilferent societies.
Prerequisites. JOUR 200 and 201 or con-
sent of the instructor for non-majors
JOUR 440 Public Opinion and Mass
Communication. (3) Prerequisites: JOUR
200 and 201. Study ol publics and their
interrelationships in the lormation of public
opinion; measurement ol public opinion
and media habits, role of the mass media
in the formation of public opinion.
JOUR 490 Seminar in Journalism. (3)
Seminar lor journalism seniors in news-
room problems and policies, emphasizing
ethics and responsibilities: in cooperation
with the Baltimore Sun, Baltimore News-
American, and other area news media.
JOUR 497 Supervised Internship. (1)
Summer session To be taken following
junior year as major in this department,
permission of instructor. Ten weeks of
organized, supervised study, experience,
on-the-job training in journalism,
JOUR 499 Problems in Journalism (1-3)
Individual projects in journalism, including
internships. May be repeated to a maxi-
mum of three hours.
Latin
LATN 101 Elementary Latin. (3) A student
who has had two units ol Latin in high
school may register lor LATN 101 lor
purposes of review, but not for credit.
LATN 102 Elementary Latin. (3) A student
who has had two units of Latin in high
school may register lor LATN 102 for
credit with departmental permission.
LATN 170 Greek and Roman Mythology.
(3) Taught in English, no prerequisite,
cannot be taken for language credit. This
course is particularly recommended for
students planning to major in foreign
languages. English, history, the fine
arts, or journalism,
LATN 203 Intermediate Latin (Caesar).
(3) Prerequisite. LATN 101. 102 or equiva-
lent.
LATN 204 Intermediate Latin (Cicefo). (3)
Prerequisite, LATN 203 or equivalent.
LATN 305 Vergils Aeneid. (3) Pre-
requisite, LATN 204 or equivalent,
LATN 351 Horace. (3) Prerequisite.
LATN 305 or equivalent,
LATN 352 Livy. (3) Prerequisite, LATN
351 or equivalent
LATN 361 Pliny's Letters. (3) Prerequisite,
LATN 352 or equivalent.
Prerequisite for 400-level courses, LATN
361,
LATN 401 Catullus and the Roman
Elegiac poets.
LATN 402 Tacitus. (3)
LATN 403 Roman Satire. (3)
LATN 404 Roman Comedy. (3)
LATN 405 Lucretius. (3)
LATN 411 Advanced Latin Grammar. (3)
Prerequisite, three years of college Latin
or equivalent An intensive study of the
morphology and syntax ol the Latin
language supplemented by rapid reading.
LATN 499 Latin Readings. (3) Pre-
requisite, consent ol instructor. The read-
ing ol one or more selected Latin authors
from antiquity through the Renaissance.
Reports may be repeated with different
content
Library Science
LBSC 499 Workshops, Clinics, and
Institutes. (1-9) Workshops, clinics, and
institutes developed around specific topics
or problems primarily lor practicing
librarians Repeatable to a maximum of
nine credit hours.
Criminal Justice and Criminology
LENF 100 Introduction to Law Enforce-
ment. (3) Introduction to the administration
ol criminal justice in a democratic society
with emphasis upon the theoretical and
historical development of law enlorcement.
The principles ol organization and admini-
stration for law enforcement; functions
174 / Course Offerings
and apecilic acllvities: planning and re-
■earch. public relations, personnel and
training, inspection and control, direction,
policy formulation
LCNF 220 Invetllgallon In Law Enlorca-
iiMnL (3) Investigation as a process of
communication Principles and problems
in information collection and evaluation.
Impartial gathering and evaluation of data
Crime scene search and recording: col-
lection and preservation of physical
•vidence. scientific aids; modus operandi:
sources of information, interviewing:
follow-up and case preparation
LENF 230 Criminal Law In Action. (3)
Law as one of the methods of social con-
trol Criminal law its nature, sources, and
types, theories and historical develop-
ments Behavioral and legal aspects of
criminal acts Classification and analysis
of selected criminal offenses
LENF 234 Criminal Procedure and Evi-
dence. (3) Prerequisite. LENF 230 General
principles and theories of criminal pro-
cedure Due process Arrest, search and
seizure Recent developments Study and
evaluation of evidence and proof
LENF 330 Contemporary Legal Policy
luuet. (3) Prerequisite. LENF 230 and 234
of equivalent In-depth examination of
selected topics Criminal responsibility
Socio-legal policy alternatives with regard
to deviance Law enforcement procedures
lor civil law and similar legal problems
Admissibility of evidence Representation
Indigents right to counsel.
LENF 340 Concepts ol Law EnlorcemenI
Admlnlslralion. (3) Prerequisite. LENF 100
or equivalent An introduction to con-
cepts of organization and management as
these relate to law enforcement Principles
ol structure, process, policy and pro-
cedure, communication and authority,
division of work and organizational con-
trols Human element in the organization
tnlormal interaction and bureaucracy.
LENF 350 Law Enforcement-Community
Relations. (3) Prerequisite. LENF 100 or
equivalent Examination of factors contri-
buting to cooperation or friction between
law enforcement personnel and the
community, with emphasis on minority
groups, political pressures and cultural
problems Community organization and
social responsibility of law enforcement
LENF 360 Industrial and Retail Security
Administration. (3) Prerequisite. LENF 100.
220 or consent of instructor The origins
ol contemporary private security systems
Organization and management of indus-
trial and retail protective units
LENF 3M Independent Reading In Law
Enforcement (3)
H — Honors Prerequisite consent ol in-
structor Supervised study ol selected
topic in criminal justice Repeatable to a
maximum ol six credits.
LENF 389 Independent Research In Law
Enforcement. (3)
H " Honors Prerequisite consent of In-
structor Supervised study ol selected
topic in criminal lustice Ropeatablo to a
maximum of six credits
LENF 398 Law Enforcement Field
Training. (1-6) Proroquisito, lunior stand-
ing, majors only and consent ol instructor.
Supervised lield training in law enforce-
ment agencies as a structured and
focused experience The student, in con-
sultation with his advisor, will select his
particular area of interest and will be
responsible to his advisor continued con-
tact and required report
LENF 399 Directed independent Re-
search. (1-3) Prerequisite, senior standing,
majors only and consent ol instructor
Supervised individual research and study:
library and held research, surveys,
special local problems
LENF 444 Advanced Law EnlorcemenI
Administration. (3) Prerequisite. LENF 340
or consent of instructor The structuring
of manpower, material, and systems to
accomplish the major goals ol social
control Personnel and systems manage-
ment Political controls and limitations on
authority and jurisdiction
LENF 462 Special Problems in Security
Administration. (3) Prerequisites, LENF 360
and consent ol instructor. An advanced
course lor students desiring to locus on
specilic concerns in the study ol private
security organizations: business intelli-
gence and espionage: vulnerability and
criticality analyses in physical security:
transportation, banking, hospital and
military security problems: uniformed
security lorces: national delense informa-
tion: and others.
LENF 498 Selected Topics in Criminal
Justice. (1-6) Prerequisite, consent ol in-
structor Supervised study ol a selected
topic to be announced in the lield ol
criminal justice Repeatable to a maximum
ol SIX credits.
Linguistics
LING 100 Introduction to Linguistics. (3)
Introduction to the basic concepts ol
modern descriptive linguistics Phonology,
morphology, syntax Examinations of the
methods ol comparative linguistics,
internal reconstruction and dialect geo-
graphy (listed also as ANTH 371 and
ENGL 280 )
LING 101 Language and Culture. (3)
Prerequisite, sophomore standing, a non-
technical introduction to linguistics, with
special consideration of the relations
between language and other aspects ol
culture (Listed also as ANTH 271)
LING 401 Phonetics and Phonemics. (3)
Training in the identilication. description
and symbolization ol various sounds lound
in language. Study ol scientilic techniques
lor claisilying sounds into units which are
perceptually relevant lor a given language.
LING 402 Morphology and Syntax. (3) A
detailed study ol language structure No
student may receive credit lor both LING
402 and ENGL 484
LING 403 HItlorical Linguistics. (3) Pre-
requisite. LING 401 and 402. or equivalent
A study ol change in the phonological,
grammatical and semantic structures ol
natural languages: language typology:
reconstruction and various allied topics
will bo treated.
Mathematics
MATH 001 Review ol High School
Algebra. (3) Recommended lor students
who lail the qualilying examination lor
MATH 105. 110. 115 Special lee This
course does not carry credit towards any
degree at the university
MATH 105 Fundamentals ol Mathematics.
(4) Prerequisite satisfactory performance
on the SAT mathematics test, or MATH
001. This course is designed to provide an
introduction to mathematical thinking,
stressing ideas rather than techniques
Where possible connections are drawn
with other disciplines,
MATH 110 Introduction to Mathematics.
(3) Prerequisite, two and one hall years
of college preparatory mathematics and
satisfactory performance on the SAT
mathematics test, or MATH 001. Linear
programming, systems of linear equations,
matrices: elementary algebraic and trans-
cendental functions, with emphasis on
their properties and graphs (Not open
to students majoring in mathematics,
engineering or the physical sciences.
Credit will be given lor only one course.
MATH 110 or MATH 115)
MATH 111 Introduction lo Mathematics.
(3) Prerequisite, three and one hall years
of college preparatory mathematics and
satislactory perlormance on the SAT
mathematics test, or MATH 110. or
MATH 115. Logic, boolean algebra,
counting, probability, random variables,
expectation applications ol the normal
probability distribution (Not open to
students majoring in mathematics, engi-
neering or the physical sciences)
MATH 115 introductory Analysis. (3) Two
lectures, two drill periods per week Pre-
requisite, two and one hall years of college
preparatory mathematics and an appro-
priate score on the SAT mathematics test.
or MATH 001 An introductory course for
students not qualified to start MATH 140
or 220 Elementary functions and graphs:
polynomials, rational function, exponential
and logarithmic functions, trigonometric
functions Credit will be given lor only one
course MATH 115 or MATH 110
MATH 140 Analysis I. (4) Three lectures.
two drill periods per week Prerequisite,
three and one hall years ol college
preparatory mathematics or MATH 115
Sets and Inequalities, cartesian coordin-
ates in the plans, the straight line, the
circle, translation ol coordinate axes.
lunctions and their graphs, limits, continu-
ity, the derivative and application ol the
derivative, anti-derivalives. delinite inte-
gral Credit will l>e given lor only one
course MATH 140 or MATH 220
MATH 141 Analysis II. (4) Three lectures,
two drill periods per week Prerequisite.
MATH 140 or equivalent Applications ol
integration, techniques ol integration,
polar coordinates, basic properties of the
elementary lunctions, improper Integrals
indeterminate forms, sequences, and in-
finite series Credit will be given for only
one course. MATH 141 or MATH 221
MATH 142 Computer Lab lor MATH 140
(1) Prerequisite concurrent registration
in MATH 140 Two hours laboratory per
week Application ol computer methods to
problems ol the calculus No previous
computer experience is assumed
MATH 143 Computer Lab lor MATH 141.
(1) Prerequisite, concurrent registration in
MATH 141 Two hours laboratory per week
Application ol computer methods lo
problems ol the calculus No previous
computer experience is assumed
MATH 150 Calculus I (Honors) (4)
Prerequisite approval ol department A
rigorous treatment, with applications, ol
dilferential and integral calculus in one
variable
MATH 151 Calculus II (Honors). (4)
Prerequisite approval ol department A
rigorous treatment, with applications. o(
dilferential and integral calculus m one
variable,
MATH 210 Efements ol Mathematics. (4)
Prerequisite, one year ol college prepara-
tory algebra Required lor majors In
elementary education, and open only to
students in this lield Topics from algebra
and number theory, designed to provide
insight into arithmetic: inductive prool.
the natural number system based on the
peano axioms: mathematical systems,
groups, lields: the system ol integers: the
system ol rational numbers, congruence,
divisibility: systems ol numeration
MATH 211 Elemenb ol Geometry. (4)
Prerequisite. MATH 210 or equivalent
Structure of mathematics systems,
algebra of sets, geometrical structures.
logic, measurement, congruence, similar-
ity, graphs in the plane, geometry on the
sphere
MATH 220 Elementary Calculus. (3) Pre-
requisite, three and one hall years of
college preparatory mathematics including
trig, and satisfactory performance on the
SAT mathematics lest, or MATH 110. or
MATH 115. Basic ideas ol dillerential and
integral calculus, with emphasis on
elementary techniques of ditlerentialion
and applications Not open to students
majoring in mathematics, engineering or
the physical sciences. Credit will be given
Course Offerings / 175
lor only one course, MATH 140 or MATH
220.
MATH 221 Elementary Calculus. (3) Pre-
requisite. MATH 220, or MATH 140. or
equivalent. Differential and integral
calculus, with emphasis on elementary
techniques of integration and applications.
Not open to students majoring in
mathematics, engineering or the physical
sciences. Credit will be given for only one
course. MATH 141 or MATH 221.
MATH 240 Linear Algebra. (4) Three lec-
tures, two drill periods per week. Pre-
requisite, MATH 141 or equivalent. Basic
concepts of Imear algebra: vector spaces,
applications to line and plane geometry,
linear equations and matrices, similar
matrices, linear transformations, eigen-
values, delerminants and quadratic forms.
Credit will be given for only one course.
MATH 240 or MATH 400.
MATH 241 Analysis III. (4) Prerequisite.
MATH 141 and any one of the following:
MATH 240. or ENES 110, or PHYS 181.
Calculus of functions of vectors: partial
derivatives, multiple integration, surface
integrals, classical theorems of Green,
Gauss and Stokes
MATH 246 Differential Equations lor
Scientists and Engineers. (3) Prerequisite,
MATH 141 or equivalent. An introduction
to the basic methods of solving differential
equations. Separable, exact, and
especially linear differential equations will
be treated. The main techniques included
will be undetermined coefficients, series
solutions. LaPlace transforms, and
numerical methods.
MATH 250 Calculus III (Honors). (4) Pre-
requisite, approval of department- Ele-
ments of linear algebra, euclidean and
other metric spaces; multi-variable
calculus: implicit function theorem.
Theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes
Riemann Stieltjes integral and, as time
permits, ordinary differential equations,
fourier series, orthogonal functions,
MATH 251 Calculus IV (Honors). (4) Pre-
requisite, approval of department. Ele-
ments of linear algebra, euclidean and
other metric spaces: multi-variable
calculus: implicit function theorem:
Theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes,
Riemann Stieltjes integral and, as time
permits, ordinary differential equations,
fourier series, orthogonal functions.
MATH 398 Honors Seminar. (2) Pre-
requisite, permission of the departmental
honors committee. Reports by students on
mathemati''al literature: solution of various
problems.
MATH 400 Vectors and Matrices. (3) Pre-
requisite, MATH 141 or 221. Algebra of
vector spaces and matrices. Recom-
mended for students interested in the
applications of mathematics. (Not open to
students who have had MATH 240 or 405)
176 / Course Offerings
MATH 401 Applications of Linear
Algebra. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 400, or
MATH 240, or consent of instructor.
Various applications of linear algebra:
theory of finite games, linear programming,
matrix methods as applied to finite
Markov chains, random walk, incidence
matrices, graphs and directed graphs,
networks, transportation problems.
MATH 402 Algebraic Structures. (3) Pre-
requisite, MATH 240 or equivalent. The
course is designed for students having
only limited experience with rigorous
mathematical proofs, and parallels MATH
403, Students planning graduate work in
mathematics should take MATH 403,
Groups, rings, integral domains and fields:
detailed study of several groups: proper-
ties of integers and polynomials.
Emphasis is on the origin of the mathema-
tical ideas studied and the logical
structure of the subject, (Not open to
mathematics graduate students,)
MATH 403 Introduction to Abstract
Algebra. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 241 or
equivalent Integers: groups, rings integral
domains, fields.
MATH 404 Field Theory. (3) Prerequisite.
MATH 403. Algebraic and transcendental
elements, Galois Theory, constructions
with straight-edge and compass, solutions
of equations of low degrees, insolubility
of the quintic, sylow theorems, funda-
mentals theorem of finite abelian groups.
MATH 405 Introduction to Linear
Algebra. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 403 or
consent of instructor. An abstract treat-
ment of finite dimensional vector spaces.
Linear transformations and their invariants.
MATH 406 Introduction to Number
Tlieory. (3) Prerequisite, one year of col-
lege mathematics. Rational integers,
divisibility, prime numbers, modules and
linear forms, unique factorization theorem,
Euler s function, Mobius' function, cyclo-
tomic polynomial, congruences and quad-
ratic residues, Legendre's and Jacobis
symbol, reciprocity law of quadratic resi-
dues, introductory explanation of the
method of algebraic number theory.
MATH 410 Advanced Calculus. (3) Pre-
requisite, MATH 241 First semester of a
year course. Subjects covered during the
year are: sequences and series of num-
bers, continuity and differentiability of real
valued functions of one variable, the
Riemann integral, sequences of functions,
and power series. Functions of several
variables including partial derivatives,
multiple integrals, line and surface in-
tegrals. The implicit function theorem,
MATH 411 Advanced Calculus. (3) Pre-
requisite, MATH 410, and MATH 240 or
MATH 400. Continuation of MATH 410,
MATH 413 Introduction to Complex
Variables. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 410 The
algebra of complex numbers, analytic
functions mapping properties of the
elementary functions. Cauchy's theorem
and the Cauchy integral formula.
Residues, (Credit will be given for only one
of the courses MATH 413 and 463.)
MATH 414 Differential Equations. (3) Pre-
requisite, MATH 240 and MATH 410, or
equivalent. Existence and uniqueness
theorems for initial value problems.
Linear theory: fundamental matrix solu-
tions, variation of Constants formula.
Floquet theory for periodic linear
systems. Asymptotic orbital and Lyapunov
stability with phase plane diagrams.
Boundary value theory and series solu-
tions are optional topics.
MATH 415 Introduction to Partial
Differential Equations. (3) Prerequisites.
MATH 410. Topics will include one
dimensional wave equation: linear second
order equations in two variables, separa-
tions of vanables and fourier series:
Sturm-Liouville theory. (Credit will be
given for only one course. MATH 415 or
MATH 462).
MATH 416 Introduction to Real Variables.
(3) Prerequisites, MATH 410 The Lebesgue
integral, Fubini's theorem The LP spaces.
Convergence theorems.
MATH 417 Introduction to Fourier
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 410.
Fourier series. Fourier and LaPlace trans-
forms.
MATH 430 Geometric Transformations.
(3) Prerequisite. MATH 240. Recommended
for students in mathematics education.
Important groups of geometric transforma-
tions, including the isometries and
similarities of the plane. Geometries re-
lated to transformation groups.
MATH 431 Foundations of Geometry. (3)
Prerequisite, one year of college
mathematics. Recommended for students
in mathematics education. The axiomatic
foundations of geometry. Attention will be
given to one or more axiomatic develop-
ments of Euclidean geometry and to the
relation of Euclidean geometry to other
geometric systems.
MATH 432 Introduction to Point Set
Topology. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 410 or
450. or equivalent. Connectedness, com-
pactness, transformations, homomor-
phisms: application of these concepts to
various spaces, with particular attention
to the Euclidean plane.
MATH 433 Introduction to Algebraic
Topology. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 403 and
432, or equivalent Chains, cycles, homo-
logy groups for surfaces, the fundamental
group
MATH 436 Introduclion to Differential
Geometry. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 241 or
equivalent. The differential geometry of
curves and surfaces, curvature and
torsion, moving frames, the fundamental
differential forms, instrinsic geometry of a
surface.
MATH 444 Elementary Logic and
Algorithms. (3) Prerequisite MATH 240 or
consent of instructor. An elementary
development of prepositional logic, pre-
dicate logic, set algebra, and boolean
algebra, with a discussion of Markov algo-
rithms, turing machines and recursive
functions. Topics include post produc-
tions, word problems, and formal langu-
ages. (Also listed as CMSC 450).
MATH 446 Axiomatic Set Theory. (3) Pre-
requisite. MATH 403 or 450 or consent of
instructor. Development of a system of
axiomatic set theory, choice principles.
induction principles, ordinal arithmetic
including discussion of cancellation laws,
divisibility, canonical expansions. Cardinal
arithmetic including connections with the
axiom of choice. Hartog's theorem,
Konig's theorem, properties of regular,
singular, and inaccessible Cardinals.
MATH 447 Introduction to Mathematical
Logic. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 403 or 410
or 450 Formal prepositional logic, com-
pleteness, independence, decidability of
the system, formal quantificational logic,
first-order axiomatic theories, extended
Godel completeness theorem. Lowenheim-
Skolem theorem, model-theoretical appli-
cations
MATH 450 Fundamental Concepts of
Mathematics. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 240
or consent of instructor. Sets, relations,
mappings- Construction of the real number
system starting with peano postulates:
algebraic structures associated with the
construction: Archimedean order, sequen-
tial completeness and equivalent proper-
ties of ordered fields. Finite and infinite
sets, denumberable and non-denumber-
able sets.
MATH 460 Computational Methods. (3)
Prerequisite. MATH 241 and CMSC 110.
or equivalent Study of the basic computa-
tional methods for interpolation, least
squares, approximation, numerical quad-
rature, numerical solution of polynomial
and transcendental equations, systems of
linear equations and initial value problems
for ordinary differential equations. The
emphasis is placed on a discussion of the
methods and their computational proper-
ties rather than on their analytic aspects.
Intended primarily for students in the
physical and engineering sciences. (Cred-
it will be given for only one course.
MATH CMSC 470 or MATH CMSC 460 )
(Listed also as CMSC 460)
MATH 462 Linear Analysis For Scientists
and Engineers. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 241
and some knowledge of differential
equations. Linear spaces and operators,
orthogonality, Sturm-Liouville problems
and Eigen function expansions for
ordinary differential equations, introduc-
tion to partial differential equations,
boundary and initial value problems,
(Credit will be given for only one course.
MATH 462 or MATH 415,)
MATH 463 Complei Variable* For
ScMnlltIs and Engmeeri. (3) Proiequlsite,
MATH 241 or oquivalonl The algebra 0(
complei numbers analytic lunciions. map-
ping properties ol the elementary func-
tions Cauchy integral formula Theory ol
rtsidues and application to evaluation of
integrals Conformal mapping (Credit will
be given for only one of the courses.
MATH 413 01 MATH 463 I
MATH 464 Tranttorm Methods lor
Sclenlltis and Er\gln**rs. (3) Prerequisites.
MATH 264 rtnd oilher MATH 463 or
MATH 413 Fourier series Fourier and
LaPlace transforms Evaluation of the
complex inversion integral by the theory
of residues Applications to ordinary and
partial differential equations of
mathematical physics, solutions using
transforms and separation ol variables
Additional topics such as Bessel functions
and calculus ol variations may be
included
MATH 470 Inlroducllon to Numerical
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite MATH 241 In-
tioduction to the analysis ol numerical
methods lor solving linear systems of
equations, nonlinear equations in one
variable, interpolation and approximation
problems and the solution of initial value
problems for ordinary differential equa-
tions Stress IS placed on providing the
student with a good understanding of the
theoretical foundations of the various
methods Intended primarily for students in
mathematics applied mathematics, and
computer science This course should
not be taken by students who have passed
MATH CMSC 460 (Listed also as CMSC
470)
MATH 472 DHferentiai Equations and
Numerical Methods. (3) Prerequisites.
CMSC 110 and MATH 410 and MATH 405
or MATH 474 A general introduction to
the theory of ordinary differential equations
emphasizing numerical methods for con-
structing approximate solutions Topics
included are existence and uniqueness
theorems Runge-Kutta method, systems of
linear differential equations, phase plane
methods and numerical solution of
boundary value problems.
MATH 474 Applied Linear Algebra. (3)
Prerequisite MATH 240 and MATH 241. or
equivalent A treatment of finite dimen-
sional linear spaces and linear transforma-
tions with an emphasis on applications and
computational aspects.
MATH 475 Combinatorics and Graph
Theory. (3) Prerequisite MATH 240 or
equivalent General enumeration methods,
difference equations, generating functions
Elements ol graph theory to transport
networks, matching theory and graphical
algorithms (Listed also as CMSC 475).
MATH 477 Optimization. (3) Prerequisite.
CMSC 110 and MATH 405 or MATH 474.
Linear programming including the simplex
algorithm and dual linear programs, con-
vex sets and elements ol convex program-
ming, combinatorial optimization, integer
programming (Listed also as STAT 477
and CMSC 477 )
MATH 478 Selected Topic* lor Teacher*
ol Malhemalic*. (1-3) Prerequisite one
viMi ol college mathematics or consent of
mslruclor
MATH 481 Introduction to Number
Theory. (3) Prerequisite, one year ol col-
lege mathematics or consent ol instructor.
Elementary number theory and the
development ol the real numbers lor
teachers (Not open to students majoring
in mathematics or physical sciences.)
MATH 482 Introduction to Algebra. (3)
Prerequisite, one year ol college mathema-
tics or consent of instructor Modern
Ideas in algebra and the theory of
equations for teachers (Not open to
students maioring in mathematics or
physical sciences )
MATH 483 Introduction to Geometry. (3)
Prerequisite, one year of college mathema-
tics or consent of instructor. A study ol
basic ideas from Euclidean and non-
Euclidean geometry for teachers (Not
open to students majoring in mathematics
or physical sciences )
MATH 484 Introduction to Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite, one year of college math-
matics or consent of instructor A study
of the limit concept and the calculus lor
teachers. Previous knowledge of calculus
IS not required (Not open to students
maioring in mathematics or physical
sciences )
MATH 488 National Science Foundation
Summer institute for Teachers of Science
and Mathematics — Seminar. (1-3) Lec-
tures and discussion to deepen the stu-
dent's appreciation of mathematics as
logical discipline and as a medium of
expression Special emphasis on topics
relevant to current mathematical curricu-
lum studies and revisions.
MATH 498 Selected Topics in Mathe-
matics. (1-16) Prerequisite, permission of
the instructor. Topics of special interest
to advanced undergraduate students will
be offered occasionally under the general
guidance of the departmental committee
on undergraduate studies Honors students
register for reading courses under this
number
Meleorology
METO 301 The Atmospheric Environ-
ment. (3) Prerequisites. CHEM 103. 104.
PHYS 121. 122. or equivalent This course
will give a broad survey of the state of
knowledge and problems of atmospheric
science it covers a wide range of topics,
including origin, structure, and chemistry
of the atmosphere: energy transformations,
motions, and resulting weather: atmos-
pheric optics and electricity: the water
cycle: pollution and weather modification:
atmospheric factor* in ecology
METO 410 Descriptive and Synoptic
Meteorology. (3) Prerequisites MATH 241.
PHYS 284 or equivalent A survey of at-
mospheric phenomena, goals of research
and techniques of study This course
would introduce the new student to the
bioad range of theoretical and applied
studies 'n meteorology in order to acquaint
him with the interaction ol the physical
and dynamical processes and the various
scales ol atmospheric phenomena Some
work in synoptic analysis and an introduc-
tion to methods of forecasting would be
included
METO 411 De*criplive and Synoptic
Meteorology. (3) Prerequisite. METO 410
A survey ol atmospheric phenomena,
goals ol research and techniques of
study This course would introduce the
new student to the broad range of
theoretical and applied studies in meleo-
rology in order to acquaint him with the
interaction of the physical and dynamical
processes and the various scales of at-
mospheric phenomena Some work in
synoptic analysis and an introduction to
methods of forecasting would be included
METO 412 Physics and Thermodynamic*
of the Atmosphere. (3) Prerequisites.
MATH 241 PHYS 284 or equivalent.
Optical phenomena, the radiation balance,
inlroduction to cloud physics, atmospheric
electrical phenomena, basic thermodyna-
mic processes and their application to the
atmosphere.
METO 413 Atmospheric Processes on
Molecular and Atomic Scale. (3) Pre-
requisite senior or graduate standing in
the physical or engineering sciences, at
least one year of college physics, a
lamiliarity with differential and integral
calculus An introduction to atmospheric
processes with an emphasis on atomic and
molecular effects Theories of the gas
phase interactions of neutral atoms and
molecules and charged particles applied
to meteorological and atmospheric topics
METO 420 Physical and Dynamical
Oceanography. (3) Prerequisite METO 410
or a basic course in lluid dynamics such
as ENME 340. Historical review of
oceanography: physical, chemical, strati-
fication and circulation properties ol the
ocean: dynamics of trictionless. frictional,
wind driven and thermohaline circulation:
air-sea interactions
METO 422 Oceanic Waves. Tides and
Turbulence, (3) Prerequisite METO 420
Inlroduction 10 the theory ol oceanic wave
motions, tides, wind waves, swells, storm
surges, seiches, tsunamis, internal waves,
turbulence, stirring, mixing and diffusion:
probability, statistics and time series
METO 434 Air Pollution. (3) Prerequisite,
senior standing in science or engineering
or consent of the instructor. Three
lecture* per we«k Classification of
atmospheric pollutants and their eltects on
visibility, inanimate and animate receptor*
Evaluation of source emissions and prin-
ciples of air pollution control, meteorologi-
cal factors governing the distribution and
removal of air pollutants air quality
measurements and air pollution control
legislation
Microbiology
MICB 200 General Microbiology. (4) Two
lectures and two two-hour laboratory
periods a week Prerequisite two semes-
ters ol chemistry The biology ol micro-
organisms, with special relerence to th«
bacteria Fundamental principles of
microbiology as revealed through an
examination ol the structure, physiology,
genetics, and ecology of microorganism*
MICB 280 Ecology and Microbial
Genetics. (3) Three lectures a week Pre-
requisite 8 credits in microbiology or
consent of instructor Presentation ol
principles of ecology and genetics as
they relate to microorganisms Considera-
tion of bacteria variation and its role In
environmental selection and adaptation
MICB 290 Applied Microbiology. (4) Two
lectures and two two-hour laboratory
periods a week Prerequisite. MICB 200.
The application of microorganisms and
microbiological principles to milk dairy
products, and foods, industrial processes:
soil: water and sanitation operations
MICB 300 Microbiological Uteralure. (1)
One lecture period a week Prerequisite,
a major in microbiology Introduction to
periodical literature, methods, interpreta-
tion, and presentation of reports.
MICB 388 Special Topic* in Micro-
biology. (1-4) Prerequisite. 8 credits in
microbiology or consent of instructor.
Presentation and discussion of special
subiects in the field of microbiology. A
maximum of 8 credit hours of MICB 388
may be applied to a major in microbiology.
MICB 399 Microbiological Problems. (3)
Prerequisite. 16 credits in microbiology,
registration only upon the consent of the
instructor. This course is arranged to
provide qualilied majors in microbiology
and majors in applied fields an oppor-
tunity to pursue specific microbiological
problems under the supervision ol a
member of the department
MICB 400 Systematic Microbiology. (2)
Two lecture periods a week Prerequisite.
8 credits in microbiology or consent ol
instructor History and philosophy ol
classilication Alpha, numerical and mole-
cular genetic taxonomy Methods used in
microbial identification and classification.
MICB 410 History ol Microbiology. (1)
One lecture period a week Prerequisite, a
major or minor in microbiology or con-
sent ol instructor History and integration
ol the fundamental discoveries of the
Course Offerings / 177
science. The modern aspects of cytology,
taxonomy, (ermentalion, and immunity
in relation to early theories
MICB 420 Epidemiology and Public
Health. (2) Two lecture periods a week.
Prerequisite. MICB 200. History, character-
istic features, and epidemiology of the
important responsibilities: vital statistics
MICB 430 Marine Microbiology. (2) Two
lectures per week. Morphology, biochem-
istry and ecology of marine microorgan-
isms including fungi, yeasts, bacteria and
viruses. Properties of marine bacteria,
such as luminescence, metal ion require-
ments for growth, production of ectocrine
compounds, and sampling and culluring
marine microorganisms, are covered.
MICB 431 Marine Microbiology Labora-
tory. (2) Two two-hour labs per week.
Morphology, biochemistry and ecology of
marine microorganisms. Properties of
marine bacteria; luminescence, metal ion
requirements, endocrine compound
production, sampling and culluring. are
covered. Laboratory includes sampling
trips on the Chesapeake Bay and a deep
sea research cruise
MICB 440 Patiogenic Microbiology. (4)
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite. MICB 200
The role of bacteria and fungi in the
diseases of man with emphasis upon the
differentiation and culture of microorgan-
isms, types of disease, modes of disease
transmission, prophylactic, therapeutic,
and epidemiological aspects.
MICB 450 Immunology. (4) Two lectures
and two two-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite. MICB 440 Principles
of immunity; hypersensitiveness. Funda-
mental techniques of immunology.
MICB 460 General Virology. (4)
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite. MICB 440 or
equivalent. Basic concepts regarding
the nature of viruses and their proper-
ties, together with techniques for their
characterization and identification
MICB 470 Microbial Physiology. (4)
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisites. 8 credits in
microbiology and CHEM 461. 462. or
equivalent. Aspects of the growth, death,
and energy transactions of microorganisms
are considered, as well as the affects of
the physical and chemical environment
on them.
MICB 490 Microbial Fermentations. (2)
Second semester. Two lecture periods a
week. Prerequisite, MICB 470 Principles
and practice in industrial fermentation
processes, and the study of fermentative
metabolism in microorganisms.
MICB 491 Microbial Fermentations
Laboratory. (2) Second semester. Two
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, MICB 490. or concurrent registra-
178 / Course Offerings
tion in MICB 490, and consent of instruc-
tor. Methods for the conduct, control
and analysis of fermentation processes.
Music Education
MUEO 352 Music lor the Elementary
Classroom Teacher. (2-3) Prerequisite,
MUSC 155 or consent of instructor. For
non-music majors. Methods for guiding
elementary school students in musical
experiences; development of objectives,
and a survey of instructional materials.
MUED 410 Methods and Materials for
Class Instrumental Instruction. (2) Pre-
requisite, previous or concurrent registra-
tion in MUSC 113-213. Two one-hour
laboratories and one lecture per week.
Teaching techniques and rehearsal tech-
niques for beginning and intermediate in-
strumental classes — winds, strings and
percussion.
MUED 420 Band and Orchestra Tech-
niques and Administration. (2-3) Prerequi-
sites. MUSC 113-213 and 491. Compre-
hensive study of instructional materials, re-
hearsal techniques, program planning,
and band pageantry for the high school
instrumental program. Organization, sched-
uling, budgeting and purchasing are
included.
MUEO 438 Special Problems In The
Teaching of Instrumental Music. (2-3) Pre-
requisite. MUSC 113-213 or the equiva-
lent. A study, through practice on minor
nslruments, of the problems encountered
n public school teaching of orchestral
nstruments. Literature and teaching ma-
terials, minor repairs, and adjustment of
instruments are included. The course
may be taken for credit three times since
one of four groups of instruments
strings, woodwind, brass or percussion
will be studied each time the course is
offered.
MUED 450 Music in Early Childhood
Education. (3) Prerequisite, MUSC 155 or
equivalent. Creative experiences in songs
and rhythms, correlation of music and
everyday teaching with the abilities and
development of each level; study of songs
and materials; observation and teaching
experience with each age level.
MUED 460 Creative Activities in the
Elementary School. (2-3) Prerequisite,
music methods or teaching experience. A
study of the creative approach to the
development of music experiences for
children in the elementary grades empha-
sizing contemporary music and con-
temporary music techniques
MUEO 462 Music lor the Elementary
School Specialist. (2-3) Prerequisite, con-
sent of instructor. Teaching techniques
and instructional materials for the music
program in the elementary schools. For the
music specialist.
MUED 470 Music in Secondary Schools.
(2-3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
A study of the music program in the
junior and senior high school with
emphasis on objectives, organization of
subject matter, teaching techniques and
materials for general music classes.
MUED 472 Methods and Materials in
Vocal Music for Secondary School. (2-4)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor A
survey of repertoire and methods for
teaching choral groups and voice classes.
Diction, interpretation, tone production,
intonation, phrasing, rehearsal techniques
and style characteristics.
MUEO 480 The Vocal Music Teacher and
School Organization. (2) Prerequisite,
student teaching, previous or concurrent.
The role of the vocal music specialist in
the implementation of the supervision
and administration of the music programs
in the elementary and secondary schools
Open to graduate students by permission
of instructor.
MUED 499 Workshops, Clinics, Institutes.
(2-6) Innovative and experimental di-
mensions of music education will be
offered to meet the needs of music teach-
ers and music supervisors and to allow
students to individualize their programs.
The maximum number credits that may
be earned under this course symbol
toward any degree is six semester hours;
the symbol may be used two or more
times until six semester hours have been
reached.
Music
MUSC 099 Applied Music. (2-4)
(See below for description.)
MUSC 100 Class Voice. (2) Four hours
per week. A laboratory course in which a
variety of voices and vocal problems are
represented. Principles of correct
breathing as applied to singing; funda-
mentals of tone production and diction.
Students are taught to develop their own
voices. Repertoire of folk songs and songs
of the classical and romantic periods.
MUSC 102 Class Piano. (2) Four hours
per week Functional piano training for
beginners. Development of techniques
useful for school and community playing
Basic piano techniques; chord, arpeggio,
and scale techniques, melody and song
playing; simple accompaniments, im-
provisation for accompaniments and
rhythms; sight reading and transposition,
and playing by ear.
MUSC 103 Class Piano. (2) Four hours
per week Functional piano training for
beginners. Development of techniques use-
ful for school and community playing
Basic piano techniques; chord, arpeggio,
and scale techniques; melody and song
playing; simple accompaniments, im-
provisation for accompaniments and
rhythms, sight reading and transposition,
and playing by ear. MUSC 103 is a con-
tinuation of MUSC 102; elementary
repertoire is begun.
MUSC 104 Class Guitar. (2) Three hours
per week Open to music and non-music
majors. Folk guitar playing lor beginners.
Hand position, tuning, left and right hand
techniques, use of capo; musical con-
cepts as related to guitar technique.
Emphasis on performance of traditional
and contemporary folk music literature.
MUSC 106 Applied Music. (2)
(See below for description.)
MUSC 107 Applied Music. (2)
(See below tor description.)
MUS 108 Applied Music. (2-4)
(See below for description.)
MUSC 109 Applied Music. (2-4)
(See below for description.)
MUSC 110 Class Study of String Instru-
ments. (2) Open only to majors in music
education (vocal option). Four laboratory
hours per week. Basic principles of string
playing, and a survey of all string instru-
ments.
MUSC 111 Class Study of Wind and
Percussion Instruments. (2) Open only to
majors in music education (vocal option).
Four laboratory hours per week. A survey
of wind and percussion instruments with
emphasis on ensemble training. The
student will acquire an adequate playing
technique on one instrument and gain
an understanding of the acoustical and
construction principles of the others.
MUSC 113 Class Study— Violin. (2) Open
only to majors in music education (instru-
mental option). Four laboratory hours
per week. A study of the violin with
emphasis on ensemble training. The stu-
dent will acquire an adequate playing
technique
MUSC 114 Class Study— Cello and
Bass. (2) Open only to majors in music
education (instrumental option). Four lab-
oratory hours per week. A study of the
instruments with emphasis on ensemble
training. The student will acquire an
adequate playing technique.
MUSC 116 Class Study— Clarinet (2)
Open only to majors in music education
(instrumental option). Four laboratory hours
per week A study of the clarinet with
emphasis on ensemble training. The stu-
dent will acquire an adequate playing
technique
MUSC 117 Class Study— Flute, Oboe,
Bassoon, and Saxophone. (2) Open only
to majors in music education (instrumen-
tal option). Four laboratory hours per
week. A study of the instruments with em-
phasis on ensemble training. The student
will acquire an adequate playing technique
on two to four instruments, and an
understanding of the accoustical and con-
struction principles of the others.
MUSC 120 Class Study- Cornet. (2)
Open only to majors in music education
(instrumental option). Four laboratory hours
per week. A study of the cornet with
emphasis on ensemble training. The stu-
dent will acquire an adequate playing
techniquo
MUSC 121 Ciait Study— Horn. Trombone,
Euphonium, and Tuba. (2)
Optin only lo nuttuis in niusic education
(instrumental oplion| Four laboratory
hours per week A study of ttio instruments
with emptiasis on ensemble training
The student will acquire an adequate play-
ing lectinique on two lo tour instru-
ments, and an understanding ol the
acoustical and construction principles ol
the others
MUSC 122 CliH Study— PercuMlon. (2)
Open only to maiors m music education
(instrumental option) Four laboratory
hours per week A study ol the instruments
with emphasis on ensemble training
The student will acquire an adequate play-
ing technique on two to lour Instru-
ments, and an understanding ol the
acoustical and construction principles ol
the others
MUSC 124 Diction ; Italian and Ger-
man. (1) Two hours per week Open to
music and non-music maiois. but struc-
tured as an augmentation ol private voice
study A study ol phonetics and diction lor
singers in the presentation o( solo
literature m Italian and German
MUSC 12S Diction: French and Eng-
Hoh (1) Two hours per week. Open to
music and non-music majors, but struc-
tured as an augmentation ol private voice
study A study ol phonetics and diction (or
singers in the presentation ol solo
literature m French and English
MUSC 128 Sight Reading For Pianists. (2)
A course to give the piano maior an
opportunity to develop proticiency in sight
reading at the keyboard Repeatable to
a maximum of 4 credits
MUSC 129 Ensemble. (1)
A— Men s Glee Club
B — Women s Chorus
C— Chapel Choir
0 — Chamber Chorus
E — Madrigal Singers
F — Opera Workshop
6 — University Orchestra
H — Theater Orchestra
I— BAND
J — Brass Choir
K— Percussion
L— Clarinet Choir
U — Saxophone
►♦—String
O— Woodwind Quintet
P— Keyboard
O— Chamber Orchestra
B— Instrumental Consort
S — Twentieth Century
T— Jazz
U— Guitar
Z — University Chorus
Three laboratory hours per week Re-
hearsal and perlormance ol selected works
lor small ensembles ol instruments, piano.
or small vocal groups Alter two registra-
tions in MUSC 129 the student will
elect MUSC 229 lor two additional
semesters, and MUSC 329 thorealter.
In addition to indicating the course num-
ber (129. 229. 329) the student will
indicate a sullix
MUSC 130 Survey ol Mutic Uteratur*. (3)
Three lectures and one laboratory hour
per week Open to all students except
music and music education majors MUSC
130 and 131 may not both be taken lor
credit A study ol the principles upon
which music is based, and an introduction
to the musical repertoires performed in
America todoy.
MUSC 131 Introduction To Music. (3)
Open only to music or music education
maiors: other students take MUSC 130.
MUSC 130 and 131 may not both be
counted for credit A study ol the lorms
and styles ol music, leading lo an intelli-
gent appreciation ol the art and providing
a foundation lor more advanced courses
in the department of music.
MUSC 135 Basic Nolationai Skills. (2)
Three hours per week An inlroductory
course in fundamentals of music notation
and the development of aural skills May
not be used in fulfillment of degree re-
quirements by majors in music
MUSC 150 Theory ol Music. (3) Two lec-
tures and three laboratory hours per
week A fundamental course m the ele-
ments of music. Study ol rhythms, scales,
chord structures, and tonalities through
ear training, sight singing, and keyboard
drill.
MUSC 151 Theory ol Music. (3) Two lec-
tures and three laboratory hours per
week A fundamental course in the ele-
ments of music Study of rhythms, scales,
chord structures, and tonalities through
ear training, sight singing, and keyboard
drill. The student must achieve a grade
ol C in MUSC 151 in order to register
for MUSC 250
MUSC 155 Fundamentals lor the Class-
room Teacher. (3) Open to students
majoring in elementary education or
childhood education; other students take
MUSC 150 MUSC 150 and 155 may not
both be counted lor credit. The funda-
mentals of music theory and practice, re-
lated to the needs ol the classroom and
kindergarten teacher, and organized In
accord with the six-area concept ol
musical learning,
MUSC 200 Advanced Class Voice. (2)
Four hours per week Prerequisite. MUSC
101 or equivalent vocal training Continua-
tion ol MUSC 101. with more advanced
repertoire lor solo voice and small
ensembles A special section lor music-
education majors will include the study ol
methods and materials lor teaching class
voice
MUSC 201 Advanced Class Voice. (2)
Four hours pur week Prorequiaile. MUSC
101 or equivalent vocal training Continua-
tion ol MUSC 101. with more advanced
repertoire lor solo voice and small
ensembles A special section for music-
education maiors will include the study ol
methods and materials lor leaching class
voice
MUSC 202 Advanced Class Piano. (2)
Four hours per week Prerequisite. MUSC
103 or equivalent piano training Ad-
vanced keyboard techniques Continuation
ol skills introduced in MUSC 103 Trans-
position, modulation, and sight reading:
methods ol teaching lunctional piano
MUSC 203 Advanced Ciatt Piano. (2)
Four hours per week Prerequisite. MUSC
202 or equivalent piano training Ad-
vanced keyboard techniques Continua-
tion ol skills introduced in MUSC 202
Transposition, modulation, and sight read-
ing: methods of teaching functional
piano Development ol style in playing
accompaniments and in playing for com-
munity singing More advanced repertoire.
MUSC 204 Advanced Class Guitar. (2)
Prerequisite, MUSC 104 or the equivalent.
Three hours per week Open to music
and non-music majors. Advanced tech-
niques for playing folk guitar. Continuation
of skills introduced in MUSC 104 and
bass runs, hammering-on', barre chords.
Emphasis on stylistic performance of
traditional and contemporary folk music.
MUSC 205 Vocal Perlormance Tech-
niques. (2) Three hours per week. Open to
music and non-music majors. Study ol
techniques ol solo singing and stage
presence
MUSC 206 Applied Music. (2)
(See below (or description.)
MUSC 207 Applied Music. (2)
(See below for description.)
MUSC 208 Applied Music. (2-4)
(See below for description.)
MUSC 209 Applied Music. (2-4)
(See below for description.)
MUSC 213 Advanced Class Strings. (2)
Open only lo maiors in music education
(instrumental option) Four laboratory hours
per week A study of the instruments
with emphasis on ensemble training.
MUSC 228 Accompanying lor Pianist.
(2) Prerequisite, MUSC 128. A course to
give the piano major experience in
dealing with the problems ol accompany-
ing at an intermediate stage of difficulty
Guidance and instruction in class will be
supplemented by extensive experience
working as an accompanist in applied
studios Repeatable to a maximum of
4 credits
MUSC 229 Ensemble. (1)
A— Men's Glee Club
B — Women s Chorus
C— Chapel Choir
D— Chamber Chorus
E— Madrigal Singers
F — Opera Workshop
G— Umvcrsliy Orcheilra
H— Theater Orchestra
I— Band
J— Brass Choir
K — Percussion
L — Clarinet Choir
M— Saxophone
N— String
O — Woodwind Quintet
P— Keyboard
O — Chamber Orchestra
R— Instrumental Contort
S — Twentieth Century
T — Jazz
U— Guitar
Z— University Chorus
Three laborataory hours per week Re-
hearsal and perlormance ol selected works
lor small ensembles ol instruments, piano
or small vocal groups Alter two registra-
tions in MUSC 129 the student will
elect MUSC 229 lor two additional semes-
ters, and MUSC 329 therealter In addi-
tion to indicating the course number
(129, 229, 329) the student will indicate a
sullix,
MUSC 248 Special Problems In Music.
(2-3) Prerequisite permission of instructor
Designed to allow a student of theory
or music history lo pursue a specialized
topic or protect under the supervision
ol a faculty member Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits
MUSC 250 Advanced Theory o( Music. (4)
Prerequisite. MUSC 151 with a grade ol
at least C Three lectures and two labora-
tory hours per week An integrated course
ol written harmony, keyboard harmony,
and ear training. Continuation ol the prin-
ciples studied in MUSC 151 Harmonic
progressions: MUSC 250. eighteenth-cen-
tury chorale style. Realization of figured
basses, and composition in the smaller
lorms. Advanced study ol sollege, with
drill in melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic
dictation,
MUSC 251 Advanced Theory ol Music. (4)
Prerequisite, MUSC 151 with a grade ol
at least C Three lectures and two labora-
tory hours per week. An integaned course
ol written harmony, keyboard harmony,
and ear training Continuation of the prin-
ciples studied in MUSC 151. Harmonic
progressions: nineteenth-century styles
including chromatic and modulatory tech-
niques. Realization ol figured basses, and
composition in the smaller lorms. Ad-
vanced study ol sollege. with drill in
melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic
dictation
MUSC 328 Chamber Mutic Perlormance
for Pianists. (2) A course to give the
piano major experience in dealing with
the problems ol playing chamber music
at a moderately difficult level. Class in-
struction will center around actual re-
Course Offerings / 179
hearsal and performance situations and
will be supplennented by further experi-
ence working in chamber ensemble in
applied studios Repeatable to a max-
imum of 4 credits.
MUSC 329 Ensemble. (1)
A— Mens Glee Club
B — Women's Chorus
C — Chapel Choir
D — Chamber Chorus
E — Madrigal Singers
F — Opera Workshop
G — University Orchestra
H — Theater Orchestra
I — Band
J— Brass Choir
K — Percussion
L — Clarinet Choir
M — Saxophone
N— String
O — Woodwind Quintet
P — Keyboard
Q — Chamber Orchestra
R — Instrumental Consort
S — Twentieth Century
T — Jazz
U— Guitar
Z — University Chorus
Three laboratory hours per week. Re-
hearsal and performance of selected works
for small ensembles of instruments, piano.
or small vocal groups. After two reigstra-
tions in MUSC 129 the student will
elect MUSC 229 for two additional semes-
ters, and MUSC 329 thereafter. In addi-
tion to indicating the course number
(129. 229. 329) the student will indicate a
suffix.
MUSC 330 History of Music. (3) Pre-
requisites. MUSC 130 or 131 and junior
standing A study of musical styles from
their origins in western Europe to their
present-day manifestations. The inter-
action of music and other cultural ac-
tivities. This course covers the Greek
period to Bach.
MUSC 331 History of Music. (3) Pre-
requisites, MUSC 130 or 131 and junior
standing. A study of musical styles from
their origins in western Europe to their
present-day manifestations. The inter-
action of music and other cultural ac-
tivities. This course covers Bach to the
present.
MUSC 338 Special Topics in Music and
Art. (3) Open to non-majors in art or
music; (cross-listed with ARTH 338).
Repeatabe to a maximum of 6 credits.
MUSC 339 Honors Reading Course. (2-3)
Prerequisites, junior standing and consent
of honors committee. Selected readings
in the history, literature and theory of
music. The course may be repeated for
credit at the discretion of the committee.
MUSC 358 Aural Musical Sl(ills. (3) De-
velopment of advanced skills in aural
perception of pitch, melody, rhythm, har-
mony, text, texture, and timbre heard in
a variety of media, A development course
(or graduate students. May be repeated
for credit.
MUSC 379 Opera Workshop. (2) Ten
hours per week. Open to music and non-
music majors (by audition). Operatic
production and performance, perform-
ance techniques and coaching, stage
direction, set design, costume design,
and make-up. Repertoire will include
smaller operatic works, excerpts, or
scenes. Repeatable to a maximum of
eight credits.
MUSC 400 Music Pedagogy. (3) Confer-
ence course. Prerequisite or corequisite.
MUSC 418, or a more advanced course
in applied music. A study of major
pedagogical t.eatises in music, and an
evaluation of pedagogical techniques,
materials, and procedures.
MUSC 406 Applied Music. (2)
(See below for description)
MUSC 407 Applied Music. (2)
(See below for description)
MUSC 408 Applied Music. (2-4)
(See below for description)
MUSC 409 Applied Music. (2-4)
(See below (or description)
MUSC 416 Applied Music. (2)
(See below (or description)
MUSC 417 Applied Music. (2)
(See below (or description)
MUSC 418 Applied Music. (2-4)
(See below (or description)
MUSC 419 Applied Music. (2-4)
(See below for description)
MUSC 428 Repertoire Coaching of
Vocal or Chamber Music. (2) Prerequisite
or corequisite. MUSC 328. A course for
piano students who wish to go further
than the work offered in MUSC 128. 228,
and 328 by becoming specialists in the
areas of vocal coaching or chamber
music coaching. Elements of pedagogy,
conducting, and responsible artistic
decision-making for the entire musical
production.
MUSC 429 Opera Theater. (2-3) Ten
hours per week. Open to music and non-
music majors with consent of director.
Advanced techniques of operatic produc-
tion: preparation, rehearsal, and perform-
ance of operatic works from both the
traditional and contemporary repertory.
Repeatable to a maximum of twelve credits.
MUSC 430 Music Literature Survey for
the Non-Major. (3) Prerequisite, MUSC
130 or the equivalent. Open to all students
except music and music education
majors. Selected compositions are studied
from the standpoint of the informed list-
ener. Choral music, opera, and art song.
MUSC 431 Music Literature Survey for
the Non-Major. (3) Prerequisite. MUSC 130
or the equivalent. Open to all students
except music and music-education
majors. Selected compositions are studied
from the standpoint of the informed
listener. Orchestral, chamber, and key-
board music.
MUSC 432 Music in World Cultures I (3)
Folk idioms of Eastern and Western
Europe, and the Americas; American
Indian Musics. Historical, social, and
cultural context: musical instruments;
theoretical systems, form, and aesthetics;
major representative musical and
theatrical genres.
MUSC 433 Music in World Cultures II. (3)
Art musics of Asia, including China.
Japan, India, Indonesia, and Arabia-
Persia. Historical, social, and cultural con-
text: musical instruments: theoretical
systems, form, and aesthetics: major rep-
resentative musical and theatrical genres.
MUSC 436 Jazz: Then and Now. (3)
Major styles and influential artists of the
past 75 years of jazz.
MUSC 439 Collegium Musicum. (1) Pre-
requisite, permission of the instructor.
Open to undergraduates and graduates,
music majors and non-majors. Procure-
ment, edition, and performance of music
not belonging to a standard repertory:
early music, compositions for unusual
performing media, works which demand
reconstruction of their original circum-
stances of performance. Outcome of a
semester's work may be one or more per-
formances (or the public. May be re-
peated (or credit five times.
MUSC 443 Solo Vocal Literature. (3)
Prerequisite. MUSC 330, 331 or the
equivalent. The study of solo vocal
literature (rem the Baroque Cantata to the
art song o( the present. The lied, melodie,
vocal chamber music, and the orchestral
song are examined.
MUSC 445 Survey of The Opera. (3)
Prerequisite. MUSC 330. 331. or the
equivalent. A study o( the music, librettos
and composers o( the standard operas.
MUSC 448 Special Topics in Music. (2-6)
Prerequisites, permission of the instructor.
Repeatable to a maximum of six semes-
ter hours.
MUSC 450 Musical Form. (3) Prerequi-
site, MUSC 250. 251. A study of the
organizing principles of musical com-
position, their interaction in musical forms,
and their functions in ditferent styles.
MUSC 451 Analysis of Music. (3) Pre-
requisite. MUSC 450 or permission of in-
structor. An advanced course in the
analysis o( tonal music. Discussion of
individual works, with emphasis on their
unique characteristics and on the relation
of analysis to pertormance.
MUSC 452 Keyboard Harmony. (2) Pre-
requisites. MUSC 209A. MUSC 251 or the
equivalents. Three laboratory hours per
week. Basic instruction in the inter-
pretation o( musical scores for larger
ensembles at the keyboard. Realization of
basso countinua parts under perform-
ance conditions.
MUSC 459 Electronic Composition. (2)
Prerequisite, MUSC 250 and permission
of instructor A basic course in the
theory and practice of electronic music.
including an investigation of the nature of
eletronically-generated sound and its
modulation in the voltage-controlled
studio. Primarily for composition and
theory majors. May be repeated once for
credit.
MUSC 460 Counterpoint (2) Prerequi-
site. MUSC 250. 251. A course in 18th
century contrapuntal techniques. Study of
devices of imitation in the invention and
the chorale prelude. Original writing in
the smaller contrapuntal forms.
MUSC 461 Counterpoint. (2) Prerequi-
site. MUSC 250. 251. A course in 18th
century contrapuntal techniques. Study of
devices of imitation in the invention and
the chorale prelude. Original writing in
the smaller contrapuntal forms.
MUSC 462 Modal Counterpoint. (2) Pre-
requisite. MUSC 251 or the equivalent. An
introduction to the contrapuntal techniques
o( the 16th century: the structure of
the modes, composition of modal melo-
dies, and contrapuntal writing for two,
three and (our voices.
MUSC 465 Canon and Fugue. (3) Pre-
requisite. MUSC 461 or the equivalent.
Composition and analysis of the Canon
and Fugue in the styles of the 18th, 19th
and 20th centuries.
MUSC 466 Structural Counterpoint (3)
Prerequisite, MUSC 461 or permission of
instructor. A study of counterpoint not
so much in terms of technique as in
its roles of articulating large-scale tonal
structures Emphasis on analysis as well
as written exercises
MUSC 467 Piano Pedagogy \. (3) A study
of major pedagogical treatises in music.
and an evaluation of pedagogical tech-
niques, materials, and procedures.
MUSC 468 Piano Pedagogy II. (3) Pre-
requisite. MUSC 467 Application of the
studies begun in MUSC 467 to the actual
lesson situation. Evaluation of results.
May be repeated once for credit.
MUSC 470 Harmonics and Contrapuntal
Practices of The 20th Century. (2) Pre-
requisites. MUSC 251 and 460 or the
equivalent A theoretical study of the 20th
century materials: scales, modes, inter-
vals, chord structures, poly-harmony, and
serial and twelve-tone organization.
MUSC 471 Contemporary Compositional
Techniques. (2) Prerequisite. MUSC 470
or permission of instructor. Continuation
of MUSC 470. with emphasis on the
analysis of individual works written since
1945.
MUSC 478 Composition. (2) Prerequisite,
MUSC 250. 251. Principles of musical
composition, and their application to the
180 / Course Offerings
imalter forms Original writing in 19th and
20lh century musical idioms )or various
media
MUSC 479 Composition. (2) Prerequisite.
MUSC 250. 251 Principles ol musical
composition, and their application to the
imallar forms Original writing in 19lh and
201h century musical idioms lor various
media
MUSC 480 Music In Antlqully and the
Middle Ages. (3) Survey of Western Music
from Hellenic times to 1450
MUSC 4<1 Music In The Renaissance. (3)
Era. (3) Survey of Western music from
1820 to 1900
MUSC 482 Music In The Baroque Era. (3)
Survey ol Western music from 1600 to
1750
MUSC 483 Music In The Classic Era. (3)
Survey of Western music from 1750 to
1820
MUSC 484 Music In The Romantic
Era. (3) Survey of Western music (rem
1820 to 1900
MUSC 485 Music In Tha 20th Century. (3)
Survey of Western music (rom 1900 to the
present
MUSC 486 Orchestration. (2) Prerequi-
site MUSC 250. 251 A study ol the
ranges, musical functions, and technical
characteristics ol the instruments, and
their color possibilities in various
combinations Practical experience in
orchestrating for small and large en-
sembles
MUSC 487 Orchestration. (2) Prerequi-
site. MUSC 250. 251 A study ol the
ranges, musical functions, and technical
characteristics of the instruments, and
their color possibilities in various
combinations Practical experience in
orchestrating for small and large en-
sembles
MUSC 490 Conducting. (2) A laboratory
course In conducting vocal and instru-
mental groups Baton technique, score
reading, rehearsal techniques, tone pro-
duction, style, and interpretation Music of
all periods will be introduced.
MUSC 491 Conducting. (2) Prerequisite.
MUSC 490 or equivalent A laboratory
course in conducting vocal and instrumen-
tal groups Baton technique, score read-
ing, rehearsal techniques, tone pro-
duction, style, and interpretation. Music
ol all periods will be introduced.
MUSC 492 Keyboard Music I. (3) The
history and literature ol harpsichord and
solo piano music from its beginning to the
romantic period Emphasis is placed on
those segments of repertoire which are
encountered in performance and teaching
situations at the present time.
MUSC 493 Keyt>oard Music II. (3) Pre-
requisite. MUSC 492 The history and
literature ot harpsichord and solo piano
music from the romantic period to the
present. Emphasis is placed on those seg-
ments ut repertoire which are encount-
ered in performance and leaching
sUuations at Iho present time
MUSC 495 Acouilict For Muilclan*. (3)
Prerequisites. MUSC 251 or the equivalent,
and senior or graduate standing in
music The basic pttysics o( music,
acoustics ot musical instruments and
music theory, physiological acoustics, and
musico-architectural acoustics.
Applied Music Courses
New students or students taking Ap-
lied Music lor the first time at this
University:
MUSC 099 (2-4). Prerequisite, permis-
sion ol department chairman. The
proper course classification will be
determined lor each student at the
end of his first semester in the depart-
ment Special fee of $4000 per term
Music Majors Only: (2-4). One-hour
lesson and six practice hours per
week if taken for two hours credit: or
one-hour lesson and 15 practice
hours per week it taken for four hours
credit Prerequisite, the next lower
course on the same instrument.
Special fee S4000 per term.
MUSC 108. 109 Freshman Courses.
The four hour course is lor piano
majors in the B Mus. curriculum only.
MUSC 208, 209 Sophomore Courses.
The four hour course is for instru-
mental majors in the B Mus curricu-
lum only,
MUSC 408, 409 Junior Courses. The
four hour course is for instrumental
majors in the B.Mus. Curriculum
only.
MUSC 418, 419 Senior Courses. The
four hour course is lor instrumental
or vocal majors in the B Mus cur-
riculum only
Non-Music Majors and Music Majors
Electing a Secondary Instrument. (2)
Half-hour lesson and six practice
hours per week Prerequisite, permis-
sion ol department chairman and
the next lower course on the same in-
strument. Special lee of $40 00 per
term
MUSC 106. 107 Freshman Courses.
MUS 206. 207 Sophomore Courses.
MUSC 406, 407 Junior Courses.
MUSC 416, 417 Senior Courses.
Instrument Designation Each student
taking an Applied Music course must
indicate the instrument chosen by
adding a suffix to the proper course
number as: MUSC 106A Applied
Music — Piano.
Su»i« Inilrumtnl A— PUno. B— Vole* C— Violin.
P— VioH. E— Cello. F— Bass. G— Ftulo. M— Obo*.
I — Clarinet. J — Bassoon. K — Saxophone. L — Horn.
M — Trumpet. N — Trombone. O — Tuba.
P — Euphonium. 0 — Percuasfoo. R — Organ.
S — Guitar
Nutritional Science
NUSC 402 FundamenUlt ol Nutrition. (3)
Three lectures per week A study of the
fundamental role ol all nutrients in the
body, including their digestion, absorption
and metabolism Dietary requirements
and nutritional deficiency syndromes of
laboratory and farm animals and man
will be considered This course will be
for both graduate and undergraduate
credit, with additional assignments given
to the graduate students
NUSC 403 Applied Animal Nutrttlon. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week Prerequisites. MATH 110.
NUSC 402 or permission of instructor A
critical study of those factors which in-
fluence the nutritional requirements ol
ruminants, swine and poultry Practical
feeding methods and procedures used
in formulation of economically efficient ra-
tions will be presented.
NUSC 415 Maternal, Infant and Child
Nutrition. (2) Two lectures per week Pre-
requisite, course in basic nutrition
Nutritional needs of the mother, infant
and child and the relation of nutrition to
physical and mental growth.
NUSC 425 International Nutrition. (2)
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite,
course in basic nutrition Nutritional status
of world population and local, national,
and international programs for improve-
ment.
NUSC 435 History ol Nutrition. (2)
Two lectures per week Prerequisite,
course in basic nutrition. A study ol the
development ol the knowledge ol nutrition
and its interrelationship with social and
economic development
NUSC 450 Advanced Human Nutrition. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one
two-hour laboratory Prerequisites NUSC
402 or NUTR 300. CHEM 461. 462 or con-
current registration or permission ol
instructor. A critical study ol the physio-
logical and metabolic inlluences on
nutrient utilization, particular emphasis on
current problems in human nutrition.
NUSC 460 Therapeutic Human Nutrt-
tlon. (3) Second semester Prerequisite.
NUSC 402 or NUTR 300. Two lectures and
laboratory period per week. Modification
or normal adequate diet to meet human
nutritional needs in pathological con-
ditions
Nutrition
NUTR 100 Elements of Nutrition. (3)
Three lectures per week Fundamentals ol
human nutrition Nutrient requirements
related to changing individual and family
needs For non-departmental majors.
NUTR 200 Nutrition For Health Services.
(3) Prerequisites. CHEM 103. ZOOL 101
Two lectures and one two-hour labora-
tory A study of nutritional status and
the ellect ol lood habits and lood con-
sumption on family health Nutritional re-
quirements for individuals in different
stages of development Techniques and
procedures for the application of nutrition
knowledge wilh consideration of various
economic levels and social backgrounds
NUTR 300 Science ol Nutrition. (4)
Prerequisites. ZOOL 101, and CHEM 104
Three lectures and one two-hour lat)ora-
tory An understanding ol the chemical
and physiological utilization ol nutrients
present in lood as related to individual
human nutrition status, includes digestion
and absorption, requirements and
deliciencies
NUTR 415 Maternal, Infant and Child
Nutrition. (2) Two lectures per week
Prerequisite, course in basic nutrition
Nutritional needs ol the mother, inlant and
child and the relation ol nutrition to
physical and mental growth
NUTR 425 InlamaUonai Nutrition. (2)
Two lectures per week Prerequisite,
course in basic nutrition Nutritional status
of world population and local, national
and international programs for improve-
ment
NUTR 435 History ol Nutrition. (2)
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite,
course in basic nutrition A study ol the
development of the knowledge ol nutrition
and its interrelationship with social and
economic developments
NUTR 450 Advanced Human Nutrition. (3)
Prerequisites, consent ol department:
NUSC 402 or NUTR 300, CHEM 461, or
concurrent registration Two lectures and
one two-hour laboratory A critical study
ol the physiological and metabolic In-
fluences on nutrient utilization, with
particular emphasis on current problems
in human nutrition,
NUTR 460 Therapeutic Human Nutri-
tion. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week Prerequisites. NUTR 300.
450 Modifications of the normal adequate
diet to meet human nutritional needs in
pathological conditions
NUTR 470 Community Nutrition. (3) Pre-
requisites. NUTR 300. 450. 460 A study
ol different types of community nutrition
programs, problems and projects.
NUTR 480 Applied Diet Therapy. (3)
(Open only to students accepted into and
participating in the US Army Dietetic
Internship Program at Walter Reed Gen-
eral Hospital or the Coordinated Under-
graduate Dietetics Program ) Application ol
principles ol normal and therapeutic
nutrition in total medical care and instruc-
tion ol patients Clinical experience in
hospital therapeutics, pediatrics, research
and a variety of clinics are included
For students in the Coordinated Under-
graduate Dietetics Program twelve hours
per week clinical experience is required
and this course must be accompanied by
NUTR 460.
Course Offerings / 181
NUTR 485 Applied Community Nutrition.
(3) Prerequisite. NUTR 460 and concurrent
registration in NUTR 470. (Open only to
students accepted into and participating
in ttie Coordinated Undergraduate
Program in Dietetics) Application of
principles in community nutrition through
guided experiences in different aspects
of nutrition programs in the community.
Twelve hours of field experience per week
is required.
NUTR 490 Special Problems in Nutrition.
(2-) Prerequisites. NUTR 300 and con-
sent of instructor. Individual selected
problems in the area of human nutrition.
Physical Education
BASIC PROGRAIUI COURSES: (1)
PHED 100-127 Physical Education
Activities — Men
PHED 130-157 Physical Education
Activities — Women
PHED 158 Adapted Physical Educa-
tion— Coed
PHED 160-177 Physical Education
Activities — Coed
Professional Program Courses;
PHED 180 Introduction To Physical Edu-
cation. (2) An orientation to the profession,
including the relationship of physical
education to education, current trends
and practices, career opportunities, and
areas of research
PHED 181 Fundamentals of Movement.
(2) Open to women, three hours a week.
Introduction to analysis of muscular
activity, conditioning exercises and
programs, improvement of physical fitness,
and analysis of the relationship of
mechanical principles to basic movement
and skills.
PHED 182 Rhythmic Activities. (2) Six
hours a week. Development of rhythmic
sensitivity through analysis of rhythm and
its application to movement, skills in
folk, square and social dance, teaching
techniques for use in schools and
recreational programs
PHED 183 Elementary School Rhythmic
Activities. (2) A survey of the various
types of rhythmic activities suitable for use
In the elementary school. Basic rhythms,
singing games, and folk and square
dancing are considered.
PHED 184 Elementary School Skills and
Self-Testing Activities. (2) A survey of
the various types of skills, stunts, and
tumbling suitable for use in the elementary
school.
PHED 185 Skills Laboratory. (2) Open to
men. first semester Six hours a week.
Progressive techniques and practice of
skills in selected team and individual
sports such as apparatus, soccer, track
and field, and tumbling and trampolining.
PHED 186 Skills Laboratory. (2) Open to
women, first semester. Six hours a week.
Progressive techniques, knowledge and
practice of selected team and individual
sports such as field hockey, basketball,
volleyball, and track and lield.
PHED 187 Skills Laboratory. (2) Open to
men, second semester. Six hours a week.
Progressive techniques and practice
of skills in selected team and individual
sports such as apparatus, soccer, track
and field, and tumbling and trampolining.
PHED 190 Skills Laboratory. (2) Open to
women, second semester. Six hours a
week Progressive techniques, knowledge
and practice of selected team and in-
dividual sports such as field hockey,
basketball, volleyball, and track and field.
PHED 191 Elementary Swimming. (1)
Open to men. Progressive techniques and
practice of elementary swimming
including basic and intermediate swimming
instruction.
PHED 192 Elementary Swimming and
Diving. (1) Open to women, three hours
a week Progressive techniques and prac-
tice in the elementary phase of swimming
and diving, designed to make the student
self-suffcient in deep water.
PHED 218 Laboratory in Teaching. (1)
Prerequisite, students are eligible who
have completed a minimum of 36 semester
hours of credit with appropriate knowl-
edge and experience in the selected
activity area or with permission of in-
structor. The course is designed to pre-
pare the student for the student teaching
experience by assisting in a class.
IVIay be repeated to a maximum of two
credit hours.
PHED 261 Skills Laboratory. (2) Open to
IVIen First semester. Six hours a week.
Progressive techniques and practice of
skills in selected team and individual
sports such as football, wrestling, basket-
ball, and baseball.
PHED 262 Skills Laboratory. (2) Open to
women. First semester. Six hours a
week. Techniques, knowledge, and prac-
tice of selected team and individual sports
such as Softball, field games, stunts and
tumbling, apparatus, and tennis.
PHED 263 Skills Laboratory. (2) Open to
men. Second semester. Six hours a week.
Progressive techniques and practice of
skills in selected team and individual
sports such as football, wrestling, basket-
ball, and baseball.
PHED 264 Skills Laboratory. (2) Open to
women. Second semester. Six hours a
week. Techniques, knowledge, and prac-
tice of selected team and individual sports
such as Softball, field games, stunts and
tumbling, apparatus, and tennis.
PHED 265 Skills Laboratory. (2) Three
hours a week. Prerequisite. PHED 161 or
162. Complex gymnastic activities above
the elementary phase.
PHED 270 Intermediate Swimmipg and
Diving. (1) Open to women. Three hours a
week. Prerequisite, PHED 172 or equiva-
lent. Progressive techniques and prac-
tice of skills in swimming and diving.
PHED 271 Advanced Swimming. (1) Open
to men. Prerequisite. PHED 171 or
equivalent. Progressive techniques and
practice of advanced swimming skills,
water stunts and survival swimming.
PHED 272 Advanced Swimming and Life
Saving. (1) Open to women. Three hours
a week. Prerequisite. PHED 270.
American Red Cross senior life saving,
advanced swimming, and diving are in-
cluded.
PHED 273 Life Saving and Water
Safety. (1) Open to men. Three hours a
week. Prerequisite, PHED 271 or equiva-
lent. Progressive techniques and practice
of life saving and water safety skills.
Course includes the senior life saving ma-
terial of the American Red Cross and
the YMCA.
PHED 274 Methods of Aquatics. (2)
fvl — Men: Three hours a week. Prerequisite.
PHED 271 or equivalent. Training for
aquatic leadership in schools, camps
and clubs. Included are teaching methods,
administration, facilities, and equipment.
W — Women: Three hours a week. Pre-
requisite, PHED 172 or equivalent. Training
for aquatic leadership in schools, camps
and clubs. Included are teaching methods,
organization and administration, analysis
of competitive swimming, synchronized
swimming, diving, and equipment and
pool maintenance.
PHED 276 Water Safety. (1) Open to
women. Three hours a week. Prerequisite,
current American Red Cross Senior Life
Saving Certificate. Principles and tech-
niques of teaching swimming and life
saving.
PHED 277 Fancy Diving. (1) Open to men.
Three hours a week. Progressive tech-
niques and practice of fancy diving.
Course will include work on the five
categories of dives.
PHED 282 Organization and Administra-
tion of Intramurals. (1) Open to women
Three hours a week. Organization and
administration of intramural programs and
tournaments and techniques of officiating
women's sports. Opportunity to qualify
for officials' ratings in hockey and
basketball.
PHED 287 Sport and American Society.
(3) Sport will be related to such social
problems as delinquency, segregation,
collective behavior, and leisure: to social
processes such as socialization, stratifica-
tion, mobility, and social control; and to
those familiar social institutions, the
family, the school, the church, the military,
the economy, the polity, and the mass
media.
PHED 301 Organization and Officiating
in Intramurals. (1) Organization, admin-
istration, and promotion of intramurals at
various school levels. Included are types of
tournaments, units of competition,
handling of student leader personnel.
PHED 303 Organization and Officiating
in Intramurals. (1) Organization, admin-
istration, and promotion of intramurals at
various school levels. Included are types of
tournaments, units of competition,
handling of student leader personnel.
PHED 305 Skills Laboratory. (2)
M — Men: First semester. Four hours a
week. Experience in individual and dual
motor skills.
W — Women: Four hours a week. Knowl-
edge, techniques and practice in selected
team, individual and dual sports.
PHED 307 Skills Laboratory. (2)
M — Men: Four hours a week. Experience
in individual and dual motor skills.
W — Women: Four hours a week. Knowl-
edge, techniques and practice in selected
team, individual and dual sports.
PHED 314 Methods in Physical Educa-
tion For Secondary Schools. (3) Three
lecture hours a week. Application of
educational philosophy and principles to
class organization and techniques of
teaching physical education in the junior
and senior high schools. Students are
normally enrolled during the student
teaching semester.
PHED 323 Coaching Athletics. (2) Two
lecture hours a week. Theory of coaching
the various competitive sports common-
ly found in high school and college pro-
grams.
PHED 324 Coaching Athletics. (2) Open
to women. Three hours a week. General
theory and psychology of coaching,
theory and practice of coaching selected
competitive sports found in the secon-
dary schools and community recreation
programs.
PHED 325 Coaching Athletics. (2) Two
lecture hours a week. Theory of coach-
ing the various competitive sports com-
monly found in high schools and col-
lege programs.
PHED 326 Coaching Athletics. (2) Two
lecture hours a week. Theory of coaching
the various competitive sports commonly
found in high school and college pro-
grams.
PHED 330 Fundamentals of Body Dy-
namics. (3) Acquaintance of the elemen-
tary teacher with the scientific principles
of mechanical-anatomical analysis and
physiology of activities relating to physi-
cal growth and development.
PHED 333 Adapted Physical Educa-
tion. (2) Lecture and lab. Application of
kinesiological and physiological princi-
ples to handicapped students; designed
to help prospective teachers meet ex-
ercise needs of those pupils with
disabilities.
PHED 335 Coaching Swimming and Div-
ing. (2) Three hours a week. Analysis of
182 / Course Offerings
the techniques of coaching swimming
■nd diving Included is a systemalic
trealmeni ol the philosophy, historical
development and psychological theories
ol coaching aquatics
PHEO 381 Advanced Training and Con-
ditioning. (3) Three hours a week Theo-
relical ani! practical foundations of the
prevention recognition and treatment ol
athletic injuries Physical conditioning
and re-conditioning. preventive taping,
first aid. and various modalities are
emphasized
PHEO 389 Topical Inveitlgallont. (1-3)
Independent study by an individual stu-
dent or a group of students in special
areas of knowledge not covered by
regularly scheduled courses Repealable
to a maximum of s>x credits.
PHEO 398 Horvors Seminar. (1)
H — Honors Prerequisite, participation
in honors program One discussion
period a week Guided discussion of
research topics ol current interest Re-
pealable to a total ol 3 hours credit
PHEO 399 Honors Thesis. (3)
H— Honors Prerequisite. PHED 398H
and candidacy for honors in physical
education Advisement will be on an
individual basis. Thesis must be de-
fended in the honors seminar.
PHEO 400 Kinesiology. (4) Three lec-
tures and two laboratory hours a week.
Prerequisites, ZOOL 101. 201. and 202 or
the equivalent. The study of human move-
ment and the physical and physiological
principles upon which it depends. Body
mechanics, posture, motor efficiency,
sports, the performance of atypical in-
dividuals, and the influence on growth
ana development upon motor perform-
ance are studied
PHEO 420 Physical Education tor the
Elunantary School. (3) Orientation ol the
general elementary teacher to physical
education Principles and practices in
elementary physical education are dis-
cussed and a variety ol appropriate ac-
tivities are considered
PHEO 450 The Psychology ol Sports. (3)
Three hours a week An exploration ol
the personality factors, including, but not
limited to motivation aggression and
amotion, as they affect sports participa-
bon and motor skill performance.
PHEO 455 Physical Fitness of the In-
dividual. (3) A study of the major physi-
cal Illness problems confronting the
■dull modern society Consideration is
given to the scientific appraisal, develop-
ment, and maintenance of fitness at all
age levels Such problems as obesity,
weight reduction, chronic fatigue, pos-
ture, and special exercise programs are
explored. Open to persons outside the
profession of physical education
PHEO 460 Physiology o( Exercise. (3)
Two lectures and two laboratory hours a
week Prerequisites. ZOOL 101. 201 and
202. PHEO 400 or equivalent A study of
the physiology of exercise, including
concepts ol work, muscular contraction,
energy transformation, metabolism, oxy-
gen debt, and nutrition and athletic per-
formance. Emphasis is placed on cardio-
vascular and respiratory function in re-
lation 10 physical activity and training
PHED 480 Maaiuremenl In Physical Edu-
cation. (3) Two lectures and two labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite. IVIATH
105 or 110 A study ol the principles and
techniques of educational measurement
as applied to teaching ol physical edu-
cation, study of the functions and tech-
niques o( measurement in the evaluation
of student progress toward the objectives
of physical education and in the evalu-
ation of the effectiveness of teaching.
PHED 485 Motor Learning and Skilled
Performance. (3) Prerequisites. PHED 480
and PSYC 100 A study ol the research
dealing with motor learning and motor
performance. Major topics discussed are
scientilic methodology, individual differ-
ences, specificity, proprioceptive control
of movement, motivation, timing, transfer,
and retention.
PHED 487 Physical Education and Sport
in Contemporary Cultures. (3) Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisite. SOCY 100 or
equivalent, A study of the cultural impact
of physical education activities in the
United States and selected countries.
Individual research on selected topics is
required.
PHED 489 Field Laboratory Projects and
Workshop. (1-6) Workshops and research
protects in special areas of knowledge
not covered by regularly structured
courses Note: the maximum total num-
ber of credits that may be earned toward
any degree in physical education is six,
PHED 490 Organization and Administra-
tion of Physical Education. (3) The appli-
cation of the principles ol administration
and supervision to physical education.
Students are normally enrolled during
the student teaching semester,
PHED 491 The Curriculum in Elementary
School Physical Education. (3) Tech-
niques planning and construction are
considered from a standpoint ol valid
criteria for the selection of content in
elementary school physical education.
Desirable features of cooperative cur-
riculum planning in providing for learn-
ing experiences will be presented and
discussed.
PHEO 493 History and Philosophy of
Sport and Physical Education. (3) His-
tory and philosophical implications of
sport and physical education through
ancient, medieval, and contemporary
periods in western civilization.
PHEO 495 Organization and Administra-
tion of Elementary School Physical Edu-
cation. (3) Prerequisite, PHED 420 Studies
the procedures basic to satisfactory or-
ganization ol all phases of the elementary
school physical education program Em-
phasis IS placed on the organizational
and administrative factors necessary for
the successful operation of the program
in various types of elementary schools
PHEO 496 Quantitative Methods. (3) Sta-
tistical techniques most frequently used
in research pertaining to physical edu-
cation Effort IS made to provide the
student with the necessary skills, and to
acquaint him with the interpretations
and applications of these techniques,
PHEO 497 Independent Studies Sem-
inar. (3) Discussions of contemporary
issues vital to the discipline, critiques ol
research in the student s area/areas of
special interest, completion of a major
project where the student will be asked
to demonstrate the ability to carry out
investigative processes in problem solv-
ing and critical writing under (acuity
direction.
Philosophy
PHIL 100 Introduction to Philosophy. (3)
An introduction to some of the mam prob-
lems of philosophy, and to some of the
main ways of dealing with these problems.
PHIL 140 Ethics. (3) An introduction to
moral philosophy, including a critical
examination of some important classic
and contemporary systems of ethics,
such as those of Aristotle, Kant, Mill,
and Dewey.
PHIL 170 Elementary Logic and Se-
mantics. (3) An introductory study of logic
and language, intended to help the stu-
dent increase his ability to employ lan-
guage with understanding and to reason
correctly. Topics treated include the
use and abuses of language. Techniques
for making sound inferences and the
logic of science,
PHIL 209 Philosophical Issues. (3) An
examination of selected philosophical
issues of general interest. May be re-
peated to a maximum of 6 hours (or
credit when the issues dealt with are
different,
PHIL 233 Philosophy in Literature. (3)
Reading and philosophical criticism of
novels and dramas containing ideas
significant for ethics, social policy and
religion.
PHL 236 Philosophy o( Religion. (3) This
course seeks to provide Ihp student with
the means by which he may approach
intelligently the main problems ol re-
ligious thought; the nature of religious
experience, the forms of religious ex-
pression, the conflicting claims of re-
ligion and science, and the pace of
religion in the community, and in the
life of the individual.
PHIL 250 Philosophy ol Science. (3) An
introductory biudy ol the aims, proced-
ures and results of scientific inquiry
Topics discussed include the formula-
tion and testing of hypotheses, induction
and probability, scientific laws, theories
and explanation, concept formation, and
relationships among the special sciences
PHIL 271 Symbolic Logic I. (3) An in-
troduction to the formal analysis of
deductive reasoning through formaliza-
tion of arguments, truth table and na-
tural deduction techniques for proposi-
lional logic and quantification theory,
including identity and definite descrip-
tions
PHIL 305 Philosophy In America. (3)
Prerequisite, six hours in philosophy A
survey of philosophical thought in Ameri-
ca from the eighteenth century to the
present Special attention is given to
Edwards. Jefferson. Emerson, Royce.
Pierce, James, and Dewey.
PHIL 307 Oriental Philosophy. (3) Pre-
requisite, one course in philosophy. Not
ottered on College Park Campus. An
examination of the major philosophical
systems of the east, attempting to dis-
cover the relations between these and
important ideas of western thought
PHIL 308 Studies in Contemporary Phi-
losophy. (3) Prerequisite, six hours In
philosophy Problems, issues, and points
o( view of current interest in philosophy.
May be repeated for credit when the
topics dealt with are ditterent Repeatabfe
to a maximum of six hours.
PHIL 310 Ancient Philosophy. (3) Pre-
requisite, six hours in philosophy A
history of Greek thought from its begin-
nings to the time of Justinian The chief
figures discussed: the presocratic phi-
losophers. Socrates. Plato. Aristotle.
Epicurus, the Stoic philosophers, and
Plotinus,
PHIL 320 Modem Philosophy. (3) Pre-
requisites, six hours in philosophy. A
history of philosophical thought in the
west durng the 16th. 17th and 18th cen-
turies The chief figures discussed: Bacon,
Galileo, Descartes. Spincza. Leibniz.
Locke Berkeley, Hume, and Kant
PHIL 325 Nineteenth Century Phllo*-
ophy. (3) Prerequisites, six hours in phi-
losophy A survey of philosophy in the
nineteenth century through a considera-
tion of such wirlers as Hegel. Schopen-
hauer. Nietzsche, Spencer. Marx. Comte.
Mill, Mach. and Bradley
PHIL 326 Twentieth Century Philos-
ophy. (3) Prerequisites, six hours in phi-
losophy A survey of philosophy in the
twentieth century through a considera-
tion o( representative figures in England.
Europe and America Among the theories
to be studied are logical atomism (Rus-
sell. Wittgenstein), positivism (Carnap.
Ayer), existentialism and phenomenology
Course Offerings / 183
, Sartre, Husserl), naturalism and realism
(Dewey. Santayana).
PHIL 328 Studies in the History of Plii-
losopliy. (3) Prerequisite, six tiours in ptii-
losophy. Problems, issues, and points of
view in the tiistory ol ptiilosophy. May
be repeated lor credit when the topics
dealt with are dilferent. Repeatable to
a maximum of six hours.
PHIL 330 Philosophy of Art. (3) An ex-
amination of the fundamental concepts in
art and in esthetic experience generally.
Readings from the works of artists,
estheticians, critics and philosophers.
PHIL 345 Political and Social Philos-
ophy I. (3) An introduction to political
philosophy, including a critical examina-
tion of classic and contemporary politi-
cal theories, such as those of Plato.
Hobbes. Locke, Rousseau, N/lill, and
Marx.
PHIL 360 Philosophy of Language. (3)
Prerequisite, PHIL 170 or 271. An inquiry
into the nature and function of language
and other forms of symbolism.
PHIL 388 Topical Investigations. (1-3)
PHIL 389 Topical Investigations. (1-3)
PHIL 399 Honors Seminar. (3) Open to
honors students in philosophy and. by
permission of the Instructor, to honors
students in other departments. Research
in selected topics, with group discus-
sion. May be repeated for credit when
the topics dealt with are different.
PHIL 408 Topics in Contemporary Phi-
losophy. (3) Prerequisite. PHIL 320. An
intensive examination of contemporary
problems and issues. Source material
will be selected from recent books and
articles. May be repeated for credit when
the topics dealt with are different.
PHIL 412 The Philosophy of Plato. (3)
Prerequisites. PHIL 310 and 320. A critical
study of selected dialogues.
PHIL 414 The Philosophy of Aristotle. (3)
Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. A critical
study of selected portions of Aristotle's
writings.
PHIL 416 Medieval Philosophy. (3) Pre-
requisites. PHIL 310 or 320. A history of
philosophic thought in the west from the
close of the classical period to the
renaissance. Based on readings of the
the Stoics, early Christian writers. Neo-
platonists, later Christian writers, and
schoolmen.
PHIL 421 The Continental Rationalists. (3)
Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. A criti-
cal study of the systems of some of the
major 17th and 18th century rationalists,
with special reference to Descartes,
Spinoza, and Leibniz.
PHIL 422 The British Empiricists. (3)
Prerequisites. PHIL 310 and 320. A criti-
cal study of selected writings of Locke.
Berkeley, and Hume.
PHIL 423 The Philosophy of KanL (3)
Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. A criti-
cal study of selected portions of Kant's
writings
PHIL 428 Topics in the History of Phi-
losophy. (3) Prerequisites. PHIL 310 and
320, or consent of instructor. May be
repeated for credit when the topics
dealt with are different.
PHIL 440 Ethical Theory. (3) Prerequisite.
PHIL 140. Contemporary problems hav-
ing to do with the meaning of the prin-
cipal concepts of ethics and with the
nature of moral reasoning.
PHIL 445 Political and Social Philosophy
II. (3) Prerequisite. PHIL 140 or 345. A
systematic treatment of the main phi-
losophical issues encountered in the
analysis and evaluation of social (espe-
cially political) institutions.
PHIL 447 Philosophy of Law. (3) Pre-
requisite, one course in philosophy. Ex-
amination of fundamental concepts re-
lated to law. eg., legal system, law and
morality, justice, legal reasoning, re-
sponsibility.
PHIL 455 Philosophy of the Social Sci-
ences. (3) Prerequisites, six hours in so-
cial science or consent of instructor. A
discussion of several of the following
topics: the nature of laws and explana-
tion in the social sciences; the relation
of the social sciences to mathematics,
logic, and the natural sciences: the role
of value judgments in the social sciences:
the relation of social science to social
policy: problems of methodology.
PHIL 457 Philosophy of History. (3) An
examination of the nature of historical
knowledge and historical explanation,
and of theories of the meaning of world
history.
PHIL 458 Topics in the Philosophy of
Science. (3) Prerequisite. PHIL 250 or
consent of instructor. Detailed examina-
tion of some basic issues in the method-
ology and conceptual structure of sci-
entific inquiry. To be investigated are
such topics as confirmation theory,
structure and function of scientific
theories, scientific explanation, concept
formation, and theoretical reduction.
PHIL 461 Theory of Meaning. (3) Pre-
requisites, PHIL 170 or 271. and 320. A
study of theories about the meaning of
linguistic expressions, including the veri-
fication theory and the theory of meaning
as use. Among topics to be considered
are naming, referring, synonymy, inten-
sion and extension, and ontological
commitment. Such writers as Mill, Frege,
Russell, Lewis, Carnap. Wittgenstein,
Austin, and Ouine will be discussed.
PHIL 462 Theory of Knowledge. (3) Pre-
requisites. PHIL 310 and 320. PHIL 271
is recommended. The origin, nature, and
validity of knowledge considered in terms
of some philosophic problems about
perceiving and thinking, knowledge and
relief, and language, truth and confirma-
tion.
PHIL 464 Metaphysics. (3) Prerequisites,
PHIL 310 and 320. PHIL 271 is recom-
mended. A study of some central meta-
physical concepts (such as substance,
relation, causality, and time) and of the
nature of metaphysical thinking.
PHIL Philosophy of Mind. (3) Prerequisite,
PHIL 320. An Inquiry into the nature of
mind through the analysis of such con-
cepts as corisciousness. perception,
understanding, imagination, emotion, in-
vention, and action.
PHIL 471 Symbolic Logic II. (3) Pre-
requisite, PHIL 271 or consent of instruc-
tor. Axiomatic development of the
prepositional calculus and the first-order
functional calculus, including the de-
duction theorem, independence of
axioms, consistency, and complete-
ness
PHIL 474 Induction and Probability. (3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A
study of inferential forms, with emphasis
on the logical structure underlying such
inductive procedures as estimating and
hypothesis-testing Decision-theoretic
rules relating to induction will be con-
sidered, as well as classic theories of
probability and induction.
PHIL 478 Topics in Symbolic Logic. (3)
Prerequisite. PHIL 471. May be repeated
for credit when the topics dealt with are
different.
PHIL 498 Topical Investigations. (1-3)
PHIL 499 Topical Investigations. (1-3)
Physics
PHYS 101 Contemporary Physics. (3)
Prerequisite, high school algebra. For
non-science students who are interested
in the evolution of scientific thought and
its present day significance. Historical,
philosophic, experimental and theoretical
aspects of physics are presented Topics
in mechanics, relativity, electricity and
magnetism, and nuclear physics are
covered. Not open to students who have
taken PHYS 111. 112.
PHYS 102 Physics of Music. (3) Pre-
requisite, thorough knowledge of musi-
cal notations and intervals, ability to play
a musical instrument or to sing. A study
of the physical basis of musical sounds,
analysis of acoustic properties of musical
instruments, the ear, reproduction of
sound, electronic music, acoustic proper-
ties of auditoriums. Credit in this course
will not be applicable towards the min-
imum requirements for a major in the
department of physics and astronomy.
PHYS 106 Light. Perception, Photogra-
phy, and Visual Phenomena. (3) Intended
for the general student, this course will
cover topics in optics which require
minimal use of mathematics. Principles
of optics, lenses, cameras, lasers and
holography, physics ol the eye, color
vision and various visual phenomena
such as rainbows. Credit not applicable
toward the minimum r5quirements for a
major in physics and .'.stronomy.
PHYS 111 Physics in the Modern
World. (3) The first semester of a survey
course in general physics emphasizing
the role that physics plays in science,
technology, and society today. The course
IS concept oriented and minimal use of
mathematics is made. Intended for the
general student: does not satisfy the
requirements of the professional
schools.
PHYS 112 Physics in the Modern
World. (3) The second semester ol a
survey course in general physics empha-
sizing the role that physics plays in
science, technology, and society today.
The course is concept oriented and min-
imal use ol mathematics is made. In-
tended lor the general student: does not
satisfy the requirements ol the pro-
lessional schools.
PHYS 114 Energy and the Environ-
ment. (4) One semester. 4 credits. A
physical science course lor students
who wish an acquaintance with the
methods and attitudes ol physical sci-
ence and tl- ,'ir application to today's
problems ol the environment. Includes
topics such as energy, sources and re-
sources, the atmosphere, and man's
interaction with it. Appropriate for non-
science students.
PHYS 117 Introduction to Physics. (4)
Three lectures and one two-hour labora-
tory per week. Prerequisite, qualilica-
tion to enter MATH 110. Intended for
students majoring in neither the physi-
cal nor biological sciences. A study of
the development of some of the basic
ideas of physical science.
PHYS 120 Physical Principles in Medi-
cal Technology. (4) Three hours of lec-
ture plus a two hour laboratory period
per week. This course is designed to
acquaint medical technology students
with the physics they need to understand
instruments and practices used in mod-
ern medicine. Energy, heat, electronics,
and radiation are some topics covered.
This course does not satisfy the under-
graduate course requirements of future
medical and dental students.
PHYS 121 Fundamentals of Physics I. (4)
Three lectures, one recitation, and one
two-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite,
entrance credit in trigonometry or MATH
111 or concurrent enrollment in MATH
115 The first of a two-semester course in
general physics treating the fields of
mechanics, heat, sound, electricity,
magnetism, optics and modern physics.
Together with PHYS 122. this generally
184 / Course Offerings
Hlitlios ino minimum toquiremeni ol
madicAl and denial schools
PNYS 122 Fundamtnlali ol Phyaic* II.
(4) Thrao lecluros one rucitalion. and ono
iwo-nour laboraloiy period por week.
Praiequisiii- PHYS 121 or equivalent A
conlinualiori ol PHYS 121. which together
with It gonorally satisfies the minimum
'equiremeni ol medical and dental schools
PHYS 141 Princlplaa ol Phyalct. (4) The
hrsl ol a two-scmoster series in general
physics Three lectures, one recitation.
and one two-hour laboratory per week
Concurrent enrollment in MATH 141 or
aquivalent The lirst semester covers the
tiaMs ol mechanics, thermodynamics, and
ipacial relativity This survey course
will use calculus and is recommended
tof chemistry and zoology majors It also
satisfies the requirements ol medical
and dental schools
PHYS 142 Principles of Physics. (4) A
continuation of PHYS 141 The second
lamesler covers the fields of waves,
electricity and magnetism, optics, and
modorn physics
PHYS 161 General Physics — Mechanics
and Particle Dynamics. (3) Three lectures
and one recitation per week MATH 141
prerequisite or concurrent registration.
The first semester ol a three-semester
calculus-based general physics course
(See PHYS 262. 263) Laws ol motion,
force, and energy: principles ol
mechanics, collisions harmonic motion;
rotation, and gravitation
PHYS 181 Introductory Physics —
Machanics. Fluids. Heal, and Sound. (4)
Five leclure-demonstration-recitation
periods per week Prerequisites, high
school Physics course; MATH 140 or
concurrent enrollment in MATH 140 with a
•core of 650 or more on SAT Mathematics
lesi. or consent ol the department The
first part of a lour-semester sequence
(PHYS 181. 182, 283 284) giving a broad
detailed introduction to physics intended
pnmarily for physics majors and other
students desiring more rigorous prepara-
tion in the physical sciences
PHYS 182 Introductory Physics —
Mechanics, Fluids. Heal, and Sound. (4)
Five leclure-demonslralion-recitation
periods per week Prerequisite. PHYS 181
or equivalent and concurrent enrollment
in MATH 141 The second part of a four-
semester sequence of courses (PHYS
181 182 283 284)
PHYS 221 General Physics lor Science
Teachers I. (5) Three lectures and two
two-nour labs per week Prerequisites.
high school Physics or a non-calculus
college physics survey course, and co-
requisite MATH 141 The first part of a
Iwo-semester course in physics stressing
physical insight, for prospective
secondary school science teachers
PHYS 222 General Physics lor Science
Teachers II. (5) Three lectures and two
two-hour labs per week Prerequisite.
PHYS 221 or equivalent The second part
ol a two-semester sequence, continuing
PHYS 221
PHYS 262 General Phyaica — Haal.
Eleclrlcity and Magnetism. (4) Three
lectures, ono rocilalion. and one three-
hour laboratory per week Prerequisite.
PHYS 161 The second semester ol a
calculus-based general physics course
Thermodynamic kinetic theory; eleclro-
sialics. electrodynamics; Maxwell's
equations.
PHYS 263 General Physics — Wavaa,
Relallvlly and Quantum Physics. (4) Three
lectures, one recitation, and ono three-
hour laboratory per week Prerequisite,
PHYS 262 The third semester of a
calculus-based general physics course.
Wave motion, electromagnetic waves;
refraction, interference and diffraction;
special theory ol relativity; quantum
physics
PHYS 283 Introductory Physics —
Electricity and Magnetism. (4) Three lac-
lures and two demonstration periods a
week. Prerequisites. PHYS 181. 182. Pre-
or corequisite. MATH 141 The third
quarter of a broad, detailed introduction to
physics: intended primarily lor physics
majors and other students with superior
backgrounds in mathematics and the
sciences,
PHYS 284 Introductory Physics —
Optics and Modern Physics. (4) Pre-
requisites. PHYS 283 and previous or
concurrent enrollment in MATH 240. or
consent of instructor. The last quarter ol
a broad, detailed introduction to physics,
intended primarily for physics majors and
other students with superior backgrounds
in mathematics and the sciences
PHYS 285 Intermediate Physics
Experiments I. (2) Four hours of laboratory
work per week Prerequisite. PHYS 142
or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 283 or
PHYS 284. Selected experiments,
PHYS 286 Intermediate Physics Experi-
ments II. (2) Four hours of laboratory
work per week. Prerequisite, PHYS 142
or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 283 or
PHYS 284 Selected experiments.
PHYS 299 Special Problems in Physics.
(1-6) Prerequisite, consent of deparlmeni
Research or special study to complement
courses taken elsewhere which are not
fully equivalent to those in departmental
requirements. Credit according to work
done May be taken no more than twice.
Maximum of eight credits applicable to
B S degree program.
PHYS 305 Physics Shop Techniques. (1)
One three-hour laboratory per week
Prerequisite, PHYS 365 or consent ol
instructor. Machine tools, design and con-
struction of laboratory equipment.
PHYS 318 Topics in Contemporary
Physics. (3) Prerequisite, PHYS 122.
PHYS 112 or consent of the instructor A
survey of topics of current research and
public interest Intended lor the non-
physics or non-science major Topics
covered will include lasers, quantum
liquids, cosmology, elementary panicles
and geophysics
PHYS 36S Advanced ExparlmanU. (2)
Four hours ol laboratory work per week
Prerequisite, PHYS 284 and 286 or 263,
Selected fundamental experiments in
electricity and magnetism, elementary
electronics, and optics
PHYS 389 Undergraduate Thaala
Research. (1-6) Prerequisite, consent of
advisor Independent directed research
and study on a topic selected by the
student in consultation with his advisor.
Final written thesis and oral defense
will be expected. Enrollment limited to
undergraduate physics majors. May be
repealed to a maximum of six credits.
PHYS 398 Independent Studies Seminar.
(1-16) Credit according to work done
Enrollment is limited to students admitted
10 the independent studies program in
physics.
PHYS 399 Special Problems in Physics.
(1-3) Two hours laboratory work a week
lor each credit hour. One to three credits
may be taken concurrently each semester
(Will be given with sulficient demand)
Prerequisite. PHYS 365 and consent of
advisor. Selected advanced experiments.
PHYS 400 Basic Concepts ol Physics I.
(3) Prerequisite, junior standing. A pri-
marily descriptive course in two semesters,
intended mainly (or those students in the
liberal arts who have not had any other
course in physics. This course does not
serve as a prerequisite or substitute lor
other physics courses. The main emphasis
is on the concepts of physics, their
evolution and their relation to other
branches ol human endeavor.
PHYS 401 Basic Concepts of Physics II.
(3) Prerequisite. PHYS 400 or consent of
instructor.
PHYS 404 Intermediate Theoretical
Mechanics. (3) Prerequisite. PHYS 271 and
321. or 284 or 263; MATH 241 previously
or concurrently. Fundamentals and
selected advanced topics of physical
mechanics. Vector differential calculus
will be used. For students starling
physics without calculus, this course
serves as part ol the series of PHYS 271.
321, 404, 405. to provide terminal courses
in general physics for physical science
majors.
PHYS 405 Intermediate Theoretical
Electricity and Magnetism. (3) Prerequisite.
PHYS 284 or 263 or 321 : MATH 241.
Alter MATH 241 this course may be taken
concurrently with PHYS 4(M. Intermediate
electricity and magnetism and electro-
magnetic waves (optics). Vector differen-
tial calculus is used throughout.
PHYS 406 Optica. (3) Three lectures a
week Prerequisites, PHYS 263 or 284
and MATH 240, or consent of instructor
Geometrical optics, optical instruments,
wave motion, interference and difraction,
and other phenomena in physical optics
PHYS 407 Sound. (3) (Will be given only
with sufficient demand) Prerequisite.
PHYS 122. 142 or 263 MATH 240 is to
be taken concurrently.
PHYS 410 ElemenU ol Thooretlcal
Phyilci — Machanica. (4) Prc-rcquisilas,
PHYS 284. or PHYS 404 and 405. or
PHYS 263 and consent ol instructor, and
also MATH 241 A study of the theoretical
foundations of mechanics, with extensive
applications ol the methods Also various
mathematical tools ol theoretical physics
PHYS 411 Elements of Thaoralical
Phyaica — Electricity and Magnellani. (4)
Prerequisite. PHYS 404 or 410. and
PHYS 263 or 284 or 405, or consent of
the instructor A study of the foundations
of electromagnetic theory, with extensive
application of the methods Thorough
treatment of wave properties of solutions
ol Maxwell's equations
PHYS 412 Kinetic Theory of Gaaea. (3)
Prerequisites. PHYS 404 and 405 or
PHYS 410 and MATH 240 or equivalenl
Dynamics of gas particles. Maxwell-
Bultzmann distribution, dillusion, Browman
Motion, etc.
PHYS 414 Introduction to Thermodyna-
mics and Slatislical Mechanics. (3)
Prerequisites, MATH 240, PHYS 284 or
404 or consent of the instructor Intro-
duction ol basic concepts in thermodyna-
mics and statistical mechanics
PHYS 420 Modern Physics for Engineers.
(3) Prerequisites. PHYS 263 or 284 or 404
and 405; MATH 241 or consent of instruc-
tor. A survey of atomic and nuclear
phenomena and the main trends in modem
physics. This course is appropriate for
students in engineering and other physical
sciences. It should not be taken in addition
to PHYS 421.
PHYS 421 IntroducUon lo Modem
Physics. (3) Prerequisites. PHYS 284 or
equivalent; MATH 241 including some
knowledge of ordinary differential
equations Introductory discussion of
special relativity, origin of quantum
theory. Bohr Atom, wave mechanics,
atomic structure, and optical spectra.
PHYS 422 Modem Physics. (3) Pre-
requisite. PHYS 421. This course uses the
basic ideas ol quantum mechanics and
special relativity to discuss the
characteristics of many diverse subjects
including complex atoms, molecules,
solids, nuclei and elementary particles.
PHYS 423 Elementary Quantum Physics.
(3) Prerequisites, PHYS 420 or 421 : MATH
246: and a level ol mathematical sophisti-
cation equivalent to that of a student
who has taken PHYS 410 and 411, or
Course Offerings /IBS
ENEE 3S0 and 3S2. The Quantum theory is
presented in a rigorous way including
the concepts of operators, measurement
and angular momentum. These con-
cepts together with the Schroedinger
equation are then applied to some basic
problems in atomic and molecular physics.
PHYS 429 Atomic and Nuclear Labora-
tory. (3) Credits of PHYS 365 and consent
of instructor. Classical experiments in
atomic physics and more sophisticated
experiments in current techniques in
nuclear physics.
PHYS 431 Properties ot Matter. (3) Pre-
requisite. PHYS 404 and 405 or 410. 420.
421. Introduction to solid slate physics.
Electro-magnetic, thermal, and elastic
properties of metals, semiconductors and
insulators.
PHYS 441 Nuclear Physics. (3) Pre-
requisite. PHYS 404 and 405 or 410. 420
or 421. An introduction to nuclear physics
at the pre-Ouantum-mechanics level.
Properties of nuclei; radioactivity; nuclear
systematics; nuclear moments; the shell
model, interaction of charged particles
and gamma rays with matter; nuclear
detectors; accelerators: nuclear reactions:
beta decay: high energy phenomena.
PHYS 443 Neutron Reactor Physics. (3)
Prerequisite, PHYS 371 or 421 or consent
of instructor. Various related topics in
neutron reactor physics.
PHYS 451 Introduction to Elementary
Particles. (3) Prerequisite. PHYS 422 or
consent of instructor. Properties of
elementary particles, production and
detection of particles, relativistic kinema-
tics, invariance principles and conserva-
tion laws.
PHYS 461 Introduction to Fluid Dyna-
mics. (3) Prerequisites. PHYS 404 and
MATH 240. Kinematics of fluid flow,
properties of incompressible fluids, com-
plex variable methods of analysis, wave
motions.
PHYS 463 Introduction to Plasma
Physics. (3) Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisites. PHYS 404 or 410. or ENES 221;
and PHYS 405 or 411. or ENEE 380; or
consent of instructor. Students without
the electricity and magnetism prerequisite
but having a familiarity with Maxwell's
equations should check with the instructor.
Orbit Theory, magneto-hydrodynamics,
plasma heating and stability, waves and
transport processes.
PHYS 465 Modern Optics. (3) Prerequi-
sites. PHYS 401 and 420 or 421. and 411
or consent of the instructor. Designed for
students with a background in fundamental
optics The course deals with topics in
modern optics such as coherence,
holography, principles of laser action,
electron optics, and non-linear optics.
PHYS 471 Introduction to Atmospheric
and Space Physics. (3) Prerequisite.
PHYS 404 and 405 or 410. 420 or 421.
Motions of charged particles in magnetic
fields, aspects of plasma physics related
to cosmic rays and radiation belts, atomic
phenomena in the atmosphere, thermo-
dynamics and dynamics of the atmosphere.
PHYS 483 Introduction to Biophysics. (3)
Prerequisite, senior level standing physics,
or consent of the instructor (open to
students outside physics). A topical intro-
duction to problems in biophysics: cell
structure; intermolecular forces: photo-
synthesis: control processes including
enzyme function, allosterism. cooperative
transitions in biopolymers and the regu-
lation of protein synthesis; biological
rhythms: membranes including bioelectric
potentials and the Hodgkin-Huxley
equations: muscle contraction.
PHYS 485 Electronic Circuits. (4) Three
hours of lecture and two of laboratory
per week. Prerequisite. PHYS 365. and
concurrent enrollment in PHYS 405 or
411- Theory of semi-conductor and
vacuum tube circuits. Application in
experimental physics.
PHYS 487 Particle Accelerators, Physical
and Engineering Principles. (3) Prerequi-
sites. PHYS 410, 411 or 271. 321 and 421,
or equivalents. Sources or charged parti-
cles, methods of acceleration and focusing
of electron and ion beams in electro-
magnetic fields: electrostatic accelera-
tors: constant-gradient cyclotrons and
synchrotrons: betatrons and microtrons:
the alternating-gradient and sector-focus-
ing principles: isochrondus syclotrons and
alternating-gradient sychrotrons: linear
accelerators. This course is also listed as
ENEE 487.
PHYS 490 History of Modern Physics. (3)
Prerequisite. PHYS 420 or 421 or equiva-
lent. Primarily for senior physics majors
and first year graduate students. A survey
of major discoveries and trends in 20th
century physics, including the relations
of physics to other sciences, philosophy
of science, technology and society,
PHYS 499 Special Problems in Physics.
(1-16) Prerequisite, major in physics and
consent of advisor. Research or special
study. Credit according to work done.
Portuguese
PORT 101 Elementary Portuguese. (4)
Introduction to basic structures, with
emphasis upon audio-lingual skills.
Four recitations per week and one
optional laboratory hour. Leads to 102.
PORT 102 Elementary Portuguese. (4)
Completion of basic structures with in-
creasing emphasis upon reading skill,
reinforced by discussion and composition.
Four recitations per week and one
optional laboratory hour,
PORT 104 Intermediate Portuguese. (4)
Extensive reading, discussion and compo-
sition. Four recitations per week, and
one optional laboratory hour.
PORT 399 Independent Study in
Portuguese. (1-3) Prerequisite, permission
of instructor. Specific readings in
literature under the supervision of a
faculty member of the department.
Repeatable to a maximum of three
credits-
PORT 478 Themes and Movements ot
Luso-Brazilian Literature in Translation. (3)
A study of specific themes and movements
in Luso-Brazilian literature, as announced.
Designed for students for whom the
literatures would be inaccessible in
Portuguese. Repeatable to a maximum of
six credits.
Psychology
PSYC 100 Introduction To Psychology. (3)
A basic introductory course, intended to
bring the student into contact with the
major problems confronting psychology
and the more important attempts at
their solution.
H — Honors,
PSYC 200 Statistical Methods In
Psychology. (3) Prerequisite. PSYC 100 and
MATH 111 or 140 or 220. A basic intro-
duction to quantitative methods used in
psychological research.
PSYC 201 Intermediate Psychology
(Honors). (3) Usually taken during sopho-
more year. Prerequisite. PSYC 100H or
permission of instructor. The course con-
tent will stress the interrelations among
data derived from the fields of human
development, cognition, perception,
measurement and social processes,
PSYC 206 Developmental Psychology. (3)
Prerequisite. PSYC 100, Biological basic
of behavioral development in relation to
genetic, constitutional, anatomical, physio-
logical, and environmental factors.
Emphasis upon both phylogenetic and
ontogenetic research findings in biologi-
cal psychology,
PSYC 221 Social Psychology. (3) Pre-
requisite, PSYC 100. The influence of
social factors on the individual and in-
terpersonal behavior. Includes topics such
as conformity, attitude change, person
perception, interpersonal attraction and
group behavior.
PSYC 301 Biological Basis of Behavior.
(3) Prerequisites, PSYC 200, or 8 hours
of Zoology, or consent of instructor.
This course is intended primarily for
science majors or psychology majors not
planning to take PSYC 400, May not be
taken concurrently with or after PSYC
400, Surveys the experimental analysis of
the behavior of humans and animals
from the point of view of the biological
mechanisms of behavior Considers such
topics as genetic determiners and physio-
logical mechanisms, and basic principles
of conditioning and learning,
PSYC 309 Special Topics in Psychology.
(3) Prerequisite. PSYC 200. and major in
Psychology or permission of the instructor.
Topics of current interest, as announced,
which represent extensions o( or addi-
tions to topics covered in more general
topical courses Offered on a seminar
basis Repeatable to a maximum of six
credits
PSYC 310 Perception. (3) Prerequisite.
PSYC 100 or consent of the instructor
A survey of phenomena and theories of
perception including psychological,
anatomical, physiological, and environ-
mental factors important in determining
how we perceive the world. Historical
background will be examined as well as
contemporary research. No credit for
students who have completed PSYC 410.
PSYC 331 Introduction to Abnormal
Psychology. (3) Prerequisite. PSYC 100
History of the study of psychopathology
and mental health: concepts and models
of psychopathology; concepts and models
of positive mental health: major syn-
dromes of deviant behavior, including
psychoneurosis. psychosis, personality
disorders, and affective disorders; theories
of deviant behavior: and community
mental health A student may not receive
credit for both PSYC 331 and PSYC 431.
PSYC 333 Child Psychology. (3) Prerequi-
site, PSYC 100 Behavioral analysis of
normal development and normal sociali-
zation of the growing child. A student may
not receive credit for both PSYC 333 and
433,
PSYC 335 Personality and Adjust-
ment. (3) Prerequisite. PSYC 100 Intro-
duction to psychology of human person-
ality and ad|ustment. This course is
designed for the student who desires a
general knowledge of this area of psychol-
ogy, A student may not receive credit
for both PSYC 335 and 435.
PSYC 337 Introduction to Community
Psychology. (3) Prerequisites. PSYC 100.
221 and 335 or 435, senior standing, and
consent of instructor. Survey and critical
examination of environmental factors
associated with variations in individual
functioning. Effects of social process
and social structure in community life on
individual mental health, theoretical
models in community psychology, variety
of additional topics within community
psychology.
PSYC 361 Survey of Industrial Psychol-
ogy. (3) Prerequisite, PSYC 100 A course
for non-majors which provides a general
survey of the field of industrial psychology;
including such topics as selection, train-
ing, job satisfaction, social organization,
and environmental factors. A student
may not receive credit for both PSYC 361
and 461,
PSYC 400 Experimental Psychology —
Learning and Motivation. (4) Two lectures
and four one-hour laboratory periods
per week Prerequisites. PSYC 200 and
either 206 or 301. Students who have taken
186 / Course Offerings
PSYC 301 n««d content o( Instructor
Pfimanly lor students who ina|or In
psychology The experimental analysis
ol behavior with emphasis on condilioning.
learning and motivational processes
Eiperimenls are conducted on the be-
havior ot animals
PSYC 402 Physiological Psychology. (3)
Prerequisite PSYC 206 or 301 An intro-
duction to research on the physiological
basis of human behavior, including con-
SKJerations of sensory phenomena, motor
coordination emotion drives, and the
rteurological basis of learning
PSYC 403 Animal Behavior. (3) Prerequi-
site PSYC 206 or 301 A study ol animal
behavior, including consideration of
social interactions, learning, sensory
processes, motivation, and experimental
methods with a maior emphasis on
mammals
PSYC 410 Eiperlmental Psychology—
tonaory Processes I. (4) Three lectures
and one two-hour laboratory demonstration
period per week Prerequisite. MATH
140 or 111 and 220 Primarily for students
who maior in psychology. A systematic
survey of the content, models, and
methodologies of sensory and perceptual
research A student who has completed
PSYC 310 must have permission of the
instructor in order to register for
PSYC 410
PSYC 412 Experimental Psychology —
Santory Processes II. (4) Two lectures and
lour hours of laboratory exercise and
rasearch per week Prerequisite. PSYC
410 or consent ol instructor. Primarily lor
psychology majors and majors in bio-
logical sciences with a special interest In
sansory processes Lectures and labora-
tory exercises will emphasize con-
temporary problems in sensory process
research. Sufficient latitude will be pro-
vided so the exceptional student may
conduct original research based on find-
ings reported on the current literature.
PSYC 420 Experimental Psychology —
Social Processes. (4) Prerequisite. PSYC
200 and 221 Primarily for psychology
majors A laboratory course which provides
a basic understanding of experimental
method in social psychology and experi-
ence in conducting research on social
processes
PSYC 422 Language and Social Com-
municalion. (3) Prerequisite. PSYC 420
The nature and significance of verbal and
nonverbal communication in social psycho-
logical processes including examination
ol relevant theoretical approaches to
symbolic behavior
PSYC 423 Advanced Social Psychology.
(3) Prerequisite. PSYC 420 A systematic
review of research and points ol view in
regard to major problems in the field of
social psychology
PSYC 431 Abnormal Psychology. (3) Pro
requisite PSYC 100 200, and 400 or
410 or 420 The nature, diagnosis,
etiology, and treatment ol mental dis-
orders A student may not receive credit
loi bolh PSYC 331 and 431
PSYC 433 Advanced Topics In Child
Psychology. (3) Prerequisite, PSYC 200.
335 The growth and transformation ol
basic psychological processes Irom birth
to maturity Emphasis is on research data
and methodological issues, especially as
they relate to other aspects of psychology
A student may not receive credit for
both PSYC 333 and 433
PSYC 435 Personality. (3) Prerequisite.
PSYC 200. 331. and 400 or 410 or 420
Major personality theories, their postulates
and evidence, assessment and research
methodology in personality, major areas
of personality research, their methodolo-
gies, findings, implications, and relation-
ships to the field of psychology A student
may not receive credit for both PSYC
335 and 435
PSYC 436 Introduction to Clinical
Psychology. (3) Prerequisites PSYC 451;
either PSYC 431 or 435, and either PSYC
400 or 410 or 420. A survey and critical
analysis ol clinical psychology, with
particular emphasis on current develop-
ments and trends. Designed to broaden
the student's perspective on clinical psy-
chology, to increase his intrinsic interest
in the field, and to provide him with a
firmer basis for critical evaluation of major
theoretical and methodological founda-
tions in the field Students will be ex-
pected to conduct individual projects
related to the course with a substantial
amount of direct supervision
PSYC 440 Introduction to Creative
Psychology. (3) Prerequisite, PSYC 200
This course serves as an introduction to
selected topics and theories in cognitive
psychology Topics include visual and
auditory information processing, attention,
memory, concept identification and
psycholinguistics.
PSYC 441 Psychology of Human Learn-
ing. (3) Prerequisite. PSYC 200 and 440 or
410 or 420 Review and analysis of the
major phenomena and theories of human
learning, including an introduction to the
fields ol problem solving, thinking and
reasoning
PSYC 451 Principles ol Psychological
Testing. (4) Three lectures and one two-
hour laboratory period per week Prerequi-
site, PSYC 200 or equivalent A survey
of the basic concepts and theories of
psychological measurement illustrated
through demonstration of principal ap-
proaches to psychological testing
PSYC 452 Psychology of Individual
Ditlerences. (3) Prerequisite. PSYC 200
Problems, theories and researches related
to psychological differences among
individuals and groups.
PSYC 453 Mathematical Psychology. (3)
Prerequisite PSYC 200 or equivalent and
consent of instructor A survey of
mathematical formulations in pyschology.
including measurement and scaling
models, statistical and psychometric
models, and elementary mathematical rep-
resentations ot psychological processes
in learning, choice, psychophysics, and
social behavior
PSYC 461 Personnel and Organizational
Psychology. (3) Prerequisite. PSYC 200
or equivalent, and one other 200 level
course For majors Intensive examination
of issues in personnel psychology (re-
cruitment, selection and classification, job
satisfaction) and organizational psychol-
ogy (motivation, morale, group processes
including leadership, organization theory)
Emphasis is on theories of behavior in
organizations and research results re-
garding behavior m on-going human
systems Where appropriate, relations
between theory and practice are discussed
PSYC 462 Engineering Psychology and
Training Models. (3) Prerequisite. PSYC
200 or equivalent, and one other 200 level
course For majors An examination ol
the theories and research regarding human
performance capabilities and skills (in-
formation processing, decision-making,
environmental constraints, automation).
training procedures (traditional methods,
programmed learning, computer-assisted
instruction) and models and procedures
for evaluating training programs in
industry, education, and service organiza-
tions.
PSYC 467 Vocational Psychology. (3)
Survey and critical analysis of theory and
research on vocational choice and voca-
tional adjustment Definition and cor-
relates of vocational aspirations, prefer-
ences, choices, motivation, success, and
satisfaction Developmental trends in
career decision-making and career pat-
terns
PSYC 478 Independent Study In
Psychology. (1-3) Prerequisite wnnen con-
sent ol instructor A student who wishes
to take independent research study
must have completed 12 hours ol psychol-
ogy with at least a 2 5 average Integrated
reading under direction leading to the
preparation of an adequately documented
report on a special topic (In special
cases a student who may need to repeat
this course in order to complete his
independent study will make a formal
request, including a research proposal,
through his advisor to the departmental
honors committee )
PSYC 479 Special Research Problems in
Psychology. (1-3) Prerequisite written con-
sent ol instructor A student who wishes
to lake independent research study
must have completed 12 hours of psychol-
ogy with at least a 2.5 average. An in-
dividual course designed to allow the stu-
dent to pursue a specialized research
topic under supervision (In special caaes
a student who may need to repeat this
course m order to complete his research
will make a formal request including
a research proposal through his advisor
to the departmental honors committee )
PSYC 480 Advanced Psychology I
(Honors). (3) Usually taken during junior
year Prerequisites PSYC 200 and per-
mission of department honors committee
Seminar covering topics in sensation,
perception, learning and motivation
PSYC 489 Senior Seminar. (3)
PSYC 499 Advanced Psychology II
(Honors). (3) Usually taken during senior
year Prerequisite, PSYC 488H Seminar
covering topics in measurement, social
processees and other subject matter ol
current interest
PSYC 499 Honors Thesis Research .(3)
Usually taken during last semester in
residence Prerequisite, permission ol
thesis advisor.
Recreation
RECR 130 History and Introduction to
Recreation. (2) An introduction to the be-
ginnings, growth, and possibilities In
recreation as presently conducted by ir>-
dividuals, agencies and governments:
attitudes toward and theories of play:
historical events and figures; organizations
and groups interested in recreation,
including their job opportunities, specifi-
cations and demands; a self analysis ot
individual student interests, limitations
and capabilities m light of these specifica-
tions and demands
RECR ISO Camp Counseling. (2) A study
ot the philosophy and techniques of
camp counseling including the qualifica-
tions, responsibilities and skills involved:
the basic organization, administration and
program planning practices and prob-
lems ol camping as a whole: the re-
lationship of these practices and problems
to the counselor and his or her probable
success Outdoor skills will be taught and
practiced insofar as possible with field
trips included
RECR 220 Co-Recreational Game* and
Programs. (2) Compilation and sampling
of the techniques for use in low organiza-
tion and party games and activities
Emphasis is placed upon those activities
of value to a recreation leader or teacher,
and upon the placement, sequence and
variation of such activities for all age
levels and interests.
RECR 221 Nature Lore. (2) An overall
orientation course in nature interpretation
covering, from a recreational point of view,
the various areas of the physical and
biological sciences Students will be re-
quired to attend evening classes carry
out various observations, and participate
in practice-leadership experiences as
scheduled
Course Oflerings / 187
RECR 325 General Fundamentals of
Recreation. (3) Thjs course is designed
for and limited to students not majoring
in recreation wfio wisfi to develop some
understanding of tfie place, importance
and potentialities of recreation in modern
life. Included will be limited study of
Itte areas of philosophy, program plan-
ning, leadership techniques, organiza-
tion and administration, and interrela-
tionships with other fields
RECR 349 Observation and Field Work
in Recreation. (8) Limited to recreation
majors. Appropriate observation and field
work placement will be selected and
assigned on the basis of the students
interest and future employment plans.
The field work experience itself will be
expected to provide. (1) face to face
leadership activity. (2) participation in
staff activities and responsibilities as
feasible — filing, making of reports, etc..
and exposure to any and all intra and
inter agency of department relationships
and activities — budget hearings, train-
ing sessions, board meetings, etc.
RECR 375 Introduction to Therapeutic
Recreation. (3) A study of the nature of
physical and emotional deficiency and
illness, the effect upon them of various
recreation skills, activities and pro-
grams, and the methods recommended
for the tatter's implementation
RECR 415 Quantitative Methods. (3) A
course covering the statistical techniques
most frequently used in research per-
taining to recreation. An effort will be
made to provide the student with the
necessary skills, and to acquaint him
with the interpretations and practical
applications of these techniques.
RECR 420 Program Planning. (3) Pre-
requisite, RECR 130 or 325, Study of the
various aspects, problems and practices
of agency, military, 'exceptional.' and
governmental recreation programs and
their planning (with particular emphasis
on playground, community and teen cen-
ter plans and procedures),
RECR 426 Industrial Employee Recrea-
tion. (3) An introductory study of the
philosophy of and practices and prob-
lems in industrial recreation. Where pos-
sible the course will include opportunities
for observation and for meeting visiting
specialists.
RECR 432 Philosophy of Recreation. (3)
A study of the meanings, relationships
and services of recreation as expressed
by past and present authorities and
leaders. This course should be of inter-
est to people active in education, social
work, and related fields,
RECR 450 Camp Management. (3) Pre-
requisite, RECR 150 or experience. An
advanced camping course for those stu-
dents with previous training and ex-
perience; organization, administration,
programming, current trends, evaluation.
and special problems Whenever possible,
visiting specialists and field trips will be
included.
RECR 454 Outdoor Education. (6) Field
experience and resident camping in an
outdoor setting will be used to present
the activities and techniques recom-
mended for modern outdoor education
practice. Where possible groups of par-
ticipants will be utilized as subjects for
practice instructional work. Activity will
emphasize not only the subject matter
of science and education but also the
broad concepts of conservation, worthy
use of leisure time, education for demo-
cratic living, etc.
RECR 460 Leadership Techniques and
Practices. (3) Prerequisite. RECR 130 or
325, A study of the various kinds and
levels of leadership exerted by profes-
sional and volunteer workers, some of
the difficulties and probable weaknesses
to be met. and some of the tangible
techniques to be used with personnel.
staff and public relationships. The group
work approach will be emphasized and
used, insofar as possible, in the solution
of particular problems that grow out of
required field experiences in handling
on or off campus groups.
RECR 463 Supervisory Techniques in
Recreation. (3) A study of the principles,
methods, techniques as well as an analy-
sis of the functions of supervision in the
recreation and parks environment. This
course is designed to advance the stu-
dent's understanding of the art of build-
ing human relationships, and to apply
the emerging concepts and principles of
modern supervision to practical situa-
tions in which administrators, super-
visors, leaders (both professional and
paraprofessional) and volunteers are
working,
RECR 476 Institutional Recreation. (3) An
introductory study of the philosophy of
and practices in hospital and institutional
recreation. Where possible the course
will include opportunities for observa-
tion and for meeting visiting specialists,
RECR 489 Field Laboratory Projects and
Workshop. (1-6) A course designed to
meet the needs of persons in the field
with respect to workshops and research
projects in special areas of knowledge
not covered by regularly structured
courses
RECR 490 Organization and Administra-
tion of Recreation. (3) A study of the or-
ganizational patterns and administrative
problems involved in the various types
of operating recreation departments and
agencies; forms of organization: finance
and budget: personnel: public realtions.
RECR 495 Planning. Design and Main-
tenance of Park and Recreation Areas
and Facilities. (3) Studies the relation of
the park and recreation systems to the
total community planning process; area
layout, design and maintenance of fa-
cilities. Field experience will include the
conduct of community surveys and prep-
aration of site plans as requested by
community groups. The development of
such studies will include inspection of
areas, site analysis, preparation of plans,
and their presentation to the community
where possible.
Agricultural and Extension Education
RLED 302 Introduction to Agricultural
Education. (2) An overview of the job of
the teacher o( agriculture; examination
of agricultural education programs for
youth and adults,
RLEO 303 Teaching Materials and Dem-
onstrations. (2) Principles and practices
of the demonstration method; construc-
tion and use of visual aids in teaching
agriculture.
RLED 305 Teaching Young and Adult
Farmer Groups. (1) Characteristics of
young and adult farmer instruction in
agriculture. Determining needs for and
organizing a course; selecting materials
for instruction: and class management.
Emphasis is on the conference method
of teaching.
RLED 311 Teacliing Secondary Voca-
tional Agriculture. (3) A comprehensive
course in the work of high school de-
partments of vocational agriculture. It
emphasizes particularly placement, su-
pervised farming programs, the organi-
zation and administration of future
farmer activities, and objectives and
methods in all-day instruction,
RLED 313 Student Teaching. (5)
Prerequisite, satisfactory academic
average and permission of instructor.
Full-time student teaching in an off-
campus student teaching center under an
approved supervising teacher of agri-
culture, participating experience in all
aspects of Ithe work of a teacher of
agriculture,
RLED 315 Student Teaching. (1-4) Pre-
requisite, satisfatcory academic average
and permission of instructor. Full-time
observation and participation in work of
teacher of agriculture in off-campus
student teaching center. Provides stu-
dents opportunity to gain experience in
the summer program of work, to partici-
pate in opening of school activities, and
to gain other experience needed by
teachers,
RLED 323 Developing Youth Programs. (3)
A study of concepts involved in planning
and executing programs developed to
meet the needs of youth especially those
living in rural and suburban areas.
Emphasis will be placed on the identi-
fication of attitudes, needs, and problems
of youth in all socio-economic levels
An analysis of methods or working with
youth groups ana developing volunteer
leaders will also be included,
RLED 325 Directed Experience in Ex-
tension Education. (1-5) Prerequisite,
satisfactory academic average and per-
mission of instructor. Full-time observa-
tion and participation in selected aspects
of extension education in an approved
training county.
RLED 327 Program Planning in Exten-
sion. (3) Studies concepts involved in
planning, execution and evaluation ol
educational programs. Students will ap-
ply the concepts while assisting with the
planning and evaluation ol programs.
Special emphasis will also be given to
extension education.
RLED 398 Seminar in Agricultural Edu-
cation. (1) Examination of current litera-
ture reports and discussions of prob-
lems, trends, and issues in agricultural
education.
RLED 422 Extension Education. (3) The
agricultural extension service as an
educational agency. The history, phi-
losophy, objectives, policy, organization,
legislation and methods used in ex-
tension work.
RLED 423 Extension Communications. (3)
An introduction to communications in
teaching and within an organization, in-
cluding barriers to communication, the
diffusion process and the application of
communication principles person to per-
son, with groups and through mass media.
RLED 426 Development and Management
of Extension Youth Programs. (3) De-
signed lor present and prospective state
leaders of extension youth programs.
Program development, principles of pro-
gram management, leadership develop-
ment and counseling: science, career
selection and citizenship in youth pro-
grams, field experience in working with
low income families' youth, urban work,
RLED 427 Group Dynamics in Continuing
and Extension Education. (3) Concepts
involved in working with groups plan-
ning extension and continuing education
programs. Analysis of group behavior
and group dynamics related to small
groups and development of a competence
in the selection of appropriate methods
and techniques.
RLED 464 Rural Lite in Modern So-
ciety. (3) Examination of the many
aspects of rural life that affect and are
affected by changes in technical, natural
and human resources. Emphasis is
placed on the role which diverse organ-
izations, agencies and institutions play
in the education and adjustment of
rural people to the demands of modern
society,
RLED 466 Rural Poverty in an Affluent
Society. (3) Topics examined include
conditions under which people in poverty
exist, factors giving rise to such condi-
188 / Course Offerings
IK>ns, problems laced by Iha rural poor,
and Iha kindi ol assistance they need
10 rise out ol poverty Topics and issues
are examined m the context ol rural-
urban inlorrolationsrtips and their etfecis
on rural poverty Special attention is
given to past and present programs de-
signed to alleviate poverty and to con-
siderations and rocommondations lor
future action
RLEO 487 Conservation ol Natural Re-
aoufces. (3) Designed primarily tor
teachers Study ol stale's natural re-
sources—soil, water. Iishories. wildlife,
forests, and minerals — natural resources
problems and practices Extensive field
study Concentration on subject matter.
Taken concurronlly with RLED 497 in
summer season
RLEO 4Sa Critlqua In Rural Education. (1)
Current problems and trends in rural
education
RLEO 489 Critique In Rural Education. (1)
Current problems and trends in rural
education
RLEO 497 Conservation ol Natural Re-
source*. (3) Designed primarily lor
teachers Study ol state's natural re-
sources— soil, water, fisheries, wildlife.
forests, and minerals — natural resources
problems and practices Extensive field
study Methods of teaching conservation
included. Taken concurrently with RLED
487 m summer season
RLEO 499 Special Problems. (1-3) Pre-
lequisite staff approval.
Religious Studies
RLST 12S Introduction to Religion. (3)
An introduciion lo Judaism. Christianity.
and the religions of Asia, consideration of
modern theones of religion including
critics (e g Freud. Marx) and reinterpreta-
tion (eg Tillich. Bonhoeffer). some at-
tention to recent religious movements in
the west such as Yoga. Pentecoslalism.
Zen, and the Jesus movement.
RLST 200 Modern Religious Thought (3)
Major modern religious thinkers and in-
tellectual movements in Europe and
America from 1900 to the present. Study
of Protestant. Catholic and Jewish writ-
ings, representing liberalism and modern-
ism, fundamentalism, neoorthodoxy. Vati-
can II. and the Death ol God' theology.
Readings include Tillich. Barth. Niebuhr,
Bonhoeffer. Buber. Heschel. Rubenstein.
and Teilhard
Radio, Television and Film
RTVF 124 Mass Communication in 20th
Century Society. (3) A problem centered
approach to the study ol mass communi-
cation and the impact of media on con-
temporary society Each semester the
media treatment of a contemporary so-
cial, economic or environmental issue
is used as a locus tor study of the prin-
ciples, techniques and effects ol mass
media Students produce simple radio,
television and film material on the se-
lected issue
RTVF 222 Introduction to Radio and
Television. (3) A survey of the develop-
ment scope and influence of radio and
television in America, with emphasis on
the relationship ol the industry to the
audience, the advertiser, and the gov-
ernment.
RTVF 223 The Television Program: Plan-
ning and Management. (3) Prerequisite.
RTVF 222 Study of basic program for-
mats and variations with special empha-
sis on pre-produclion planning, produc-
tion organization, management, facility
utilization and cost analysis.
RTVF upper-level course prerequisites:
RTVF 222 and 223 are prerequisites
for all majors prior to enrollment in
upper level courses. Non-majors are
required to obtain instructor's con-
sent for all upper level courses. All
students are limited to one produc-
tion course per semester unless per-
mission is obtained prior to regis-
tration.
RTVF 302 Radio Production. (3) A study
of the multiple problems facing the pro-
ducer, including scripting, casting.
acoustic planning, recording, editing
and coordination of personnel Some
emphasis is given to the use of audio
in media other than radio.
RTVF 314 Introduction to the Film. (3)
An elementary survey ol the film as an
art form. Included are: the medium of
the cinema, a brief survey ol its develop-
ment, film genres, esthetics, criticism,
and the current international scene. A
series of significant American and for-
eign films are viewed.
RTVF 31 S Radio and Television in Re-
tailing. (3) Limited to students in the
college of home economics Prerequisite.
SPCH 100 or 107. Writing and production
of promotional programs for the merchan-
dising of wearing apparel and home-
furnishings. Collaboration with the Wash-
ington and Baltimore radio stations and
retail stores
RTVF 317 Radio and Television Con-
tinuity Writing. (3) Prerequisite, consent
of instructor A study of the principles,
methods and limitations of writings for
radio and television. Application will be
made in the writing of general types of
continuities and commercials.
RTVF 332 Public Broadcasting. (3) Pub-
lic television and radio: development:
problems: influence: its place in con-
temporary broadcasting, through the
viewing of and listening to selected
programs
RTVF 340 Principles of Television Pro-
duction. (3) A study ol the theory, meth-
ods, techniques and problem* of televi-
sion production Units ol study covering
the television camera and lenses, light-
ing theory and practices, audio, graphic
arts, film basics and special effect* are
included. Practical application ol pro-
duction theory IS provided in television
studios
RTVF 346 Television New* and Public
Alfair*. (3) Prerequisite. RTVF 317 or
Journalism 360 A survey ol the develop-
ment of broadcast journalism, current
problems concerning radio and televi-
sion news, and the development of the
documentary Observation of news opera-
lions at nearby television stations is
provided Production exercises in tele-
vision news presentation, interviews and
discussions are conducted in television
studios.
RTVF 347 Analyst* ol Broadcaating
Processes and Result*. (3) Survey of the
more common analytic approaches,
methods, and results in field of radio
and television.
RTVF 351 Broadcast Programming. (3)
An introduction to the history, types,
theories, and conventions of American
radio and television programming.
RTVF 355 Film Production. (3) Pre-
requisite, consent of instructor A study
of the theoretical and practical aspects
of 16mm film production. Through read-
ing and practice, students are familiar-
ized with basic cinematography, lighting,
editing, pictorial composition, and film
continuity as a communication arts
medium.
RTVF 413 The History of the Film. (3) An
advanced survey of the film as an art
form Cinema pre-history. actualities and
the lumiere tradition. Melies, Griffith,
and their contemporaries, the silent film
(1920-29): Germany, Russia, and the
U.S.A., screen comedy, the sound film
(1926-Present): American and foreign
master directors, recent and current
trends. Recommended prior to this
course: RTVF 314.
RTVF 414 Contemporary American
Cinema. (3) Prerequisite. RTVF 222. An
analysis of the trends and major social
issues in American culture as they are
expressed through the film medium.
Emphasis on new wave', experimental,
underground, independent, and cinema
verite motion pictures
RTVF 415 Contemporary European
Cinema. (3) A comparative and critical
analysis of the European motion picture
both as a distinct art form reflecting
the national character of a particular
country and as a medium lor mass com-
munications demonstrating the uni-
versality of the human condition.
RTVF 417 Dramatic Writing for Broad-
casting and Film. (3) Prerequisite. RTVF
317 or consent ol instructor. An intro-
duction to the principles, methods and
limitations of writing comedy, drama,
and the documentary for radio, television,
and film
RTVF 418 The Film Autheur, (3) The in-
tensive chronological study ol the work
ol one European or American lilm di-
rector each temeater.
RTVF 419 Film Genre*. (3) The study ol
one major genre each semeeter (the
gangster film, the western, science fic-
tion and horror, the political film) Formal
and thematic conventions reflecting social
Ideals and needs Repeatabie to a
maximum of six credits
RTVF 420 The Documentary Film. (3)
Growth, implication, and the use of the
international nonficlion film as propa-
ganda, public service, promotion, edu-
cation, and entertainment. Case studies
from representative documentaries will
l>e analyzed.
RTVF 421 Film Critlclwn and Theory. (3)
Critical-aesthetic approaches to film in
order to develop a vocabulary lor film
analysis Included will be shot analysis,
montage and deep focus: the Auteur
theory, the role ol screenwriter, director
of photography, actor, genre analysis:
analysis of film as popular an.
RTVF 425 Tel«vl*lon and Politic*. (3)
Critical review of studies of the effects
ol political broadcasts: legal and social
issues, surveys and media campaigns
RTVF 440 Television Direction. (3) Two
hour laboratory Prerequisite. RTVF 340
Principles of television direction, includ-
ing analysis of script, casting, rehears-
ing, production, audio and video con-
trol.
RTVF 449 Televteion Wortuhop. (3) Two-
hour lecture, four-hour latjoratory Pre-
requisites. RTVF 340 440 and consent
0' instructor
RTVF 450 Radio and Television Station
Management (3) The role of the manager
in the modern broadcasting industry
Station communication factors, regula-
tion, licensing, personnel functions, sales,
programming supervision, audience
analysis, and station promotion.
RTVF 451 Broadcast Crttidam. (3) An
analysis of the professional, historical,
social, and psychological criticism of
American radio and television, together
with practical application of professional
and scholarly critical methods.
RTVF 452 International and Comparative
Broadcasting System*. (3) A comparative
study ol internaiional broadcasting pro-
gram policies, economic systems, con-
trol and organization. The use of broad-
casting in international affairs as an
instrument of propaganda, culture and
information dissemination Monitoring of
overseas broadcasts, television programs
and discussions with representatives of
Course Offerings / 189
domestic and foreign international broad-
cast agencies.
RTVF 453 Broadcasting and Govern-
ment. (3) Legal issues involving radio
and television: freedom, restaurants,
self-regulation: regulation of program-
ming, competition, rigfits as seen by the
broadcaster, regulatory agencies and the
public.
RTVF 465 Advanced Film Production. (3)
Prerequisite. RTVF 355 and consent of
instructor. Consideration of film tech-
nique and theory as they apply to the
making of a full length motion picture.
RTVF 498 Seminar. (3) Prerequisites,
senior standing and consent of instruc-
tor. Present day radio-television-film re-
search. Repeatable to a maximum of
six credits.
Russian
RUSS 001 Elementary Russian for Grad-
uate Students. (3) Graduate students
should register as auditors only. Inten-
sive elementary course in the Russian
language designed particularly for grad-
uate students who wish to acquire a
reading knowledge. This course does not
carry credit towards any degree at the
university.
RUSS 111 Elementary Russian. (3) Three
recitations and one laboratory hour per
week. Elements of grammar, pronuncia-
tion and conversation: exercises in
translation.
RUSS 112 Elementary Russian. (3) Three
recitations and one laboratory hour per
week. Elements of grammar, pronuncia-
tion and conversation; exercises in
translation.
RUSS 114 Intermediate Russian. (3)
Three recitations per week. Additional
laboratory. Prerequisite. RUSS 112 or
equivalent- Reading of texts designed to
give some knowledge of Russian life,
thought and culture.
RUSS 115 intermediate Russian. (3)
Three recitations per week. Additional
laboratory. Prerequisite, RUSS 114 or
equivalent. Reading of text designed to
give some knowledge of Russian life,
thought and culture.
S — Scientific. Prerequisite, RUSS 114 or
equivalent. Reading of technical and sci-
entific prose.
RUSS 121 Intensive Elementary Rus-
sian. (6) Introduction to speaking, read-
ing, and writing Russian with emphasis
on mastering the essentials of basic
structural patterns and pronunciation.
Eight hours per week.
RUSS 122 Intensive Intermediate Rus-
sian. (6) Prerequisite, RUSS 112, 121 or
equivalent. Eight hours per week, includ-
ing two drill hours. Reading of texts
designed to give some knowledge of
Russian life, thought, and culture.
RUSS 201 Conversation and Composi-
tion. (3) Prerequisite. RUSS 115 or
equivalent. A practical language course
recommended for all students continuing
in Russian.
RUSS 202 Conversation and Composi-
tion. (3) Prerequisite, RUSS 115 or
equivalent. A practical language course
recommended for all students continuing
in Russian.
RUSS 301 Review Grammar and Com-
position. (3) Prerequisite. RUSS 115 or
equivalent. Designed to give a thorough
training in the structure of the language:
drill in Russian composition.
RUSS 302 Review Grammar and Com-
position. (3) Prerequisite, RUSS 115 or
equivalent. Designed to give a thorough
training in the structure of the language;
drill in Russian composition.
RUSS 311 Advanced Conversation. (3)
Prerequisite. RUSS 201. 202 or consent of
instructor. For students who wish to de-
velop fluency and confidence in speaking
the language.
RUSS 312 Advanced Conversation. (3)
Prerequisite, RUSS 201, 202 or consent of
instructor. For students who wish to de-
velop fluency and confidence in speak-
ing the language.
RUSS 321 Survey of Russian Litera-
ture. (3) Prerequisite, RUSS 115 or
equivalent. An elementary survey of
Russian literature.
RUSS 322 Survey of Russian Litera-
ture. (3) Prerequisite, RUSS 115 or
equivalent- An elementary survey of
Russian literature.
RUSS 368 19th Century Russian Litera-
ture In Translation. (3) Development of
Russian literary thought in the Russian
novel and short prose of the 19th cen-
tury. Influence of western literatures and
philosophies considered. Repeatable to
a maximum of six credits.
RUSS 378 Soviet Lllearture in Transla-
tion. (3) Russian literature since 1917,
both as a continuation of prerevolutionary
traditions and as a reflection of Soviet
ideology. Repeatable to a maximum of
six credits.
RUSS 397 Honors Seminar. (3)
H — Honors. Prerequisite, permission of
honors committee chairman. Discussion
of a central theme with related investi-
gations by students. Conducted in
Russian.
RUSS 398 Honors Reading Course. (3)
H— Honors, Prerequisite, RUSS 321 and
322. or permission of instructor, or hon-
ors committee chairman. Supervised
reading and independent study taken
normally by students admitted into the
honors program. Conducted in Russian.
Repeatable to a maximum of 9 credits.
RUSS 399 Directed Study in Rus-
sian. (1-3) For advanced students, by
permission of department chairman.
Course may be repeated for credit if
content differs to a maximum of six
hours.
RUSS 401 Advanced Composition. (3)
RUSS 402 Advanced Composition. (3)
RUSS 441 Russian Literature of the
Eighteenth Century. (3)
RUSS 451 Russian Literature of the
Nineteenth Century. (3)
RUSS 452 Russian Literature of the
Nineteenth Century. (3)
RUSS 461 Soviet Russian Literature. (3)
RUSS 462 Soviet Russian Literature. (3)
RUSS 465 Modern Russian Poetry. (3)
RUSS 466 li/lodern Russian Drama. (3)
RUSS 467 fi/lodern Russian Fiction. (3)
RUSS 470 Applied Linguistics. (3) The
nature of applied linguistics and its coo-
tributions to the effective teaching of
foreign languages. Comparative study of
English and Russian, with emphasis
upon points of divergence. Analysis,
evaluation and construction of related
drills.
RUSS 471 Comparative Slavic Linguist-
ics. (3) Comparative Slavic linguistics
and. especially, a concept of the place
of the Russian language in the world of
Slavic culture through the reading of
selected texts illustrating common Slavic
relationships and dissimilarities.
Sociology
SOCY 100 Introduction to Sociology. (3)
Sociological analysis of the American
social structure: metropolitan, small
town, and rural communities; population
distribution, composition and change;
social organization.
SOCY 110 Rural Sociology. (3) Pre-
requisite, SOCY 100 or 200. Rural life
in America; its people, social organiza-
tion, culture patterns, and problems.
SOCY 120 Urban Sociology. (3) Pre-
requisite. SOCY 100 or 200. Urban growth
and expansion: characteristics of city
populations; urban institutions and per-
sonality patterns: relations of city and
country.
SOCY 200 Principles of Sociology. (3)
Required for students planning to major
in sociology. The basic forms of social
interaction, processes, and structures.
The basic forms of human associations
and interactions, social processes; in-
stitutions, culture, human nature and
personality.
SOCY 201 Introductory Statistics lor
Sociology. (3) Two lectures and two hours
drill per week. Prerequisites, SOCY 100
or 200 and MATH 110 or equivalent. Ele-
mentary descriptive and inferential sta-
tistics, tvleasures of central tendency
and variation, non-parametric and para-
metric measures of association and cor-
relation, one-way analysis of variance,
hypothesis testing, point and interval
estimates Required of all sociology
majors.
SOCY 202 Introduction to Research
Methods in Sociology. (3) Prerequisite,
SOCY 200 and 201. Nature and scope of
sociological research problem formula-
tion, case study methods, observational
methods, survey method, experimental
methods, documentary methods, mis-
cellaneous methods. Required for all
sociology majors.
SOCY 203 Sociological Theory. (3) Pre-
requisite. SOCY 200. Development of the
science of sociology: historical back-
grounds; recent theories of society.
Required of all socio' gy majors.
SOCY 210 Social Pi ilems. (3) Pre-
requisites, SOCY 100 •:- 200 and sopho-
more standing. An f mination of the
nature of social prob' s; perspectives
on social problems: ti.i ways in which
social problems are ir ilicated in the
organization of societ_ and a detailed
study of selected soc problems in-
cluding social conflic and social
inequality.
SOCY 215 Social In: lulions. (3) Pre-
requisites. SOCY 100 200. Nature and
function of social ins' utions: the per-
petuation of behavior ' rough customs
and social norms: tyr I contemporary
American institutions
SOCY 230 Dynamics Social Interac-
tion. (3) Prerequisite, I JCY 100 or 200.
Social psychology of -iroups such as
committees, teams, cli vs. sects, social
movements, crowds ar ' publics. Origin
of the social self; role >ehavior. Inter-
group and intra-group stations.
SOCY 310 Introducli.- -I to Social Wel-
fare. (3) Prerequisite, SOCY 10O or 200.
General survey of the \'M of social wel-
fare activities; historical development:
growth, functions and specialization of
agencies and services, private and
public.
SOCY 311 Senior Seminar in Social
Work. (3) Prerequisites. SOCY 100 or 200
and permission of the instructor. Experi-
ence in applying social science theory
to concrete social problems. Cases of
psychological, social and biological mal-
function will be studied, and specific
treatment plans constructed. The inter-
related nature of several causes of
deviant behavior will be stressed, as
will the importance of understanding and
using the principles of several social
science disciplines.
SOCY 330 Community Organization. (3)
Prerequisite. SOCY 100 or 200. Commu-
nity organization and its relation to social
welfare: analysis of community needs and
resources: health, hou mg. recreation:
community centers; neighborhood proj-
ects.
190 / Course Offerings
80CY U9 Social Fl«ld Training. (1-3)
Preroquisilos. pifrmission of inslruclor and
al Isast \2 houis of (ociology crodil En-
toMmanl restnclud to avallablo placs-
manls The sludonl will b« rosponsible
lo an agency lor a program of In-servico
training Group meetings individual con-
ferences and written program reports
will tji- a roquiiod part of tfie course
SOCY 3M Independent Research In
Sociology (3)
H— Honors Prerequisite, SOCY 200 and
consent ol instructor For honors students
only This course is designed for the
needs of the honors students in
sociology
SOCY 389 Independent Reading Course
In Sociology. (3)
H— Honors Prerequisite. SOCY 200 and
consent ol instructor For honors students
only This course is designed for the
needs of the honors students in
sociology
SOCY 399 Independent Study In So-
ciology. (1-6) Prerequisites, written con-
sent of faculty under whose direction
the study is to be performed, and at
least 12 hours of sociology credit to in-
clude one or more of the following:
SOCY 201: 202: 203 Integrated reading
or research under direction and super-
vision of faculty member
SOCY 401 Intermediate Statistics (or
Sociologists. (3) Prerequisites. SOCY 201
or equivalent and six additional credits
in sociology. Intermediate correlation
techniques, analysis ol variance, sampling,
additional non-parametric techniques,
additional topics in inferential statistics.
Required of all candidates for the M.A.
degree.
SOCY 410 Population I. (3) Prerequisite,
lunior standing: SOCY 100 or 200 not re-
quired Population distribution and growth:
sources of demographic data: population
composition: population theories: mor-
tality: fertility and family planning: migra-
tion: and population problems and
policy.
SOCY 411 Population t. (3) Prerequisite.
SOCY 410 and 201 or equivalent statistical
training Application of statistical tech-
niques employed in the analysis of
census and vital statistics data, includ-
ing methods of population standard-
ization, life table construction, and use
of computerized demographic data
SOCY 421 Intercullural Sociology. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 200 On the basis of
a comparative study of customs, individ-
ual and group behavior patterns and
institutions, this course studies the
ideologies of America and other modern
societies
SOCY 423 Ethnic Minorities. (3) Pre-
requisite. SOCY 100 or 200 Basic social
processes in the relations of ethnic
groups: immigration groups and the
Negro in th* United States: ethnic minor-
ities In Europe
SOCY 434 Sociology of Race Rela-
tions. (3) Proroquisilo SOCY 100 or 200
Race as a locus ol social relations Po-
litical and collective action centering on
race relations New myths of race. Trends
in assimilation of racial groupings
SOCY 426 Sociology ol Religion. (3) Pre-
requisite SOCY too or 200 Varieties and
sources of religious experience Religious
institutions and the role of religion in
social life.
SOCY 427 OsvlanI Behavior. (3) Pre-
requisite. SOCY 100 or 200. Current
theories of the genesis and distribution
of deviant behavior. Definitions of de-
viance, labeling theory, secondary de-
viance Theories of specific forms of
deviant behavior will be examined for
their implications for a general theory of
deviant behavior.
SOCY 430 Sociology ol Personality. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200, Develop-
ment of human nature and personality in
contemporary social life: processes of
socialization: altitudes, individual differ-
ences and social behavior.
SOCY 431 Formal and Complex Organi-
zations. (3) Prerequisite. SOCY 100 or 200.
The concept of formal organization The
study of functioning and control in the
operation of bureaucracies such as
corporations and in large-scale organi-
zations such as military, religious and
educational hierarchies. Forms ol re-
cruitment, internal mobility and organi-
zational personality. Relations between
large-scale organizations and with the
larger society.
SOCY 432 Collective Behavior. (3) Pre-
requisite, SOCY 100 or 200, Social inter-
action in mass behavior, communication
processes, structure and functioning of
crowds, strikes, audiences, mass move-
ments, and the public.
SOCY 433 Social Control. (3) Pre-
requisite. SOCY 100 or 200. Forms,
mechanism, and techniques of group in-
fluence on human behavior: problems of
social control in contemporary society.
SOCY 441 Social Stratification. (3) Pre-
requisite, 9 credits of sociology. An intro-
duction to the sociology of social strati-
fication. Consideration of the basic con-
cepts and ma|or findings in the field.
The relationship of social stratification
lo the institutional orders ol the society.
SOCY 443 The Family and Society. (3)
Prerequisite. SOCY 100 or 200. Study ol
the family as a social institution: its bio-
logical and cultural foundations, historic
development, changing structure, and
function, the interactions ol marriage and
parenthood, disorganizing and reorgan-
izing factors in present day trends.
SOCY 445 Sociology of the Arte. (3) Pre-
requisite, SOCY 100 or 200. Functions of
the arts ss a social Instltulion Social
role ol the artist Recrultmant lo and
organizational structure of artistic pro-
fessions Art forms and social character-
istics of oudionces Changing technology
and social values as reflected in artistic
expression.
SOCY 447 Small Group Analysis. (3) Pre-
roqiusites. SOCY 100 and 201 (sociological
statistics) or equivalent. Analysis of
small group structures and dynamics
Review of research on small groups in
real life settings and in laboratories.
Presentation of techniques used in
small groups
SOCY 457 Sociology ol Law. (3) Pre-
requisite. SOCY 100 or 200. Law as a
form of social control: interrelation be-
tween legal and other conduct norms as
to their content, sanctions, and methods
of securing conformity: law as an inte-
gral part of the culture of groups: fac-
tors and processes operative in the
formation of legal norms as determinants
of human behavior.
SOCY 460 Sociology of Occupations and
Careers. Prerequisite. SOCY 100 or 200.
The sociology of work and occupational
life in modern society Changing occu-
pational ideologies, values and choices
Occupational status systems and occu-
pational mobility. The social psychology
ol career success.
SOCY 462 industrial Sociology. (3) Pre-
requisite. SOCY 100 or 200. The sociology
of human relations in American industry
and business. Complex industrial and
business organization as social systems
Social relationships within and between
industry, business, community, and
society
SOCY 464 Military Sociology. (3) Pre-
requisite. SOCY 100 or 200 Social change
and the growth of military institutions.
Complex formal military organizations.
Military service as an occupation or
profession. The sociology of military life.
Relations between military institutions,
civilian communities and society.
SOCY 465 The Sociology of War. (3)
Prerequisite. SOCY 100 or 200, The
origin and development of armed forces
as institutions, the social causes, opera-
tions and results of war as social con-
flict: the relations ol peace and war and
revolution in contemporary civiliza-
tions.
SOCY 466 Sociology of Politics. (3) Pre-
requisite. 9 credits in sociology An
introduction to the sociology ol political
phenomena Consideration of the basic
concepts and major findings in the field:
the relationship of the polity to other
institutional orders of the society: the
relationship of political activity in America
to the theory of democracy
SOCY 467 Sociology of Education. (3)
Prerequisites. SOCY 100. or 200. or per-
mission of the Instructor. Listed also ss
EOSF 430 Sociological analysis of educa-
tional institutions and their relation to
society goals and functions, the mech-
anisms of social control, and the impacts
of stratification and social change Study
of the school as a formal organization,
and the roles atvl subcultures of teachers
and students
SOCY 470 Rural-Urban RalaUons. (3)
Prerequisites, SOCY 100 or 200 The
ecology of population and the forces mak-
ing for change in rural and urban life:
migration, decentralization and regional-
ism as methods of studying individual
and national issues Applied field prob-
lems
SOCY 471 Th« Rural Communlly. (3) Pre-
requisite, SOCY 100 or 200 A detailed
study of rural life with emphasis on levels
of living, the family, school, and church
and organizational activities in the fields of
health, recreation, welfare, and planning
SOCY 473 The City. (3) Prerequisite.
SOCY 100 or 200 The rise of urban civili-
zation and metropolitan regions: ecologi-
cal process and structure: the city as a
center of dominance: sociat problems,
control and planning.
SOCY 498 Selected Topics In Sociology.
(3) Prerequisite. SOCY 100 or 200 Topics
ol special interest to advanced under-
graduates in sociology Such courses
will be offered in response to student
request and faculty interest. No more than
6 credits may be taken by a student in
selected topics.
Spanish
SPAN 101 Elementary Spanish. (4) Intro-
duction to basic structures, with emphasis
upon understanding and speaking. Four
recitations per week, and one optional
laboratory hour. Normally leads to 102.
but gifted students may be recommended
for 102H.
SPAN 102 Elementary Spanish. (4) Com-
pletion of basic structures, with increas-
ing emphasis upon reading skill, rein-
forced by discussion and composition
Four recitations per week, and one
optional laboratory hour. Normally leads to
104. but gifted students may recom-
mended for 1(MH.
H — Honors, Limited to students who have
been recommended by their instructor
in 101. Enriched course of study, with
broad reading base and related develop-
ment of oral and written expression. Four
recitations per week and one optional
laboratory hour Normally leads to 201 or
221 at students option
SPAN 103 Review of Elementary
Spanish. (4) Limited lo students who
nave had at least two years of high school
Spanish, or the equivalent, and who do
not qualify for 104. Four recitations per
week, and one optional laboratory hour.
Normally leads to 104.
Course Offerings / 191
SPAN 104 Intermediate Spanish. (4) Con-
tinued development of the skills of
understanding and speaking with supple-
mentary attention to reading and writing.
Four recitations per week, and one
optional laboratory hour. Normally leads
to 201 or 221. at student's option.
H — Honors Limited to students who have
been recommended by their instructor
in 102. Enriched course of study, with
broad oral base and related development
of reading and writing. Four recitations
per week and one optional laboratory
hour. Normally leads to 321, 322. 323, or
324 at student's option.
SPAN 201 Review of Oral and Written
Spanish. (3) Prerequisite. SPAN 104 A
practical language course recommended
for all students continuing in Spanish.
May be taken concurrently with SPAN
221.
SPAN 202 Intermediate Conversation. (3)
Prerequisite. SPAN 104 or permission of
instructor. Provides an opportunity to
develop fluency in oral Spanish.
SPAN 211 Spanish Phonetics. (3) Pre-
requisite. SPAN 104 or equivalent. Descrip-
tive study of the Spanish sound system.
Practice in phonetic perception, trans-
cription and articulation. Particular
attention to sentence phonetics: juncture,
rhythm, stress, pitch.
SPAN 221 Introduction to Spanish
Literature. (3) Prerequisite. SPAN 104.
Reading of literary texts, discussion and
brief written reports. Conducted in
Spanish.
SPAN 230 Commercial Spanish. (3) Pre-
requisite, SPAN 201 and consent of
instructor. Designed to give knowledge
of correct commercial Spanish including
letters and business forms. Fundamental
principles of Spanish shorthand will be
be included if warranted by the interest
and ability of the class.
SPAN 301 Review Grammar and Com-
position. (3) Prerequisite. SPAN 201 or
equivalent. An intensive review of gram-
mar and practice in Spanish composition.
SPAN 302 Review Grammar and
Composition. (3) Prerequisite. SPAN 301
or equivalent.
SPAN 311 Advanced Conversation. (3)
Prerequisite. SPAN 201 or consent of
instructor. Designed to develop fluency
and accuracy in speaking Spanish,
SPAN 312 Advanced Conversation. (3)
Prerequisite. SPAN 201 or consent of
instructor.
SPAN 321 Survey of Spanish Litera-
ture. (3)
SPAN 322 Survey of Spanish Litera-
ture. (3)
SPAN 323 Survey of Spanish-American
Literature. (3) Basic survey of the history
of Spanish-American literature.
SPAN 324 Survey of Spanish-American
Literature. (3) Basic survey of the history
of Spanish-American literature.
SPAN 399 Independent Study In Span-
ish. (1-3) Prerequisite, permission of in-
structor. Specific readings in literature
under the supervision of a faculty member
of the department. Repeatable to a
maximum of three credits.
SPAN 401 Advanced Composition. (3)
Exercises in practical stylistics. with
special emphasis on idiomatic and syn-
tactic structures. Graduate credit in
the College of Education only.
SPAN 402 Advanced Composition. (3)
Exercises in practical stylistics. with spe-
cial emphasis on idiomatic and syntactic
structures. Graduate credit in the College
of Education only.
SPAN 404 Oral Practice for Non-Native
Teachers of Spanish. (3) Prerequisite,
consent of instructor. Development of
fluency in Spanish with stress on correct
sentence structure, pronounciation and
idiomatic expression. Graduate credit in
College of Education only.
SPAN 408 Great Themes of The Hispanic
Literatures. (3) Pervading themes in the
literature of Spain or Spanish-America.
Each theme will be announced when the
course is offered.
SPAN 409 Great Themes of the Hispanic
Literatures. (3) Pervading themes in the
literature of Spain or Spanish-America.
Each theme will be announced when the
course is offered.
SPAN 410 Literature of the Middle
Ages. (3) Spanish literary history from the
11th through the 15th century. Reading
of representative texts. This course covers
until 1350.
SPAN 411 Literature of The Middle
Ages. (3) Spanish literary history from the
11th through the 15th century. Reading
of representative texts. This course covers
from 1350 to 1500.
SPAN 412 The Romancero. (3) Origin,
nature and influence. Extensive reading
in each of the respective sub-genres.
SPAN 420 Prose and Poetry of the
16th Century. (3) Selected readings and
literary analysis.
SPAN 421 Prose and Poetry of the
16th Century. (3) Selected readings and
literary analysls.
SPAN 424 Drama of the 16th Century. (3)
From the earliest autos and pasos, the
development of Spanish drama anterior
to Lope de Vega, including Cervantes,
SPAN 425 Spanish Chfilization. (3)
A survey of 2000 years of Spanish history,
outlining the cultural heritage of the
Spanish people, their great men, traditions,
customs, art, and literature, with special
emphasis on the interrelationship of social
and literary history. Conducted in Spanish.
Graduate credit in College of Education
only.
SPAN 426 Spanish Civilization. (3)
A survey of 2000 years of Spanish history,
outlining the cultural heritage of the
Spanish people, their great men, traditions,
customs, an, and literature, with special
emphasis on the interrelationship of social
and literary history. Conducted in Spanish.
Graduate credit in College of Education
only.
SPAN 430 Cervantes — Novelas
Ejemplares and Don Quixote, (3)
SPAN 431 Cervantes — Novelas
Ejemplares and Don Quixote. (3)
SPAN 434 Prose and Poetry of the 17th
Century. (3) Selected readings, literary
analysis, and discussion of the outstanding
prose and poetry of the period, in the
light of the historical background.
SPAN 435 Prose and Poetry of the 17th
Century. (3) Selected readings, literary
analysis, and discussion of the outstanding
prose and poetry of the period, in the
light of the historical background.
SPAN 436 Drama of the 17th Century. (3)
Devoted to Lope de Vega, dramatic
theory and the Spanish stage.
SPAN 437 Drama of the 17th Century. (3)
Drama after Lope de Vega to Calderon
de la Barca and the decline of the
Spanish theater.
SPAN 440 Literature of the 18th Century.
(3) Traditionalism, neo-classicism. and
pre-romanticism in prose, poetry, and the
theater; esthetics and poetics of the
enlightenment,
SPAN 441 Literature of the 18th Century.
(3) Traditionalism, neo-classicism, and
pre-romanticism in prose, poetry, and the
theater: esthetics and poetics of the
enlightenment.
SPAN 446 Latin-American Civilization. (3)
A survey of the cultural heritage of the
Latin American peoples from the pre-
Columbian period to the present. Hispanic
and other European influences. Conducted
in Spanish. Graduate credit in College
of Education only.
SPAN 447 Latin-American Civilization. (3)
A survey of the cultural heritage of the
Latin American peoples from the pre-
Columbian period to the present. Hispanic
and other European influences. Conducted
in Spanish. Graduate credit in College
of Education only.
SPAN 448 Special Topics in Latin
American Civilization. (3) An intensive
study of a selected topic related to Latin
American civilization. This course may be
taken no more than twice. Conducted
in Spanish. Graduate credit in College of
Education only.
SPAN 452 The Romantic Movement in
Spain. (3) Poetry, prose and drama of
the romantic and post-romantic periods.
SPAN 454 19th Century Rction. (3) Sig-
nificant novels of the 19th century.
SPAN 456 19th Century Drama and
Poetry. (3) Significant dramas and poetry
of the realistic period
SPAN 460 The Generation of 1898 and
Its Successors. (3) Authors and works of
all genres of the generation of 1898 and
those of the immediately succeeding
generation,
SPAN 461 The Generation of 1898 and
Its Successors. (3) Authors and works of
all genres of the generation of 1898 and
those of the immediately succeeding
generation.
SPAN 462 20th Century Drama. (3)
Significant plays of the 20th century.
SPAN 464 Contemporary Spanish Poetry.
(3) Spanish poetry from the generation
of 1927 to the present.
SPAN 466 The Contemporary Spanish
Novel. (3) The novel and the short story
from 1940 to the present
SPAN 468 Modernism and Post-Modern-
ism in Spain and Spanish-America. (3)
A study of the most important works
and authors of both movements in Spain
and Spanish-America.
SPAN 469 Modernism and Post-Modem-
ism in Spain and Spanish-America. (3)
A study of the most important works
and authors of both movements in Spain
and Spanish-America.
SPAN 470 Applied Linguistics. (3) Nature
of applied linguistics and its contribution
to the effective teaching of foreign
languages. Comparative study of English
and Spanish with emphasis upon points
of divergence.
SPAN 480 Spanish-American Essay. (3)
A study of the socio-political contents and
aesthetic qualities of representative works
from the colonial to the contemporary
period.
SPAN 481 Spanish-American Essay. (3)
A study of the socio-political contents and
aesthetic qualities of representative works
from the colonial to the contemporary
period, with emphasis on the essay of the
20th century.
SPAN 488 Spanish-American Fiction. (3)
Representative novels and or short stories
from the wars of independence to the
present or close analysis of major
contemporary works. Subject will be an-
nounced each time course is offered.
SPAN 489 Spanish-American Fiction. (3)
Representative novels and or short stories
from the wars of independence to the
present or close analysis of major
contemporary works Subject will be an-
nounced each time course is offered.
SPAN 491 Honors Reading Course-
Poetry. (3) H — Honors Supervised reading
to be taken by students admitted to the
honors program or upon consultation
with the instructor.
SPAN 492 Honors Reading Course —
Novel. (3) H— Honors. Supervised reading
to be taken by students admitted to the
192 / Course Offerings
honoft program or upon consultation
with \l\e milruclor
SPAN 493 Honors R*adlr«g Cours»—
Drama. (3) H--HonofS Supervised reading
10 bo IdKon by sludonu admitted to the
nonois program or upon consultation
with trio instructor
SPAN 496 Honors Seminar. (3)
H — Honors Required ol all students In the
honors program Ottier students will bo
admitted on special recommendation
Conducted in Spanish Discussion ot
a central theme with related investigation
by students
SPAN 498 Spanish-American Poetry. (3)
Mam trends authois iind works from the
Conquest to Ruben Dane
Speech
SPCH too Basic Principles ol Speech
Communication. (3) Prerequisite tor ad-
vanced speech courses A study of oral
communication principles, including verbal
and nonverbal language, listening, group
dynamics, and public speaking Emphasis
In this course is upon the application
ol these principles to contemporary prob-
lems and upon the preparation ol diller-
ent types ol oral discourse SPCH 100
and 107 may not both be used lor credit
SPCH 107 Technical Speech Communica-
tion. (2) A study ol oral communication
as It IS part of technical lields Emphasis
in this course is on the principles and
techniques ol interviewing, group discus-
sion, listening, and informative and per-
suasive briefings and speeches SPCH
too and 107 may not both be used for
credit
SPCH 110 Voice and Dicllon. (3)
Emphasis upon the improvement of voice.
articulation, and phonation May be
taken concurrently with SPCH 100
SPCH 125 Introduction to Interpersonal
Communication. (3) The course will
focus on the theory and its application
in the area ol informal interpersonal com-
munication
SPCH 200 Advanced Public Spealdng. (3)
Prerequisite. SPCH 100 or 107. A study
ol rhetorical principles and models of
speech composition in conjunction with
the preparation and presentation of specific
forms of public address.
SPCH 220 Group Discussion. (3) A
study of the principles, methods and types
ol discussion, and their application in the
discussion ol contemporary problems.
SPCH 230 Argumentation and Debate. (3)
A study of the fundamental principles of
reasoning, analysis, and evidence
preparation of debate briefs and presenta-
tion of standard academic debate
SPCH 240 Oral Interpretation. (3) The
oral interpretation of literature and the
practical training ol students in the art
ol reading.
SPCH 325 ParllamoflUry Law. (1) A study
of the principles and application ol
Parliamentary Law as applied to all types
ol meetings Thorough training in the
use ol Robert's Rules ol Order
SPCH 330 Argumentallon and Dabal* In
Society. (3) An indoplh study of argu-
niontnlion in the conduct of contemporary
li'gislalivo judicial and political debating
SPCH 350 Foundations ol Communica-
tion Theory. (3) A study ol oral com-
municative behavior, including problems
and processes ol symbolizations. aspects
ol oral language, the involvement of the
talker and listener, kinds of signals,
and self-revelation through speech
SPCH 356 Rhetoric and Society. (3) A
survey ol fundamental aspects and
approaches to rhetorical theory
SPCH 360 The Rhetoric ol Black
America. (3) An historical-critical survey
of the rhetoric of Black Americans from
■he Colonial period to the present
Emphasis will be placed on the nature and
historical antecedents ol contemporary
Black power rhetoric
SPCH 400 Introduction to Research
Methodologies in Speech Communi-
cation. (3) Prerequisite, speech communi-
cation maior or minor or consent ol the
instructor An introductory survey ol
empirical and historical-critical research
methodologies m speech communication
The course is designed to prepare the
student to understand and to conduct
basic research in the held
SPCH 420 Advanced Group Discus-
sion. (3) Prerequisite. SPCH 220 or consent
ol the instructor. An examination ol cur-
rent research and techniques in the
discussion and conference, including ex-
tensive practice in various types of discus-
sions. Emphasis is upon small group
leadership and dynamics.
SPCH 422 Interviewing. (3) Prerequisite.
permission of instructor Speech principles
and practices basic to recognized types
of interview, giving special attention to
behavioral objectives and communication
variables involved in the process o'
interviewing,
SPCH 423 Communication Processes in
Conlerences. (3) Prerequisite, one course
in speech communication or consent of
the instructor Group participation in
conlerences, methods of problem solv-
ing, semantic aspects of language, and
the function of conferences in business.
industry and government settings.
SPCH 424 Business. Industrial and
Government Communication. (3) Prerequi-
site, permission of the instructor Struc-
ture, methodology and application ot
communication theory in the industrial
selling will be emphasized
SPCH 440 Advanced Oral Interpreta-
tion. (3) Prerequisite. SPCH 240 A study of
the advanced theories and techniques
employed m the interpretation of pros«,
poetry and drama Attention is given to
selections, analysis, cuttings, script
compilations, and the planning ol pro-
grams and performances in oral Inlorprola-
tion
SPCH 441 Readers Theatre. (3) Prerequi-
site SPCH 240 or consent ol the In-
structor. Theories and techniques ol
readers theatre will bo analyzed to en-
hance the interpreting and directing
abilities ol students Special attention will
be given to interpretation and direction
ol prose, drama and script compilation
SPCH 450 Classical and Medieval
Rhetorical Theory. (3) Prerequisite. SPCH
200 or consent of instructor The theories
ol speech-making and speech composi-
tion as propounded by the classical
rhetoricians Special attention is given to
Plato Aristotle, Socrates. Cicero. Quintilian.
and St Augustine
SPCH 451 Renaissance and Modem
Rhetorical Theory. (3) Prerequisite. SPCH
200 or consent ol the instructor A study
ol the development of modern rhetorical
theories in Europe and America with
consideration of the application of the
theories to public address Special
attention is given to Thomas Sheridan.
John Walker. George Campbell, Hugh
Blair. Richard Whately. James A Winans.
Charles Woolbert, I A Richards, and
Kenneth Burke
SPCH 455 Speechwrlting. (3) Prerequi-
site. SPCH 200 or consent ol the instruc-
tor Intensive study ol rhetorical principles
ol speech composition through study ol
model speeches and through a practicum
in speech writing Emphasis will be placed
on the application ol research in speech
writing to various forms and styles of
speeches
SPCH 460 American Public Address
1635-1900. (3) Prerequisite. SPCH 200 or
consent ol the instructor Course examines
the rhetorical development of major
historical movements and influential
spokesmen from 1635-1900 Emphasis on
the reign of theocracy, the American
revolution, the presidential inaugural as
a rhetorical type, the Compromise ol 1850.
The Lincoln-Douglas Debates, the Civil
War rhetoric and the populist movement
SPCH 461 American Public Address in
the 20th Century. (3) Prerequisite. SPCH
200 or consent ol instructor. Course
examines the rhetorical development ol
major historical movements and inlluential
spokesmen Irom 1900 to the present.
Focus on the progressive movement, the
rise ol labor, women's sulfrage. McCarlhy-
ism and the evolution ol pro- and anti-
war rhetoric.
SPCH 462 BrHish Public Address. (3)
Prerequisite. SPCH 200 or consent of the
instructor A biographical textual and
critical-rhetorical study of great British
speakers and their intluencet Special
attention will be devoted to the 'Oolden
Age ol British oratory and to the lorms and
stylos ol contemporary speakers
SPCH 470 Materials and Programs tor
the Development ol Ustenlitg. (3) The
study of research findings, listening test*.
materials equipment, and programs which
can be used to develop listening skills
SPCH 472 Nonverbal Communication. (3)
Survey ol nonverbal communication in
human interaction, theory and research
on proxemics, kmesics and paralinguistics
as expression ol relationship, affect and
orientation within and across cultures
SPCH 474 Communication Tlieory and
Process. (3) A general survey ot intro-
ductory material in communication theory
SPCH 475 Persuasion In Speech. (3) Pre-
requisite SPCH 200 or 230 A study of
the bases of persuasion with emphasis
on recent experimental development* In
persuasion
SPCH 476 Foundation* o( Speech
Behavior. (3) This course wii provide a
study ol the acquisition of speech, the ele-
ments that influence speech t>ehavior.
the inlluences ol speech behavior, and a
theoretical Iramework lor the analysis ol
communication situations Students will
apply the theory to analysis of specific
communication situations
SPCH 477 Speech Communication and
the Study ol Language Acquisition. (3)
Survey ol language acquisition and de-
velopment in human communication
behavior theory and research on
language structure, syntactic, phonological,
and cognitive systems as an influence ol
an individual s orientation and develop-
ment within and across cultures
SPCH 478 Speech Communication
Colloquium. (1) Current trends and issues
in the field of speech communication,
stressing recent research methods Recom-
mended for senior and graduate student
maiors and minors m speech communica-
tion RepeataDie to a maximum of 4 hours
SPCH 488 Speech Communication In-
ternship. (1-6) Registration by permission
of adviser only This independent intern-
ship IS designed to give the sfjeech
communication student practical career
experience with a speech communication
professional in the Washington Metro-
politan area Limited to a maximum of
SIX credits
SPCH 489 Speech Communication Work-
shop. (1-6) Workshops devoted to special,
in-depth study in speech communication
Course may t>e repeatable to a maximum
of SIX semester hours
SPCH 498 Seminar. (3) Prerequisites,
senior standing and consent of instructor.
Present-day speech research.
SPCH 499 HoiMrs Seminar. (3) For
honors Students only Readings, sym-
posiums visiting lectures, discussions.
Course Offerings / 193
statistics and Probability
STAT 250 Introduction to Statistical
Models. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 220 or
equivalent. Applications of basic ideas of
probability and statistics to epidemics,
genetics, learning models, population
growtti, queuing, reliability and tralfic
problems. Topics include random vari-
ables, distributions, expectations. Markov
chams, renewals, hypotheses testing and
estimation, with emphasis on discrete
models and intuitive approach. Choice of
applications can vary according to class
interest
STAT 400 Applied Probability and
Statistics I. (3) Prerequisites. MATH 141 or
221. Random variables, common distri-
butions, moments, law of large numbers
and central limit theorem. Sampling
methods, estimation of parameters, testing
of hypotheses, analysis of variance, re-
gression, and correlation.
STAT 401 Applied Probability and
Statistics II. (3) Prerequisites, STAT 400
(MATH 241 recommended). Point estima-
tion, sufficient unbiased and consistent
estimators. Minimum variance and
maximum likelihood estimators. Interval
estimation Testing of hypotheses. Regres-
sion and linear hypotheses. Sampling
distributions. Experimental designs.
Sequential tests, elements of non-para-
metric methods,
STAT 410 Introduction to Probability
Theory. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 241.
Probability and its properties. Random
variables and distribution functions in one
and several dimensions. Moments. Char-
acteristic functions. Limit theorems.
STAT 411 Introduction to Stochastic
Processes. (3) Prerequisite, STAT 410, or
MATH 410 and one of STAT 250 or STAT
400 Elementary stochastic processes.
Renewal process random walks, branch-
ing process, discrete Markov chains, first
passable times. Markov chains with a
continuous parameter, birth and death
processes Stationary processes and
their spectral properties.
STAT 420 Introduction to Statistics I. (3)
Prerequisite, STAT 410 or STAT 400 and
MATH 410. Short review of probability
concepts including sampling distributions.
Interval estimation. Theory of order
statistics. Tolerance limits. Limit distri-
butions and stochastic convergence. Suf-
ficient statistics Completeness and
stochastic independence. Rao-Blackwell
theorem.
STAT 421 Introduction to Statistics II. (3)
Prerequisite, STAT 420 or STAT 401 and
MATH 410. Loss and risk functions,
statistical decisions. Optimality criteria.
Uniformly minimum risk procedures,
Bayesian risk, minimax principle. Point,
estimation theory. Statistical hypotheses
and optimal tests. Likelihood ratio tests
Elements of linear hypotheses, analysis of
variance and sequential theory.
STAT 450 Regression and Variance
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, STAT 401 or
420 One, two, three and four layouts in
analysis of variance, fixed effects
models, linear regression in several vari-
ables, Gauss-Markov theorem, multiple re-
gression analysis, experimental designs.
STAT 464 Introduction to Biostatistics.
(3) Prerequisite, one semester of calculus
and junior standing. Probabilistic models.
Sampling, Some applications of proba-
bility in genetics Experimental designs.
Estimation of effects of treatment Com-
parative experiments, Fisher-Irwin test,
Wilcoxin tests for paired comparisons.
STAT 477 Optimization. (3) Prerequisite.
CMSC 110 and MATH 405 or MATH 474.
Linear programming including the simplex
algorithm and dual linear programs,
convex sets and elements of convex
programming, combinatorial optimization,
integer programming. (Listed also as
MATH 477 and CMSC 477),
STAT 498 Selected Topics in Statistics.
(1-6) Prerequisite, permission of the in-
structor. Topics of special interest to
advanced undergraduate students will be
offered occasionally under the general
guidance of the MATH STAT major com-
mittee. Students register for reading
in statistics under this number. Repeat-
able to a maximum of 16 credits.
Textiles
TEXT 105 Textiles in Contemporary
Living. (3) Three lectures per week. A
multidisciplinary approach to the con-
sumer in the near environment with
emphasis on apparel and environmental
textiles.
TEXT 150 Introduction to Textile
Materials. (3) Two lectures and one two-
hour laboratory per week. An introduction
to the properties of textile materials.
Behavior of textile materials are observed
in relation to environmental conditions
which influence aesthetics, comfort and
performance.
TEXT 221 Apparel I. (3) Six hours of
laboratory per week. A study of the
fundamental principles and processes of
pattern design and apparel construction.
Students will relate flat pattern and
construction techniques to apparel design
problems.
TEXT 222 Apparel II. (3) Six hours of
laboratory per week Prerequisites, TEXT
150 and TEXT 221 A continuation of
Apparel I involving more advanced prob-
lems. Emphasis is placed on successful
integration of pattern design with con-
struction processes in contemporary
fabrics.
TEXT 250 Textile Materials — Evaluation
and Ctiaracterization. (3) Two lectures and
one two-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite, TEXT 150. An investigation
of the behavior of textile materials in
relation to environmental factors and con-
ditions of service influencing perform-
ance, comfort and aesthetics. Laboratory
experience provides an opportunity to
explore a variety of textile materials and
methods of evaluation.
TEXT 355 Environmental Textiles. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite,
TEXT 150 A consideration of the proper-
ties, performance and care of textile
materials other than clothing used in the
near environment. Included are furnish-
ings, floor coverings, wall treatments and
recreational and structural materials.
Environmental conditions such as soiling,
heat, radiation, weathering, aging, moisture
and solvents will be considered,
TEXT 385 Junior Honors Seminar. (1)
Limited to juniors in the departmental
honors program Readings, reports and dis-
cussion of selected topics.
TEXT 420 Apparel Design — Draping. (3)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisites, APDS 101 and TEXT
222. APDS 220 recommended but not
required. Students explore pattern design
through draping on the human form.
Emphasis is on the interrelationship be-
tween material, design and form.
TEXT 425 Apparel Design — Experimental
Processes. (3) Two three-hour laboratory
periods per week. Prerequisites, APDS 101,
TEXT 250, and TEXT 222, Processes are
related to fiber and fabric characteristics,
style and end-use. Opportunities are pro-
vided for students to: 1) learn advanced
construction and tailoring techniques, 2)
explore, adapt and create new processes
with modern textile materials, and 3) evalu-
ate results in terms of design quality,
TEXT 441 Clothing and Human Be-
havior. (3) Three lectures per week. Pre-
requisites, PSYC 100 and SOCY 100. An
exploration of socio-psychological ap-
proaches to the study of clothing in re-
lation to human behavior. Social and
psychological theories will be examined as
possible framework for the study and
investigation of clothing.
TEXT 445 History of Costume I. (3) Three
lectures per week. The wrap-style dress.
A critical study of the various forms of
dress; analyzing shape and form of
garments and the component parts of
which they are made, taking special note
the various distinctive styles and unique
shapes which help distinguish one period
from another; relating the history of
costume to events, to achievements, to
the social attitudes and development of
the various times and cultures of man,
TEXT 447 History ol Costume II. (3)
Three lectures per week. The shaped-style
dress. A critical study of the various
forms of dress; analyzing shape and form
of garments and the component parts of
which they are made, taking special
note of the distinctive styles and unique
shapes which help distinguish one period
from another; relating the history of
costume to events, to achievements, to
the social attitudes and development of
the various times and culture of man
TEXT 452 Textile Science — Chemical
Structures and Properties ol Fibers. (3)
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory
per week. Prerequisites, CHEM 104 or
consent of instructor. The chemical
structure, properties and reactions of
the major classes of natural and man-
made fibers Emphasis is placed upon the
relationship between molecular structure
and physical properties of fibers and
fabrics. Laboratory includes chemical
identification of fibers, preparation of se-
lected fibers and examination of chemical
reactions and properties of fibers,
TEXT 454 Textile Science— Finishes. (3)
Two lectures and one three-hour labora-
tory per week Prerequisite, TEXT 452
or consent of instructor, A study of the
chemical reactions and mechanisms in-
volved in imparting water repellance,
crease resistance and crease recovery
properties, shrink-resistance, flame re-
sistance, soil-release properties and moth
and mildew resistance to textile ma-
terials. Properties of the finished material
which effect its end-use will also be
examined. Laboratory work includes the
application of finishes, identification of
finishes and a study of the properties of
finished fabrics.
TEXT 456 Textile Science — Chemistry
and Pliysics ol Fibers and Polymers. (3)
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory
per week. Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor. The theory of fiber structure and
Its relationship to chemical and physical
properties of natural and man-made
fibers. Laboratory includes study of per-
formance of textile materials in relation to
their chemical and physical properties,
TEXT 463 History ol Textiles. (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite, TEXT 150
or consent ol instructor. A study of
historic and contemporary fibers and
fabrics Emphasis will be placed on the
analysis of designs and techniques of
decorating fabrics and the relationship of
textiles to the aesthetic and develop-
mental cultures of society.
TEXT 465 Economics ol the Textile and
Apparel Industries. (3) Three lectures per
week. Prerequisites, ECON 201 and 203,
Trends in the production and consump-
tion of textiles and apparel: economic
analysis of the textile and apparel
industries; factors affecting changes in
output, price, location and market struc-
ture.
TEXT 488 Senior Honors Thesis. (1-4)
Limited to undergraduate students in the
departmental honors program. An inde-
pendent literary, laboratory ol Held study,
conducted throughout the student's
senior year. Student should register in
both fall and spring.
194 / Course Offerings
TEXT 498 Special Sludl*(. (2-4) Inde-
penjenl sludy by an individual student or
Dy a group of students in advanced work
not otnerwise provided in the depart-
ment Students must prepare a descrip-
tion of the study they wish to undertake
The plan must be approved by the
laculty directing the study and the do-
partmeni chairman
Universlly College Study Tours
UCST 199 Workshop In Foreign Cul-
tures. (1-6) Generally limiled to students
,11 ino first two years ot college A super-
vised study tour designed to take ad-
vantage ol the special circumstances and
facilities ol University College A course
which makes il possible to observe and
experience culture ol various countries
through travel, directed field study and an
integrated series of lectures Lectures
may cover the historical, geographical,
political, economic. Inlellectual and social
aspects ol a country or area A final
examination is required The maximum
number ol credits that may be earned
under this course symbol is six semester
hours this course designation may be
used one or more times until six semester
hours have been earned Credit will be
determined by the length and academic
content ol the tour Any student planning
to enroll in this course must obtain
prior approval from the Dean ol his college
regarding acceptance ol credits to
tulliM specific degree requirements.
UCST 499 Advanced Workshop In
Foreign Cultures. (1-6) A supervised study
lour designed to lake advantage of the
special circumstances and facilities ol
University College Related courses and
readings should precede tour. Directed
lield study and integrated series ol lec-
tures combined with travel provide
in-depth study of the cultures of other
countries Lectures may cover the histori-
cal, geographical, political, economic,
intellectual and social aspects ol a
country or area. A term paper and final
examination are required The maximum
number of credits that may be earned
under this course symbol is six semester
hours: this course designation may be
used one or more times until six semester
hours have been earned Credit will be
determined by the length and academic
content ol the tour Any student planning
to enroll in this course must obtain prior
approval from the Dean of his college
regarding acceptance ol credits to
fulfill specific degree requirements
Institute For Urban Studies
URBS 210 Survey of the Field of Urban
Studies. (3) Definition ol urbanism and
urbanization as historical processes; urban
growth ol the United States: conceptuali-
zation of the metropolis in the United
States, three interdisciplinary approaches
to urban systems — (1) environmental -
ecological ■ physical. (2) inttitutlonal - be-
havioral - socio-economic. (3) historical -
cultural ■ artistic urban crises, problems,
and need for solutions
URBS 260 Introduction To Urban Sludlm.
(3) Prerequisite, sophomore standing
History, problems and prospects ol the
American City Instructional devices
include urban gaming laboratory. Iiold
trips student projects
URBS 320 The Clly and the Developing
National Culture ol The United Stales. (3)
Delinition ol national culture as con-
tained in values, ideas, ideology, and
moral standards but expressed in objects
and activities History ol the city in the
United Staates as related to cultural
phases; the city and innovation in archi-
tecture and sculpture, in literature
and the line arts; individual cities as
creators ol cultural history; the city and
mass culture.
URBS 350 Introduction To Urban Field
Study. (3) Instruction in the techniques
ol inquiry into urban conditions Training
in use ol descriptive statistics to sum-
marize data Selection ol problems lor
study, design of research, preparing
conclusions. Comparison ol team-research
approach to individual investigation
Study of the urban community through
field projects.
URBS 395 Pro-Semlnar in Urban Litera-
tures. (3) Critique ol urban studies
literature in terms ol the three inter-
disciplinary distinctions. Term papers deal-
ing with research problems and trend
analysis of the literature in these three
areas. Students emphasize the phase of
urban studies most relevant to them
URBS 399 Independent Study in Urban
Topics. (3) Directed research and study
ol selected aspects of urban affairs
URBS 430 Practlcum in the Urban Com-
munity and Urban Organizations. (3)
Supervised lield training in urban-
oriented programs Emphasized areas of
interest are (1) neighborhoods and com-
munities. (2) organizations and agencies.
(3) specific programs. The student will
be assigned to a specific agency or
protect and will be responsible to that
agency Class meetings, written reports, in-
structor conlerences, and a student's
critique of his experience are included
URBS 480 Urban Theory and Simula-
tion. (3) Review of early theories ol the
city Contemporary theories of the city as
a physical and an institutional system
Urban theory as integration ol information
involving economic, political, and social
dimensions ol contemporary cities
Simulation and gaming as theory testing;
urban simulation and gaming as theory
building
Zoology
ZOOL 101 General Zoology. (4) Three
hours of lecture and two hours of
laboratory per week An Inlroduclion to
the modern concepts ol biological
principles and animal life Emphasis will
bo placed on the lunctional aspects ol
living systems with a survey of the physical
and chemical bases ol all Hie processes
Credit lor ZOOL 101 is not counted in
the 26 hours required for the major
ZOOL 146 Heredity and Man. (31 Three
hours ol lecture per week For non-
scienco students who endeavor to gain
an understanding ol human genetics so
they can intelligently consider how recent
discoveries and environmental changes
may allect the luture ol human heredity.
Not accepted lor credit toward the maior
ZOOL 181 Ecology ol Ocean*. (3) Three
hours of lecture per week Prerequisite, an
introductory course in biological princi-
ples at the high school or college level
An introductory consideration ol sea life
in various ecosystems and man's
potential uses and misuses ol the sea Not
accepted lor credit toward the major
ZOOL 201 Human Anatomy and
Physiology I. (4) Two hours ol lecture and
lour hours ol laboratory per week. Pre-
requisite. ZOOL 101 or equivalent A
thorough introduction to the anatomy
and physiology ol the skeletal, muscular,
nervous and sensory systems An introduc-
tion into cellular physiology is also in-
cluded
ZOOL 202 Human Anatomy and
Physiology II. (4) Two hours ol lecture and
lour hours ol laboratory per week Pre-
requisite. ZOOL 101 or equivalent A
thorough introduction to the anatomy
and physiology ol the cardiovascular,
respiratory, digestive, excretory and repro-
ductive systems. Intermediary metabolism
and endocrine relationships
ZOOL 205 History ol Zoology. (1) One
hour of lecture per week Prerequisites,
a general grade point average ol 3 2
and GPA in biological subjects of 3 5 or
permission of the instructor. A course in
the history ol the development ol zoology
involving the historical figures, experi-
ments and ideas which contributed to
modern concepts
ZOOL 206 Zoological Literature. (1) One
hour of lecture per week Prerequisites,
a general grade point average ol 3 2
and a GPA in biological subjects of 35. or
permission of the instructor. Discussion
ol zoological literature, its use and
signilicance
ZOOL 207 Development ol the Human
Body. (2) Summer session A study ol
the growth and development ol the human
organism with emphasis on the early de-
velopment, placentation and morphogensis
ol the organ systems Not accepted for
credit toward the major
ZOOL 209 Basic Study In Zoology. (1-4)
Prerequisites, a general grade point
average ol 3 2 and a GPA in biological
•ubiecti ol 3 5, or permission of tbe
instructor Independent study, with sup-
porling laboratory experiments, ol ttie
banc disciplines in zoology Repeatoble up
to 8 hours credit
ZOOL 230 Developmefltal Biotogy. (4)
Two hours ol lecTu'e and four hours of
laboratory per week Prerequisites an in-
troductory course in zoology or equivalenL
A course in principles of development
including morphogenesis differentiation,
pattern formation and ger>etic control of
development
ZOOL 246 Oenetlct. (4) Three hours o(
lecture and two hours ol lat>oratory per
week Prerequisites, one college course in
zoology, botany, biology or equivalent
and one semester ol college chemistry
Basic principles ol heredity
ZOOL 270 Population BkHogy and
General Ecology. (3) Three hours of lecture
per week No prerequisites, designed lor
elective credit General introduction to
population and community biology, with
consideration ol principles of evolution,
population genetics, population growtti
and steady states, age structure ol popula-
tions, multispecies. dependencies, and
ecosystem energetics Illustrations will t>e
drawn both Irom natural populations and
human populations.
ZOOL 271 Population Biology and
General Ecology Lal>oratory. (1) One hwo-
hour laboratory each week Zoology
270 to be taken previously or concurrently.
Exercises in the lat>oratory and in the
lield will Illustrate basic principles of
population biology, including natural
selection, environmental carrying
capacity, trophic structure and community
interactions Occasional Saturday field
trips will be arranged
ZOOL 290 Comparative Vertebrate
Morphology. (4) Two hours ol lecture and
SIX hours ol laboratory per week. Pre-
requisite, one college level course in
zoology, biology or equivalent A com-
parative study of the organ systems ol th«
vertebrates in terms of structure and
function
ZOOL 293 Animal Dhrerslty. (4) Three
hours ol lecture and three hours of
laboratory per week Prerequisite, a
general course in zoology, biology,
botany or equivalent. An introduction
to the diversity ol form and function in
the major groups of animals and factors
responsible tor this diversity.
ZOOL 308 Honors Seminar. (1)
H — Honors
One hour of discussion per week
Prerequisite participation in honors pro-
gram Guided discussion of topics of
current interest Repeatable to total ol four
hours credit
ZOOL 309 Honors Independent Study.
(1-»)
H — Honors
Prerequisite, participation in the honors
Course Offerings / 195
program. Study of classical material by
way of guided independent study and
laboratory experiments. Repeatable to a
total of 12 hours credit.
ZOOL 318 Honors Research. (1-2)
H — Honors
Prerequisite, participation in the honors
program. A laboratory research problem:
required each semester during honors
participation and culminating in a honors
thesis. Repeatable to a total of eight hours
credit.
ZOOL 319 Special Problems in Zoology.
(1-2) Prerequisites, a major in zoology or
biological sciences, a minimum of 3.0
GPA in the biological sciences and con-
sent of the instructor. Research or
integrated reading in zoology. A student
may register several times and receive up
to 8 semester hours of credit
ZOOL 328 Selected Topics in Zoology.
(1-4) Lectures, seminars, mini-courses and
other special instruction in various
zoological subjects. The contents and
format of the course change frequently
and students may register for it more than
once up to a total of six credits.
ZOOL 411 Cell Biology. (4) Two hours of
lecture, one hour of demonstration-dis-
cussion and three hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisites, two years of zoology
and organic chemistry, or permission of
the instructor. A study of cell structure
and function with an emphasis on the
activity of subcellular organoids and the
mechanisms of coordination and control of
cell function.
ZOOL 413 Biophysics. (3) Three lectures
a week. Prerequisites, one year of
biology, a year of physics and at least
one semester of calculus; or permission
of the instructor. An introduction to the
ideas and methods used in biophysics to
analyze the functional components
of cells and tissues as physical-chemical
systems.
ZOOL 415 Cell OiHerential. (3) Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites,
a course in development biology, cell
biology, molecular genetics or permission
of instructor. Cellular and subcellular
differentiation, emphasizing the biochemi-
cal and ultrastructional bases of these
development changes
ZOOL 421 Physiology of Excitable Cells.
(4) Three hours of lecture and three hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisites, an
introductory course in zoology or biology:
a semester of organic chemistry:
physics, through an introduction to
electricity and magnetism: MATH 110 or
115, The physiology of nerves, muscles
and sensory receptors and aspects of
central nervous system physiology.
ZOOL 422 Vertebrate Physiology. (4)
Three hours of lecture and three hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites, one
year of zoology and one semester of
organic chemistry, A study of the cardio-
vascular, hemopoietic, gastro-intestinal,
renal and respiratory systems. Chemical
and endocrine regulation of physiological
functions in higher vertebrates with
emphasis on mammals.
ZOOL 426 General Endocrinology. (3)
Three hours of lecture per week. Pre-
requisites, three semesters of animal
biology and two semesters of organic
chemistry. Functions and the functioning
of the endocrine glands of animals with
special reference lo the vertebrates.
ZOOL 430 Vertebrate Embryology. (4)
Two hours of lecture and six hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, one
year of biology or zoology. Vertebrate
embryogenesis. developmental physiology
and experimental embryology.
ZOOL 440 Evolution. (3) Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites, a course
in genetics and a course in animal divers-
ity. A consideration of current thought in
regard to the evolution of living organisms.
ZOOL 444 Advanced Evolutionary Bio-
logy. (3) Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites, ZOOL 440 or equivalent:
one semester of calculus. The nature and
consequences of organic evolution in
relation to present day geography and
geologic time. Topics covered will include
organic diversity gradients in space and
time, rates of evolution, co-evolution
and extinctions. Particular emphasis will
be placed in the synthesis of information
and on construction and evaluation of
hypotheses.
ZOOL 446 Molecular Genetics. (3) Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites,
ZOOL 246 or equivalent and a course in
organic chemistry. The molecular basis of
gene structure and function. Regulation
of differential gene expression.
ZOOL 447 Experimental Genetics. (4)
Two hours of lecture and six hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites, two
courses in genetics, one of which
included laboratory work, and permission
of instructor. A methodology and tech-
niques course considering experimental
design, the use of diverse organisms and
instrumentation and the presentation and
interpretation of data.
ZOOL 460 Ethology. (3) Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites, a course
in general zoology or equivalent and a
course, or current enrollment in, physio-
logy or ecology. An introduction to the
principles of animal behavior with
emphasis on physiological bases, ecologi-
cal correlates and evolutionary aspects of
behavior.
ZOOL 461 Ethology Laboratory. (3) One
hour of lecture and six hours of laboratory
per week. Prerequisite or corequisite.
ZOOL 460 or equivalent. Training in the
description of behavior, methods of
quantification and experimentation, and
the mathematical treatment of behavioral
data.
ZOOL 470 Advanced Animal Ecology. (2)
Two hours of lecture per week. Pre-
requisites, one year of zoology, a course
in calculus and a course in statistics. A
course in genetics is strongly recommend-
ed Designed for majors and graduate
students in the biological sciences.
Topics to include theory of population
growth and regulation, life tables and
population projection matrices, niche
theory, theory of competition and preda-
tion, diversity analysis, and energetic
modeling. Emphasis will be on current
literature and research in ecological
theory.
ZOOL 471 Laboratory and Field Ecology.
(2) Three hours of laboratory and field
work and one hour of discuss'on per
week. Prerequisites, zoology 470 pre-
viously or concurrently. Exercises in
laboratory and field will pursue problems
of contemporary ecological interest:
population density regulation, community
structure, niche shape, competition co-
efficients, pattern diversity, and energetics
of ecosystems. Topics will be coordinated
with those presented in zoology 470.
Terrestrial and aquatic systems will be
studied
ZOOL 472 Protozoology. (4) Two hours
of lecture and six hours of laboratory in-
cluding field trips per week. Prerequisite,
one year of biology. Basic conceptual
treatment of free-living and parasitic
protozoan functional morphology, life
history, and systematics. The laboratory
will stress observations of protozoa, living
and stained, collected from diverse habits.
ZOOL 475 General Parasitology. (4) Two
hours of lecture and six hours of labora-
tory per week. Prerequisites, two years
of zoology and one year of chemistry, or
permission of the instructor. A considera-
tion of the phenomenon of parasisism
through a study of the structure, function
and host relationships of parasitic
organisms.
ZOOL 480 Aquatic Biology. (4) Two
hours of lecture and six hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, a course
in animal diversity and a course in
ecology An investigation of the causal
relationships of freshwater, estuarine and
marine biotic communities to their
environment,
ZOOL 481 The Biology of Marine and
Estuarine Invertebrates. (4) Two hours of
lecture and six hours of laboratory per
week Prerequisite, one year of zoology
An in-depth consideration of the
taxonomy and functional morphology of
the invertebrates, exclusive of insects,
Chesapeake Bay forms and the study of
living material will be emphasized.
ZOOL 482 Marine Vertebrate Zoology. (4)
Two hours of lecture and six hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, two
years of zoology or permission of the
instructor. A consideration of the evolu-
tion, taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
behavior and ecology of marine and
estuarine protochordates and vertebrates
ZOOL 483 Vertebrate Zoology. (4) Two
hours of lecture and four hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, one
year of zoology or permission of the
instructor. The identification, classification,
habits, and behavior of vertebrates with
emphasis on fresh water, terrestrial and
aerial forms, and a consideration of
the evolution of living and fossil
representatives.
ZOOL 492 Form and Pattern in
Organisms. (3) Prerequisites, one year of
calculus: one year of physics; one
semester of introductory biology, A
lecture course in structural and functional
interpretation of form in organisms.
Pattern formation in morphogenesis,
mathematical description of shape,
methods, and examples of functional
analysis of form, and patterns of
morphological diversity through space and
time.
ZOOL 495 Mammalian Histology. (4) Two
hours of lecture and six hours of labora-
tory per week. Prerequisites, a course in
vertebrate anatomy and a course in
vertebrate physiology or permission of the
instructor. A study of the microscopic
anatomy, ultrastructure and histophysiology
of tissues and organs of mammals.
196 / Course Offerings
I
^'.j^gijif^-: .'A'^
CampMJS Faulty (As oI spring. 1974)
Aaron, Henry J., Associate Professor ol
Economics
B A , U CI A.. 1956: M.A.. Harvard
University. 1960; PhD . Harvard University.
1963
Abrahamsen, Martin A., Visiting Professor
of Agricultural and Resource Economics
B.E , River Falls Teactiers College. Wis-
consin. 1930; MA, University of Wisconsin,
1933; Ph D , 1940.
Abrams. John G., Lecturer in Speech and
Dramatic Art
A B , University of Michigan. 1964;
M A , 1967
Adams. Harold L., Lecturer m Architecture
B Afch Texas A&M,1962.
Adams, 3rd, John O.. Associate Professor
of Economics
AS . Oberlin College. 1960; Ph D .
University of Texas. 1966
Adams. William W.. Professor of
Mathematics
AB, University of California (LA), 1959;
Ph D . Columbia University, 1964
Adelman, Irma, Professor of Economics
B S . University of California (Berkeley)
1950, M A , 1951; PhD. 1955
Adklns, Arthur. Associate Professor of
Secondary Education
B.S.. Saint Cloud Slate College, 1942;
MA.. University of Minnesota, 1947. Ph D.,
University of Minnesota, 1958,
Adklns, Ralph J., Assistant Professor and
Extension Supervisor. Agriculture
B.S , University of Maryland, 1960;
MS. 1965
Aggarwall. Vijay V., Visiting Assistant
Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B S . Indian Institute of Technology —
Bombay, 1970; M S , Case Western
Reserve University. 1971. PhD, 1973
Agrawala, A. K., Assistant Professor of
Computer Science
Ph D , Harvard University, 1970
Agre, Gene P.. Associate Professor.
Foundations of Education
BA, Macaiester College. 1951. BS.
University of Minnesola, 1953; MA.,
1956; Ph D,. University of Illinois (Urbana),
1964
A'Hearn. Michael P., Associate Professor
of Astronomy
BS. Boston College. 1961: Ph.D..
University of Wisconsin, 1966.
Ahnert, Frank O.. Professor of Geography
PhD , University of Heidelberg. 1953,
Ahrens, Richard A., Associate Professor of
Food and Nutrition
B S„ University of Wisconsin. 1958. Ph D,,
University of California (Davis). 1963
Akman. Susan H.. Instructor, Center for
Young Children
B A , Georgia Southern College. 1967;
M.Ed , University of Maryland, 1969
Albert, Thomas F., Associate Professor of
Veterinary Science
BS. Pennsylvania State University. 1959;
V M D . University of Pennsylvania. 1962;
Ph D , Georgetown University, 1972.
Albrechl, Pedro A., Assistant Professor of
Civil Engineering
Oipl. Eng, Swiss Federal Inst, of
Technology, 1962. PhD, Lehigh University,
1972
Alexander, James C. Associate Professor
of Mathematics and Statistics
B.S . Johns Hopkins University. 1964;
Ph.D., 1968-
Alexander, Millard H., Assistant Professor
of Chemistry
BA.. Harvard University. 1964. PhD,.
University of Orsay (France). 1967.
Allan, J. David, Assistant Professor of
Zoology
B.Sc. University of British Columbia. 1966;
M.S.. University of Michigan. 1968;
Ph.D.. 1971.
Allan, Thomas K., Associate Professor of
Counseling Personnel and Coordinator,
Undergraduate Studies
BS, Northwestern University. 1950; MA,
University of Maryland, 1964; PhD,. 1966
Allen, Geraldlne, Instructor in Physical
Education
BA. Macaiester College, 1969,
Allen. Redfleld W.. Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
B S , University of Maryland. 1943; M S .
1949, PhD, University ol Minnesota, 1959.
Alley, Carroll O., Jr.. Professor of Physics
BS, University of Richmond, 1948;
MA, Princeton University, 1951; Ph.D.,
1962
Alley. Elizabeth D., Instructor (Part-time)
and Curator of Visual Aids in Architecture
B A , Wilson College, 1948.
Almenas, Kazys K., Associate Professor
of Nuclear Engineering
BS, University of Nebraska, 1957; Ph.D..
University and Polytechnic of Warsaw.
1968
Almon, Clopper, Jr., Professor of
Economics
AB, Vanderbilt University. 1956. MA,
Harvard University. 1961; PhD.. 1962
AllhoM, Sally A., Assistant Professor
ol Health Education
B S . Bowling Green State University,
1966; M Ed . University of Toledo. 1968,
PhD , 1971
Amershek, Kathleen G., Associate
Pfolessor of Early Childhood and
Elementary Education
BS Indiana State College (Penna.), 1951;
M Ed , Pennsylvania State University.
1957, Ph.D., University of Minnesola,
1966
Ammoh, Herman L., Associate Professor
of Chemistry
BSc. Brown University. 1958; PhD,.
University of Washington, 1963.
Anand. Davinder K., Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
B.S. George Washington University, 1959,
MS, 1961, PhD, 1965.
Anaslos, George, Professor of Zoology
B S , University of Akron, 1942; MA .
Harvard University, 1947; PhD, 1949
Anderson, C. Raymond, Associate
Professor of Secondary Education and
Acting Associate Dean. College of
Education
B S.. University of Maryland. 1957; M.Ed..
1959; Ed D.. 1969.
Anderson, Carl R., Assistant Professor of
Behavioral Sciences
BS. Pennsylvania State University. 1969;
MBA, 1970,
Anderson, Evelyn, Assistant Professor
ol Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
A B , Bethany College. 1935; MA,
University of Chicago. 1957.
Anderson, Frank G., Assocate Professor
of Anthropology
AB, Cornell University. 1941; Ph.D.,
University of New Mexico. 1951.
Anderson, Henry, Professor of Statistics
BA, University of London, 1939: MBA..
Columbia University, 1948; PhD., 1959.
Anderson, John D., Jr., Chairman and
Professor of Aerospace Engineering
B.S , University of Florida, 1959; Ph D,,
Ohio State University. 1966.
Anderson. J. Paul, Professor of Education,
Administration, Supervision, and
Anderson, J. Roberl, Associate Professor
of Physics
B S.. State University of Iowa. 1955:
PhD . 1963.
Anderson. Lowell D., Assistant Professor
of Industrial Education
BS,. Saint Cloud State College. 1961; MS-,
Saint Cloud State College. 1965; Ph.D..
Michigan State University, 1969.
Anderson, Nancy S., Professor of
Psychology and Assistant Chairman,
Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences
BA,, University of Colorado, 1952; MA.
Ohio State University, 1953; PhD,. 1956,
Anderson, Ronnie N., Assistant Professor
of Finance
B.S , University of North Carolina, 1962,
Anderson. Thornton H., Professor of
Government and Politics
A B , University of Kentucky. 1937; M.A..
1938, PhD, University of Wisconsin. 1948.
Anderson, Vernon E., Professor Emeritus
of Education, Administration. Supervision
and Curriculum
B S , University of Minnesola, 1930; MA,
1936; Ph D . University of Colorado. 1942,
Anderson, William N., Jr., Assistant
Professor of Mathematics
B S , Carnegie-Mellon University, 1960;
MS, 1967, PhD,. 1968
Andry, Albert N., Assistant Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
B.S , University of Notre Dame, 1969; Ph 0.,
Northwestern University. 1973.
Angell, Frederick F.. Associate Professor
of Horticulture
BS, Southern Illinois University. 1960:
MS. 1961; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
1965
Angus, Richard R., Assistant Professor
and State Leader, 4-H and Youth
BS. University of Minnesota, 1953; MS,
1957
AnseJIo, Edward F., Assistant Professor of
Institute for Child Study
A B., Boston College. 1966; M.Ed ,
University ol Missouri, 1967; PhD .
1970.
Antman, S.S., Professor of Mathematics
BS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute,
1961, MS,, University of Minnesota. 1963:
Ph D , 1965,
Arkin, Alice L., Instructor in Journalism
BA, The American University, 1963.
Armbuster, James A.. Faculty Research
Assistant in Agronomy
B.S, Kansas State University, 1970; MS.,
1972
Armstrong. Ronald W., Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
BES. Johns Hopkins University, 1955;
PhD, Carnegie-Mellon University. 1958,
Arrlghi, Margarite A.. Assistant Professor
ol Physical Education
B.S., University of Richmond, 1958: M.A ,
University of Maryland. 1962,
Arsenault, Richard J., Professor of
Chemical Engineering
B,S., Michigan Technology University.
1957; PhD. NoMhwestern University.
Ashcrott. Samuel C. Professor ol Special
Education
B S . Northwestern University. 1946;
M A , New York University. 1951 ; Ed.D ,
University of Illinois, 1960.
Ashlock, Robert B., Professor of Early
Childhood and Elementary Education
BS. Butler University, 1951; MS,, 1959:
EdD, Indiana University, 1965.
Ashmen, Roy, Associate Professor of
Marketing
B.S.. Drexel Institute of Technology. 1935;
MS,, Columbia University. 1936; PhD.,
Northwestern University. 1950.
Aslmow. Robert M., Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
B S , University of California (Los Angeles).
1953, MS,, 1955; Ph.D.. 1958.
Atchison. William F.. Professor of
Computer Science and Acting Chairman of
Computer Science Department
A 8 , Georgetown College (Ky ), 1938;
MA, University of Kentucky, 1940; PhD ,
University of Illinois (Urbana). 1943.
Atkinson, Lloyd C, Assistant Professor of
Economics
B A , University of Windsor, 1965; PhO,.
University of Michigan, 1969,
Auslander, Joseph, Professor of
Mathematics
BS . Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1952; MS, University of
Pennsylvania, 1953, PhD, 1957.
Austin, Gilbert R., Lecturer in Secondary
Education and Associate Director of
Bureau of Educational Research and Field
Services
B S,. Central Connecticut State College,
1953: MALS, Wesleyan University. 1956;
PhD , University of Connecticut, 1965.
Ausling, Richard H., Associate Professor of
Computer Science
B S . Xavier University, 1953: M S . Saint
Louis University, 1955; PhD, Catholic
University of America, 1963,
Avery, William T.. Professor and Chairman
of Classical Languages and Literatures
BA., Western Reserve University. 1934;
M A . 1935, Ph D . 1937, Fellow of the
American Academy in Rome. 1937-39
Axley, John H., Professor of Agronomy
B A , University of Wisconsin, 1937:
PhD , 1945.
Aycock, Marvin K., Jr., Associate Professor
of Agronomy
BS, North Carolina State College. 1959;
M S , 1963; Ph D . Iowa State University.
1966
Aylward, Thomas J., Acting Chairman.
Arts and Humanities and Professor
of Speech and Dramatic Art
BS, University of Wisconsin, 1947; MS..
1949, PhD, 1960.
Aziz. A. Kadir, Research Professor (P.T.).
Institute lor Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics
B S , Wilson Teachers College. 1952; M.S..
George Washington University. 1954;
Ph D,. University of Maryland. 1958.
Azzaretto. John F.. Municipal Management
Associate, Maryland Technical Advisory
Service. Bureau of Governmental
Research
B.A., Northeastern University. 1969.
Babuska, Ivo, Research Professor, Institute
for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics
Ph D , University of Prague. 1960.
Bachtler, Joseph R., Senior Instructor ol
Fire Service Extension
B S., University of Southern CalHomia.
1956.
Bahl, Surinder, Visiting Assistant Professor
of Physics and Astronomy
BSc. Punjab University (India), 1958;
MSc. Aligarh University (India). 1961:
Ph D , Northeastern University. 1970.
Bailey, Martin G.. Extension Assistant
Professor and Extension Supervision
B.S , Hampton Institute. 1937; MEd.,
Cornell University, 1955.
Bailey. Mary C, Research Associate
(Part-time) Chemical Engineering
Bailey, W. Michael, Lecturer in Economics
B.A., North Texas State University, 1959.
Bailey, William J.. Research Professor
of Chemistry
BS . University of Minnesota. 1943; PhD,.
University of Illinois. 1946.
Balrd. Janel R., Assistant Professor of
Secondary Education and Spanish and
Porluguese
B.S., University ol Kansas. 1966: M.A..
1971; PhD. 1973,
Baker. Donald J., Associate Professor of
Hearing and Speech Sciences
B S , Ohio State University, 1954; M.A..
1956. Ph 0 . 1962.
Baker, H. K., Assistant to the Dean and
Instructor. College of Business and
Management
B S , B A . Georgetown University. 1967;
MBA, University of Maryland. 1969.
Baker. Robert L. Associate Professor of
Horticulture
A B., Swarlhmore College. 1959; MS,.
University of Maryland, 1962; Ph.D.. 1965.
Bandel, Vernon A., Associate Professor of
Agronomy
B S . University of Maryland, 1959: M.S..
1962; Ph.D. 1965.
Banerjee, Mano) K., Professor of Physics
and Astronomy
B S . Patna University, 1949; MS , Calcutta
University,. 1951; PhD,, 1956.
Bankson. Nicholas W., Assistant
Professor of Hearing and Speech Sciences
B S., University of Kansas, 1960: M.A,.
1961; PhD,. 1970
Baras, John S., Assistant Professor of
Electrical Engineering
Dipl E E , National Technical University
of Athens, 1970; S,M.. Harvard University,
1971; PhD., 1973.
Barber, Willard F., Lecturer in Government
and Politics
A B , Stanford University. 1928: M.A.,
1929,
Bardasis, Angelo, Associate Professor of
Physics
BA , Cornell University. 1957; M.S.,
University of Illinois, 1959: Ph.D.. 1962.
Barilla. Anthony R.. Instructor in Spanish
and Portuguese
BA, University of Maryland. 1969: MA..
1971
Barlow. Jewel B., Assistant Professor of
Aerospace Engineering
B.E.. Auburn University, 1963; MS .
1964. Ph D , University of Toronto, 1970.
Barnea. Hava, Instructor in Hebrew
BA , The Hebrew University Jerusalem,
1965
Barnes, Jack C, Associate Professor of
English
BA . Duke University. 1939: M.A.. 1947;
PhD , University of Maryland. 1954.
Barnelt, Audrey J., Associate Professor of
Zoology
B A , Wilson College, 1955; M.A . Indiana
University, 1957; PhD. 1962.
Barnetl. Bruce A., Assistant Professor of
Physics and Astronomy
BA, Harvard University, 1965: Ph.D..
University of Maryland. 1970.
Barnett, Neal M., Assistant Professor
of Botany
B S , Purdue University. 1959; Ph.D.. Duke
University. 1966.
Barnetl, Ronald J., Assistant Professor
of Music
BMus, Eastman School of Music. 1960;
MMus, University of Maryland. 1971.
Barrablnl, M. G., Instructor in French and
Italian
Licence 6s-Lettres. University of
Aix-en-Provence. 1955.
Barrett. James E., Assistant Professor
in Psychology
B.S . University of Maryland. 1966; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University. 1971.
Barrett. Paul R., Instructor (Part-lime)
of English
BS. Seton Hall University, 196B. M.A..
University of Maryland. 1970.
198 / Campus Faculty
•any, Jachton O.. AHoctals ProlsMot
of EnQitct)
BA v*io U't'Wttily. 1B60. MA, Columbia
Un«v«'*'r) i^Mi MFA Cats Wdtlatn
RMtf'vs i9rO P^D 1MJ
taniin ctMM>« j p.ni»«M( and
Cft*.' ■ ■ - '■ ■ '-v
BS "»M. MA. Ohio
Stat.- LI 10M
•aro«i : ^ ■ >r in Phyatcal
BS Ho*«iJ Un.v«(«ttv, lOflO, MEd
Pwnnsyt^aniA Suto Univvrtty 1970
R«T S
Profawor of
BS V 1045; MS.
Uwv* . : at.al. 1»M.
PTtD V .. . ,, , ,.o,», 1962
BaaM. Vtciof R . Autttani Prolauor ol
Computer Sc-onco
BS fo'dhAfn Umvvrtity, 1961. MS.
>riity. 1963. PhD. Unlvarslty
of T«
id*0
BaMa, MwcU J.. A«»ociata Proloator.
Cofioga of LiDrary and Information
S*rvK«a
BA. Pomona College. 1963. MLS.
Univaraity of Cat'fornia (Berkeley). 1967,
PttO 1973
Bay. Emaat C^ Profeaaor and Chairman
of Eniomoloflv
AAS Long Isiarvl Agrtcullural and
Techntcei Institute, 1»49. BS . Corr>ell
University 1963 PhD. 1960,
Baal. Oaofge M.. Professor of Agricultural
and Resou'ce Econom.cs
BS Utah Sta'c U" .fi.ry, 1934. M.S.
Un«ef»<^ of W-SLOnsn. 1938. Ph.D.. 1942-
BaaH. Edgar F.. Assoc >aie Professor of
Physics
BA, University of California (Berkeley).
1956 PhO 1962,
BaaB. Olho T^ Jr., Professor of American
Studies
BA.. Williams College. 1930. MA..
Unfversity of Minnesota. 1933; PhD .
Unfveaity ol Pennsylvania, 1952
Bean. George A.. Associate Professor of
Plant Pathology
e S Cornell University. 1958. M S,.
University ol M.nnesola. 1960; PhD. 1963,
Beotty. Chartea J.. Associate Professor
of Industrial Education
B S , Nonhern Michigan University. 1959;
M S Untversity of Michigan. 1963. Ph.D..
Oh>o Suie University. 1966.
Baatty. Yvonne J.. Instructor m Music
BMus Michtgan State University, 1953.
UMus, University of Michigan. 1956,
Baaudump. Virginia W.. Assistant
P'ofesso' of English
BA Unrvers.ty of Michigan, 1942: MA.
19*8 PhD Ifniversity of Chicago, 1955.
Bechhoeter. WHIIam B.. Assistant Professor
of Afcfiitecture
AB Harvard College. 1963, MArch.
Harvard Graduate Scf^ool of Design. 1967.
Beclilold. Peler IC. Assistant Professor
of Government af>d Politics
BA, Poniand State College 1961, MA,
Princeton Un.vers.ty 1964 PhD, 1967.
Back. UfcMe F., Instructor in Hearing and
Speech Sciences
BA, Adetphi University. 1971; MA.
Unnrersity of Maryland, 1073.
Becker. Robert H, instructor in Recreation
B S Penns> .ama State Unnfersity. 1970;
MA Un.versty ol Maryland. 1973,
Becker. Roger 0^ Instructor In
Mechanical Eng.neenng
B S M E . Rensselaer Pofylechmc
Institute 1947 M S . Unhrersity of
Mar^ianrl IQAA
OS I .A'ua.
1003 ■ 1000
Bechma ,r of
Enginci-. , .. ^..umical
Engineer u)^
B S , University of lliinola. 1040. Pti 0 .
University of Wiscorttin, 1044
BedlngfleM. Jamea P. Asaialani Professor
of Accounting
OS University ol Maryland. 1966. MBA,
1060. CPA. Maryland. 1066. DBA,
University of Maryland. 1971
Behre, Haibeft iL. County Management
Associate. Maryland Technical Advtsory
Service. Bureau of Qovernmenlal Research
RS, US Navy Post Graduate School.
1S4: MA. New York University. 1960
BeMar, Robert J., Associate Professor of
Agricultural Economics
B S . University of Marylaand. 1952; MS .
1957
Belcher, Ralph L_. Lecturer and Reactor
Director. Nuclear Engineering
BS. Marshall University. 1941; MS.
University of Kentucky. 1947; PhD .
University of Maryland. 1966
Bell, Fredertek W., Cooperative Agent and
Visiling Associate Professor of
Agncutlurai and Resource Economics
PhO. Wayne State University. 1964
Bell, Robert A^ Lecturer in Architecture
8 A . University of Colorado. 1963; MArch .
Yale University. 1967.
Beil, Roger A., Associate Professor of
Astronomy
B Sc , University of Melbourne. 1957; Ph D .
Australian National University. 1962
Beilame. Jon M., Associate Professor of
Chemistry
A B . Allegheny College, 1960; Ph D ,
University of Pennsylvania. 1965.
Bellows, William J., Research Associate.
Agricultural and Resource Economics
B S . Harvard University. 1959. M.S..
University of Massachusetts. 1968:
PhD, 1972.
Belz. Herman J.. Associate Professor of
History
A B . Princeton University. 1959: M.A.,
University of Washington. 1966; Ph.D..
1966
Bender. Filmore E.. Professor of
Agricultural and Resource Economics and
Business Administration
B S , University of California. (Davis).
1961: MS, North Carolina State College
(Raleigh). 1965; PhD.. 1966
Benedetto. John J., Professor of
Mathematics
BA. Boston College. 1960: MA., Harvard
University. 1962; PhD , University of
Toronlo. 1964.
Benedict, wnilam S.. Professor. Institute
for Molecular Physics
A B , Cornell University. 1928; MA .
1929. Ph D-. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1933.
Beneach. WHIIam. Acting Director and
Professor of Molecular Physics
B A . Leigh University. 1942: MA . Johns
Hopkins Univefsity, 1950, Ph D . 1952
Bennett. Lawrence H., Associate Professor
ol Physics (Part-time)
BA. Brooklyn College. i9Si. MS.
University of Maryland. 1955. PhD.
Rutgers University, 1958.
Bennatt. Robert L^ Associate Professor
of Economics
BA. University of Texas. 1951; MA.
1955. Ph O . 1963
Bennett. Roger V., Assistant Professor of
Education. Administration. Supervision
and Curriculum
OS University of Wisconsin. tOM. MS.
1960 PhD 1970
Bennelt, Stanley W.. Aaaittonl Profeaaor
of Institute for Child Study
M A . State University of towa. 1061 . Ph D .
University ol Michigan, 1070
Bono, John A.. Instructor In Health
Education
MS. Eastern Illinois Univoriity. 1063
BenU, Frank L. Jr., Vice President for
Agricultural Affairs and Associate
Professor of Soils
B S . University of Maryland. 1042; PhD.
1962
Berdanler, Carolyn D^ Vlilting AaaWant
Prolesior in Nutrition
M S Rutgers Unh/ersity. 1063; Ph D . 1066
Berenstein, Carlos A.. Assistant Professor
of Mathematics
Licondiado en Matematicas. University of
Buenos Aires. 1966, MS. New York
University. 1969, Ph D . 1970
Berg. Kenneth R.. Associate Professor
of Mathematics
BS, University of Minnesota. 1960; Ph.O,.
1967.
Berger. Bruce S., Professor of Mechanical
Engineering
BS.. University ol Pennsylvania. 1954;
MS. 1958: Ph.O,, 1962,
Bergmann, Barbara R.. Professor of
Economics
B A . Cornell University. 1948; MA,.
Harvard University. 1955; PhD.. 1959
Berman. Joel H., Professor of Music
BS. Juilliard School of Music. 1951; M.A.,
Columbia University. 1952; D.M.A..
University of Michigan, 1957,
Berman. l,oulse M., Professor of General
Education
A B . Wheaton College. 1950: M.A..
Columbia University. 1953; Ed D . 1960.
Bernstein. Allen R.. Associate Professor
ol Mathematics
BS, Caiilornia Institute of Technology.
1962. MA , University of California (L.A.).
1964. Ph.D. 1965.
Bernstein, Mehrln. Professor of Music and
Administrative Dean for Summer Programs
A B . Southweslern University. 1947;
BMus. 1948. M.Mus. University of
Michigan. 1949. MA., University of North
Carolina. 1954; Ph.D., 1964.
Bemthal, John E., Assistant Professor of
Hearing and Speech Sciences
BA. Wayne Slate University, 1962; MA.,
Kansas University. 1964; Ph.D.. University
ol Wisconsin. 1971
Berry, Mary F., Associate Professor of
History and Chairman. Division ol
Behavioral and Social Sciences
BA.. Howard University. 1961; M.A.. 1962:
Ph.D.. University of Michigan. 1966;
J D. 1970.
Berry, Thomaa E., Associate Professor of
German and Russian
BS. Southern Illinois University. 1952;
MA, University of Illinois. 1955; Ph.D..
University of Texas. 1965.
Best, Otto F.. Professor of German and
Russian
BA. University of Frankfurt. 1948; MA..
University of Dijon. 1953; PhD.. University
of Munich. 1963-
Beste. Charles E., Assistant Professor
of Horticulture
BS, Purdue University. 1961; MS.. 1968:
PhD. 1971
Betancourt Roger R^ Assistant Professor
of Ecorwmlcs
BA. Georgetown University. 1965, PhD.
University of Wisconsin. 1969,
Bezdtcek. DavW F., Assistant Professor
of Soils
B S . South Dakota State University. 1060;
M.. Profeeaor
of Physics and Astronomy
B A . Jammu arvd Kashmir Untvvrally. 1060.
M Sc . University of Delhi. 1063.
PhD. 1066
Bhatla. W. P.. Research Proleaaor
(Parl-lime) Inilitute for FluKl Dynomtca
and Applied Malhemattca
B S C BR College, Agra. India. 1052.
MSc, 1954, 1066. PhD. Technische
Hochschule Dresden 1061
Blalek. Chrtattne A Lecturer in Secor>dary
Education
M A . University ol Michigan. 1066
Blckley, CynthU O.. Aaaiatani Profeaaor
of Art
B A University of Maryland. 1066: MA .
1967
BIckley, WHHam E^ Professor of
Entomology
B S , University of Tennessee. 1934; MS .
1936. Ph D , University of Maryland. 1040
BIgbee. DanM E^ Associate Professor
of Poultry Science
BS Oklahoma State Unhrersity. 1056;
MS. 1958. Ph D . Michigan State
University. 1962
Blltig, Frederick 8., Lecturer in Aeroapace
Engineering
B E . Johns Hopkins University. 1055;
M S . University of Maryland. 19S8;
PhD, 1964
Bingham. Alfred J.. Professor of French
and Italian
B A. Yale University. 1933: Ph.D.. Columbia
University. 1939,
Birdsall, Esther K., Associate Professor
of English
BA . Central Michigan College. 1947;
MA,. University of Arizona. 1950: Ph D .
University of Maryland. 1956.
B(rk, Janice M^ Asststani Professor or
Counseling and Personal Service and
Counselor. Counseling Center
BA . Sacred Hean College. 1963; MA.
Loyola College. 1966: PhD. University of
Missouri. 1970
BIrfcner. Francia B., Associate Professor
of Civil Engir>eering
BS. Newark College of Engineering. 1961;
M S.E.. University of Florida. 1962: Ph.D ,
1965.
Bishop, Charles E., Professor of
Ecorvomics and of Agrtcullural and
Resource Economics and Chancellor.
College Park Campus
BS. Berea College. 1946; M.S.
University of Kentucky. 1948; Ph.D.
University of Chicago. 1949,
Blaha, Milan, Research Associate In
PhyS'CS and Astronomy
RN Or , Charles University. Prague. 1952,
Blair. Dofuld J., Assistant Professor of
Chemical Engineering: Director of
Cooperative Engineering Education
BS. Bradley University. 1957; MS,,
University of Florida. 1962; PhD .
Unnrerslty of Maryland. 1968.
Blaadel, Hugo G^ Assistant Professor
of Architecture
BA, University of California (Berkeley).
1964 M Arch. 1969.
Bleach. Richard D., Research Associate
in Physics and Astronomy
B S Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
1966 Ph D . University of Maryland, 1972
Blechman. Elaine A^ Assistant Professor
of Psychology
A B . University of California (LA.). 1966;
MA. 1968; PhD. 1971
Bleealngton, Thomaa M^ Jr., Faculty
Research Assistant in Horticulture
BS. University of Maryland. 1971.
•lock. Ira. AeelMani Prolaaaor ol Taatiles
ar>d Consumer Ecor^omics
B 8 . Unrvera4ty of Maryland. 10B3. Ph 0 .
1071
Mum. Boula L, Aaaoc<«ie ProtMOor o4
3*coryjary F4u<««ton e^ Mus*c
BA CUNv r j^, i9ag_
MA. Coiw- ■ 4
EdO. Ur<u' "jQa
Mum, Lola a , ^och vmI
Drarrvalic An
B S Unrversitr of T«x«a. 1066, MA.
Unrversity Of Houston. 1067
Bod*. Cart, Profeaaor of Ertgliah
Ph B . UnfvefSJty of Chicago. 1033, MA .
Northwestern Vhrversty. 1038. PhD.
1041 Fellow of the RoyoJ Society of
Ltteraiure of the Unrted Kirtgdom
Boehne, J. WMtam. Lecturer in Foods
arv) Nutntion
B S , Indiana Unrversrty. 1942
Bohran. Judy H^ Inatmclor in Phyatcol
Education
B S , Unnrersily of Florida. 1060: MA.
Unrversity of North Carolina. 1062
Bolino. Auguot C^ Lecturer (Part-bme)
B B A , Unrversity of Michigan. 1046.
M BA . 1949. Ph D . St Loms Un^versAy.
1957.
Bolaaltia, Peter P.. Associate Profeaaor of
Chemical Engir>eenng
BS, California Institute of Techrwiooy.
1960. Pt\ D , Delaware State College. 1064
Bortdurant Ooloraa H^ Instructor in
French and Italian
AB. Morgan Stale College, 1954. MA
Howard University, 1056
Bonner. William D.. Visiting Lecturer
(Part-time), Institute for Fluid Dyrxomics
and Applied Mathematics
BA. University of Chicago, 1952, BS.
Pennsylvania State University 19S4. MS-,
University of Chicago, i960. PhD. 1966,
Boorman. John T.. Lecturer (Part-bme) ki
Economics
BS. LeMoyne College. 1963. MA.
Unn«rsity of Southern California. 1066;
PhD . 1968
Borrolo, Ill0ual. Instructor in Spanish
and Portuguese
BA, Instituto de Moron, 1954. Doclorado
en Filosofia y Letros, Universidad
Central of Cuba. 1961 : MA . Fordham
Unnrersity. 1968
Borthwick. Harry A Visrtir>g Profftssor in
Horticulture
AB Stanford University. 1921; MA. 1924
PhO. 1930.
Bota. Peggy H^ Assistant Profaosor
of Hearing and Speech ScierKOS
BA.. Mount Mercy College, 1062; M.S.,
Unrversity of Wisconsin, 1963.
Boaton. J. R^ Aaoiatant Profeaaor of
Eiectncal Engineehr>g
B S EE , Stanford Unhrersity. 1964: US„
1966. PhD. Northwestern. 1971.
Bouck, A. J.. Instructor (Part-time),
Administration. Supervision, and
Curriculum (Educational Technology)
Bougos, Stanley J„ Lecturer (Part-time).
School of Library arid information Services
AB. New York University. 1950 MSLS
Columbia University. 1952. LLB .
Emory University. 1962.
Bouwfcamp, John C^ Assistant Profeaaor
ol Horticulture
B S Michigan Stale Unrversity. 1964:
MS. 1966: PhD, 19B9.
Bowie, B. Lucfle, Professor Emeritus of
Institute For Child Study
BS. University of Maryland. 1942: MA.
Columbia University. 1946: EdO. University
of Maryland. 1957.
Campus Faculty / 199
Bowman, vnillwn ft. Instructor In
Economics
BA.. Miami Unrv«rsity. 1968; MA..
University of Maryland. 1972.
Boyd. Alfred C. Jr., Associate Professor of
Chemistry and Assistant Dean for
Undergraduate Studies
BS. Camsius College. 1951; MS.. Purdue
University. 1953; Pti.D-. 1957.
Boyd, Derek A.. Research Associate in
Physics and Astronomy
B S . University of Cape Town (S. Africa).
1964; BS, (Hons ). 1965: M.Sc 1967;
PhD, Stevens Institute of Technology.
1973.
Brabble. Elizabeth W.. Assc^iate Professor
in Family Studies and Acting Dean.
College of Human Ecology
B.S.. Virginia State College. 1960; MS.
Pennsylvania State University. 1966;
Ed.O.. 1969.
Brace. John W., Professor of Mathematics
B.A-, Swarlhmore College. 1949; M.A..
Cornell University. 1951; PhD, 1953.
Bradbury, Mtle* 1-, Assistant Professor
of History
AS.. Harvard University. 1960; A.M.. 1961;
Ph D., 1967.
Braddock, Jomllls. H., Ill, Assistant
Professor of Sociology
BA,, Jacksonville, University. 1969, M.S..
Florida State University. 1972; Ph.D..
Columbia University. 1973.
Brandt. John C, Professor of Astronomy
(Part-time)
AS , Washington University (St. Louis),
1956: PhD. University of Chicago. 1960.
Brann, Noel L, Assistant Professor of
History
A.B., Antioch College, 1960; Ph.D.,
Stanford University. 1965.
Braythaw. David D., Assistant Professor
of Physics and Astronomy
BS.. Lafayette College. 1964. Ph D., The
Rockefeller University, 1968.
Breger, Irving A., Visilmg Professor of
Chemistry
Ph.D . Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1950.
Breslow, Marvin A., Associate Professor
of History
BA.. University of Nebraska. 1957; A.M..
Harvard University. 1958; Ph.D.. 1963.
Brfcker, A. June, Professor and Chairman
of Department and Slate Leader,
Extension Home Economics
BS. Battle Creek College. 1935; M.A,.
New York University. 1936; Ph.D.. 1960.
Brigham, Bruce M., Associate Professor of
Secondary Education
B.S.. State University College (Brockport),
1949; MA.. 1954. Ph D , Temple
University. 1967.
Brill, Dlefer R., Professor of Physics
B.A.. Princeton University. 1954; Ph.D..
1959
Brtnkley. Howard J., Professor of Zoology
BS., West Virginia University. 1958: M.S..
University of Illinois. 1960: Ph.D.. 1963.
Brodan, Barry C„ Instructor in Business
Administration
B.S.. New York University. 1965; M.B.A,.
1967; C PA . State of New York. 1969,
Brodle, Herbert L. Extension Specialist.
Agricultural Engineering
B.SAE. Rutgers University. 1964; M.S..
University of Maryland, 1972.
Brodtky, Harold. Associate Professor
of Geography
B.S.. CUNY (Brooklyn College). 1954;
M.S., Colorado College. 1960; Ph.D.,
University of Washington. 1966.
Brown. Christina R.. Assistant Professor
of Education
BS. North Carolina Central Universtty.
Brown, John H^ Associate Professor of
Philosophy
AB,, Princeton University, 1952; MA.,
1957. PhD.. 1959.
Brown, Joshua R. C, Professor of Zoology
B A,. Duke University. 1948: MA,. 1948;
PhD . 1953.
Brown, Lee M., Associate Professor of
Journalism
BA.. Long Beach Stale College. 1960;
M.A.. University of Iowa. 1961; Ph.D.. 1970.
Brown, Margaret L., Instructor (Part-time)
in Mathematics
BA, Columbia Teacher's College. 1943;
M A . 1948.
Brown, Robert A., Associate Professor of
Psychology
BA . University of Richmond. 1958; M.A..
State University of Iowa. 1961; Ph.D.. 1962.
Brown, Russell G., Professor Emeritus of
Botany
B S . West Virginia University. 1929; M.S..
1930. Ph D , University of Maryland. 1934.
Brown. Samuel E., Associate Professor of
English
8 A.. Indiana University, 1934. MJ^..
1946. Ph.D.. Yale University. 1955.
Brunner, Miriam F^ Instructor in Dance
Curtis Institute of Music. 1939.
Brunswick, J. M., Instructor in Early
Childhood — Elementary Education
B.S.. SUN Y al New Paltz. 1964;
ML.S, SUNY, at Albany, 1970.
Brush, Stephen G., Professor of History
and of the Institute for Fluid Dynamics
and Applied Mathematics
AB , Harvard University. 1955; D.Phit..
Oxford Universtty, 1958.
Bryan, Carter R., Professor of Journalism
BA.. University of California (Berkeley).
1937: PhD . University of Vienna, 1940.
Bryan, John L., Professor and Chairman of
Fire Protection Curriculum
B.S.. Oklahoma Stale University, 19S3:
M.S.. 1954; Ed.D , American University,
1965
Bryer. Jackson R., Professor of English
B.A.. Amherst College, 1959; M.A.,
Columbia University, i960; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin. 1965.
Bryn<Julson, Phyllis, Assistant Professor
BMus.. Syracuse University. 1967;
M.Mus.. 1969.
Buchman, Oavid T., Assistant Professor of
Dairy Science
BS., Universtty of Maryland. 1961; M.S..
1963. Ph.D.. University of Florida. 1966
Buck. Allen C, Coordinator of Graduate
Studies and Research and Associate
Professor of Textiles and Consumer
Economics
BS.. Michigan State University. 1940:
M.S., Western Reserve University. 1942;
Ph.D.. 1947.
Buckingham, George W., Jr., Instructor in
Business Administration
BS, University of Utah, 1966; M.B.A..
University of Maryland, 1969.
Buckley, Frank T., Jr., Associate Professor
of Mechanical Engineering
BS.. University of Maryland. 1959:
PhD , 1968,
Buhtig, Paul. Jr.. Instructor of English
BS . Georgetown University. 1950: M.A..
University of California (Berkeley). 1954.
Bull, Leonard S., Assistant Professor of
Dairy Science
BS . Oklahoma State University. 1963:
MS . 1964; Ph D.. Cornell University.
B.5., University of Maryland, 1966: MBA.
1968: C.P> , Maryland. 1967.
Bundy, Mary Lee, Professor. College of
Library and Information Service
BE. State University of New York at
Potsdam, 1948: MA.. University of
Denver, 1951; PhD.. Untversity of Illinois,
1960
Bunts, Frank E., Professor of Art
BS, Western Reserve University. 1964;
MA . Cleveland Institute of Art. 1964.
BurdeHe, Franklin L, Professor of
Government and Politics and Director of
the Bureau of Governmental Research
A.B.. Marshall College, 1934; M,A ,
University of Nebraska, 1935; M.A.,
Princeton University. 1937; Ph.D.. 1938;
LL.D., Marshall College, 1959.
Burgers, J. M.. Research Professor
Emeritus. Institute For Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics
Doctor of Mathematics and Physics.
University of Leyden, 1918; Doctor Honoris
Causa. University Libre de Bruxellis,
1948; Doctor Honoris Causa. University
of Poitiers, 1950.
Buric, John, Associate Professor of
Animal Science
BS.. West Virginia University. 1948; M.S.
University of Maryland, 1952; Ph.D..
University of Illinois (Urbana). 1960.
Burkart, Robert E., Assistant Professor of
Industrial Education
BA.. Trenton Stale College, 1965: M.A..
1967; Ph.D., Purdue University. 1973.
Burrows. Donald M., Instructor In Spanish
and Portuguese
B A,, University of Maryland, 1967.
Burt John J., Professor and Chairman
of Health Education
B.A., Duke University. 1955; M.Ed.,
University of North Carolina, 1956; M.S..
University of Oregon. 1960; Ed,D., 1962.
Burt Gordon W., Assistant Professor of
Agronomy
B S , Tennessee Technological Institute,
1961, M.S., Cornell University, 1964; PhD,,
Washington State University, 1967.
Busblce, Bobby G., Assistant Professor
and Extension Supervisor, 4-H and Youth
BS.. Louisiana State University. 1950;
M.S.. University of Maryland. 1966.
Butler, Gary T., Instructor in Health
Education
B S.. Southern Illinois University. 1972;
MS., 1973
Butler, Lillian C, Associate Professor of
Food and Nutrition
B.S., University of Illinois (Urbana). 1941;
M.A., University of Texas. 1945; PhD,.
University of California (Berkeley), 1953,
Butterworth, Charles E.. Assistant
Professor of Government and Politics
BA, Michigan State Universtty. 1959;
Doctorate, University of Nancy. France.
1961: MA, University of Chicago. 1962;
PhD, 1966
Byrne. Richard H.. Professor of
Counseling and Personal Services
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College, 1938;
MA. Columbia University. 1947; Ed.D..
1952.
Cacak, Robert K., Research Associate in
Physics and Astronomy
B S . University of Nebraska, 1965: M.S..
1967; Ph.D.. 1970,
Caceres. C, Visiting Professor of
Electrical Engineering
B.S., Georgetown University, 1949; M.D.,
1953
Cadman, Theodore W., Professor of
Chemical Engineering
B.S.. Carnegie Institute of Technology.
1962; M.S.. 1964; Ph.D.. 1966.
Cain, Jarvis L.. Associate Professor of
Agricultural and Resource Economics
B.S.. Purdue University, 1955; MS.. Ohio
State University, 1956; PhD.. 1961.
Calms, Gordon M., Dean, College of
Agriculture and Professor of Dairy Science
BS.. Cornell University, 1936: M.S.. 1938;
PhD. 1940.
Calder, James D., Lecturer in Institute
of Criminal Justice and Criminology
B.A.. University of Maryland, 1966; M.S..
California State College (Long Beach).
1971,
Caldwell, Billy E., Cooperative Agent and
Visiting Associate Professor of Agronomy
BS.. North Carolina State College, 1955;
M S., 1959; Ph 0.. Iowa State
University. 1963,
Caltcott George H., Professor of History
and Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs
BA . Universtty of South Carolina. 1950;
MA, Columbia University. 1951; Ph.D..
University of North Carolina, 1956.
Campagnonl. Anthony T.. Assistant
Professor of Chemistry
A B., Northwestern University, 1964; Ph.D..
Indiana University, 1968.
Campbell, Donald L., Assistant Professor
of Veterinary Science
DV.M.. University of Georgia, 1968: M.S..
Texas A&M University, 1972.
Campbell, Elwood G., Professor of
Secondary Education
BS. Northeast Missouri State College.
1949: MA,, Northwestern University. 1952:
PhD., 1963
Campbell, Kenneth, Associate Professor
of An
Massachusetts College of Art: National
Academy of Design; Art Students League;
Lowell Institute,
Campbell, William R., Assistant Professor
of Physical Education
BS., Springfield College. 1949:
M.Ed,. 1953.
Caponto. Joseph F., Lecturer (Part-time),
School of Library and Information Services
BS. St. Anseims College, 1951; Ph.D..
Georgetown University. 1959.
Carbone, Robert F., Professor College
of Education
Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1961.
Cargo, David G., Research Associate,
Chesapeake Biological Laboratory
MS., University of Pittsburgh. 1950.
Carlson, EmesI W., Cooperative Agent and
Visiting Assistant Professor of
Agricultural and Resources Economics
B.S.. M.I.T.. 1956; Ph.D., Boston College,
1971.
Carlson, Nancy L.. Assistant Professor of
Counseling and Personnel Services
and Counselor. Counseling Center
BA.. Edinboro State College, 1959; MA,
Ohio University. 1964; PhD.. University of
Kansas. 1970.
Caron, Dewey M., Assistant Professor of
Entomology
BA.. University of Vermont. 1964; MS,,
University of Tennessee. 1966; Ph.D.,
Cornell University. 1970.
Carr, John C, Associate Professor of
Secondary Education
BS., DC. Teachers College. 1952; M FA.,
Catholic University of America. 1953;
Ph.D.. 1965.
Carr, Lewts E., Instructor in Agricultural
Engineering
BS.. Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1963:
M.S.. 1970.
Carroll, Robert M.. Assistant Professor
of Psychology
B S . University of New Mexico. 1965; M.A .
Ohio State University, 1968; Ph D . 1969.
Carroll, Stephen J., Jr.. Professor of
Business Organization and Administration
B S . University of California (LA.).
1957: Unrversity of Minnesota. 1960;
Ph.D.. 1964.
Carter, Dan T.. Professor of History
BA., University of South Carolina. 1962;
MA. University of Wisconsin. 1964:
Ph D . Unrversity of North Carolina. 1967,
Carter, Everett C. Professor and Chairman
BS , Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1958;
MS . University of California. 1959:
Ph D . Northwestern University. 1960.
Carter. Julia M., Instructor in Secondary
BA. Rosary Hill College. 1964; MA.
University of Maryland. 1971.
Carter. Thomas A^ Assistant Professor of
Education and Speech and Dramatic Art
Poultry Science
BS . Pennsylvania State Untversity. 1960.
MS. 1969; Ph.D., 1971.
Carthy. Margaret C. Assistant Dean for
Undergraduate Studies
BA. College of New Rochelle. 1933; MA.
The Catholic University of America. 1947;
Ph D, 1957: M.A.. University of Notre
Dame. 1962,
Cartwrrlght Nancy D., Assistant
Professor of Philosophy
S.S., University of Pittsburgh. 1966;
M.A., University of Illinois (Chicago Circle).
1969; Ph.D, 1971.
Castellan, Gilbert Professor and Associate
Chairman of Chemistry
BSc. Regis College (Colorado). 1945;
Ph D,. The Catholic University of America.
1949, ScD. Regis College, 1967
Castro, R., Instructor in Electrical
Engineering
B.S.. University of Maryland. 1967.
Cale. George A.^ Assistant Professor of
B-A.. Rutgers University. 1960; MA . Duke
University. 1962; Ph.D. 1967.
Caudill, Gordon R., Instructor in Speech
and Dramatic Art
B S,. Kent State University. 1964: MA,
1966.
Causey, George D., Research Professor of
Hearing and Speech Sciences
BS , University of Maryland. 1950; MA.
1951. Ph.D , Purdue University. 1954.
Celarier, James L., Associate Professor
of Philosophy
A.B,. University of Illinois. 1956; M.A,. 1958;
PhD. University of Pennsylvania. 1960.
Chabrowe, Barbara, Assistant Professor
of Architecture
Diploma DEtudes, Sortxwne. 1958; BA,
Hunter College, 1963; MA. Columbia.
1965: Ph.D., 1970.
Chance, Charles M., Associate Professor
of Dairy Science
B.S„ University of Maryland. 1941; M.S..
Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1948;
Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1952.
Chang. Chla-Cfieh. Research Associate in
Physics and Astronomy
BS. Tunghai University. 1961; MA.
University of Southern California. 1966:
Ph.D,. 1968.
Chang, Chung-Yun, Assistant Professor
of Physics
BS,, National Taiwan University. 1964;
Ph D , Columbia University. 1965.
Chang. Ren Fang, Research Assistant
Professor of Physics and Astronmy
B S . National Taiwan University. 1960:
Ph D . University of Maryland. 1968.
Chant NIcholai S., Assistant Professor of
Physics and Astronomy
MA.. Downing College, Cambridge
University. 1962: Ph.D., Lincoln Collega.
Oxford University. 1966.
Chapin, John L, Professor. Institute For
Child Study
A.B.. Denison University. 1939: Ph.D..
University of Rochester, 19S0.
200 / Campus Faculty
Ctupln, IntMt *.. AMKlani Pnttmot
of aov«fnm«nl and PoMK*
A n Unfv«««ity ot M«»MKbw*«n* tMl ,
UA 1H6 PnO Vnh^tvtf ol
CH^jiM. Jmim 0 . Jr.. Inttfuclor
Iftlormatton Syvlvms and M*n«o«m«n|
KB Dwko Untvwvry 1Q&3 MS
ColUfi^M Untvwwty 1B64
CkMnaM, t. t^ Afttiftani Protftwo' ot
CounMitng and PwnonniM S«r«tcaa
BA. UnfMfwTy of Conrt«c(»Cut 1967
U Ed Unrvvrvty ot Maryland )M6.
Aos leea
ClMf««. Amofrie F.. Aaaoctata ProlMtor ot
OaoOfaphy
BACH Un<,«rs.ly ot Havana. 1»41.
P^ 0 1»46 M A NorthwMtam Unlv«r»ity.
ift4a
ChMV SMrtvy. Lacturar In Chineaa
B £d National Taiwan Normal Univaraity
(Ta<p«<) IW4 MS. OaorQatown
Un<v«r«i1y. 1970
Charnlck. Sada 0^ Inttructor In
Uatftamat>cs
A B Univariiry ol Cal'fo'nia (Barhalay).
1»46. MA Un/v«r«ity of MaryUnd 1966
CMn, Taung, Aaaociala Profaaaor and
Oiraclor ot Orwntai and Hafarvw
LanQuaoaa Program
BA. Taiwan Normal Untvarslty, Pti D .
Oaoroeiown Un»v«nity. 1971
CMn Pun, CacB. Raa^arch Asaociata In
Pt*y»*c» and Aatrooomy
B S Vaia Univ«rwty 1961 . MS . Cornell
Unrv«r«ity 1964, Pti 0 . University of
Maryland. 1972
OUaholm. Margaraf E., Professor of
Education and Dean. College ol Library
and Information Services
B-A. Unhrersity of Washington. 1957;
ML. 1968 PhD. 1966
Ctwe, Song SJDu Research Associate in
Physics and Astronomy
6S Dan Kook Untversity (Seoul), 1957;
MS Korea University. 1959: PhD,
University of Artiarts*s, 1972.
OifMlan. Chartea tL, Lecturer in
Geography and Urban Studies
BA. Northeastern State College. 1966:
MAT. 1966 MA Unrversity ol Illinois.
1970, Ph D 1973
CMalanaen. Sandra S^ Assistant Professor
ot Economics
BA. Fionda SUte University. 1966; MA.
UnnrersJTy of Wisconsin, 1969; Ph D .
1971
Chnanowakl. Paul L^ Research Associate
in Physics and Astronomy
BS. Illinois Institute of Technology.
1970. PhD Un/v«rs-y of Maryland, 1973
Chu. Hsin, Professor of Mathematics
BS.. Hupeh Teachers College 1948. M S
^ulane University. 1957, PhD. University
n» Penrtsytvanta. 1959
dm. YnotMn. Professor of Computer
Science and Electrical Engir>eehr>g
BS. University of Chiao-Tung. 1942.
MS. Massachusetts Institute of
reehnotogy 1945. Sc D . 1953
Chunmmn, CtMrtotlen V_ Assisunt
ProtMsor ol Home Mar\agement and
Cor%sumer Studies
BSc . Berea College. i»42 M Ed
Pennsytvsnia SUte University. 1964;
EdD 1969
Church. Kenneth fU Associate Professor
ot PhysicAi Education
as. University of Nortftem Iowa, 1946.
Sute University of Iowa. 1965. Ph.D..
Indiana University. 1963
Church, Marilyn G., Assistant Professor of
Earty Childhood and Elementary Education
B.S.. Indiana University. 1963. MS .
1963. EdD. 1969
ChurchM, John W^ Asaoclata Profeaaor
ot Recraallon
B S . SUte Untveraity College (Cortland).
tM8. M S , Unlvarslly of llllnola
(Urbane). 1960, PhD. Unhreraity of
Wisconsin. 1900
Claranello. Nancy J., Instructor tn Hearir^g
and Speecti Sciences
BA. Purdue University 1905. MA,
Stanford University. 1966
CWrtnctone. Joseph M., Assistant
Professor of Secondary Education artd
Geography
Ph D . Ohio Stale University. 1070
Clagu*. Chrtalopher K., Associate
Professor ol Economics
B A . Swarthmoie College. 1960. Ph D .
Harvard University, 1964
Clalbom, WHIIam L, Assistant Professor
ol Psyct>ology
BA. Untversity ol Rochester, 1964. MA.
Syracuse University. 1968. PhD. 1968
Clapper, Virginia M., Instructor in
Classical Languages and Literatures
B A , George Washington University. 1930.
MA 1932
Clarfc. Joseph E., Visiting Proleeaor of
Textiles and Consumer Economics
Mfi. Villanova University. 1960: PhD.
University ol Windsor. Canada. 1963.
Clarfc, Neri A., Prolessor of Agronomy
B S . University of Maryland. 1954; Ph.D..
1959
Clarke. David H.. Professor of Physical
Education
B S , Springlield College. 19S2; MS. 1953;
Pti D,. University of Oregon. 1959.
Clarke, Eugenie, Professor ol Zoology
BA. Hunter College, 1942; MA. New
York University, 1946; PhD. 1950
Claude. Richard P., Associate Prolessor
ol Government and Politics
BA. College of St Thomas. 1956, MS.
Florida State University. 1960; PhD .
University ol Virginia, 1964.
ClavelM, John L., Visiting Assistant
Professor of Physics and Astronomy
BS. Georgetown University, 1961; MS..
University ol Chicago. 1962: PhD.. 1967.
CleariMaler. Harvey E., Assistant Professor
ol Health Educalion
AB, SUNY at Albany. 1955; M.A..
Michigan Slalo University. 1967.
Cochran, Alaiander S., Professor
(Pan-time) ol Architecture
A B . Princeton University. 1935; B Arch .
Harvard University. 1939.
Cockbum, James S., Associate Prolessor
of History
LLB, Leeds University. 1959. LL.M.. 1961;
Ph 0 . 1970
Cohen. Leon W., Professor Emeritus of
Mathematics
8 A . Columbia University. 1923; MA.. 1925:
Ph D . University ol Michigan. 1928
Cokehr, Jacqueline A^ instructor in Speech
and Dramatic Art
BA . University ol New Hampshire.
1968. MA., Ohio University. 1969
Colbum, T. R.. Lecturer In Electrical
Engineering
BS. University of Maryland. 1962: M.S.
1966. PhD. 1969
Colby, Margaret A., Assistant Professor of
Counseling and Personnel Services
BA. State University College at Albany.
1961. M.Ed. University of Rochester.
1962; AGS. 1963: EdD. 1969.
Cote, Mildred B.. Assistant Professor of
Early Childhood and Elementary
Education. Mathematics and Statistics
BS. University ol tllinois (Urbane), 1943:
M.S. University ol Wisconsin. 1951.
Cote. Wayne S^ Prolessor ol History
BA. Iowa State Teachers College. 1946.
M S , UnlverBity of Wiaeonain. 1M9.
PhD, 1961
Cotemwi, Leon D., Visiting Aseociaie
Prolessor ol Afro Amartcan Stud>ee arvd
English
BA. Roosevelt Unlver»ity. 1048 MA
DePaul Univoraity 1949, Ph 0 . Untversity
ol Minnesota. 1909
Collter. Jaroee fL. Lecturer in Journalism
BA Wichita Slate UntversHy, 1963. MA
University ol Iowa. 1966.
Colman. vniltwn C. Lecturer tn Urban
Studies
BS, University ol Missouri. 1937.
MA. 1939
Cotson, John C, Assistant Professor ot
Library and Inlormation Services
B A Ohio University, 1950; M S L S .
Western Reserve Untversity. 1951.
Collon, Craig W., Instructor of Recreation
BS, Utah Stale University. 1963;
MS. 1970
Cotvllle, James. Associate Prolessor ol
Civil Engineering
Ph D . University ol Texas. 1970.
Cotwell. Rita R^ Professor of Microbiology
BS. Purdue University. 1956. MS.
1958. Ph 0 . University of Washington.
1961
Connor, Patrick W., Instructor In English
8 A . University ol Maryland. 1968;
MA.. 1970.
Connors, Philip I.. Assistant Professor
ol Physics
B S . University of Notre Dame. 1959:
MS, Pennsylvania State University. 1962;
PhD, 1965,
Conlrera, Joseph F., Associate Prolessor
of Zoology
BA New York University. 1960; MS.
1961. PhD. 1966.
Conway, Mary M., Associate Prolessor of
Government and Politics
BS, Purdue University. 1957; MA..
University ol Calllornia (Berkeley). 1960;
PhD. Indiana University, 1965.
Coogan, Robert Associate Professor ol
English
8 A. lona College. 1954; MA.. DePaul
University. 1958: Ph.D.. Loyola University.
1967
Cook, Clarence H.. Associate Professor
ol Mathematics
B A . Stale University ol Iowa. 1948;
MS. 1950. Ph.D. University of
Colorado. 1962
Cooli. Francis J., Research Associate.
Institute tor Molecular Physics
BA . LsSaiie College. 1963: M A . Temple
University. 1968. PhD. 1972.
Cooli. Thomas M.. Associate Professor
of Microbiology
BS . University ol Maryland. 1955; MS.
1957. PhD.. Rutgers University. 1963
Cooliaon. John T., Jr.. Associate Professor
ot Civil Engineering
B S . University of Washington. 1961 .
MS 1962. PhD. California Institute of
Technology. 1965.
Coon. Craig N.. Asslstsnt Professor ot
Poultry Science
8 S , Texas A&M University. 1966: MS .
1970. PhD. 1973
Cooper, Jeftery M.. Associate Professor
of Mathematics
B A Haverford College. 1962: M S ,
University ot Illinois. 1964. and University
ol Strasbourg France. Certificate en
Topologie. 1965; Ph D . Unhrersity of
Illinois. 1967.
Cooper, Sherod M^ Jr^ Associate
Professor of Er>gilsh
8S. Temple University. 1951: MA. 1953;
Ph O . Pennsylvania Unhrersity. 1963
Coplan, BeWe. Lecturer in AdmtnMratlon.
^perviston and Curriculum
B S University ol Maryland. 1966.
MS lo;o
Coplan. Mlchoel A. Research Aaaoclats
Proi««»o' iniiiiute for Fluid Dynamics artd
Applied Matfvematics
BA Williams Coiioge. 1960. PhD. Yale
University 1963
Coptm. Merrill K.. Instructor m English
8 A North Te«a« SUle University.
t9M MA 1908
Corbeti, Kewtelh M., Professor ot Plant
Pathology
B S . McQill University. 1060. Ph D , Cornell
University, 1054
Corliss, John O^ Professor ar>d Chairman
of Zoology
BS, University of Chicaago, 1044, BA
University of Vermont. 1047; Ph D . N#«r
York Unrversity. 1051
Comtng, OeraM O.. Professor ot Aerospace
Engineering
BS. New York Unhwrsity. 1937; MS.
Catholic University. 1953
Corret. Ellen. Prolessor of Mattwmatics
B S . Rutgers University. 1951 .MS. Purdue
Unrversity. 1953: PhD. 1957
Corwin, Burton O.. Assistant Protessot ot
Slalistics
BA. Lehigh University. 1964; MS.
Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1967. PhD.
Case Western Reserve Unhrersity. 1969
Cory. EmesI N^ Prolessor Emeritus of
Entomology
BS. Maryland Agricultural College. 1009:
MS.. 1913: Ph D . American Unhrersity.
1926.
Costable. Sahralore L. Lecturer
(Part-time), College of Library and
Inlormation Services
BSS, Georgetown University. 1956:
M.S.L.S . Catholic University. 1963
Costello. F. T^ Instructor in Physical
Education
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1966
Cothran, Kay l_ Assistant Professor ot
English
AB. Georgia State College. 1968: MA.
University of Pennsyhrania. 1960;
PhD 1972
Cougle, Bryar T., Instructor in Speoch
and Dramatic Art
BS., East Carolina University. 1969;
M A . University Of North Carolina. 1973
Couller. John L, Assistant Professor
of English
BA, American University. 1934, MA.
University of North Carolina. 1936
Coumyn, John B., Associate Professor of
Civil Engineering
BS. University of Alabama. 1946. AE.
University of Alabama. 1946: MS,
1948
Coursey, Robert D., Assistsnt Professor
of Psychology
BS. Spnnghiii College, 1966. Ph.D.
University of Rochester. 1970
Courtrlght Benjamin F., Associate
Professor of Inlormation Systems
Management
BS . Johns Hopkins University. 1939;
Ph 0 1968
Covey. Robert U Research Associate in
Institute For Molecular Physics
Cowan, Andrew M.. Associate Professor of
AgrtcutlursI Ertgineering
BSAE . Purdue University. 1951. MS..
Iowa State University. 1955; PhD.. 1967.
Cos. Edsrtn L, Lecturer in Agricultural
Biometrics
BS. Mount Allison University. 1933; MS.
Acadia University. 1940. MS.. Virginis
Polytechnic Institute. 1949. Ph.D..
North Carolina State Unhrersity. 1062.
Coyne*. Wasidolph t^ ln«in«clor In
Accountirtg
AB. University o« Uiwvri. 1097. MA 1068
Crane. Ligapii T^ Dtredor vtd
Resesrcfi Proteesor. InaMule tor fh^o
Dynam*ca and Applied U«0wnatica
AB Amherst College. 1962. PhD.
University ot Maryland. 1869
Crttaa, Jofen O^ Prolsasor ol Peychoiogy
A B Pnocoion Un^vorsity. 1060. PhO,
Columbia Unr»ers«iy. 1067
Croft. Wmtan B^ Osawtar* Pinlaaaor of
Speech and Dramatic Art
B S . Uurry Stale University. 10M. MA.
Unrversity ol MKMgan. 1063. Phi).
Purdue UnlvarsJiy. 1971
Ctowlii. Frank M. Aaeoctate Profeaaor
ot Physical Education
B S Unfvers<ty ot Maryland. 10«6
Croaby, tdawwd 0., AaeooMe Prolsasor
o( Indwsinai Education
BA. Wealern MicMgwi UMvarsity. 1994.
M A , Colorado Blala umvarsMy, 1040
CroBiarB. Jahn U Jr.. Aaalslani Proleeaor
Agrtcuhurai artd Reeowrce Economics
B S . University of Marytortd. 1049.
MS, 1064
CrowoB, AMred A, Prolaaaor ol Joumabam
A B . University of Oklahoma. 1029.
MA, 1034. M S J . Nnmiaaaiaiti
Unrversity. 1040
Cumberiand. John tL. Proleaaor. Bureau of
Business ar>d Ecory>mic Reaearc*t
BA. Unrversity of Maryland. 1047. MA.
Harvard UmversiTy. 1049; PhD. 1961
CunnW. Psirtcfc F^ Protaaaor of
Mechanical Ervgmeenr^
BS. Manhattan College. 1966; MS,
Virginia Potyiechnic InaUtuia. 1067.
PhD. 1962.
CuMilnghaM. WHaM 0, Lacfeirar
(Pan-tirT>e). College of Library and
iniormatKxi Sarvtcae
B A , Unrversity of Kjmtm. 1069.
M L.S . University of Tctaa. lOSa
Currte, Douglaa <L, Asaodaia Prolaaaor
of Ptiysics
BE P . Cornell Unhrersity. lOSi: PhD .
Unnrersity ol Rochaelar. 1982.
Currier. Atoert W.. Asaiatani Prolaeaor ot
Mathematlca
BA . State Unlvarwty o( kma; 1964; MA.
Johns Hopkins Unnraraty. 1069;
PhD. 1968
Curry. WHMai A, Inatructor m Aninwl
Science
B S . Unnrersity of Maryland. lOea
Curlla. Barry A, Lecturer In Phtioaophy
A B . U C LA. 1065. MA, Harvard
Untversity. 1966-
Cuflla. Chartae tL, Associata Prolaaaor of
Plant Pathology
B S . Colorado State Collage. 1961; M^
1963. Ph.D.. 1966.
Curlla. John M^ Prolaaaor and Chairman
ot Agricultural and naaourca Ecorwmtea
B S . North Carolina State Coliega
iRaieigh). 1947; M.S.. 1946; PhD.
University ol MarylaryJ. 1961.
Cuomano, J. Joyce, Instructor in Speech
and DramatK: Art
BA . Eastern Michigan UnivaraKy, 1988;
MA. University of MarylarMJ. 1072.
T^
of Sociology
BA. SUNY at Albwiy. 1931; MM.. 1033:
MA. Harvard University. 1041; PhD.
1043
Dachler, H. Polar, Asaistant Prolaaaor of
Psychology
8 S . Richmond Prolaaaional Inillhila. 1083.
MA Unnrersity Ot llhnois. 1068; Ph.O..
Campus Faculty / 201
OaQsr. Edward Z., Professor of Sociology
A B . Kent State University. 1950; A.M..
Ohio State University. 1951: Pti D.. 1956.
Dally, Jani«a W., Professor and Chairman
of Mechanical Engineering
BS. Carnegie Institute of Technology.
1951; MS.. 1953: Ph.D.. Illinois Institute of
Technology. 1958.
DaHon. F. E^ Instructor m Business
Organization and Administration
BS.. University of Maryland. 1967; MBA..
1968.
Dancia, Jeroma, Associate Professor of
Mathematics
B.S.. Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn.
1961: M.S., University of Wisconsin. 1963:
PhD.. 1966.
Dando, William A.. Assistant Professor of
Geography
Bach., California State College (Penna.);
Ph.D.. University of Minnesota. 1969.
Danstedt, Rudolph T.. Instructor in Zoology
BS. University of Maryland. 1963; M.S.,
1968. PhD. 1972.
Dardls, Rachel. Professor of Textiles and
Consumer Economics and Lecturer in
Economics
B.S.. St. Mary's College Dublin, Ireland.
1949; MS., University of Minnesota. 1963:
PhD,, 1965
Davey, Ethel B.. Assistant Professor of
Secondary Education
B.S.. Miami University. 1965; M.A .
University of Rochester. 1969: Ph.D.. Case
Western Reserve University, 1971.
Davidson. John A., Associate Professor
of Entomology
B.A.. Columbia Union College, 1955;
M.S.. University of Maryland. 1957; Ph-0..
I960.
Davidson, Julia P., Instructor in Counseling
and Personnel Services
BS.. Shaw University. 1951; M.Ed..
University o( Maryland. 1969.
Davidson, Marie S., Assistant Professor of
Institute for Child Study
BS.. Drlhard University, 1959: MS..
University of Maryland. 1967.
Davidson. Neil A^ Associate Professor of
Secondary Education and Mathematics
BS.. Case Institute of Technology. 1961:
M.S.. University of Wisconsin, 1963;
Ph D.. 1969.
Davidson. Ronald C. Professor of Physics
B.Sc, McMaster University. 1963; PhD.,
Princeton University. 1966.
Davis. Douglas A.. Associate Professor of
Chemistry
BS., University of Washington, 1962;
Ph.D.. University of Florida. 1966.
Davia, Fremont P^ Lecturer (Part-time)
in Applied Design
Davis, Richard P., Interim Chairman
Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences
BS., University of New Hampshire. 1950.
M.S.. Cornell University. 1952;
Ph.D. 1953.
DavIa, Shelley G.. Assistant Professor
of Music
BA. New Yorlc University. 1957; M A ,
1960: Ph.D.. 1972.
Dawson. Horace G^ Jr., Lecturer in
A B . Lincoln University. 1949; M.A..
Columbia University. 1950; Ph D., Slate
University of Iowa. 1961.
Dawson, Townes L., Professor ot
Business Law
B.B.A.. University of Texas. 1943; B.A..
United States Merchant Marine Academy.
1946; M.BA. University of Texas. 1947:
Ph.D.. 1950: LL.B.. 1954.
Day, Ernest H.. Lecturer (Part-time) in
Economics
AB., Oberim College. 1941: J.S.D..
George Washington University. 1950; MA.,
1955. Ph.D.. American University. 1969.
Day. Thomas B.. Professor of Physics
and Vice Chancellor for Academic
Planning and Policy
BS . University of Notre Dame. 1952:
PhD . Cornell University. 1957.
Daylon, Chauncy M., Professor of
Measurement and Statistics
BA., University of Chicago. 1955; M.A..
University of Maryland. 1963; Ph.D.. 1964
Deal, Elwyn E., Associate Professor of
Agronomy and Assistant Director of
B.S., University of Georgia. 1958: M.S..
1960; Ph.D.. Rutgers University. 1963.
Debartha, Jerry V^ Associate Professor of
Animal Science
BS . Iowa State University (Ames),
1961: Ph.D.. 1966.
Oebro. Julius, Lecturer in Institute of
Criminal Justice and Criminology
BS . University of San Francisco. 1953;
MA.. San Jose State College. 1967.
Decker, A. Morris, Professor of Agronomy
B.S , Colorado A&M. 1949: M.S., Utah
State University. 1950; PhD., University of
Maryland. 1963
Dectarls, Nicholas, Professor and
Chairman of Electrical Engineering.
Research Professor, (Part-time). IFDAM
BS,. University of Texas A&M. 1952;
S,M.. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1954; Sc.D.. 1959.
Degelman. Larry O., Associate Professor
of Architecture
B ArchEngr.. Pennsylvania State
University. 1961; M.S. 1961,
De la Noe, Jerome L^ Research
Associate m Physics and Astronomy
Baccalaureal Math^matiques Elementalres.
Lyc6e M. Montaigne. University Of
Bordeaux (France), 1958; Licence en
Sciences Physiques, 1964; Doctorat en
Sciences Physiques. 1966.
Delelris. Alain, Professor of Art
B FA., Rhode Island School of Design.
1948; A.M.. Harvard University, 1952;
Ph D.. 1957.
Delelris. Mary. Instructor in Art
BFA. Rhode Island School of Design.
1948.
DeLorenzo, William E^ Assistant Professor
of Secondary Education
B A . Montclair State College. 1959; M.A..
1964; PhD,, Ohio State University. 1971.
Demaitre. Ann, Associate Professor of
French and Italian
B A . Columbia University. 1950; MA..
University of California (Berkeley). 1951;
MS, Columbia University, 1952; Ph.D..
University Of Maryland. 1965.
Demaree, Constance H., Instructor in
English
B A . University of Maryland. 1944; MA,
1945
De Monte, Claudia Ann, Lecturer in An
BA. College of Notre Dame of Maryland.
1969, M.FA . Catholic University of
America. 1971
Denny, Don, Professor of Art
B A University ot Florida. 1959; M.A.,
New York University. 1961; Ph.D.. 1965.
Derocco, Andrew G.. Associate Professor
of Molecular Physics
B S , Purdue University, 1951 ; M.S..
University of Michigan. 1953: Ph D . 1956
Deshler, Walter W., Professor of
Geography
BS.. Lafayette College. 1943; MA,,
University of Maryland. 1953; Ph.D.. 1957.
Desilva, Alan W^ Associate Professor of
Physics
BS., University ol California (LA.).
1954; Ph.D.. University of California
(Berkeley). 1961.
Deaaalnt. AJaIn Y., Assistant Professor ot
Anthropology
B.A,. University ol Chicago. 1961; M.A..
Stanford University. 1962; Ph.D..
University of Hawaii. 1972.
Deulach, Donald R., Instructor in
Information Systems Management
BS. Miami University (Ohio). 1965; MBA..
University of Maryland. 1967.
Devault, Samuel H.. Professor of
Agricultural and Resource Economics.
Emeritus
A.B., Carson-Newman College. 1912; A.M.,
University of North Carolina. 1915;
Ph.D.. Massachusetts Stale College, 1931.
Devermond, Maiy F., Professor of Music
B Mus-. Howard University. 1942; M.A..
Columbia University. 1948; Ed.D.,*
University of Maryland, 1959.
Devlne, Donald J., Associate Professor
of Government and Politics
B.B.A- Saint John s University. 1959;
MA . CU.N.Y. (Brooklyn College), 1965;
PhO,, Syracuse University, 1967.
Devoe, Howard J., Associate Professor
ol Chemistry
AB . Oberlin College. 1955; Ph.D..
Harvard University. 1960.
Oevore, Chester A., Instructor (Part-time)
I Indu
I Edu
BS . University of Maryland. 1967;
M Ed.. 1971.
Dies, Robert R., Associate Professor of
Psychology
B S.. Carroll College. 1962; M.A.. Bowling
Green State University. 1964; Ph.D..
University of Connecticut, 1968.
Oletz, Maureen A.. Associate Professor
oi Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
B S . Creighton University. 1964; M.S..
University of Pennsylvania. 1968:
Ph D-, 1968
OlFederlco, Franlc R^ Associate Professor
of Art
B.A.. University of Massachusetts. 1955:
M.A.. Boston University, 1961; Ph.D.,
New York University. 1970.
Dlllard, Dudley. Professor and Chairman
of Economics
BS. University of California (Berkeley),
1935: PhD . 1940.
Dilllnger. James J., Assistant Professor
of Art
BA , University of Maryland. 1964;
MA.. 1966.
Dillon, Conley H., Professor of Government
and Politics
B A . Marshall University. 1928; MA.
Duke University. 1933: Ph D . 1936.
Dirtgwall. William O., Associate Professor
and Director ot Linguistics Program
B S . Georgetown University. 1957;
Ph.D., 1964.
Dittmann, Laura L., Associate Professor
of Institute For Child Study i
B S . University of Colorado. 1938; MA.
University of Maryland. 1963; Ph.D., 1967.
Dixon, Jacit R.. Associate Professor of
Physics (Part-time)
BS. Western Reserve University. 1948;
MS, 1950. PhD., University of Maryland,
1956.
Dlz, Maria A., Instructor of Spanish
and Portuguese
Licenciatura, Umversidad de Buenos
Aires. 1966. MA , University of Maryland.
1969.
Dobert. Ellel W.. Professor of German
and Russian
B.A., University of Geneva. 1932;
Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1954.
DoCarmo, Pamala B^ Instructor in Health
Education
B.S.. Central Michigan University, 1964;
MS . Indiana University, 1966.
Dodge, Norton T., Associate Professor of
Economics
A.B. Cornell University. 1948; MA.
Harvard University. 1951; PhD.. 1960
Doetsch. RaymofKJ N., Professor of
Microbiology
B.S., University of Illinois. 1942; M.S..
Indiana University. 1943; Ph.D., University
of Maryland. 1948.
Doilney. Jamea A^ Instructor in Economics
BA , University of Virginia. 1970; M.A..
University of Maryland. 1972.
Doilney, Stephen M.. Instructor in
Business Administration
B.S., University of Maryland, 1967:
MBA.. American University. 1970
Donaldson, Bruca K.. Associate Professor
of Aerospace Engineering
A B . Columbia University. 1954; BS..
1955; MS . University of Wichita.
1963: Ph.D.. University of Illinois (Urbana)
1968.
Dorlman, J. Robert, Professor of Physics
and Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics
AB,, Johns Hopkins University. 1957;
PhD, 1961.
Dorsey. John W„ Vice Chancellor
for Administrative Affairs and Associate
Professor of Economics
BS,, University of Maryland. 1958: MA,.
Harvard University. 1962; PhD . 19S4
Doss. Mildred A^ Research Associate
in Zoology
BA-. University of New Mexico. 1925;
BS , University of Illinois. 1928.
Doszkocs, Tamaa E^ Lecturer (Part-time).
College of Library and Information
Services
Teachers Certificate. Kossuth University,
1964. ML.S.. University of Maryland.
1968, MS.. 1972.
Dotson, Charles O., Associate Professor
of Physical Education
BA,. Morehead State University. 1963:
M.S.. Purdue University, 1964; Ph.D.,
Purdue University. 1968.
Doudna, Marie E., Assistant Professor of
Hearing and Speech Sciences
BS.. Ohio State University, 1948; MA.,
1956: PhD.. 1962.
Douglas. Larry W., Assistant Professor of
Dairy Science
B.S.. Purdue University. 1964; MS.. 1966;
PhD . Oregon State University. 1969.
Douglis. Avron, Professor of Mathematics
AB . University of Chicago. 1938. M.S.,
New York University. 1949; PhD.. 1949.
Doyle, James O., Instructor in Computer
Science
BS Northwestern University. 1956.
Doyle, Terrance A., Instructor in Speech
and Dramatic Art
BS. University of Wisconsin (Platteville).
1970, M.A.. University of Nebraska, 1972
Dragt James A.. Associate Professor
of Physics
AB , Calvin College. 1957; Ph.D.,
University of California (Berkeley). 1963
Drew, H. Dennis. Assistant Professor
of Physics
B S., University of Pittsburgh, 1962;
PhD . Cornell University. 1967.
Drum. Barbara A.. Instructor in Physical
Education
B S , Pennsylvania State University. 1958;
M.A., University of Iowa. 1963,
Dubestar, Henry J., Associate Professor,
College of Library and Information
Services
BSS.. CCNY. 1938; MA, Columbia
University. 1946.
Dubola. Jacquaa H., Instructor In Frartch
and Italian
BA. University of Maryland. 1967;
MA. 1970.
Dudley, James, Professor of Administration.
Supervision and Curriculum
BA. Southern Illinois University. 1951;
Ed D . University of Illinois (Urtwru),
1964. MS, Southern Illinois Vnhntnitf.
1957
Duffey. Dick. Professor of Chemical
Engineerir>g
B-S-, Purdue University. 1938: M.S., Stale
University of Iowa. 1940; Ph.D.. Univorstty
of Maryland. 1956.
Duffey. Robert V^ Professor of Earty
Childhood and Elementary Education
BS. Millersvilie Slate College, 1938: ME-.
Temple University. 1948. Ed 0 . 1954
Duffy. John. PrisciHa Alden Burke
Professor of History
BA . Louisiana State Normal College.
1941: MA, Louisiana State University;
Ph D. UCLA.. 1946.
Dulbe. Katrine L, Assistant Professor of
German and Russian
LLM, University of Lahria. 1931: M.S..
Georgetown University, 1962: PhD.. 1970.
Dumonceau, Michael P., Instructor in
Speech and Dramatic Art
B A.. University of Marylar>d, 1966:
MA.. 1968.
Dunn, Norma E^ Assistant Professor of
English
BA . Madison College. 1946: MX.
University of Pennsylvania. 1953; Ph.D .
1968.
Dunnlngton. Elgin A,^ Jr., Research
Associate m the Chesapeake Biological
Laboratory
M S . George Washington University. 1954.
Dutta, Sukanta K.. Associate Professor
ot Veiennary Science
BSc (Vet) Bombay University, India
1956. MS . Universi^ of Minnesota.
I960: Ph.D.. 1962.
Dvorak. Paul F.. Instructor in German
and Russian
B A . LaSalle College. 1968; MA..
University of Maryland. 1970.
Eart. James A^ Associate Professor of
Physics
B.S. Massachusetts Institute ot
Technology. 1953; Ph D . 1957.
Edelman, Richard B.. Instructor in
Business Administration
BS. 1968: MBA, University of
Maryland. 1970
Edeison. Charles 8., Associate Professor
of Accounting and Assistant Dean, College
of Business and Management
BBA. University of North Michigan.
1949: MBA. Indiana University. 1950:
CP A, Maryland. 1952.
Eden, Henry S.. Assistant Professor of
Electrical Engineering
M.D . Boston University. 1970,
Edmurkdson, Harold P^ Professor of
Mathematics and Computer Science
BA , University of California (LA), 1946:
MA. 1948; PhD., 1953.
Eheart Mary S.. Associate Professor o(
Food and Nutrition
A B , Park College, 1933; M.S.. Unwenlty
of Chicago. 1935.
Ehriicti, Gertrude, Professor of
Mathematics
B S . Womens College of Georgia. 1943:
MA . University Of North Carolina, 1945;
Ph D . University of Tennessee. 19S3-
Eigenbrode, David D., Assistant Professor,
Extension Supervision
M.S.. University ol Maryland, 1961.
202 / Campus Faculty
, JolM. RaftMMCh Auoclal*.
Ptoi— <of of ZooJooy
as Wuhloglon SUM. I9S7. MS.
UniMmlv ol California (B*tli««y). IM7.
pno. i9tc
■nkwik Hurtk r.. Auociala Profaaaof
ol Ajchitoclure
BA UTM«ai<ity of Viiglnla. 1967. MA.
Vata Untv«riilv. 1M1
Btfa«. D Siapt^n, Ainttant ProfaaaOf of
a>
B -v l« 1M2. MA. Otilo
ill I'ttO. ItBl
Hay. u««xv*. •*' . ^->*^--c>ata Profaaaof of
Cafty ChMdnooO aito Elamanlary
IducatKlo
BS O<o Slata Ur»««i<ity IB&2. M Ed .
H97 pnD laee
Bat. JoMn. Aaaoclala Protaaaoi ol Initltula
Fot Ch-iil Study
AB Han»d Un.vatuly. igu. AMT..
IIM Standtox) Un<v«iilly, 1MB
IBdNa, lariaan P., Rasaarcf) Aulalani
Piolaaaur ol Haanng and Spaacll Sclancaa
BA Univttraity ol Ihlaryland. 1B64.
UA l»M Pno. 1967
IIMa. lUcha/tf l„ Piofaaaoi of Induilflal
Educalton
B S Univumly of Mafyland. 1963; MA .
1966 EdO 1972
BkkM. Wlaon H, P'oaldenl of Ttia
UnMmty
BA. Univafaity of Taiaa. 1902. MA.
im. B Lill . Oiloid Unlvaially. 1836:
OPKil 1936
nbifioa Robarl 0^ Asaislani
Prolaaaor insMuio For FluMJ Dynamic* and
App^iad Mathamat.cs
BS Florida Simo Univoraily. 1967: M.S..
1966. Pn D 1972
BMea. Taraaa O.. Instructor In Speach
and Oramaalic An
BA. CatnoNc Univarsrty of Amarlca.
1»S0 MCA 1970
Ok, Robafi L^ Auociala Profaasor
of ftlatnamatica
AB. Miami Un.varsily. 1960: Pti 0.. Ouka
Uni«a<Kty 1966
flaaoclh. Ro6«>t W., Asaatanl Profaaaor
of Phyaics and Astronomy
BS. Yale Unrvarsity. 1960. Pfi D..
Unrvafstly ol Rocr>esler. 1966
BMaaaf. WaNar U.. Rasaarcfi Profossor,
tnsntuta for Fluid Oynamics and
Appiiad Mamematics
Pit 0 . (Pnysics) Unnrarsity ol Goettingen
IGarmany). 1927.
Baawra, T.. Lacturer (Part-time) In
Counseling and Personnel Services
8 S A/ijona Stale University. 196S:
PtiD 1969
toad. Fawzl P.. Associate Professor ol
Electrical Engmeenng
BS . E E American Unnrersity (Beirut).
1961 MS Nortlnraslem University.
1963 Pno. 1966.
laisni. Robert, Dean College ol
Education
tpkremWe*. Anthony. Assistant Professor
0* Elect'. ca^ E'lg r-cunrg
BS Nat'Oial Tochn.cal University ol
Atnens 1967 M A 1968 Ph O . Princeton
Uni«»n,ty 1971
Eppea, M. Heniy, Deputy Director.
Mwytand Technical Advisory Service
Bureau of Qovemmental Research
BS. US Naval Academy. 1935: MA
University ol Marvlar>d 1970
CitfaM, WHwn K, Instructor In Applied
Design
BS. Bucknell University. 1962. MS.
Univanlly ol Wisconsin. 196S: M FA. 196a
Efldiaoa. Wlaiii C Proiaaaor ol
Astronomy
BA. Univeraity ol Minneaola. 1951;
UA. 1966. PhD. 1994.
Cttiarlde, Oee«9e A,. AaatetanI Proiaaaor
ol Music
B Mus Univaraity of Michigan. 1967.
MMuB. 1966.
Evana, Jamea (L. Br.. Visiting Pfofaaaoi
of Agf-.'v.'i' ill Heiourca Economics
BA i!>2l. MA.
Un . 4
Cyl«< id Prolaaaot
Cell' . alion. Recreation
A B Houghton College. 1942. M S . 1942.
M S . University ol Illinois (Urbana). 1948,
PhD. 1966
Pabar, John E., Profaaaor (Emeritus) and
Lecturer In Microbiology
B S University ol Maryland. 1926. M S .
1927; Ph 0 . 1937
Fain, Oerald B.. Instructor In Recreation
B S . Springfield College. 196S; M S .
University ol North Carolina. 1971
Falctone. Raymond L. Assistant Prolessor
ol Speech and Oramatic Art
BA. Akron University. 1965; MA. 1967:
Ph 0 , Kent State Univeraity. 1972
Falk, David 8., Associate Prolessor ol
Physics
8S. Cornell University. 1954; MS..
Harvard University. 1955. PhO,. 1958.
Feller, Alan J.. Research Prolessor.
Inslituto lor Fluid Oynamics & Applied
Mathematics
S B . Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1951: MS. 1953. D Sc , 1957.
FaMhik, /Ulred M., Assistant Prolessor
of Business Administration
B S Nortneastern Univerally. 1957. MBA..
1959. Ph D . Michigan State University,
1969
Fan, CtHjngpeng. Research Associate In
Physics and Astronomy
B S . National Taiwan University: MA .
Rice University. 1966: Ph D . State
University of New York at Stony Brook.
1969
Fanning, Oatvin S., Associate Professor
of Soil MInerology
B S . Cornell University. 1954. M S . 1959:
Ph 0., University ol Wisconsin. 1964
Fanoa, Stavroula A, Associate Professor
of Music
B M Ed . Oberlin College. 1957; M Ed .
University ol Maryland. 1963; Ed.D . 1970.
Farquhar. Jama* D., Assistant Professor
ol An
BA. Washington & Lee University. 1963:
MA. University of Chicago. 1966: Ph 0 .
1972.
Farr, Marlon M., Research Associate in
Zoology
AB. Syracuse University. 1925; MA. 1929
Farrah, Unda L, Instructor in Physical
Education
B S . University ol Pittsburgh. 1969; MA.
Unnrersity ol Maryland. 1971.
Farrel), Richard T., Associate Professor ol
Secondary Education and Associate
Professor and Associate Chairman ol
History
B A Wabash College. 1954; MS. Indiana
University 1958; Ph 0.. 1967.
Farwell, Sanlord W., Associate Editor.
Visual Aids Information and Publications
Department Agnculturat Division
B A Rhode Island School of Design. 1954.
Fay. John 0., Assistant Prolessor ol
Mathematics
B A Harvard University. 1965: Ph D.. 1970.
FeMbaum, Eleanor R., Research Associate
and Lecturer. Urban Research Group.
Bureau of Oovemmental Research
BA. American University. 1969; M-A..
1970 Pn D UnlvefSlty ol Maryland. 1973
FaMman, Enott D.. Assistant Prolessor ol
Computer Science
Bach. Cotnall Unhvrsily. 1861; PhD.
Stevens Instltuta ol Techrvaloffy. 1970.
PaBciai ' r" ■ ■ • and AsaistanI
to D' . ral Education
Reci.
BS id. 1853 MA.
195;
Feiach. Woifsang, Reaearch Asaoclale.
Felton, Kenneth E., Associate Profeaaor of
Agricultural Engineering
B S . Univeraity ol Maryland. 1960.
8S CE 1951. MS. Pennsylvania Stale
University 1962
Farenca, Maty L. Instructor In English
B A Ml Mercy College. 1968: M A .
University of Maryland. 1970
Ferfi, A M., Lecturer In An
B A University of Chicago. 18S0; M A .
1954. PhO. 1960
Ferraloll, Joaeph, Lecturer In An
BIO Pratt Inslitule of An. 1964; MFA.
Columbia Universlly. 1970.
FerrelL Richard A, Professor of Physics
B S . California Instilula of Technology.
1948. M S . 1949; Ph D . Princeton
University. 1952.
Fey. Jamaa T.. Associate Profaaaor of
Malhemalics
B S . University of Wisconsin. 1862: MS .
1963. PhD. Columbia Universlly. 1968
Field, Robert M., Lecturer in Architecture
B A . Brown University. 1963: M Arch .
Yale University. 1968.
Fielding, LawraiKe W.. Instructor of
Physical Education
BS.. State University College (Conland).
1968; MA. Universlly ol Maryland. 1968
Fields, Kenneth L, Assistant Professor
of Mathematics
S B . Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1965: Ph.D.. Universlly of
California (Berkeley). 1S69.
Fielda, Samuel H., Chairman. Air Force
Aerospace Studies Program
BS. USMA. 1954.
Rnit, Bealrice C, Associate Professor
of French and Italian
B A . Bryn Mawr College. 1853; MA .
Yale University. 1956: PhD, University
ol Pittsburgh. 1966.
Finkelsteln, B. E., Assistant Professor.
Foundations ol Education
BA. Barnard College. 1959: MA.
Teacher's College Columbia University.
1960. PhO. 1970
Flnsterbuach, Kurt Assistant Profossor
of Sociology
BA. Princeton University. 1957: BD.
Grace Theological Seminary. 1960:
PhD. Columbia University. 1969.
Fisher, Allan J., Prolessor (Pan-lime) ol
B S . University of Pennsylvania. 1928;
LIIM. 1936: PhD. 1937,
Fisher, Anthony, Associate Professor.
Bureau of Business and Economic
Research
BA. Columbia University. 1962. PhO.
Columbia University. 1968.
Fhrel, Daniel i.. Associate Professor of
Physics
BA.. Johns Hopkins University. 1953;
PhD 1959
Flacii, Jamaa K. Jr„ Assistant Professor
of History
BA. Albion College. 1959: MA. Wayne
state University. 1963: Ph O . 1968
Flatter, Charlea H., Associate Prolessor
of Inslitule for Child Shjdy
BA.. DePauw University. 1961: MA.
University ol Toledo. 1965: Ed 0 .
University ol Maryland. 1968.
Fleck, Jere, Associate Professor of
German and Russian
BA. C C N V 196* UA. UMMraHy
ol Vienna 1962 Ph D . Unhnraity ol
UuMch. 1986
PMb. a J, Jr., Lacturer In Aeroapace
Enginaering
Bach. I>urdue UMvarsny. 1868 PhO.
Catholic Univeraity ol AmarKa. 1988
Fiemlna. Laon B., Aaalalant Proiaaaor ol
B S East Carolina Coliege. 1848;
M Mus Westminster Choir Coiiaoe 1850
Flemlftg, Rtidd, Professor of English
B A University of Chicago 1830 U A
C:ornell University, 1932, PhD 1BJ4
FVppen, Charlee C II, Assistant
Proleasor of Journalism
B A Washington and Lae Univaraity. 1964
MA . University ol North Carolina. 1986.
PhO 1968
Floraalaiw, Patricia •.. Lecturer (Pan-Umel
in Urban Studies
BA. Unrveraity ol Maryland. 1868. MA
1970
FlyBar, Vagn, Reaea/ch Proleaaor
Natural Reaourcee Institute
B S . Cornell Unrversity 1848. M S .
Pennsylvania State University 1952
0 Sc . Johns Hopkins University. 1966
Flyr, Lewie J., Lecturer m Oovemment
and Politics
B S . Oklahoma Sute Universily. 1967;
M Phil . Yale University. 1966
Fogie. 0. P., Assistant D*mn and Lacturer
in Architecture
A B Arch . Princeton University. 1961 ;
MCP. University ol Calllornia. 1858
Folaom. Kennalh E-. Associate Prolessor
of History
A B . Princeton University. 1943: A B .
Universily ol California (Berkeley). 19S5;
MA 1957, PhO. 1964
FonarofI, L. Schuyler. Profeaaor of
Geography
B A . University ol Aruona. 1955: r>h 0
Johns Hopkins University. 1961
Forbes, Jamas H., Jr, Asaistant Proleaaor
01 An
BA. University of Maryland. 1964: MA.
1966
FtMbea, Lallcla T., Instructor in Spanish
BA. University ol iblaryland 1963
MA. 1966
Ford, Qary A,, Instructor In Computer
Science
B S Masaachusetta Instlhita ol
Technology. 1968; MS.. Unlvarsily ol
Maryland. 1972.
Font Gary T., Assistant Professor of
Marketing
BBA Clarkson College. 1966: MBA.
Stale Unnrersity of New York at Buffalo.
1968.
Foea, John E. Proiaaaor ol Soil
Classification
B S Wisconsin SUte Univeraity
(River Falls). 1957. MS. Universlly
ol Minnesota. 1959. Ph 0 . 1966.
Feeler, John C Research Associate.
instihjte lor Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathamabca
B S Boston College 1867. M S .
University ol Maryland. 1869: Ph 0 . 1873
Foalar, John E^ Proiaaaor and Chairman
ol Animal Science. Emeritus
B S North Carolina SW* Coliaga. 1826.
M S Kansas State Coliege. 1327; Ph.D_
Cornell Unlvermlty. 1837.
Foelar, PMUpa W, Proiaaaor ol
Agncultural ar>d Resource Economics
BS. Cornell University. 1853. MS.
Umveraily of llllnole. (llibanf). 1856:
PhD. 1968.
Feumar, WMaai U Aaaodale Profeaaor
of Mechanical Enginoarlng
BS AE. Waal Virginia Untvarally. 1962.
UB. I«M. PhO. UWMraily a<
iianoN (Urbane). 1888
Pawl tliann. VMMng Proiaaaor ol
Teaiiiaa and Canaumar transadoi
A B uwMrsny el MIssoufi. t«n; MlO.
Washington UMvaraHy. 107
ol Oraduaie Mudwa m tuaiory
BA Syracuaa tinhraraHy. 1848. UA.
UniversKir ol Crxego. 1961. PhO. 1967
FoaSer, Jalai M, vwiting Proleaaor - '
PtrrSKS
BA EarViam Collage. 1848 U8
Uniersriy ol Oklahoma. 1960 PhO
Johns Hopkins Urwersfty. 1964
Fes. Tkaaiaa R, Instructor m Ipsseh
and Dfamatte An and Manager ol
Fine Arta Theater
B S Viigutia Porylachnic IrtaaMa.
1848 ACA. Bowlmg Oraan CoMaBa ol
Commerce. 1961
Frank. DIaM, inelnictor In Oanoa
BFA OftM) Untversrry 1988. UA.
Unrversity ol illirKMS, 1872.
Fra«. Jacob O, Aaaietani Prniaaam c
Socioiogr
B A South aaaiem SUte CoHaga,
1835 UA. Cokimbia UnlvanNy. I8K
Pn 0 Ohio SlaU UnvarsMy. 1880
Fraiter. MBe H, Aaaoclala PiulMiui
and Human Development BptciiBal
B S Sam Houalon Stale UMveraHy.
1854 US Teiaa Women s UnlversAy.
1858 PhO Florida Stale Unnrarsify 1884
Freedman. Morrla, Proleasor ol Engllah
BA CUNY (C<ty Conagel 1841.
M A Columbia Univaraitv 1960
PhO 1953
Freeman. Margie D. Aaant«>t Proiaaaor
and Asaiatant to Suu Laadar.
Eilenslon Home Economics
B S Winthrep Cottage 1848
Ftaswaii. Rofeett Aaeeciaie Proiaaaor
ol Paychology
BA. Haverion] College 18S1; UA.
Weeleyan Collage. 1864: PhD. umnrtNy
of Maryland 1864
Fraaman. Vbgfeila U Lacturer in Dance
a S . Unhersrty ol Wieconam. 1960
MA University of C^aMomia. 1896
Freeny. Ralph D.. Aaarstant Pmlaeeor of
An
B A unrversity of Maryland. I8S8
Frehrogel, OaeW C_ Inairuclor in Dane*
B A Washington UnNaralty (Uo ). 1958.
Freli. Bnica ft. Proiaaaor ol Paychoiogy
B A . (Gettysburg Coliaga. 1881 ; U A.
Ohio State UnhrarMy. 1BB3; PhO. 1886
Fraundaehi*, Jof it, Aaalauni Prnlaaaor
of Ptiysical Education
MA. Unlvarsily ol Alabama. 1964
and Astronomy (Pan-bma)
BA CUNY (Brooklyn Collaeel.
1936 Pno. Johna Hopkkia UMnraMy.
1940
Friedman, Boaan IL. inabuelor m Chlnaaa
B A Queans Coliege. 1988; MA.
Columbia Untvarally. 1888
of f>ttysical Education
8 S . Unlvarslty of North (Urelina. 1857
MA. UnnnrsHy ol Mlchigwi. 1981.
pn D . UnnreraNy ol Uary1«<d 1872.
Frftt. Big— Hid. Visiung Pin r
(Pan-lime). Inabhjto lor FkM OyiwnKS
and Appliad MaBiamabca
BS. Brooklyn Coliaga. IBM; US.
Maaaachuaeits inamuw ol Technology.
1941. ScO. Iiiaaachuaaiu kiUMuu
of Technology. 1963.
FromeeRl. 8.. Asanfiala PlIlliHUl Ol
Management Sclanca
B A Sc . Univaraity ol Toronto. 1880:
MA. 1961; PhD. SUnlord UnkranRy
1986.
Campus Faculty / 203
Fry, GUdy* M., Associate Professor of
English
BA. Howard University. 1952; MA,.
1954. Pti 0.. Indiana University. 1967.
Fry. William T.. Lecturer in Physical
Education
B.S . University of Maryland. 1951
Fulks, DankI Lee, Instructor in Accounting
B S . University of Tennessee. 1967.
Fullenwlder. DonaM R., Assistant Professor
of Architecture
B.Arch . University of Houston. 1959:
M Arch . Unrversity of California. 1971.
Fuller, Kent B.. Assistant Professor of
Conservation Education
B.S . Frostburg Slate College. 1960:
MEd. 1965.
Funaro, George J., Professor of Education
and Acting Chairman. Division ol
Human and Community Resources
B.S, American International College.
1956; M.A.. University ol Connecticut.
1965. Ph D . 1965.
Funkensteln, Amos, Kaplan Chair
Professor of History
PhD . Free University of Berlin, 1965.
Gabriel. James L, Instructor in English
A.B , The Catholic University of America.
1958: MA. George Washington
University, 1963.
Gallagher, Charles C, Assistant Professor
of Music
BMus., University of Michigan. 1950;
M Mus . 1952.
Galllck, Susan L, Assistant Professor
ot English
B.A.. University of California at
Berkeley. 1966: PhD-. Indiana
University. 1972.
Gallman, Philip G., Assistant Professor
of Electrical Engineering
BE, Yale University. 1964; M.S..
1966. M Phil . 1968: PhD. 1971,
Galloway, Raymor>d A., Professor of
Plant Physiology
BS., University of Maryland. 1952;
MS. 1956: PhD.. 1958.
Gamble. Mary W., Instructor in Chemistry
BA. Chatham College, 1940: M.S..
The Pennsylvania State University. 1943,
Gambrell. L. B., Instructor in Faculty
Development Program (Education)
M A . University ol Maryland. 1970.
Gammon. Robert W.. Assistant Professor.
Institute lor Molecular Physics
AB. Johns Hopkins. 1961; M.S..
Caiilornia Institute of Technology. 1963;
PhD, Johns Hopkins University, 1967.
Gannon, Martin J., Associate Professor
of Business Administration
Bach., University of Scranton. 1961; Ph.D..
Columbia University, 1969.
Gantt. Walter N.. Associate Professor
ot Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
BS.. Coppin State College, 1942;
MA, New York University. 1956;
EdD. University of Maryland. 1968.
Garber, Daniel L., Jr., Associate Professor
of Civil Engineering
BS, University of Maryland. 1952;
MS , 1959, PhD.. 1964.
Garcia, J. Daniel, Instructor in Spanish
and Portuguese
BA.. Cleveland State University. 1969;
M.A,, University of Maryland. 1972.
Gardner, Albert H., Associate Professor
ol Institute lor Child Study
B.S., S U.N Y. at Albany. 1958; MA..
Syracuse University. 1962, Ph D , 1967.
Gardner, Marjorie H., Prolessor of
Science Education, and Chemistry
B.S,. Utah Stale University. 1946:
M.A.. Ohio State University. 1956;
Ph.D.. 1960.
Gamer, Ectward B.. Instructor in Business
Administration
B S.. Florence State University. 1949:
MBA. Indiana University. 1952
Garrett, Doris J., Instructor (Part-time)
Faculty Development Program (Education)
B.S , University of Maryland. 1970. MA,.
1972
Garrison, Martha. Instructor in Family
and Community Development
B.S.. Michigan State University. 1938;
MS. University of Maryland. 1963.
Garvey. Evelyn F.. Associate Professor
of Music
B.S.. Temple University, 1943: M.Mus..
University of Rochester, 1946.
Gatz. Margaret, Assistant Professor of
Psychology
B A . Southwestern at Memphis. 1966:
Ph.D., Duke University. 1972.
Gauch, Hugh G., Professor Emeritus of
Plant Physiology
BS., Miami University (Ohio). 1935;
MS.. Kansas State University. 1937:
PhD , University of Chicago, 1939
Gaylln, Ned U, Prolessor and Chairman
of Family and Community Development
B.A., University of Chicago, 1956: MA,
1961; PhD,. 1965.
Gelman. Ellen F., Assistant Professor
of Art
BA.. Brandeis University. 1961: M.F.A.,
Columbia University. 1967.
Gelso, Charles J., Assistant Professor
ol Psychology
B.S . Bloomburg State College. 1963;
MS.. Florida State University. 1964;
PhD., Ohio State University. 1970.
Gemmill, Perry R.. Instructor in
Industrial Education
BS, Millersville State. 1968: MA.Ed.,
Ball State University, 1970.
Gentry, James W., Associate Prolessor
of Chemical Engineering
B.S.. Oklahoma State University. 1961:
MS,, University ol Birmingham. U.K..
1963; PhD.. University ol Texas. 1969.
Geracl, Philip C, Lecturer in Journalism
BS.. University ol Maryland. 1953; MA ,
1961.
Giblette. John F., Prolessor and
Chairman, Measurement and Statistics
BA,, George Washington University. 1947;
MA. University of Minnesota, 1952:
Ph D , University ol Pennsylvania. 1960.
Giblin, Michael John. Instructor in
Industrial Education
BA , California State University. San
Diego. 1972: MA.. Ball State University.
1973.
Gibson, Robert A., Lecturer (Part-time)
Education. Administration Supervision
and Curriculum
GIffIn, Donald W., Associate Prolessor
ol History and Director of Admissions
and Registrations
B.A.. University of California (Santa
Barbara). 1950: MA., Vanderbilt
University, 1956: Ph.D.. 1962.
Gilbert Claire P., Assistant Professor
ol French and Italian
BA,, Rice University. 1960: M.A,.
University ol Delaware, 1963: Pli.D..
Johns Hopkins University. 1969.
Gilbert, James B.. Professor of History
BA,, Carieton College, 1961; M.A..
University ol Wisconsin, 1963: Ph.D.. 1966.
Gill, Douglas E., Assistant Professor
of Zoology
BS., Marietta College, 1965: MA., 1967;
Ph D., University of Michigan, 1970,
Glllls, Harry P., Research Associate.
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics
B.S . Louistanna State University. 1968:
Ph D., University of Chicago, 1973.
GInter, Marshall L, Associate Professor
of Molecular Physics
BS,. Chico State College. 1967: Ph,D„
Vanderbilt University. 1961.
Glrdano, Daniel A., Associate Prolessor ol
Health Education
B A , West Liberty State College. 1964;
M A . Kent State University. 1965.
Ph D , University of Toledo, 1970.
Glrdano. Dorothy E., Assistant
Prolessor of Health Education
B S . University of Nebraska. 1960;
MA. Colorado State College. 1964;
PhD.. University of Toledo, 1969
Glancy, E. K., Instructor in English
B A.. Emory University. 1957; M.A..
University of Maryland. 1970.
Glass, James M., Assistant Professor of
Government and Politics
B A , University of Caiilornia (Berkeley).
1961, MA.. 1964; PhD.. 1970.
Glasser, Robert G., Professor of
Physics and Computer Science
AB, University of Chicago, 1948;
B.S , 1950: MS , 1952; Ph.D., 1954,
Glazer, J., Visiting Lecturer in English
BA, C.U.N.Y. (Brooklyn College). 1938.
Glee, Ulysses S., Instructor in Agricultural
and Extension Education and Assistant
Director. Office of Student Aid
B.S.. Florida A & M University. 1967;
M.S., University of Maryland, 1970.
Glendenlng, Parris N., Associate Professor
of Government and Politics
B A , Florida State University. 1964:
M.A,, 1965; Ph.D,, 1967,
Gllck, Arnold J., Associate Professor
of Physics
BA., CUNY. (Brooklyn College),
1955; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1961.
GItnos, Andre D.. Research Professor of
Zoology
Doctor of Medicine, National Unnersity
of Athens. 1941.
Gloeckier, George, Associate Professor of
Physics
SB, University of Chicago. I960:
S.M., 1961: PhD,, 1965.
Glosser, Robert, Assistant Prolessor
of Physics
SB,, M.I.T.. 1959: S,M.. University of
Chicago, 1962: Ph.D.. 1967.
Glover. Rolfe E.. III. Professor of
Physics
A.B.. Bowdoin College. 1948; B.S..
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
1948: Ph.D.. University ol Goettingen.
1953.
Goering, Jacob D., Associate Professor
of Institute for Child Study
B.S.. Bethel College. 1941; Ph.D..
University ol Maryland 1959.
Gotf. Reglna. M., Prolessor of Early
Childhood and Elementary Education
B S , Northwestern University, 1933:
MA.. Columbia University, 1940. Ph.D..
1948
Goforth, Robert R., Research Associate.
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics
B.S , University of Texas (Austin). 1966:
PhD, 1971,
Gold. Edward S., Instructor in English
B A.. University ol Maryland. 1969;
M.A.. Johns Hopkins University. 1970.
Goldtwrg. David A.. Assistant Professor
of Physics
BE, P., Cornell University, 1958: M.S.,
1960; Ph,D., Johns Hopkins University.
1967,
A B.. Hunter College, 1950; MA., Ohio
State University. 1962; Pti.D,. UCLA..
1958.
Goldburg. A. L., Lecturer in Administration.
Supervision and Curriculum
BS., West Chester State College.
1946: M S , Indiana University. 1950;
Ed.D . 1956.
Goldenbaum, George C, Associate
Professor of Physics and Astronomy
BS, Muhlenberg College (Pa.). ■'957;
Ph D , University ol Maryland. 196£
Goldhaber, Jacob K., Professor and
Chairman ol Mathematics
BA,, CUNY, (Brooklyn College).
1944; M.A.. Harvard University. 1945;
Ph D,. University of Wisconsin. 1950.
Golding, Edwin I., Lecturer (Part-time)
In Information Systems Management
BS , US. Naval Academy, 1950:
MSE, University of Michigan. 1955;
Ph.D.. 1962.
Goldman. David T.. Professor of Chemical
Engineering
B A,. Brooklyn College. 1952: M.S..
Vanderbilt University. 1954; PhD,,
University of Maryland, 1968.
Goldman, Harvey, Associate Professor
of Administration. Supervision and
Curriculum
Bach,, University of Rhode Island. I960:
Ed D , Michigan State University, 1966.
Goldsby, Richard A.^ Prolessor of
Chemistry
B.A. University of Kansas. 1957; Ph,D,.
University ol Caiilornia, 1961.
Goldschmldt, Werner, Instructor in
Business Administration
BME,, Cornell University. 1949; MS..
Columbia University. 1954.
Goldsmith. Nancy A.. Instructor in Bureau
of Education Research and Field Service
8 S , State University College (New Paltz),
1964: M,Ed,. University ol Maryland. 1968.
Goldslein, Irwin L, Professor of
Psychology
B.B.A.. C.U.N.Y. (City College). 1959:
M A-. University of Maryland. 1962;
Ph D.. 1964,
Goldstein, Larry J., Prolessor ol
Mathematics
BA , University of Pennsylvania 1965:
MA. 1965; MA.. Princeton University.
1967; Ph.D.. 1967.
Goldstein, Shyke, Research Associate of
Physics and Astronomy
BSc , Hebrew University (Israel). 1962:
M Sc , 1964; PhD-, Tel Aviv University.
1972.
Gollub. Lewis R., Professor of Psychology
A.B.. University of Pennsylvania. 1955;
PhD,, Harvard University. 1958.
Golmon. Melton. Assistant Professor ol
Education and Zoology
B A,, Louisiana State University, 1960:
B S . Southeastern Louisana University.
1964; MEd.. Louisiana State University.
1966: MA,, University ol Northern Iowa.
1968; Ph D , University ol Iowa, 1972.
Gomezplata, Albert, Prolessor and Acting
Chairman of Chemical Engineering
B Che.. Polytechnic Institute Brooklyn.
1952: M Che.. 1954; PhD,, Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute, 1959
Good, Richard A.. Professor ol
Mathematics
B A . Ashland College. 1939: M.A,.
University ol Wisconsin. 1940: Ph.D.. 1945.
Goodscre, Russell F., Research Assistant
in Eleclrical Engineering
B.S , Naval Academy, 1949; SSEE, Naval
Postgraduate School, 1952: MEA, George
Washington University. 1962.
Goode. M. Dennis, Associate Prolessor
ol Zoology
BS, University of Kansas, 1963. Ph.D..
Iowa State University, 1967.
Goodman, Joan F., Assistant Professor ot
Special Education
3A. Radciilf College. 1956, M Ed,. Harvard
School ol Education. 1959: EdO . 1963.
Goodwin, Edwin E^ Associate Professor
of Animal Science
B S., Louisiana State University. 1946;
M S.. Cornell University. 1948: Ph.D.,
Washmgion Stale University. 1956.
Goodwyn. Frank. Professor ol Spanish
and Portuguese
BA . Texas College ol Arts and Irtdustrias.
1939, MA . 1940. PhD.. Unrversity d
Texas, 1946
Gordon. Doruld C, Prolessor of History
B.A.. College of William and Mary.
1934; MA. Columbia University, 1938:
PhD . 1947-
Gordon, Glen E^ Professor of Chemistry
BS.. University of Illinois. 1956; PtiO..
University of California (Berkeley). 1960.
Gordon, Stewart U, Professor ol Music
B.A.. University ol Kansas, 1953: MA..
1954; DMA,, University of Rochester.
1965-
Gorgacz, Edward J., Assistant Professor ol
Veterinary Science
V.MD,. University of Pennsylvania,
1967. PhD-. University ol Connecticut,
1974.
GorovKz, Samuel, Prolessor and Chairman
of Philosophy
B-S-. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1960; Ph.D.. Stanford
University. 1963-
Gouln, Francis R., Assistant Professor
ol Horticulture
B.S,. University of New Hampshire. 1962;
MS.. University of Maryland. 1965;
PhD . 1969.
Gould. Murray J^ Assistant Prolessor
ol Music
B.Mus,. Manhattan School of Music. 1957.
MMus . 1958; Ph.D.. New York
University. 1973.
Gowdy, Robert H.. Assistant Professor of
Physics and Astronomy
B S , Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1963; MS,, Yale University. 1964:
PhD . 1968
Graham, Ethel 1-, Instructor in Food and
Nutrition
BS., Drexei Institute ol Technology. 1961;
M.S., University ol Maryland. 1964.
Gramberg, Edward J.. Prolessor of Spanish
and Portuguese
B.A.. University ol Amsterdam. 1946:
M.A., U.C.L.A., 1949: Ph,D,. University of
California (Berkeley), 1956,
Grambs, Jean D., Prolessor of Secondary
Education
BA , Reed College. 1940. M.A. Stanlord
University. 1941. Ed.D., 1948.
Gravely. William H., Jr.. Professor ol
English
BA , College of William and Mary. 1925;
M.A,, University of Virginia. 1934;
PhD, 1953.
Gray, Alfred. Professor of Mathematics
B A,. University of Kansas. 1960: MA.
1961: PhD, University ol Caiilornia
(L A }, 1964
Grazer. William F., Instructor in Buslaess
Administration
BA . St Bernard College. 1964; MBA.
University ol Maryland. 1971.
Green, Cynthia B., Instructor in Art
B-A.. University ol Maryland. 1965; MA.
1967.
Green. Elaaf>or B^ Lecturer in Art. and
Gallery Director
AB.. Vassar College. 1949; MA.
George Washington Unrversity, 1971;
PhD . 1973.
204 / Campus Faculty
OnM. HIT
ol Inclilule
6 A lln .1"
igu '•• ■•
On-' -
r*
CI.
•'•ta/il Pio<owoi
v-)-«a lOM. M Ed ,
''orMaof of
OMn
iiyl,
\-,yn:, 19«0. MS.
■nd teftS PhD.
Unn«r«lt¥ o
1 Ml
Orvwv Paul t-. AuociaiA Protouor ol
Uairwnatics
BA Co'noH Univ«rtlty. 1B69; MA,
Hw«fd Unrv«isiTy. 1900. PhD. Cornell
Univvrutv 1904
OfVMi, RotMTl L, Prol««»or of Agricultural
Cno>r%M'>r>g Acting Oirocior Agiicullural
Eipcnment Station and Coordinator
Wator Resourcoi RoMiarch Confer
B S A E Uofverury of Qeorgla, 1934.
MS Iowa Slate College. 1fl09, Pff D .
Michigan Stale University. 19&3
Ofeen. WMard W^ Professor of Animal
Sconce
B5 University of Minnesota. 1933.
MS 1934 PhO 1939
QreeiM. Ulcti«el P.. Assistant Professor
MVl Associate Ctuirman of Physics
BEP Cornell Unnersity 1960. MS.
Unhrersity of California (San Oiego).
lee; pho iges
Oreenberg. Jamee D^ Assistant Professor
and Director ot Laboratory Experience
KB. Brown Unnrersity. 1964; MA.
University of Connecticut. 1966. Ph D .
1969
Qfeenbecg. Kenneth ft, Assoc tale
Professor of Counseling and Personnel
1960
Oreenberg. Leon. Professor of
Mathematics
as CUNY (City College), 19S3.
MA Yale University 1955. PhD. 1958
Graenberg. Loula M^ Associate Professor
of History
AS. Brooklyn College. 1954. M.A..
Harvard University, 1957. PhD, 1963.
Oreenberg, Meyer. Assistant Professor and
Director of HetHVw Program
BA. Yes^rva Unnrerstty. 1334. MA.
Jewish Institute of Religion. 1M4. Ph D .
Unnersity of Maryland. 1956
Oreenberg. Oecar W^ Professor of Physics
BS. Rutgers Universiiy, 1952. MS.
Pnnceton University 1954 PhD. 1956
Greenberg. Ralph. Assistant Professor of
Matr^ematics
BA. University of Pennsylvania. 1966,
Ph 0 Pnnceton University. 1971
Greenwood, DavW C» Associate Professor
ot £r>gli$h
BA, University of London. 19*9:
Certificate in Education Nottingham. 1963.
Ph 0 . University of Dublin, 1968
Greenwood. Stuart W.. Instructor m
Aerospace Ef>gineerir>9
BSc Bristol University 1945 M Eog
McG'll Unrversity. 1962.
Greer. Thomae V^ Professor of Marketing
8 A University of Texas 1953: MBA.
Ohio Slate University, 1967. PhD.
University of Texas. 1964
Greer. WHUam U Reeearch Associate in
Materials Scier>ce
Ph D . University of Chicago. 1968.
Orelaman, Harvay C AssMinl Profeeaor
of Sociology
BA . State University ol New York at
New Pait2. 1966: MA.. Syracuse Unnrersity
1969, Ph D . 197i
Qrentzer. Roae IL. Profesaor o*
Secondary Education and Muaic
Griam. Hane. Proteesor of Pfiysics and
Ailronomy
Arbilur M«i Planck Schule, 1949,
Ph D Univeitity ot Kiel. 19&4
Grimn. Jamae J.. Proteeaor ot Physics
and Astronomy
a S . Villanova College 1952. M S .
Princeton University. 1955. PhD. 1956
Griffin. Jane T.. Lecturer in Art
a A Connecticut College for WorrMn,
1046. MA New York University. 1966
GrtfTMh, WHIIam. Associate Professor
ot Counseling and Personnel Services
a A. University of Iowa. 1961. MA. 1963.
PhD. 1966
GrtffUha, Thomas J^ Instructor in PTiysical
Education
B S . Southern Connecticut Stale College.
1971. MA. University of Maryland.
1973
Grtgg> Barbara J., Instructor In Botany
BS. Florida Southern College, 1960. MS,
University of Tennessee, 1963: Ph D .
Duke University, 1968
Grim, Samuel 0., Professor of Chemistry
BS. Franklin and Marshall College,
1956. PhD , Massachusetts Insiituie of
Technology. 1960.
Grimes, Katharine H., Lecturer In
Secondary Education
M A . University of Maryland, 1954
Grimsled. OavId A., Associate Professor
ol Hislory
AB. Harvard University. 1957. MA,
University of California (Berkeley). 1958.
PhD. 1963
Grollman, SIgmund, Professor of Zoology
B S . University of Maryland. 1947; M.S..
1949. Ph D,. 1952.
Grover. Morgan K., Research Associate.
Institute For Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Malhemalics
AB.. Bowdoln College, 1966. Ph.D..
MIT. 1971
Groves, Paul A.. Assistant Professor of
Geography
Bach , University of London. 1956: Ph.D..
University ot California (Berkeley). 1969.
Gmchy. Allan G., Professor ot Economics
BA. University of British Columbia,
1926. MA . McGill University. 1929;
PhD. University of Virginia. 1931
Grunig, James E., Associate Professor
of Journalism
BA, Iowa Stale University. 1964;
M S.. University of Wisconsin. 1966;
PhD, 1968
Guelxo. Carl M., Instructor in Economics
B S., University of Pennsylvania. 1949;
MS. University of Tennessee. 1956.
Guernsey. Ralph L. Research Associate
Professor. Institute For Fluid Dynamics
and Applied Mathematics
BS. Miami University (Ohio). 1952;
Ph D . University of Michigan. 1960.
Gulick, SWney U. Professor of
Mathematics
BA. Oberiin College. 1956; MA., Yale
University. 1960; PhD. 1963.
Gump, Lamey R., Assistant Professor ot
Counseling and Personnel Services
BS, West Virginia University. 1959:
MEd. Temple University. 1965; Ed.D ,
Pennsylvania Stale University. 1967.
Gunn, Arthur C^ Lecturer (Part-time).
College of Library and Information
Services
B S . Wilberforce University. 1964; M S L.S .
Atlanta University. 1969.
Guyon. Bernard, Professor ot French
and Italian
Agr6gA des Lettres. University of Paris.
1928; Docleur 6s-Lettres. 1946: Oocteur
honoris causa. University of Oenvva.
186?
Habar, Francia C, Professor of History
a A . University of Connecticut. 1948;
M A Johns Hopkins University, 1962.
Ph D 1957
Hachlander. ertle. Lecturer in Textiles and
Consumer Economics
0 3 . University of Minnesota. 1962, M S .
Michigan Stale University. 1966
Haetner, Lonnle C, Assistant Professor of
Civi) Engineering
Ph D Northwestern University. 1970
Hagerly, Patrick C^ Aaslstani Professor of
Computer Science
BS. Syracuse University. 1960: PhD.
1960
Hagnar, Jr., Thomaa R., Instructor.
Mechanical Engineering
a S . Webb Institute ol Naval Architecture,
1966. SM. Masischusetis Institute of
Technology, 1969
Haley, A. Jamea. Professor ol Zoology
BS . University of New Hampshire. 1949;
M S , 1950. Sc D . Johns Hopkins
University, 1955
Haley. Kaalhleen A.. Assistant Professor
B Mus , Michigan Stale University, 1949.
MMus. 1951; D M.A., University of
Michigan, 1964
Hall. Florence E., Instructor In Secondary
Education
as . Drexel Institute of Technology. 1966.
Hall, Jerome W., Associate Professor of
Civt) Engineering
BS. Harvey Mudd College. 1965; MS.
University of Washington, 1968: Ph.D..
1969
Hall, John R., Assistant Professor of
Agronomy
BS. University of Illinois. 1964; MS. 1965.
PhD. Ohio Stale University. 1971.
Hail. Mary A., Professor of Early
Childhood and Elementary Education
BA. Marshall University. 1955; M.E ,
University of Maryland. 1959; Ed O.. 1966
Hall. Thomas W.. Associate Professor
of French and Italian
B A, University of Maryland. 1938; MA.
I^iddlebury College. 1950; Ph.D..
University of Maryland. 1958
Halperln, Miriam P., Assistant Professor
01 Mathematics
BA Radcliffe College, 1966. MA.
Brandeis University. 1968; PhD., 1972
Hamilton, Arthur B.. Associate Professor of
Agricultural Economics. Emeritus
as. University of Maryland. 1929.
MS.. 1931.
Hamilton, Basil L, Jr., Instructor (Part-time)
Faculty Development Program (Education)
B A . George Washington University.
1967. MS.. 1969-
Hamlllon. Donna B., Assistant Professor
ot English
BA. St Olaf College. 1963: PhD..
University of Wisconsin, 1966.
Hamilton, O. Hayward, Ph D . Research
Assisiant Professor. Pollution Ecology
Hamilton. Gary D., Associate Professor
of English
B A . St. Olaf College. 1962: M.A..
University of Wisconsin. 1965; PhD. 1966.
Hamlet, R. G., Assistant Professor of
Computer Science
M S . Cornell University. 1962: Ph.D..
University of Washington, 1971.
Hamlet Sandra l_ Assistant Professor
of Hearing and Speech Sciences
BA.. University of Wisconsin. 1959; MA.,
University of Washington. 1967: PhD.
1970.
Hammer, David A.. Visiting Associate
Professor (Part-time) of Physics and
Aktronomy
B S California Inslllula of TechrMlogy
1964, PhO. Cornell University. IWtt
Hammond, Robart C, Profeeeor and
Chairman of Veterinary Science
B S Pennsylvania Stale Unrversity
1943. VMD. University of Penrtsyivania.
1940
Handort, WUIIam C, Asaisiant Profesaor
of Bustnots Administration
A B University ol Michigan. 1966. MBA.
University of Michigan. 1967
Harteen, J, Norman, Assistant Professor
of Chemistry
BA. Drake University. 1964. PhD.
UCLA. 1968
Harback. M. B.. instructor (Part-time) in
Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
a S . Shippensburg Slate College. 1945.
M Ed , Penn Stale University. 1967
HanUe. Ian W., Associate Professor of
Agncuiiural and Resource Economics
B S . University of California (Davis), 1960.
Ph D . University of California
(Berkeley). 1966
Harding, Wallace C, Jr., Associate
Professor of Entorrralogy
SS. University of Maryland. 1951.
MS. 1956. PhO, 1961
Hardy, Robert C. Assistant Professor,
Institute For Child Study
as. Bucknell University, 1961. M.S..
1964 Ed D . Indiana University. 1968
Hargar. Robert O., Associate Professor of
Electrical Engineering
as. University of Michigan. 1955. MS.
1959. PhD , 1961
Hargrove, Michael B^ Assistant Professor
of Statistics
as . University of Kentucky. 1963. MA,.
1966. PhD, 1971
Harla, Stephen J., Assistant Professor
of Mathematics
a Sc . University of Sydney (Australia).
1965. PhD. Johns Hopkins
University, 1970
Harlan, Louis R.. Professor of History
BA Emory Un.versity 1943 MA.
Vanderbilt Unrversity, 1948. Ph D . Johns
Hopkins University. 1955
Harper, Robert A^ Professor and
Chairman of Geography
Ph.B . University of Chicago. 1946. S B ,
1947. S M , 1948. Ph D . 1950
Harper, Glenn A.. Assistant Professor ol
Sociology
BS, Purdue University. 1958; M&. 1961;
PhD, 1968
Harrington. J. Patrick, Asaociate Professor
of Astronomy
as. University of Chicago. 1961; M.S..
Ohio State University. 1964: PhO. 1967.
Harrfs, Curtis C Research Associate.
Bureau of Business and Ecorwmic
Research and Pro'essor of Economics
as University of Florida. 1956. MA.
Harvard University 1959. PhO. i960
Harris, Jamas F.. Assistant Professor
of History
as . Loyola Unrversity. 1962: M.S..
University of Wisconsin. 1964; Ml 0 .
1968
Harrts. Martyn A^ Instructor in Speech
and Dramatic Art
as. University of Mlaaouri. 1965:
MA . 1970
Harris. Pamela H., instructor in Speech
and Dramatic An
aA_, Ttw American University. 1971;
MA_. 1972
Harrie. Robert H^ Assistant Professor ot
Civil Enginearing
Ph D . Harvard University. 1971.
M* '■ ■ 'p^sor and Aclmg
.'St Eng'^^aa"^
':»eorgia. 1953,
M ' f,.gan Stole
Hantaan. Mayd P.. Piotasaor of
BS touiStan* Slate University 1951.
M 8 19U Ph O , Untrersfty of Ma/ylarMJ
1866
HarrtaOA, Oaafie M^ Raaaarch Aaaooaia
in Physica end Aatronomy
BA Tuna Urwvarsrty. 1886 MA,
Umversify of Maryland 1888. Ph 0 . 187?
Harrtson, Oaorva K^ As**eiant Profaaaof
of Botar*y
BA. Weelern Ma/yiarw) CoHage 183&
M S . Unrversty of Maryland 1888.
PhD. 1900
Harrlaon. Horaea V.. Pro«oaaor o(
Oovarnmani artd Poimca
a A. Trinrty Unfvarsrty rTasao). 183}.
MA Unrvarsrty of Teus. 1941,
PhO. 1961
Hameon. Paul L, Jr.. Profaaaor of
Industrial Educatwn
a Ed . Unnrersity of Northern llftrwts. t8«2
MA. Colorado State Coitaga. 1947.
Ph O . University of Marylwtd. 1966
Hartman, George t, Jr., Kaa DtsttnguMhad
Professor of Architecture
B A , Princeton Unrverwty. 1957. M FA .
1960
Harvay, EBan £.. Professor ary} Chairman
of Recreation
as. Columbia Unnrersity. 1935. MA.
1941 EdO. University of Oregon. 1951
Haelam, John A., Associate Profaaaor of
Finance and Assisunt Dean, CoHaga of
Business and Management
AB. Duke University. 1956, MBA.
University of North Carolina. 1981.
Ph D , 1967
Hatch, Randolph T^ Assistant Profaaaor
of Chemical Engir>eering
a S . University of California (Berkeley)
1967 M S Massachusetts institute of
Technology. 1989. Ph 0 . 1972
Hatfield. Agiteo B^ Associate Professo-
Institute For Child Study
BA. University of Denver. 1946: MA.
1954 PhO, 1969
Hattiom, Gtiy B^ Profaaaor of Oovamment
and Politics
AB . University of Misatsalppi. 1940:
MA 1942, PhD. Duke Univarsity. 1950
Hatzlolos, Baal C Professor of Pathology
O V M . Veterinsry School of Alfont.
France 1929 OR VET IN AN HUS .
Veterinary Sci>ool of Bartin. Germany,
1932
Haugan, John U Lecturer in Coumaling
and Personf>el Sery»cas
BA . University of Minr>esota. 1960.
MS UniversJtv of Missoun. 1968
Havttand. Bbabatfi £. Assistant Profaaaor
of Eniomoiooy. Emerita
A a Wilmington (Ohio) Cofiage. 1923.
MA (>3mell University. 1926.
M S - University of MarylarKl. 1936.
PhD 1945
Hawas. Douglaa T^ Assistant Profaaaor
of Agronomy
a S . University of Massachusetts. 1962,
MS.. Cornell University, 1965, Ph.D..
Unnrersity of Maryland. 1972
Hawkins. Haknul H^ Lecturer in Speach
and Dramatic Art
a A . University of Washington, 1968.
MO. 1969
Hawka. Roger J.. Instructor in Medurucal
Eng.nfwnng
as . University of Cincinnati. 1966;
MS.. MassachusetU insbtuta of
TachfK>logy, 1967.
Campus Faculty / 205
Hayl*ck. Charles R., Jr., Associate
Professor of Mechanical Engineering
Bach , University of Maryland. 1943:
MS . 1949
Hayward. Raymond W.. Professor of
Physics (Part-time)
B-S . Iowa Slate College. 1943. Ph.D..
University of California (Berkeley). 1950
Head, Emerson W^ Associate Professor
of Music
B.Mus, University of Michigan, 1957:
MMus. 1961.
Heagney, EHeen M.. Assistant Professor of
Textiles and Consumer Economics
BS, Pennsylvania State University. 1941;
M.A.. Columbia University, 1949-
Healy, Thomas C^ instructor (Part-time)
)n Faculty Development Program
(Education)
MS., Winona State College. 1968
Heath. Fred E., Instructor in Music and
Assistant Director of Bands
6 Mus . University of Michigan. 1963;
MMus., 1964
Heath, James L., Assistant Profersor of
Poultry Science
BS. Louisiana State University. 1963;
MS. 1968; Ph D., 1970.
Hebeler, Jean R., Professor and Chairman
of Special Education
B.S.. S.U.N.Y. at Albany. 1950; M.S..
University of Illinois (Urbana). 1956;
Ed-D . Syracuse University. 1960.
Hecht Matthew S.. Assistant Professor
of Computer Science
B.S.E.. Case Western Reserve University.
1970, MS E . Princeton University.
1971: M.A.. 1973; PhD-. 1973,
Heldelbach, Ruth, Associate Professor
of Earfy Childhood-Elementary Education
and Associate Director. Office of
Laboratory Experiences
BS.. University of Maryland. 1949;
M Ed., U-.Versity of Florida. 1958; Ed D..
Columb.a University, 1967.
HeAd(i-.en. Henry W.. Lecturer in Chemistry
B S.. -.ale University. 1956; M.A..
Colu.nbia University. 1962; PhD..
Universty of Maryland, 1973.
Heilprin. Lawrence B^ Professor. College
•j' Library and Information Services
and Computer Science
BS.. University of Pennsylvania. 1928;
MA, 1931; PhD,. Harvard University.
1941
Helm. Norman, Professor of Music
B Mus. Ed . Evansvdie College. 1951:
M Mus , University of Rochester. 1952;
DMA, 1962
Heimpel. Arthur M., Lecturer in
Entomology
BA Queens College. 1947; M.A.. 1948:
Ph D . University of California. 1954.
Heinle. Donald R., Research Assistant
Professor Chesapeake Biological
Latxjratory
He4ns, Conrad P., Jr., Associate Professor
of Civil Engineering
B S., Drexel Institute of Technology,
I960. M.S. Lehigh University. 1962:
PhD.. University ol Maryland. 1967.
Hebler, Martin O., Assistant Professor
of Government and Politics
B-A, University of California (LA.). 1960;
MA, 1962: PhD.. 1969.
Hellman. John L.. Instructor in
Entomology
BS . University of Maryland. 1966:
M.S.. 1968.
Helm, E. Eugerte, Professor of Music
BMus.Ed., Southeastern Louisiana
College, 1950; M MusEd.. Louisiana State
University, 1955: PhD , North Texas
Stale University. 1958,
Helms. Letia B., Visitmg Professor of
Government and Politics
B-A, Sarah Lawrence College. 1964;
MA . Tufts University. 1966; Ph.D.. 1968.
Helz, George R., Assistant Professor
of Chemistry
AB, Princeton University. 1964; Ph.D..
Pennsylvania State University. 1971.
Helzer, Garry A., Associate Professor
of Mathematics
B-A , Portland State College, 1959;
MA,, Northwestern University, 1962:
PhD, 1964,
Hendee. Clare W., Lecturer in Horticulture
B S , Michigan State University. 1930;
M.A., George Washington University. 1960.
Henery-Logan, Kenneth R.. Professor of
Chemistry
B.Sc, McGiII University. 1942; Ph.D.. 1946.
Henkel, Ramon E., Associate Professor
of Sociology
Ph.B., University of North Dakota. 1958;
MA. University of Wisconsin. 1961;
PhD.. 1967,
Henketman. James, Associate Professor
of Secondary Education and Mathematics
and Director of UMMAP
BS.. Miami University (Ohio). 1954;
M.Ed.. 1955; Ed.D , Han/ard University.
1965-
Henstey, Susan K., Instructor, Nursery
School
BS . Georgia Southern College. 1967;
M.Ed,. University of Maryland. 1969-
Herlng, Christoph A., Professor and
Chairman of German and Russian
B.A., University of Prague. 1948; M.A..
University of Bonn. 1949; Ph.D.. 1959
Herman, Harold J., Associate Professor
of English
BA.. University of Maryland. 1952: Ph.D..
University of Pennsylvania. 1959
Herman, Wayne L, Associate Professor
of Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
BA, Ursinus College. 1955; M.Ed-, Temple
University. 1960: Ed.D.. 1965.
Hermanson, Roger H., Professor of
Accounting
B-A . Michigan State University. 1954;
MA. 1955, PhD. 1963
Herschbach, Dennis R., Assistant Professor
of Industrial Education
A-B , San Jose State College. 1960:
MS.. University of Illinois. 1968, PhD-.
University of Illinois. 1972.
Herson. P., Instructor in Counseling and
Personnel Services
8 S . Wilson Teachers College. 1951:
MA University of Maryland, 1967.
Hess. David R., Instructor an4 Program
Assistant, Extension Service
B S , Utah State University. 1964.
Hess, Roger A., Research Associate in
Physics and Astronomy
B S M.I T . 1966: Ph D . University of
Catiforn.a (Berkeley). 1973.
Hesse. Everett W.. Professor and Chairman
of Spanish and Portuguese
BA,. New York University. 1931; MA..
1933: Ph.D. 1941.
Hetrick, Frank M., Professor of
Microbiology
B.S., Michigan State University. 1954;
M.S., University of Maryland. 1960:
PhD . 1962.
Htckey, Harry E.. Assistant Professor of
Fire Protection
B S , State University of New York;
1955 MS., 1960.
Hicks. Eric C, Assistant Professor of
French and Italian
B-A. Yale University. 1959; Ph.D.. 1965.
Hicks. Margaret, Instructor In
BS, Southern Illinois University. 1969:
MBA. 1972.
Hiebert. Ray Eldon, Professor and
Dean, College of Journalism
BA. Stanford University. 1954; M.S..
Columbia University. 1957; M.A,. University
of Maryland, 1961; Ph.D.. 1962.
Hlgglns, Elizabeth A^ Instructor in
Botany
BS.. University of Maryland. 1950; MA .
1969.
HIghlon, Richard. Professor ol
Zoology
B.A., New York University. 1950: M.S..
University of Florida. 1953; Ph.D.. 1956
HIgucht, Yoo, Instructor in Japanese
B A., Tsuda College. Japan. 1970; M.S..
Georgetown University, 1973.
Hill, Davfd G., Assistant Professor of
Physics and Astronomy
B.S. Carnegie-Mellon University. 1959:
M.S.. 1960; Ph.D.. 1964.
Hill, John W., Professor and Dean.
School of Architecture
BA. Rice University, 1951; B.Arch., 1952:
M Arch-. University of Pennsylvania. 1959.
Hill. Walter L, Assistant Professor of
Mathematics
B.A,, University of California (Berkeley).
1965; MA.. 1967; Ph.D.. 1970.
Hide, Stanley J., Professor of
Transportation, Business and Public Policy
B.B.A,, University of Minnesota. 1959;
MBA,. 1962: Ph.D., 1966
Hlllerman, Barbara D.. Instructor in
Applied Design
BS , University of Maryland. 1956:
MS, 1972.
Hill, Kathryn F., Instructor in English
BA . Park College. 1961; M.A.. University
of Maryland. 1964.
Himes, Robert S.. Assistant Professor
of Finance
BS. American University. 1951: M.BA.,
1955; PhD, 1961.
Hinderer, Walter H., Professor of
German and Russian
B A . University of Tubingen. 1957;
M A . University of Munich. 1958:
PhD,, 1960
Hinrjchs, Hariey H.. Lecturer (Part-time)
in Economics
B.B A-. University of Wisconsin, 1953:
MS. Purdue University. 1959; Ph.D..
Harvard University, 1964.
HInel, R(M>er1 K., Associate Professor
of Sociology
BA . Pennsylvania State University. 1946:
MA.. 1950. PhD , Louisiana State
University. 1954.
Hitchcock. Donald R., Associate
Professor of German and Russian
BA,, University of Maryland, 1952; MA ,
Harvard University. 1954; PhD,. 1965.
Hoachlander. Marjorle E., Lecturer in
Speech and Dramatic Art
B A . Temple University. 1943: MA,
New York University. 1971.
Hochull, Urs. E., Professor of Electrical
Engineering
M.S. University of Maryland. 1955; PhD.,
Catholic Untversity of America, 1962.
Hodos, William. Professor of Psychology
BS. CUNY (Brooklyn College).
1955; MA , University of Pennsylvania.
1957; PhD. 1960.
Hoecker. Harold H., Associate Professor
of Agricultural and Resource Economics
BS . Iowa State University, 1941.
Hoffman, J. D., Professor (Part-time)
of Materials Science
Hoffman, Bernard G., Associate Professor
of Anthropology
BS.. Montana State University. 1946;
PhD , University of California (Berkeley),
1955
Hoffman. Ronald, Assistant Professor
of History
BA, George Peabody College, 1964;
MA , University of Wisconsin. 1965;
PhD, 1969.
Hofmann. Lenat Assistant Professor
of Agronomy
BS , Wisconsin State University (River
Falls). 1962; M.S.. North Dakota State
University. 1968; Ph D.. 1969.
Holdaway. Phillip K., Assistant Professor
of Dairy Science
B S., Bngham Young University. 1966;
MS., 1969: PhD , Ohio Stale University.
1973.
Holloway, Oavfd C. Assistant Professor
of Mechanical Engineering
Ph.D., University of Illinois. (Urbana).
1971
Holmberg, Slevan R^ Assistant Professor
of Transportation
B.S-, University of Tulsa, 1966: M.B.A..
Indiana University. 1968; D.B.A . 1971.
Holmes, A. Stewart Associate Professor of
Agricultural and Resource Economics
B S , Oregon State University. 1965;
PhD , University of Maryland, 1969.
Holmgren. Harry 0., Professor of Physics
B.Phys.. University of Minnesota, 1949;
M.A, 1950: PhD.. 1954.
Holmgren, John E^ Assistant Professor
of Psychology
BS , University of Wisconsin. 1965; PhD.
Stanford University, 19^.
Holmlund, Chester E„ Professor of
Chemistry
B.S.. Worcester Polytechnic Institute,
1943: M.S.. 1951; Ph.D.. Untversity ol
Wisconsin, 1954.
Holt, Portia A., Research Associate in
Zoology
BA , Colorado College. I960: M.A..
1962; Ph D . Georgetown University. 1970.
Holton, W. Milne, Associate Professor of
English
B.A, Dartmouth College. 1954; LLB..
Harvard University, 1957; MA., Yale
University. 1959; PhD-. 1965.
Holum. Kenneth G., Assistant Professor ol
History
BA. Auguslana College, 1961; MA.
University of Chicago. 1969,
Holvey, Samuel B., Instructor in Applied
Design
BA.. Syracuse University. 1967: M.A.,
American University. 1970.
Hommet. William L, Lecturer in Art
B A., Oakland University, 1963,
Hopkins. H. Palmer. Assistant Professor of
Agricultural and Extension Education
and Director of Student Aid
BS. Oklahoma State University. 1936:
Ed.M , University of Maryland. 1948:
Ed.D . George Washington University. 1962.
Hopkins, Richard L^ Assistant Professor
Foundations of Education
BS.. Stanford University. 1962; MS,
1963; Ph.D.. University of California at
Los Angeles. 1969.
Hombake, R. L, Vice President for
Academic Affairs
BS.. California State College (Penna).
1934, MA, Ohio State University. 1936:
PhD,, 1942; LLD.. Eastern Michigan
University. 1963.
HoriNjng, Cartton A., Assistant Professor of
Sociology
B.A,, S.UNY. (Buffalo), 1967; MA,
Syracuse University. 1970; PhD.. 1971.
Homyak. William F., Professor of Physics
B E E C U NY. (City College). 19*4;
M S . California Institute of Technology,
1946. PhD , 1949
Horowitz. Nancy J^ Instructor in German
and Russian
BA , University of Maryland. 1968;
MA . 1970
Hoflon. David L. Professor of Ptychology
BA . University of Minnesota. 1955; MA.,
1957; PhD.. 1969
Horton. Gary M.. Associate Professor of
Music
B Mus.. Oklahoma Baptist University, 1969;
M Mus., University of Louisville. 1962.
Horvath. John M^ Professor of
Mathematics
Ph D , University of Budapest, 1947.
Hoshl. T.. Lecturer m Management
Science
B.S. Tokyo Institute of Technology.
PhD . Johns Hopkins University. 1969.
Houppert. Joseph W^ Associate Professor
of English
Ph B . University of Detroit. 1955; MX.
University of Michigan. 1957; Ph.D.. 1964.
Hovey, Richard 8.. Professor of Ertgllsh
B.A,. University of Cincinnati. 1942;
MA.. Harvard University. 1943: Ph.D.. 1950.
Howard, John D.. Associate Professor of
English
B.A.. Washington College (Md.). 1956;
MA.. University of Maryland, 1962:
Ph.D.. 1967.
Howell, Grace F^ Instructor In
Microbiology
BS , Temple University. 1941.
Hoy, Frank P., Lecturer in Journalism
B.A.. George Washington University. 1966;
MA.. The American University, 1969.
Hoyert John H^ Professor of Agronomy
(Tobacco Farm)
BS, University of Maryland. 1943; M.S..
1949; Ph.D., 1951.
Hoyt Kenneth B.. Professor ol Counseling
and Personnel Services
B.S., University of Maryland. 1948;
MA, George Washington University, 1950;
Ph D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
Hoyt Richard D.. Assistant Professor of
Journalism
B.S.. University of Oregon. 1963; M.S..
1967; Ph.D.. University of Hawaii, 1972.
Hsu, Shao T., Professor of Mechanical
Engineerir>g
B.S., Chiao-Tung University, 1937;
M.S. Massachusetts Institute of Tech..
1944; D.Sc.. Swiss Federal Institute Tech..
1954.
Hsueh. Chun-tu, Professor of Government
and Politics
LLB. Chaoyand University Law School.
1946, MA. Columbia University. 1953;
PhD . 1958,
Hu, Charies Y., Professor of Geography
B S . University of Nanking, 1930: MA..
University of California (Berkeley). 1936:
Ph D . University of Chicago, 1941.
Hubbard. Bert E.. Research Professor.
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics
8 S . Western Illinois University. 1949;
MS. Slate Untversity of Iowa. 1952:
Ph D , University of Maryland. 1960.
Hube. Rolf O^ Associate Professor of
Classical Languages and Literatures
B A , Hamilton College. 1947; MA .
Princeton University. 1950; Ph.D.. 1950.
Hutwr. Jay D., Lecturer. Air Force
Aerospace Studies Program
B.A , Cornell, 1958. ME, Inter-American,
1968,
Huden, Daniel P.. Associate Professor,
Foundation of Education
BS . University of Vermont, 1954; MX.
Columbia University. 1958. Ed.D., 1967.
206 / Campus Faculty
Iwn L. Prot««*of o( Mutic
trxi Conduclof o' UnlwfSltY Orchotl'a
B Mus PM'ade)ph*a Uu«lcal Acadofny.
t9M 0 A i'-' .fi fy ^^ PenniyNtnt*
HwabA**. Rob*rt W . A>»>«tan( Ptot—toi of
Intlituls K^' Cmid Study
DS Co'^coKt'A Teachert CoHag*. 14M.
UA 1000
HiNbachman. Mtrlam B.. Instructor in
aa«m«n ano nu%tl«n
BA Wat^lngton Collao*. 106' MA
MKldtabu'Y Coiiooa. 1M0
Hult. Artfan N.. Eiianiion Ataociaia
ProfaaiO'
B S Virginia Porylechnic Instilula and
Slat* Untwsily. 1965: M S Monlana
SUle U^tv•(«■^ 19B3; Ed 0 Univarsiiy of
Tann«»sa* lO/O
Hughaa. Comalkia 0.. Inttruclor m
Socoiogy
BA Baimont Coilvga (Dublin. Ireland).
1066 MA San F«rnar>do Vallay State
Cottage 1969
Huh, Oall E.. Assiitant Profosaor of
Ccorwnici
BA Brad'fv university. 1961. MA.
Universtty or Michigan 196S. PhD 1969
HiAaay. Jamea E.. Associate Professor of
Chamtslry
B S UntversiiY of Cincinnati. 1967; M S .
Univ«r«ity ot tllinots 1969; PhD., 1961
Hult. Joan S., Associate Professor of
Physical Education
BS Indtana University, 1964, M Ed .
University ol North Carolina. 1967;
Ph D University of Southern CaMfornla.
1067
HufHHial. Jftmaa A^ Professor of
Mathematics
B S . California Inslilule ot Technology
1949 M A Rice Institute, 1953; Ph D . 1955
Hwninal. John W.. Associate Professor of
AgncuHurni Engineering
BS AE University of Maryland. 1964;
US 1966 PhD University of Illinois
(Urbana). 1970
Humphray. Jamea H^ Professor of Physical
Education
AB Denison University. 1933. AM.
Western Reserve University, 1946. Ed.D,.
Boston Unrversity. 1961
Hunt E. J., Assistant Professor of Institute
lor Child Study
AB . University of Redlands, 1964, MA.
University of Claremont. 1964; Ed D .
University of Maryland. 1967.
Hunt. Jartat O.. Assistant Prolessor of
Sociology
BA. University of Redlands, 1962. MA.
Indiana University. 19G6; Ph D . 1972
Hunt. L L, Assistant Professor of
Sociology
BS. Ball State University. 1961; MA.
Indiana University. 1964, PhD. 1968
Huaman. Burrts F., Professor and
Chairman ol Physical Education
BS University of Illinois. (Urbana). 1941;
MS. University of Maryland. 1948. Ed D..
1964
HutcMna. Uoyd B^ Assistant Professor of
Earty Childhood and Elementary Education
BA Hansard College 1959 PhD
Syracuse University. 1970
HirtcMngt. Raymond F. D.. Visiting
Professor of Economics
BA. Cambridge Unrversity. 1947; M.A.,
1963 Ph D . London School ol Economics.
1058
Himon. Dale J.. Associate Prolessor of
Architecture
B Arch . Texas A end M University. 1960;
MS Arch. Columbia University. 1961.
1064
Hynea, CecN V., Asaociala Prolesaor ot
Marketing
BA Michigan Suia Unhrenlty, 1948;
MA 1949 PhD 1966
Igel, Reglna, Astialant Piolessot of
Spanish and Portuguese
a A. University of Sao Paulo. 1964.
U A University of lowa. 1009. Ph 0 .
University of New Meilco. 1073
Imberskl. Richard B.. Aaaociata Professor
of Zoology
B S , University ol Rochettar, 1060;
PhO. 1065
lr>gaf>ol, John C. Inslruclor In Chemistry
and Assistant to the Chairman.
Division ot Agricultural and
Life Sciences
B S . University of Maryland. 1064
Inglea, Joseph L.. Assistant Professor ol
Government and Politics
BS. Bngham Young University. 1964
Ph D . University of Missouri. 1968
Ingllftg. Allen L.. Assistant Professor ot
Volerinary Science
B S E E . University of Maryland. 1063;
VMD. University ot Pennsylvania. 1969
Ingraham, Barton L, Assistant Professor
in Institute of Criminal Justice and
Criminology
AB. Harvard University. 1952; L.LB.
Harvard Law School, 1957; M Crim ,
University of California (Berkeley). 1968;
DCrlm. 1971
Ingram, Anrte G.. Associate Professor of
Physical Education
A B . University of North Carolina. 1944.
MA.. University of Georgia. 1948: Ed D .
Columbia University. 1962.
Irby. Gary R., Instructor m Housing and
Applied Design
BS.. Eastern Illinois University. 1065;
M F.A.. George Washington University.
1969
IrwIn, Gabrlefe I., Assistant Professor of
Germanic and Slavic Language
Arbiture. Bavik Gymnasium. 1959: MA..
University of Maryland. 1966: Ph.D. 1969
Irwin, George R., Visiting Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
A B . Knox College. 1930; MS . University
o( Illinois. 1933; PhD, 1937.
Isaacs, Neil D.. Professor of English
BA. Dartmouth College. 1953; AM,
University of California (Berkeley). 1956;
Ph D.. Brown University. 1959
lean, Harold B., Assistant Professor of Art
BA. American University. 1962; MFA,
Pratt Institute (Brooklyn). 1964.
Ishee, Sidney, Professor of Agricultural
and Resource Economics
B S , Mississippi Slate University. 1950;
M S . Pennsylvania State University. 1952;
PhD, 1957.
laman, Warren E.. Senior Instructor in
Fire Service Extension
Israel, Gerhard W.. Associate Professor of
Civil Engineering and Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B S . University of Heidelberg. 1962:
PhD . Tech Hochschuie, Aachen. 1965.
Ho. Albert S., Research Associate In
Physics and Astronomy
B S . Fresno State College. 1963; Ph D .
Cornell University. 1970
tveraen, Iver P^ Lecturer in Classical
Lar>guages and Literatures
BA. Concordia College. 1952. MA.
University of Minnesota. 1957.
Iwry. Samuel, Visiting Professor of Hebrew
BA.. Teaching College Vino. 1931: MA.
Institute For Higher Judaic Siudlas.
Warsaw l«37. Ph D . The Johns Hopkins
University. 1061
JaHMur. Allan A.. Lecturer In English
BA University ot Miami 1063 MA,
Duke Untversity. 1066 Ph D 1068
Jectwwfcl. Leo A., Jr.. Professor ol
Zoology
BS University of Michigan. 1941; M8,.
1042. Sc D.. Johns Hopkins Unlvefaity.
1063
Jeckaon, C $.. Assistant Profeaaor of
Physical Education
Bach. University of Maryland, 1068.
MA. 1966
Jackson, John W.. Professor ol Mechanical
Engineering
B S . University of Cincinnati. 1934.
M Eng 1937. M S . Calllornla Institute of
Tech , 1940
Jackson. Stanley B.. Prolessor of
Mathematics
BA Bates College, 1933. MA, Harvard
University. 1934 PhD. 1937
Jacobs, Waller D.. Professor of
Government and Politics
B S . Columbia Untversity. 1955; MA.
1956. PhD . 1961
Jadin, P. Kenneth, Assistant Professor ol
Architecture
M Arch . University of Penrtsylvania. 1967.
M City Planning. 1967.
Jamea, Edward P., Assistant Professor of
English and Secondary Education
B.A.. University ot Maryland, 1954. MA.
1955. PhD.. The Catholic University of
America. 1969.
James, M. Lucia, Professor of Curriculum
Laboratory
A B . North Carolina College. 1945:
M S . University of Illinois. 1949; Ph.D..
University of Connecticut. 1963
James, Sara L. Visiting Associate
Professor ol Special Education
BA, University of Denver. 1946: MA.
1954. PhO. 1958.
Jameaen, Anne S.. Lecturer in Early
Childhood and Elementary Education
B.S.. Towson State College. 1951. M.Ed..
Unrversity of Maryland. 1966
Jamleson, Kathleen M., Assistant Professor
of Speech and Dramatic Art
BA, Marquette University. 1967; M.A .
University of Wisconsin. 1968; Ph.D.. 1972.
Jamleson. Mitchell, Professor of An
Corcoran School of Art. 1938.
Janes, Robert W., Professor of Sociology
BA . University of Chicago. 1336; MA.
1939. PhD . University of Illinois. 1942.
Janickl, Bernard W., Lecturer In
Microbiology
BA. University of Delaware. 1953; MS.,
1955. Ph D . George Washington University.
I960
Jentz, Richard K.. Assistant Professor of
Early-Chiidhood-Eiomeniary Education
B.S.. Indiana University. 1968: M.S.. 1970;
Ed D , Ball State University. 1972.
Jequlth, Richard H^ Professor of
Chemistry and Assistant Vice Chancellor
for Academic Affairs
BS University of Massachusetts. 1940.
M S 1942. Ph D . Michigan Stete
University. 1955.
Janria, Bruce B.. Associate Prolessor ol
Chemistry
BA Ohio Wesieyan University. 1963:
Ph D . University of Colorado. 1966.
Janrts, Richard L^ Instructor in Music
BMus. West Virginia University. 1953.
MMus. 1954. MMus. New England
Corpse rv at ory. 1966.
JashemsU. WRhetmlna F^ Professor of
History
BA. York College. 1331. MA. University
of Nebraska. 1903. PhO University ol
Chicago. 1042
Jaanow. Martyn t^ Instructor in Institute
For Applied Agriculture
BA Russ«il Saga College 1964
Jelleme, Rodertck H., Aseociale Profeaaor
ot Ervgiish
6 A , Catvin College 1061 . Ph D .
University ol Edinburgh. 1902.
Johnaen. Cart N.. Aaaistant Profeaaor of
Horticulture
B G MK:n»gsn Slate University. 1947
JohAson, Charles E., Aasoctaie Profeaaor
of Measurement artd fitatlfltica
BA Unrversity ol Minnesota. 1067,
PhD, 1064
Johneon, Conrad 0-, Assistant Profeeeor of
Philosophy
AB Stanford Untveraity. 1986: MA.
University of Mtchlgen. 1966. Ph 0 . 1900
Johnson, Everett R.. Asaociate Dean.
College of Er>gineering. and Profeaaor of
Chemical Er>gir>eertng
B A . State University ot lowa. 1937; M A .
Hansard Unrversity. 1940. PhD. Untveraity
ol Rochester. 1949
Johneon, OeraMlne It.. Instructor in
English
BS. Univers'ty of Minnesota. 1963; MA.
Umversity of California (LA). 1968
Johnaon. Jaiwt W., Assistant Professor of
Psychology
A B . George Washington University.
1951. AM . 1956. PhD. 1962
Johnson, KnowNon W.. Assistant Professor.
Institute ol Crimlrwl Justice and
Criminology
BS. Clemson University. 1964: MA.
Michigan State Unnrersity. 196S: Ph D .
1971.
Johnaon, Martin !» Assistant Professor of
Early Childhood Elementery Education
BS. Morris College. 1062; M.Ed..
University of Georgia. 1968: Ed D.. 1971.
Johnaon. Raymond U. Asaociate Professor
of Mathematics
BA. University o( Texas. 1963. PhD,
Rice University. 1969.
Johnaon, Robert B^ Associate Professor
of Veterinary Science
A B . University of South Dakota. 1339
Johnson. Robert K., Ph 0 . Research
Associate Fisheries Research
Johnson. Ronald C, Assistant Professor of
Physical Education
BS Baylor University, 1957; M.S. 1958:
Ed D University of Maryland. 1970
Johnaon. Roy H.. Professor of Music
B Mus., University of Rochester. 1949:
MMus. 1951, DMA.. 1960.
Johnson. Warren R^ Professor of Health
Education
BA. University of Denver. 1942: MA-.
1947. Ed 0 . Boston University. 1950
Johnson, William P.. Associate Professor of
Physics
BS. Indiana University. 1955. MS..
1956; PhO.. 1961.
Jolson, M. A., Assistant Profeeeor of
Marketing
BEE. George Washington Unhrersity.
1949 M B A . Unhrersity of Chicago. 1966.
0 BA . University ol Maryland. 1980.
Jones, Everett Associate Professor of
Aerospace Engineerir>g
BA E . Rensseiear Polytechnic Instlhite.
1956. MAE 1959. PhD. Stanford
University. 1968.
Jonea. G. S.. Research Professor.
Institute for Fluid Dynamica and Applied
Mathematics
Ph 0 . University of Cincinnati. 1980
Jonea. George F„ Professor of German
and Russian
AB. Emory University. 1938: MX.
Oxford University. 1943. PhO. CokmbU
University. 19S1.
Jonea, Jeck C-, Profeaaor ol Entomolooy
BS. Auburn Unh^rsity 1942. PhO.
lowa State University. 1060
Jofvet Sht/1«)r G t'lttructor tn Spaech
mrvervKy 1907
" • 1970
Jo' '^arch Aseociale in
Ph,.. .. .,■■: /-.. ...,rT,y
A B Obertin College 1967; Ph O .
Unrvefsily of Marylvid. 1971
Jordan. Jim M.. Lecturer m Art
BFA University ot lowa 1000 MFA.
1062
Kacaar. Claude. Asaociala Profeeeor of
Physics
BA. Oxford Unhrersity. 1066: MA. 1960.
PhD 1060
KefVn Frtr p A<,<.«t4nt ProfeasoT ol
<" "r\ei Seortcea
f' '-.f. 1061. MA.
'' - Slate University.
Kahn. Barry, Lecturer in Art
BArch . Rensaelaer Polytechnic Inatitute.
1060 MFA. Tulane Unhrersity. 1082
Kahn. WaOace J^ Jr^ Instructor <Part-time|
in Faculty Devek>pn->eni Progrem
Education
Kanal. Laveen N^ Profeaaor of Computer
Science
B S . University of Waahlnglon. 19S0. U S .
1953, PhD , Unnrersity ol Penneyhrarua
I960
Kantzea, Jwnoe O^ Profaaaor of Plant
Pathology
BS, University of Maryland. 1961. MS
1954. PhD-. 1957
Kapungu, Leonard T^ Assistant Profsaeor
of Government and Politica
B S . Unnrersity College of Rhodaeta
1065: MA. Colorado Stale UnivarMy.
1997; PhD. Unhrersity of London.
1971
Karl, Norman J^ Aaavtant ProHnor of
Psychology
BA Brooklyn College. 1958. MA..
Michigan State Un>ver*ity. 1906: ^D.
1967
Kartander, Edward P.. Asaociate
Professor of Plant Pnys*o*ogy
BS University o* Vermont. 1900 MS
University of Maryland. 1902; PhO. 1064
Kartovttz. Lea A^ Reaearcti Prpleeeor.
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics
BS. Yale University. 1950: PhO.
Carnegie Inetitute of Tech . 1964
Karr, Kathleen. Instructor in Speetfi and
Dramatic Art
A B . The Catholic UntveraHy of t
1968; MA. ProvMenc* CoWaga. 1971.
Kaakey. Raymond J.,
of Architecture
B Arch . Carnegie Institul* of Tai
1967. M Environmental Daaiga Yala
Unlv
1969
Kaaler, Franc J.. Aaaociata Profaaaor of
Chemistry
Doktorarvdum. Unhrersity of Vtanna. t966
PhD. 1969
Kaufmen. Sluan 8^ naaWeni Piofeaeoi of
History
BA. University of Florida 19G0: UA.
1962; PhD.. Emory University. 1970.
Kaufman, Thomas ft., lr>structor tn Zoology
BA.. Unnrersity of Akron. 1961: US.
University ol Maryland. 196&
Kealon. Paul IL. Lecturer kt Duainaai
Admimstratk^n
B S B , University of Minneaeta 10B4
Campus Faculty / 207
Ke«n«y. Mark. Prolessor ol Dairy Science
and o( Chemistry
BS . Pennsylvania State University.
1942. MS. Ohio State University. 1947;
Ph D . Pennsylvania Slate Unfvorsity. 1950.
Keho*. Jamet H.. Jr., Director of Athletica
BS. University of Maryland. 1940.
Keilehar, Edward D.. Municipal
Management Associate, Bureau o(
Government Research
BS. University ol Maryland. 1961; MA.,
1971.
Kelley, David L., Associate Prolessor of
Physical Education
AS,. San Diego State College, 1957; M.S .
University o( Southern California. 1958;
PhD-. 1962.
Kelly. Emace B., Assistant Professor of
English
B-A . University ol Chicago. 1959: Ph.D..
North vt^estern University. 1972.
Kellmer. Ronald L, Senior Instructor ol Fire
Service Extension
B A . Eastern Washington State College.
1965
Kellogg, R. Bruce, Research Professor.
Institute lor Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics
BS , Massachusetts Institute of Tech..
1952; PhD., University of Chicago, 1959.
Kelsey, Roger R., Associate Professor of
Education. Administration, Supervision.
and Curriculum
B.A.. Saint Olaf College. 1934; M.A..
University ol Minnesota. 1940; EdD,.
George Peabody College For Teachers.
1954.
Kemp, William 8., Director of Experiment
Station, Emeritus
BS . University of Maryland. 1912; Ph.D.,
American University. 1928.
Kenel, Francis C, Associate Prolessor of
Health Education
BS , Michigan State University, 1955; M.A..
1957; Ed D , 1967.
Kennedy. Victor, Research Associate.
Pollution Ecology
Kennay, Blair G., Assistant Professor of
English
B.A,. Vassar College. 1955; Ph.D.,
Harvard University. 1961.
Kenny, Shirley S., Professor and Chairman
of English
B.A , B.J,, University of Texas. 1955; M.A..
University of Minnesota. 1957; Ph.D..
University of Chicago. 1964.
Kent, George O.. Professor of History
BS , Columbia University, 1948; M.A..
1949; D.Phil,. Oxford University. 1958.
Keown, Gall, Instructor. Program Leader.
4-H Youth
B.S., University of Delaware. 1966; M.S..
Cornell University. 1970.
Kerley, E.. Professor and Director of
Anthropology
B.S., University of Kentucky. 1950; M.S..
University of Michigan. 1956; Ph.D., 1962.
Kerr. Frank J.. Professor and Director of
Astronomy
B.Sc. University of Melbourne. 1938:
M.Sc, 1940; M.A., Harvard University,
1951; DSc. University ol Melbourne. 1962.
Kesler, Ethel. Assistant Professor of
Physical Education
B.S . University of North Carolina. 1949;
M.Sc . Wellesley College, 1953.
Khanna, Raj K., Associate Professor of
Chemistry
BSc. University ot Delhi. 1954; M.Sc.
1957: Ph D . Indian Instltule of Science.
1962.
Khoury, Bernard V., Assistant Professor of
Physics and Astronomy (Part-Iima) and
Assistant Dean of the Graduate School
B S.. Lowell Technological Institute
(Mass), 1965. Ph.D.. University of
Maryland. 1972
KIdd, Jarry S., Professor. College of
Library and Information Services
B.S.. Illinois Wesleyan University. 1950;
MA,. Northwestern University, 1954;
Ph.D.. 1956,
Kllboum, George L. Jr., Instructor in
Mathematics
BS, Yale University. 1950; BE.. 1954.
Kilbcurne. Elaine M., Lecturer in Chemistry
B.A,, Montclair State Teachers College.
1944; M.A., Columbia University. 1947.
Kllpatrick, Louise C, Senior Program
Leader 4-H and Youth
BS, Pennsylvania State University. 1942;
MS, Cornell University. 1957.
Kim. Hogll, Associate Professor of
Electrical Engineering, and Physics
BS.. Seoul National University, 1956;
Ph.D., University of Birmingham. 1964.
Kim. Young S., Associate Professor of
Physics
B S . Carnegie Institute of Technology.
1958; Ph D , Princeton University. 1961.
Kimble, Mark W.. Assistant Professor of
English
8 A., Catholic University of America, 1966;
MA. University of Virginia, 1967; Ph.D.,
1970
King, A. Thomas, Assistant Professor of
Economics
B A,, Stanford University. 1966: M.Phil..
Yale University, 1969; PhD.. 1972.
King, Gerald, Instructor in Art
BS , University of Wisconsin, 1963;
M FA,, 1970,
King. Raymond L., Professor of Dairy
Science and Coordinator of Food Science
Program
A.B.. University of California (Berkeley),
1955; Ph.D , 1958.
Kinnalrd. John W., Associate Professor
ol English
B,A.. University of California (Berkeley).
1944; MA., Columbia University. 1949;
PhD., 1959.
KInoshlta, Richard, Cooperative Agent and
Visiting Faculty Research Associate in
Agricultural and Resource Economics
B.A . George Washington University, 1963.
Klnney. Sylvia, Visiting Associate Professor
of Afro-American Studies
B,A , Wayne State University. 1960;
MA, 1961,
Kirk. James A.. Assistant Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
BS . Ohio University. 1967; MS..
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
1969; Ph D . 1972.
Klrkley, Donald H., Jr., Associate Professor
of Speech and Dramatic Art
B-A., University ol Maryland, 1960;
M.A., 1962; Ph D . Ohio University. 1967.
KIrwan, William E.. Professor of
Mathematics
B Arch,, University of Kentucky. 1960;
MS , Rutgers University. 1962:
Ph D . 1964.
Kizflbelh, Kathryn L, Instructor in Physical
Education
BS,. Ohio State University. 1968: M.Ed.,
Bowling Green State University. 1973.
Klank, Richard E., Assistant Professor
of Art
B A . The Catholic University of America.
1962; MFA.. 1964.
Klann, David K., Instructor in Speech
and Dramatic An
B A.. Southwest Missouri State College,
1967; MA, University of Connecticut,
1970
Klapouchy, Roberl J., Instructor in German
and Russian
AB. Saint Peters College; 1964; M.A..
University of Texas, 1966.
Klarman, William L, Professor of
Plant Pathology
B.S., Eastern Illinois University. 1957; MS,,
University of Illinois (Urbana). 1960;
PhD,. 1962.
Klavon, Albert J., Instructor in Agricultural
and Extension Education
B S . University of Maryland. 1968;
MS , 1973
Klein, Ruhama D.. Instructor in Hebrew
B A , American University. 1956;
MA, 1972
Klelne, Don W., Associate Professor ol
English
B,A,, University of Chicago. 1950; M.A.,
1953; PhD.. University of Michigan, 1961
Klement, Jerome J., Assistant Professor
of Agricultural and Extension Education
and State Leader for Rural Development
B.S., Texas A&M University, 1960;
MS, University of Maryland, 1967; EdD..
North Carolina State University. 1971
Kleppner, Adam. Professor of Mathematics
B S , Yale University, 1953: M.A..
University of Michigan, 1954; Ph.D.,
Howard University, 1960
Kllngbell, Ralph S., Research Associate.
Institute For Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics
B S.. Hofstra University. 1965; State
University College (Buffalo), 1969
Kloet, William M., Research Associate in
Physics and Astronomy
M Sc , University of Utrecht. 1967;
PhD.. 1973.
Kmetz, John L., Instructor in Business
Organization and Administration
BS,, Penn State University. 1965; M.B.A..
University of Maryland. 1967,
Knapp, Gillian R.. Research Associate in
Astronomy
BSc. University of Edinburgh, 1966:
Ph D , University of Maryland. 1972
Knight, Robert E. L, Associate Prolessor
and Associate Chairman of Economics
AB, Harvard University, 1948; Ph.D..
University of California (Berkeley), 1958.
Knighton, Ruth O., Instructor in Food
and Nutrition
BS. University of Massachusetts, 1961;
MS. University of Maryland. 1965.
Knipe, Elizabeth A.. Lecturer (Part-time)
in Urban Studies
B,A . Trinity College (Washington. DC),
1959. MA,, University of Missouri. 1969
Knoche, Walter, Assistant Professor of
German and Russian
BA. Marquette University, 1961: MA.
Ohio State University, 1963; PhD,, 1968,
Knox. Virginia I., Instructor m Zoology
BS, Eastern Kentucky University, 1964;
MS , University of Maryland. 1969.
Kobayashl, Takao, Assistant Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
B S . Nagoya institute of Technology, 1966;
MS , Illinois Institute of Technology.
1969; Ph.D, 1971.
Kobetz, Richard W., Lecturer in Institute
of Criminal Justice and Criminology
(Part-time)
BA , Chicago Teachers College, 1966;
MS,, Illinois Institute of Technology, 1968
Koch, E. James, Visiting Lecturer in
Horticulture
B.S., Iowa State University, 1947; MS.
North Carolina State University. 1949.
Koch, J. Frederick, Professor of Physics
and Astronomy
BA,, New York University. 1958; Ph.D,,
University of California (Berkeley), 1962,
Kolker, Robert P., Assistant Professor of
Speech and Dramatic Art
B A . CUNY (Queens College). 1962; M.A,.
Syracuse University. 1965: Ph.D.. Columbia
University, 1969
Koopman. David W., Research Professor.
Instltule For Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics
Ph 0 . University of Michigan. 1964.
Koopmen, Elizabeth J., Lecturer. Institute
For Child Study
a A , University of Michigan. 1960;
M A , 1963
Korenman, Victor, Associate Professor
of Physics
B A , Princeton University. 1958; A.M,,
Harvard University. 1959: Ph.D.. 1965.
Kometchuk, Elena, Instructor in German
and Russian
BA, University of Maryland, 1970; MA.
University of Iowa, 1972.
Korr, Brenda D., Instructor in Zoology
B.A , University of Pennsylvania. 1967;
MS,. University ol Maryland, 1971.
KostovskI, lija I., Assistant Professor of
German and Russian
B A., University of Prague. 1962; M.A..
Charles University (Prague). 1963;
PhD,. 1965,
Koury, Enver M., Associate Professor of
Government and Politics
B.A., George Washington University, 1954;
Ph.D. American University. 1958.
Kovach, Kenneth A., Instructor in
Behavioral Science
BBA . Ohio University, 1968: M.B.A.. 1971,
Kovalakides, Nicholas J.. Assistant
Prolessor of Physical Education
BS, University of Maryland, 1965;
MA,. 1967,
Kraft, Donald H., Assistant Professor.
College of Library and Information
Services
Krall, N. A., Professor of Physics
a S . University of Notre Dame. 1954;
PhD, Cornell University, 1959.
Kramer, Amihud, Professor of Horticulture
8 S , University of Maryland. 1938;
MS , 1939. Ph.D.. 1942,
Kramer. Arnold N., Lecturer in Architecture
B.S.. Electrical Engineering
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
1966; M.S., 1968
Kramer, George P., Professor of
Physical Education
BS, University of Maryland. 1953; MA.
1956: Ph.D , Louisiana State University.
1967.
Kraus, Sidney, Lecturer in Speech and
Dramatic Art
B FA.. Art Institute of Chicago. 1953;
MF.A., 1954; Ph.D., University of Iowa,
1959.
Kress, Jerry R., Assistant Professor of
Philosophy
BA., Pacific Lutheran University. 1961;
MA. University of Michigan. 1962:
PhD, 1967
Krestensen. Elroy R., Associate Professor
of Entomology
BS. University of Florida, 1949: M.S..
1951: PhD,. University of Maryland, 1962.
Krewalch. Albert V., Extension Professor
of Agricultural Engineering. Emeritus
BS. University of Delaware, 1925;
MS , 1929; E E,, 1933
Krieger, George W., Assistant Professor of
Counseling and Personnel Services
Bach , C U NY. (City College), 1961 ;
PhD, Michigan State University, 1969
Krisher. Lawrence C, Associate Prolessor
of Molecular Physics
AB. Syracuse University, 1955. A.M..
Harvard University, 1957. Ph.D.. 1959.
KrouM, William E., Assistant Professor
of Physical Education
B S.. University of Maryland. 1942;
M.Ed . 1952,
Kruegel, David L, Assistant Professor of
Sociology
B A . Luther College, 1960; MA.. University
of Kentucky. 1964. Ph D., 1968.
Krutberg, Lorfn R., Professor of Plant
Pathology
B S., University of Delaware. 1954;
MS , N C State College (Raleigh. 1956;
PhD, 1959
Kubota. Tomlo, Professor of Mathematics
BS. Nagoya University. 1952; D.Sc. 1958,
Kuehl, Phillip G., Assistant Prolessor of
Marketing
BBS , Miami University .Ohio). 1966;
M B A., Ohio State University, 1967:
Ph.D,, 1970.
Kugelman, Alan M., Assistant Professor of
Chemical Engineering
BS. Columbia University, 1964; M.S..
University of Pennsylvania. 1966; Ph.D..
1969.
Kuhn, Terry L, Assistant Professor
of Music
B S., University of Oregon, 1963; MME,.
1967; Ph.D , Florida State University. 1972.
Kumin, L, Assistant Professor of Hearing
and Speech Sciences
B.A,. Long Island University, 1965; MA,,
New York University, 1966; PhD.. 1969.
Kundu, Mukul R., Professor of Astronomy
B Sc. Calcutta University, 1949, MSc.
1951; DSc, University of Paris. 1957.
Kurtz, John J., Professor. Institute for
Child Study
B.A., University of Wisconsin. 1935;
MA , Northwestern University, 1940: Ph.D..
University of Chicago, 1947.
Kyle, David G., Associate Professor,
Institute For Child Study
AB , University of Denver, 1952; M.A..
1953: EdD, University of Maryland. 1961.
Lady, George M., Lecturer in Economics
A.B , George Washington University. 1961;
AM. 1963, PhD, Johns Hopkins
University, 1967
Laffer, Norman C, Professor of
Microbiology
BS., Allegheny College, 1929; M.S,.
University of Maine. 1932; Ph.D., University
of Illinois, 1937.
La Hood, Charles G., Jr., Lecturer
(Part-time). College of Library and
Information Services
BA, Catholic University. 1941; MA, 1952;
MSLS, 1956.
Lakes, NelllB True, Associate Professor
ol Music
B Mus,. University ot Michigan. 1959;
M.Mus.. 1960.
Lakshmanan, SHarama, Associate
Prolessor ol Chemistry
6 A , University of Annamalai. 1946; MA.
1949. Ph.D . University of Maryland. 1954.
Lamone, Rudolph P., Professor of
Management Science and Statistics,
and Dean. College of Business and
Management
A A . Campbell College. 1958:
8.S . University of North Carolina. I960:
Ph.D.. 1966.
Lampe. John R.. Assistant Professor
of History
BA. Harvard University, 1957; M.A.
University of Minnesota, 1964; Ph.D..
University of Wisconsin. 1971
Landgren, Marchal E., Lecturer in Art
208 / Campus Faculty
■. AMi«t«nt ProfVMOr
ol Afro AmvitLsn Studi** mntS AMltUnl
Pio'vtAot uf Sociology
BA SI Mtt'> • S«mtnarv 1M1. MA.
\»i*m' un.««i'vty IBM. PhD, Columbia
Lwtdabwrg. Halmul I.. PioroMor. Intitiuta
Fof Fluid C^"•mtc• and Appll*<J
PhD Univ*rt>ty ol Franhtun. 1930
lanpirtiU eiliabvlh. Asutiant ProlMsor
and Morn* Fijrfmh ng Specialist
85. U\>no*i Statr U-iyf-'Lty (NOfmal).
I93S ME Pennsylvania Stale UnrvsniTy,
t9M
Langlay. Suaan 8., Instructor m Houttrtg
and Applied Design
BA Hood Colitfga. tM3. MA. Arizona
State Universiry. 1967
Uwnlng. EWon W.. Assislani Prole&aor
ol Government and Politics
BS Northwestern University. 1960.
Ph D University of Virginia, 1965
Laptowkl. Tadeusx. Lecturer m An
M F A Academy of Fine Arts. Waraaw,
Poland 1955
|jipO¥. RadmHa, Irulructor tn Franch
vtd Italian
Otptoma. Unrwersity of Belgrade. 1962,
MA University of Maryland. 1969
Larkln. WlUlard D^ Associate Professor
ol Psychology
BS Unlversl^ of Michigan, 1959.
AM University of Pennsylvania. 1963;
PhD University ol Illinois. 1967
Ljnon, Jerome V^ Assistant Professor
ol Phystcs and Electrical Engineering
as. University of Maryland. 1960;
US. 1963, PhD. 1966.
LMhkiaky. Hefbert Research Professor.
Ir\stitute For Fluid Dyriamlcs and
Applied Mathematics
BA. CUNY (Ctty College). 1950:
PhD Columbia University. 1961
Laalar, Howard J.. Professor and Chairman
of Physics and Astronomy
AB Han/ard University. 1961: PhD,
Cornell University. 1957.
LMilerbech, Wlltom R.. Research
Assistant in Electrical Engineering
BA Johns Hopkins University 1949.
MS US Naval Postgraduate School,
1966 MBA University of Connecticut.
Lawrence, Attlla E., Lecturer in Housing
arKl Applied Design
BFA. Philadelphia College of Art.
1966. M A.. Pennsylvania State
UnrversJty 1970
Lawrence. RtchanJ E„ Associate Professor
of Counseling ar>d Personnel Services
BS. Michigan State University. 1955:
PhD 1965
Lawrence, Robert Q^ Associate
Prolessor of Agricultural and Resource
BS University ol Oklahoma. 1957:
MBA. i960 PhD. Texas A&M University.
1866
Imnon, Lewto A.^ Professor ol English
B S . East Tennessee State College,
1967 MA 1959. PhD. University of
Wisconsin. 1964
Lay. DavW C^ Associate Professor of
Mathematics
BA Aurora College, 1962. MA-. University
o* Cai.lornia (LA). 1966. PhD, 1966.
. Lay. W. M^ Assistant Professor of
Computer Sc>ence
BS Northwestern University. 1966. MS,
OhK3 State 1968, Ph D , 1973
Lftiei. William N.. Assistant Professor
ol Economics
BA. University of Michigan, 1966:
FftD. University ol Wisconsin. 1971
Laymen. John W.. Aisiitani Professor of
Secondary Education and Physics
AB Park College 1965 MS. Temple
University, 106:> Ed D . Oklahoma
Stale University. 1970.
Luarla. Anqeloa. Assistant Professor
of Architecture
BArch Unhrerstty of Oregon. 1966.
MArch. Cornell University. 1970
Lee. John K-, Instructor in Speech and
Dramatic Art
8 A . Miami University (Ohio). 1967,
MA 1964
Lebrelon<^avH|nir. Hontque, Assistant
Professor ol French and Italian
BA. Columbia Union College. 1956;
Dociorat d Unrversit6. Pans, 1969.
Lee. Chleh-Fang, Instructor in Chinese
BA . National Peking University in
Chinese Literature. 1948
Lea. CM H^ Associate Professor ol
Electrical Engineering
BS. National Taiwan University (Taipei).
1959, M S . Harvard University. 1962;
PhD. 1967
Lee. Richard W., Assistant Professor
BS University of Illinois (Urbana). 1956;
MA, Southern Illinois University. 1964;
Ph 0 , University of Iowa. 1972,
Leedy, CharloHe A^ Assistant Professor
of Recreation
8 S . University of Maryland. 1960:
M.A.. 1966.
Leeper, Sarah L, Professor of Earfy
Childhood and Elementary Education
A B,, 1932. MA . Florida Slate University.
1947. Ed.O.. 1953.
Leele, Burl A., Associate Prolessor of
Business Law
8 3. Juniata College. 1962; M.BA..
University of Maryland. 1964: J.D..
American University, 1969
Lellel, Emory C. Professor of Animal
Science
Lehner, Guydo fl., Prolessor of
Mathematics
BS. Loyola University, 1951. M.S.,
University ol Wisconsin. 1953; Ph D., 1958
Letdenlreet. Charfes B.. Instructor and
Cultural Resource Development Specialist
B S , Agricultural University of
Budapest. 1943
Lelserson, Marton B^ Instructor in Early
Childhood Elementary Education and
Nursery School
B.S.. University of Minnesota. 1945;
M.S.. Unh/ersity of Maryland. 1970;
M.Ed.. 1970
LeJIns, Paler P., Professor of Sociology
and Director of Institute of Criminal Justice
and Criminology
Ph M.. University of Latvia. 1930: LLM .
1933, Ph.D.. University of Chicago. 1938.
Lembech, John, Professor of Education
and Art
B A , University of Chicago, 1934; M.A..
Northwestern University. 1937; Ed.D..
Columbia University. 1946.
Lemmer, John F.. Lecturer in Information
Systems Management
8 S . Carnegie- Me I Ion University. 1960;
M S Purdue University. 1966
Lemmon, Louise, Associate Professor of
Home Economics and Secondary
Education
BS. Northern Illinois University. 1946;
Unrversity ol Wisconsin. 1951: Ed D .
Unrversity Of Illinois (Urbana). 1961,
Lef>oermann, Joaeph J., Associate
Professor and Actlr>g Chairman of
Sociology
AB . Unrversity of Notre Dame. 1956:
MA.. 1964: PhD. Cornell University. 1969
Lepper. Henry A., Jr., Profaeaor of CM)
Englr>eerlng
B 5 Qeorge Washington University.
1036. M S , University of Illinois (Urbana).
1938 DEng. Yale University. 1947
Lepeon. Inda. Instructor m Malhematlcs
B A . New York University. 1041 , M A .
Columbia University, 1945
Laeher. James H., Associate Profeeaor
of Philosophy
BA. University of Virginia. 1962; Ph.D.
University of Rochester. 1966
Leeman, Ann S., Instructor in Spanish and
Portuguese
AB. Rollins College. 1961. M.Ed. Duke
University. 1965. MA , University of
Maryland, 1971
Lesaley, BUty V^ Professor ol Agncutlural
and Resource Economics
B S . University of Arkansas. 1967;
M S . 1960: Ph 0 . University of
Missouri. 1965
Levlne, Davtd M., Assistant Prolessor of
Electrical Engineerir>g
B S E . University of Michigan. 1963;
MSE. 1964. MS. 1966: PhD., 1909.
Levlne, Marvin J., Professor of Business
Organization and Admmlsiraiion
8 A., University of Wisconsin. 1952: J.D..
1954; M.A., 1959; Ph.D.. 1964.
Levlne. Max J., Instructor in Business
Administration
BS.. University of Maryland. 1969;
C PA . 1970. Maryland.
Levlne. Stephen M., Assistant Professor of
Counseling and Personnel Services
B A . Hunter College, 1967; M.Ed.. City
College of New York. 1969; Ph.D.. Hofstra
University. 1972.
Levlne, William S., Associate Prolessor
of Electrical Engineering
BS. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1962. Ph.D. 1969
Lavlnson, John Z.. Professor of Psychology
BA, University ol Toronto. 1939; MA.
1940. PhD, 1948
Levlnson, Judith C, Assistant Professor
of English and Assistant Chairman.
Division of Arts and Humanities
BA.. University of Maryland. 1964;
AM. Harvard University. 1965; PhO..
1968.
Levttan, Herbert, Associate Professor
of Zoology
B E.E.. Cornell University, 1962; Ph.D..
1965
LevHIne, George, Professor and Chairman
of An
MA . Boston University. 1946; PhD .
Harvard University. 1952.
Levlton, OanM. Associate Professor of
Health Education
B S , George Washington University.
1953, MA, Springfield College. 1956;
Ph D , University of Maryland. 1966.
Lewis, Dorothy B., Instructor in Art
B FA,, Syracuse University. 1943;
MFA, 1947
Lewis, John E., Jr., Assistant Professor ol
Geography
Bach . West Chester State Cotlege,
1962. PhD., University ol Illinois
(Urbana). 1970
Lewis. Roger K., Assistant Prolessor of
Architecture
B Arch . Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1964, MArch. 1967.
U. Ta-Yung. Instructor. Institute For Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B S . Chung Yuan University. 1967:
M.S. Drexei University. 196S; Ph.D.
1972
Ueberman, A. G^ Assistant Professor ot
Electrical Engineenr>g
B EE . Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute. 1966;
College of Library and IntormaOon
Serv*cei
BA Aa/iburg Cotlege 1966, MA.
Unrversity of Northern Iowa. 1600,
A M L S Unrversity of MtcMQVi. 1682.
PtiD, 1967
Liewef. PauteO. Reeearcfi Aaeoc*«lo In
Physics arv] AslroAorrry
A 8 Cornell Universt/. 1967, PhD.
Untversity of Maryland. 1972
Liden. Cowed H., Aaaisiani Profeeeor of
Agriculture and Admintstrstnre Aawstant
to the Dean
BS. Untversity of Maryland. 1M2:
M S . 1949
Lighter. John J., Lecturer. Air Force
Aerospace Studies Program
B S , University of Maryland. 1961
Llgomenldea, Panoe. Profeeeor of
Electrical Engmeenrtg
B S . University of Athens. 1952 M S
University of Athens, MSc. E-E , Stanford
University, 1956, PhD. 1966.
Ullle, Mary Q.. Research Associate in
Veterinary Science
8 S . West Chester Stale College. 1833:
M.S., Buckneii University. 1940.
Un, Hung Chang. Professor ot Etectrlcel
Engir
ring
BS. Chiao-Tung University 1941. M S E-.
University of Michigan. 1948, Ph 0 ,
Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute 1956
Under, Hania J.. Associate Professor
of Zoology
BS,. Long Island University. 1951. MS.
Cornell University, 1955; PhD , 19S6.
Llndes, Olga. Instructor in German
and Russian
8 S., Medical School of Odessa. 1942:
M S , Georgetovm University, 1966
Lindsay. David H., Instructor in Business
Administration
8 S . B A , University ol Delaware. 1970;
MB.A . 1972
Lindsay. Reo H., Associate Professor.
Foundation of Education
BA.. Bngham Young University. 1954:
MA. University of Michigan. 1958: MA.
1963; PhD, 1964
Link, Conred 8., Professor of Horticulture
B S . Ohio Stale Unhrerslty. 1933: MS,
1934: PhO. 1940
Unkow. Irving. Associate Professor and
Acting Chairman of Speech and
Dramatic Art
B A . University of Denver. 1937;
MA, 1938.
Upplncott Ellis R., Professor of Chemistry
and Director of Center for Materials
Research
B A . Earlham (>)llege. 1943: M E . Johns
Hopkins University, 1944: PhD. 1947
Upeman, Ronald L., Professor of
Mathematics
8 S . City College of N Y . 1964: Ph D .
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
1967.
Lki, Tal-Plng. Assisunt Professor of
Mathematics
B S , National Taiwan University. 1968;
M S , Oregon State University, 1970;
Ph 0 . University of Michigan. 1973,
Uoyd, Sheldon J., Assistant Instructor in
Industrial Education
8 S., Miiiersviiie State College. 1972.
Uoyd-Jortes, Kenneth. Lecturer In
French and Italian
BA . Hons University of Wales,
Cardiff. 1960
iM*m4, 4. OwM, Proteaeor ol 8c*enoe
TeecMng and AsaociWe Profeeeor
of Botarry
B4. Paruwytvanis Staie Untwenity. 1861.
M Ed . 1966. Ph 0 . 1882
toohe. tOmtm A^ Profeeeor of Pvyohotogy.
artd of Buatneea AdmMatraiion
BA. Hervard Urwversity, 1060. MA.
Corr>eil UnrMfSrty 196S. PhD. 1864
Lm6. 8lap8an E^ Aaeieiant Profeaeor
of Accounbng
BS unrversity of PenneytverHe. 1681.
MBA Urwversity ol Wtaoonem. 1883.
PhD. 1970
Loffan, Fayl t-, tntttntOo* in Oermen
ertd RuMian
ex. Howard UntvwiMy. 1886, MA.
UnrversAy of Uarylvtd. 1970
Loh, lima Jean, Lecturer in Chineae
B A Nal«nai Tmrwan University. 1968.
MA 1962. MA Yate University. 1067
Long, Howard. instnKrtor m Education
B S . Juarwu Conege. 1050. M Ed . Ooucher
College. 1083
toftg. Patricia K, Instrvclor in PhysicaJ
Educeiion
BS . Weat Cheater StaU College. 1068;
MA. Unrversity ol MarytWkd. 1971.
LonBeet. Jeowa W., Profeeeor of
Agrtcultursl and Extanston Education
B.S.. unrversity of Hknof. 1961; M^.
1063. PhO. Cometl Urwerwty. 1067
Loaglay. Edward U Jr^ Aaeociate
Profaaaor of An artd Education
BA, Untversity of Marylwid. 1850. MA^
Cokjmbla Uruversity. 1063; Ed.O..
PennsytvarMa Stale University. 1067
Looffiey. ClMrtea T. G^ Profeeeor of CMi
Engirteering
B S . C«rr>eo«e Institute of Technology.
1932 MS. Untversity of Itllnots (Urbana).
1034. Ph D . 1940.
Lopea-Eaoobar, Edsar G^ Profaaaor of
Mathematica
BA. Cambridge Unnrersity. 1858; UA^
University of California (Berkeley).
1961. PhD 1066
Lounabury. Myron O^ Aaaoctale Profeasor
of American Studies
8 A , Dutte Unrversity. 1961; MA.
Unnrerstty of Pennsylvania. 1062;
PhD. 1966.
Love. Alee, Aaaociale Prolaaaor of
Pttysical Education and Secondary
Education
BS . University of Ikiarytvtd. 1068;
MPH Unnrersity of Ronda. 1060. Ed D
Columbia University. 1967
Lubell. Myron 8^ Instructor in Bvtmtm
Organ i2atKXi arKl AdmmistraUon
BBA Unnrersity of Miami 1980. MBA.
1969. C PA. Florida. 1063
LuelkenMyer. Josaph F.. Profeeeor of
industnai Education
BS. Stout State College. 1963: MS. 1064;
Ed.D . University of MiirKMS (Urbana). 1961.
UAenbM, WBHs. Lecturer Ubrary Sdmcm
EducatKKi arm School of Lit>rary
artd Information Services
B.S.. North Texas State Unrversity. 1061;
M.LS . Unrversity of Oklahoma. 1084.
li^lnatM. Danla F., Lecturer. Educabortf
Technology Ceriler
BA. Unnrersity of Marylartd. 1973
Liilwack. Leonard L, Prolaaaor of English
BA.. Wesleyan Unhwarty. 1838; MA.
1940. Ph D,. Ohto State University l9Sa
Lynagh. Peter M^ Assistant Profeeaor of
Transportation
BS. Universny of Mvytand. 1980:
M BA. Unlverstty of OklahomaL 1884;
PhD. Michigan State Unlvaretty. I87a
Lynch, Jamaa B„ Jr„ Prnlaaaoi of Art
Aa. Hanard Unhreraity. 1841; AM..
1947; Ph.D.. 1080.
Campus Faculty / 209
Lynn. Louto B.. Faculty Research Assistant
in Horticulture
BS . Clemson University. 1970; M.S.. 1972
Macbain, Willtam, Proressor and Chairman
of French and Italian Language and
Literature
MA,, Hons, Saint Andrews University
(Scotland). 1952: Ph D.. 1955.
MacDonald. William M.. Professor of
Physics and Astronomy
B.A., University ol Pittsburgh. 1950; Ph.D..
Princeton University. 1955.
MacLeod, Anne S.. Assistant Professor.
College of Library and Information
Services
B A,. University ol Chicago. 1949; M.L.S..
1966; Ph.O . University of Maryland. 1973.
MacQullIan. Anthony M.. Associate
Professor ol Microbiology
B.S.A . University ol British Columbia,
1956. MS , 1958: Ph.D.. University of
Wisconsin. 1962.
MacRae. Elizabeth C, Assistant Professor
of Economics
A. 8., Radclitfe College, 1962; Ph.D..
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
1969
MacReady, George B., Assistant Professor
of Measurement and Statistics
B.A. Willamette University. 1965: MA.
University ol Oregon. 1967.
Madan, DIKp B., Assistant Professor of
Economics
B.Comm,. University of Bombay: M.A,.
University of Maryland. 1971; Ph.D.. 1972
Madden, Dorothy G., Professor of Dance
A.B., Middlebury College. 1934: MA..
Syracuse University, 1937; Ph D., New
York University, 1962.
Magoon, Thomas M., Professor of
Psychology and Education. Director of
University Counseling Center
B.A, Dartmouth College. 1947; MA.
University of Minnesota, 1951; PhD.. 1954.
Magrab, Phyllis R.. Assistant Professor of
Counseling and Personnel Services
B A.. City College of New York. 1960:
M.A.. Columbia University. 1961; Ph.D..
University of Maryland, 1969.
Magruder, John W.. Extension Professor,
B-S , University ol Maryland. 1925: MS,
Cornell University. 1941.
Maha|an, Balmukand. Instructor in
Mechanical Engineering
8.S.. Punjab University. 1960: MS.
University of Maryland. 1965; Ph.D.,
1970.
Malda, Peler R., Associate Professor.
Institute of Criminal Justice and
Criminology
B A., SI Vincent College, I960: M.A..
Fordham University. 1962; Ph D .
Pennsylvania Slate University. 1969.
Majeska. George P., Assistant Professor of
History
B.A,. Brooklyn College. 1961; MA,.
Indiana University. 1964; Ph.D.. 1968.
Male, George A.. Professor of Education,
Director, Comparative Education Center
and Chairman, Social Foundations
B-A.. University of Michigan. 1946: M.A.,
1949, PhD, 1952.
Maley. Donald, Professor and Chairman of
Industrial Education; Acting Dean.
College of Education
B.S.. California State College (Penna.),
1944; M.A.. University of Maryland. 1947;
Ph.D.. 1950.
Mallory, Nancy J., Assistant Instructor.
Institute for Child Study
B.A , Fresno State College. 1949-
Maltese, George J., Professor of
Mathematics
B.A.. Wesleyan University. 1953; Ph.D..
Yale University. 1960.
Manchester. Katharine, Visiting Professor
of Food, Nutrition and Institutional
Administration
B.S.. University of Illinois. 1938: M.S..
Cornell. 1949.
Manning, Charles, Professor of English
B.S-. Tufts University. 1929; MA,, Harvard
University. 1931: PhD., University ol Norlh
Carolina, 1950
Mannlno, Fortune V., Associate Professor
of Family and Community Development
BS . University of Tulane. 1949: M S.W..
1951; PhD. Florida State University. 1959.
Marasco, Richard J.. Assistant Professor of
Agricultural and Resource Economics
B S . Utah Slate University. 1965: M.S.,
1966; PhD, University of California, 1970
Marchello, Joseph M., Professor and
Interim Chairman of Division of
Mathematical and Physical Sciences
and Engineering
BS. University of Illinois (Urbana). 1955;
Ph D , Carnegie Institute ol Technology.
1959.
MarclnkowskI, M. John, Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1953. M.S..
University of Pennsylvania, 1955: Ph.D..
1959.
Marcus, Robert F., Assistant Professor,
Institute for Child Study
B.A.. Montclair State College, 1965; M.A.,
Ivy University, 1967; Ph.D., Pennsylvania
State College. 1973.
Maril, Herman, Professor of Art
The Maryland Institute of Fine Arts. 1928.
Marion, Jerry B., Professor of Physics and
Astronomy
B.A., Reed College. 1952; M.S.. Rice
University, 1953; Ph.D.. 1955.
Markley, Nelson G., Associate Professor of
Mathematics
BA.. Lafayette College. 1962; M.A..
Yale University, 1964; Ph.D.. 1966.
Marks. Colin H., Associate Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
BS, Carnegie Institute of Technology.
1956, M.S.. 1957; Ph.D.. University of
Maryland, 1965.
Marquardt, Warren W., Associate Professor
of Veterinary Science
BS . University of Minnesota. 1959: D.V M .
1961; Ph.D.. 1970.
Marra-Lopez, Jose R., Professor of
Spanish and Portuguese
M A . (Licenciatura). University Of
Madrid, 1959.
Marro, Jacqueline C, Instructor in Textiles
and Consumer Economics
B.S-. University of Vermont. 1966. MA ,
New York University. 1971.
Martin, David L., Associate Professor of
Chemistry
BS. University of Minnesota, 1963: MS.
University of Wisconsin. 1965; Ph.D.. 1968.
Martin, Frederick W., Assistant Professor
of Physics and Astronomy
A.B,. Princeton University. 1957: M.S..
Yale University. 1958; Ph.D.. 1964.
Martin, James G., Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of North Dakota, 1951;
MA,, University of Minnesota. 1958;
Ph.D.. 1960.
Martin, J. W.. Associate Professor of
Counseling and Personnel Services
BS.. University of Missouri. 1951; M.Ed..
1956; Ed D,, 1958.
Martin, L. John, Professor of Journalism
B.A . American University {Cairo). 1947;
MA, University Of Minnesota, 1951;
Ph.D.. 1955.
Martin, Minerva L, Assistant Professor of
English
B.S-. University of Alabama. 1931; M.A.,
Martin, Monroe H., Professor Emeritus,
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics
B.S.. Lebanon Valley College. 1928. Ph.D.
Johns Hopkins University. 1932.
Martin, Raymond F., Associate Professor
of Philosophy
BA , Ohio State University. 1962; M.A..
1964; Ph.D., University of Rochester. 1968.
Mara, George L., Professor and Chairman
of Counseling and Personnel Services
B A., Yankton College, 1953; M.A., Slate
University of Iowa. 1956; Ph.D., 1959.
Massle, Cecil M., Instructor, Institute of
Applied Agriculture
B.S.. Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1950;
M Ed , 1957.
Malosslan. Mary K., Associate Professor of
History
BA,. Stanford University. 1951; M.A..
American University (Beirut), 1952; Ph.D..
Stanford University. 1955.
Matteson, Richard L., Associate Professor
of Institute For Child Study
B A-, Knox College. 1952: M.A.. University
of Maryland, 1955; Ed.D,, 1962
Matthews, David L.. Research Associate
Professor, Institute lor Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics
BS., Queens University (Canada). 1949;
PhD.. Princeton University. 1959.
Matthews, Edward P., Jr., Instructor in
Business Administration
B S.. University of Maryland, 1950; MA,
University of Denver. 1959.
Matthews, Thomas A., Associate Professor
of Astronomy
B A.. University of Toronto. 1950; M,S„
Case Institute of Technology. 1951; Ph.D.,
Harvard University. 1956.
Mattick, Joseph F., Professor and Acting
Chairman of Dairy Science
BS., Pennsylvania State University, 1942;
Ph D,. 1950
Mattingly, Joseph G., Jr., Instructor in
Business Administration
B S., University of Maryland. 1958;
M.B.A.. 1966
May, Gordon S,., Assistant Professor of
Accounting
BSB A., Wittenburg University, 1964;
MBA. University of Michigan. 1965;
Ph D , Michigan Stale University. 1972;
C.P A., State of Indiana. 1967.
Maynard, Jerald D.. Instructor in Speech
and Dramatic Art
B A . University of Missouri. 1969; M.A..
1970
Mayo, Marlene J., Associate Professor of
History
B A,, Wayne University. 1954; M.A„
Columbia University. 1957: Ph.D., 1961.
Mayronne, Edna, Lecturer in Education
and Spanish and Portuguese
8 A. Howard University, 1946; MA.,
Teacher's College. Columbia University,
1947.
Mazzocchl, Paul H., Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B.S., Queens College. 1961; Ph.D.,
Fordham University. 1966.
McArthur, James F., Assistant Professor of
French and Italian and Secondary
Education
A B . Highpoint College. 1955; M.A.T..
Duke University. 1957; Ph.D.. Georgetown
University, 1969.
McCabe, James J., Assistant Professor of
Special Education
BS. St Joseph's College. 1963: M.Ed.,
Temple University.
McCall, James P., Assistant Professor of
Animal Science
B S , Texas A & M University. 1966.
MS., 1969; Ph.O,, 1972.
McCann, Peggy K., Assistant Professor of
Dance
BS , Ohio Slate University. 1966: MA..
UCLA. 1971
McCarrick, Earleen M., Assistant Professor
of Government and Politics
BA. Louisiana State University. 1953;
MA, 1955: PhD, Vanderbilt University.
1964.
McClay, Mary B., Instructor in Mathematics
BEd.. Eastern Illinois State College, 1937;
M.S., University of Illinois (Urbane), 1941.
McCleary, Robert F., Lecturer in Speech
and Dramatic Art
B.A , University of Maryland. 1965: MA,
1967.
McClellan, Gene, Assistant Professor of
Physics and Astronomy
BS , Iowa State University. 1965: M.S..
Cornell University. 1968; PhD . 1970
McClellan, Michael T., Assistant Professor
of Computer Science
BS-. Marquette University. 1960; MS ,
University of Wisconsin, 1962; Ph.D., 1971.
McCIure, Charles F., Visiting Assistant
Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics
B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1962:
Ph D., University of Maryland, 1972
McCIure. L. M., Professor of Administration
Supervision and Curriculum
BA,. Western Michigan University, 1940;
M.A., University ol Michigan. 1946; Ed.D..
Michigan State University. 1953
McClurg, Charles A., Assistant Professor of
Horticulture
BS . Iowa State University, 1966; M.S..
Pennsylvania State University, 1968;
Ph.D., 1970.
McConnell, Dennis, Instructor in Business
Administration
8S,. University of Maryland. 1967; MBA,
University of Chicago, 1969.
McConnell, Kenneth E., Instructor in
Economics
B.A , University of Florida. 1964; MA.. 1966
McCualg, Susannah M., Assistant Professor
of Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
A B.. Colorado College, 1959: MEd,.
Boston University, D.Ed . 1969.
McCuen. Richard H., Assistant Professor of
Civil Engineering
BS., Carnegie-Mellon University, 1967;
MS., Georgia Institute of Technology.
1969; Ph.D., 1971.
McCusker, John J., Assistant Professor of
History
B.A.. St. Bernard's College. 1961: M.A..
University of Rochester, 1963; Ph.D..
University of Pittsburgh, 1969.
McDonagh. Joseph M., Senior Instructor,
Fire Service Extension
B S , University of Maryland, 1961.
McDonald, Frank B., Professor of Physics
and Astronomy (part-time)
B.S., Duke University. 1948; MS..
University of Minnesota. 1952: Ph.D.. 1955.
McDowell, E. E., Instructor (Part-time)
Anthropology
McGulre, Marlln, Professor of Economics
BS. Engineering, U.S.M.A.. 1955: B.A..
Oxford University. 1958; Ph.D.. Harvard
University. 1964.
McHugh, John C, Instructor in Physical
Education
B.S.. University of Maryland. 1959: M.Ed .
American University. 1968.
Mcllralh, Thomas J., Visiting Associate
Professor. Institute (or Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics
B S . Michigan State University. 1960:
Ph D,, Princeton University. 1966.
Mclntire. Roger W., Professor of
Psychology
B.A,. Northwestern University, 1968; M>..
Louisiana State University, 1960; Ph.D..
1962
Mcintosh, Allan, Lecturer In Zoology
BS. Mississippi A & M College. 1920:
MS, University of Minnesota. 1927; D.Sc.
(Honorary). University of Miami, 1959
Mclntyre. Jennie J., Associate Professor of
Sociology
B.A.. Howard College. I960: MS. Florida
Slate University. 1962. Ph D , 1966
McKee, C. G., Professor of Agronomy
BS, University of Maryland, 1951; M.S.
1955: Ph D, 1959.
McKenile, James D., Jr., Associate
Professor of Psychology
B.A , University of Buffalo. 1955; Ph.D..
1961
McKewln. Carole A., Instructor of English
BA, Mt St Agnes College. 1965: M.A.,
University of Maryland, 1967.
McKnight. Dorothy B., Assistant Professor
of Physical Education
BS , Ursinus College, 1957; M.Ed..
Temple University. 1960.
McLoone, Eugene P., Associate Professor
of Administratton. Supervision and
Curriculum and Economics
B A., LaSalle College. 1951; MS,
University of Denver, 1952: Ph 0 ,
University of Illinois (Urbana). 1961.
McLuckle, Virginia, Associate Professor
and Home Economist
BS,, University of Maryland. 1941;
M.S.. 1953.
McMullen. Yvonne O., Assistant Professor
of Counseling and Personnel Services
B.A,, Emory University, 1968; MEd,
1970; Ph D , Georgia State University, 1973.
McLuckle, Virginia, Associate Professor
and Home Economist
BS., University of Maryland. 1941; M.S.
1953,
McManaway, Jamet G., Professor of
English
8 A.. University of Virginia, 1919: MA
1920; Ph 0,. Johns Hopkins University,
1931
McNelly, Theodore H., Professor of
Government and Politics
B.S.. University of Wisconsin, 1941; M.A..
1942; Ph.D., Columbia University. 1952.
McWhInnle, Harold J.. Associate Professor
in Applied Design and Crafts and
Education
B.A.E.. Art Institute of Chicago. 1953;
M.FA. 1957; Ed.D., Stanford University.
1965.
Meadow, Charles T., Lecturer (Part-time).
College of Library and Information Services
B A . University of Rochester. 1951; M.S.
Rutgers, 1954.
Meams, Margaret M., Assistant Professor
and Extension Supervisor. Home
Economics
BS . University of Delaware. 1933; M.S..
University of Maryland. 1968.
Measday, Waller S.. Lecturer. (Part-time)
Economics
A6. Willtam and Mary College. 1941;
Ph D . Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1955.
Medvene, Arnold, Assistant Professor of
Counseling and Personnel Services and
Counselor. Counseling Center
B S.. Temple University. 1959; M.E..
1963. Ed.D , University of Kansas. 1968.
Meeker. Barbara F., Associate Professor of
Sociology
B.A. University of Kansas. 1961: M.A..
Stanford University. 1963. Ph.D.. 1966.
210 / Campus Faculty
fw L, A»M>ciat« P(OtM*or
of Sp««ch end Dranwttc Art
BA SA'nl AmbfOM ColiAQV 1063. MA.
Un'vvrft.tf ol uunoi: 1068. Pn 0 . 190?
||«l|»f. MwtwuM t^ AMl*l«nt ProtMWr of
Cmp><3 " --s ty Ol L«l<l«n
1^40 V ,«rwty of
mir > '^ ' PfO(*Mor of
minr MA.te; :^. ^ --^^t of A«(oapftc«
BS Un.««<vtv ol MinnMoU. 1061. MS.
1963 PnO 1964
MiHow, R*9iMld F^ L«clur«f In Secondary
BA Cvnt>n<>fl« Unfv«f»Jty. 1966, MA.
19&?
IMInr, Rtchart H., As»ttlant ProfeMor of
PtY«r>oiooy
BA John* Hophin* Univffrtlly. 1966,
Ptt 0 Unoartity of California al LaJolia.
1971
mmid. Jotm P^ OtracKH of Compuior
Sctaoca Cantaf and Instructor
AB Sa>nl M<cha«ls Collego 1964
MiidalnH. H«fWT, Profasaor of SpamtA
and Porluguosv
BS CUNY (Ctty Con*g«t. 1936.
MS 1939 PftO. CalhoHc Unrv«riity ol
Amcrtca 1960
Mwmf. Robafi C^ ProleMor of
EniomoiogY '"d Ataociala Dean for
Qraduat* S(ucli«ft and Research
BS Un.vef»it> of Penneylvania 1960;
US, Univervtv of Maryland 1962 PhD.
university of Wtscontm 1964
Meffcel, James A.. Associate Professor of
Agricultural Eng.neer.ng
BS Pennsylvania Slate Un^wrsily. 1962.
US Iowa Slate University. 1965; PhD..
1967
Memn. Horace 8^ Professor of History
BE Wisconsin Stale University (River
Falls) 1932 Pn M UnivofSity ol Wisconsin,
1933 Ph 0 1W2
Mershon. Madelalne J„ Prolesflor Emeritus
of Institute For CMid Siudy
BS Drake University 1940, MA.
Uofwrsity of Chicago, 1943. Ph 0 . 1950
Meeserswtfth. Donald H., Professor ol
Entomology
BEd University of Toledo. 1951. M.S.
University o! Michigan 1953. Ph D .
Virginia Porylechntc Institute, 1962
MeeTirne, Imra. Lecturer (Pan-time).
College ol Library and Information
Services
BS Johns Hopkins University 1964.
MA University of Maryland. 1966.
USLS Calhoi.c University 1969
Meli. Joaeph F., Jr.. Assistant Dean for
Undergraduate Studies
BA. Unrversity Of Maryland I960. PhD.
1971
Meyer, Amoa R.. Associate Professor
State Department of Markets
BS Ohio State University 1940
Meyer. Charlton G.. Associate Professor of
BMus. JuiHiard School of Music. 1952.
Mayar. Paul A^ Associate Professor and
Director of Graduate Studies m
Economics
BA Johns Hopkins University. 1961 ;
MA Stanford Untversity 1963. PhD.
1966
Meyers. EdNh e^ Instructor In
Mathematics
B S University of Akron 1945
1066
MMura. Idmund M.. Asaislant Proleaaor of
Journalism
BA Syracuse University 1967. MA.
Pennsylvania Stale University. 1966.
Ph 0 Iowa Stale University, 1960
Mtetua. WaMar S.. Associate Professor of
industrial Education
BS Chicago Teachers College 1957.
U Ed Illinois Stale Toachers College.
1959. EdD. Loyola University. 1966
MlQllaua, Cmeel C. Assistant Prolessor of
Anthropology
BA, Indiana Untversity. 1963. MA.
1968, Ph D , 1972
Mihelclc. Rebecca A.. Instructor In Textiles
and Consumer Economics
B S . Pennsylvania Slate University 1966.
M S Kansas State University. 1966
Mkulshl. Plotr W., Prolessor of
Maihemaiics
BA Lyceum Warsaw. 1942; MS.
School ol Planning and Statistics. 1962;
Ph 0 University of California (Barkelay).
1961
MUgram, David L.. Instructor In Computer
BA Harvard College. 1963. MS. Courani
Institute NYU, 196S
MMhollan, Frank. Associate Professor of
Institute For Child Study
BA, Colorado College. 1949. MPS.
University of Colorado. 1951. PhD,
University ol Nebraska. 1966
MHIer, Cattwrlne M.. Assistant Professor of
Health Education
BS. Illinois State University (Normal).
1956, MA. Colorado College, 1959, PhD.
Ohio State Unworstty, 1967
Miller. Frederick P^ Associate Professor
of Soils
BS, Ohio Stale University. 1958: MS,
t96t. PhD, 1965
Millar. Gerald F.. Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B Sc . Untversity of Wisconsin. 1958;
M S . University of Illinois. 1960. Ph D .
1962
Millar. Jamas R.. Professor and Chairman
of Agronomy
BS. University of Maryland. 1951. US.
1953. PhD. 1956
Mfllar, Julia, instructor in Family and
Community Development
BS. Hampton institute. 1963, M Ed .
University of Illinois. 1969.
MHIer. Mary R.. Associate Professor of
English
BA, Unwersity of Iowa, 1941, MA.
University of Denver, 1959, PhD.
Georgetown University. 1969
Millar, Myron H^ Visiting Associate
Prolessor Insiituie for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics (parl-iime)
Ph D , University of Maryland. 1968
Millar. Paula J.. Assistant Professor of
Sociology
BA . University of Texas at Austin, 1969:
MA. 1971. PhD. 1973
MHla. DavM H., Professor of Psychology
and Counselor, Counseling Center
BS. State University of Iowa. 1955; MS.
1957; Ph D , Michigan Stale University.
1964
MDIs. DavM U Assistant Professor of
Computer Science
BSE. University of Michigan Engr
Science. 1960 and Math 1961. MS E . 1962,
M S . (Comp Sci ), 1964. Ph D . 1971
MHla. Judson R^ Jr^ Professor of
Psychology
BX. University of Wisconsin. 19S3.
Ph.O.. Stanford University. 1968.
Mlnker, Jack. Profaasor of Computer
BA, CUNY (Brooklyn College) 1940,
MS. Univarsity of Wisconsin. 1960. PhD.
University of Pennsylvania. 1960
Mlrtklewlcs. V. J.. Associate Profesaor ot
Physics
BS. VOianova University. 1960, PhD,
University of Calilornia (Berkeley). 1965
Mlnti. Lawrance C, Assistant Professor of
American Studies
BA University of South Carolina. 1966:
MA Michigan Slate University, 1967,
PhD. 1060
MIrolll, Ruth A., Assistant Professor of Art
BA, Western Reserve University. 1053:
UA. New York University. 1957. PhD..
1966
Mlah. Chartas C, Professor of English
BS. University ol Pennsylvania. 1936;
MA 1946. PhD, 1951
MIsnar. Charles W.. Professor of Physics
B S . University of Notre Dame. 1952. M A .
Princeton University. 1954. PhD. 1957.
Mitchell, Robert D., Associate Professor of
Geography
M A University of Glasgow. 1962; Ph D .
Unrversity ol Wisconsin. 1968
Mttyga. Henry G., Instructor In Horticulture
BS Cornell Unrversity. 1966. MS..
Purdue University. 1969
Mohanty, SashI B., Associate Professor ol
Volorinary Science
B V 5c & AH.. Bihar University. India.
1956; MS.. University of Maryland. 1961;
PhD. 1963
Mohapatra. Roblndra N.. Research
Associate in Physics and Astronomy
B Sc . Uktal University (India), 1964:
M Sc , Delhi University. 1966. Ph.D..
University ot Rochester. 1969
Montgomery, William L. Associate
Prolessor ol Music
B Mus . Ed . Cornell College. 1953:
MMus. Catholic University of America.
1957.
Montvnoff, Victor, Instructor in Zoology
B S University of Maryland, 1966. MS .
1970
Moore. Dorothea, instructor in Zoology
BE. Illinois State University. 1941; MP..
University of Wisconsin, 1944.
Moore. John H., Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B S . Carnegie Insliute ol Technology.
1963: MA. Johns Hopkins University.
1965, PhD, 1967.
Moore. John R.. Professor of Agricultural
and Resource Economics
B? Ohio State University, 1951: MS.
Cornell University. 1955: PhD.
University of Wisconsin. 1959
Moore. Mary L. Assistant Professor and
Community Development Specialist
8 S . North Carolina Agricultural and
Technical State University. 1948: MS .
Norih Carolina State Unrversity. 1968.
Moore. MIchaal R.. Assistant Professor of
Speech and Dramatic Art
BS. Southern Illinois Unhrerslty, 1966:
MA, University ot Missouri. 1070;
PhD. 1973
Moora. Robert H.. Assistant Professor of
AB. Davidson College. 1962; MA.
University of North Carolina. 1964;
Ph 0 University of Wisconsin. 1971.
Morash, Edward A.. Instructor In
Transportation
B A Northeastern University. 1968:
MBA University of Maryland 1971.
Morgan, Delbart T.. Professor of Botany
BS. Kent State University. 1940. MA.
Columbia University. 1942: Ph.D.. 1948.
MoTBan. H. Oarlhon, Profaaaor and
Chairman. Inslllule for Child Study
B A . Furman University. 1040. M A
University of Chicago, 1943. PhD. 1046
Morgan, Omar D„ Associate Professor of
Botany
BEd Illinois State Plant Pathology
University, Normal. IMO. PhD.
University of Illinois (Urbana), 19S0
Morgan, Raymond P., Research Asaociata.
Fisheries Bureau
Ph D . University of Maryland. 1971
Morin, Donald O., Instructor In Mechanical
Engineering
BS. AE. Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute.
1957
Morrla, John 1-, Asaoclala Professor ol
Dairy Science
B S . Iowa State University (Amaa). 1943.
M S . University of Delaware. 1066.
Morse, Douglas H., Associate Profaaaor ol
Zoology
BS Bales College. 1060. MS.
University ot Michigan, 1062. PhD.
Louisiana Stale University. 1065
Morse, Fradarlck H., Associate Professor
of Mechonical Engineering
B S . Renesselar Polytechnic Inalltuta,
1957, Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1959: PhD. Renesselar
Polytechnic Institute, 1969
Mortimer, Jaylan T.. Assistant Professor ol
Sociology
B A . Tafts University. 1965; MA ,
University ot Michigan. 1967; PhD, 1967
Morton, Eugene S.. Assistant Professor ol
Zoology
BS. Denison University. 1962; M.S..
Yale University. 1966: Ph.D.. 1969
Mosbo, PhUlp A., instructor in Speech and
Dramatic Art
B A , Luther College (Jlrva). 1968; MA..
University of Connecticut. 1970.
Moss. Lawrence K.. Professor of Music
8 A . University of California (LA.). 1949:
MA, University of Rochester. 1951; PhD..
University of Southern California, 1957.
Mott. Shirley, Senior Specialist. Extension
Homo Economics Editor
Motta. Jerome J.. Assistant Profesaor of
Botany
AB.. San Francisco Stale College. 1950:
MA. 1964. PhD. University of California
(Berkeley), 1968
MuccI, Anthony Q.. Assistant Professor of
Uaihemaiics
BA, University of Pennsylvonia. 1061:
MA. 1964. PhD, University of California
(Irvine). 1971
Mueller, Marton C, Instructor in Music
BS. Texas Technological Institute. 1944.
M Ed , University of Maryland. 1966
Muganda. Benwrd K.. Lecturer m
Afro-American Studies
BA. Goshen College. 1965. M.A.. Howard
University, 1968
Mulchl, Charles U Assistant Profesaor of
Agronomy
B S North Carolina Stale Unrversity. 1964.
MS 1967 PhD, 1970.
Mulfofd. Furman R.. Faculty Research
Assistant in Agronomy
B S - Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1967
Munar. Edward K., Assistant Professor of
Geography
M A . University of Wisconsin. 1966;
PhD. 1972,
Mulllnazzl. Thomaa E., Assistant Profesaor
ol Civil Engineering
BS . Notre Dame. 1964. US-. Purdue
University, 1966; PhD. 1973
Munn. Robert J^ Professor ot Chemistry
BS. Bristol University. 1957. PhD.. 1961.
BrJ v/^, r.' .- r,.!;#ga 1967. M«.
'42 PhD. 1064
M'. 'essor of Engl***^
(- on%u^ t8?9. MA
►-, ,j PftO Cornell
Murphy. Tliaiiwa J.. Aagtatam Profaaaor of
Chamislry
BS Fordham UnrversrTy. 1063. PhO.
Rockeletler Uruversrry. 1068
Murphy, ThoMaa P^ Profesaor of
Ooverrwnent mnc Potrucs ar^ Oiractor of
Urt>an Stud»aa Inabtuia
BA . Ouaens Cotiaga. 1062 M A .
Georgetown Unrvarsity. 1060. PhD.
St John s Unrversity 1063
Murray. Joseph F^ instructor in Ptvysical
Education
B S Unrverstry of Marylvtd 1067. MA
1060
Murray, Ray A.. Profeaeor of Agricuftursi
and Resource Economics
BS University of Nebraska. 1034. UA
Cornell Umvorsity 1938 Ph 0 . 1040
Murray. Robert H.. Jr^ Seruor instructor.
Fire Service ExtensKKi
8 E Keene Stale College 1060
Muaaanden, Lydto. Sentor Agent. Ejclans^on
Supervisor. Home EcorKxnics
BS. Howard Unnrersrty. 1039, MS,
Cornell Unnrersity, 1040
Mustafa. Mohammad C Raaaarch
Associate, Physics aryl Astronomy
8 Sc Dacca UnnrersiTy. 1962 M Sc .
1963. MS, Yale University, 1967, PhD
1970
Myero, Ralph D^ Profaaaor of Ptrysics
BA, Cornell University. 1934 MA.
1935. PhD.. 1937
Myers. Robert Maneon. Professor ot
English
BA. Vandert}ilt Unrversity. 1941, MA.
Columbia University. 1942, UA Harvard
University. 1944. PhD. Columbia
Unhrersity. 1946.
Myrtcks, Noat. Associate Profaaaor of
Family arKl Community Development
BA. San Francisco Stale College 1956:
M S 1967; J D . Howord Unhrersity. 1970:
Ed D , American Untversity. 1973
Nagarsenker, Brahmanand H^ Assistant
Professor of Maiheniatlcs
BSc Guiarat University (India). 1954;
A Sc Purdue University. 1960; Ph D .
1972
Nagal, Roger ft, instructor in Computer
Sciertce
B S . Stevens Instihjte of Technology. 1964.
MS. 1960
Nash. Allan N^ Associate Professor of
Personnel
B A University of Minnesota. 1957; U A
1959, PhD. 1963
NasftL Reuben M^ Lecturer in
Afro-American Studies
8 A Unrversity of Redlarvds. 1966: MA
Howard University. 1960
Natalia. Arthur A., Assistant Professor ot
Spanish and Portuguese
BA Columbia Unrversrty. 1963; MA.
Syracuse Unnrersity, 1965, PhD. 1070
Ndlasl. Chacha E.. Lecturer m
Afro- American Studies
BA. Goshen College 1966. UA.
Howard Unnrersity. 1968
Needle, Richard H^ Assistani Professor tn
Health Education
BS. Temple Unnrersity. 1064: M.Ed.
University of Toledo 1067: PhD.
University of Marylar>d, 1973
Campus Faculty / 211
NeMhardt A. Patricia. Instructor in
Zoology
BA, Westhampton College of Unrversity
ol Richmond. 1967.
Nelson. Cimord L, Associate Professor of
Agricultural and Extension Education
faS. Wasfiington Slate University. 1957;
M.S. 1962. Ph.D.. University of
Minnesota. 1966.
Nelson, wnilam E., Assistant Professor of
Applied Design and Craft
A A , University of Bridgeport. 1964. B S.,
1965. MS. Florida Stale University. 1968.
Nemes, GracMa P.. Professor of Spanish
and Portuguese
BS., Trinity College (VL). 1942; MA.
University of Maryland. 1946; PhD,. 1952.
Neri, John A.. Instructor in Economics
B S.. University of Maryland. 1968; MA.,
1971; PhD.. 1973
Neri. Umberto, Associate Professor of
Mathematics
BS. University of Chicago. 1961; M.S..
1962: PhD . 1966.
Neuman, Ronald H.. Assistant Professor of
Business Law
BS, University of Maryland. 1963; JD-.
1967
Newby, Hayes A^ Professor and
Chairman of Hearing and Speech
Sciences
B A,, Ohio Wesleyan University. 1935;
MA , University of Iowa. 1939; PhD-. 1947.
Newcomb. Robert W.. Professor of
Electrical Engineering
BS, Purdue University, 1955; MS,
Stanford Unwersity. 1957; Ph.D.,
University of California (Berkeley), 1960
Newcomer. Joseph U, Assistant Professor
of Agronomy
B S.. University of Maryland. 1950; M.S.
1955
Newel). Clarence A^ Professor of
Administration. Supervision and
BA, Hastings College, 1935; MA,
Columbia University, 1939: PhD, 1943,
Newsofn, 0. Eari. Professor of Journalism
BS, Oklahoma State University, 1948;
M S.J , Northwestern University, 1949:
Ed D.. Oklahoma State University. 1957.
Ntcholson. James U, Assistant Professor
ol Poultry Science
BS. University of Maryland. 1951.
Ntekels, William G.. Associate Professor of
Marketing
B.S.. BA, Ohio State University. 1962;
M.B-A.. Western Reserve University. 1966:
Ph.D.. Ohio Slate University, 1969.
NicUason, Fred. Assistant Professor of
Hislory
BS, Gustavus Adotphus College, 1953;
MA.. University of Pennsylvania. 1955;
Ph D , Yale University, 1967.
Nicks. Walter. Visiting Lecturer in Dance
Katherine Dunham School of Dance. 1945.
Nlebur. Douglas P., Assistant Professor of
Mathematics
B S , Iowa State University. 1963; MS..
University of Wisconsin. 1965: Ph D , 1968
Ntemeyer, G. Charies. Associate Professor
of Speech and Dramatic An
BS,, DePauw University, 1933. M-A ,
Northwestern University. 1935. PhD., Yale
Unreersity, 1942.
NIese. Henry E.^ Assistant Professor of
An
B.FA,. Columbia University, 1955; Cert,.
The Cooper University, 1949; Cert-.
Academic Grande Chaumi6re (Paris). 1949.
Nmeneggef. Einor J.. Instructor (Part-time)
in Food and Nutrition
B.S.. Iowa State University (Ames), 1953;
M.S.. Montana State University. 1964.
Nix, I. Lewis. Jr., Assistant Professor
ol Architecture
BArch. University of Virginia. 1968;
M E D-, Yale University. 1970.
Noetzel, Bruno O., Cooperative Agent and
Visitmg Assistant Professor of Agricultural
and Resource Economics
B S., College of Economics. Poland, 1957;
MS,, 1959.
Noll. James W.. Associate Professor.
Foundation of Education
BA, University of Wisconsin, 1954; M.S-,
University of Chicago. 1961; PhD,, 1965.
Noonan, R. E., Assistant Professor of
Computer Science
A B . Providence College. 1966: MS..
Purdue University, 1968; PhD.. 1971,
Northrop, T. G., Research Professor
(P.T.). Institute tor Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics
BS , Yale University, 1944; M.S , Cornell
University, 1949: Ph D-, Iowa State
University, 1953.
Norton, Ann E., Assistant Professor of
Spanish and Portuguese
B A,, Syracuse University. 1945; MA., 1947.
Norton, Virginia P., Instructor in Food.
Nutrition and Institutional Administration
BS . University of Colorado. 1958; M Ed .
University of North Carolina, 1971
Noss, Jerome R., Lecturer in Physical
Education
B.Sc. Bowling Green State University.
1956.
Notklns. S. W.. Junior Instructor in
Architecture
A.B-, Hollins College, 1963.
Novell, Joan, Instructor in Physical
Therapy Orientation
B S , University of Connecticut. 1956.
Nowack, Dorothy R.. Instructor in Health
Education
M.Ed., Lehigh University. 1966
Nutku, Emity B^ Assistant Professor of
English
A B . San Jose State College, 1941; MA..
University of California. (Berkeley). 1943;
PhD. 1966,
Nystrom. Paul E., Director of Extension
and Professor of Agricultural Economics.
Emeritus
B.S-. University of California. 1928; M.S..
University of Maryland, 1931; MP.A..
Harvard University. 1948; D PA.. 1951,
Nzuwah, Marlyo M.. Assistant Director of
Afro-American Studies
B A., University of Minnesota. 1965; MJV-.
Howard University, 1967
O'Connelt, Donald W.. Vice President for
General Administration and Professor of
Economics
B A.. Columbia University. 1937: MA.,
1938. Ph.D.. 1953.
O'Connor, Joseph M., Research Associate.
Estuarine Ecology
Ph D., State University of New York at
Albany, 1971.
ODell. Stanley Jack. Assistant Professor
of Philosophy
B A , University of Kansas. 1960: MA,
University of Illinois. 1962; PhD.. 1967.
Odiand, Sheldon W., Instructor in Housing
and Interior Design
B A.. Pennsylvania Stale Unrversity. 1958.
O'Gallagher, Joseph J., Assistant Professor
of Physics
SB, Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1961; SM, University of
Chicago, 1962, Ph.D.. 1967.
Ogilvle. Keith W., Research Associate
Professor (Part-time) Institute Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
BS.. Unrversity of Edinburgh. 1950: Ph.D..
1954.
O'Grady, Emmett P.. Assistant Professor
of Electrical Engineering
BS . St, Louis University. 1962: M.S.. 1965;
Ph.D., University of Arizona. 1969.
O'Haver. Thomas C, Associate Professor
of Chemistry
BS . Spring Hill College, 1963; Ph.D..
University of Florida, 1968.
Oklay, Erol, Research Associate in Physics
and Astronomy
BS, University of Michigan, 1963: M.S.,
1964: PhD , 1969.
O'Leary, Ronald T., Associate Professor of
Speech and Dramatic Art
BS , Bowling Green State University. 1960;
MA. 1961; MFA. University of Wisconsin.
1964: PhD . 1966,
Olln. Stephen S., Assistant Professor of
Chemistry
B.S., Purdue University, 1963; Ph.D..
Columbia University, 1967,
Oliver. James H., Assistant Professor of
Government and Politics
BA . University of Washington. 1959:
M.A.. 1962: Ph D,. University of Wisconsin.
1968,
Olson, Alison G., Professor of History
B A , University of California (Berkeley).
1952; MA. 1953: Ph.D., Oxford University,
1956.
Olson, Charies E., Associate Professor of
Transportation
B-B.A . University of Wisconsin. 1964;
MA, 1966. Ph.D.. 1968.
Olson, David H.. Assistant Professor of
Family and Community Development
B.A . St Olaf College, 1962: MA. Wichita
Slate University. 1964; Ph.D., Pennsylvania
State University. 1967.
Olson, Edwin E., Professor of
Library and Information Services
BA , St. Olaf College, 1959: MA-
American University. 1961: Ph.D., 1966
Olson, Keith W., Associate Professor of
History
BA. SU.NY. (Albany). 1957; M.A,. 1959;
Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin. 1964.
Olson. M. J.. Instructor (Part-time) in
Secondary Education
A.B.. S-U NY at Albany. 1955: M,A.. 1955
Otson, Mancur L. Jr., Professor of
B.S.. North Dakota State University. 1954;
B A, Oxford University, 1956: MA., 1960;
PhD , Harvard University. 1963,
Olson, Orrin O^ Assistant Professor of
Music
B.A.. Sacramento State College. 1960;
M.Mus. Indiana University, 1961-
Olver, Frank W. J.. Research Professor.
Institute for Fluid Dynamics & Applied
Mathematics
BSc. University of London. 1945: M.Sc,
1948: D.Sc, 1961
Onder, James J.. Assistant Professor of
Speech and Dramatic Art
B FA , Ohio University. 1962: MS,.
University of Illinois, 1964; Ph.D..
University of Michigan, 1969.
Oneda. Sadao, Professor of Physics
B.S . Tohoku University. 1946; M.Sc. 1948:
Ph 0.. Nagoya University. 1953.
O'Neill. Jane H.. Instructor in Secondary
Education
B A . University of Maryland. 1932.
O'Neill. Leo W^ Jr.. Professor of Early
Childhood and Elementary Education
BA.. University of Chicago, 1938; MA.,
University of Kansas. 1953; Ed.D.. University
of Colorado. 1955.
O'Nem, Richard P., Instructor in Business
Administration
B S , University of Maryland. 1966; MBA..
1969.
Opik, Ernst J., Professor of Physics and
Astronomy
Cand Astro . Moscow Imperial Unrversity.
1916; DPhil,. National University of
Estonia. 1923
Ortega. James M., Research Professor.
Computer Science and Institute (or Fluid
Dynamics & Applied Mathematics
BS. University of New Mexico. 1954;
Ph.D., Stanford Unrversity. 1962.
Orvedal, Ruth W., Assistant Professor of
Home Management
B.S , Middle Tennessee State College,
1937; M S , University Of Tennessee, 1941
Orzolek. Michael D^ Faculty Research
Assistant in Horticulture
B.S.. Alliance College, 1967; M.S.. West
Va. University. 1969
Osbom, John E., Associate Professor of
Mathematics
BS., University ol Minnesota. 1958; M.S..
1963: PhD , 1965,
Osterhouse, Robert A, Assistant Professor
ot Psychology
B.S., Whitworth College. 1964: MA.. Ohio
State University, 1968; Ph.D., 1969.
Otten. Klaus W., Lecturer (Part-time).
College of Library and Information
Services
B.S.. Stuttgart (Germany), 1953. M.E.E.,
1955.
Otto, Gilbert F., Research Professor
of Zoology
B.A., Kalamazoo College, 1926; M.S..
Kansas State University. 1927; Sc.D,, Johns
Hopkins University, 1929.
Otts, Louis E., Jr., Professor of Civil
Engir
ring
B A , East Texas State College, 1933;
B.S , Texas A & M University. 1946; M.S.,
1946.
Overcamp, Thomas J., Research Associate
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics
B.S.. Michigan State University. 1970;
SM . Massachusens Institute of
Technology, 1970; Ph.D , 1972,
Owens, Anna Belle, Instructor in Botany
B S , University of Maryland. 1940; M.S.,
1949
Owens, William R., Assistant Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
BS Penn State University, 1959. MS.,
Drexel Institute of Technology, 1964;
Ph D , University of Maryland. 1970.
Owings, James C. Associate Professor of
Mathematics
BS , Dartmouth College. 1962; Ph.D .
Cornell University. 1966-
Paauwe, Jacob, Instructor in Chemical
Engir
ering
NTS., Netherlands, 1960.
Paez, M., Assistant Professor of Electrical
Engineering
BS, Institute Technologico de Monterrey
Mexico. 1959: MSEE, Carnegie Institute
1965. Ph D North Carolina State
University, 1972
Pal, Shih I., Research Professor. Institute
tor Fluid Dynamics & Applied Mathematics
B.S-- National Central University, 1935:
MS . Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1938: Ph.D,. California Institute
of Technology, 1940.
Paine, Frank 1.. Associate Professor of
Business Organization and Administration
BS. Syracuse University. 1951: MBA.
1956: PhD, Stanlord University. 1963.
Panichas. George A, Professor of English
BA , Amencan International College. I95l:
MA . Trinity College (Conn.), 1952;
PhD, Nottingham University. 1962: FellcMr
of The Royal Society of Arts of The
United Kingdom.
Papwfopoulos, K. C. Visiting Research
Associate Professor. Institute for Ru*d
Dynamics & Applied Mathematics
Ph D University of Maryland. 1909.
ParochettJ, James V., Associate Professor
of Agronomy
B.S . University of Illinois (Urbans). 1962;
MS., Purdue University, 1964: Ph D.. 1966.
Parrto, Dudley E^ Lecturer in Sociology
B A.. University ot the West Indies. 1962:
M.A.. University of California. 1964,
Pasch. Alan, Professor of Philosophy
BA, University of Michigan. 1949; MA,
New School For Social Research, 1952:
Ph.D . Princeton University. 1955.
Paserfoa. Robert Lee, Assistant Professor
of Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
B S.. Slippery Rock State College. 1964:
M Ed.. 1967; Ed.D , University of Pittsburg,
1972
Pastemack. Gall L. Instructor in Business
Administration
B.6.A-, University of Cincinnati. 1969:
M.B.A., University ot Maryland. 1970.
Patl. Jogesh C. Professor of PtiysJcs
ISc. Utkal University. 1953; B.S..
Ravenshaw College, 1955; M.Sc.. Delhi
University. 1957; Ph.D.. Unrversity of
Maryland, i960.
Patterson, Glenn W., Professor ot
Plant Physiology
B.S. North Carolina State College
(Raleigh), I960: M S , University of
Maryland, 1963; PhD., 1964.
PaKon, James U, Instructor in Accounting
BS, Hampden -Sydney College. 1963:
M B.A , University of Maryland, 1972.
Paver, Dennis S~. Instructor in Speech and
Dramatic Art
B S.. St. Cloud State College. 1967: MA.
Ohio State University. 1971
Pavey, Stanley, Associate Professor of
Psychology and Counselor. Counseling
Center
B A.. CUNY (City College). 1952: M.S..
1955: Ph.D.. Ohio State University. 1961.
Payerie. Laszio M., Assistant Professor of
Music
B.Mus . University of Maryland. 1960:
M Mus . University of Texas, 1962.
Peart, Martin M., Professor ot Mathematics
B.A CUNY. (Brooklyn College). 1950:
MA. University of Michigan. 1951: PhD-,
University of Wisconsin. 1955
Pearson, Marin. Instructor in Speech and
Dramatic Art
B.A.. University ot Maryland. 1969: MA
1971
Pease, John, Associate Professor of
Sociology
B.S, Western Michigan University. 1960
M A . Michigan State University. 1963:
Ph.D.. 1968.
Pechacek, Robert E^ Associate Professor
of Physics (part-time)
BS. California Institute of Technology,
1954: MS-. University Of California
(Berkeley), 1963, PhD,. 1966,
Pegnetler. Richard C. Jr., Assistant
Professor of Behavioral Science
BA, Indiana University of Pennsylvania,
1966: MEd. 1966. PhD.. Cornell
University, 1971.
Pelczar. Michael J.. Jr.. Professor of
Microbiology and Vice President tor
Graduate Studies and Research
BS.. University of Maryland, 1936; M.S..
1938; PhD . State Unrversity of Iowa. 1941
212 / Campus Faculty
^Wilnrtnii. taiab** O. Attocn
g^ „. „. .- ^.^ 1901 MA
Cd^ ■ - I PhD. 19M
p*Mn« of, Air Fore*
BA p. L A * M * i>M use 19M
Pwinlnglon. KvfWMtfi 0.. A«»oc>ate
PfOte»»of .if Mu»>c
BA. Friei^da Uotwrvty 1940. B MuS
1960 M A N»M Yo(h Uniwrttty. 1963.
DMut Indiana Un(v*r«Jty. 1061
P^ffcib— I. B. Mart*. AMiBiani Pror*«sor
of Hiitory
BA. London Unrvvmfy. 196S: MA.
L>niv«r«ity ol Toronlo. 1969 PhD.
0*orO*K>*" Untv«r«ity. 196B
PwUn*, Hugh V.. Proreuor. Inilltutv For
Child Study
A B 0«>*rlin Co<l*0« 1941 MA. Untvontty
ol Chlcaoo 1946. Ph 0 1949. Ed 0 . N«w
York Univ«r«pTv 1966
PwtdM. ftlor*l*nd, ProfMKH of Phtkuophy
A B Harvard Unr««f«ity, 1948. A M , 1949.
PhO. 1953
^•ftofl. Martort* O^ ProfoMor of Engllth
BA Ba'naij Coii«o«. 19&3, MA. Catholic
Untv«rtitt of Am«rica 1966. PhO. 1965
P*r*lni. CaftM. V ^^ng Pro(e«*or ol
AB Adelto'l Coio^jo ol W*«tern R**«rv*
Univ«r«>rv. IMI. PhO. Cat»-Wo«l«m
R*Mrv« Un<v«riity. 1967
Pmtkx, OonaM Q.. AMCclale ProfMsor.
Education Technology Conlvr
A D Univvrtity o( Southern California.
1960 AM T96? PhD. 1969
P*tora. RotMri M.. Aaaocialo Prof«4»or of
S*corH]a'v Education
BS Mankalo Stat* Coll*g«. 1956: MS.
1966. Ph 0 . Uniwrslty of Minn«*ota. 1965
P*l*r*on. Fr*<l*rtck M., Aasitiant Profsasor
of EconofTi.ci
BS. UnrwfS'ty of California (B«ft(«l*y).
1964. PhD Pnncaloo Univaraltv. 1972.
Pataraon. L Laon, Jr., County Manag«m«nt
Auociate. Maryland Technical Advisory
Service. Bureau ol Governmental
Retearch
BS. Weber Slate College, 1966: MS.
Ulah Slate UnivertJty. 1970
Palvraon. William 8^ Auociate Prof*»sor
ol Er>glish
B A. Walla Walla College 1961 MA..
University of Wi»con»m 1962 Ph 0 .
Northwestern University. 1968
P*lrlcli. Micha*! J.. Assistant Professor of
Journalism
BS. University of Wbconsln. 1965: MS.
1967 PhD 1970
Plaehler. vnilam L. Senior Instructor.
. S«M
BA
i!c)C"
ity 1956
slant Professor of
I and German and
Pflater. Guenter.
Secondary Educ.
Russian
BS. Bowling Green State University, 1963.
MA Michigan Stale University. 1965.
Ph D University ol Kansas. 1970
Pfttzenmeirer, H. T^ Resaarch Associate.
ChesacMiake BK)logical Lat>oratory
MS Penn State University. 1956
PIckard, Hugh B.. Professor ol Chemistry
A B Havoriord College. 1933, Ph D .
Northwestern University. 1938.
Pierce. Jama* L**. Lacturer (Part-time) in
Economics
A B University of California (BcrtialayK
1959 PhD. 1964
Pterc*. SkJrwy IC, Jr., Associate Professor
ol Zoology
B Ed University of Miami. 1966; Ph 0 .
Florida State University. 1970
PIpar. Don C. Professor and Chairman of
Government and Politics
BA University of Maryland. 1954: MA.
1968. Ph D . Duke Unhrerslty. 1961.
Pipar. Harrr W., Aatociate Prolessor of
Crvll Er\gir>e*ring
B Arch . Catholic University of America.
1940. MCE. 1960
Piper. Rowana W., Instructor in Zoology
OS M>dweslern University, 1954; MAT,
Duke University. 1963
Pledger. Virginia U Instructor In Textiles
and Consumer Economics
BS. Iowa Stale University (Ames), 1957.
M HE University of Georgia. 1966
Pllachka. Elmer. Professor of Government
and Politics
Ph B . Marquette Untversily. 1937, M.A..
American University. 1938; PhO,. Clark
Universily. 1943
Plotkln, Allen. Associate Professor,
Aerospace Engineering
BS. Columbia University. 1963, MS.
1964. PhD. Stanford University. 1968
Pottenbergar. Paul R., Associate Dean.
College of Agriculture and Professor ol
Agricultural and Resource Economics
BS. Universily of Maryland, 1935. MS.
1937, Ph D . American University, 1953
Polsl. Richard F.. Jr., Assistant Prolessor
ol Transportation
BS. Penn State University, 1965: MBA.
University ol Maryland. 1987; Ph D ,
Pennsylvania State University. 1971
Pollard, W. O., Assistant Professor of
Poultry Science
BA. University ol Virginia. 1951; PhD..
University of Maryland, 1962,
Ponnamperuma, Cyril, Prolessor of
Chemistry
B A . University of Madras. 1948; B Sc .
University ol London. 1959; Ph.D.,
University of California (Berkeley). 1962.
Porschlrvg, T. A., Instructor in Computer
Science Center
Ph D . Carnegie Institute ol Technology,
1964
Porter. Roy D.. Assistant Prolessor and
Coordinator. Special Agricultural Program
B S.. University of Maryland. 1954; M.S..
1963
Portz, John, Associate Professor of English
and Director of Honors Program
B S . Duke University, 1937; M.A.. Harvard
University. 1941; PhO. 1958,
Postbrtef, Samuel, Visiting Lecturer In
Government and Politics
A B Brooklyn Collogo. 1969: MA . Indiana
University. 1971
Potash. Esther B., Instructor in English
BA University of Maryland, 1967; MA.
1970
Pottala. E., Lecturer in Electrical
Engir
nng
B S E E , Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1961 M Eng . Yale University, 1963; Ph D .
University of Maryland, 1970.
Potter. Jane H., Associate Professor of
Zoology
BS. University of Chicago. 1942: MS,
1947, PhO, 1949
Potts, WHIIam H., Jr., Associate Prolessor
(Part-time) ol Architecture
BAfch . University ol Florida. 1951;
M Landscape Arch . Harvard University.
t9S6
Poultrwy. Sherman K.. Research Associate
in Physics and Astrononty
B S . Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1958: MA. Princeton University. 1960:
Ph D . 1962
Powell, Mtcha*! H., Assistant Professor of
Mathematics
B A , San Jose State College. 1963: MA.
University ol California (Santa Barbara),
1966; PhO., 1969
Prange. Gordon, Prolaaaor of Htetory
BA. University of Iowa. 1032. MA. 1934.
PhD. 1937
Prange, Richard V, Prolassor of Pttys^a
M S , Untversily of Chicago. 1965. Ph 0 .
1957
Prasad. Krishna O., Research Associate in
Horticulture
B S , Binar University (India). 1967. MS .
Auburn University. 1966. PhD. Iowa State
University. 1971
Prather, Ellxabettt S., Professor and
Chairman of Food. Nutrition and
Inslilulional Administration
B S . Auburn University, 1951 ; MS , 1955.
Ph D . Iowa Stale University (Ames). 1963
Pratt, Emasl F., Professor of Chemistry
AS . University ot Rediands, 1937; MS,
Oregon Slate College. 1939: Ph.D.,
University of Michigan. 1942.
Provensan, Haslar B., Assistant Professor
of Speech and Dramatic Art
LL B.. George Washington University. 1926;
MA . Emerson College. 1948
Pucketl, Paul B., Instructor in Mechanical
Engineering
B S . U S Naval Academy. 1944. MS .
University of Oklahoma, 1959
Pugh, Howel O.. Prolessor of Physics
B A , Cambridge University. 1955; MA.
1961. PhD. 1961
Pugliese, Rudolph £., Professor ol Speech
and Dramatic Art
B A . Miami Univorsily (Ohio), 1947; M.A .
Catholic Univorsily of America. 1949.
Ph D , Ohio State University. 1961.
Pugsley, James H.. Associate Professor of
Eloctncal Engineering
A B . Oberlin College. 1956; M.S..
University ol Illinois (Urbana). 1958;
PhD, 1963.
Pumroy, Donald K.. Professor of Education
and Psychology
BA . University of Iowa, 1949; MS .
Universily of Wisconsin. 1951; PhD.
University of Washington. 1954.
Purdy, William C. Prolessor ol Chemistry
AB , Amherst College. 1951; Ph.D..
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
1955.
Quails, P. David. Assistant Professor of
Economics
B A . Universily of Florida. 1960; M.A..
1961, PhD, University of California. 1967.
Oulgley. George 0., Associate Professor of
Poultry Science, and Director Institute of
Applied Agricultural. Emeritus
BS, Michigan Stale University. 1925.
Ouynn, William F., Professor Emeritus of
French and Italian
BA. University of Virginia. 1922: MA..
1923. Ph D , The Johns Hopkins University.
1934
Rabin, Evetyn M., Instructor in Zoology
BA. Miami University. 1966; M.A .
Universily of Wisconsin. 1970.
Radcdtfe, John, Acting Director. Upward
Bound Program
BA , Orove City College, 1963; tAA..
University of Maryland. 1970.
Rado, George T., Prolessor of Physics
(part-time)
SB.. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1939; SM. 1941; PhO. 1943
RaHlald. Barney T., lit. Instructor in
Marketing
B B A . Southern Methodist University.
1968: MBA. 1971.
Ragan, Robert M.. Professor and Chairman
ol Civil Engineering
B S . Virginia Military Institute. 1955. MS .
Massachusetts Institute ol Technology.
1959; PhD . Cornell University. 1964.
Ramm, Oordon II , Associai* Professor ot
/vjiog,
B A fl U »4 V M Buffalo 1949 M fi
19V) Pr> 0 »4«w York Ur>ivorslty. 19M
fUnaM. Ralph A., Associate PfofsMor of
Gov<»'fifn«nt SfK) PolilKs
AB Urv(v«r».ty o( California (LA) 1967,
MA 19M AM Princvton Univ*rsity.
1956 PhD 1961
RaiMl, Harquertt*. Proteaaof Emerita ot
Spanish and Portuguese
Ph D . Chicago 1961
Ranalcfc. tandrm U instructor in Garman
and Russian
B A . University of Maryland. 1967; UA .
1970
Rao. T. R^ Asaocial* Profaasor of
Electrical Er>gineering
B Sc . Government Arts College Artdhra
University. 1952, D tl Sc . Indian Institute
of Science. Bangalore. India. 1956 MSE.
University of Michigan. 1961. PhD. 1964
Rapplaye, Robert 0.. Associate Professor
ol Botany
BS, University of Maryland. 1941. MS.
1947. PhO. 1949
Rauschar. Tomllnson O., Instructor In
Computer Science
BS Yale University. 1968: MS.
University of North Csrolina. 1971
Rawls, Charle* K., Research Associate.
Chesapeake Biological Laboratory
M S . University of Minnesota, 1949.
Ray. Philip B.. Associate Professor ol
Counseling and Personnel Services and
Counselor. Counseling Center
BA. Antioch College. 1950. MS.
University of Pennsylvania. 19S5. Ph D ,
University of Minnesota. 1962.
Read, Nicholas C, Lecturer in Speech and
Dramatic Art
A B . University of North Carolina. 1938.
Rearick, William R.. Associate Professor ol
Art
B A New York University. 1953; MA,
Institute ol Fine Arts. 1958: Ph.D . Harvard
University. 1968,
Retouck. Errwal C Assistant Professor ot
Agricultural Engineering
6SAE. Pennsylvania Stale University.
1966; M S . 1967. Ph D.. University of
Arizona. 1971.
Redding, Richard, Lecturer in Physical
Education
BS. Springfield College. 1940
Radish. Edward F.. Assistant Professor of
Physics
AB. Princeton University. 1963, PhO.
Massachusetts Institute ol Techr>oiogy.
1968
Re*s, Colin P., Assistant Professor of
Zoology
BS. University of Wales. M.S. University
of Wisconsin. 1967. PhD. 1970
R**s, Roger C, instructor in Physical
Education
8 Ed . University of London institute of
Education. 1970. MA. University of
Md , 1972
Revv*. £. IWIiklns, Professor ot Chemistry
B S . Orexel Institute of Technology. 1936;
Ph D . University of Wisconsin, 1940.
Re*ves, Marria M^ Associate Professor of
Government and Politics
BA. West Virginia Unhrersity, 1942, MA..
1943. Ph D . Unnrersity of North Carolina.
1947
Regan. Thomaa 11^ Asaociate Professor of
Chemical Engineerir>g
BS. Tulane University. 1963; Ph.D.. 1987.
R*lche4d*rfer. Chart** F., Assistant
Professor of Entomology
BS, St. Cloud College. 1961: Ph.D..
University of California (RhrersM*). 1968.
R«ld. Jam.» '
II r A Tf .
MA Ufii.. ■ 1/1
R*lnhaft. Brucs U f'';.;cs^^i vf
Mathematics
n A I i*»>"j*. I '-s^*-'»v ia^? M A
fir i
I L-. Instructor Nursery
School
BS. University of Maryland, 1989, M Ed
1970
Ramy, DoroViy, Vlsltlrtg Professor of
Anthropology
B A . University ot Texas. 1984. MA
University of Michigan. 1966. Ph D , 1973
Ranti, Marl* t.. Instructor in Spanish srtd
Portuguese
A B . Unrversity of Nonh Carolina. 1947,
M A Duke University. 1951
ltov*al. Jama* L. Assisunt Profaasor of
Botarty
B 3 . Utah Stat* Unhwrstty. 1983: M 8 ,
1986. PhD, Brighsm Young Unlvarslty.
1989
R«vo8*. taSr O., R***arch Aaaoclala '
Hearing and Sp**ch Sciences
BA Unrversity ol Maryland 1982. MA
1965, Ph D . 1970
RernoMa. Chwle* W^ Professor of
Horticulture
BA "- .n-% -• Alabama. 1941. BS.
A '-47, MS, 1949, PhO.
: 1954
R-, iBtruclor tn Dance
e . dI New York
fBro:-;" "•';"*
Reynolds. MIchMl M.. Profeaw>r
of Library arx] information Sarvicas
A B . Hunter College. 1950 MSLS.
Columbia University 1952, MA.
American University 1954 PhO.
University of Michigan 1964
Rha*. Moon-Jhong, Assistant Professor of
Electrical Engineering
Ph D , CatrK}iic University ol America. 198B,
Rhalnboldt, W*rTt*r C^ R«***rch Profmaor.
Computer Science ar>d Applied
Mathenutics
BS. Unhr*rslty of H«tdetberg. 1940. MA.
1952 Ph D . University of Fraiburg. 1066.
Rhoada, OavM J.. Associale Profaasor of
Counsaling and Porsormal S*rvic«*
RtoaNa; P*dra J^ Instructor in Applied
Dftsign and lnl*rk>r Design
BA. Barcelona UnivarstTy. 1969
RIccL FratfMtek. L*ctur*r in Secondary
Education
BS. Bryant College. 1964. M Ed . Boston
University. 1986
RIc*, E. Barry. Instructor m Busir>aas
Administration
B S . Virginia Polylachnic InsUtute. 1963.
C PA . Virginia. 1986.
Rlchw^ Jaaii Paul, Aasistani Prolasso' ^^f
Physics
BA.. Laval Univvratty. 1966; Ba. 106C
Ph 0 . Unhr*rsrty of Parts. 1983.
RIchanlaon. Lucrate P., Lecturer in
Sociology
A B . Boston Unhrersrty. 1954. M S
Purdue University. 1958
Mchman, Chartaa 8^ Program Specialist.
R*gk>n (II Trainir>g Program for FaciUty
P*rsonn*l. 0*pL of industrial Education
BS. University of Wisconsin (Madison)
1983. MS.. DaPaul Univarsity. 1971
Campus Faculty / 213
RIchman. Joel S., Program Specialist.
Region III Training Program for Facility
Personnel, Department ol Industrial
Education
B A,. State University of New York
(Albany). 1969; M.S. and Ph.D.,
University of Connecticut, 1972.
Ricky, Robert W.. Assistant Professor of
Secondary Educalicn and Geology
B S.. Slate University of New York. 1966;
M.S . 1970; Ph.D.. Syracuse University.
1973,
RMgway, Whitman H.. Assistant Professor
of History
A B , Kenyon College, 1963; M.A., San
Francisco Stale College, 1967.
Rieger, Chariet J.. Ill, Assistant Professor
of Computer Science
Stanford University. 1973.
BS., Purdue University. 1970; Ph.D..
Rlslnger, Robert Professor and Chairman
of Secondary Education
BS, Ball State University, 1940; M.A..
University of Chicago, 1947; Ed.D.,
University of Colorado, 1955.
RItzmann. Barbara J., Assistant Professor
of Crafts and Applied Designs
B.A.. Penn State University. 1945; M F.A .
George Washington University. 1966.
RIvard, Carl E.. Instructor in Agronomy
8.S.. Michigan State University. 1966;
M.S., University of Maryland. 1970.
RIvello. Robert M., Professor of
Aerospace Engineering
BS . University of Maryland. 1943; M.S..
1948.
Roach, Luclnda M.. Instructor. Center for
Young Children
A.B , Mount Holyoke College. 1966; M.S.,
Bank Street College, 1969,
Roberson, Bob S.. Associate Professor of
Microbiology
BA. University of North Carolina, 1951;
Ph D., i960
Roberts. Evelyn B.. Instructor In Speech
and Dramatic An
B A.. Aquinas College. 1970; MA., Bowling
Green University, 1971
Robertson, RIghton, Jr.. Assistant
Professor of History
BA , University of the South. 1954; M.A ,
Emory University. 1960; Ph.D.. 1963,
Robinson, Joseph L, Assistant Professor
of Music
A.B.. Davidson College, 1962: M.P.A.,
Princeton University. 1966.
Rockwell. Joseph. Coordinator of Student
Teaching (Part-lime). Hagerstown
Elementary Teacher Education Center,
Washington County
A.B.. Findley College, 1951; MA..
Columbia University. 1958
Rodenhuls, Oavid R., Associate Professor.
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics
BS.. University of California (Berkeley).
1959; Ph.D.. University of Washington.
1967.
Roderick, Jessie A., Associate Professor
of Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
B.S-. Wilkes College, 1956; M.A,, Columbia
University. 1957; Ed.D-, Temple
University. 1967
Roesner, Edward H.. Instructor in Music
BM . University of Cincinnati. 1962: MM.
1964: PhD , New York University. 1973.
Rogers, Benjamin L., Professor of
Horticulture
B.S.. Clemson University. 1943; M.S..
University of Minnesota. 1947; Ph.D..
University of Maryland. 1950.
Rogers. Bruce G., Assistant Professor of
Educational Research
B.S., Arizona State University. 1961: M.A..
1962; Ph.D.. Michigan State University.
1966.
Rogers, Margaret 0., Instructor In Special
Education
B.A., University of South Florida. 1966:
MA,. 1967.
Rogotsky, Saul, Associate Professor.
Institute For Child Study
BS. Harvard University. 1948; M.S..
University of Chicago, 1953; Ed.D.. Harvard
University. 1963
Rolllnson, Carl L. Professor ol Chemistry
B.S.. University of Michigan. 1933: Ph.D..
University of Illinois. 1939.
Romlg, William J., Instructor in Business
Administration
B.S., Kansas State University. 1966:
M.B-A.. University of Maryland. 1971.
Rooney, Lynn A., Instructor in Dance
B.F.A,. University of Utah. 1971.
Roos. Philip G., Associate Professor of
Physics
8-A , Ohio Wesleyan Urjiversity, 1960:
PhD,. Massachusetts Institute ol
Technology, 1964.
Roper. James B., Assistant Professor of
Advertising Design
BS.. East Carolina College. 1961; MA..
1963.
Rose, C. D., Research Associate Professor.
Chesapeake Biological Laboratory
Rose. Carl A., Lecturer in Early Childhood
and Elementary Education
B.S-, Indiana University. 1950: M.A.. West
Virginia University. 1968. ,
Rose, Harry J., Jr., Visiting Professor of
Chemistry
B.Sc, St Francis College. 1948; M.S..
University of Maryland. 1952.
Rose. William K.. Associate Professor of
Astronomy
AB-. Columbia University, 1957; PhD .
1963
Rosen, Meriam L. Associate Professor of
Dance
BS,. University of Illinois, 1948; M.A , ^
University of Maryland. 1965
Rosen, Stephen I., Associate Professpr of
Anthropology and Assistant Chairman.
Division of Behavioral and Social
Sciences
B.A., University of Southern California,
1965: Ph D . University of Kansas, 1969,
Rosenberg, Theodore J.. Research
Associate Professor, Institute for Fluid
Dynamics & Applied Mathematics
BEE. CUNY (City College). I960;
Ph.D.. University of California (Berkeley).
1965.
Rosenfeld, Aziel, Research Professor of
Computer Science
B.A.. Yeshiva University. 1950; M.A .
Columbia University. 1951: M.S., Yeshiva
University. 1954: PhD . Columbia
University, 1957
Rosenfleld. Leonora C. Professor of
French and Italian
BA-, Smith College. 1930: MA. Columbia
University 1931; PhD,, 1940
Rosenthal, Lewis D.. Lecturer in Geography
BA,, City College. NYC; M.A.. New School
for Special Research, NYC,
Rosing. Robert A.. Lecturer in Economics
8 S , Wisconsin State University {Stevens
Point), 1966: MS. Southern Illinois
University, 1969: PhD . 1972.
Ross, David. Assistant Professor of
Agricultural Engineering
BS. Pennsylvania State University. 1969:
M.S. 1971; PhD., 1973.
Roswell, Charles A., Lecturer in Geography
8.A., Johns Hopkins University. 1963;
M.A.. University ol Maryland. 1969.
Rothgeb, Russell G.. Professor of
Agronomy. Emeritus
BS,, University ol Maryland. 1924; M.S.,
Iowa Slate College, 1925; Ph.D.. University
of Maryland. 1928.
Rouih, Marvin L, Associate Professor of
Chemical Engineering and Physics
BSc, Ottawa University. 1956; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland. 1964.
Rovefttad. Howard. Professor and Director.
Library, College Park
B.A., University ol Illinois (Urbana), 1936:
M.A,. 1937; B,S. L.S.. Columbia University.
1940.
Rovner. Philip, Associate Professor of
Spanish and Portuguese
BA , George Washington University. 1948:
M.A , 1949; Ph.D.. University of Maryland.
1958.
Rowe. John C. Assistant Professor of
English
BA,. Johns Hopkins University. 1967;
Ph.D., S.UN.Y. at Buffalo. 1971.
Rubin, Max. Faculty Research Associate
in Poultry Science
BS , Rutgers University. 1938: M.S.,
University of Maryland. 1940; PhD . 1942.
Rubin, Roger H., Assistant Professor of
Family and Community Development
BA . Brooklyn College of the City
University of New York, 1965: M.A.. Penn
State, 1966; Ph D., 1970,
Ruchkln. Judith P.. Assistant Professor and
Associate Director, Office of Laboratory
Experiences
BA . Swarthmore College, 1956: M.A..
Yale University. 1957; Ed D , Columbia
University, 1971.
Rundell. Walter, Jr., Professor and
Chairman of History
BS , University of Texas. 1951; M.A..
American University. 1955; Ph.D.. 1957.
Russell, John D., Professor and Director of
Graduate Studies in English
AB, Colgate University. 1951: M.A..
University of Washington. 1956; Ph.D.,
Rutgers University. 1959
Rutherford, Charles S., Assistant Professor
of English
BA . Carleton College, 1962: M.A .
Indiana University. 1966: Ph.D.. 1970.
Ryden, Elnar R., Professor of Agricultural
and Extension Education
B.A., Augsburg College. 1929: Ph.D.,
Northwestern University. 1947.
Rymer, Victoria S., Instructor in Business
Administration
BS. University ol Maryland. 1961; MB. A..
1966
Sachtis, James M., Instructor in Finance
BS , University ol Maryland, 1964; M.B.A.,
1967.
Sager. Jane F.. Visiting Instructor in
Institution Administration
BS, Millikin University. 1961; M.S..
University of Wisconsin, 1967.
Sakural, Kunltomo, Research Associate in
Physics and Astronomy
B S , Kyoto University. 1956; M.S., 1958;
Ph D . 1964.
Salamanca. Jack R., Professor of English
Graduate, Royal Academy of Dramatic Art
(London), 1952: Diploma. University of
London, 1953; Licentiate. Graduate School
of Drama (Royal Academy ol Music,
London). 1954.
Sallet, DIrse W., Associate Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
BS , George Washington University, 1961;
MS, 1963. Ph.D.. Stuttgart Conservatory,
1966.
Sampugna, Joseph. Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B.A.. University ol Connecticut, 1959; M.A..
1962; Ph.D., 1968.
Samuels, Jam** K., Instructor in Art
B A.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania.
1967; M.F A . Pratt Institute. 1972.
Sanananda, Kuntlmaddl, Visiting Assistant
Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B S , Indian Institute of Science-Bangalore,
1965. MS,, Indian Institute of
Technology-Kampur, 1967; PhD ,
University of Pittsburgh. 1970.
Sanders, Unda W., Lecturer in
Architecture
B.Afch., University of Florida, 1971;
M.Arch.. 1973.
Sands, Doris W., Instructor In Health
Education
BS , Jersey City Stale College, 1948:
MA. University ol Maryland, 1970,
Sanford, Jeanne P., Visiting Assistant
Professor ot Foods, Nutrition and
Institution Administration
BS, University of California. 1948: M.A,,
Cornell University, 1962; Ph.D., Iowa
State University, 1970.
Santa Maria. D. U, Associate Professor of
Physical Education
BA., University of Pennsylvania. 1962:
M.Ed , Temple University, 1962: Ed.D..
University of Oregon, 1968.
Sargent. Stephen L., Assistant Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
BS,. Arizona State University, 1967;
M.S.. University of Wisconsin. 1967;
Ph.D., 1971.
Sasaki, M., Instructor in Japanese
B.A.. International Christian University.
1968.
Sather, Jerome D., Associate Professor of
Mathematics
B S., University of Minnesota. 1957; M.S..
1959: Ph.D., 1963.
SayanI, Hasan H., Assistant Professor of
Information Systems Management
BSE , University of Michigan. 1965;
MSE , 1966. Ph.D.. 1972.
Sayre, Clifford L., Jr., Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
as . Duke University. 1947; M.S.. Stevens
Institute of Technology, 1950; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland. 1961.
Schacht, Robert M.. Assistant Professor of
Anthropology
BS., University of Wisconsin, 1966: M.A,.
University of Michigan, 1968.
Schaeffer, Harry G., Associate Professor of
Aerospace Engineering
B S , University ol Washington, 1958: MS.
Arizona State University. 1962: PhD..
Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1967
Schaeter, Helmut H.. Professor of
Mathematics
MS., Leipzig University. 1949; Ph.D., 1951;
Venia Legendi, 1954.
Schaler, James A., Associate Professor of
Mathematics
BS, University of Rochester. 1961: Ph.D..
University of Chicago. 1965
Schaler, William D., Associate Professor ol
Measurement and Statistics
B A,, University of Rochester, 1964; Ed.D..
1969.
Schales, Franklin D., Associate Professor
of Honiculiure
B S . Louisiana State University. 1959;
MS. Cornell University. 1962: PhD., 1963
Scheffler. WUbert A., Assistant Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
BS,. Tulane University. 1961: M.S.. 1965:
Ph.D.. University ol Minessota, 1971.
Schlckeri, Ann Q.. Lecturer in Secondary
Education and Speech and Dramatic Art
B A , State University ol New York
(Oswego), 1967. M.A., University ol
Illinois. 1970.
Schmer, Bradley R., Assistant Professor
ol Economics
AB,, University of California (Berkeley).
1965. PhD , Harvard University. 1969.
Schllllnger, John A.. Jr., Associate
Professor of Agronomy
BS., University of Maryland. 1960; MS..
1962. Ph D , Michigan Stale Unhrerslty.
1965.
Schlaretzkl. Welter E., Professor of
Philosophy
A B., Monmouth College. 1941; MA.
University ol Illinois, 1942; Ph.D.. Cornell
University. 1948.
Schleidt. Wolfgang. Professor of Zoology
Ph D , University of Vienna. 1951
Schleelnger. B. Frank. Professor ol
Architecture
B S . University of Illinois. 1950. 8, Arch .
Harvard Graduate School of Design. 1954
Schmidt Dieter S., Assistant Professor of
Mathematics
Dipl.. Technische Hochschule. Stuttgart,
1966; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 1970,
Schneider, Benjamin. Associate Professor
of Psychology
BA . Alfred University. 1960: M.B>..
City University of NY , 1962; Ph.D..
University of Maryland. 1967.
Schneider, David T., Associate Professor
of Mathematics
AS, Oberiin College. 1959: Ph.D..
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
1964,
Schoeck. Richard J.. Visiting Lecturer
in English
M.A.. Princeton University. 1949: Ph.D..
1949.
Schotnick, Ellin K., Professor of
Psychology
AB,. Vassar College, 1958: Ph.D..
University of Rochester, 1963.
Schroeder, Wllbum C. Professor
(Part-time) of Chemical Englneertr>g
B S . University of Michigan. 1930: M.S..
1931; PhD., 1933.
Schuessler. Herman E.. Professor of
History
Theologiae Doctor. Kiel University. 1955
Schultze. Charles L, Professor (Part-time).
of Economics
B A, Georgetown University. 1948; YAA.,
1950: Ph D , University of Maryland.
1960.
Schumacher. Elizabeth, Assistant Professor
o) Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
B S . Newark State College. 1942: Ed.M..
Penn State University, 1962; Ed.D,.
1966
Schumacher, Thomas A.. Associate
Professor of Music
BMus. Manhattan School of Music. 1956;
MS. Juilliard School of Music. 1962.
Schwartz, Janet S^ Assistant Professor
of Sociology
BA. City College of New York, 1952;
M S , Cornell University. 1961; PhD..
1967,
Schwartz. Yvonne K.. Visiting Assistant
Professor of Art
B A . Radcliffe College, 1956; MA.
;>ty of California. 1966: Ph.D..
1973.
Schwer. R.. Keith, Instructor in Economics
B 8 A . University of Oklahoma. 1964.
MA. University of Oklahoma, 1967.
Scott. Letand E.. Professor Emeritus
of Horticulture
B S . University ol Kentucky 1927; M.S..
Michigan State University. 1929; Ph.D..
University of Maryland. 1943.
214 / Campus Faculty
Sadtooafc. WINaM I-. At»octat« Ptotwaot
W^ Coun««»Of Coun»«ltng C«nter
BS SUi« Un"»«'»<tv o» tows 1M0 MS
tMl Pn 0 KAn««« Stale Liniv«f«ily
t9M.
P^0.
.«rtity of Wttcontin.
.«f«>tv o' Florida. 1M
■•la Untwaraily. 1071
OenaW J.. Inatnictot in Dairy
Li _ ..r>ool ol Minaa igu.
PnD t'*^"*, van.* SUI« Untvarartv >9«3
■ i>il. MomM J. Aasittani Pfcrfaaaor of
AQncuitural and Eilantion Cducalton
and Acting D<raclor IntMula of
Appltad Agricuttura
eS Unrvartity of IMinoit (Urt>ana). 1967.
U 5 1960 P^ 0 Un*v«r«iTy of Maryland.
■ ilJlii. Richard 0.. Aasiatani Profaaaor
ol Mut'C
BS Tamp'a Univarsity 1956 MM
Univ«f«iy of Taias 1900: M S .
Cat^ot•c Univarsity ol Amartca. 1964
•aMnaa, Crtc. Auociata Profaasor oi
Spaoai Education
BS N«w Vork Unnraraity 1M7 M A .
19«6 P^ O - Univ«r«ity ol Conr>acttcul.
1984
BilBil. ArfwM C. Laclurar in Machantcal
Enotnaaf.og
B S Un'v«rvt> of Maryland. 1»44
M s Maaaacnusent Insiiiuta of
TacAnoiooy iM7 Ph 0 . Univaraiiy of
Amala'dam 1962
Bandra. Jalia. inatructor in Spanish and
Portuguaaa
B S . Unfvar»jtv of Richmond, 1965 M A
UtddiaOury Coiiaga 1969
BanBara. J. V.. Aasociata Profaasor
of Moiacutar Physics
BSc Univarsity of Amstardam. 1955;
PhD 1962
ISaakavBch. Artatota. Jr^ Assistant
Pro*«aaor ol Archiiaclufa
B-S.. Unrvarsity of Taxas. 1960: M Arcti .
Unfvarsrty of Virginia. 1970
Barota. Comatia C instructor In Hearing
and Spaach Soanca
BA S^'tn Coiiega 19*3. MA.. Univarsity
ol Maryland 1967
Barwar. Hoarard. Asaociata Professor
BA Yala University IMS, MBA.
Columbia University I9b0, Ph D . Yala
Un(versity 1969
BearaM. WMfred. Lecturer (Part-time).
Coiiaga o' L>brary and Information
Services
BA Siata College of Washington. 1938;
BS Columbia University. 1940
BawaW. WHHam C. Lecturer (Part-time)
PhikMophy
8A Southern Illinois University. 1966.
MA Case Western Reserve University.
1967
Bheeller. Rowald £.. Associate Professor
o« Architecture
BS Rensaataar Poiytechntc Institute.
MS Iowa State UnlvefSJty, 1963
Shattnaf. Ctyne S.. Professor of Poultry
Science
BS Mich^an Stale University. 1938.
MS 1940 PhD. Purdue Unnrersity, 1947
thartka. Jamae B., Professor of
Hort.cullurs
BS Ohio State UnrverslTy 1939. MS.
1946 Ph 0 . 1949
BhafMiOfi. Jamae O.. Asaisiani Prolaaaor
at Ag'onorny
U S M<«sissippi State University 1907.
MS Purdue university 1970, Ph O , 1971
Bheaks. Owen J., Ataociate Proteaaor of
Nuclaar tnainaenng
BS NC State College (Raleigh) 1964.
PhO leeo
Bhaarer, Carol A.. Faculty Raaearch
Assistant in Bolarry
B S University of Maryland 1983 M S
1900 PhD 1971
Btieerac. Jaiw K.. Profaasor and Chairman
of Housing and Applied Design
B S . University of Tennessee 1940,
M S I960 Ph D Florida Stale
University i960
StieWey. Bhlrfey J.. Associate Professor of
Music and Educatioe
BMus University of Michigan. 1944;
MMus. 1947
Bhepherd. JutkM C. Aaalstant Professor of
Mathematics
AB East Carolina College, 1944
M^
1947
Sheppard. Kathartne FL. Instructor in
Dance
BS Mary Washington Collage. 1964.
M A George Washington University. 1971
Sharald. Lynn, Instructor in Early
Childhood Elementary Education ar>d
University Nursery Kindergarten
B S University ol Maryland. 1960. M Ed .
1970
Shertu J. Albert, Jr.. Research Associate.
Chesapeake Biological Laboratory
Sherwood. Aaron W.. Professor of
Aerospace Engineering
M Eng , Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute,
1935 M S university of Maryland. 1943.
Shtflefl. John.. Assistant Professor.
Institute For Child Study
B S University of California at Santa
Barbara. 1965 MA 1966. PhD, 1972
Shimp, Terence A.. Instructor <n Business
Administralion
AB West Liberty State College. 1968;
MBA University of Kentucky. 1969
Shoenberg. Robert E.. Administrative Dean
for Undergraduate Studies
B A Amhei3t. 1957. MA . University of
Michigan 19S8, PhD. 1962.
Short. Mary S.. Research Professor of
Pouiiry Science Ementa
BS College of Idaho 1928: So D Johns
Hopkins University. 1933
Shoufanl. Ellaa 8.. Associate Professor
of History
BA Hebrew University of Jerusalem.
1962 PhD Princeton University 1968
Shreeve. Chartea A.. Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
BE, Johns Hopkins University. 1935:
M S UnrvCfSity ol Maryland 1943.
Registered Professional Engineer
Shrtver. DavW. Assistant Professor of
Entomology
BS University of Maryland 1960:
MS 1963
Sibley, Edgar H» Professor of Information
Systems Management
B Sc University of London. 1946:
SM. MIT. 1962. Mech. Eng.. 1906:
ScD. 1967
Sldwell. George M.. Instructor. Institute of
Applied Agriculture
BS. Utah State University. 1940; MS..
Iowa State 1948; PhD 1954
Slegrlat. Henry G.. Jr., Associate Professor
ar>d Actir>g Chairman of Geology
BA. Lehigh University. 19S6; MS.
Pennsylvania State University. 19^. Ph D .
1961
•iBaN. HaroM. Asaociata Proteaaoi of
Psychology
B S City Collage of the City UnNeraity
ol Naw York 1964 Pf> D . Untverally of
Teias at Austin 1B6B
BlQUr. OavM P.. inatructor In Pltyaical
Education
OS University of Maryland 1983
MA 1068
BlgnaN. Karl L. Aastslant Profaasor
of Music
B S Juiiiiard School of Music. 1962:
MA Columbia Univarsity. 1963
8Ubar«. Bleven C. Instructor in
Business Administration
B S Pennsylvania State University. 1968.
MBA University of Michigan, 1972
BWo. C Aaalatant Professor of Electrical
Engineer(r>g
BSEE. Notre Dame UnhrersJty. 1966.
MSEE. 1987. Ph 0. 1970
BBverman, Joaaph. Professor of
Chemical Engineering
BA. CUNY (Brooklyn College). 1944.
AM Columbia Univarsity. 1948. PhD.
1951
SImhIn. M. Phillips. Lecturer In An
BFA, Temple University. 1965. M FA .
Cornell University 1967
SImma. Batty H.. Professor and Acting
Chairman of Special Education
BA. Harris Teachers College, 1947.
MA UnivorsiTy ol Michigan. 1955.
Ed D , University of Maryland. 1962
Sknona. Davtd E., Associate Professor of
Electrical Engineering
B S University ot Maryland 1940.
M S 1951
Sbnonaon. S. ChrtaUan. Assistant Profeaaor
of Physics and Astronomy
B S . Massachusetts Institute of
Technology i960. M S . Ohio State
University 1965. Ph D . 1967
Singer. Neil M., Associate Professor of
Economics
AB Harvard University 1960: M.A..
Stanford University 1961 Ph D . 1965
Slakind, Barry, Research Associate.
Institute For Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics
B S . Brooklyn College of the City
University ol New York. 1966: MS.
university of Chicago. 1971. PhD, 1972
Staler, Hugh D.. Professor of Plant
Pathology and Chairman of Botany
Department
B S , University of Maryland. 1949. MS ,
1951 PhD, 1953
Skladaraaala. George A^ Visiting Professor
of Architecture
M S C E University ol Munich. 1941 ;
M City Planning MIT. 1952: MArch .
Massflchusotis Institute of Technology.
1953
Skldmore. WUIIam R.. Assistant Professor
of MuSiC
B Mus , University of Illinois. 1963; M Mus
1965
Sliolnlck. Leonard P.. Professor of
Chemical Engineering
BS University of Rochester. 1953.
M S , New York University. 1956.
DSc MIT 1958
Slan. Harry U, Instructor in Sociology
B S Northweslem University. 1959.
Slattum, Judith A^ Instructor in Speech
and Dramatic Art
BFA. University Of Texas. 1967: MFA.
University ol Oklahoma. 1969
Slawaky, Zalia I.. Professor of Physics and
Astror>omy (Part-time)
B S Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
1933 M S California Institute of
Technology. 1935. Ph D.. Unhrersity of
Mtchtgan. 1938
I •-, Aasociaie Proleaaor
of Zoology
B A Wayne State Unrveratty 1963 MB
1958 PhD UCLA. 1964
SmNh. ■arry D., Asaociata Profeaaor
ol Psychology
as Pe/vn Stale University 1962 MA
Ouchneil Universilv 1954 PhO Universtty
ol Massachusetts 1967
SmHh. Betty P-. Proiesaor and Chairman
of Taxtilea and Consumer EcorM>mics
BS. University of Arkansaa. 1951 MS.
University of Tennessee. 1958 PhD.
University of Minnesota, i960. PhO. 1986
BmNh. ChartoOe W.. Lecturer m History
B A Roc kford College 194? MA
University of Chicago 1943, Ph D 1963
BmMh. Clytfe F, Aaatatanl Profeaaor of
Botarry
BS. Univeralty of Itlmola (Urt>ana). 1960,
M S . 1983, Pt 0 . Comelt UnhreraMy.
1967
BmNh. David O.. instructor In Information
Systems Management
B S . Universtty of Maryland. 1969
SmNh. OavM R,, Lecturer in An
BA. Washington UnivefSity. 1968. MA.
Columbia University I97l
SmNh. Elbert B^ Professor of History
BA Maryville College 1940. MA,
University of Chicago 1947. PhD. 1940
Smtth. Elalie V. P.. Associate Profeaaor of
Astronomy and Assistant Chairman of
Division of Mathematical and Ptryslcal
Sciences arvl Engirveenng
AB. Radcirtle College, 1950, AM. 1951.
PhD. 1955
SnMh. Oayle 8.. Associate Professor of
English
Ph B Unnrersity of Chicago. 1946,
B S . Iowa State Untversty. 1948, M A ,
Cornell University. 19Si PhO. 1958
SmNh. Harold 0.. Associate Director of
Extension and Professor of Agricultural
and Resource Economics
BA . Bridgewater College. 1943: M.S..
University of Maryland. 1947. PhD,
American Unversity. 1952
Smith. Hilda L Lecturer m History
B S Southeast Missouri State College.
1963. MA. University Of Missouri. 1964
SmNh. Lewla H.. Faculty Research
Assistant in Agronomy
B S University of Maryland. 1970
SmHh. Nancy G.. instructor in English
B A Wfsiern Maryland College, 196S,
SmHh. Paul, Assistant Professor of
Maihematics
BS. Orexei Institute of Technology. 1965.
MS. Case Institute of Techrwlogy.
1967. PhD. Case Western Reserve
University. 1989
SmNh. Robert J., Instructor m Zoology
BS, St John's Unhrersity, 1968. MS.
1970. Ph D . University of Maryland. 1971
SmMv Theodore O.. Professor ot
Chemical Engineering
BSE. Johns Hopkins University. 1966.
M S . 1958 D Sc Washington Untveralty
(Mo). 1960
Smutowttz. Anna M., Instructor (n Speech
and Dramatic Art
BS, University of Kentucky. 1970: M,A .
University ol Cincinnati. 1971
Smyley. Karen M., Instructor in
Afro-American Studies
BA. Hunter College. 1965. MA.
Middiebury College. 1966
Snapp. Audrey Moaaaman. Associate
Professor of Music
BMus Westminster Choir College. 1947.
Snow, George A., Professor of Ptiysics
and Astrortomy
B S . College of the City of New York.
1946 MA Pfincaion University. 1947.
PhO. 1948
BMer John W. Assiftani I
1987
Boarea. JoMph H jr . Aaaiaiant Proteaaor
of Poultry Sctenca
BS Un.ve/slty of Marylarw] 1964 MS,
1966 PhD 1988
Boergal. Dagebert. Aseoc lau Profeaaor of
Library arvl Information Servtcea
B S University of Fre«t>uro 1980
MS 1964 PhD 1970
Boergel. Kenneth P., Asaociata Proteeaor
of Honicuitura
B S L A Panneytvarua Stale Urvrverarty.
1961 ML A. Harvard Untverarty 1983
Betioleatrl. Adam A^ Cooperairva Agani
and ViS4tir>g Asaiatani Profeaaor of
Agricultural ar>d Resource EcorKHnica
6 S Middiebury College 1981 .MS
Purdue UnnrersJty 1984. ^0. Oregon
State Unrversity 1967
Botemon. Buaen L. Aaatatant Proteeaor of
Statistics
A B Radciifte College. i982. M S .
University of Caiiforrwa (LA), 1968
Bommer. Sheldon E., Aaa«at*ni Profaaaor
of Chemistry
B S City College of N Y 1959. MA .
CUNY 1961 MS Texas A&M
Unnrersty 1964 PhD Penn State
University 1989
Borenaen. SMrtey C^ irtatrudor m
Matt>ematics
as, Wilson College t94S MA Unrverarty
of MarylaryJ. 1966
Boroldn, ConelanHwa A.. Research
Profeaaor of Plant Phyaiotogy
AB. Don Institute. 1927, MA
of Science, 1936 Ph D . Unnrerarty o*
Texas. 1956
Sorter, Bnice W^ Aaa«tani Profaaaor of
Agricultural ar>d Exianaion Educabon and
Community Resourcea OevelopmanL
Specialist. Agriculture and Exienaion
Education
BA Unnrersity of Maryland. 1987.
MCP. Howard Unrverarty. 19BB: WiO.
Unversity of Ma/ylarM]. 1972
Spanish and Portuguaee
B A . University Of Scranton 1967. U A.
University of Virginia. 1988 F^ D . 1970
Spain, Ian U Aaaooata Profaaaor of
Chemical Engirteermg
Ph O Imperial College of Sc*erK«. 18B«
Spangler. Paul i^ Lecturer *n Entomology
BA Lebanon Valley Cotiege. 194B. MS
OhK) unrverarty. 186I, ^O. UnfvaraNy
of Misaoun 1980
Spartu, Davtd B., Profaaaor of Miory
and Administrative Dean for Graduala
Studies
BA. Qrinneii College 1944 MA
Unnreraity of Chicago 1945. PhO. I95i
BpauWbiB. Carol A„ inatructor m Zootogy
BS. Gordon College 1964 MS.
Unrversity of tAMryiana 1970
Spear. BleBa V, inatructor m iiaaith
Education
8 S . Georgetown uruverarty. 1964
Specter. Gerald, Aaa<8Cant Pinlaaanr of
Psychology
B A . Harvard Unrverarty. 1988. Ph O .
University of Rocheater. 1971.
SpMWcMer. OHO. Aaatttani Piutasaoi of
Counselirig ar>d Personnel Garvicaa
B 5 . Slippery Rock Slate CoWaga 19S0:
M A . Colgate Unnrersity. 1962. Ph O.
Ohio SUte Unnrefsrty. 1968-
Campus Faculty / 215
Splro. Marl«, Lecturer in Art
B.A. Wilson College. 1957; MA.. Inslttute
of Fine Arts, 1961.
Splvak, Stavtn M., Assistant Professor of
Textiles and Consumer Economics
and Chemical Engineering
BS, Pnil College of Textiles and
Sciences. 1963. MS . Georgia Institute of
Technology. 1965. PhD, Manchester
College Science Tech . 1967
Splvey, C. Clinton. Associate Professor
of Business and Management
B.S.. Universily of Illinois (Urbana), 1946:
MS, 1947; Ph.D.. 1957.
Sprsgue, Nancy F., Lecturer. Foundations
of Education
BA . University of Michigan at Ann Arbor.
1966. MPA, 1968: PhD, 1970.
Spragu*. Victor. Research Professor of
Zoology
BEd . Southern lllinos University. 1932;
M.S.. University of Illinois. 1938. Ph.D..
1940.
Sprlngmann. Fagua K., Associate
Professor of Music
B.Mus.. Westminster Choir College, 1939.
Spuehler. Henry E.. Research Associate
Professor of Hearing and Speech Sciences
as.. Purdue University. 1953, MS,
1954; PhD. 1956
Stadelbacher, Glenn J., Associate
Professor of Horticulture
B.S.. Southern Illinois University, 1958.
Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1962.
Stadtman. Eart R.. Lecturer in Microbiology
B.S-. University of California (Berkeley).
1952. PhO.. 1949.
Staley. Stuart W., Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B.A., Williams College, 1959: M.S., Yale
University, 1961; Ph.D. 1964.
Starcher, E. Ttiomaa, Assistant Professor
of Speech and Dramatic Art
B A.. University of Southern California,
1940. M S . University of Arkansas, 1948.
Starlt. Franci* C. Jr.. Professor and
Chairman of Horticulture
B.S.. Oklahoma A&M, 1940: MS,
University ol Maryland. 1941. Ph.D.. 1948.
Starkweather. Kendall N.. Instructor in
Industrial Education
BS, Western Illinois University. 1967;
MA, Eastern Michigan University, 1969,
Slalom. Jodellano, Assistant Professor
of Admnistration. Supervision and
Curriculum
BS . Miner Teachers College. 1954:
M.Ed.. University of Maryland. 1968:
Ed D., 1972.
Steel. Donald H.. Associate Professor ol
Physical Education
8-S . Trenton State College, 1955; MA,
University ol Maryland, 1957; PhD..
Louisiana Slate University. 1964,
Steely, Lewis fl., Instructor in
Mathematics
B.S.. Wilson College, 1937; BA . Catholic
University of America, 1945.
Slelntwrg. Clarence 8., Assistant Professor
ol English
A.B.. City College ol N.Y,, 1953: M.A..
University of Connecticut, 1957; Ph.D..
University ol Pennsylvania, 1969.
Steinberg, Phillip H.. Associate Professor
of Physics and Astronomy
BS, University of Connecticut, 1954;
Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1959.
Stelnhauer. Allan 1_, Professor of
Entomology
B.SA. University ot Manitoba. 1953; M.S.
Oregon State University. 1955: Ph.D.. 1958,
Steinke. Karen L, Instructor in Dance
BS . State University College (Brockporl).
1970.
Stelnman, Robert M.. Professor of
Psychology
DDS., St, Louis University. 1948; MA.
New School For Social Research, 1962;
Ph D , 1964.
Statlmachef, Kart L,, Professor of
Mathematics
MD. University of Goeltingen. 1933;
PhD, 1936
Stephenson. Gerald J.. Jr., Associate
Professor of Physics and Astronomy
SB, Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1959; Ph D , 1964
Stephens. Charles R., Instructor (Part-time)
in English
M A , George Peabody College, 1963
Stephens, E. Robert, Professor and
Chairman of Administration, Supervision
and Curriculum
B S,. Morningside College. 1952; M.S..
Drake University. 1958; Ph.D.. University ol
Iowa, 1966
Stephens, S. Alfred, Research Associate in
Physics and Astronomy
B Sc, Maharaja's University College.
Trivandrum, 1954; MA., Madras Christian
College, 1959: Ph D , Tata Institute ol
Fundamental Research (Bombay), 1968
Stern, Herbert J., Associate Professor of
Counseling and Personnel Services
BS,, Johns Hopkins University. 1950;
M Ed . 1953: Ed D , University of Maryland.
1962.
Stem. WllllBm L. Professor of Botany
BS, Rutgers University, 1950; MS..
University ot Illinois (Urbana). 1951;
PhD, 1954.
Sternberg, Yaron M.. Associate Professor
of Civil Engineering
BS,, University of Illinois. 1961; M,S.,
University of California, Ph.D.. University
of California (Davis). 1965.
Sternhefm, Charles E.. Associate Professor
of Psychology
BS,, Brooklyn College, 1961; PhD.
University of Rochester, 1967,
Stevens, George A.. Professor of
Agricultural and Resource Economics
BS. Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1941;
PhD, University of Maryland. 1957.
Stevenson, Barbara H., Instructor in
English
B A,, University of California (Los
Angeles). 1938; MA., University of
California. (Berkeley), 1939.
Stevenson, James W.. Instructor.
Institute of Applied Agriculture
B S,, University of Maryland. 1932
Stevenson, John C, Assistant Professor of
Botany
BS, Brooklyn College. 1966; PhD..
University of North Carolina. 1972.
Stewart, Edward H., Instructor in English
BA,, University of Maryland, 1966; M,A„
1969
Stewart, James M.. Professor of Chemistry
B A , Western Washington College, 1953;
Ph D , University of Washington. 1958.
Stewart, Larry E., Assistant Professor of
Agricultural Engineering
BSAE. West Virginia University. 1960;
M.S. 1961. PhD, University of Maryland.
1972
Stewart, Wlltlam R., Instructor in Business
Administration
B S,, Tufts University. 1966; M,S,. Johns
Hopkins University. 1972.
Sllfel, Peter B., Associate Professor of
Geology
B,A„ Cornell University. 1958; Ph.D..
University of Utah, 1964.
Slltes, M. Elizabeth, Associate Professor of
Art
B Arch, New York University. 1940
Stone, Clarence N., Associate Professor of
Government and Politics, and Director,
Urban Research Group and Maryland
Technical Advisory Service, Bureau of
Governmental Research
A B . University ol South California. 1957;
MA, Duke University, I960. PhD. 1963,
Stone, Slephan, Assistant Professor
of Health Education
BS. Lock Hflven State College. 1962,
MEd , East Stroulsburg State College,
1969, PhD. Texas A&M University. 1973
Stough. Keoneth F., Associate Professor
and Acting Chairman of Industrial
Education
B S , Millerville State College. 1954; M Ed ,
Pennsylvania State University, 1961 ; Ed D..
University of Maryland. 1968
Slowasaer, Karl, Associate Professor ol
History
Ph D-, University of Muenster. 1966.
SL Pierre, Robert R., Instructor (Part-time),
in English
MA, University of Maryland. 1969,
Straszhelm, Mahlon R.. Associate Professor
BS., Purdue University, 1961; Ph.D.
Harvard University. 1965
Strathmann, Richard, Assistant Professor
ol Zoology
B A , Pomona College, 1963; M.S., 1966;
PhD,, University of Washington. 1970
Slrausbaugh, Warren L.. Emeritus Professor
ol Speech
8 S , Woosler College. 1932; MA,, State
University of Iowa, 1935.
Strauss, Aaron S., Professor of
Mathematics
BS . Case Institute of Technology, 1961;
MS , University of Wisconsin. 1962. Ph D..
1964
Street, Orman E.. Professor of Agronomy
BS, South Dakota State College. 1924;
MS, Michigan State College. 1927. Ph D ,
1933
Streilmatter. Robert E.. Research Associate
in Physics and Astronomy
BS,, Northwestern University. 1963; PhD.
University of Chicago, 1972.
Strlckling, Edward, Professor ol Soils
BS , Ohio State University. 1937; Ph 0 .
1949
Strobelt. Ada P., Associate Professor of
B A . San Francisco State College. 1953;
MS,, University of California (LA). 1958.
PhD, University of Illinois (Urbana). 1966,
Strouse, James C, Assistant Professor of
Government and Politics
B A,, University o( Maryland, 1966; MA,.
1967. PhD, University of North Carolina,
1970
Stuart, William T., Assistant Professor of
Anthropology
BA, George Washington University. 1961:
PhD, University of Oregon. 1971,
Stunkard, Clayton L. Professor of
Measurement and Statistics
BA , University of Minnesota, 1948; M,A,.
1951, PhD , 1959.
Sluntz. Shirley M.. Instructor m Chemistry
BS, George Washington University. 1946;
MS. University of Delaware, 1948,
Sucher, Joseph, Professor of Physics and
Astronomy
B.S.. (Brooklyn College), 1952; Ph.D..
Columbia University, 1957.
Sulkin. S. D.. Research Assistant Professor
Chesapeake Biological Laboratory
Sullivan, Dorothy D.. Associate Professor
of Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
BS, University of Maryland. 1945. Ed,M .
1960; EdO, 1965
Sulzbacker, William L. Lecturer in Animal
Science
B S,. University of Pittsburgh, 1936, M.S..
1938
Sunal, Dennis W.. Assistant Professor of
Early Childhood and Elementary Education
BS, University of Michigan. 1964; MA,,
1970, PhD. 1973.
Suppe, Frederick, Associate Professor ol
Philosophy
A,B,. University of California (Riverside).
1962; A.M.. University of Michigan. 1964;
PhD,. 1967.
Svenonlui, Lars S., Professor of
Philosophy
Fil Kand , Uppsala University. 1950; Fil,
Mag, 1955: Fil, Lie, 1955; Fi). dr, 1960,
Svenonlus, Phil, Instructor (Part-time) in
Philosophy
Svlrbeley. William J.. Professor Emeritus
of Chemistry
B S , Carnegie Institute of Technology.
1931, MS, 1932; DSc, 1935.
Svoboda. Cyril, Assistant Professor,
Institute lor Child Study
BA.. St Columbans Seminary. 1954; B Ph .
1959, LPh,. 1960; PhD,. Gregorian
University (Rome), 1961: Ph.D. University
of Wisconsin, 1973
Sweet, Daniel. Assistant Professor of
Mathematics
BS, Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1965;
Ph D , Brown University. 1969
Swigger, Ronald T., Assistant Professor of
English
BA,, University of New Mexico, 1963.
PhD., Indiana University. 1967
Syskl. Ryszard, Professor o) Mathematics
BS. University of London. 1954; PhD,.
Chelsea College, 1960.
Taff, Charles A., Professor of Business
Administration
B S , State University ol Iowa. 1937. M A ,
1941; PhD,, University of Maryland. 1952
Talaat, Mostafa E., Professor of Mechanical
BS,. University of Cairo, 1946; M,S,.
University of Pennsylvania. 1947; Ph,D.,
1951.
Tanney. Mary Faith, Assistant Professor of
Psychology
BA, Pennsylvania State University. 1968;
MA, Ohio State University, 1971; Ph.D..
1972
Tarlca. Ralph. Associate Professor of
French and Italian
BA. Emory University. 1954; MA. 1958:
PhD , Harvard University. 1966
Tairo, Mahlon C, Director and Associate
Professor. Seafood Processing Laboratory
PhD , University of Massachusetts, 1952,
Taubald. Richard, Instructor in Urban
Studies
BA. Hope College, 1961: MA, Mt Clair
State College, 1967
Taylor, Corwin H.. Professor of Music and
Secondary Music Education
BMus Ed, Cincinnati College of MusiC,
1930; MMus, 1933: BS, University of
Cincinnati, 1932, MEd. 1935. Ed D„ 1941.
Taylor, Dalmas A., Professor of Psychology
and Acting Director of Afro-American
Studies
BA , Western Reserve University, 1959;
MS. Howard University, 1961. PhD,.
University of Delaware, 1965.
Taylor, Leonard S., Professor of Electrical
AB, Harvard University, 1951; M.S.. New
Mexico Stale University. 1956; Ph.D., 1960,
Taylor. Martin E., Lecturer in Business
Administration
B Comm , University of Cape Town. So.
Africa, 1966, MBA. University of Texas at
Austin. 1970. CA (Chartered Accountant.
SA,, 1966)
Tellelbaum, Herman I., Associate Professor
of Psychology
AB , Johns Hopkins University. 1957; M.S..
University of Washington. 1969: Ph,0..
McGill University. 1962
TennanL Christine S., Instructor In
Agncullural and Extension Education
BA. University of Florida, 1962, M.A..
George Washington University. 1971.
Tennyson, Ray A.. Associate Professor.
Institute of Criminal Justice and
Criminology
BA, Washington State University, 1951:
M A , 1959, PhD, 1965
Terchek, Ronald J., Associate Professor of
Government and Politics
BA, University of Chicago. 1958; M-A..
I960, PhD. University of Maryland. 1965.
Testa, Charles J.. Assistant Professor of
Information Systems Management
BS, Lafayette College, 1964; MS..
University of California (LA). 1966; Ph.D..
1969
Thaln. Gerald, Visiimg Assistant Professor
ol Textiles and Consumer Economics
BA, University ol Iowa, 1957; JD, 1960.
Thleblot Armand J.. Jr.. Assistant
Professor and Director, Management
Development Program
BS, Princeton University. 1961; MBA.
University of Pennsylvania. 1965: Ph.D..
1969
Thielke. John R.. Instructor in German arK)
Russian
8 A , University of Maryland, 1969; MA.
1970
Thomas. Frederick H., Lecturer In
B Arch , Howard University. 1958.
Thomas, Owen Pestell. Associate Professor
and Chairman of Poultry Science
BSc University of Natal, 1954; M Sc.
1962, Ph D , University of Maryland. 1966.
Thomas, Sarah M.. Lecturer in
Library and Information Services
BA , Madison College. 1952; ML.S..
Carnegie Library School. 1961.
Thomas. Susan S., Instructor in Business
Administration
BA, Eimtra College. 1971; M.B.A..
University of Maryland. 1973.
Thompson. Arthur H.. Professor of
Horticulture
BS, University of Minnesota. 1941; Ph.D..
University of Maryland, 1945.
Thompson, Daniel R., Municipal
Management Associate Law, Maryland
Technical Advisory Service. Bureau of
Governmental Research
B A Oueens College, 1950; LLB..
Georgetown University. 1960,
Thompson. Derek. Associate Professor of
Geography
BA, Manchester University. 1960; MA.,
1962, PhD, Indiana University. 1969.
Thompson, James C, Jr.. Instructor in
Recreation
BA. Mississippi State University. 1967;
MS, Colorado State University. 1970.
Thompson, Owen E., Associate Professor,
Institute lor Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics
BS, University of Missouri. 1961; M,S..
1963, Ph D , 1966
Thorberg, Raymond. Associate Professor of
English
BA, University of Alaska. 1939. MA.
University of Chicago. 1946; Ph.D., Cornell
University. 1954,
216 / Campus Faculty
Thurnwn. Mvlbum D., Aulilanl ProfMur
ol Anlhiopology
BA Ui<i^ei«ity ot Chlc«oo. tOOft. MA.
UCLA IfWfl
TWrnwi. D*f«h A., RMMich ProfdMOr,
Intliluie it>r riuid Dynamic! and AppltMl
MalhemalKt
BSc impa'iai Coll«g« of Selene*. 1M3.
PAD tOM
TtofTwy, WMIam F.. A«»ooi«le Proteuor ol
Indutlftal Education
B S Conlrat Connecticul Slal« Collvgo.
1»4t MS OMo Slate Univertlty. 1M0,
Ed 0 Univ«r«ity of Maryland. 1062
TVn, Margafel A., Aasociate Proleuor of
H*alth education
BS Oh»o State linlvefaity, IMA, MA.
Columoia Univoitily. IMA. Ed 0 . W««t
Virginia Univonitv 1909
TWortf. Shalby Q.. Viaiimo Atioclale
Prole«»o( inttilute tor Molecular Physic*
BS We«toin Kentucky Univerally, 1958.
Pti D Vandott>iil Unlv«iiify. 1063
Totfd. Herman S.. Instructor In HorllcuKure
B S Omo Stale UntveisHy. 1937
Todd. Slietty J.. Atiittanl Instructor tn
Speoch and Dfamolic Art
BA P0nns>ivania Stale University. 196d
Tompkins. Ttwron A.. Associate Professor
B S Ea>te<n MicMgan University. 1926:
MA Umvo'iity of Michigan. 1939.
Tonwar. Suroah C, Research Associate In
Phys'cs ar>d Astrorwny
B Sc Agra University (India). 1959; MS.
1061 PnO 1971
ToTToa. J. L. Visiling Associate Professor
ol Eeclrtcal Enginoortng
Townaend. Betty P.. Instructor in English
BA Universtty ol North Carolina. 1944;
MA UnfverS'ty of Maryland. 1961
Tnaatti Luciano. Research Associate In
Physics and Astfonomy
Ph 0 University ol Rome, 1970
Traver, Paul P.. Professor ol Music
B Mus Catholic Univorsify of America.
1065. MMus, 1957; DMA. Stanford
Unfversjty 1967
Travle, Irene L.. Lecturer In
Library and inrormallon Services
BA Mtlls College. 1962, MLS.
University d California (Berkeley). 1966
Trelchel. Edward A^ Lecturer In
Business Administration
BBA. Stale University of Iowa. 1961.
MA 1969
Tretter. Stovon A„ Associate Professor of
Electrical Engine«ring
BS University of Maryland. 1962. MA..
Princeton University. 1964. Ph.D. 1965.
Trtmblc. Virginia U Visiting Assistant
Prolessof P' AsUonofTTy
BA Unrversity of Calilorma. 1964. MS.
California Institute of Technology. I96S.
Ph 0 1966 M A . University of
Cambridge 1969
Trtvelploca. AMn tW.. Professor of Physics
and Astronomy
B S . California State Polytechnic College.
1963. MS Catilornia Institute ot
Tachnology i955. PhD. 1958
Troth. Eugene W.. Professor and Chairman
ol Music
BMu5 DePaul University. 1947; MMus.
1950 PhD University ot Michigan. 1956.
Trouadal*. Marion S.. Lecturer in English
BA. University of Michigan. 1951. MA.
University of California (Berkeley). 1955
Ta*l ChU'Fa, Research Associate
Professor Inland Research
Pft D . Cornell University, 1966
TsuL Chung Y., Assistant Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
B S . University of Hong Kong. 1963. M S .
Purdue University 1066 PhD 1067,
Registered Professioruil Ertgirteer
Tubbe, Jwno* U.. Instructor in French and
Italian
A B University ol Texaa 1B63. MK. 1968.
Tumag*. Tttomaa W.. Aaaoctaie Proleaaor
ot Psychology
AU UmvoisHy ol California. (Berkeley)
1956 PhD. 1962
Tuaa. Jacquelln* B., Lecturer in History
Ph D . Penn Slate University. 1066
Tuttilll. Dean F.. Pioiessor ol Agricultural
and Resource Economics
B S Cornell Unu^rsity, 1040. MS
University ol Illinois. 1954. PhD. 1966
Twigg. Bernard A., Professor ol
Horticulture
BS University ol Maryland. 1962. MS.
1955 PhD, 1959
Tyler, Bonnie B., Assistant Professor.
Institute For Child Study
Ph 0 . Ohio Slate University, 1954
Tyler, Forreal B., Professor of Psychology
BA. DePauw University, 1946. MA, Ohio
State University. 1950, PhD. 1952
Tyler, Robert W., Assistant Professor of
Physical Education
A B , Drury College. 1967, M.S .
Pennsylvania State University. 1960;
PhD. 1969
Tyler, Suxanne J.. Instructor In Physical
Education
B S , Boslon-Bouve College of
Northeastern University. 1960. MS ,
Pennsylvania State University. 1973
Tyson. Qerald. Assistant Professor of
English
BA. American University. 1964; MA,
Brandois University. 1967. PhD. 1969.
Ulanowlci. Robert E.. Assistant Research
Professor, Chesapeake Biological
Laboratory
Ulmer. Melville. J.. Professor of
Economics
BS. New York University, 1937; MA.
1936, PhD., Columbia University. 1946.
Ulrlch, Homer. Professor. Emeritus of
Music
M A . University of Chicago.. 1939.
Underwood. WUllam E.. Instructor In
Computer Science
B A . University of Kansas. 1967: M.S..
University of Maryland. 1972.
Urban, Belh J.. Assistant Professor of
Hearing and Speech Sciences
8 A, Arizona Slate University. 1958, MA.
University of Maryland, 1963; PhD, 1968.
Urban, Louise McClelland. Associate
Professor of MuSiC
BA, College or Wooster. 1957: M.A..
Columbia University. 1959
Vaccarelll. Mary C. instructor in French
and Italian
B A , Rosary CoMege, 1960; MA .
Middlebury College. 1963; Ph D., Catholic
University of America, 1972,
Vaglfa. John S.. Instructor m industrial
Education
B S . CaMornia State College, 1964: MA .
East Tennessee State University, 1970,
Valluzis, ZtgfrtdM, Assistant Professor of
Microbiology
BA. University of Connecticut. 1959; MS.
University of Maryland. 1965; Ph D , 1969.
Vallchov, hr*n. Lecturer in Art
B A . University of Copernicus (Poland).
1965. MA . Royal University of Stockholm.
1970
Van Hollebeke. Mkhele A. I.. Research
Associate m Physics and Astronomy
C Math Etem Academic of Pans. 1958;
Licence es Sciences. University of Parts.
1064 OE A Osophyalca. 1986. PhD.
10/0
Vanderlmig, Qordon J., Intlruclor In
Computer Science
BA. Calvin Cotlego, 1964. MA. Wayne
Slate University. 1966
Vandergralt Jamea t., Associate Proteasor
of Compulof Science
DS Stanford University. 1950; MS.
1063 Ph D University ol Maryalnd. 1986
Vanderaall, John H.. Prolessor of Dairy
Science
Vanderallce, Betty R., Inslruclor In
Mathemalics
BA Upsaia College. 1945. MA,
University of Maryland. 1948.
Vandenike, Joseph T., Professor and
Chairman ol Chemistry
BS Boston College, 1940; PhD.
Massachusetts Institule ol Technology.
1952
Vender Velden, Lee R., Assistant Professor
of Physical Education
BS. University of Wisconsin. 1961; Ph.D..
1971
Van Egmond. Peter Q.. Assistant Prolessor
of English
BA. Mississippi College. 1959; MA,
University of Mississippi. 1961; PhD.,
University of North Carolina. 1966
Van Nesa, James S., Assistant Professor of
BA. University of Maryland. 1954. M.A .
1962, PhD. 1968
Van Valkenburg, Shirley D., Assistant
Prolessor of Botany
B A , Washington State University, 1948;
MS . University of Washington, 1968:
PhD, 1970
Van Zandt, Dorothy P., Assistant Professor
of Food and Nutrition
BS.. Pennsylvania State University. 1935:
MS, Texas Woman's University. 1967:
Ph D . 1969
Van Zwoll, Jamea A., Professor of
Administration, Supervision and Curriculum
BA, Calvin College. 1933; MA..
University of Michigan, 1937: PhD, 1942.
Varano, William J.. Faculty Research
Assistant in Agronomy
BS. Delaware Valley College, 1969
Vamedoe. Samuel L., Jr., Assistant
Prolessor of Philosophy
BA University of North Carolina, 1959;
MA New School For Social Research.
1962, PhD. University of Pennsylvania.
1966
Vaughan. Charlee H., Associate Professor
of Speech and Dramatic Art
BS Edinboro Stale College, 1961: M.A..
University of Denver. 1964.
VeHch. Retcher P., Professor of Chemistry
BS. University of Maryland. 1931; M.S..
1933, PhD , 1935
Vermel), Garal J.. Instructor in Zoology
AB Princeton. 1968. M Ph . 1970: PhD..
Yale University. 1971,
Vemekar, Anandu D., Associate Professor.
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics
BSc. University of Michigan, 1956: MSc.
1959: MS. 1963. PhD.. 1966
VeeentinL Edoardo, Professor of
Mathematics
Laurea in Scienzse Mathemalics,
Universita di Milano. 1950, Libera Docenza
in Goometra. Universita di Roma. 1956;
Honorary Doctorate. University of Nice.
1966
Via. Jamea E.. Associate Professor of
Agricultural and Resource Economics
B.S . North Carolina State College
(Raleigh). 1952; MS. 1964; PhD.. 1987
Vteweg, Carol A., instructor in Zooiogy
BS Gordon College, 1064. M8.
University of MarytAnd. 1070
Vlgnone. B«rbara II.. Inatruclor in
Secondary Educal*oo
B3 Univertify ol ConnectKul. 1061.
M Ed Uriivertity of Mvytand 1070
Viola. Victor I.. Jr., Aaaociata Profeeaor of
Chemistry
AB. University of Karrsaa. 1067, PhD.
University ol Calilorma (Berkeley). 1061
Vltithum, Richard C. AMociate Proteaaor
BA, Amherst College 1057 MAT.
Harvard Universtty. 1068, PhD. Stanford
University, 1063
Voll, Mary J.. AssisUnt Professor of
Microbiology
B A . Ml St Agnes College 1055 M S .
Johns Hopkins University. 1961. PhD.
University ol Pennsylvania. 1964
Vollmer. Honry F^ Lecturer tn German
and Russian
BA. University of lllinots. 1061; MA..
University of Chicago, 1065
Vondruaka. John, Cooperative Agent ar>d
Visiting Assistant Professor ol
Agricultural and Resource Economics
6 S , University of California (Davis). 1060.
M S . Michigan Slate University, 1962;
PhD, 1971
Vorac. P. J., Project Coordinator. Region
Ml Training Program for Facility
Personnel, Depi of Industrial Education
BS. Illinois State University. 1966: M.S.
DoPaul University. 1969.
Wabeck. Charlee J., Assistant Professor of
Poultry Science
BS University of Massachusetts. 1962:
M S . University of New Hampshire. 1964.
PhD. Purdue University. 1966.
Wachhaus, Qustav E.. Assistant Professor
of Music
B S . West Chester State Teachers CoHege.
1957. MA, Columbia University. 1966;
Ed D . 1973
Wagner, Robert E.. Director of Extension
and Professor of Agronomy
B S . Kansas Stale College. 1942. M S.,
University ol Wisconsin. 1943; Ph D . 1950.
Wagner. Susan F.. instructor in
Mathematics and Statistics
BA. CUNY (Brooklyn College). 1959:
MA, 1967
Wagner, Thomas C. G., Professor of
Electrical Engineering
B S , Harvard University. 1937; MA..
University of Maryland. 1939. PhD, 1941
Wakefield, John E.. Associate Professor of
Music and Director of Bands
B Mus , University of Michigan. 1963;
MMus. 1964
Walbesser, Henry H., Associate Prolessor
of Secondary Education. Director of the
Bureau ol Educational Research and
Field Services, and Assistant Dean of
Graduate Studies College ol Education
B A . S U N Y at Buffalo. 1950; M A .
University of Maryland. 1960; Ph.D.
1965
Waldrop, Robert S.. Professor ol
Psychology
BA, University of Oklahoma. 1934; PhD.
University of Michigan. 1948
Wall, N. Bandera, Professor of Physics and
Astronomy
B S . Rensselaer Polytechnic institute.
1949. Ph 0 . Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1954
Walston, Claude E.. Lecturer (Part-time) in
Library and Information Services
BS University of South Carolina. 1946:
University of Wisconsin, 1950. Ph 0 . Ohio
State University, 1953
lam H . ir^ A»eoc4«e
Protv«aor o* Mocr\«A*c«l Ervgina«nng
BMC Urtrve«»jtv ol Deiewve 19M MA..
1061 PhD 1064
WaN, JaMoe. Aaeociate Profeaaor o*
English
B Ed Duitfih SlAta Teachera Colioge
1036 MA . Univararty ot Utcht^m 1007
PhD, 1066
WaNor, a K, Inatrucior. Insuiuie Fo«
Child Study
B S Omel Inotftuto ol T«chi¥>iooy. 1067
WaNw*. wmmm 9^ Amoam* Ptofmoi of
Che" ■5»'f
(1 ^.KJ Pri 0
b><
M&
OeorgvUTwn unrwtaity. MtH
Wang. VkgMa L, Associate Proteeao* ana
Health Education Specialist
BA Saiue Rag^ne Collage 1064. MA
Naw York Unrvarsrty. 1056. MPH.
University ol North Caroltfta. 1066. Ph D
1068
Ward. Chartao 0. Asaociaia Profaaaor of
Psychology
BA. Pomona Collage 1068. MA.
Unnrersity of North Carolina. 1062. Ph D .
1063
Ward. Kattwyn P.. Aaaodata Profaaaor of
English
BA George Washington Untvanlty. 1«36:
MA, 1936 PhD 1047
Warner. Chartao R^ Aaaociata Profaaaor of
Mathematics
B A . University Ot Toronto 1^56 M S
University of Rochester 1067 PhD 1962
Warren. Anne 8.. Assiitam Profaaaor of
Dance
BA Ohio Slate Untversity 1066 M Ed
Wayne Stale Unrveraity. 1969
Warren. J. Banadlct. Associate Profaaaor
of History
BA Duns ScotuS Collaoe. 1063. MA.
University of New Mexico. 1060; Ph D .
1963
Warren, Lawrence. Assistant Profeaaor of
Dance
B A Unfversity ol California (LA). 1956;
MA 1968
Waaaarman, Paul. Profaaaor of
Library and Information Servtcaa
BBA City College of New York. 1048:
MSLS. Columbia University 1949 MS
1950. PhD. University ol Michigan 1960
Watta. John M^ Jr^ Lecturer. Fire
Protection Curriculum
BS, university of Maryland. 1966, MS.
Unwersity of Massachusetts 1972
Waugti. Fradarfcfc V^ Cooperain^ Agent
and Visiting Professor of Agncutturai arn]
Resource Economics
B S . Massachusatts Agriculture College.
1922: M S Rutgers IMiversity. 1024, Ph D .
Columbia Unrversity, 1029
WeaUand. John A., tnsirucior in Soctology
BA, SL Vincent Collage 1064 MA.
DuquesTM University. 1966
Waamart Jamaa >L. Assistant Professor
and Assistant Director. Oprts .
Cooperathre Extension Service
BS University of Maryland 1952. M Ed .
North Carolina University. 1960.
Weaver, Leslie O., Extension Professor of
Plant Pattioiogy
8 S A Ontario Agncuiturai College. 1834:
Ph D . Cornell University. 1943
Waavw, V. PhMlps. Professor and
Chairman of Early Childhood aT>d
Elementary Education
A B College of William and Mary, 1951:
M Ed Pennsylvania SUte Unrversity,
1956. EdD. 1962.
Campus Faculty / 217
W«bb, Ronald J., Instructor In Business
Administration
B.A , Wneaton College. 1964; MBA.
University of Maryland. 1966.
Weber, Oeane P., Cooperative Agent and
Visiting Assistant Professor m Agronomy
BS.. Jamestown College. 1950: M.S..
Kansas Slate University. 1952; Ph.D.. 1959.
Weber, Joseph. Professor of Physics and
Aslronomy
BS., U S Naval Academy. 1940: Ph.D.,
Catholic University of America. 1951.
Wedberg, Desmond P.. Professor and
Direclor of Education Technology Center
B.A,, University of Southern California.
1947. MA, 1948, PhD, 1963.
Wedding, Presley A.. Associate Professor
of Civil Engineering
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1937; M.S..
1952.
Wegkamp, Paul L., Assistant Professor of
Horticulture
B-A . Westminster College. 1955: M LA,.
University of Massachusetts. 1971.
Weldner. Jerry R., Assistant Professor of
Geology
BA, Miami University (Ohio), 1960: M.S..
1963, PhD , Pennsylvania State University,
1968
Welganl. Leo A., Assistant Professor of
English
A B,. University of Michigan. 1962: M.A„
1963. PhD, Duke Universir/, 1969.
Weiner, Frederick F., Assistant Professor of
Hearing and Speech Sciences
B.A,, Wayne State University. 1967; M.A..
1968; Ph.D.. 1970.
Weiner, Ronald M., Assistant Professor of
Microbiology
B.S.. Brooklyn College, 1964: M... Long
Island University. 1967; Ph.D.. Iowa State
University. 1970.
Welnstein, Paul A., Associate Professor of
Economics
B.A . William and Mary College. 1954; MA.,
Nonhweslern University, 1958. Ph.D. 1961-
Walsman, Carol, Assistant Professor of
Sociology
BA.. Wellesley College, 1969: PhD , The
Johns Hopkins University. 1973
Weiss, Fredric A.. Lecturer in Speech and
Dramatic Art
BS., Emerson College, 1965: MA,
University of Denver, 1966.
Weiss, Gene S.. Associate Professor of
Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A. Brandeis University. 1961; MA., New
York University. 1965; Ph.D., Ohio State
University, 1970
Weiss, Leonard, Professor of Electrical
Engineering and Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B.S., CUNY. (City College), 1956;
MS.. Columbia University, 1959: PhD.,
Johns Hopkins University. 1962.
Weiss, Randall D., Assistant Professor of
Economics
AB. Harvard University. 1968: AM,, 1971:
Ph.D.. 1973
Weissman, Maryjo K.. Instructor in English
BA., University of Wisconsin, 1959; MA,.
Ohio State University. 1960,
Wftluel-O'Nell, Lecturer m Sociology
B.A.. Wheeling College, 1969; MA., St-
Louis University, 1972; PhD,, 1973.
Welllsch, Hans, Visiting Lecturer in
Library and Information Services
ALA. (Great Britain), 1966.
Wentzel, Oonat G., Associate Professor of
Astronomy
B.A,. University of Chicago, 1954; B.S..
1955; MS, 1956: Ph.D., 1960,
Werlln, Herbert H.. Assistant Professor of
Government and Politics
AB, University of Chicago, 1953: MA..
Oxford University. 1955; MA,. Yale
University, 1957. Ph.D., University of
California (Berkeley). 1966.
Weske, J. R.. Professor Emeritus of
Mechanical Engineering
Dipi. Ing , Hannover Institute of
Technology, 1924: M.S., Harvard
University. 1931: Sc D,, 1934; Registered
Professional Engineer.
West, Robert C, Lecturer in Economics
A B . University of Missouri, 1969: MA .
Northwestern University. 1971.
Westbrook, Franklin, Assistant Professor of
Counseling and Personnel Services, and
Counselor
BS., Chicago State University. 1961: M.S..
City College of New York. 1964. Ed.D,.
Indiana University. 1971
Westerhout, Gart, Professor of Aslronomy
BS , University of Leiden, 1950: M.S..
1954. Ph D , 1958,
Weslholf, Dennis C, Assistant Professor of
Dairy Science
BS , University of Georgia, 1966; M S .
North Carolina State University, 1968:
PhD , 1970.
Whaples, Gene C, Instructor and Program
Leader, 4-H and Youth
B S , University of Connecticut. 1960: MS,
Kansas State University. 1965.
Wheaton. Frederick W., Associate
Professor. Agricultural Engineering
B.S.. Michigan Slate University. 1964;
MS.. 1965: Ph.D.. Iowa State University,
1968.
WhItbeck, Laurence W., Instructor in
Mechanical Engineering
B S,, Lafayette College, 1960; M.S.,
University of Maryland, 1970.
White, Molly. Lecturer in Secondary
Education
B.S„ Hollins College, 1946; MA ,
University of Oregon. 1951.
Whitman. Ray D., Lecturer (part-time) in
Economics
Wllkenfeld. Jonathan, Associate Professor
of Government and Politics
B S,, University of Maryland, 1964; MA,
George Washington University. 1966:
Ph D , Indiana University, 1969
Wllkerson, Thomas 0.. Research Professor.
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics
BS.. University of Michigan. 1953; PhD.
1962.
Wdkes, Joseph A., Lecturer in Architecture
BA, Dartmouth College. 1941: B.Arch ,
Columbia Unlversi^y. 1949
Wlllard, Wesley O.. Lecturer (Part-time)
in Industrial Education
Williams. Aubrey W., Jr.. Professor of
Anthropology
BA.. University of North Carolina. 1955:
MA., 1957; PhD, University of Arizona,
1964
Williams, David L, Associate Professor
of Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
BS.. Bradley University. 1952; M,Ed.,
University of Illinois (Urbana), 1956: Ed 0.,
1964.
Williams. Mary Ellen, Lecturer in Speech
and Dramatic Art
BS, Northwestern University, 1945; MA.
University of Illinois, 1955.
Williams, Rhonda C, Instructor in Applied
BFA., Boston University. 1962: MA..
Montclair Slate College. 1968.
Williams, Waiter F., Professor of Dairy
Science
BS . University of Missouri. 1952; Ph.D.,
1955.
Williams, William H., Assistant Professor of
History
BA. Washington & Lee University. 1956:
M.A.. Duke University. 1960; Ph.D.. 1965.
WiHson, George B., Visiting Research
Associate m Agricultural Engineering
BSC E , University of Wyoming. 1951:
MSC E , 1963.
Wilson, Bruce D., Assistant Professor of
WhiHemore, E. Reed. Professor of English
B.A , Yale University. 1941.
WIdhelm, William B., Associate Professor
of Management Science
BE S . Johns Hopkins University. 1959:
MS E , 1960, MS , 1965; Ph.D., 1969
Wiebenson, Dora L., Professor of
AB, Vassar College, 1946; B Arch ,
Harvard University. 1951; AM. Fine Arts.
New York University, 1958; Ph D . 1964.
Wiebenson. John, Lecturer in Architecture
BArch,. Harvard University, I960: M Arch .
1960
Wiedel. Joseph W., Associate Professor of
Geography
BA, University of Maryland. 1958; MA.
1963
Curriculum
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1929: MA.,
1939, Ph D , University of Maryland, 1947.
Wilbur, June C, Assistant Professor
Emerita of Textiles and Consumer
Economics
BS, University of Washington. 1936: MS,
Syracuse University. 1940,
Wiley, Martin L., Research Assistant
Professor, Chesapeake Biological
Laboratory
Wiley, Robert C, Professor of Horticulture
BS,. University of Maryland, 1949: M.S..
1950; Ph D , Oregon Stale University. 1953.
Wilson, Gayle E., Associate Professor of
English
BA., Wayne State University. 1960. MA.
University of Rochester, 1963; PhD., 1965
Wilson. John W.. Professor of Early
Childhood and Elementary Education
BA, Boiling Green University, 1951: MA,
Syracuse Universily, 1953; Ph D,, 1964,
Wilson. Leda A.. Associate Professor of
Family and Community Development
BS, Lander College, 1943; MS,
University of Tennessee, 1950; Ed D,, 1954.
Wilson, Robert M., Professor of Early
Childhood and Elementary Education
BS . California State College (Penna),
1950: MA, University ol Pittsburgh. 1956.
Wilson. William G., Librarian/Lecturer.
College of Library and Information Services
BA, Louisiana Stale University. 1958;
A.M-L.S.. University of Michigan, 1960:
M.A,, Claremont College. 1972
Winkelnkemper. H. E., Assistant Professor
of Mathematics
BA, National University of Mexico. 1963;
MA. Princeton University, 1965: PhD .
1970,
Winn, Paul N.. Jr., Research Professor of
Agricultural Engineering and Resident
Engineering Scientist UMCEES
B.S.. Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1947,
M.S.. 1958-
Wlnsor. Niels, Visiting Research Assistant
Professor (part-time). Institute tor Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
AB , MIT. 1963; A M,. Dartmouth College,
1965, Ph D . Princeton University. 1969.
WInlercom. Eleanor S., Research
Associate, Hearing and Speech Sciences
BA. Rockford College. 1965: MS..
University of Wisconsin, 1958; Ph.D..
Universily of Maryland. 1970.
WIsner, Tom A., Instructor in Conservation
Education
Wllczak. Matthew W., Associate Professor
of Civil Engineering
BS. Purdue University, 1962; MS,. 1963:
PhD, 1970.
Withers. Josephine, Assistant Professor of
Art
BA, Oberlin College, 1960: M.A.. Columbia
University, 1965; PhD, 1971.
Witt, Lois L, Assistant Professor of Dance
AB , George Washington University, 1959:
M A , American University, 1971,
Witting, James, Visiting Lecturer. Instiiute
tor Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics
BS, John Carroll University, 1959; M.S..
1960. PhD . Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1964.
Wockenluss, William A., Associate Dean,
College of Engineering, and Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
BS, University of Maryland. 1949: M.Eng ,
1952; Ed.D.. University of Florida, 1960,
Wolf. Duane C. Assistant Professor
of Soils
B S , University of Missouri, 1968; PhD ,
University of California (Riverside), 1973.
Wolle, James H., Associate Professor of
Government and Politics
BA, Harvard University, 1955; M.A.,
University of Connecticut, 1958; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1962
Wolfe, Peter, Associate Professor of
Mathematics
B S.. St. Lawrence University, 1959: MS,
Northwestern University, 1961. PhD. New
York University. 1965
Wolff, Paul J., Instructor in Business
Administration
B B A , University of Texas, 1956: MBA,
Case Western Reserve University. 1959.
Wolk. Stephen, Assistant Professor of
Education
B A , University of Pennsylvania, 1966;
M A , Glassboro State College, 1969; Ph.D..
Temple University, 1972.
Wolman, Benjamin R., Lecturer (part-time).
Institute of Criminal Justice and
Criminology
BA, University of Maryland, 1951; JD,
Harvard University, 1956
Wolvin. Andrew D.. Associate Professor of
Speech and Dramatic Art
BS, University of Nebraska, 1962; MA,,
1963; Ph D , Purdue University, 1968
Wonnacott. Paul, Professor of Economics
BA, University of Western Ontario. 1955;
M.A-. Princeton University. 1957; Ph.D..
1959.
Woo, Ching-Hung. Associate Professor of
Physics and Astronomy
B S , Louisiana Technological Institute.
1958, M.S., University of California
(Berkeley), 1959; PhD , 1962.
Wood, Francis E., Assistant Professor of
Entomology
B S , University of Missouri. 1958; MS-.
1962, Ph D , University of Maryland. 1970
Wood, George K., Instructor in Physical
Education
BA. University of Richmond. 1967; MAT.,
University of North Carolina, 1968,
Woodin, Sally A., Assistant Professor of
Zoology
BA,, Goucher College. 1967; PhD.,
University of Washington, 1972.
Woods, J. C. Assistant Emergency Car*
Coordinator. Fire Extension
B S , American University, 1970
Woodworth, Laurence. Instructor
(Part-time) in Government and Politics
B A , American University, 1967; MA.
University of Maryland, 1971.
Wooldrldge. John B., Jr., Instructor in
Spanish and Portuguese
B.A . University of Richmond. 1963; M.A..
University of Maryland. 1969.
Woolf. Leonard, Professor of
Secondary Education
B S , Johns Hopkins University. 1942;
M.Ed , University of Maryland, 1951: Ed.D.,
1959
Wootton, Richard, Faculty Research
Assistant in Horticulture
B S , University of Maryland. 1965: M.S..
1970
Worthington. Don W.. Visiting Assistant
Professor of Hearing and Speech Sciences
BS. Utah Slate University. 1964; M.S.
1966. Ph D,, Northwestern University. 1970.
Wrenn. Jerry P., Assistant Professor of
Physical Education and Secondary
Education
6,S. East Carolina College, 1961; M.S..
University of Tennessee, 1963; Ph.D..
University of Maryland. 1970.
Wright, Charles J.. Senior Instructor In
Fire Service Extension
B S., University of Maryland. 1968.
Wright, Howard W.. Professor of
Accounting
B S . Temple University. 1937; M.A.. State
University of Iowa. 1940: Ph.D.. 1947.
Wright. Winthrop R., Assistant Professor of
B A , Swarthmore College. 1958; M.A..
University of Pennsylvania. 1960; Ph.D..
1964.
Wu. C. S., Research Professor, Institute
for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics
B S , National Taiwan University (TaipeO.
1954, MS, Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
1956, PhD Princeton University, 1959.
Wu. Carl C, Visiting Assistant Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
BS, National Taiwan University, 1962;
ScM, Brown University, 1967; PhD, 1969.
Wysong, John W.. Professor of Agricultural
and Resource Economics
BS, Cornell University, 1953; MS.
University of Illinois (Urbana). 1954; Ph.D..
Cornell University. 1957
Yaney. George L., Professor of History
B Mgt E Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
1952, MA, University Of Colorado, 1956;
Ph D , Princeton Universily, 1961.
Yang. Grace L. Associate Professor of
Mathematics
B A . National Taiwan University. 1960;
M A . University of California (Berkeley).
1963, Ph D , 1966
Yang. Jackson C. Professor of Mechanical
Engineering
BS, University of Maryland. 19S8; M.A..
1961, PhD. 1963.
Yang. Shu-Chin. Lecturer (part-lime) in
Economics
MA, Nankai University, 1943. Ph.D..
University of Wisconsin. 1954.
Yang, Tsih-Chlang, Research Associate in
Physics and Astronomy
BS, Tunghai University (Taiwan), 1965.
Ph D . University of Rochester. 1971.
Yodh. Gaurar>g B.. Professor of Physics and
Astronomy
BSc, University of Bombay. 1948; M.Sc.
Univ. of Chicago. 1951; Ph.D.. 1955.
218 / Campus Faculty
Veo. CKal Hong. ViUling Aiilitanl
Ptoleuoi ol Civtl EnginMrlng
BS S«oul Ufiivartity. 1M3. MS.
Umvaii'lt ol Miiylind 1949 Pti O . 1971
Vofk*. JaiKM A.. Raiuich Asioclala
Piotttuoi Inttilule tor Fluid Dynamlct
and Applied Malhemallc*
A D Columbia Unlv«r«l(y. 19A3.
Pti 0 univeraity o) Maryland. 1966
TeatiWka. Oary A.. Lacluier in Qsogiaphy
BS Lala>tfltti CoMego 1906
To<in«. BoOby O . Associate Piolsaaoi and
Cnaiima" ol >.t, iot.H-\^y
B A Souinoast MissouM Slal* Collaga.
1961 Pn D Johns Hopkins Unlv*rally.
196S
Vauna, Cdgai P.. Ptoloaaor and Chaliman
04 Animal Scianca
• S OHx> Stale Unlveolly. ISM: M S .
IM6. Pt<0. 19U
Young, Eleanof P.. Aiaittant Piofeaaoi and
ClolMng and Textilei Speclalitl
B S Univeilily ol Maiyland. IMS. M S
ISM
Zabilskla. Noel • , AaslslanI Pioloaaoi ol
Ma
ting
6 S . Univeraily ol llllnola (Uibana). 1960.
MS. 196:. PtiO. 1066
Zaiac. PelU C Aiaoclate Proleasot of
Electiical Englneeiing
B S . Renaaelaer Polytectinic Initltule.
106^. M S . Slanloid Unlvaislly. 1965.
PhO 1966
ZakI, Kaaittiac *.. Aaalalani Piolaaior ol
Electiical Engineering
Ph □ . Unlveialty ol Calllornia (Berkeley).
1960
Zatcman, Lawrence A., Associate Prolessor
ol Mathematict
A B . Daitmouth College. 1964. Ph D .
MasMChuMlls Institute of Technology.
I0«S
Zedek. MWiael. Piolessor of Mathantatlcs
M S Hebiew Univorsity of Jerusalem,
106:; Pl\ 0 HarvBid Umverslly. 1066
Zaemd. W. Oofdon. Piotesaor of English
Emeiilus
B A . University ol Rochester. 1S34. MA .
Johns Hopklne University. 1029. Pft D .
1936
Zelefika. lorUa U.. Assislani Professor of
Speech and Oramalic Art
AB Baral College. 1946. MFA. Catholic
University ol America. 10S1.
Zelkowitt, Marvin, Assistant Professor of
Computer Science
B S . Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
1967. MS. Cornell University. lOaS:
Ph 0 . 1971
Z)nMfiefmai«. Adele L, Inatructor In Applier
Design and Ciafls
BA Welieslay College. 1061. MFA
Allied University. 1070
Zlpoy, David M., Associate Professor o*
Astronomy
B S Unxersity ol MInnMola. 1064. Pti 0 .
1957
ZoHer, WHIIsm H., Assistant Professor of
Chemistry
B S University ol Alaaks. 1066. PK 0 .
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
1060
Zom, Bke 8., Assoclste Professor of
Physics snd Astronomy
Donors in Fislcs. University of C«giia/i.
1951
Zon^ Q«« T., Professor of Priystos snd
Astronomy
a S Ouahoma Suu Unnanily. 1*4t.
MS. UnMemly a< Meuco 1963. PtiO.
UnOersay 0( Padua. 1064
Pro«eaeo« of Astrorwmy
SB S M . Massactruaana inanuw of
Tscnnology. MO PhO Ha>va>d
UnrversMy. MOt
InsMutsd Flwd Oynannca and ApplMd
Msinemauce end InatnuH far Uo4sou<a'
P»tys*cs
B S erookJyn InsmuM Po>yUc»MC. 1M
M s UnivOTsMy o< Souihsni CaWerWa.
10M. PA D CaMorma IndUuie of
Tsctmofoffy. 1082.
Campus Faculty / 219
I?
kxlex
A
AAnocn*! P•vc^ologv. Court*
Acftdemtc Adittoti 11
Academic Affaift Otic* ot
2S
Ot«ta>oni Coll«g«« and Scfiooli '
Qrai)« Point Av«raga 3
Proo'ams Honor* and Award* ' 1
■cati9f*c RtfOuiaiioni ?0
Accounting Courava irt 133
Accfadilalion 15
Aclir^ Co«'»«i In 140
Aciuahon Ar^alraii. Coursa tn 1S6
AclivMtaa Fm StudartI 9
Admiriiaifaiion Siaia Local. Ualropotilan.
Couraaa tn 1M
Admtrtifiraiion Suporvtalort and
Curriculum 63
Cours*a <n 63
Ovpartmani Oaicrlpllon ' 63
Faculty 62
Admiriltlraliva Affal'S Omca ol Food Sarvica
Adm|niatraliv« Daan lor Summer Progiama /
Admlnlitfaltva Dean for Undergraduate Studli
Office ol 15
Admlaaton ar>d Orlanialion .' 3
Admlaaton
Apphcaiion Exceptiona ' 8
Applicalton Fee 6
Application Forms B-9
Application Procedure* ' 8
Calendar 8
Cloimg Data tor Applying / 8
Fofcign Sludanli ' 8
Freafiman Gert Req- '' 3
Qrad Student* 9
Information / 9
Maryland Reatdenl* 9
Oui-or-State 5
Readmiation 9
Reinilaterrtent ' 9
School of Architecture / S
Tranafer of C«edil 6
Transfer Student ' 5
Admtaaton Undergradual* ' 3
Adml**ions Requlramenia ' 3
Advanced Placement 16
Advanced Placement Program / 7
Advertising (Business). Couraa In / 133
Adwerttsing Copy and Layout. CourBO In
Adveftlsing Courses In 128
Advisement Undergraduale ' 16
Advitof*. Academic / 15
Aerodynamic*. Courses Ir^ / 150
Aaroapac* Engirte«rtng 63
CoursM In ' 150
Curriculum / 62
Oepartment Dttscrlptlon / 62
Faculty 62
Afr»can Art Courses In 131
Alro>Amer<can Literature. Course In / 1!
AMcan Studies ' 124
Atro-Amerlcan Studies Program 63
Course* 124
Faculty 62
Program Oescrtption 62
AFIKJTC College Scholarship Program*
Aoncultural and Extension Education '
Option ' 63
174
Cou
168
64
Curriculum Description
Depaitmeni Requirements 63
Eatansion Educalion ' 63
Faculty 63
Aorlcuiturat and Lite Sciancas. Oivll
Aortcuiiurai and Reaourca Economic
Agribusiness Option 64
Agrtcultural Economic* Option .
Courses in 139
international Agriculture Option
Resource Ecorvomlcs Option / <
Reguirvmants / 64
Agricuiiural Business Management.
Courses in MO
Agricultural Chemistry ' 64
Curriculum 64
Description 64
Requirements 64
Agricultural Englrveering ' 64
Courses / 134
Descriptk
Agriculture and Eilaniion Education
Courae* m / 188
Program Planning / 188
Teaching / 188
Youth Programs 188
Agriculture. College ol 40
Admission Requuementa ' 41
Advantages LocarFacttilie* ' 40
Applied Agricullure ^ 48
Cooperative Eilenalon Service ' 42
Experiment Station 43
Faculty Advisement 4t
Freshman Program . 41
General Information 41
Graduation Requirement* 41
Honor* Program 41
Junior Standing / 41
Required Course* / 4t
Scholarshlpa / 41
Student Organizations 41
Two-Year Program 41
Agriculture. General Curriculum 63
Course* / 125
Requirements / 63
Agronomy / 65
Coui
135
64
Crop and Soil Science Option / 65
Crop Science Curriculum / 65
Curricula Oescriplion / 65
Conservation of Soil. Water and
Environment Options / 65
Faculty .' 65
Journalism — Science
Communication Option / 65
Turf and Urban Agronomy Option / 65
Air Force Aerospace Studies Program / 65
Courses in / 130
Curriculum / 66
Program Description / 65
Alrforce ROTC Awards 19
Air Pollution. Course in .' 151
Air Pollution Sourcea. Control of.
Course In / 152
Air Science, Courses In / 130
Aircraft Design. Courses In / ISO
Alcoholic Beverages, Policy / 39
Alcoholic Beverage Policy and Procedures / 35
Algal Systamatics. Course In ' 133
Algebra. Linear, Courses In / 175
Algorithmic Analysis and Computer
Programming. Course in ' 155
Algorithmic Methods in Educational
Research. Course In / 147
American Arch (Hist ) Course in ' 129
American Government Courses in / 165
American Litaralura. Courses In / 155
American Studies Program / 66
Courses / 125
Faculty / 66
Program Description 66
Amplifying Equipment. Policy 34
Analog and Hybrid Computers.
Course in / 154
Anatomical Drawing. Course in / 131
Animal Behavior, Course in / 187
Animal Diseases. Courses In / 136
Animal Diversity. Course In / 195
Animal Ecology. Course in / 196
Animal Sciences / 66
Courses / 136
Dairy Science 66
Description. Faculty ' 66
Faculty / 66
Objeclives / 66
Poultry Science / 67
Description. Faculty
Requirement / 66
Veterinary Science
Oescriplion. Faculty / 67
Antennas. Course In / 154
Anthropology Program / 67
Courses / 137
Description / 67
Faculty / 67
Apparel. Courses In / 194
Appeals, Disciplinary Action / 31
Appeals, Traffic / 37
Application Fee ' 9
Application Procedures / 7
Daadllfies / 7
Exceptlona / B
Forms / 7
Readmitiion. Reinstatement / 6
Applied Design Courses In / 128
Applied Music. Courses in / 181
Aquaculturc, Courses in / 125
Aquatic Biology, Course in / 196
Aquatic* Course In ' 182
Arc and Gas Welding. Courae In / 146
Archaeology. Courses in / 127
Architectural Drawing, Course In / 146
Architectural Preservation, Courae In / 139
Architecture School of , 44
Admission / 4/45
Courses in / 138
Curriculum / 45
Faculty 67
Financial Assistance / 45
Library / 45
Location / 45
Requirements for Graduation / 67
Visual Aids / 45
Architeciure History. Courses In / 128
Area Resources / 3
Avian Physiology. Course in / 137
Aristotle. Course In / 184
Art ' 68
Courses in / 130
Curricula / 68
Oepartment Description .' 68
Faculty / 68
Art Education. Coursea In 130-148
AM Hiatory. Courses In ' 130
Art Studio. Courses In / 131
Arts and Humamtlea. Oivlaion of / 42
Admission / 43
Advisors / 44
Certilication- High School Teachers / 44
Degrees / 43
Entrance Requirement* .' 43
General Requiremenis, Degree ' 43
Honors / 44
Junior Requirements / 44
Kappa Tau Alpha / 44
Major Requirements / 43
Phi Beta Kappa / 44
Astronomy Program ' 68
Courses lor non-Science Ma|ors 69
Courses In / 131
Faculty / 68
Honors in / 69
Program Description 68
Astrophysics. Courses in ' 133
Athletic Awards / 19
Athletic Coaching. Courses in / 182
Athletic Fee / 8
Alhlelics ' 25
Atmospheric and Space Physic*.
Course in / 166
Atomic and Nuclear Lab. Course In / 166
Atmospheric Environment, Course in / 177
Attendance / 24
Audiovisual Educalion. Course in / 142
Auditing, Courses in / 134
Auditor Fees / 9
Automata Theory. Course in / 1S4
Automatic Controls, Course in / 157
Aulomotives. Course in ' 146
Avian Anatomy, Course in / 137
Auxiliary Facilities Fee .' 9
Awards / 19
Athletic / 19
AFROTC / 19
Music ' 20
Student Government / 20
Awards and Honors. List of / 19
Aiiomatlc Set Theory Course In / 176
B
Bachelor of General Studies
Degree Program / 15
Bank (Commercial) Management.
Coun
135
Baroque Art. Coursea in / 131
Beekeeping. Course in / 158
Behavioral and Social Sciences.
Courses In / 135
Behavioral and Social Sciences,
Division of / 46
Degrees / 46
Entrance Requirementa / 44
Qreduafion RequiremenU / 46
Horwjfs 46
ftentor Re*tde««ce ' 48
Behavioral ftciencea Courtea in / 136
Behavior Courses m 1U 143
Sehavtor Jeopa/'i'iirvg Safety or Welfare of
Unr<er|ity Cofrm^jmtf 29
Berry Production COk.(»e in 17J
Biochemical Ertgii%e*r<ng. Course In ./ tU
Biochemistry. Courses in / 138
Biography. Course* m 155
Biological Scte^ces Program / 09
Courses In ' 132
Curftcvlum ' 69
Program Oescnpiion ' 89
Biology, Developmental Course tn / IN
Biology of Marine and Eatuarirte Inv*fiabra1«*.
Course in 196
Biomedical Engineenrvg Course in / 164
Biophysics Courses in 186 196
Biostatistics CAurse in / 194
Black Culture. Courses in / 124
Board Contract / 6
Board of Regenta , v
Botany / 69
Coursea in / 133
Dapartrrtent Description / 89
Faculty / 69
Requirements ' 70
Breeding Course* m / 137
British Writers Courses in / 156
Broadcast New* Writing Course In / 174
Broadcaating Public. Courses In / IN
Building System*. Course in / 129
Bureau ol Buslr>esa and
Economic Raaea/ch / 2
Bureau of Educational flesearch and
Field Servicea ' 2
Bureau of Governmental Research / 2
Bua. Shuttle ' 27
Business and Economic Research / 73
Bureau described / 73
Faculty / 73
Business Adminislraiion, Courses in / 133
Busir^ess and Government. Course In ./ 135
Business and Management. College ol / 47/70
Accounting / 71
Combined Bus. Admin.. Law Program* / 73
Degrees / 47
Description of Curricula / 70
Entrance Requirements / 47
Faculty / 70
Freshman/Soph Requirements / 70
General Curriculum / 71
Graduation Requirements / 47
Honor Societies / 70
Insurance and Real Estate / 72
Junior Senior Requirements / 71
Management Science /Statistics / 72
Marketing / 72
Personnel and Labor Relations / 72
Production Management ' 72
Statistics Option '' 72
Study Programs / 70
Transfer Policy ' 47
Transportation / 73
Business, Courses in / 133
Business Cycles. Courses in ' 141
Business Law. Courses in / 134
Business Statistics. Courses in / 133
Byianline and Early Christian Art.
Course In / 130
C
Calculus. Coursaa in / i7S
Calendar / v
Camp Counseling, Course in / 187
Camp Marugemerti, Course in / 188
Campus Calendar / v
Campus and University Officea / v
Campus Plan of Organization / vfll
Capitalism. Course in ' 141
Career Development Center ^ 25
Cartography. Coursea tn ' 162
Cartography and Graphics Pracficum.
Course in / 161
Catalogs Available / i>
Cataloguing and Claaairi cation o4
Library Materials. Coursaa In / 142
Requ
65
176
Cell Btorogy, Course (n / 196
Celestial Mechanics. Course In
Cell OiHerential. Course in ' 196
Cello and Bass, Courses In
Central Administration Officei
Ceramics. Courses tn / 139
Cereal Crops. Courses in /
Certificates and Degi
Cen
Cou
192
Chamber Music. Courses
Chancellor's Message / i
Chancellor's Office ' 25
Health Center Servic
Athletics
Chaucer. Course in / 15(
179
Coui
152
Oeparlmenl Description / 74
Faculty ,' 73
Chemical. Liquid and Powder Processing of
Engr Materials, Course in .' 156
Chemistry 74
Agricultural Chemistry . 75
Biochemistry ' 74
Courses In 136
Oeparlmenl Description / 74
Faculty / 74
Requirements / 75
Child Development. Courses in 145
Child Development Labs, Courses In / 148
Childhood-Elementary Education.
Courses In / 143
Child in the Family, Course in / 159
Child Psychology, Courses in / 186
Children's Dramatics, Course in / 141
Children's Physical Development Clinic.
Course in / 171
Child Study. Institute lor / 2/75
Description of Insttlute / 75
Faculty 75
China, Economics of. Course In / 142
Chinese Program / 75
Courses tn / 137
Faculty / 75
Program Description / 75
Cinema. (Film) Courses in / 169
City. The. Course in , 191
City, The. and the Developing National
Culture of the US.. Course in / 195
Civil Engineering ' 75
in
151
Curriculum / 75
Department Description / 75
Faculty / 75
Technical Electives / 76
Civil flights and ihe Constitution.
Course in / 166
Clarinet, Course In ' 176
Classical Art. Cojrses in / 130
Classical Languages and Literatures / 76
Faculty / 76
Requirements / 76
Classical Lileralure. Courses in / 137
Classification of Library Materials.
Courses in / 142
Classification of Students ' 16
Climatology. Course in 162
Clothing and Human Behavior. Course In / 194
Coaching Athletics, Courses in / 182
Collections. Special (in Library) ' 2
Collective Behavior, Course in 191
College of Business and Management / 46
College of Education ' 47
College ol Engineering 54
College of Human Ecology / 49
College of Library and Information
Services / 51
College of Journalism 45
College of Physical Education. Recreation
and Health / 51
College Park and the University of
Maryland 2
College Park Campus Administration / v
College Park Campus Faculty Listing / 197
College Park Campus Plan of
Academic Organization / viil
Colleges, Division and Schools / 39
Combinatorics and Graph Theory.
Course in ' 138
Communication: Business, Industrial and
Government. Cours« in / 193
Communication Theory. Course in / 153
Community College Credits / 6
Community Organization. Course In / 190
Commuter Affairs Office / 27
Commuter Counselors. Peer / 27
Commuters Association. University / 27
Comparative Economic Systems. Course in / 142
Comparative Literature Program / 76
Courses in / 137
Faculty / 76
Requirements / 76
Comparative Politics and Governments,
Course in / 165
Comparative Vertebrate Morphology,
Course in .' 195
Composition and Literary Types, Course in / 156
Compiler Writing, Course in / 138
Composition. Music. Courses in / 180
Compulation (Computer), Courses in / 136
Computational Methods (Math), Course in / 176
Computer Aided Analyses and
Design, Computation, Courses in / 154
Computer Architecture, Course in ./ 154
Computer Lab for Math. Courses in / 175
Computer Languages and Systems,
Course in / 138
Computer Science ' 76
Courses in / 137
Department Description / 77
Facilities / 77
Faculty / 76
Conduct Probation / 30
Conducting. (Musical). Courses In / 181
Conservation and Resource Development
Programs / 77
Curriculum / 77
Requirements / 77
Conservation of Natural Resources.
Course in / 189
Construction. Courses in / 128
Consumer Analysis. Course in / 135
Consumer Economics, Courses in / 139
Consumer Problems, Course in / 160
Contemporary Architecture, Course in / 129
Control Systems, Courses in / 154
Cooperative Engineering Education,
Courses in / 152
Co-recreational Games and Programs,
Course in / 187
Cornel. Courses in / 178
Corrections (Crim ). Courses In / 139
Cosmic Evolution. Courses In / 164
Cost Accounting, Courses in / 133
Costume, Courses in ,' 194
Costume Crafts, Courses In / 140
Counseling and Personnel Services.
Courses in / 143
Counseling and Personnel Services / 77
Department Description / 77
Faculty / 77
Counseling Center / 27
Counterpoint. Courses in / 180
CPA Problems, Course in / 134
Crafts. Courses in / 139
Creative Writing. Course in / 156
Credit by Examination / 7/23
Credit Unit and Load / 21
Credits, Transfer of / 5
Crime and Delinquency, Courses In / 139
Criminal Justice and Criminology / 2/77
Courses in / 139. 174
Description of the Institute / 77
Faculty / 77
Criminal Justice Readings. Course in / 175
Criminal Law, Courses in / 175
Criminology. Courses in / 139
Crops, Courses in / 125
Crystallography. Course in ' 163
Cultural and Enlertainment Activities / 27
Cultural Ecology. Course in / 162
Cultural Geography, Course In / 162
Cultural Study Center / 26
Cyclotron / 2
Dairy Production. Courses in / 126
Dairy Products Processing, Course ir
Courses in / 140
Degree Requirements / 78
Department Description / 76
Faculty / 78
Dante, Course In / 137
Data Structures. Course in / 138
Death Education. Course in / 171
Debate, Argumentation and. Course in / 193
Deficiency Report / 24
Degrees and Certificates / 21
Degree Programs. Undergraduate / 15
Degree Requirements / 24
Demonstrations, Policy on / 34
Dental Hygiene / 58
Admissions and Applications / 58
Program Description / 58
Departments, Programs and Curricula / 61
Design, Courses in 128-131
Deviant Behavior. Course in / 191
Diction, Musical, Courses in / 179
Diet Therapy, Applied, Course In / 181
Dietetics, Administrative. Courses in / 173
Digital Computer Lab. Course in / 155
Digital Computer Organization, Course In / 154
Disciplinary Actions / 30
Disciplinary Probation / 30
Discipitnary Procedure 31
Disciplinary Rules and Procedures / 31-33
of ,
Cou
126
Dismissal from Universily Housing / 30
Dismissal of Delinquent Students / 24
Display Design, Courses in / 128
Distributive Education, Courses in / 148
Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 39
Division ol Agricultural and Life Sciences / 40
Admission / 40
Degree Requirements / 40
Structure of / 40
Division of Arts and Humanities / 42
Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences / 46
Division of Human and Community
Resources ' 47
College ol Education / 47
College of Human Ecology / 47/49
College of Library and Information
Services / 47
College of Physical Education. Recreation
and Health / 47/51
Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences
and Engineering / 54
Documentary Film, Course in / 169
Drama, Courses in / 156
Dramatic Art, Courses in / 140
Drawing. Courses in / 128-131
Driver Education. Courses in / 170
Drugs on Campus / 29
Drug Use and Abuse, Course in / 170
Dynamics, Course In / 155
Dynamics of Machinery. Course in / 157
Early Childhood-Elementary Education / 78
Area of Academic Concentration / 78
Courses in / 143
Curricula / 79
Early Childhood Educ. / 78
Elementary Educ. / 79
Faculty / 78
Foreign Language— eiem. School / 80
Graduation Requirements / 76
Music Educ. Curriculum ' 60
Physical Educ /Health Educ. ^ 80
Earth Science. Course in ' 163
Ecology of Oceans, Course in / 195
Econ
Cour;
60
/ 141
Description of Oeparlmenl / 80
Faculty / 80
Honors / 81
Major Requirements / 80
Sequence of Courses ' 80
Economics of Resources. Courses in / 130
Education Administration, Supervision and
Curriculum, Courses in / 142
Educational Psychology, Course In / 145
Educational Sociology, Course in ' 149
Educational Statistics, Course in / 147
Education, College of
Admission Requirements / 48
Admission/Teacher Education / 48
Arithmetic Center ' 49
Bureau of Educ Research end
Field Services ' 49
Career Development Center / 49
Center for Young Children / 49
Certification of Teachers / 48
Curriculum Laboratory / 49
Degrees / 48
Education Technology Center / 49
General Requirements / 48
Guidance in Registration / 48
Laboratory Experiences Oflice / 49
Majors and Minors 48
Music Educators Center ' 49
Off-Campus Courses / 49
Organization / 48
Reading Center / 49
Science Teaching Center / 49
Student Teaching / 48
Student/Professional Organizations / 49
Education Counseling and Personnel Services.
Courses in / 143
Educational Statistics, Course in / 47
Education. Early Childhood-Elementary,
Courses In / 143
Education. Field Experience in. Course In / 149
Education, History of. Courses In / 149
Education. Human Development. Courses In / 145
Education. Induslrial, Courses In / 145
Education, Measurement and Statistics.
Courses In / 147
Education, Secondary, Courses in / 147
Education. Social Foundation, Courses In / 149
Education, Special, Courses in / 149
Education, Special Problems In, Course In / 149
Eggs and Poultry (Market) Technology of.
Course in / 159
Elasticity and Plasticity, Course In / 158
Electrical Engineering / 61
Advanced Elective Labs / 62
Courses / 152
Curriculum / 81
Description of Department / 61
Faculty / 81
Specialty Electives / 82
Electricity and Magnetism, Course in / 185
Electricily-Eleclronics, Course in / 146
Electrochemical Engineering. Course In / 152
Electrodes and Electrical Processes in
Biology and Medicme. Course In / 154
Electromagnetic Theory. Courses in / 153
Electronic Circuits. Course in / 153/186
Electronics, Courses in ' 154
Electronic Data Processing. Courses In / 133-173
Electronics (Physical) of Devices.
Course in / 154
Electron Microscope / 2
Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama.
COUf!
156
:ists. British (Phil). Course In / 184
Employment, Part-lime / 11
Endocrinology. Course in / 196
Endowed and Annual Scholarships
and Grants / 12
Energy and The Environment. Course In / 164
Energy Conversion, Courses in / 157
Enforcement Procedures / 30
Engineering Accoustics. Course In / 158
Engineering. Aerospace. Courses in / 150
Engineering Analysis and Computer
Programming. Course in / 151
Engineering Analysis of Physiological Systems.
Course in / 152
Engineering, Chemical. Courses In / 152
Engineering. Civil. Courses in / 151
Engineering. College of
Cognate Activities / 57
Cooperative Eng. Educ. Program / 50
Curricula / 55
Degrees / 56
Dual Degree Program / 57
Engineering Medicine ' 57
Environmental Engineering ' 56
Ser>
57
Freshman Soph Requirements / 55
55
General Requirements 56
Junior-Senior Requirements for Degree / 56
Regulations of College ' 55
Sophomore Curriculum / 56
Structure of Curricula / 55
Wind Tunnel Operations / 57
Engineering-Cooperative Education.
Courses In / 152
Engineering Design, Course in / 157
fn«4r««iifta El«ctric«l Couf«M In
rn9in*«tino Cap«fim«nia|t»n Coui««« I
[ngiA*«fing Fir* P(o4*cl>on Cow'««« I
Cn«tn*«<ing U«l»flal« Prog'tm $2
fftflir
S2
IM
D««cMption or Piogram a?
R«quir«m«nU 82
Cnoltkh CouriM in I&S-IM
Englifth fof For«(gn Slu<l«nlt Couri«« in 160
Engltsft Ltnguag* and LHsfttuia ' 02
Court*! in IM
Dctcrtplion ol 0«paflm«n( 93
Faculty ft?
Honor* 63
Engliih i.il«ralur« Cours«» tn 155
FnocA Ptatt Fr«« Library 2
Crta«mt>le Uusic. Couri*« In / 179
entorUlnmvni and Cultural Acllvltl«« ' 27
Fniomologv 92
Court** in 1U
D*tcr<piion ol Curriculum 82
Facul^ 82
ftequiramanla 83
Entry. Unauthortzvd 29
Eflvtronm«nl and Human Ecology.
Court* In 129
Envlronm*nial Education Cour«« In / 149
EnvlroAm*ntBl Enoln*«rlng. Court*! In / 151/157
Eftvlronm*ntal H•alt^ Engineering.
Court* In 151
Environmental Sy«l*mt In Archlt*clur*.
Coui
129
Epid*miology and Public H*al(h. Cours* In / 176
Equ«I Opoorlunily n*crultm«n|
Program 7 26
Equations Dtlt*r«nltal. CoursM In / 176
EiMca Court** In 163
Ethnology Courttt in ' 127
Ethology. Courtot in ' 196
TurtpKl*!. Court* in 165
Evolution. Court*t in 196
Eitmlnallont. lrr«gularMI*t In '' 22
Eitmlnat'ons. R*gulationa 21
Eic*ptional Ciiidran— Gitied. Education of.
Courtet in 150
Eic*p(lonal Cnildr*n. Teaching of.
Court** In 149
Exerctte Pbytiology ol. Court** in / 163
EiMfuet. Financial Aid and Schoiarshlpa / 8
Expulaion from Ih* Unlvertlty ' 3t
Eitarttlon Education, Course* In / ISA
Faculty Listing. CoHeo* Park Campus
(alphabatical) / 197
Family and Community Development / 63
Court** in / 159
Community Stu(:i*s Curriculum / 63
Detcrtplion ol Department .' 63
Faculty 63
Family Studies Curriculum ' 63
Home Economic* Education / 64
Management and Consumer Studies
Curriculum / 64
Family and Society. Course In ' i9l
Famity Counseling. Course in / 160
Far East Peoples and Cultures, Course In / 127
Farm Management. Course In / 130
Farm Mechanics. Courses in / 124
Fashion Design. Courses In / 126
Feeds and Feeding. Course in / 126
Feet. General
Athletic / 6
Auilhary Facilities 10
Board Contract 8
D C Residents and Other Slates ^ 6
Eiplanation of 9
Fiied Charges / 8
Full-Time UndergradS . 8
Health Service 8
Instructional Materials 8
Lodging ^ 8
Part-Time Undergretfs 9
Recreational Factlltlee / 8
RealdenI NonResldenl / 8
Student Aclivnie* ' 8
r**s Olh*i
Application / 9
Auditors / 9
Chang* of R*glitratlon / 9
Chack Chaig** 9
Qradualion F*e 9
Let* R*gittralion 9
Llbiary Charges 8
Malflculallon 9
Property Damaa* ' 9
Room D*poB(l 9
Spocial Eiam 9
Sp*clal for Malh 9
Special Studenli 9
Student Health 9
TeHlbooks. Supplies .' 9
Transcript ol Record / 9
Transcript Fee ' 9
Vehicle ReglBlralion / 9
Withdrawal or Refund / 9
Fertllliefs. Courses In / 125
Fll* Processing. Course In / 138
Film. Courses In 189
Film. Radio and Television. Courses In / 169
Financial Aid / 10
Financial Management, Course In / 134
Fine Arts Festival / 3
Fir* Protection Engineering Program / 64
Courses In / 155
Description of Program / 84
Faculty / 84
Requirements / 85
First Aid. Courses In / 170
Fish and Wlldllle. Courses In / 127
Flight Dynamics. Courses In / 150
Flight Propulsion. Courses in ' 150
Flight Structures. Course* in / 150
Flower Store Management. Course In ,' 172
Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathemsiict / 86
Courses in / 186
Description of Institute / 86
Faculty / 66
Fluid Mechfinlcs. Courses In 157
Flute. Oboe, Bassoon, and Saxaphone,
Coursea In / 178
Folger Library / 2
Folklore, Course In / 156
Folksong and Ballad. Course In / 156
Food Additives. Course In / 160
Food and Nulrtlion ol Individuals and Families.
Course In .' 160
Food Chemistry, Course In / 159
Food. Courses In / 160
Foreign Languages. Courses In / 160
Food. Nutrition and Institution Administration / 8(
Community Nutnlion Emphasis / 87
Coordinated Dioleiics Emphasis / 86
Description of Department / 66
Dietetics Emphasis ' 67
Eiperimental Food Emphasis / 99
Faculty / 66
Institution Admin. Emphasis / 87
Nutrition Research Emphasis / 67
Food Preparation. Courses )n ' 160
Food Processing. Courses In ' 159
Food Product Research and Development.
Course in / 159
Food Microbiology. Course in / 150
Food Quality Control. Courses in ' 159
Food Science Programs ' 87
Courses In 159-160-181
Description of Program / 67
Faculty / 87
General Requirements ' 67
Food Service 25
Food Service. Courses in / 159
Food Service Organization and Management.
Course in ' 173
Food Service Purchasing. Production. Equipment.
Personnel Admin , Course In / 173
Foreign History. Courses In / 167
Foreign Language Credits / 7
Foreign Language. Courses In ' 160
Foreign Policy, Courses in ■ 166
Foreign Relations. Courses In ' 166
Foreign Student Admissions / 7
Forestry. Course* in / 172
Forgery, falsification of Records . 79
Foundations of Education. Course In /
Foundry, Course in / 146
Fourier Anatysi*. Course in / 176
Fracture Mechanica Course In / 16*
French and Italian Languagea Mnd
Lttaralure* / 68
Courses in (F) 160 (I) 173
Desc(iplk>n / 68
Faculty / 86
Honors ' 86
French Architecture Course In / 129
French. Courses In / 160
French Literature, Courses In / 160
Fruits Technology. Course In / 172
Funds to Meet Personal Expentee / 10
Fusion. Controlled. Course In / 158
Galactic Research. Courses In / 132
Garden Management. Courses in / 171
Gas Dynamics, Courses in / 157
General Education. Courses In 164
General Honors Program / 66
General Information / l
General Regulations / 28
General Policy / 26
General Studies Degree Program,
Requirements / 15
General Undergraduate Advisement / 16
General University Requirements / 20
Genetics. Course in / 195
Genetics ol Cultivated Pianis. Course in / 172
Geochemistry, Courte In / 136-163
Geography / 88
Courses In / 161
Description of Department / 66
Faculty / 88
Mir
89
Requirements. Undergraduate / 66
Specialization Areas / 69
Study Program. Suggested / 69
Geology / 69
Courses In / 163
Faculty / 89
Requirements / 69
Geometry. Course* in / I75
Geomorphology, Course in 162
Geophysics. Course in / 163
Germanic and Slavic Languages
and Literatures .' 89
Courses in (G) / 164
Description / 69
Faculty / 69
Foreign Area Ma|or ' 90
German / 90
Honors / 90
Russian / 90
Transfer Students ' 90
German, Courses in / 164
German Literature. Courses in / 164
Goals lor Colleoe Park / 2
Governmental Research ' 90
Bureau Description / 90
Maryland Technical Advisory Service / 90
Staff ' 90
Government and Politics ' 90
Course* in ' 165
Department Description 90
Faculty 90
Requirements for Major 90
Graduation Fee ' 9
Graduate Bulletin / Ix
Graduate Catalog / Ix
Grant. Supplemental Educational Opportunity / 10
Grants and Scholarships ' 12
Grants. Basic Educational Opportunity 10
Grants, University / 10
Graphic Arts (History ofl, Court* in / 131
Graphic Arts (Ind. Educ). Course In / 146
Graphic Materiels for Instruction. Courte in / 142
Greek Affairs OfRce ' 27
Grevk, Courses In / 164
Greek Drama. Course in ' 137
Greek Literature Drama Poetry. Courses in / 16S
Greenhouse Managemeni Course In ' 172
Group Dynemics and Leadership. Course In / 143
Guidance, Young Children. Courte in .' 145
Quitar. CourtM In / 176
Heellh C«Al*r / 26
Meeltn CowtM m / 170
Heeitn Education / 91
Curriculum eAd 0*SCr1p(M>*l / 91
D*gr*e Rvquxeme'ris / 91
Fecutly / 91
Mirvor. Health Cduc ' 91
Minor Salety Cduc / 9l
Health Service Fee / 8
Hebfew Civilization / 167
Hebrew Literature CourtM lit / 167
Hebrew Program 92
Court** in / 166
Faculty 92
Generel lnrormaiio«i / 9?
Hearing and 8p**ch 8ci«nc«a / 92
Court** in / 167
Department Description / 92
Faculty / 92
Ma)or Court** / 9?
Supporting Cours«a / 92
Hearings. Proc**dirvg b*tor* / 30
Heredity and Man. Course In / 195
Herodotus Courte m ' 165
High School Equivalency Exam / 4
Highways and Airfields Pavement Dotitfn.
Courte in ' 151
Highway and Traffic Engineerirtg PrliicJplM ol.
Court* in / 155
History / 92
Courses In / 167
Description ol Department / 93
Faculty 92
Honors / 92
Requirements 92
Supporting Court*e ' 92
History. Foreign. Court*i In / 167
Hittory of Architecture Court** In 126/29
History ol Art. Course* in / 130
History ol Education Courses m ' 149
History. United States. Courtet m ' 170
History. World. Courtet in 168
Home Economics. Cours«s .n 147
Home Design Fumishinot Court* in / 172
Honor Societies. List of 17
Honors and Awards. List of / 19
Honors Program 16/W
Application to / 68
Courses m / I7t
Description / 86
Horn. Trombone. Euphonium, and Tuba,
Courses in / 179
Horse Industry Economics. Court* In / 130
Horse Management. Court** In / 126
Horticulture / 92
Court*t / 171
Curriculum in / 93
Department Oetcriptlon / 92
Faculty / 92
Fioriculture/Omamentai Horiicultufe
Optic
93
HorticuHure Educ Option / 93
Pomology Olericulture Option / 93
Horticulture Products Processir>g. Court* In / 159
Household Equipmer>t arvd Utilization.
Courte in 159
Housing and Applied Design / 93
Adve'tising Design ' 93
Coetume De*ign - 93
Courses in / 172
Crafts ' 93
Curricula .' 93
Description / 93
Faculty ./ 93
Housing ' 93
Interior Design / 93
Housing. Dismissal from / 30
Human Anatomy and Physiology Course in / 195
Human and Community R**ourc*t,
Division of / 47
College of Education ' 47
College of Humart Ecolo9y / 47
College of Library and information
S*rvlc** / 47
College of Phytical Education. R*cr*«llon
and Health / 47
Human Behavior. Court** In / 145
Human Bcdy. Development. Court* in / 196
Human Ecology, Collage of
Admission / 51
Curricula / 51
Degrees / 51
General Informallon / 51
FaclllUes and Activities / 50
Financial Aid / 50
Oblectlves / 50
Organizations / SO
Re<iulred Courses / 51
Student Load / 51
Human Development. Courses in / 145
Humanities. Course In / 164
Hydrology, Courses In / 124
I
Ibsen. Course In / 137
Identification Cards / 29
immunology. Course In / 178
Impressionism and Neo-lmpresstonlsm.
Course in / 131
Income Tax Accounting. Course in / 133
induction and Probability. Course In / 164
Industrial Arts In the Elementary School,
Course in / 145
Industrial Education / 95
Courses in / 145
DepartmenI Description / 95
Educalion for Industry / 96
Elective Credits 96
Faculty / 95
Industrial Arts Educ. / 95
Vocational-lnd. Certification / 96
VocationBl-lnduslrial Educ. / 95
Industrial Engineering, Intro to, Course In / 157
industrial Localization, Course in / 162
Industrial Organization, Course in / 142
Industrial Safety Education, Courses in / 147
industrial Training, Courses in / 147
industry. Modern, Course in ,' 147
Information and Reference Sources,
Course in / 142
Information Books / Ix
information Systems Management / 96
Courses in / 173
Curriculum / 97
Faculty / 96
Program Description / 96
inorganic Chemistry. Courses in / 136
Insects, Courses in / 158
Institution Administration, Courses in / 173
Instructional Materials Fee / 6
Instructional Media Services. Course :n / 142
intensive Educational Development / 26
Interior Design/Materials, Course in / 172
inlernational Economics, Course in / 141
international Education Services / 27
International Marketing, Courses in / 135
Interviewing. Course in / 193
intramurals, Organization and Admlnislrallon.
Courses in / 1B2
investments. Course In / 133
Irregularities in Examinations / 22
Italian. Courses In / 173
Italian Literature, Courses in / 173
Program / 97
Courses In / 174
Program Described / 97
Staff / 97
Juvenile Delinquency. Course li
Jazz. Course in / 160
Journalism, College of / 97
Courses In / 174
Faculty / 97
General Information / 45
Major Requirements / 97
Judicial Process, Course in /
Judicial Program. The Universi
Judiciary Office / 28
Junior Standing / 23
Juvenile Delinquency. Course I
Kant. Course in / 184
Keyboard Harmony, Course in / 180
Keys. Possession of / 29
Kinesiology. Courses in / 183
Kinetic Theory of Gases, Course )n / 185
Labor Economics. Course In ,' 142
Labor Relations, Course In / 134
Landscaping, Courses in / 172
Language and Culture, Course In / 175
Language and Social Communication.
Course in / 187
Late Application Fee / 9
Late Registration Fee / 9
Latin-American Civilization. Courses In / 192
Latin-American Art. Courses in / 131
Latin, Courses in / 174
Latin Literature, Courses in / 174
Law. Administrative. Course In / 165
Law, Constitutional, Course In / 165
Law Enforcement, Courses in / 174
Law. Internallonai, Course In / 165
Leadership Techniques and Practices,
Course in / 188
Learning and Motivation, Experimental
Psychology, Course in / 166
Legal Aspects of Family Problems.
Course in / 160
Legal Policy Issues. Course In / 175
Legislatures and Legislators, Course In / 166
Libraries at College Park / 2
Library Administration, Courses In / 142
Library and Information Services,
College of / 51
General information / 47
Library, Cataloguing and Classification of
Materials, Courses In / 142
Library Charges / 9
Library Materials, Courses in / 142
Library of Congress ^ 2
Library Science Education Curriculum / 97
Courses in / 174
Curriculum Described / 97
Degree Plan / 97
Faculty / 97
Life Saving and Water Safety, Course in / 181
Lighting. Course In / 141
Light. Perception, Photography, and
Visual Phenomena, Course in / 184
Linear System Theory, Course in / 154
Linguistics, Applied (Fr). Course In / 161
Linguistics Program ,' 98
Courses in / 175
Facully / 98
Program Description / 98
Listening, Materials and Programs,
Courses in / 193
Literary Criticism. Course in / 156
Literature. Comparative. Courses in / 137
Literature, Courses in / 155
Literature of The South. Course in / 156
Livestock Evaluation, Course in / 126
Livestock Management. Courses In / 127
Loans / 11
Bank / 11
Institutional Student / 11
Law Enforcement Education / 11
National Direct / 11
Nursing Students / 11
Lodging Fee / 6
Logic and Algorithms, Course in / 138
Logic and Semantics, Courses In / 183
Logic of Teaching, Course In / 149
M
Machine Design. Courses In / 157
Machine Shop Practice. Courses in / 146
Magazine Articles and Feature Writing.
Course In / 174
Make-Up, Courses in / 140
Mammalian Histology, Course in / 196
Management and Organization Theory,
Course in / 134
Man and Environment, Course In / 127
Map Evaluation, Course in / 163
Marking System / 22
Marine Plant Biology, Courses In / 133
Marketing of Agricultural Products,
Course in / 129
Marketing Principles and Organization.
Marketing Research. Course in / 135
Maryland. A Prospectus / Ix
Maryland Council for Higher Education
Articulation Agreement / 6
Maryland Hall of Records / 2
Mass Communication, Courses In / 174
Masterpieces of Painting, Courses In / 130
Materials Science, Course in / 155
Materials Research / 98
Areas of Research Activity / 98
Facilities / 98
Program Described / 98
Staff / 98
Materials, Strength (Engr ). Course In / 151
Mathematical and Physical Sciences and
Engineering. Division of / 54
Divisional Requirements ,' 54
Science Communication / 54
Structure of Division / 54
Mathematics / 98
Courses in / 175
Description of Program / 98
Faculty / 98
Honors / 99
Ma)or Requirements / 98
Pi Mu Epsilon / 99
Placement in Courses / 99
Sample Programs / 98
Mathematical Programming, Course in / 134
Matriculation Fee / 9
Matter. Properties of. Course in / 186
McKeldin Library / 2
Measurement and Statistics / 99
Courses in (Educ) / 147
Faculty / 99
Programs Available / 99
Meat and Meat Processing, Course in / 159
Meat Management, Course In / 160
Meats. Courses in / 126
Mechanical Drawing, Courses in / 145
Mechanical Engineering / 99
Courses in / 157
Curriculum / 100
Department Described / 99
Faculty / 99
Specialization Divisions / 100
Mechanics, Courses In / 155
Medical Technology Program / 59
General Informallon / 59
Medieval Architecture, Course in / 126
Medieval Art. Courses in / 130
Mentally Retarded, Teaching of.
Courses in / 149
Mental Hygiene, Course in / 143
Metalry. Courses in / 139
Metaphysics. Course in ,/ 164
Meteorology Program / 100
Courses in / 177
Faculty / 100
Program Described ,' 100
Microbiology / 101
Courses in / 177
Department Described / 101
Faculty / 101
Requirements / 101
Micropaleonlology. Course in ^ 163
Military Courses / 130
Milton, Course in / 156
Minerology. Course in ,/ 163
Minimum Requirements for Retention
and Graduation / 25
Minorities. Ethnic. Course in / 191
Minority Student Education / 26
Modern Architecture, Course in / 128
Molecular Genetics. Course in ,/ 196
Molecular Physics / 101
Faculty / 101
Program Description / 101
Money and Banking. Course In / 141
Morphology and Syntax. Course In / 175
Motor Learning and Skilled Performance.
Course in / 183
Motor Vehicles, Policy / 35
Music. Applied, Courses in / 181
Music / 101
Arts Degree / 102
Courses In / 178
Department Description / 101
Faculty / 101
Music Degree / 101
Music Awards / 20
Music Education. Courses in / 178
Music. History of. Courses in / 160
Music Literature, Courses In / 179
Mycology. Course in / 133
Mythology, Greek and Roman, Course In / 174
N
National Agricultural Library / 2
National Archives / 2
National income Analysis, Course in / 141
National Library of Medicine / 2
National Sciences, Course In / 164
Nature Lore. Course in ,' 187
Network Analysis, Courses in / 153
Neutron Reactor Physics, Course in / 186
News Commentary and Critical Writing,
Course in / 174
News Editing, Courses in / 174
New Testament as Literature, Course In / 137
Noise Pollution, Course in / 155
Non-Degree Students Admission / 5
Novels, Courses in / 155
Nuclear Engineering Program / 102
Courses In / 158
Faculty / 102
Program Described / 102
Requirements / 102
Nuclear Physics, Course in / 186
Nuclear Reactor / 2
Nuclear Reactor Operation, Course In / 158
Number Theory. Course In / 176
Numerical Calculus Lab, Courses in / 138
Nursing, School of / 59
General Information / 59
Nutrition. Courses In / 161
Nutritional Science, Courses In / 181
Nyumburu Community Center / 26
Observational Astronomy. Courses In / 132
Observatory, Astronomy / 2
Oceania, Peoples and Cultures. Course In / 127
Oceanic Waves. Tides, Turbulences, (Melo),
Course In / 177
Oceanography (Chem ), Course in / 137
Oceanography. Physical and Dynamical.
Course in / 158
Ocean Waves, Tides, and Turbulences.
Course in / 158
Occupational Analysis and Course Construction,
Cou
in
Occupational Education, Course In / 147
Office Machines, Courses in / 147
Office of Student Aid '11
Office of Student AHairs / 27
Officer Training, Courses in / 130
Opera Workshop, Courses in / 180
Operational Drawing. Course in / 146
Operations Research, Course In / 134
Operations Research (Mech Engr).
Course In / 157
Optics, Course in / 185
Oral Interpretation, Course in / 193
Orchestration, Courses in / 181
Organic Chemistry, Course in / 136
Organisms, Form/Pattern, Course In / 196
Orientation and Registration Program / 27
Orientation Programs / 6
Continuing / 8
Freshman / 8
Parents / 8
Transfer Students / B
Ornamentals and Turts, Diseases of.
Ornamentals Technology. Courses In / 172
Old English, Course In / 156
Old Testament as Literature, Course In / 137
Outdoor Recreation, Course in / 168
Out-of-Siate Applicants / 5
Painting, Courses In / 131
Painting Masterpieces, Courses In / 130
Paleontology, Courses In / 163
Parasitology, Course in / 196
Parking Areas on Campus / 37
Students / 37
Facully, Staff and Assigned Residents / 37
Parking Facilities / 41
Parliamentary Law, Course In / 193
Particle Accelerators. Course In / 154
Particles, Elementary Course In / 186
Pass-Fail Option ,' 23
Payment of Fees / 9
Peer Commuter Counselors / 27
Penalties, Vehicles / 37
/ 1»
117
1M
....^ ^^ Ma.,dg«m«nl. Cours* I
^'•'*uAn«i S«<*ic«« and Educallon Cown»«llng.
Court** in 143
P«(n>gf«pAy Courv* tn 163
^•irologv. Course tn 103
Pftarm«cv. School o' 59
0«n«f«l Inrormalton i9
Pttiloiophv 10}
Couri** tn / lU
D«[?aMm«nl D««c>iption / 102
r«ciii
102
U«)or R»qulr*m«nli ' 103
Ptttiotophv ot Educ«hon. Courts li
Phon«lict tnd Phonomlct Court* In ' 1
Pttolography Courtvt •» 128
Phololournaliim. Courtet in 174
Ptiyttcsl Education 103
Court** tn ' 1S2
Curriculum 0««crip|ion 103
Elactiv** 104
Faculty 103
Honof* Program 104
Kinaiiologlcat Sctancei 104
P E Curriculum M«n-Wom*n 103
Sludanl Taachlng . 104
P^]r*lcal Educaltort. R»cr«atlon and Healll
Co4l*g« of
140
Aqu
S3
Armory 52
C«niftcatlon / 53
Coll»«um ' 52
D«gr««t / 53
Et»ciivM / 52
Facihti** / S3
Fittd Work S3
FrathmarwSoph Programs 52
Ganaraj Information 52
Gymkana Troupe ' S3
Guidance 52
Haallh Education S2
Honorary Socielias / 54
Indoor Activities / 53
mirimurals / 53
Majors Club 53
Normal Load 52
Outdoor Acllvittes 52
Physical Educ. BIdg. 52
Preinkert Field House / 52
Recraat.on and Parks Society / 53
Research Lab 52
Student Organizations '' 53
Student Teaching S3
Weight-hning Club ' S3
Phyiicai Fitness. Courses in t7i
Physical Sciences Program 104
Curriculum / 104
Faculty 104
Horvore 105
Program Described 104
Program Purpose t04
Recuirements /• 105
Pityatcal Therapy / CO
Course* in 135
Department of GO
General Information ' 60
Physics and Astronomy ' 105
Courses in ' 164
Courses for Non-Ma|ort / 105
Faculty
Honors
Picketing Guidelines 35
Plagiarism Cheating 29
Plan of Academic Organization / vli
Plant Propagation. Course tn ' 172
Coui
132
Pleama Physics. Course i
Plato Course in 184
Play Production. Course In ' 140
Play Writing. Course In ' 156
Poetry Courses In / ISS
Point Set Topology. Course In / 176
Pohcy Stsiemenia. Selected ^ i*
Policy Statement, University / U
Pohlical Behavior Course* In ' 165
PoliUcal Geography Course In / 162
Political Sociology Couree tn ' 166
Political Theory Hialory of. Couree* In / 166
Political Thought. Cour*ea in ' 166
Poltllc*. Cout*e* in 165
Polymer Science. Course* tn 152
Populelion. Course* in 191
Population Biology General Ecology Lab.
Course tn / 19S
Portuguese. Courtet In / 166 .
Poriuguc** Litereture. Course* In / 106
Poultry. Course* In / 127
Poverty and Discrimination, Economic* of.
Cour** tn ' 142
Power and The Environment. Course In / 1S5
Power Systems, Course In / 124
Pre-College Orientation Program
Registration Fee ' 9
Pre-Dental Hygiene 106
Curriculum / 106
P(*-Denlistry / 106
Program Described / 106
Requirements ' 106
Pr»-Fore*try / 106
Curriculum / 106
Program Described / 100
Pre-Law / 107
Programs Described / 107
Pre-Medical Technology / 59/107
Admission / 107
Curriculum -' 107
Description of Program / 107
Pro-Medicine ./ 107
Program Description / 107
Requirements / 107
Pre-Nursing ./ 106
Courses to Take 108
PfO-Pharmacy / 108
Court
in / 166
108
Pre-Physical Therapy 108
Curriculum 108
Roquiremenis for Entry / 106
Pre-Professional Areas. Other / 109
Pre-Pro(essional Curricula / 105
Program Requirements / 106
Pre-Radiologic Technology / 108
Requirements for Admission / 108
Pre-Theology 109
Description of Program / 109
Pre- Veterinary Medicine / 109
Combined Degree Curriculum —
College of Agriculture and
Veterinary Medicine ^ 109
Course Requirements / 109
Description of Program / 109
Presidency and the Executive Branch.
Course in 166
Prices of Agricultural Products. Course In / 129
Price Theory. Course In / 141
Primitive Peoples. Courses in 127
PrintmakIng, Courses in / 131
Probability and Statistics. Courses in / 194
Probation, Conduct ' 30
Probation. Disciplinary / 30
Procedure. Disciplinary ' 31
Process Engineering and Design,
Cou
152
Production Management, Course in / 134
Professional Management. Course in / 129
Professional Schools ' 58
Programmed Introduction, Course in / 142
Programming, Computers. Courses In / 138
Promotion Management. Course in / 135
Property Damage Charge / 9
Prospectus / Ix
Protozoology. Course In / 196
Psychology 109
Courses in / 186
Description of Department / 109
Faculty ■ 109
Honors 110
Supporting Courses / 110
Public Address. Courses In ^ 193
Publtc Administration. Course* In / 165
Public Finance ' Course In / 141
Public Law and Political Theory. Course In / 165
Public Opinion and Mas* Communication.
Course In / 174
Public RelBliona, Course* In / 174
Public Speaking. Course* in / 193
Public Utililie*. Couree in / 135
Publicity. Courses In / 174
Pulse Technlquae, Courses in / IM
Pyrotechnic Materlala. Course* In / 166
Q
O Machine / 2
Ouantltalive Analysis, Course* In / 136
Pyrotechnic Material*. Courses tn / 156
Race Relation* and Public Law, Course In / 16
Ractam. Courae In / 143
Radlochemlttry. Couree* In / 130
Radio. Course* in / 189
Radio Engineering. Cour*** In / 153
RadiolBOtopa Pow*r Sourc**. Cour** In / 150
Radiologic Technology Program
General Inlormailon / 60
Radio, Television and Film. Course in / 169
Reactor Cor* Design, Course in / ISO
Readers Theatre, Course in / 193
Reading. Lab Practices. Course in / 149
Reading, Tesching of. Courses In / 143
Readmisston and Reinstatement / 8
fleadmission and Reinstatement.
Regulations / 25
Real Estate Principles. Courses in / 134
Recreation / 110
Courses in / 187
Curriculum / 110
Description of Department / 110
Faculty / 110
Minor Area / 111
Recreational Facilities Fee / 9
Reference and Information Sources,
Course in / 142
Refund ot Fees / 9
Regents. Board of / v
Reglslralion Fee / 9
Registration of Vehicles / 30
Registration Regulations / 20
Regression and Variance Analysis.
Course in / 194
Regulations. Academic / 20
Regulalions, Traffic / 36
Regutatior\s Which Apply to All Students / 29
Rehabilitation Counseling. Courses In / 143
Rehabilitation of the Hearing Handittpped.
Courses in / 167
Reinstatement and Readmission.
Regulations / 25
Religion, Philosophy of. Course In / 183
Religious Programs ^ 28
Religious Studies. Courses in ./ 189
Remedial-Correciive Reading Instruction,
Course in / 144
Renaissance Architecture, Course in / 128
Renaissance Art, Courses In / 131
Renaissance Literature. Courses in / 156
Reporting, News, Courses in / 174
Reprimand. Disciplinary / 30
Research Facilities. Campus / 2
Resident Life / 27
Resources, Economics of. Courses in / 130
Retail Management. Course in / 133
Rhetorical Theory. Classical-Medieval-
Renaissance-Modem. Courses in ' 193
Rhetoric and Society. Course in / 193
Rhythmic Movement (PE). Courses In / 182
Risk Management. Course in / 134
Romanticism. Courses In / 137
Romantic Literature, Courses In / 156
Room Deposit Fee / 9
Rules and Procedures. Disciplinary / 31
Rural Community. Course In / 191
Rural Education. Courses in ' 189
Rural Life in Modern Society. Course In / 188
Rural Poverty In An Affluent Society,
Course In / 188
Rural-Urban Relations. Course in / 191
Russian Area Program ,' 111
Courses in / 190
Director /111
Program Description /111
Requirententa / ill
Safety Educ«tlon. Coutm* in / 17Q
8«ntlary Engineerir>g Analysis, Cour** in / 161
SAT 8cor*e / 3
Scanning Electron Micro*cop*« 2
Scanographic Technique* Course* in / 140
6cholar«hip* and Qrwita / 10
Endowed / 10
List of / 12
Scholarahip* / 10
Full / 10
National / 11
Maryland Stat* / 10
Special Acadamic / 10
School Food S*r>ice. Course in / 173
School of Archllecture / 44
School Safety Education, Course* in / 171
Schools. Divittoni and Colleges / 30
Sculpture Course* in / 131
Seafood Product* Proc***ing, Course In / 199
Secondary Education /111
Art Education (Eiem -8*c ) / 112
Biology / 110
Business Educetion / 112
Chemistry / 110
Classical Language / 114
Dance Education / 113
Department Description / 111
Distributive Education / 113
Earth Science ' 116
English Education / 113
Faculty / 111
Foreign Language Educ. / 114
Home Economics Educ. / 114
Mathematics Educ / 115
Modern Foreign Lenguag* / 114
Music Education / 115
Physical Educ and Health / 110
Phyaics / 117
Science Education / 110
Secondary Foreign Language Education / 114
Secretarial Education / 113
Social Studies Educ ' 117
Speech and Drama Educ. / 117
Secondary Education. Courses in / 147
Secondary School Teaching. Courses In / 146
Secretarial Procedures. Courses in / 148
Sedimentation. Course in / 163
Security Administration. Industrial and Retail.
Cou
175
Security Analysis and Evaluation. Course In / 134
Seed Production. Course in ' 125
Sensory Processes. Courses in ■ 187
Service Charges for Dishonored Checks / 0
Sex Education. Course in ' I7l
Shakespeare. Courses in 156
Sheet Metal Work. Courses in 146
Shellfish. Courses in / i26
Shop Calculation. Course in / 146
Shorthand Courses In / 147
Shuttle Bus 27
Silk Screen Printing. Course m ' 128
Signal and System Thecry, Course In / 153
Signs Symbols and Messages in Architecture.
Cou
129
Skills Lab, (PE), Courses in / 182
Slavic. Comparative Linguistics. Courses in / 100
Slow Learner. Education of. Course in / 149
Small Group Analysis Course in / i9l
Social Foundations of Education ' 116
Courses in 149
Description of Area ' 118
Faculty / 118
Soctal Institutions. Courses in / 190
Social Problems. Courses In / 100
Social Psychology, Course In / 186
Social Sciences. Course in / 164
Social Welfare. Course in / 100
Social Work. Courses in / 190
Sociology ' 118
Cou
190
Description ol Department / 116
Faculty ' 118
Soil and Water Engineering. Course in / 124
Soil Mechanics. Course in / 151
Soils. Courses In / 12S
Solar Energy Applications In Buildings.
Course In / 157
Solar Energy (Arch.). Course In / 129
Sound. Course In / 185
Soviet Union. Economics of. Course in / 142
Spanish and Portuguese Languages
and Literatures / 116
Courses In / 191
Faculty / 118
Honors ' 118
Majors / 118
Spanish Literature. Courses in / 192
Special Education. Courses in 149
Special Education / 119
Courses In / 149
Description of Department / 119
Faculty / 119
Special Exam Fee / 9
Special Fee for Students / 9
Special Opportunities / 16
Agricultural Economics / 16
Advanced Placement / 16
Honors Program / 16
Special Situations. Admission / 4
Special Students Fee / 9
Speech and Dramatic Art / 119
Courses in / 193
Description of Department / 119
Faculty / 119
Speech and Hearing Sciences. Courses In / 167
Speech Behavior. Course In / 193
Speech Communication. Courses In / 193
Speech, Courses in / 193
Speech Writing, Cour;
Spen
Cour;
156
182
Cour;
183
Sports, Intercollegiate / 25
Sports Psychology, Course In / 183
Stagecraft, Courses in / 140
Statistics and Probability. Courses in /
Statistics, Courses in / 133
Stochastic Processes. Courses in / 194
Stratification, Social. Course in / 191
Stress Analysis. Course in , 151
Structural Analysis-Design, Courses in /
Structural Systems, Courses in / 129
Student Activities Fee / 8
Student and Special Services / 25
Student Aid / 26
Student Aid, Office of / It
Student Affairs. Office of / 27
Student Development / 27
Student Government Awards ' 20
Student Health Fee / 9
Student Responsibility.
General Statement of / 29
Students' Classification / 16
Student Teaching. Courses In / 142/148
Student Teaching In The Secondary Schools.
Course In / 146
Student Union Services and Facilities / 28
Studies Art, Courses In / 131
Study Tours. University College. Courses In / 195
Summer at Maryland / 2, 3
Summer Cultural and Recreational Program / 2, 3
Summer Fine Arts Festival / 3
Summer Programs. Administrative Dean for / 3
Summer Sessions / 2
Summer Sessions Catalog ' ix
Suspension from The University / 30
Suspension of a Student from Activities or
University Facilities / 29
Suspension of a Student from Class / 29
Suspension / 30
Suspended / 30
Deferred / 30
Swahili. Courses in / 124
Swimming. Courses in / 182
Symbolic Logic. Courses in / 183
Systems Analysis, Course in / 134/173
Systems and Circuits, Courses In / 152
Systems. Control and Computatlor.,
Course in / 154
Systems Programming. Course in / 138
Teaching (Early Childhood, Elementary).
Coui
143
Teaching: PE. Courses in / 182
Teaching Methods. Course In / 147
Teaching, Secondary Schools. Courses in / 149
Teaching Skills, Course in / 148
Technical Writing. Course in / 156
Telemetry Systems, Course in / 153
Television, Courses in / 189
Television. Radio and Film. Courses in / 189
Testing and Evaluation, Course in .' 147
Tests and Measurements, Course in ' 147
Textbooks and Supplies / 9
Textiles and Consumer Economics / 120
Consumer Economics / 121
Courses in ,' 194
Description of Department / 120
Faculty / 120
Textiles and Apparel / 120
Textile Marketing / 120
Textile Science / 120
Textile Design. Courses in / 139
Thea
, Cou
140
Theft, Destruction of Properly / 29
Theoretical Mechanics-Elect ricity-Magneti!
Courses In / 185
Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics.
Course In / 185
Thermodynamics, Chemical Process.
Course in / 152
Thermodynamics (Mech, Engr), Courses In / 157
Thucydides, Course In / 165
Tobacco Production. Courses in / 125
Topographic— Maps and Aerial Photographs.
Course In / 161
Trade Competence, Course in / 147
Traffic and Physical Distribution Management.
Course in / 134
TraHic Appeals ' 37
Traffic Information / 37
Traffic Penalties / 37
Traffic Regulations / 36
Traffic Rules and Regulations / 36
Traffic Safety, Courses In / 170
Training Aids Development. Course In / 147
Transcript of Record Fee / 9
Transcript of Records / 10
Transducers and Electrical Machinery.
Courses in / 154
Transfer of Credits / 5
Transfer Student, Admission / 4
Transportation. Campus / 27
Transportation, Courses in / 135
Transportation Engineering. Course (n / 151
Tree Crop Management. Courses in / 172
Tree Fruit Production. Courses in / 171
Turf Management, Courses in / 125
Typewriting. Courses in / 147
Typography and Lettering, Courses in / 128
Typography and Production, Course In / 174
u
Undergraduate Advisement / 15
Undergraduate Catalog / ix
Undergraduate Degree Programs / 15
Undergraduate Library ,' 2
Undergraduate Studies, Office of
the Administrative Dean for / 15
United States History, Courses in / 170
Universities in General / 2
University College Study Tours,
University Commuters Association / 27
University Grants / 10
University Officers / v
University, The / 2
Upward Bound Program / 26
Urban Economic Problems. Course in / 142
Urban Foium, Course in / 129
Urban Geography, Courses in / 162
Urban Land Management, Course In / 135
Urban Planning, Course in / 129
Urban Politics. Course in / 166
Urban Studies, Institute for / 2
lan Studies Program / 121
Courses In / 195
Description of Department / 121
Faculty / 121
Requirements / 121
Van de GraaN Accelerators / 2
Vectors and Matrices. Course In / 176
Vegetable Production. Course in / 172
Vehicle Registration / 36
Vehicle Registration Fee / 9
Vehicle Penalities / 37
Vertebrate Embryology, Course In / 196
Veriebrate Physiology. Course In / 196
Vertebrate Zoology. Course In / 196
Victorian Literature. Courses in / 156
Violin. Courses in ' 178
Virology. Course in / 178
Visual Design, Course in / 128
Visual Processes, Course in / 131
Vocal Performance Techniques. Courses In / 179
Vocational Guidance, Course in / 147
Voice and Direction. Courses In / 193
Voice, Courses In / 178
W — 2
Water Hydrology (Surface. Ground).
Water Resources-Planning. Course in / 162
Water Safety. Courses in ,' 182
Weaving. Courses in / 139
Weed Control, Course in / 125
Welding. Course in / 146
Wildlife Management, Course in / 126
Withdrawals from the University / 24
Withdrawal-Refund of Fees / 9
Woodworking. Courses in / 145
Woody Plants, Courses in ,' 172
Work Experiences. Course In / 146
Work-Study Program / 11
World Agriculture, Course in / 130
Courses in / 151
World History, Courses in / 168
World Literature, Courses in / 155
Writing, Courses in 155
Writing for Mass Media. Courses in / 174
X-ray Equipment / 2
Zoology. Courses in / 195
Zoology / 121
Courses In / 195
Curriculum for Malors / 121
Description of Program / 121
Faculty / 121
Honors / 122
Requirements / 122
■ •- --"^
'^Z^^
4
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11